Edusehat - Edusehat

New Anthoney’s partners with University of Peradeniya to independently verify antibiotic-free chicken production

Edusehat — Wed, 08 Jul 2026 19:30:09 +0700

Sri Lankan poultry producer New Anthoney’s Farms has entered into a partnership with the University of Peradeniya to independently verify its antibiotic-free chicken production. Under a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU), the University’s Food Safety and Quality Assurance Laboratory (FSQAL) will conduct laboratory testing to confirm the absence of antibiotic residues in the company’s poultry products.

The FSQAL laboratory is accredited to ISO/IEC 17025, the international standard for testing and calibration laboratories. According to the agreement, the laboratory will perform independent analyses of product samples, providing third-party verification of the company’s production claims.

The initiative comes amid growing global efforts to address antimicrobial resistance (AMR), which the World Health Organization (WHO) has identified as one of the most significant threats to public health. The inappropriate use of antibiotics in both human medicine and animal agriculture contributes to the emergence and spread of antimicrobial-resistant bacteria. According to a landmark study published in The Lancet, antimicrobial resistance was directly responsible for an estimated 1.27 million deaths worldwide in 2019 and was associated with nearly 5 million deaths.

The issue is also receiving increasing attention in Sri Lanka. Research conducted in commercial poultry farms in the Kurunegala district found widespread antimicrobial use and identified high levels of resistance to several commonly used antibiotic classes, including tetracyclines and fluoroquinolones. The findings highlight the importance of strengthening antimicrobial stewardship and biosecurity measures throughout the poultry sector.

New Anthoney’s states that its production system does not rely on antibiotics, instead emphasizing biosecurity, flock management and preventive health practices. The collaboration with the University of Peradeniya is intended to provide independent verification of these claims through regular laboratory testing.

The company also describes itself as Sri Lanka’s only producer of fully antibiotic-free chicken. However, this claim could not be independently verified through publicly available certification schemes or industry-wide assessments and should therefore be regarded as a company statement rather than an independently established fact.

Similarly, the company’s proposal to introduce a national “No Antibiotics Ever” standard reflects its own policy position and has not been adopted as a regulatory requirement in Sri Lanka.

The partnership nevertheless reflects a broader trend within the poultry industry toward reducing antibiotic use and increasing transparency through independent verification, in line with international efforts to combat antimicrobial resistance while maintaining animal health and food safety.

Beyond viscosity: The prebiotic mechanism of xylanase enzymes in poultry

Edusehat — Tue, 07 Jul 2026 22:00:07 +0700

Whilst non-starch polysaccharide-degrading enzymes have been around for over 35 years, we are still learning about their potential benefits. One area of current interest is the production of xylo-oligosaccharides. This article looks at what we currently know and its potential implications.

Martin Smith
Scientific Product Manager, Enzymes
Kaesler Nutrition GmbH

Let us start by reminding ourselves what we mean by a prebiotic. The International Scientific Association for Probiotics and Prebiotics (ISAPP) defines prebiotics as “a substrate that is selectively utilized by host microorganisms, conferring a health benefit.”

So, we can think of prebiotics as foods or stimuli that support the success of “beneficial” micro-organisms in the gut of our animals, at the same time suppressing the opportunities for “non-beneficial” micro-organisms to thrive.

When we add enzymes, such as ENZY Carboplus, to combat non-starch polysaccharides (NSP), the resulting breakdown products include fragments of the targeted NSPs referred to as xylo-oligosaccharides (XO). For example, in most cases the NSP here is arabinoxylan, or AX (Figure 1). Figure 1 also indicates the bonds between monomers that are disrupted by β-1,4 xylanase enzymes.

Figure 1. Arabinoxylan structure (Sinha et al., Food Chemistry 2011)

The resulting XOs vary in size and depending upon the region of cleaved bonds, the chain length may be as short as 2 monomers, to as long as 8. This difference in size is termed as the degree of polymerization (DP); this is used to classify the XOs as High DP (longer chains) or LP (shorter chains).

Source: zlikovec | Shutterstock

HOW DO XO ACTUALLY HELP?
There has been a lot of work over the last 10 years on modes of action, and much work is still required; but there are two main threads to this work.
1. As fermentation substrates, utilisable by the enteric microbiota
2. As stimulants (“stimbiotics”) to increase microbial activity and ability to use carbohydrates

Trials with commercial livestock have shown the benefits of XOs:
• Feed Conversion Ratio (FCR): Over a range of studies in broilers, FCR improvement is fairly consistent, with an average improvement of around 10%. In some challenge trials (Ren 2024, Cao 2025) FCR improvements are even greater, where the comparison is between a challenged control and addition of XO.

• Bodyweight Gain (BWG) shows less consistent improvements, but slightly higher at 9% – for example, an increase in average daily weight gain from 63 g to 68 g, potentially reducing grow-out period by 2 days.

• There appears to be a beneficial effect on intestinal architecture and integrity. In several trials, villus height increases and crypt depth declines, indicating better potential nutrient absorption with lower energy expenditure on enterocyte replenishment. Additionally, when experiments have looked at gene expression of tight junction proteins, these are often significantly up-regulated, suggesting a more secure intestinal structure.

• Inflammation and oxidative stress might also be improved, with some limited trials showing reductions in markers such as malonaldehyde (MDA), Interleukin 6 (IL-6), and Tumour Necrosis Factor α (TNF-α).

Many of these trials have been conducted with added XO products. These are manufactured from various vegetable materials, and result in products with variable – and usually unmeasured – degree of polymerization. In these studies, the inclusion levels of these products ranged from 0.15 g up to 30 g per kg of feed. This, in turn, resulted in a varied concentration of active xylo-oligosaccharides ranging from 0.019 g to 21 g/kg of feed!

CAN WE APPLY THIS KNOWLEDGE TO ENZYME APPLICATIONS?
If we consider a broiler diet based on wheat and soya, we can calculate the potential XO release by ENZY Carboplus as follows:

This means the potential supply of XO from an effective carbohydrase enzyme like Carboplus can be up to ten times higher than levels used in trials that showed beneficial results.

The answer is therefore, yes: we can apply such knowledge to enzyme applications.

THIS SHINES A LIGHT ON THE BENEFITS SEEN IN MAIZE-BASED DIETS
This concept also answers a fundamental question about NSP-degrading enzymes: why are they still effective when used in a maize-based diet? For all enzymes to be effective, they must have a substrate to work upon; and the level of the substrate is one of the factors that determines the value of an enzyme. The NSP content of maize is a lot lower than that for wheat.

Total NSP content for maize is typically 30% lower than for wheat. Even more striking is the soluble NSP content – over 55% lower. Our understanding of the detrimental effect of NSPs is that a lot of the problem comes from increased viscosity, which is directly related only to the soluble portion. We would therefore expect improvements in performance in maize-based diets to be proportionately less.

However, now that we understand that a significant portion of improvements come from a prebiotic effect, we can begin to appreciate why – even in diets based on maize – we can expect considerably greater improvements in performance, or an appreciable allocation of nutrient sparing capacity.

Source: Kaesler

VARIATION IN XO STRUCTURE
It was previously mentioned that the structure of XO is variable. When the NSP enzyme cleaves the arabinoxylan structure along the xylan “backbone”, it results in fragments that vary in size, from only two xylose molecules linked together up to eight or more. The larger XO are said to have a higher degree of polymerization (DP). Do these differences have an impact on their ability to function as prebiotics?

Research in the field is scarce. Ren et al. (BMC Microbiology,2025) conducted in-vitro trials based on collected broiler caecal contents. This culture medium was then used to test the ability of XO with varying degrees of polymerization to resist the impact of avian pathogenic Escherichia coli (APEC). Bacterial population evenness (Pielou index) was significantly reduced by APEC, whilst application of all XO treatments improved evenness. Diversity was improved by all XO treatments, compared to APEC challenge. The treatment with the highest DP – X4, xylotetraose – enhanced levels of Bifidobacterium very significantly, whilst X3, xylotriose was most effective at increasing butyric acid levels. Both of these factors are associated with “improved” gut environment.

Wallace et al. (Animal Nutrition 2026) used extracts from commercial XO products to produce low DP (X2, X3) and high DP (X4 and above) test materials, fed at 150 g / tonne of feed (Figure 2). When fed to broilers to 35 days of age using a diet based on wheat, barley and sorghum, the results shown in Table 2 were obtained.

Figure 2. Composition of XO Test Products (Wallace et al., 2026)

Additionally, there were differences in bacterial populations in the ileal digesta and excreta. Here, the low DP containing diet showed a significant increase in Enterobacteriaceae. This is of potential concern, as this large family of Gram-negative bacteria contains the potential pathogens Salmonella and Escherichia coli.

It appears the birds responded more favourably to higher DP XO additions. The authors theorise that this may be due to a “stimbiotic” effect – that is, XO act as signaling molecules, stimulating fibre-degrading microbiota to increase extracellular enzyme production.

SUMMARY AND THE WAY FORWARD
What does all of this mean for our conventional approach of adding NSP-degrading enzymes to broiler diets? In addition to the well-known effects of reducing digesta viscosity and disrupting the “cage effect”, we now see the potential of the break-down products of arabinoxylan disruption to act as stimulators and modulators of hind gut fermentation. In turn, this leads to enhanced performance and – potentially – enhanced protection against pathogens such as APEC, Salmonella and Clostridia.

More work is clearly required to confirm the potential of this approach, and the preferred degree of polymerization of XO. Once this is established, research then needs to be conducted to quantify the XO classifications arising from application of different xylanase products.

About Martin Smith
Scientific Product Manager, Enzymes at Kaesler Nutrition GmbH, Martin Smith is a practicing commercial nutritionist, with extensive knowledge across a wide range of additives and their impact on animal performance, health and welfare.

Beyond viscosity: The prebiotic mechanism of xylanase enzymes in poultry yazısı ilk önce Feed & Additive Magazine üzerinde ortaya çıktı.

Animal welfare in rabbit farming: Meeting the “cage-free” challenge through precision nutrition

Edusehat — Tue, 07 Jul 2026 22:00:06 +0700

The European Citizens’ Initiative “End the Cage Age” marks a major turning point for farming in Europe. Faced with growing societal and regulatory pressure, phasing out cages is no longer just a possibility. It is a shared goal that all stakeholders must work towards. For the rabbit industry, transitioning to alternative systems requires rethinking production models. The main challenge? Balancing the expression of the animals’ natural behaviours with maintaining zootechnical and economic performance, while managing environmental stress. In this complex equation, precision nutrition stands out as an essential strategic tool.

Paméla Vastel
Rabbit Specialist
Techna

Animal welfare is defined as “the physical and mental state of an animal in relation to the conditions in which it lives and dies”. According to the World Organisation for Animal Health, this concept is based on the “Five Freedoms”, which include:
• freedom to express normal behaviour for its species;
• freedom from fear and distress;
• freedom from physical and/or thermal stress;
• freedom from pain, injury and disease;
• freedom from hunger, thirst and malnutrition.

Therefore, nutrition plays a central role. It must constantly adapt to housing and environmental conditions to preserve health and ensure optimal welfare.

THE “CAGE-FREE” CHALLENGE: BALANCING NATURAL BEHAVIOURS AND ZOOTECHNICAL PERFORMANCE
The European Citizens’ Initiative (ECI) “End the Cage Age” gathered nearly 1.4 million signatures. This prompted the European Commission to make a ban on cages a legislative priority for 2026. Rather than just undergoing these changes, the French rabbit industry has been proactive. It has engaged in a collaborative approach, setting an ambitious goal: to reach 30% alternative housing for fattening rabbits by 2030.

A. Undeniable behavioural benefits
New housing methods (parks, floor pens with or without outdoor access) aim to improve rabbits’ ability to express natural behaviours. Studies conducted by TECHNA⁽¹⁾ confirm the positive impact of these floor systems (Figure 1) on behavioural welfare. Although resting remains the rabbit’s main activity (about 66% of the time), animals raised in alternative systems move around significantly more. Moving time increases from 4.8% in conventional cages to 6.2% in parks, and up to 13% in floor pens with outdoor access. Furthermore, there is a notable reduction in stereotypic behaviours. For instance, excessive grooming, considered a response to an unstimulating environment, is seen in 16% of caged rabbits, compared to an average of only 7% in alternative systems. Rabbits can also stand on their hind legs more easily, directly reflecting their behaviour in the wild (Figure 2).

B. The zootechnical and health dilemma
However, the core challenge of transitioning to cage-free systems lies in maintaining farm performance. Despite the behavioural benefits, TECHNA’s studies and field feedback highlight real difficulties. Increased physical activity in group parks leads to lower growth performance. This results in a tendency towards lower body weights and a worsened feed conversion ratio, assuming the diet remains the same. Health risks are also higher because the group effect increases contagion and the frequency of digestive issues. Additionally, hygiene becomes more complex. Managing cleaning and disinfection protocols is harder in pens, which helps pathogens survive. For the nutritionist, a successful transition therefore relies on a multi-criteria approach, combining animal welfare, technical performance, and economic viability.

MANAGING FARM CONDITIONS: PREVENTING HEAT STRESS TO ENSURE RABBIT WELFARE
Evaluating welfare goes beyond the size of the enclosure. It involves knowing how to manage farms in all conditions, especially when facing climate hazards. This means respecting the freedom from thermal stress.

The rabbit is highly sensitive to heat. It struggles metabolically as soon as the temperature exceeds 26°C. We can even see early signs of poorer performance at more moderate temperatures, starting from 21°C. A TECHNA study⁽²⁾ showed a 22% drop in feed intake when the average temperature rose from 19°C to 25°C in maternity (Figure 3). This caused lower growth rates in young rabbits, a loss of body condition in females, and a higher health risk. Relative air humidity makes things worse by changing the temperature actually felt by the animals. For example, 35°C combined with 100% relative humidity is much harder to tolerate than 40°C with only 20% humidity. Even in closed, well-equipped buildings (with fans and cooling systems), fine-tuning temperature and humidity remains difficult.

PRECISION NUTRITION: THE SCIENTIFIC
LINK BETWEEN WELFARE
AND RABBIT PERFORMANCE
In this context of major challenges (cage-free systems, climate hazards, health pressures), precision nutrition stands out as a vital strategic tool. At TECHNA, this approach is built on three main pillars (Figure 4).

Pillar 1: Fibre Expertise, The Foundation of Digestive Safety
In rabbit farming, nearly half of all health issues are digestive (bacteria, viruses, dysbiosis, stress). These can lead to high mortality rates. Controlled starch and protein levels are necessary, but the role of fibre is absolutely crucial for the health of the caecum, the main reservoir in the rabbit’s digestive tract. Research by TECHNA, recognised as an expert in rabbit fibre nutrition, shows the importance of balancing two main types of fibre:

• Indigestible fibres (cellulose and lignin): Barely digested, they act as a mechanical “sweeper”. They reduce the time feed spends in the digestive tract, preventing the growth of harmful bacteria and the build-up of gas. They are vital for reducing diarrhoea symptoms.

• Digestible fibres (hemicelluloses and pectin): Used as a substrate by the gut flora, they are fermented and produce volatile fatty acids (VFAs), which provide energy for the rabbit. This fermentation lowers the caecal pH, creating a hostile environment for pathogens. They are particularly effective in reducing paresis (stoppage of the digestive transit).

This expertise also involves maintaining a strict balance between these two types of fibre during formulation. This is achieved mainly by using the Digestible Fibre / ADF ratio⁽³⁾. This scientific expertise is directly applied through Lapilest. This raw material was specifically designed by TECHNA to make rabbit feed safer, while keeping things simple for the feed manufacturer.

Source: Adobe Stock

Pillar 2: Dynamic Formulation and Adaptive Feeding Strategies
Precision nutrition means adapting specifications to different physiological stages and farming contexts. This aligns nutritional intake with the animals’ needs. To do this, it relies on fine-tuning raw material matrices based on the results of strict quality control plans.

• Matrices: Technical and economic safety goes beyond simply checking raw materials and finished products (nutritional and hygiene criteria). TECHNA’s added value for its feed manufacturer clients lies in the dynamic, real-time adjustment of their formulation matrices. This is done notably using Black Box, a dedicated tool for creating raw material matrices. Regularly adapting the matrices guarantees absolute nutritional consistency. This is essential for stabilising the rabbit’s digestive system, which is sensitive to major changes in the feed formula.

• Adapted feed specifications: The shift to group parks, along with climate change, alters the rabbits’ needs. They are more active and eat less feed. TECHNA includes these new variables when formulating diets. These specifications help offset the increase in energy expenditure or the drop in feed intake, while managing digestive risks.

• Adjusted feeding programmes: TECHNA supports feed manufacturers in designing tailor-made feeding programmes and distribution plans. These are adapted to the farm’s constraints and goals, as well as health conditions and genetics. TECHNA’s deep understanding of rabbit feeding behaviour allows it to perfectly tailor its feeding recommendations.

Source: Adobe Stock

Pillar 3: Functional Supplementation, A Key Lever for Health Prevention
Phasing out cages and increasing flock sizes in floor parks undeniably raise infection pressures. More frequent heatwaves also put a heavy strain on the animals’ bodies. In this context, beyond basic nutrition, the strategic use of feed additives is the third fundamental pillar for ensuring farm viability.

To help the industry face these challenges, TECHNA’s scientific approach relies on providing targeted functional solutions.

• Controlling the digestive and parasitic ecosystem: The rise in parasites is strongly linked to higher floor densities. Controlling health issues therefore requires dedicated nutritional strategies. This is exactly the goal of specialised product ranges like Suriance and Rabiance, designed to limit these risks.

• Physiological support against environmental stress: Because animals are more exposed, particularly to heat stress, using liver protectors, antioxidants, electrolytes, or respiratory tract protectors is highly recommended to maintain homeostasis.

• Strengthening overall immunity: Optimising immune status and improving the herd’s general resistance complete this preventive approach. Solutions like Imun’up or Kaoline perfectly illustrate this commitment to supporting the animal’s natural defences against new environmental stresses.

CONCLUSION
“End the Cage Age” is a shift that should drive innovation across the whole rabbit industry. To meet this major challenge, the approach must move away from standard models and become holistic. It must combine rigorous on-farm welfare assessments – using reference tools like EBENE® – with complete scientific control of farming practices and nutritional levers. By rolling out its expertise in precision nutrition (fibre balance, adjusted matrices), farming techniques (feeding methods), and natural health (dedicated additives), TECHNA is committed to helping its manufacturing clients improve sustainable performance. In the future, success will belong to those who can turn environmental and societal challenges into opportunities for progress. This will ensure animal health, the economic viability of the industry, and comfortable daily working conditions for farmers.

Bibliography:
(1) Study of the fattening rabbit behavior according to four housing systems, Rebours et al., WRC, 2024
(2) Effets de la température ambiante sur les consommations d’aliment et les performances en maternité, Vastel et al., JRC, 2025
(3) Effets du rapport entre fibres digestibles et indigestibles dans l’aliment sur la santé digestive et les performances des lapins en engraissement, Rebours et al., JRC, 2019

About Paméla Vastel
Holding an engineering degree in Animal Production, Paméla Vastel has dedicated her career to the rabbit sector across its entire supply chain, active within bodies like ASFC, WRC, JRC, and CLIPP. Following field experience in feed manufacturing, she has been a Rabbit Specialist at TECHNA for 16 years. She leverages her expertise to provide feed mills with tailored solutions driving performance, economic profitability, animal welfare, and the long-term sustainability of the rabbit industry.

Animal welfare in rabbit farming: Meeting the “cage-free” challenge through precision nutrition yazısı ilk önce Feed & Additive Magazine üzerinde ortaya çıktı.

How can we get bird flu under control?

Edusehat — Tue, 07 Jul 2026 21:55:10 +0700

Emergency and laboratory monitoring

Bird flu is affecting an increasing number of birds in the Netherlands, leading to the culling of tens of thousands of animals, such as the 71,000 chickens culled on a single farm in Drenthe. Because culling alone does not stop the virus—which continues to be introduced by wild birds from Southeast Asia—researchers are seeking long-term solutions. All suspicious samples in the Netherlands are sent to the Wageningen Bioveterinary Research facility in Lelystad. This research takes place in the High Containment Unit (HCU), one of the most secure laboratories in the country, designed to handle highly contagious viruses. Security protocols are extremely strict: researchers must leave all personal items (including jewelry and watches) outside, wear specialized sterile clothing, and shower before leaving to ensure the virus is not carried out on their bodies or hair.

Diagnosis and viral analysis

To test for the virus, researchers use swabs taken from the throat and cloaca of the birds. The virus is transferred into a liquid, and a machine then isolates the RNA. A PCR test is used to multiply the RNA; if the sample crosses a specific threshold, it is confirmed as positive. This process allows researchers to identify subtypes, such as H5. While some variants are “low pathogenic” and cause only mild symptoms, subtypes like H5 and H7 can develop into “high pathogenic” versions that are far more contagious and lethal.

Advanced Sequencing and Containment

Beyond basic diagnosis, researchers now use full genome sequencing to analyze the virus’s entire genetic structure. This allows them to determine if an infection originated from another farm or was introduced by wild birds. It also helps monitor mutations that might allow the virus to adapt to mammals or humans. When an outbreak is confirmed, the NVWA (Netherlands Food and Consumer Product Safety Authority) culls the remaining animals and imposes transport bans on products like eggs. A national housing order (ophokplicht) is often implemented to prevent contact between farmed poultry and wild birds.

Transmission and biosafety

Despite housing orders, infections still occur. Research suggests that while transmission via air/wind is highly unlikely, the virus is often carried into barns by humans via contaminated shoes or hands. Therefore, strict biosafety measures, such as changing clothes and footwear in a dedicated anteroom before entering the stable, are essential. Additionally, because the Dutch landscape of water and grasslands is highly attractive to wild waterfowl, the risk of infection is higher near these areas. To mitigate this, researchers are testing modern “scarecrows” like lasers to keep wild birds away from poultry farms.

Vaccination: the next frontier

To prevent the annual culling of hundreds of thousands of animals, hope is being placed in vaccination. Experiments in the HCU have shown that certain vaccines not only prevent chickens from getting sick or dying but also effectively stop the transmission of the virus to other birds. The primary risk of vaccination is “silent spread,” where the virus circulates undetected because vaccinated birds show no symptoms. To prevent this, it is crucial to distinguish between antibodies from a vaccine and those from a natural infection. Since the vaccine only contains a small piece of the virus, vaccinated birds only produce antibodies against that specific part, whereas an infected bird produces antibodies against the entire virus. The Dutch ministry is currently using this research to develop a plan for large-scale vaccination.

Source: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sDZCiSkQh58

Call for entries: DLG Agri Influencer Award 2026 now open 07.07.2026 12:00 CET

Edusehat — Tue, 07 Jul 2026 21:55:10 +0700

International award honors outstanding agricultural content creators on social media – Farmers from around the world invited to apply until 30 August 2026 – Winners to be recognized at EuroTier 2026 in Hanover, Germany.

The DLG (German Agricultural Society) has opened applications for the DLG Agri Influencer Award 2026, an international competition that recognizes professional farmers who communicate agriculture through social media in an authentic, engaging and impactful way. Farmers representing livestock, arable and horticultural enterprises can apply until 30 August 2026. DLG will present the awards during EuroTier 2026, the world’s leading trade fair for professional animal farming and livestock management, taking place from 10 to 13 November 2026 in Hanover, Germany.

Since its launch in 2022, the award has attracted participants from across the agricultural world. Previous finalists and winners have represented a wide range of farming sectors and countries, including Argentina, Germany, Ghana, Poland, Slovenia, Spain, Switzerland, Turkey, the U.S. and the United Kingdom highlighting the increasingly international nature of agricultural communication on social media. Their channels demonstrate how farmers use digital platforms to share knowledge, increase transparency and build trust in modern agriculture.

Showcasing agriculture beyond the farm gate

Through social media, the farming professionals offer authentic insights into modern farming, taking their audiences into fields, livestock buildings and tractor cabs while explaining agricultural practices and often engaging in an open dialogue with the public. With the DLG Agri Influencer Award, DLG not only recognizes these efforts, but also supports agricultural communicators in their work and encourages more farmers to engage in digital communication. As a non-profit organization dedicated to advancing knowledge exchange and innovation in agriculture, DLG also views the award as an opportunity to strengthen dialogue between farming and society.

“No two days in farming are the same. Farmers are constantly adapting to weather conditions, market developments, new technologies and changing societal expectations. The best DLG agri influencers capture this reality and share it with audiences around the world. Their content not only showcases agriculture but also builds trust and encourages dialogue,” says Theresa Günther, Project Manager of the DLG Agri Influencer Award, and Social Media Manager at DLG.

Two award categories are presented:

DLG Best Agri Influencer International

DLG Best Agri Influencer in German

The international category is open to farmers, farms and agricultural businesses that regularly publish agricultural content in languages other than German. The German-language category recognizes creators who produce agricultural content in German.

Applicants must be actively involved in agriculture, operate their own social media channels and have a minimum of 1,000 followers.

DLG selects one winner in each of the two categories and also honors second- and third-place finalists.

What winners receive

DLG will be inviting the winners to Hanover, Germany, for the award ceremony during the Young Farmers’ Party at EuroTier 2026 on 12 November. The organization covers travel expenses. and admission to EuroTier and the Young Farmers’ Party.

In addition to the award, winners become part of the extensive media and public relations activities surrounding the award, giving them additional visibility among agricultural professionals, media representatives and the wider public.

How the jury assesses applications

An independent international jury appointed by DLG evaluates all submissions. The panel brings together respected agricultural advisors, practitioners, communication specialists and media professionals from different countries.

The jury looks for authentic and engaging agricultural communication that provides meaningful insights into modern farming. In its assessment, the jury considers the range and relevance of the topics covered, the creativity and quality of the content, the creator’s visible commitment to agriculture, and the ability to communicate effectively with online communities. Particular attention is paid to how applicants engage with followers, encourage dialogue and represent the diversity of modern agriculture.

Apply by 30 August 2026

Applications for the DLG Agri Influencer Award 2026 remain open until 30 August 2026.

Further information and the online application form are available at:

www.dlg.org/landwirtschaft/awards/dlg-agri-influencer-award

Source: DLGAgri press release

Healthy Paws: Best Cat Wellness Products for a Healthier, Happier Cat

Edusehat — Tue, 07 Jul 2026 08:10:07 +0700

Discover the cat wellness products the Modern Cat team is obsessed with. From mobility solutions and superior cat litter to a water fountain that encourages hydration, these are the cat products that will make both your lives better!

1. Eco-friendly Litter Cats Love

Catalyst Pet reinvents kitty litter with upcycled soft‑wood fiber that clumps naturally, controls odour, and stays low‑dust—delighting discerning cats and mindful owners. Lightweight, biodegradable, and sustainably sourced, it’s designed to make litter box chores cleaner, greener, and more efficient while reducing your environmental paw print. (under $10 a month, catalystpet.com)

2. CBD Support Tailored for Cats

Support your cat’s mobility, calm, and cognitive function with ElleVet Sciences Feline CBD Oil. Designed for feline physiology with veterinarian‑backed dosing and safety research, this complete‑spectrum CBD + CBDA hemp‑derived oil is formulated to soothe stress and discomfort while enhancing your cat’s overall quality of life. ($67, ellevetsciences.com)

3. Treats with Benefits

Deliciously creamy and packed with prebiotics to support feline gut health, these Prebiotic Tuna Squeeze Treats for Cats from Joyfull deliver irresistible taste in a vet‑formulated, clean‑ingredient package. Made with real wild‑caught tuna and free from artificial flavours and preservatives, they turn treat time into a smart wellness boost your cat
will adore. ($26, joyfullpet.com)

4. Fresh, Flowing Water

The AquaPurr 5 delivers fresh, flowing water straight from your faucet with a motion‑activated sensor—no bowls to refill, pumps to maintain, or slime to scrub. Designed for felines who crave running water, it encourages hydration and supports urinary health with effortless, always‑fresh hydration at every sip. ($129, aquapurr.com)

5. Pawfit Lite GPS Tracker for Cats

Sleek, feather‑light, and built for curious cats, this compact GPS tracker delivers real‑time location and activity monitoring via a responsive app. Built‑in safety zones, unlimited range, and waterproof design offer peace of mind for feline adventurers and their humans alike— all while keeping tabs on your cat’s daily steps and fitness. ($45, pawfit.com)

6. Frito Feet

Is your cat suffering from smelly, itchy, irritated paws or skin? Combat stinky, yeasty paws and more with Zymox’s Funky Paws Paw Nose & Fold Cream for cats and dogs. The LP3 enzyme system reduces bacteria overgrowth, soothes irritation, and hydrates with vitamin D3 and oat extract for fast relief. ($15, zymox.com)

7. A Wild-Caught Seafood Feast

Treat your cat to ocean-inspired indulgence with Pure Cravings Seafood Variety Pack Cutlets in Gravy, the only 100% mercury-tested tuna and salmon for cats. Featuring wild-caught tuna, salmon, and sardines, this premium, grain-free recipe delivers human-grade sustainably caught fish in rich, savory gravy. With no by-products, it’s a clean, protein-packed feast. ($30/12 pack, purecravings.com)

8. Vet Finder

ZooDoc easily connects you with trusted veterinary specialists in your area! Available on the App Store and Google Play, it helps you find and book licensed, background-checked vets across the U.S. With over 10,000 professionals, scheduling appointments—instantly or later—is fast, easy, and convenient. (zoodoc.org)

9. Lickable Cat Treat

Fussie Cat’s Super Premium Chicken with Duck in Goat Milk Purée is a lickable treat cats love. Featuring succulent chicken and duck in a delectable goat milk gravy, the grainfree formula is perfect for sensitive stomachs. ($4, chewy.com)

10. A Better Recovery

Goodbye cone of shame! The Suitical Recovery Suit for Cats is a breathable, comfortable alternative designed to support healing after surgery, wounds, hotspots, or skin conditions. Its stretchy fit maximizes your cat’s freedom (and allows litter box use!), while aiding recovery, preventing licking, and protecting sensitive areas. ($34, suitical.com)

11. A High-Performance Natural Litter

Upgrade your cat’s litter with Dofu Cat Tofu Litter. This acclaimed, all-natural, plant‑based, quick clumping litter is made from bean fiber—an eco-friendly, highly absorbent solution that’s extremely low dust. The gentle formula is tough on odour and reduces tracking for a cleaner home. Ideal for sensitive cats and owners seeking sustainable, effortless litter maintenance. ($17, dofucat.com)

12. Illness and Accident Coverage

Make sure you have your cat’s health care covered. Healthy Paws Pet Insurance offers straightforward, comprehensive coverage for accidents, illnesses, emergency care, and more, helping pet owners manage unexpected veterinary costs. With fast claims processing and no annual or lifetime caps, it’s a trusted choice for protecting your cat’s health and ensuring peace of mind. (healthypawspetinsurance.com)

13. An Extra Spacious, Self-Cleaning Litter Box

HomeRunPet’s self-cleaning litter box CS106 is the world’s largest, accommodating cats up to 25 pounds. Awarded CNN’s Best Self-Refilling Litter Box of 2026, it has a large capacity waste bin for up to 20 hands-free days. ($899, homerunpet.com)

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post Healthy Paws: Best Cat Wellness Products for a Healthier, Happier Cat appeared first on Modern Cat.

Kogut: What ‘gut health’ really means for broiler performance

Edusehat — Tue, 07 Jul 2026 00:30:04 +0700

Gut health is often discussed in poultry production. But according to immunologist Michael Kogut, PhD, lead research microbiologist at the USDA-ARS, College Station, Texas, the term is really about gut homeostasis, which enables birds to maximize performance and reach their full potential.

Kogut presented his thoughts on gut health, intestinal integrity and biomarkers during the 2025 Poultry Science Association annual meeting.

“Birds have been selected for their ability to grow,” he said. “When we’re talking about a healthy bird, we’re talking about how close to that potential the bird has come.”

Gut health is crucial, Kogut noted, because it determines a bird’s ability to reach its genetic potential.

Gut ecosystem

Kogut emphasized that the gut must be viewed as a complete ecosystem that includes both the microbiota and the bird itself, not just bacteria.

“When we’re talking about the gut, we really need to talk about both systems together — the host and the microbiota,” he said.

The host side includes epithelial cells, immune cells, mucus layers and the enteric nervous system. These layers work together to regulate digestion, nutrient absorption, immune tolerance and protection against pathogens.

Kogut pointed out that different regions of the gut have distinct roles. The upper gut, including the duodenum and jejunum, is where most digestion and nutrient absorption occur, despite having relatively low microbial populations. The lower gut contains far more bacteria, but immune activity there is reduced.

“This is the ecosystem under homeostatic conditions,” he said.

Inflammation comes first

Kogut stressed that microbe disruption doesn’t occur on its own.

“Dysbiosis, by definition, is the disruption of the population of microbes. But it doesn’t occur if you don’t have a dysfunctional change in the intestine itself.”

In other words, inflammation comes first. And he emphasized, “dysbiosis almost never induces inflammation. Rather, inflammation induces dysbiosis.” When inflammation damages epithelial cells and tight junctions, the gut barrier weakens, allowing bacteria to leak from the intestine. This can lead to “leaky gut.”

“When you have bacterial translocation, obviously you are now going to stimulate the immune system,” he explained. Once bacteria enter circulation, they can contribute to systemic problems, including joint and leg issues.

Fiber’s role in the gut

Kogut noted that dietary fiber plays a significant role in gut integrity, but quality matters. He compared the positive and negative effects of dietary fiber on intestinal integrity.

He contrasted beneficial fiber with poorly fermentable or highly viscous fiber sources, explaining that high-quality fiber can:

Stimulate gut development
Improve intestinal structure and function
Provide substrate for beneficial microbes

In contrast, poor-quality fiber can:

Increase digesta viscosity
Slow feed passage
Reduce nutrient absorption
Trigger inflammation and leaky gut

In some cases, poor fiber quality has also been linked to gizzard erosion, further compounding digestive challenges.

Measuring gut health

Because gut health is directly tied to performance, producers often ask Kogut how to objectively measure it.

Kogut’s recent research may have the answers. He examined the potential of biomarkers as tools to detect intestinal inflammation before performance losses occur. Historically, he explained, studies relied on invasive methods such as histology or gene expression, which require euthanizing birds. He noted that these approaches are impractical for field use and often lack baseline reference values, making interpretation difficult.

Kogut’s approach focused on noninvasive markers that are measurable in feces or blood.

Noninvasive indicators

Kogut examined birds fed high levels of rice bran to induce chronic, diet-driven inflammation and observed birds with no visible disease or performance loss. “The kicker was there was no gross pathology,” he said. But despite this, biomarkers revealed ongoing inflammation.

Kogut said the most promising non-invasive indicators included:

Calprotectin, a marker of innate immune activation
Lipocalin, an acute-phase inflammatory protein
Hypoxia-inducible factors, which reflect metabolic stress

“Calprotectin is the No. 1 marker for inflammatory bowel disease in humans due to its sensitivity and non-invasive nature,” Kogut explained.

Interestingly, Kogut’s research showed that these biomarkers increased before observable performance problems, suggesting they could serve as early warning signals in broiler flocks.

Chronic inflammation unnoticed

Kogut highlighted that chronic gut inflammation often goes unnoticed because it doesn’t resemble acute disease.

He pointed out that early inflammation involves macrophage-driven responses but over time shifts to T-cell–driven responses, with different cytokines becoming active as time passes. “These are not cytokines you normally see. The cytokines IL-1 beta and TNF are no longer involved when it comes to chronic inflammation.”

This response shift helps explain why flocks can appear healthy while efficiency quietly declines.

Looking ahead

Although the results of his research are promising, Kogut cautioned that more data are needed. “We have measured 200 birds. There is not enough data generated yet that we can say that these are definitive biomarkers.”

He also emphasized that establishing normal ranges for biomarkers is important and requires larger datasets. “We think we can get there. It’s just a matter of doing experiments to develop that range,” he said.

For producers, the message is clear: Gut health isn’t about avoiding disease alone. It’s about maintaining intestinal balance, preventing silent inflammation and keeping birds on track to reach their genetic potential.

Biomarkers may soon give producers tools to detect problems before performance drops, turning gut health from a buzzword into a measurable management strategy.

The post Kogut: What ‘gut health’ really means for broiler performance appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Football and dairy products

Edusehat — Mon, 06 Jul 2026 21:10:07 +0700

If you haven’t heard already, protein is a hot topic. No doubt the footballers of many nations indulged in their dairy products before getting out onto the very hot pitches and playing for their nations. Last week, dairy giant Lactalis has just purchased an active nutrition company, Protein Works, in the UK. Rather interestingly, it is a direct to consumer model. I also note the cooperation between Glow25 and Ehrmann in Europe reported last week – dairy offers those ingestible beauty and lifestyle products the easy nutrition angle. You may discuss these things on social media platforms.

Back to football. I feel it’s a bit of a shame that Mexico isn’t the one holding the latter games and the final, because let’s face it, they are a footballing mad country. They love the game in a way that you just don’t get in the US or Canada (well, outside the multinational enclaves – I remember spending a hot summer watching one of the World Cup matches at an Irish bar in NYC many years ago). President Sheinbaum would be brilliant to watch handing out the trophy, even if Mexico has gone out.

I did not stay up for the Mexico-England match last night, however. I caught up with it on the radio this morning. I did watch Norway take out Brazil, which was quite an event, earlier in the evening.

I know there has been a lot of craziness with regard to how FIFA is running this event and the runup to it, but I cannot stop watching it. Scotland’s fans taking over Boston, Cabo Verde and the amazing goalkeeper Vozinha, Messi and Mbappe, Haaland and Kane, all coming together and playing very good football. Bellingham getting two goals in under two minutes in the early hours of this morning. Holy hat.

It is compelling viewing. I am not sure what I will do after 19 July but wait until next year when the FIFA Women’s World Cup arrives in Brazil. Let’s go, Lionesses! And this is where my loyalties will be tested, as the USA is the most successful team in Women’s World Cup history. Sadly they do not have a catchy nickname like the Matildas or the Canaries. Or even the Golden Girls, which is Vietnam’s team. They have until next year to work on it.

The post Football and dairy products appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

Resetting the field challenge with a strategic IBD vaccination approach

Edusehat — Mon, 06 Jul 2026 20:55:03 +0700

By Eric Shepherd, DVM, Zoetis

Late spring and early summer are good times to take a fresh look at infectious bursal disease (IBD) vaccination strategies. Re-evaluating your approach can help support more consistent bird performance and strengthen immunity across flocks.

Today’s poultry operations have many tools to address disease pressure, but relying too heavily on any one vaccination approach can lead to diminishing returns over time.

In IBD programs, for example, staying on the same vector-vaccine program year after year may create conditions in which a field-virus challenge breaks through earlier over successive flocks. As poultry veterinarians evaluate seasonal vaccination strategies, a rotation to an immune-complex vaccine for IBD is worth considering as a complement to a vector vaccination program.

This type of rotation is a strategic effort to use live vaccines in a way that may help disrupt field-virus pressure, restore disease control and support overall flock health.

Displacing wild-type IBD

For IBD, the live immune-complex vaccine Poulvac® Bursaplex® has been shown to help block and displace wild-type variant viruses,¹ thereby reducing field challenge and helping position vector vaccines to regain efficacy when reintroduced into the vaccine rotation.^2,3

Timing is critical. The first 3 weeks post-hatch are a key risk window for IBD infection. IBD protection starts with hyper-immunizing breeder hens to provide robust maternal antibodies, while strategically vaccinating broiler chicks — including in ovo — can provide complementary protection during this early challenge window.

Poultry complexes that have relied heavily on herpesvirus of turkey (HVT)-vectored IBD vaccines have seen their variant challenge window shift progressively earlier over time.⁴ When that happens, there is greater potential for immune suppression before vectored vaccines elicit protection in young broilers. That can create conditions for other diseases, such as inclusion body hepatitis (IBH), to gain a foothold. IBH is a notable cause of broiler mortality during the first 3 to 4 weeks of life.

A field trial evaluated the effectiveness of the live immune-complex vaccine, Poulvac Bursaplex, in a commercial broiler complex facing a high-variant IBDV challenge.⁵ Investigators assessed bursal surveys and flock-level performance measures to evaluate vaccine effectiveness.

Relative to pre-vaccination performance, flocks in the study that were vaccinated with Poulvac Bursaplex improved in every measured performance category:⁶

15 points of bodyweight
6 points of adjusted feed-conversion ratio
4% livability
13% condemnations
7 cents per pound bodyweight decrease in live cost

Although this complex benefited significantly from the switch to an immune-complex vaccine, each complex may experience its own results after introducing Poulvac Bursaplex.

In the field trial, once Poulvac Bursaplex was introduced into the vaccine program, the complex reported immediate improvements in bursal health, bird health and performance, and a reported reduction in IBH-associated mortality.

Seasonal use of Poulvac Bursaplex has been associated with “crowding out” field-virus types over time, with fewer wild types present and a later challenge window after annual use of the immune-complex vaccine.⁷ In turn, that shift may help vectored IBD vaccines perform better in the future by reducing early field challenge. A major purpose of immune-complex vaccines is to reset challenge-virus pressure year after year and decrease pressure on future vaccine programs.

Developing a rotational IBD vaccine program that includes both immune-complex and HVT-vectored vaccines has shown benefits by helping protect against and reduce persistent variant IBD challenges in the field.⁸

Holistic view of vaccine selection

A holistic understanding of field-virus challenge can help shape vaccine-program recommendations and provide insight into the likely impact of implementing a new program, regardless of disease challenge.

For IBD, active bursal-surveillance programs using bursa boards and bursal surveys can help monitor which IBDV strains are present in a complex and the ages at which those strains are challenging birds. Knowing when a challenge is breaking through has important implications for broiler health programs, as well as breeder programs.

Additional diagnostic tools, including polymerase chain reaction and enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays, can help determine which viral strains are present in a flock. That information can help poultry veterinarians select vaccines that better match the field challenge and help flocks reach their performance potential.

References

Muniz EC, Verdi R, Jackwood DJ, et al. Molecular epidemiologic survey of infectious bursal disease viruses in broiler farms raised under different vaccination programs. J Appl Poult Res. 2018;27:253-261.
Ibid.
Ashraf S, Abdel-Alim G, Al-Natour MQ, Saif YM. Interference between mild and pathogenic strains of infectious bursal disease virus in chickens. Avian Dis. 2005;49:99-103.
Shepherd E, Cummings T, Jordan B, Cookson K. Field experiences with a live immune-complex IBD vaccine in broilers in the Southeast USA. In: Proceedings, International Poultry Science Forum, 2026.
Ibid.
Ibid.
Muniz EC, Verdi R, Jackwood DJ, et al. Molecular epidemiologic survey
Shepherd E, Cummings T, Jordan B, Cookson K. Field experiences with a live immune-complex

The post Resetting the field challenge with a strategic IBD vaccination approach appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Aviagen and Nippon Chunky strengthen long-term relationship in Japan

Edusehat — Mon, 06 Jul 2026 20:50:10 +0700

Aviagen^®is pleased to announce the next step in a long-standing collaboration with valued Ross^® distributor Nippon Chunky, a subsidiary of Marubeni Corporation’s Food and Agribusiness division in Japan. For nearly 60 years, Nippon Chunky has been the exclusive provider of Aviagen’s Ross brand of broiler breeding stock in Japan and is an established and respected presence in the country’s poultry industry.

Effective July 1, 2026, Aviagen has acquired a 66% controlling interest in Nippon Chunky, reinforcing the close ties between the two companies and supporting the ongoing development of Japan’s poultry sector. Marubeni will remain a 34% shareholder and continue to participate actively in the management of the business. As part of Aviagen Asia, Nippon Chunky will continue operating under its existing leadership and identity.

The investment reflects decades of close collaboration and mutual respect between the companies and their focus on supporting poultry producers, advancing innovation and promoting sustainability and animal welfare.

“Nippon Chunky has earned an excellent reputation through its dedication to customers, deep local relationships, and industry knowledge. Over many years, they have played an important role in the development of the Ross brand in Japan. We look forward to building on that success together. This agreement reinforces our continued focus on the Japanese market and the customers we serve,” commented Aviagen CEO Jan Henriksen.

“I am confident the partnership with Aviagen will further strengthen the foundation that Nippon Chunky has built over the years,” added Mr. Masaya Shiraishi, Meat Department General Manager, Marubeni Corporation. “We will continue to strive to develop the Japanese broiler industry even further with Aviagen through a stable supply of high-quality breeding chicks.”

Source: Aviagen press release

World Zoonoses Day: prevention starts on the farm

Edusehat — Mon, 06 Jul 2026 20:50:10 +0700

Today, July 6, we celebrate World Zoonoses Day, dedicated to reminding us how closely animal and human health are connected. This observance recalls Louis Pasteur’s first rabies vaccination in 1885 and highlights the One Health principle, which is crucial to preventing diseases transmitted between animals and people.

The role of livestock farms

In the poultry and livestock sectors, zoonoses represent a concrete risk for public health as well as for production continuity and trust along the entire value chain. Well-known examples include avian influenza, salmonellosis and psittacosis, which can spread through infected animals, excretions, contaminated environments or improperly handled food products.

For this reason, prevention at farm level is the first health barrier: restricting access, applying strict biosecurity measures, sanitizing hands and equipment, using dedicated devices, and promptly monitoring any symptoms in the animals are essential steps to reduce the risk of infection.

Health control and the value chain

Health control does not protect only animals, it also safeguards workers, consumers and businesses. Zoonotic diseases can have major economic consequences, affecting productivity, management costs, the availability of animal proteins and the reputation of the whole supply chain.

In this context, veterinary surveillance, early diagnosis and rapid reporting of suspected cases become strategic tools. Training of staff and proper management of materials, vehicles and visitors also help break the chain of transmission and strengthen the resilience of the entire production system.

A shared commitment

Preventing zoonoses requires continuous cooperation between farmers, veterinarians, health authorities and supply chain operators. Investing in biosecurity, animal welfare and epidemiological monitoring means protecting public health and ensuring continuity in a sector that is essential for food security.

On this day, the message is clear: the health of livestock farms is a decisive component of public health, and prevention remains the most effective measure to protect people, animals and value chains.

Gradual Expansion Positions WMU to Become Southeast Asia’s Largest Cage-Free Egg Producer

Edusehat — Mon, 06 Jul 2026 13:50:07 +0700

Consumer awareness of food products that are not only safe and nutritious but also produced with higher animal welfare standards has continued to grow in recent years. Alongside this trend, demand for cage-free eggs has shown consistent growth, encouraging more egg producers to explore transitioning to or expanding cage-free production systems. Among the most progressive companies is PT Widodo Makmur Unggas Tbk (WMU), whose expansion plans could position the company as the largest cage-free egg producer in Southeast Asia.
According to Tri Mahawijaya Herlambang, Marketing Director of WMU, the market for cage-free eggs in Indonesia continues to expand. He noted that growth is being driven not only by multinational food companies but also by a growing number of domestic businesses and local companies that are beginning to source cage-free eggs.
To meet the needs of this growing market, WMU is gradually expanding its cage-free egg production capacity from its current flock of approximately 200,000 laying hens to 500,000 birds, with completion targeted by 2027. We are confident that demand for cage-free eggs will continue to increase. Therefore, we are building production capacity now to ensure we are prepared to respond to future demand growth,” said Mahawijaya in Jakarta on Friday (June 19, 2026).
Currently, WMU markets its cage-free eggs through a business-to-business (B2B) model, serving a wide range of customers including catering companies, hotel chains, restaurants, and quick-service restaurant operators. The company is also preparing to launch its own cage-free egg brand for the retail market.
“This expansion is not intended to replace existing markets, but rather to create a new, higher-value segment while responding to increasing consumer interest in sustainability, food safety, and animal welfare. As a publicly listed company, WMU is also committed to sustainability. Implementing animal welfare practices through cage-free farming is one tangible example of that commitment,” he added.
Responding to the expansion plan, Sandi Dwiyanto, Sustainable Poultry Program Manager at Lever Foundation, expressed appreciation for WMU’s efforts to increase cage-free production capacity in Indonesia. According to him, growing commitments from both consumers and businesses toward sustainability and food quality are creating significant opportunities for the cage-free egg sector.
“Over the past several years, demand for cage-free eggs has continued to grow, particularly from the retail, hospitality, restaurant, FMCG, and foodservice sectors. Today, more than 2,000 food companies worldwide have committed to sourcing 100 percent cage-free eggs, including major international brands operating in Indonesia such as KFC, Burger King, Hyatt, Marriott, and Swiss-Belhotel International. At the same time, an increasing number of domestic companies are adopting or transitioning toward cage-free egg sourcing policies, including Super Indo, Ismaya Group, Bali Buda, Jiwa Jawi, and many others,” said Sandi.
The growth of cage-free products is also reflected in consumer research conducted by GMO Research, a Japanese market research and consumer panel company. The survey found that 55 percent of Indonesian consumers prefer purchasing products from brands that exclusively use cage-free eggs. Additionally, 72 percent of respondents agreed that eggs used by food companies should come from farms that implement animal welfare standards.
Beyond market demand, cage-free production is also increasingly associated with food safety benefits. A multi-country study conducted by the European Food Safety Authority (EFSA) found that cage-free egg farms have up to 25 times lower risk of contamination from certain strains of Salmonella bacteria compared to conventional cage systems.

“In addition to being driven by market demand and product quality considerations, WMU’s expansion is also aligned with the issuance of Indonesia’s Minister of Agriculture Regulation No. 32 of 2025 on Animal Welfare Implementation. We hope WMU’s leadership will inspire more egg producers across Indonesia to prepare for evolving market expectations. Lever Foundation remains committed to supporting the development of Indonesia’s cage-free ecosystem to ensure that growing market demand is matched by a reliable and sustainable supply,” Sandi concluded.

Stainless Steel vs Plastic Dog Bowls: What Is Safer for Your Dog?

Edusehat — Mon, 06 Jul 2026 13:35:06 +0700

The bowl your dog eats from every single day is easy to overlook. It sits quietly in the corner of the kitchen, gets a quick rinse after meals, and rarely gets a second thought. Yet the material of that bowl can shape your dog's daily health in ways most pet parents never notice. In India, where summers are long, humidity is high, and street dust settles fast, the choice between stainless steel and plastic becomes even more important.

This guide breaks down the safety, hygiene, and everyday practicality of both materials, so you can make a confident, informed choice for your pup.

Why the Bowl Material Matters More Than You Think

Your dog's food and water bowl comes in contact with saliva, food oils, moisture, and warm air, many times a day. Over months and years, the material of that bowl can either resist bacterial buildup or quietly become a breeding ground for it. A poorly chosen bowl can also leach chemicals into food, cause skin reactions on the muzzle, or hold on to smells that put fussy eaters off their meals.

In Indian conditions, three factors make the choice even more critical: high summer temperatures that speed up chemical leaching from plastics, monsoon humidity that encourages bacterial and fungal growth, and hard water in many cities that leaves mineral deposits inside porous surfaces.

The Case Against Plastic Dog Bowls

Plastic bowls are cheap, light, and widely available, which is exactly why so many first-time pet parents buy them. Unfortunately, they carry a set of health and hygiene concerns that stainless steel simply does not.

1. Chemical Leaching and BPA Concerns

Many low-cost plastic bowls contain Bisphenol A (BPA) or similar chemicals used to harden plastic. When exposed to warm food, hot water during washing, or the summer heat common in Indian homes, these chemicals can slowly leach into your dog's meals. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration has flagged BPA exposure as a concern in food contact materials, and while more research is ongoing, most veterinary nutritionists recommend avoiding it where possible.

2. Scratches That Trap Bacteria

Plastic is soft. Every time your dog chews the rim or you scrub the bowl with a rough sponge, tiny scratches form on the surface. These grooves trap food particles, saliva, and moisture, giving bacteria the perfect place to multiply. Even a bowl that looks clean can hold on to biofilm you cannot see or scrub away.

3. Plastic Dish Nasal Dermatitis

This is a real, documented condition. According to the American Kennel Club, some dogs develop a loss of pigment, irritation, or crusting on their nose and lips due to a reaction to chemicals in plastic bowls. It is more common than many owners realise and often clears up simply by switching to a stainless steel or ceramic bowl.

4. Odour and Staining

Plastic absorbs oils and smells from food over time. If your dog suddenly turns picky, the culprit might not be the food but the lingering odour in the bowl itself.

Why Stainless Steel Dog Bowls Are the Safer Pick

Stainless steel has become the default recommendation of most Indian veterinarians, and for good reason. It solves nearly every problem plastic creates.

1. Non-Reactive and Chemical-Free

Food-grade stainless steel does not leach chemicals into food or water, even when exposed to heat, acidic foods, or repeated washing. It stays inert whether your dog is eating warm home-cooked meals or drinking water that has been sitting out through a Delhi summer afternoon.

2. Naturally Bacteria-Resistant

The smooth, non-porous surface of stainless steel gives bacteria almost nowhere to hide. Pet care experts at PetMD note that stainless steel is one of the easiest materials to sanitise thoroughly, which matters a great deal in humid Indian weather when bacterial growth is faster.

3. Built to Last

A quality stainless steel bowl can outlast a plastic one by many years. It resists chewing, tolerates dishwasher cycles, and does not crack when dropped. For growing puppies and enthusiastic eaters, this durability makes it a one-time investment rather than a recurring expense.

4. Safe in Indian Weather

Steel does not warp in summer heat, does not grow mould during monsoon, and does not develop the sour smell plastic often gets during humid months. A quick wash with hot water and it looks and smells brand new.

If you are ready to make the switch, PetsWorld offers a curated range of stainless steel dog bowls and feeders designed for dogs of every size and eating style.

Stainless Steel vs Plastic: A Quick Side-by-Side

Here is a simple breakdown of how the two materials compare on the factors that matter most:

Safety: Stainless steel is chemically inert and safe with hot or acidic food. Plastic can leach BPA and other chemicals, especially in heat.
Hygiene: Stainless steel resists bacterial buildup thanks to its smooth surface. Plastic scratches easily and traps microbes.
Durability: Stainless steel lasts for years. Plastic cracks, warps, and needs frequent replacement.
Odour Control: Stainless steel stays odour-free. Plastic absorbs food smells over time.
Cost Over Time: Stainless steel is a one-time purchase. Plastic feels cheap upfront but adds up with repeated replacements.
Skin Reactions: Stainless steel rarely causes reactions. Plastic can trigger contact dermatitis in sensitive dogs.

Is There Ever a Time to Use Plastic?

There are a few situations where a plastic bowl might be acceptable, though never ideal. Travel bowls that need to fold or collapse, temporary feeding setups during short trips, or use cases where weight is a real concern for very small dogs may justify a food-grade, BPA-free plastic bowl. Even then, replace it every few months, inspect regularly for scratches, and never leave food or water sitting in it under direct sunlight.

For daily home feeding, stainless steel remains the smarter, safer default. Ceramic is another good option, though it can chip or break, which makes it less practical for enthusiastic eaters.

How to Choose the Right Stainless Steel Bowl for Your Dog

Not every stainless steel bowl is created equal. A few practical checks help you pick a bowl that will actually last.

Check the grade: Look for food-grade stainless steel, ideally 304 grade, which is the standard for safe food contact.
Size it right: The bowl should hold a full meal comfortably with room to spare. A small dog needs a shallow, narrow bowl. Large breeds do better with wider, deeper designs.
Look for a non-slip base: Rubber-rimmed bowls or ones with silicone bases stay put during meals and reduce mess.
Consider raised or elevated bowls: For senior dogs or large breeds, elevated feeders can ease neck strain. For giant breeds, always consult your vet first, since raised feeders have been linked to bloat in some cases.
Match the bowl to the eater: Fast eaters benefit from slow-feeder bowl designs that also come in stainless steel with silicone inserts.

Pairing the right bowl with the right diet makes a real difference. Explore high-quality dog food options at PetsWorld to build a complete, balanced feeding routine for your pet.

Keeping Your Dog's Bowl Truly Clean

Even the best stainless steel bowl needs regular care. In Indian climate conditions, cleanliness is not just about looks but about preventing infections and stomach upsets.

Wash the food bowl after every meal with warm water and a mild, pet-safe dish soap.
Rinse and refill the water bowl at least twice a day, more often in summer.
Do a deep clean weekly by soaking the bowl in a mixture of hot water and white vinegar to break down any hidden residue.
Dry the bowl thoroughly before refilling. Standing moisture invites bacteria.
Keep the feeding area clean, since a spotless bowl on a dirty floor still poses a risk.

Good bowl hygiene works hand in hand with regular dog grooming and care, both of which keep your pet healthier through the year.

Conclusion

When it comes to your dog's daily meals, stainless steel is the clear winner on safety, hygiene, and long-term value. Plastic may feel budget-friendly at first, but the health risks, hidden bacteria, and constant replacements make it a false economy. A single, well-chosen stainless steel bowl can keep your dog eating safely and happily for years to come.

Give your dog the healthy, hygienic start every meal deserves. Browse the full range of dog feeding bowls and accessories at PetsWorld and pick a bowl that fits your pet's size, personality, and eating style.

Frequently Asked Questions

1. Are stainless steel bowls really safer than plastic for dogs?

Yes. Stainless steel does not leach chemicals, resists scratches that harbour bacteria, and is easy to sanitise. Plastic bowls can release BPA, cause skin reactions, and hold bacteria in tiny grooves, making steel the safer everyday choice.

2. Can plastic bowls cause allergic reactions in dogs?

They can. Some dogs develop plastic dish nasal dermatitis, which shows up as pigment loss, crusting, or irritation on the nose and lips. Switching to stainless steel or ceramic often resolves the issue within a few weeks.

3. How often should I clean my dog's stainless steel bowl?

Wash the food bowl after every meal and the water bowl at least once a day. In humid or monsoon weather, increase the frequency and do a weekly deep clean with hot water and vinegar to kill any lingering bacteria.

4. Are all stainless steel dog bowls food safe?

Not always. Look for bowls labelled as food-grade stainless steel, ideally 304 grade. Avoid unbranded, ultra-cheap bowls that may contain nickel or other metals in unsafe proportions.

5. Is ceramic a good alternative to stainless steel?

Ceramic is safe and non-reactive if it is lead-free and properly glazed. It is heavier and less likely to slide during meals, but it can chip or crack. For homes with playful or large dogs, stainless steel is usually the more practical choice.

EuroTier 2026: strong commitment from visitors

Edusehat — Sun, 05 Jul 2026 19:45:09 +0700

10–13 November 2026 in Hanover, Germany – Theme: “Intelligence in Animal Farming” – Visitor survey reveals strong interest – DLG Spotlights, DLG Expert Stages and networking events – EuroTier app soon available for download – Travel information – Featuring “EnergyDecentral” and the Inhouse Farming – Feed & Food Show – eurotier.com

With four months to go before EuroTier 2026 opens, the world’s leading trade fair for professional animal farming and livestock management is already attracting strong international interest. A visitor survey conducted in May and June 2026 highlights both a strong willingness among industry professionals to attend the event and a high level of investment readiness across the sector. Under the guiding theme “Intelligence in Animal Farming”, EuroTier will take place from 10 to 13 November 2026 in Hanover, Germany. Covering all major livestock species, including cattle, pigs, poultry, sheep, goats and horses, the exhibition will showcase a wide range of innovations, including numerous product premieres. Knowledge transfer and professional exchange will take place across nine expert stages featuring presentations, panel discussions, talks and networking opportunities. Visitors can enhance their trade fair experience with the EuroTier app, developed by DLG (German Agricultural Society), organizer of EuroTier.

A preliminary survey conducted among 1,091 potential EuroTier 2026 visitors in May and June 2026 demonstrates considerable interest in the trade fair. 60 percent of respondents have already decided to attend, while a further 39 percent intend to make their decision in the coming months.

Investment readiness is also high. While 63 percent of respondents are planning investments of up to 100,000 euros, 11 percent are considering investments exceeding 500,000 euros.

Survey participants also expressed strong interest in key future-oriented topics for the industry, including animal welfare, automation and robotics, sensor technology and artificial intelligence, digitalization, sustainability and environmental protection.

This demand is reflected throughout the exhibitor offering. Some 2,100 companies will be presenting solutions across the entire value chain – from animal health and animal welfare to modern housing and feeding technologies, as well as feed and feed additives. The exhibition portfolio, spanning 13 halls, is further complemented by innovations in breeding, trading and reproduction technologies, alongside applications in automation and robotics.

“Seeing such strong international commitment to EuroTier already at this stage is very satisfying. We are expecting farming professionals from all over the world who are looking for practical ideas, new technologies and solutions they can take back to their farms,“ says Ines Rathke, EuroTier show director.

“EuroTier brings together the entire spectrum of modern livestock farming, from feed and animal housing to equipment, digital tools and innovations for every species. The fact that so many visitors are already planning their trip and committing to attend several months before the trade fair opens is a wonderful sign. It shows how important personal exchange, inspiration and international networking remain for our industry,” adss Rathke.

The ticket shop for EuroTier 2026 opened this spring. A one‑day ticket costs 33 euros in the online shop, with further options available. Ticket shop link

International technical program and new formats

Among the new highlights at EuroTier are the EuroTier Milky Way, DLG-VetCon, the Innovation Boulevard and the Forage Days. These formats will explore key livestock topics in depth, combining expert insights with practical exhibits. Together with the extensive exhibition, the technical program ensures that EuroTier offers a comprehensive overview of cutting-edge innovations as well as established technologies for efficient, sustainable and animal-friendly livestock production.

DLG Spotlights: Experiencing innovation in practice

The DLG Spotlights offer visitors the opportunity to experience innovations in practical application. The Barn Robot Event will showcase state-of-the-art solutions for automated milking, focusing on the conversion of conventional milking parlours to robotic systems, new-build concepts and milking solutions for large dairy herds.

Further highlights include technologies for reducing emissions in livestock farming and the TopTierTreff (“Top Genetics”) , the international meeting place for breeding companies and breeding organizations presenting live dairy and beef cattle.

With the new Innovation Boulevard, exhibitors will, for the first time, be able to present their officially recognized innovations, submitted and recognized as world premieres in advance. The last event saw over 210 registered world premieres.

Another new feature is the DLG Spotlight “Forage Production”. Companies will demonstrate how smart farming technologies are transforming forage production and how forage quality can be optimized from harvest through to silage. The new Forage Days on 12 and 13 November will complement the program. The DLG Expert Stage Cattle will focus specifically on demand-oriented feeding strategies for ruminants.

Another highlight will be the Horse Theme Day on Thursday, 12 November 2026, featuring expert presentations and guided tours of exhibitors specializing in equine technologies and services.

Additional impulses will be provided by the Start-up Area, showcasing innovative technologies, and the Science Campus, where research findings and job offerings will be presented.

Technical program and international exchange

The EuroTier 2026 technical program will be presented on a total of nine expert stages and will include lectures, panel discussions and networking formats covering all relevant sectors of livestock farming, as well as topics from EuroTier’s partner events:

DLG Expert Stage Cattle (Hall 12)

DLG Expert Stage Pig (Hall 17)

DLG Expert Stage Poultry (Hall 17)

DLG Expert Stage Barn Robot Event and Direct Marketing (Hall 13)

DLG Expert Stage Biosecurity and Feed Safety (Hall 21)

DLG Expert Stage Intelligence in Animal Farming (Hall 13)

DLG Studio Stage (Hall 13)

DLG Expert Stage EnergyDecentral (Hall 25)

DLG Expert Stage Inhouse Farming (Hall 25)

EuroTier’s international importance is further reflected in a wide range of networking opportunities and international events. The International Poultry Conference will take place on 9 November 2026. On 11 November 2026, the International Farmers Day, focusing on Ireland, Poland and the United Kingdom will be held alongside the International Cattle & Pig Event.

The Young Professionals Day on 12 November 2026 is designed specifically for the next generation of industry professionals. Also taking place at the EuroTier venue from 12 to 13 November 2026, DLG-VetCon will be launched as a new international forum for veterinarians. Program highlights include keynote speeches by internationally renowned experts, in-depth workshops, guided innovation-focused tours of the exhibition, a foyer exhibition and networking opportunities for professional exchange. Tickets are now available at the early-bird rate. The program will be complemented by additional networking formats, including the Female Agri Fellows Networking Event.

EuroTier App: Digital support for visitors

The EuroTier app provides visitors with a digital tool that significantly simplifies planning and navigating the exhibition. The app, which will be available for download during the summer, offers an interactive hall plan, targeted exhibitor and product searches, and up-to-date information on program sessions and events. Users can also create personal favorites lists and build their own customized trade fair agenda.

Getting to EuroTier 2026

Good flight connections to Hanover ensure that international visitors can easily reach EuroTier. Once in Hanover, visitors can easily reach the exhibition grounds from Hanover Central Station via tram line 8 and the additional line E, both of which provide direct access to the North Entrance. Alternatively, the S4 commuter rail line connects to Hanover Messe/Laatzen station. During EuroTier, numerous long-distance and regional trains will also stop directly at Hanover Messe/Laatzen station, from where West Entrance 1 can be reached within a few minutes via the Skywalk.

Travel by car is equally convenient. The exhibition grounds are well connected to the motorway network, clearly signposted and offer ample parking facilities.

Source: EuroTier press release

BAU researchers develop new colored-meat chicken line after 15 years of work

Edusehat — Sat, 04 Jul 2026 18:40:09 +0700

Researchers at Bangladesh Agricultural University (BAU) have developed a new chicken subtype that produces colored meat after 15 years of continuous research, according to university officials. The new line is described as fast-growing, with meat texture similar to native chicken but with a reddish color, and it has been developed with both consumer demand and farm profitability in mind.

The research was carried out by the Poultry Science Department under the Livestock and Dairy Development Project (LDDP). Professor Dr Bazlur Rahman Mollah, who led the team, said the subtype was created through preservation, selection and crossbreeding of different parent lines, with the goal of building a stable commercial line for local production.

A seminar held on Tuesday formally presented the final results of the project, with BAU Vice-Chancellor Professor Dr A K Fazlul Haque Bhuiyan, Poultry Science Department Head Professor Dr Md Shawkat Ali and other officials in attendance. University officials said the project reflects a long-term effort to develop poultry genetics suited to local needs and market preferences.

According to Dr Mollah, the team focused mainly on a sex-linked white line with homozygosity improved to between 89% and 93.11%, a level considered important for establishing a consistent commercial line. The researchers also developed a simple PCR method to detect deletion in the SOX-10 gene, which determines feather color and is expected to support future breeding programs.

The team said some parent lines of the subtype produced up to 205 eggs in 62 weeks. They also reported that the day-old chick weight of the new hybrid line was around 38 grams, compared with 26–28 grams for conventional Sonali chickens, and noted that a one-gram increase in day-old chick weight can translate into about 50 grams of additional final market weight.

The birds can reportedly reach around 950 grams within 45 days. Researchers said this performance, combined with improved growth rate, feed conversion efficiency and lower mortality, could help increase farmers’ profits if the birds are produced and managed properly at scale.

One of the project’s main features was direct technology transfer at field level. Instead of relying only on training centers, the research team provided hands-on support in villages to cluster-based groups of 15 to 25 women farmers, with regular technical guidance, timely vaccination and health monitoring.

Field results showed strong improvements where farmers received chicks together with technical support, and many farmers reportedly now keep the birds for 10 to 12 weeks rather than the planned 50 days because of market demand. The birds are being sold at prices of up to Tk 700 per kilogram, allowing farmers to earn higher returns.

On food safety concerns, Dr Mollah said laboratory tests in Dhaka found no antibiotic residues in the meat. He also clarified that the goal is not to market the birds as native chicken, but to create a distinct branded colored-meat product with stronger taste, nutritional value and safety assurance.

Vice-Chancellor Professor Dr Fazlul Haque Bhuiyan stressed that innovation must reach farmers’ doorsteps, not remain in laboratories. He said the project’s core philosophy is to increase farmer income and expand safe animal protein production in Bangladesh, and he also called for the early reopening of the university’s livestock faculty sales centre so research products can be sold directly to the public at affordable prices.

The final presentation was attended by faculty members, researchers and poultry-sector entrepreneurs, and dishes prepared from the newly developed chicken were also served.

Fiskarna Aqua and Globaq Solutions Sign an Agreement to Develop Algeria’s First Integrated Aquaculture Ecosystem

Edusehat — Sat, 04 Jul 2026 08:20:08 +0700

Fiskarna Aqua and Globaq Solutions announced the signing of a General Service Agreement (GSA) in Copenhagen, Denmark. The agreement marks the beginning of a long-term strategic partnership dedicated to developing Algeria’s first integrated aquaculture ecosystem—a project that combines international expertise, innovative technologies, and a shared commitment to sustainable food production. This milestone comes at a pivotal moment for Algeria.

The project of Fiskarna Aqua has recently reached several important milestones, including its designation as a National Aquaculture Strategic Pilot (NASP) and the preliminary approval of dedicated land and marine concessions in the Wilaya of El Tarf. According to them, those achievements reinforce their confidence that Algeria has all the ingredients required to become one of the leading aquaculture hubs in the Mediterranean and Africa. “Fiskarna Aqua is honored to contribute to this national vision”, they said.

Clear Commitment

Over the past few years, the Algerian Government has demonstrated a clear commitment to accelerating the development of the aquaculture sector through ambitious reforms, investment-friendly policies, and strong institutional support. As part of its vision for food security, economic diversification, and the Blue Economy, Algeria is creating the conditions for strategic projects capable of transforming the sector.

Building Far More Than Fish Farms

Together with Globaq Solutions and the Fiskarna Aqua’s network of international partners from Denmark, Norway, Spain, and Italy, they are building far more than fish farms, they assure.

They are designing an integrated ecosystem that will encompass freshwater RAS Aquaculture; offshore marine aquaculture; hatchery development; fish feed and biomass production; and research, innovation, and skills development.

“Our ambition is to establish a model that delivers long-term value for Algeria by promoting technology transfer, developing local expertise, creating highly skilled employment, strengthening food security, and attracting international investment”, they said.

A Unique Opportunity

Their vision is that Algeria’s geographic position, expanding infrastructure, and industrial capabilities provide a unique opportunity to develop a regional center of excellence for sustainable aquaculture technologies and seafood production. “This partnership reflects our shared belief that the future of aquaculture lies in collaboration across borders, innovation, and long-term commitment,” they added.

After the announcement, Fiskarna Aquawould thanked they partners at Globaq Solutions for their trust and professionalism throughout this journey, and also to Christian Sørensen, Kristoffer Lund, Mohamed Ali-Bouacha and Cizar Bachir Brahim. “Together, we are building the foundations of a more resilient, innovative, and sustainable aquaculture industry for Algeria and the African continent”, they finished.

A Young Company

For their part, Globaq Solutions, a company focused on setting new standards in land-based fish farming through advanced recirculating aquaculture systems (RAS), was presented in society in 2024. Founded by Christian Sørensen -the former founder of Billund Aquaculture- and a team with decades of experience in RAS technology and project development, Globaq Solutions builds on the foundation introduced in late 2024. “We move forward with a clear purpose: to deliver cutting-edge, sustainable, and efficient aquaculture solutions, while advancing RAS technology and sustainability in global aquaculture,” they assured.

Globaq designs and delivers RAS that support responsible fish farming. With a dedicated and experienced team, they work side by side with our clients to develop tailored solutions that improve operational efficiency, protect the environment, and help shape the future of a more sustainable aquaculture.

“We are ready for what’s next and proud to move forward under the Globaq Solutions name,” said at that moment Christian Sørensen, Founder of the company. “This new chapter marks our continued commitment to responsible aquaculture and to delivering value for our clients through deep expertise and innovation.” In a few months they built a strong foundation, putting in place the right organization and processes. This allows them to offer a full range of services, including RAS design, turnkey project execution, retrofits, and system upgrades.

The More Than 20-Year Collaboration Between Benchmark Genetics and Avramar Achieves a 76% Genetic Improvement in Its Sea Bream Breeding

Edusehat — Sat, 04 Jul 2026 08:20:07 +0700

Conducted by Benchmark Genetics in collaboration with the Greek-Spanish company Avramar, a new study documents a 76% genetic improvement in harvest weight in gilthead seabream over more than twenty years of selective breeding, one of the most comprehensive long-term assessments of genetic progress ever conducted in a marine aquaculture species. According to Benchmark Genetics, beyond documenting long-term genetic progress, the findings demonstrate the broader value of selective breeding in modern aquaculture.

The study reflects more than two decades of partnership between Benchmark Genetics and Avramar in developing one of the Mediterranean’s longest-running commercial seabream breeding programs.

The study analyzed data between 2002 and 2023 and the research provides rare, large-scale evidence of the long-term value of sustained investment in breeding. production and pedigree data from almost 124,000 gilthead seabreams (Sparus aurata) representing 1,843 families produced between 2002 and 2023. Over more than twenty years of selective breeding, the program achieved a cumulative 76% genetic improvement in harvest weight, equivalent to approximately 15% genetic gain per generation (an average annual gain of 3.6%), while maintaining low levels of inbreeding and preserving genetic diversity.

Strong Scientific Evidence

The findings demonstrate the broader value of selective breeding in modern aquaculture. Improved growth rates have the potential to shorten production cycles, improve resource utilization, reduce biological risk and strengthen the long-term sustainability and competitiveness of aquaculture production. Although this study focused on harvest weight, the breeding program has applied multi-trait selection to improve a range of commercially important characteristics, including robustness, survival and product quality.

“Long-term datasets of this quality are exceptionally rare in aquaculture,” said Ingunn Thorland, Senior Geneticist at Benchmark Genetics and lead author of the study. “This study demonstrates that well-designed breeding programs can deliver sustained genetic improvement over decades while maintaining the genetic diversity needed for future progress. It provides strong scientific evidence of the long-term value of selective breeding for aquaculture.”

“This publication reflects more than two decades of continuous development of our breeding program,” says Nikos Katribouzas, Group Genetics & R&D Manager, Avramar. “The documented genetic gains confirm the value of long-term investment in selective breeding and provide a strong foundation for the continued development of the program.”

Commercial Farming Conditions

Called Sustained genetic gain for harvest weight in gilthead sea bream (Sparus aurata) over more than twenty years of selective breeding, the study also provides one of the clearest examples to date of realized genetic gain achieved under commercial farming conditions, demonstrating that sustained genetic progress can be achieved alongside responsible management of genetic diversity.

As global demand for sustainable seafood continues to grow, the findings reinforce the role of selective breeding as one of the most effective and sustainable technologies for improving biological performance, production efficiency, and long-term competitiveness in aquaculture, said the members of Benchmark. The findings also provide a strong foundation for integrating genomic technologies into commercial breeding programs, enabling even greater improvements in productivity, health and resilience in future generations.

Collaboration in Shellfish Genomics

Some days before the publication of the study, Benchmark Genetics reported that researchers of the company and six leading European research institutions have developed the first high-density SNP array for the Manila clam (Ruditapes philippinarum) and the grooved carpet shell clam (Ruditapes decussatus), providing a powerful new genomic resource to accelerate selective breeding, strengthen conservation efforts, and support the long-term sustainability of shellfish aquaculture.

Benchmark Genetics scientists played a key role in developing and validating the dual-species 63K SNP array, which contains 49,392 markers for Manila clam and 14,193 markers for grooved carpet shell clam. The platform is now available to researchers, breeding programs and industry partners seeking to improve productivity, resilience and population management through advanced genomics.

The achievement has been published in the journal Aquaculture in the paper “A dual-clam species 63K SNP array for sustainable production and conservation of wild resources”.

A New Era for Hospitality: VIITE and Seafood Consumers Association Sign Landmark Agreement to Champion Supply Chain Integrity and Consumer Trust

Edusehat — Sat, 04 Jul 2026 08:20:06 +0700

By Seafood Consumers Association Limited

The future of Australia’s hospitality and culinary sectors has received a major boost with the formal signing of a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) between the Victorian Institute of International Training and Education (VIITE) and the Seafood Consumers Association (SCA). Signed, June 16, 2026, this strategic partnership marks an exciting step forward in bridging world-class vocational training with robust consumer advocacy, food safety, and marketplace transparency.

The collaboration creates a unique framework designed to embed supply-chain traceability, accurate labeling, and consumer first principles directly into the training of the next generation of hospitality leaders. As younger professionals enter the commercial cookery, hospitality management, and professional development streams, they will now be uniquely equipped with the tools necessary to champion fair market practices and authentic food systems.

Transforming the Training Landscape

Modern hospitality professionals require skills that stretch far beyond traditional culinary techniques. Today’s landscape demands an in-depth understanding of food origins, regulatory compliance, and cross-cultural communication. By combining VIITE’s excellence in vocational education with SCA’s deep expertise in consumer protection and seafood integrity, this alliance ensures that future chefs and managers are prepared for the regulatory and ethical realities of tomorrow’s commercial kitchens.

Under the new agreement, both organizations will investigate integrating cutting-edge seafood integrity modules into VIITE’s existing curriculum. Students will gain vital exposure to advanced educational frameworks—including SCA’s specialized I-CADMUS program—enabling them to identify and mitigate industry challenges such as mislabelling, species substitution, and food fraud on the shop floor.

Quotes Attributable to Leadership

Dr. Daman Shrivastav, CEO of the Victorian Institute of International Training and Education (VIITE), expressed his immense enthusiasm for the educational pathways this agreement unlocks: “At VIITE, we are completely dedicated to equipping our local and international students with industry-ready technical skills and global career pathways. Partnering with the Seafood Consumers Association allows us to elevate our professional development and commercial cookery programs to the absolute forefront of modern culinary education. By teaching our students the critical importance of clear, transparent language, accurate labeling, and compliance with rigorous national standards, we are not just training chefs—we are shaping responsible industry champions who respect both the consumer and the raw ingredients they present.”

Roy Palmer, CEO of the Seafood Consumers Association (SCA), highlighted the profound long-term impact of influencing the sector from the ground up: “We are thrilled to partner with an institution as forward-thinking as VIITE. Everyday seafood consumers are the quiet majority, yet they have historically been under-represented in broad food policy. This MoU provides a magnificent opportunity to expand our educational profile and install consumer-centric values at the very root of the hospitality pipeline. Training young professionals in critical frameworks like the Australian Fish Names Standard AS5300 and the incoming Country of Origin Labelling (CoOL) regulations ensures that transparency and fair market practices become the default setting for tomorrow’s dining tables.”

Pioneering a Transparent Future

The partnership comes at a critical time, with significant regulatory updates transforming how food provenance is communicated to the public. The alliance will focus on co-developing specialized post-graduate short courses, micro-credentials, and technical masterclasses aimed at ongoing workforce capability.

Furthermore, the collaboration will explore innovative cross-cultural communication tools. Hospitality and culinary students will have the opportunity to trial cutting-edge digital toolkits—including bilingual infographics, QR-linked provenance explainers, and visual storytelling methods. These tools are designed to break down language and cultural barriers on the retail and restaurant floor, ensuring that diverse communities can access clear, sound nutritional guidance and trusted information seamlessly.

By moving beyond traditional silos, VIITE and SCA are setting a new national benchmark for vocational unity. The three-year agreement lays the groundwork for permanent, scalable education infrastructure, creating a direct line of sight between the student classroom, the restaurant counter, and a highly informed public consumer base.

About VIITE

The Victorian Institute of International Training and Education (VIITE) is a leading vocational education provider delivering premier, specialized training in commercial cookery, hospitality management, and professional development, dedicated to training excellence and global career readiness.

Website: www.viite.edu.au

About Seafood Consumers Association (SCA)

The Seafood Consumers Association (SCA) is an independent, consumer-first charity organization established to improve trust, transparency, nutrition, and food security across seafood markets, representing millions of consumer-stakeholders nationwide.

Website: www.seafoodconsumers.global

Wellfish Tech Has Appointed Erik Tveteraas as Group Finance Director, as The Company Sharpens Its Commercial Position and Prepares for the Next Phase of International Growth

Edusehat — Sat, 04 Jul 2026 08:20:05 +0700

By WellFish Tech

Tveteraas brings a career built at the intersection of aquaculture investment and growth-stage finance. He spent five years at NuFrontiers, the corporate venture capital arm of Nutreco, parent company of global feed business Skretting, where he managed investments across aquaculture farming technologies, fish health, data-driven precision farming, and alternative proteins. He joins from his role as CFO at Norwegian Mycelium (NoMy).

What drew Tveteraas to WellFish Tech, he says, is a combination of solvable problem scale, product maturity, and structural defensibility. “The salmon paradox is a real phenomenon,” says Erik Tveteraas, Group Financial Director, WellFish Tech. “This is the most industrialized, technologically advanced species in aquaculture, and yet mortality rates remain at a level that would not be tolerated in any other protein category. The direction of travel from regulators, from consumers, and from capital markets towards improving fish welfare is clear, and that shift has direct implications for how producers manage health.

WellFish Tech has built the right product for this moment. The value proposition of near-instant biological intelligence seamlessly integrated with customers’ farming operations, a well-structured subscription-based, recurring revenue model, and the physical component of the service – the proprietary blood sampling and analytics – creates a barrier to entry that pure software or AI-based competitors simply cannot replicate. That combination is rare, and it is what brought me here.”

“Erik has seen the aquaculture technology space from the inside, as an investor and as an operator,” says Charlie Granfelt, CEO, WellFish Tech. “He has seen what separates companies that scale successfully from those that do not. That perspective is exactly what we need at this stage of WellFish Tech‘s development. Having someone of Erik’s caliber help us capitalize on that position is a significant step forward for the company. We are very pleased to have him joining the team.”

About WellFish Tech

WellFish Tech is a data-led decision-support company rooted in fish-level biochemistry, providing predictive modelling for aquaculture. Headquartered in Paisley, Scotland, WellFish Tech currently employs 26 people, and operates in the United Kingdom and Ireland, Norway and Canada while supporting customers beyond those borders.

Web: www.welfishtech.com

Celebrity Chef Mindy Woods and the ASC Launch Free Recipe Booklet Celebrating Sea Country, Indigenous Food Culture and Responsible Seafood

Edusehat — Sat, 04 Jul 2026 04:45:08 +0700

By Aquaculture Stewardship Council

**Free print copies available at the Australian National Maritime Museum, with selected dishes featured at HarbourWatch Café during NAIDOC Week**

Acclaimed Bundjalung chef, restaurateur and author Mindy Woods and the Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC) have partnered to launch Celebrating Sea Country, a free recipe booklet showcasing Indigenous ingredients and responsibly farmed Australian seafood during NAIDOC Week.

Available to download throughout July via the ASC website, the recipe collection features dishes created by Woods using native ingredients alongside ASC labelled barramundi, salmon and prawns available in Australian supermarkets.

Visitors can also continue their Celebrating Sea Country journey at the Australian National Maritime Museum, where complimentary printed copies of the booklet will be available throughout July until they run out. During NAIDOC Week, guests can experience a selection of recipes firsthand at HarbourWatch Café, with the Prawn Sando and Barramundi Fish and Chips with Moray available as limited time menu specials.

Mindy Woods said food provides a powerful platform for sharing culture and connecting people to the stories behind the ingredients they enjoy. “NAIDOC Week is an opportunity to honor First Nations culture, knowledge and connection to Country. Through this collaboration, we want Australians to explore the native foods on their doorsteps and think about the impact of the choices they make every day.”

Sustainable seafood isn’t just about preserving our oceans; it’s about honoring the deep connection between land, sea, and culture. I strive to champion responsible aquaculture that respects both the environment and the communities it supports.”

Ellie Dixon, ASC Australia’s Market Development Manager, said the partnership highlights how cultural knowledge and responsible seafood production can come together to inspire more informed food choices.

“Choosing change is a collective responsibility. When producers, chefs, retailers, food service providers and seafood lovers work together, we can help drive meaningful and lasting impact for people and the planet.”

“The ASC label provides assurance to consumers that their seafood comes from farms that have met the ASC’s robust social and environmental standards.”

Ms Daryl Karp AM, Director and CEO of the Australian National Maritime Museum, said the initiative aligns with the museum’s commitment to ocean health and sustainability. “As a maritime museum, we seek to champion the importance of healthy oceans not only through our exhibitions and programs, but through the choices we make every day. This collaboration brings together culture, food and sustainability in a way that is engaging, accessible and meaningful for visitors.”

HarbourWatch Café recently achieved ASC Chain of Custody certification, ensuring ASC labelled seafood served at the venue can be traced through every stage of the supply chain back to responsibly certified farms and fisheries.

Alessandro Intini, Food & Beverage Director at SRG Hospitality, said transparency and traceability are increasingly important to diners. Humpty Doo Barramundi from NT will be featured on their new menu.

“Understanding where ingredients come from and how they are sourced helps support responsible producers, protect marine ecosystems and gives our customers confidence in the food they enjoy.”

For home cooks, there are now more than 100 ASC labelled seafood products available in Australian supermarkets across chilled, frozen and ambient categories.

Celebrating Sea Country can be downloaded throughout July via the ASC website, while complimentary printed copies will be available at the Australian National Maritime Museum.

Download the recipe booklet: https://au.asc-aqua.org/mindy-woods-cookbook/

About Aquaculture Stewardship Council

Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC), an independent non-profit organization, is driving the improvement of environmental and social practices in seafood farming through its leading, third-party assured certification program.

ASC certification delivers measurable impact in aquaculture through science-based requirements — developed and revised through multi-stakeholder processes — covering biodiversity, animal welfare, greenhouse gas emissions, feed ingredient sourcing and human rights, all independently verified.

The ASC sustainability label on products provides proof that the seafood originates from farms certified to the robust ASC environmental and social standard, enabling credible substantiation of sourcing claims and making it the most globally recognized and trusted label for farmed seafood.

ASC is setting the standard for farmed seafood. www.asc-aqua.org

About Australian National Maritime Museum

The Australian National Maritime Museum is Australia’s museum of the sea. We are the national center for maritime collections, exhibitions, research, and archaeology – a Federal Government National Collection institution, based in Pyrmont, in Sydney, New South Wales. As an island, the ocean and our waterways have been central to our stories throughout time, shaping a sense of what it means to be Australian. Our purpose is to excite people about their connection to the sea, and we are committed to sharing the national maritime story throughout the whole of Australia.

About HarbourWatch

HarbourWatch is a café and events venue set within the Australian National Maritime Museum precinct. HarbourWatch holds ASC Chain of Custody certification, reflecting a commitment to sustainable seafood sourcing and responsible fisheries practices.

HarbourWatch is operated by SRG Hospitality (formerly Sydney Restaurant Group), one of Sydney’s most respected hospitality portfolios. Founded in 2000 by Bill Drakopoulos and overseen by siblings Anastasia, Nicola, Daniel and Perry Drakopoulos, SRG Hospitality has grown from its original flagship Aqua Dining to an impressive collection of waterfront and neighborhood restaurants, cafés, kiosks, event spaces and hotels — all united by a commitment to outstanding food, genuine service and spectacular locations.

Hendrix Genetics Strengthens Salmonids R&D Team to Drive Next-Generation Innovation

Edusehat — Sat, 04 Jul 2026 04:45:07 +0700

By Hendrix Genetics

Hendrix Genetics’ Business Unit Salmonids is entering a new phase of growth with a reinforced R&D team whose diverse expertise is shaping the future of salmon and trout breeding. This strengthened group not only drives scientific innovation but also reinforces the company’s leadership and deepens trust with customers who rely on robust, data driven breeding solutions.

The team brings together specialists from around the world and across species. Vera van der Heijden, with an MSc from the Wageningen University, has been a key contributor to salmon breeding programs since 2016. Dr. Aqeel Ahmad, who completed his PhD from the Norwegian University of Life Sciences on digital phenotyping and feed efficiency in salmon, now supports genetic operations for salmon. Dr. Katharina Correa, a genomic disease resistance expert with a PhD from the University of Chile, supports Troutlodge operations and product management in Chile.

Cross species experience further strengthens the group. Dr. Britt de Klerk, who completed her PhD in cattle genetics and worked years in broiler breeding, brings valuable insights to salmonid R&D. Dr. Rayner Gonzalez-Prendez, whose PhD focused on genomic analyses in pigs, now leads bioinformatics for the business unit after years in dairy cattle genetics. They are supported by Dr. Marco Bink an experienced quantitative geneticist contributing part time from Hendrix Genetics’ Central R&D team.

The group is led by Dr. Kasper Janssen, R&D Director of BU Salmonids. Kasper completed his PhD on the economic optimization of aquaculture breeding programs. He joined Hendrix Genetics in 2019 as a geneticist working primarily on Atlantic salmon breeding programs. Building on this foundation, he transitioned into the role of R&D Director in December 2024, where he now oversees the strategic direction and scientific development of the salmonid’s portfolio.

With this team in place, BU Salmonids is well positioned to support both internal and client breeding programs through both day-to-day support and continuous operational improvement. The expanded capacity enables a stronger push into advanced phenotyping, combining innovative measurement methods, improved equipment, and AI-powered tools.

In genomics, the team is refining the in-house SNP chip to include more informative QTL linked markers and developing new evaluation methods that better capture QTL effects. These innovations will increase the accuracy of breeding value predictions and accelerate genetic progress across salmon and trout.

By investing in people and technology, Hendrix Genetics reinforces its commitment to leadership in aquaculture genetics; delivering reliable, forward-looking solutions that strengthen customer confidence and the company’s global brand.

SUBPESCA Confirms Sponsorship of SRS2026 and Strengthens the Link Between Science and Public Policy in Aquaculture

Edusehat — Sat, 04 Jul 2026 04:45:06 +0700

By INCAR²

The international meeting, to be held in Puerto Varas in November, will bring together key stakeholders to address the main health challenge in salmon farming: Salmon Rickettsial Syndrome.

The Undersecretariat for Fisheries and Aquaculture (SUBPESCA) has confirmed its sponsorship of the first International Conference on Salmon Rickettsial Syndrome (SRS2026) – Integrating Science, Industry and Policy for Sustainable Salmon Aquaculture, which will take place from November 9 to 11, 2026, in Puerto Varas, Los Lagos Region.

The conference, to be held at the Wyndham Petra Hotel in Puerto Varas, will bring together researchers, producers, regulatory authorities, supplier companies, and representatives from civil society to discuss scientific and technological advances related to the prevention, diagnosis, and control of piscirickettsiosis.

According to the event’s Scientific Committee, “Having the sponsorship of the Undersecretariat for Fisheries and Aquaculture at SRS2026 is essential to strengthen the link between the generation of scientific knowledge and decision-making at the national level. SUBPESCA plays a key role in defining evidence-based policies and regulatory frameworks, which are essential to move toward more sustainable aquaculture. Likewise, as INCAR² Center, we deeply value its support for this initiative, as it reinforces the need to address complex challenges such as SRS from an integrated perspective, where science, industry, and public policy work together in a coordinated manner for the benefit of the sector.”

SUBPESCA’s support for SRS2026 underscores the importance of this international meeting, which seeks to coordinate efforts among science, industry, and public policy to address one of the main health challenges in salmon farming.

The Undersecretariat for Fisheries and Aquaculture (SUBPESCA), an agency under the Ministry of Economy, Development and Tourism, is responsible for regulating and managing fisheries and aquaculture activities through policies, regulations, and management measures based on the precautionary principle and an ecosystem approach, supported by the best available scientific evidence. It also promotes the sustainable development of the sector, with an emphasis on transparency, equity, and the participation of men and women involved in fisheries and aquaculture.

From the organizing team, it was highlighted that SRS2026 will mark a milestone as the first international conference devoted exclusively to piscirickettsiosis—better known as Salmon Rickettsial Syndrome—bringing together experts, companies, authorities, and research centers from around the world. In this regard, they extended an open invitation to all stakeholders in the aquaculture ecosystem to take part in the event. “We invite institutions, companies, and organizations to be part of this unique global initiative, which aims to strengthen collaboration among science, industry, and public policy. SRS2026 is an unprecedented opportunity to share experiences, showcase advances, and build joint solutions to one of the main health challenges in salmon farming,” stated the organizing team.

The conference is currently sponsored by Vaxxinova, Alianza Yelcho, Mowi, and Virbac, and supported by SUBPESCA, SERNAPESCA, INTESAL and the industry associations SalmonChile, the Salmon Council, and the Magallanes Salmon Farmers Association. In addition, SRS 2026 Conference will have the participation and support of media partners including Medios AQUA, InfoSALMON, Mundo Acuícola, Partnerfish, AquaHoy, Panorama Acuícola, and AquaFeed.com.

The conference program will include keynote speeches, thematic sessions, scientific presentations, panel discussions, and networking opportunities, featuring national and international experts. Interested institutions and organizations can explore different sponsorship and participation options by contacting the organizing team at eventosincar2@udec.cl, where they can learn about visibility opportunities during the event.

More information and registration: www.srs2026conference.cl

Participant registration: https://puentecientifico.cl/congresses/srs-2026/registration/

Submit Your Abstracts: https://www.srs2026conference.cl/abtract

UK opens funded poultry biosecurity reviews under Animal Health and Welfare Pathway

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Jul 2026 21:10:10 +0700

Poultry producers in England can now apply for funded biosecurity reviews through the Animal Health and Welfare Pathway (AHWP), following the opening of applications on 2 June 2026.

The funding covers veterinary biosecurity reviews carried out on farm as part of the AHWP. According to the National Farmers’ Union (NFU), the scheme was developed following discussions involving government officials, industry stakeholders and NFU representatives, who have been working on poultry biosecurity proposals for more than a year.

NFU Poultry Board Chair Will Raw said the reviews provide an opportunity for producers to assess farm biosecurity with veterinary input at a time when avian influenza continues to pose a risk to the poultry sector.

The scheme is available to a wider range of poultry enterprises than previous AHWP funding measures. Eligible sectors include laying hens, broilers, breeders and pullets, as well as turkeys, ducks and geese.

The NFU said it had worked to extend eligibility beyond the poultry categories traditionally covered by AHWP funding.

Questions remain regarding the eligibility thresholds for participation. The NFU said it continues to discuss the issue with Defra and has argued that producers with bird numbers below the current thresholds could also benefit from access to biosecurity reviews. Defra has agreed to keep the eligibility criteria under review.

The union also welcomed what it described as a simplified application process. According to poultry producer David Brass, applicants need to provide their CPH number, SBI number and poultry register number before arranging a veterinary visit. Producers who complete a review can receive £430 from Defra towards the cost of the visit.

The NFU said the timing of the scheme allows producers to plan veterinary biosecurity reviews ahead of the autumn period, when the risk of avian influenza typically increases.

Source: UK Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (Defra), ‘Poultry Biosecurity Review funding: guidance for poultry keepers and vets

Poultry Technology Trends 2026: From Biosecurity to Automation at EuroTier trade fair

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Jul 2026 17:45:06 +0700

The global poultry sector continues to show strong momentum, driven by rising demand, ongoing investment and solid economic performance in many markets worldwide. As producers expand and modernise their operations, they are also navigating important challenges, including disease risks, fluctuating feed and energy costs, and evolving welfare expectations.

EuroTier 2026, the world’s leading trade fair for livestock professionals, will showcase practical solutions that support the sector’s next stage of growth while helping producers address these challenges. Key trends include biosecurity, feeding efficiency, automation and improved housing systems, offering valuable insights for modern poultry operations around the world.

A global platform for poultry innovation

As poultry production continues to grow worldwide, the sector is benefiting from strong consumer demand, ongoing innovation and increasing efficiency across international markets. Against this dynamic backdrop, EuroTier 2026, taking place from 10 to 13 November in Hanover, Germany, provides a global platform where poultry technologies and production concepts from different regions can be compared and evaluated under practical conditions.

With more than 2,100 exhibitors across 13 halls, the indoor air-conditioned exhibition brings together the entire livestock value chain, including pig and cattle, and offers a comprehensive overview of current developments. Poultry is a central part of this, with a wide range of innovations in housing, feeding, automation and health management expected to be presented.

EuroTier also continues to attract strong international participation, including visitor groups from Asia such as Indonesia and Malaysia, underlining the growing importance of global exchange in livestock production.

Industry drivers shaping technology trends

Across global poultry production systems, several important factors are accelerating technological development. These include the need to further improve animal health and welfare, reduce antibiotic use and emissions, and manage feed and energy costs more efficiently. Feed efficiency remains especially important, as feed accounts for a major share of production costs, making feed optimisation a central priority for producers worldwide.

At the same time, disease risks such as avian influenza continue to influence production strategies in many regions. As a result, biosecurity, feeding efficiency and production management are becoming increasingly interconnected areas of innovation. These developments will also be highlighted at the upcoming International Poultry Conference on 9 November in Hanover, where experts will discuss major trends, innovation drivers and current challenges in the global poultry sector.

Animal health and biosecurity at the centre

Improving animal health remains one of the most important drivers of innovation in poultry production. Advances in vaccination, in particular, are helping to improve both disease control and animal handling. New systems allow vaccines to be applied more precisely and efficiently, contributing to better health outcomes and supporting longer production cycles. This is becoming increasingly relevant, for example, as laying hens are kept for extended periods in order to improve overall efficiency.

One example of this trend is the Vaccybot from Agri Advanced Technologies, a fully automated poultry vaccination system that combines advanced camera technology with robotic precision to administer multiple vaccines accurately. This can help improve vaccination quality while reducing stress for the animals and labour requirements on the farm.

Another important technology trend is the growing use of digital flock monitoring for the early detection of health issues and behavioural abnormalities. Combining sensor technology, data analytics and computer vision, these systems can continuously track parameters such as activity levels, feed and water intake, movement patterns and barn conditions. This helps identify deviations from normal flock behaviour at an early stage, enabling faster responses and supporting animal health, biosecurity and overall production management.

Hygiene also plays a central role, particularly in hatcheries. Innovations in egg disinfection, including advanced sterilisation technologies, are helping to improve chick health while reducing the need for chemical disinfectants.

Automation, labour and feeding innovation

Automation is becoming a core component of modern poultry production, helping to improve consistency, reduce labour requirements and increase overall efficiency. In housing systems, automated solutions are supporting daily management tasks such as cleaning, monitoring and environmental control, while advanced robotic systems can help maintain hygiene standards even in complex aviary structures.

At the same time, feeding systems are becoming more precise and increasingly data-driven. Solutions that use real-time data to support more targeted feeding strategies are gaining attention, helping producers to align feed delivery more closely with animal needs, flock performance and changing production conditions. New concepts also seek to combine efficiency with animal-oriented management, for example through systems that provide protein-rich live larvae and encourage natural behaviour.

Beyond the barn, automation is also advancing in slaughter and processing, where robotics and digital control systems are helping to improve workflow efficiency, consistency and labour utilisation. Taken together, these developments show how automation is becoming increasingly integrated across the poultry value chain, from on-farm management to downstream processing.

Evolving housing systems and animal welfare

Animal welfare continues to shape the development of poultry housing systems. One important trend is the move towards longer production cycles, supported by improved health management and breeding strategies. There is also growing interest in systems that allow birds to be kept with intact beaks while maintaining high welfare standards.

At the same time, innovative housing systems are being developed to reduce stress and improve overall system efficiency. Integrated concepts, in which birds remain in a single system from hatching throughout the production period, are gaining attention. These systems reduce the need for transport and adaptation, helping to lower stress levels and support better animal welfare. In addition, smaller design improvements, such as ergonomically optimised perches, show how even incremental innovations can contribute to both animal welfare and production performance.

A broader structural trend, particularly relevant in international markets, is the gradual shift from cage-based systems to free-range and alternative housing systems, reflecting evolving regulatory frameworks and changing market expectations.

Sustainability and efficiency

Sustainability is becoming an increasingly important factor in poultry production, bringing together economic and environmental considerations. Producers are working to reduce emissions, optimise resource use and manage energy consumption more efficiently. Feed efficiency plays a major role in this context. Improving feed conversion, along with the exploration of alternative feed components, are among the key strategies for reducing both costs and environmental impact.

As feed resources become more constrained globally, technologies that improve feed utilisation are gaining further importance. At the same time, many innovations are aimed at improving overall system efficiency, integrating production processes and reducing reliance on external inputs such as antibiotics or chemical treatments.

Water management and climate resilience are also moving further up the agenda in poultry production. In many regions, producers are increasingly focusing on technologies and management strategies that help improve water efficiency, safeguard water quality and strengthen resilience to more frequent heat periods. In particular, heat stress is becoming a growing concern, as it can affect animal welfare, feed intake, productivity and overall flock performance. As a result, ventilation, cooling, sensor-based climate control and adapted housing concepts are gaining importance as part of integrated approaches to more resilient and resource-efficient poultry production.

From trend to practical application

A defining feature of EuroTier is its focus on practical, farm-ready solutions. The technologies presented are not theoretical concepts, but advanced innovations that are already available on the market or are expected to be launched shortly.

For poultry professionals, this provides an opportunity to assess how new technologies can be integrated into their own operations. The exhibition enables direct comparison of different approaches, helping decision-makers identify solutions best suited to their specific production conditions.

For international visitors, EuroTier offers clear added value as a platform where technologies from different regions can be evaluated in a practical context.

Outlook

The future development of poultry production will continue to be shaped by resilience, biosecurity, efficiency and sustainability. At the same time, the sector’s growth momentum is expected to remain strong, supported by rising global demand and continued innovation. The trends observed in recent years, particularly in animal health, feeding systems, automation and housing, are therefore likely to remain central to the sector’s development.

EuroTier 2026 will provide a comprehensive overview of these developments and offer insights into how the poultry industry can turn growth opportunities into practical progress.

Readers of Poultry TRENDS are warmly invited to visit EuroTier 2026. For further information on visiting the exhibition or joining international visitor programmes, please contact Angelina Laas (DLG) at a.laas@dlg.org or visit www.eurotier.com.

The post Poultry Technology Trends 2026: From Biosecurity to Automation at EuroTier trade fair appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

Aviagen TMEA marks leadership transition as Sergio Illán. Succeeds Tom Exley

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Jul 2026 17:35:09 +0700

Aviagen^® TMEA (Türkiye, Middle East and Africa) is marking a new chapter in its regional leadership as Sergio Illán succeeds Tom Exley as President of Aviagen TMEA following Tom’s retirement after a distinguished career in the poultry industry.

During his leadership, Tom played a key role in strengthening collaboration across the TMEA region, bringing together teams, distributors and customers while fostering a strong sense of unity and shared purpose across continents, cultures and markets. His open and approachable leadership style helped deepen trusted relationships throughout the region and reinforced Aviagen’s reputation as a reliable, long-term presence in the industry.

Tom also guided the region through periods of global challenge with a strong focus on resilience, supporting robust supply networks and helping customers navigate an evolving industry landscape with confidence. Under his leadership, TMEA continued to support sustainable poultry production and food security initiatives aimed at meeting growing demand for affordable, high-quality protein. Following the completion of the leadership transition on 1 July, Tom will continue to support the business in an advisory capacity before retiring on 30 October 2026.

“Leading the TMEA region has been an incredibly rewarding experience, and I am proud of what we have achieved together over the years. What stands out most to me are the relationships we have built across our teams, customers and distributors, and the shared commitment to supporting the future of poultry production throughout the region. I leave knowing the business is in very capable hands with Sergio and look forward to seeing the TMEA region grow and succeed in the future,” commented Tom.

As the region enters its next chapter, Aviagen welcomes Sergio Illán as the new President of Aviagen TMEA.

Sergio brings extensive experience within the Aviagen business, most recently serving as General Manager of Aviagen SAU in Spain. He holds a degree in Veterinary Medicine from the Universitat Autónoma of Barcelona, an MSc in Pig Production from the University of Aberdeen and an Executive MBA from ESADE Business School.

Prior to joining Aviagen, Sergio built broad experience across the Spanish agricultural sector in nutrition, production and commercial roles. Throughout his career, he has worked across multiple livestock sectors, supporting operational development, customer service and business growth in international markets.

Known for his focus on operational excellence, sustainability and customer relationships, Sergio will lead the TMEA region into its next phase of growth and development.

Sergio added:“I am honored to take on this new role and continue building on the strong foundation that Tom has established across the region. The region is experiencing strong underlying drivers – population growth, urbanization, and rising incomes – all of which are fueling demand for affordable, high-quality protein. I look forward to working closely with our teams and customers to continue delivering innovation, performance and long-term success.”

Personalized Dog Collars: Why Pet Parents Love Them

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Jul 2026 17:30:05 +0700

A collar is often the first accessory a dog wears, and for many Indian pet parents it becomes far more than a strap around the neck. It carries the name, the phone number, sometimes a tiny bell, and always a bit of personality. Over the last few years, personalized dog collars have moved from being a niche luxury to a everyday essential in homes across Mumbai, Bengaluru, Delhi, Pune, and countless smaller cities and towns. Pet parents are picking them for reasons that go beyond looks, and the shift is easy to understand once you look at what these collars actually offer.

This guide walks through why personalized collars are so loved, what to check before buying one, and how to pick a design that suits your dog and the Indian climate. If you are shopping for a new pup or upgrading from a plain nylon strap, the sections below will help you decide with clarity.

What Is a Personalized Dog Collar?

A personalized dog collar is a collar customized with information unique to your dog. This usually includes the pet's name and the owner's contact number, either embroidered directly on the collar, printed on the material, or engraved on a metal tag or nameplate fixed to the strap. Some pet parents also add the home address, a medical note, or a fun nickname.

Unlike a standard collar, which serves only as a base for a leash, a personalized one carries identification at all times. That single feature has quietly changed how Indian pet parents think about walks, travel, boarding, and even everyday play in the park. You can browse a variety of options across the dog collars and leashes collection to see how designs vary across materials, widths, and closures.

Why Indian Pet Parents Love Personalized Collars

1. Faster Reunion If Your Dog Gets Lost

Even the most careful pet parent can have a heart-stopping moment. A gate left open, a sudden firecracker during Diwali, a loud thunderclap during the monsoon, and a scared dog can bolt in seconds. A personalized collar with your phone number turns any kind stranger into a rescuer. According to the American Kennel Club, visible identification is one of the fastest ways to reunite a lost dog with its family, often faster than microchips because it needs no scanner and no vet visit.

2. A Style That Reflects Your Dog

Indian pet parents are more design conscious than ever. A Labrador in Bengaluru might sport a bright mango-yellow collar with embroidered paw prints, while a Shih Tzu in Kolkata may wear a soft velvet band with a brass nameplate. Personalized collars come in a range of colours, patterns, and finishes, so the accessory feels like an extension of the dog's personality rather than a generic strap.

3. Better Fit and Comfort

Most personalized collars are made to measure, or at least come in more size options than mass produced ones. That matters a lot in India, where dog breeds vary widely from tiny Indies and Pomeranians to sturdy Rajapalayams and Rottweilers. A well fitted collar sits snug without choking, which is important in humid weather when skin irritation and hot spots can develop quickly under a poorly designed band.

4. Silent Identification Without a Jingling Tag

Traditional metal tags dangle and jingle, which some dogs find annoying and some owners find noisy at night. Embroidered or engraved personalization sits flat on the collar, so there is no constant clinking during walks or sleep. For apartment dwellers in cities like Mumbai and Chennai, where noise carries between flats, this quiet feature is a small but real comfort.

5. A Sense of Belonging

There is something quietly emotional about seeing your dog's name on the collar you fasten every morning. Many pet parents describe it as the moment a rescue dog truly becomes family, or the finishing touch when a new puppy comes home. It is a small daily ritual that reinforces the bond, and it is one reason personalized collars are so often gifted at pet adoption events and birthday celebrations.

Popular Types of Personalized Dog Collars in India

Embroidered Nylon Collars

Durable, washable, and available in many colours. The name and number are stitched directly into the strap, so there is nothing to fall off. These are a great everyday pick for medium and large breeds.

Leather Collars With Engraved Nameplates

A classic choice for pet parents who want a premium look. Genuine or vegan leather with a small brass or steel plate riveted to the front. Best kept away from heavy rain, which limits use during peak monsoon in coastal cities.

Reflective Personalized Collars

Made with reflective stitching or piping that catches vehicle headlights. Extremely useful for early morning or late evening walks in poorly lit lanes, which is common in many Indian neighbourhoods.

Padded Fabric Collars

Soft inner padding, usually neoprene or fleece, with embroidered details on the outer fabric. Great for dogs with sensitive skin or thick coats such as Golden Retrievers and Huskies who feel the heat more sharply in Indian summers.

Martingale Collars With Personalization

Designed for dogs with narrow heads such as Beagles and Whippets, or for training situations where you want gentle control without choking. Adding a name and number keeps the safety benefits while ensuring identification.

What to Check Before Buying a Personalized Dog Collar

Correct measurement: Measure your dog's neck with a soft tape and add two finger widths of space for a comfortable fit.
Weather friendly material: In humid coastal regions, quick drying nylon or polyester works better than leather. For drier climates like Delhi or Jaipur, leather holds up well year round.
Strong hardware: Look for rust resistant D-rings and buckles, especially if your dog swims or bathes often.
Clear, lasting personalization: Embroidery lasts longer than printing. Engraved metal plates outlast painted ones.
Right width for the breed: Thin collars for toy breeds, wider ones for large and powerful dogs to distribute pressure evenly.

Pairing the right collar with a matching leash makes daily walks smoother. You can find coordinated sets and sturdy walking gear in the collars and leashes section, which covers everything from soft puppy straps to heavy duty training collars.

Safety Tips Every Pet Parent Should Know

A collar is a safety tool, and a few small habits make a big difference. The ASPCA recommends checking your dog's collar fit regularly, especially for puppies who grow quickly, and removing the collar during crate time or unsupervised play to prevent accidental snagging. In India, where many dogs spend time in gated societies and shared parks, keeping the collar visible and readable is just as important as keeping it clean.

Wash fabric collars every couple of weeks, particularly after monsoon walks when mud and moisture can trap bacteria against the skin. If you notice hair loss, redness, or a strong odour around the neck, loosen the collar and consult your vet. A well maintained collar should feel comfortable enough that your dog forgets it is there.

Occasions When Personalized Collars Shine

Personalized collars are wonderful for pet birthdays, adoption anniversaries, and festival photoshoots. Many pet parents also order a fresh collar before a big trip, whether it is a road journey to Goa or a train ride to visit family. Having the name and contact clearly displayed offers peace of mind in unfamiliar surroundings.

Boarding facilities and pet daycare centres also appreciate personalized collars. Staff can call each dog by name from day one, which helps sensitive or nervous pets settle in faster. Complementing the collar with well chosen dog accessories such as name embroidered bandanas or ID tags builds a small identification kit that travels with your dog wherever you go.

Final Thoughts

Personalized dog collars have become popular in India for good reasons. They keep dogs safer, look wonderful, and add a personal touch to everyday pet parenting. Whether you are welcoming a new puppy, celebrating a rescue adoption, or simply refreshing your dog's wardrobe, a well chosen personalized collar is a small investment that pays back every single walk. Take a little time to measure carefully, pick a material suited to your city's weather, and add the details that matter most. Your dog will wear it proudly, and you will feel just a little more at ease every time you clip on the leash.

Frequently Asked Questions

1. Are personalized dog collars safe for puppies?

Yes, as long as the collar is lightweight, adjustable, and checked for fit every couple of weeks. Puppies grow fast, so a collar that fits at eight weeks may become tight by four months. Choose soft fabric or padded nylon and avoid heavy metal plates until your pup is fully grown.

2. What information should I put on my dog's personalized collar?

The essentials are your dog's name and at least one active phone number. Some pet parents add a second number or the words "Reward if found." Avoid full home addresses on the outside of the collar for privacy reasons; a phone number is enough for a finder to reach you.

3. Do personalized collars replace the need for a microchip?

No, both work best together. A collar offers instant, visible identification that any stranger can read. A microchip is a permanent backup in case the collar slips off. Using both greatly improves the chances of a safe reunion if your dog ever gets lost.

4. How do I clean an embroidered personalized collar?

Most nylon and fabric collars can be hand washed with mild soap and cool water, then air dried in the shade. Avoid harsh detergents and machine drying, which can fade the embroidery. Leather collars should be wiped with a damp cloth and conditioned occasionally to prevent cracking.

5. Which personalized collar is best for Indian summers?

Breathable nylon or padded polyester collars are the most comfortable choice during hot months. They dry quickly, resist odour, and do not trap heat against the skin the way thick leather can. For dogs with heavy coats, a slightly wider collar helps distribute pressure without adding warmth.

6. Can I use a personalized collar for training?

Yes, personalization does not interfere with training. If you are working on leash manners, a personalized martingale or flat collar works well for most breeds. For strong pullers, pair the collar with a harness during training sessions and keep the collar for identification.

How to Introduce Shoes to Your Dog Comfortably: A Practical Guide for Indian Pet Parents

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Jul 2026 17:30:05 +0700

Hot tarmac in May, monsoon puddles in July, and gritty city pavements year round can be tough on a dog's paws. Shoes, or dog boots, offer a simple layer of protection, yet most dogs treat them as invaders on their feet the first time around. The good news is that almost every dog can learn to wear shoes calmly, provided the introduction is patient, positive, and paced to their comfort level.

This guide walks you through the reasons dogs need shoes in Indian conditions, how to pick the right pair, and a gentle training plan that turns a strange sensation into a normal part of the walk routine.

Why Indian Dogs May Actually Need Shoes

Many pet parents assume shoes are only for snowy climates, but the Indian context throws up plenty of situations where paw protection helps. Summer surface temperatures in cities like Delhi, Ahmedabad, and Chennai can climb well above what a dog's pads can tolerate. According to the American Kennel Club, pavement can reach dangerous temperatures on warm days and cause burns within seconds, which is why the back of your hand test on the ground before a walk is a widely recommended safety check.

Shoes are helpful in more than just summer. Consider these everyday Indian scenarios:

Monsoon walks through waterlogged streets carrying bacteria, sharp debris, and chemicals.
Post surgery or paw injury recovery, when the vet advises keeping wounds clean and dry.
Senior dogs with weakened pads or arthritis who benefit from extra grip on tiled floors.
Hiking trips to hill stations where trails have loose stones and thorny undergrowth.
Urban walks near construction zones with broken glass, nails, and hot metal shavings.

Once you see shoes as safety gear rather than a fashion accessory, the effort to train your dog to wear them starts to feel worthwhile.

Choosing the Right Shoes Before You Start Training

A comfortable introduction depends heavily on the right fit. Ill fitting boots slip, pinch, or trap sweat, which makes the whole experience unpleasant and sets training back. Before you begin, measure your dog's paws carefully. Place the front paw on a piece of paper, mark the widest points, and measure length and width in millimetres. Do this while your dog is standing so the pad spreads naturally.

What to look for in a good pair

Breathable material: Mesh panels or soft fabric help in humid Indian weather. Fully waterproof rubber boots are best kept for short monsoon or muddy walks.
Flexible sole with grip: The sole should bend easily and offer traction on smooth flooring and wet roads.
Secure but soft closure: Adjustable velcro straps around the ankle prevent slipping without cutting into the skin.
Reflective detailing: Useful for early morning or late evening walks in low light.
Correct size: There should be a small gap at the toe, and the boot should not spin around the paw when your dog stands.

You can explore a range of paw protection options and other walk essentials in the dog grooming and accessories collection to find a pair that matches your dog's size and lifestyle.

Prepare Your Dog Before the Shoes Come Out

A dog that is anxious about paw handling will find shoes stressful no matter how good the fit is. Spend a few days building comfort around the paws first. Sit beside your dog during a calm moment, gently lift each paw, hold it for a second or two, and release. Reward with a small treat and quiet praise.

Gradually increase the handling to include gentle squeezing between the toes, brushing the top of the paw, and touching the pads. If your dog pulls away, do not force the paw back. Pause, wait, and try again later at an easier intensity. This groundwork makes the actual boot fitting feel like a familiar routine rather than a sudden intrusion.

Clean, well trimmed paws also help. Long fur between the pads can bunch up inside a shoe and cause discomfort, so a light trim before you start is worth the effort. Keep some soft, high value rewards handy from your regular stash of training treats.

A Step by Step Plan to Introduce Shoes Comfortably

The core principle here is simple. Move slowly, pair every new step with something your dog enjoys, and never rush to the finish. Most dogs need three to seven short sessions spread across a week, though very sensitive dogs may take longer. Keep sessions under ten minutes so your dog stays interested rather than overwhelmed.

Step 1: Let the shoes exist in the room

Place the boots on the floor near your dog's bed or feeding area. Let your dog sniff and investigate on their own terms. Drop a few treats around and on top of the shoes so they build a positive association from the very first contact.

Step 2: Touch the shoe to the paw

Pick up one boot, gently touch it to your dog's paw, and immediately offer a treat. Repeat several times on each paw. You are teaching your dog that the shoe touching the paw predicts something good.

Step 3: Slip on one boot only

Put a single boot on one front paw. Do not fasten it fully yet. Reward, praise, and remove it within a few seconds. Repeat with a short break in between. Some dogs freeze or shake the paw, which is a normal first reaction. Stay calm, use a cheerful voice, and encourage forward movement with a treat held slightly ahead.

Step 4: Add the second front boot

Once your dog is neutral about one boot, add the matching front boot. Let them walk around indoors for a minute or two, keeping the mood light with play or treats. The high stepping walk that most dogs do at this stage is completely normal and disappears within a session or two.

Step 5: Introduce the back boots

Back paws are usually the harder pair, so save them for later sessions. Fit both, fasten gently but firmly, and reward every few steps. Try short indoor games like fetch or a simple recall so your dog focuses on the activity rather than the sensation on their feet.

Step 6: Move to outdoor walks

Start with a familiar, quiet route. Keep the first outdoor session in shoes to ten or fifteen minutes. Watch your dog's gait carefully. If they limp, high step continuously, or try to bite the boots off, stop, check the fit, and shorten the session next time.

Common Problems and How to Solve Them

Even with a careful plan, small hurdles are normal. Here is how to handle the most common ones without losing progress.

The dog refuses to walk

This is the classic frozen statue reaction. Do not drag the leash. Kneel a few feet away, call your dog cheerfully, and reward any small step forward. Movement returns once the novelty wears off.

The boots keep slipping off

Nine times out of ten, this is a sizing issue. Check the strap tightness and consider going one size down if there is significant heel gap. Boots meant for wide paws will not stay on slim breeds like Indies or Beagles.

The dog chews the boots

Redirect with a chew toy or a long lasting treat the moment shoes go on. If chewing continues, the fit may be uncomfortable, so recheck for pressure points and rough seams.

Sweaty or smelly paws after use

Indian humidity can cause moisture buildup inside boots. Remove them after every walk, wipe the paws dry, and let the boots air out fully before the next use. A quick paw check for redness or rash is a healthy habit to build in.

Building Long Term Comfort with Shoes

Once your dog accepts shoes, keep the habit consistent. Use them for the situations they were bought for, whether that is scorching afternoons, monsoon outings, or trail walks, rather than every single walk. Overuse can weaken the natural toughness of the pads. The ASPCA notes that pavement heat is one of the leading warm weather hazards for dogs, which makes selective shoe use a smart middle ground.

Rotate between two pairs if your dog wears them often, so each pair gets time to dry completely. Wash the boots as per the label, usually a mild soap rinse works, and inspect the soles for wear every few weeks. Pair the routine with regular paw care, nail trims, and moisturising balm during dry months to keep the pads healthy underneath.

Positive reinforcement remains important even after the training phase. A treat or a warm word after every walk keeps the association pleasant. You can browse gentle reward options in the dog treats and chews range to keep training moments enjoyable for both of you.

When to Consult a Vet

If your dog shows persistent lameness after wearing boots, develops sores or hair loss on the paws, or refuses shoes despite a slow and positive introduction, it is worth a vet visit. Underlying issues like paw pad allergies, interdigital cysts, or arthritis can make shoes uncomfortable in ways that training alone cannot fix. Your vet may also suggest supportive supplements for older dogs whose joints benefit from extra care, which you can explore in the dog supplements range.

Final Thoughts

Shoes are one of those unusual accessories that most dogs never ask for yet often benefit from. With a calm, structured introduction rooted in patience and rewards, your dog can learn to accept boots as just another part of getting ready for a walk. Match the fit to the paw, the material to the season, and the training pace to your dog's personality, and the process becomes a small, thoughtful investment in years of safer, happier walks together.

Frequently Asked Questions

How long does it take for a dog to get used to wearing shoes?

Most dogs adjust within one to two weeks of short, positive sessions. Very sensitive dogs or seniors may need three to four weeks. The pace depends on how comfortable your dog is with paw handling before you begin.

At what age can I start introducing shoes to my puppy?

You can begin gentle paw handling from eight weeks onwards, but actual shoe wearing is best introduced after four months when the paws have grown more. Keep sessions extremely short and playful at this age.

Are dog shoes really necessary in Indian summers?

Yes, for city dogs walked on tar or concrete. Surface temperatures can burn paw pads on hot afternoons. If early morning or late evening walks on cool surfaces are possible, shoes can be reserved for midday outings, vet visits, or car park walks.

What if my dog absolutely refuses to wear shoes?

Slow the process down further. Reward the smallest signs of tolerance, use higher value treats, and try a lighter, more flexible boot. If refusal continues after several patient attempts, alternatives like paw wax, cooling mats, or timing walks around cooler hours are practical options.

Can dogs wear shoes on all four paws right from the start?

It is possible but not recommended. Introducing shoes one paw at a time, then two, and finally all four spreads out the sensory change and keeps stress low. Rushing to all four boots often leads to the frozen statue reaction that is harder to undo.

How do I keep dog boots clean and hygienic in Indian weather?

Rinse them after muddy or wet walks, wipe the insides with a dry cloth, and let them air dry away from direct sunlight to preserve the material. A weekly deeper clean with mild soap keeps odour and bacteria under control.

Jaarbeurs announces acquisition of food & agri innovation platform Foodbytes from Rabobank during VIV Europe 2026

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Jul 2026 14:10:05 +0700

Royal Dutch Jaarbeurs is acquiring the innovation platform Foodbytes from Rabobank. Since 2015, Foodbytes has been an international hub for startups, corporates, and investors active in the agri and food sectors. The platform brings together stakeholders working on areas such as regenerative agriculture, alternative protein production, robotics and automation in farming, and innovations in seaweed production. The acquisition was announced at VIV Europe 2026, the international agritech exhibition currently taking place at Jaarbeurs.

Jaarbeurs has been active worldwide in the agri and food sector for over forty years through VIV Worldwide, a global network of events. Jeroen van Hooff, CEO of Royal Dutch Jaarbeurs:

“With Foodbytes, we are making a significant step forward in creating digital opportunities for our community in this sector. Live encounters are and will remain crucial; with Foodbytes, we are also expanding our online offering of relevant meeting spaces for decision-makers, investors and entrepreneurs. It is not only part of our digital strategy, but also of the further development of our position in this sector. With Foodbytes, we gain insights and knowledge that we can share with the food and agri community to support their growth. Rabobank and Jaarbeurs know each other as trusted and inspiring partners—and we are literally neighbors in Utrecht. We are therefore very pleased to continue our collaboration, including in the context of Foodbytes.”

Foodbytes has grown rapidly in recent years and is now ready to enter its next phase of growth. Roland van der Vorst, Strategic Advisor of the Board of Rabobank and as former Head of Innovation responsible for launching Foodbytes:

“It is impressive how the Foodbytes team has grown from a physical event into a fully-fledged international digital innovation platform. As Rabobank, we are proud of what we have developed, and we also see that Foodbytes has greater potential to grow beyond the confines of a strictly regulated financial institution. With Jaarbeurs, we have found the ideal partner to achieve this: we will continue to work closely with Foodbytes as a strategic partner, and the combination of digital and physical events holds great promise.”

Here are the 5 Best Types of Wood for Desert Enclosures

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Jul 2026 10:45:03 +0700

Whether or not you plan to set up a bioactive vivarium for your pet, wood is a staple of any functional herp enclosure. Branches provide attractive, functional structures for climbing and perching. Flats and hollow logs can be use to make secure, close-fitting hiding places. Wood also makes an excellent basking surface that resists developing uncomfortable (or even dangerous) hot spots. Of course, not all types of wood work for all types of enclosures, so the trick is to choose the right wood for your needs.

The good news is that desert-style enclosures aren’t as susceptible to mold problems, which is the number one destroyer of wood in more humid setups. This means that you can use lighter, less-dense types of wood which would otherwise not be an option! These woods also tend to be less expensive, as an additional perk. Here are 5 types of wood that are commonly available and work well inside desert setups:

Cholla

Cholla wood (pronounced “choy-ya”) comes from Cylindropuntia cacti native to arid regions of the southwest United States and northern Mexico. Cholla cacti look very much like a typical cactus with branching growth and a shrublike habit, but when they die, they take on a whole new look: The flesh shrivels into a lightweight, highly porous wood, and holes develop where barbed spines used to be.

Cholla wood is naturally gray-brown in color, but it is often sandblasted to a yellow-tan color before sale. It’s often hollow, but it’s not unusual for some segments to be almost solid. Length and width vary, but cholla pieces are generally smaller than other types of wood.

In a terrarium context, cholla works well in desert setups because of its cactus origin and the fact that it tends to break down quickly in the presence of moisture. Longer pieces can make excellent climbing objects for lizards because cholla’s texture is easy for claws to grip. Hollow pieces can make attractive hiding opportunities for small lizards and snakes. Cholla’s lattice-like texture also make it excellent for mounting small air plants!

Grapevine

Grapevine wood comes from Vitis vinifera plants — in other words, the same plant grown for table and wine grapes! When agricultural grape vines undergo routine pruning, some of the thicker discards are dried out, sandblasted, and sold as terrarium or home décor. This makes grapevine wood one of the most sustainable options for decorating herp enclosures. Due to its availability, it’s also among the least expensive by length.

Grapevine wood is lightweight and low-density, which makes it very susceptible for mold in humid environments, but perfect for drier setups. Its sandblasted pale yellow/tan color makes it fit in well with arid setups as well. Plus, although it may not seem exotic, grapevine has a uniquely knobby texture with longitudinal “wrinkles” that can make it quite interesting to look at!

In a herp enclosure, larger segments of grapevine can make it a good climbing branch and basking perch. Plus, its irregular shape can make it an interesting challenge for your pet.

Ghostwood/Manzanita

Manzanita wood comes from the manzanita shrub (Arctostaphylos pungens), which is native to western North America. This area tends to experience hot, dry summers, so the wood develops ready for heat and drought. It’s a moderate-weight, hard wood, with contrasting red-brown heartwood and pale sapwood, as well as an attractive swirled grain and twisted shape. Whether left natural or sandblasted, manzanita’s natural colors make it perfect for a desert-style aesthetic.

Manzanita is usually sold as either ghostwood (thicker branches from the lower parts of the shrub) or simply manzanita branches (spindly pieces from the branch ends). Its smooth, thin, red bark is typically sandblasted off before sale, but not always. This also helps smooth off rough texture to make it more herp-friendly, but there may be sharp points that need to be sanded down before adding to the enclosure.

Large pieces work well as climbing and basking perches for heavier-bodied reptiles without risk of breakage, and can be stunning in larger enclosures. The thin branch clusters easily fit into smaller enclosures, and work well to create complex climbing structures for small, lightweight species. (Note that these thin branches tend to be a bit fragile.)

Spider Wood

Spider wood comes from the woody dried roots of Rhododendron plants such as azalea, named for its spindly, tangled texture. This is a lightweight softwood with a pale golden color and smooth grain. Spider wood is relatively low-density and can rot more quickly in humid setups, which can make it great for desert enclosures.

Spider wood’s natural shape makes it a complex and interesting obstacle or climbing item for small, lightweight animals. Although the branches can be thin, they are relatively strong for their size and don’t break too easily.

Cork

Cork comes from the cork oak tree (Quercus suber), native to the west Mediterranean Sea. The cork that we use as reptile keepers usually comes from pieces of bark that have been peeled off of the tree’s trunk and branches, although sometimes whole branches are sold as well. For most trees, peeling off bark is highly damaging to the tree, but cork trees are unique; they are capable of regrowing their bark! When a cork tree regrows its bark, it sequesters more carbon than an unharvested tree, which makes cork oak bark harvesting highly sustainable and eco-friendly.

Cork bark is a lightweight, elastic type of wood with a dark brown color and bumpy texture. Something that makes it unique is that it’s impervious to both gases and liquids (which is why it’s so popular for bottle stoppers). In a desert setup, this durable wood can last a long time before needing to be replaced, and can be especially efficient for creating humid microclimates.

Cork bark is available in flattened panels, flat segments, hollow logs, and branches, so you can use it as a basking surface, hiding place, climbing material, or even an attractive naturalistic background!

Conclusion

The nice thing about building a semi-arid or arid reptile enclosure is that you don’t have to worry as much about mold! This means that your options for wood are broader than if you were setting up an environment for a tropical or even temperate species. You can browse a wide variety of high-quality terrarium wood options here at Pangea Reptile.

To clean your terrarium wood, occasionally scrub it with hot water to remove waste and other debris. If it needs to be disinfected, spray it with a porous material-friendly disinfectant like F10SC or CleanBreak and allow to fully dry before placing it back in the enclosure. Alternatively, smaller pieces can be baked in an oven at 200°F for 2 hours — although keep in mind that these high temperatures can cause the wood to crack and shorten its lifespan.

References

Admin. (2025, February 11). Where does cork come from? Cork Industry Federation. https://cork-products.co.uk/where-does-cork-come-from/

Cork Oak. (2023, September 15). Rainforest Alliance. https://www.rainforest-alliance.org/species/cork-oak/

Manzanita. (n.d.). The Wood Database. Retrieved May 21, 2026, from https://www.wood-database.com/manzanita/

Rees, J. (2026, April 16). The Hardscape Guide to Spider Wood Driftwood (Azalea Root). Terrarium Tribe. https://terrariumtribe.com/spider-wood-guide/

Wikipedia contributors. (2026, June 4). Cylindropuntia. In Wikipedia, The Free Encyclopedia. Retrieved 17:10, June 24, 2026, from https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Cylindropuntia&oldid=1357826965

Wikipedia contributors. (2026, June 23). Vitis vinifera. In Wikipedia, The Free Encyclopedia. Retrieved 17:10, June 24, 2026, from https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Vitis_vinifera&oldid=1360745673

The Importance of a Midday Rest for Dogs During Summer Activity

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Jul 2026 03:50:03 +0700

Just like humans, many dogs require some downtime during an activity-filled day. However, in the summer, rest becomes even more important, especially because warmer temperatures can make outdoor play more physically demanding for pups.

Below, we explore why adding a midday nap to your dog’s warm weather routine can help them stay comfortable as they enjoy summer activities. We cover:

HOW DO DOGS REGULATE THEIR BODY TEMPERATURE IN THE SUMMER?

Dogs primarily cool themselves through panting. As they pant, their tongue, mouth, and upper respiratory tract release moisture, helping release excess body heat and lowering their body temperature. Pups also have sweat glands in their paw pads, which can play a small role in cooling them down.

When temperatures are high and humidity increases, it can cause dogs’ bodies to work harder to regulate their temperature, which can tire them out more quickly. Giving pups a chance to slow down and nap, especially midday when temperatures peak, can help them recover before becoming overly tired.

MIDDAY REST CAN HELP REDUCE OVERHEATING IN DOGS

Overheating can happen quickly for dogs. Early signs can include excessive panting, heavy drooling, restlessness, or bright red or dark red gums and tongue. As their body temperature continues to rise, even more serious signs can develop, like weakness or vomiting, which can indicate heatstroke, a medical emergency.

Well before ever reaching the point of overheating, a midday break in a cool, shaded, indoor area with access to water can help reduce risk and give your dog’s body time to cool down before returning to activity.

MIDDAY REST CAN HELP PROMOTE JOINT HEALTH IN DOGS

Summer is a great time to enjoy outdoor activities that keep dogs active and moving, benefiting their health and wellness. However, including time to recover is just as important for reducing continuous strain on their joints and muscles throughout the day. This is especially important for senior dogs and those with mobility concerns.

Balancing exercise with recovery can support your pup’s overall comfort, helping them get back to enjoying all the fun activities that summer has to offer.

MIDDAY REST CAN HELP DOGS CONSERVE ENERGY & REGULATE EMOTIONS

Midday rest can help dogs manage their physical energy and emotional state. During play, exercise, or social interaction, pups naturally expend more energy, which can be even more noticeable in the summer, when warm temperatures place additional strain on the body. Continued stimulation throughout the day can also contribute to mental fatigue.

Providing a quiet, comfortable break in the middle of the day can give dogs a chance to recharge both physically and mentally. Rest allows their bodies time to recover from earlier activity and helps prevent fatigue from building up too quickly. It can also allow them to settle after periods of excitement and sensory stimulation and support a calmer, more balanced state when they return to activity later in the day.

USE DOGTOPIA’S DASH ACTIVITY MONITOR TO KEEP TRACK OF REST BREAKS

Keeping track of when dogs are active and when they are resting can make a big difference in maintaining a healthy summer routine. Exercise and downtime are not always easy to measure, so tools that can monitor activity can be especially helpful in recognizing patterns.

STRUCTURED DOG DAYCARE AT DOGTOPIA

A structured daycare environment can play an important role in supporting a dog’s physical and emotional well-being. At Dogtopia, pups enjoy a daily routine at daycare, where our team of expert Canine Coaches balance playtime with scheduled rest periods, so dogs can recharge rather than engage in continuous activity. Plus, with our climate-controlled indoor playrooms, the temperature is always comfortable, making play and rest time ideal.

If your dog is looking for a summer of fun, be sure to contact your local Dogtopia. We love incorporating exciting activities like treat days, photoshoots, playroom bubble parties, agility exercises, and more into their summer routine.

This blog was reviewed/edited by Dogtopia’s Senior Director of Health & Safety Lorraine Rhoads, an experienced animal biologist and environmental scientist.

The post The Importance of a Midday Rest for Dogs During Summer Activity appeared first on Dogtopia.

Aquaculture 4.0 and the Last Mile of Growth A Conversation with Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Jul 2026 00:05:05 +0700

* By Aquaculture Magazine Editorial Team

In this discussion, Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta outlines Aquaculture 4.0 as the shift from fragmented farming to integrated, data-driven systems. By connecting infrastructure, data, and value chain integration, the industry can eliminate operational uncertainty, reveal unseen biological risks, and unlock large-scale structured finance. This framework provides an essential roadmap for scaling global aquaculture through visibility and understanding.

Few professionals in global aquaculture have operated across as many dimensions of the industry as Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta, from production and consulting to academia, public policy, and international leadership, from working directly with farms to shaping national strategy in Mexico and leading global dialogue as President of the World Aquaculture Society (WAS).

He built his foundation at the farm level, then broadened it through consulting across regions and species, where the same patterns of variability and unpredictability consistently emerged regardless of geography. At Auburn University, he created the Certification for Aquaculture Professionals (CAP), reflecting his belief that technology alone does not transform aquaculture, people do. Later roles at CONAPESCA and as Secretary of Fisheries and Aquaculture in Tamaulipas, Mexico (SEPESCA) positioned aquaculture as a strategic sector tied to food security and economic development.

Today, based in Australia and engaged across Southeast Asia through Intelligon, he operates globally, working with producers, governments, and financial and technology stakeholders to translate innovation into scalable, integrated aquaculture systems.

In this conversation with Salvador Meza, Aquaculture Magazine explores his central thesis: aquaculture will not scale sustainably until it evolves from a fragmented activity into an integrated, data-driven system, a concept he frames as Aquaculture 4.0.

The Making of a Global Aquaculture Leader

Salvador Meza: Antonio, you have worked across nearly every layer of aquaculture. How has that shaped your understanding of the industry?

Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta: It has shown me that aquaculture cannot be understood in isolation. I started at the farm level, aquaculture is biology, and biology defines your limits. Consulting across countries and species allowed me to see patterns, variability, lack of control, and limited predictability exist everywhere.

At Auburn University, that perspective led to the creation of CAP. Human capital remains one of the most underestimated variables in aquaculture.

Moving into policy at CONAPESCA and SEPESCA changed the scale at which I was thinking, from solving problems for a farm to designing systems for entire sectors. My work with WAS reinforced that aquaculture only advances when science, industry, and policy align.

So today I do not see isolated issues, I see a system that has evolved, but not yet integrated. The limitations are structural, not technical, improve production but ignore finance, and you limit scale; improve technology but ignore training, and you limit adoption. The next phase will come from connecting these elements, not optimizing them individually.

The Industry at Its Limits

Salvador Meza: Aquaculture has grown enormously over recent decades. Why do you believe it is reaching a structural limit?

Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta: Because despite that growth, the system remains fundamentally unstable.

We have made major advances in genetics, nutrition, and production technologies, but there is a contradiction:

Improved performance, but not reduced uncertainty.

Production cycles still show high variability because we continue to operate under a reactive model.

Salvador Meza: What drives that instability, and how does it connect to what you call the “black box”?

Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta: Lack of visibility. Aquaculture is driven by biological processes that change continuously, oxygen, feeding response, biomass development, but in many systems these variables are not monitored in real time.

Decisions are based on delayed information or experience alone, and reactive decision-making makes instability inevitable.

We understand inputs and measure outputs, but the process in between remains unseen. That is the black box. When the core of your system is not visible, you cannot stabilize it.

Salvador Meza: How does that connect with finance?

Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta: Directly. Finance depends on measurable risk.

If you cannot observe what is happening inside the system, risk remains opaque, and opaque risk makes capital cautious. That is why aquaculture, despite strong fundamentals, still faces limitations in accessing large-scale structured finance.

From the perspective I have built working across multiple regions with producers, technology companies, and financial stakeholders, the transition is clear:

From uncertainty to visibility, from reactive to predictive systems, from fragmented operations to integrated ones, and most importantly, from unmeasured risk to financeable risk.

Aquaculture 4.0: Unlocking the Last Mile of Growth

Salvador Meza: What is Aquaculture 4.0 for you, in practice?

Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta: At its core, a simple premise:

We cannot manage what we cannot see

Aquaculture has evolved by improving inputs, genetics, feed, and infrastructure, but visibility into what is happening inside the production system has remained limited. The first step is not adding more technology for its own sake, but making the system visible in a continuous and structured way.

I break this transformation into three pillars that only create value together:

Infrastructure, data, and systems integration

Infrastructure, both physical and digital, allows you to see the system.

Data allows you to measure it consistently and transform observations into structured information.

Systems integration connects that information across the value chain.

When these three elements work together, you move from a reactive model to a managed biological system, where decisions are based on what is happening and what is likely to happen next.

At the farm level, this improves stability and efficiency.

At the value chain and institutional level, it improves coordination, predictability, and visibility.

Feed mills understand demand and risk more clearly.

Governments can monitor production dynamics in real time.

And financial institutions can finally assess risk in a structured way.

Salvador Meza: And this is where finance becomes central?

Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta: Yes. This is what I describe as the last mile of growth.

The industry has made real progress in production and technology, but scale is constrained by capital, and capital requires clarity on risk.

Once you have continuous data, you move from assumptions to measurable performance. That allows risk to be structured, understood, and financed.

Infrastructure allows you to see risk.

Data allows you to measure risk.

Systems integration allows you to manage risk.

And that is what converts uncertainty into investable opportunity.

What emerges is a reinforcing cycle:

Data → Risk → Finance → Adoption → Data

Once that flywheel begins to move, transformation accelerates.

Salvador Meza: Where does Intelligon fit into this transformation?

Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta: Intelligon operates precisely at that intersection.

By integrating sensors, feeding systems, satellite information, and environmental data into a unified platform, we are not only improving farm performance, but enabling the translation of that data into actionable intelligence across the entire value chain, including producers, feed companies, governments, and financial institutions.

The objective is not just efficiency.

It is to enable scalable, financeable aquaculture systems at industry level.

Sustainability becomes a natural outcome of this visibility. Better feeding reduces waste, improved oxygen management reduces stress and mortality, and better data reduces environmental variability.

It emerges from better system management, and increasingly, it is directly linked to access to capital.

In one idea:

Aquaculture 4.0 is the transition from producing with uncertainty to producing with understanding.

And once you understand the system, you can manage it.

Once you can manage it, you can finance it.

And once you can finance it, you can scale it.

That is the last mile of growth.

Global Deployment and Validation

Salvador Meza: Where are you actually seeing this transformation happening?

Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta: This is no longer theoretical; it is already happening across multiple regions.

Having worked across these regions over nearly three decades, what stands out is that despite differences in geography, species, and production models, the same patterns are emerging.

In Southeast Asia, particularly Vietnam, export requirements are driving a strong push toward real-time monitoring, automated feeding, and data-driven decision making. Once these systems demonstrate consistent results, adoption accelerates rapidly.

In Latin America, especially Ecuador, we see a more advanced stage of implementation. Producers are not only improving productivity, but integrating data, traceability, and system-level thinking into their operations.

Across Central America and other emerging regions, the conversations are also evolving, shifting from production techniques to resilience, competitiveness, and long-term positioning.

At the global level, what is most relevant is convergence.

Through platforms like FAO and AQUACON, governments, international organizations, and industry leaders are increasingly aligned around the same structural questions, how to operationalize transparency, improve system-level visibility, and enable access to capital.

This is clearly reflected in initiatives such as the FAO Global Conference on Smart Farming, where the integration of digital technologies, data systems, and sustainability is no longer theoretical, but part of a global food system agenda.

When these themes emerge consistently across Asia, the Americas, Europe, and the Middle East, it becomes clear that this is not a regional shift.

It is a global transition.

What Comes Next

Salvador Meza: What should the industry focus on now?

Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta: The priority is scaling.

We already know these systems work. The challenge is how quickly we can deploy them across different regions, species, and production environments.

Salvador Meza: What is holding that back?

Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta: Three things.

Fragmentation, the industry is still segmented.

Access to capital, financial structures are not yet fully aligned.

And mindset, many still prioritize short-term output over long-term system stability.

Salvador Meza: So, this is not just a technical shift?

Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta: No. It is a structural shift.

It requires thinking about aquaculture not as individual farms, but as integrated systems.

Because the next phase of growth will not be defined by how much we produce, but by how well we understand, manage, and connect the systems behind it.

And the speed at which we make that transition will determine who leads the future of aquaculture.

Conclusion

As aquaculture enters its next phase, the question is no longer whether it can grow, but whether it can do so with stability, transparency, and scale.

The answer will depend on how quickly the industry moves from fragmented operations to integrated, data-driven systems.

*Salvador Meza
Editor & Publisher of Aquaculture Magazine.

Bacteriophages demonstrate potential to improve growth performance, immune response and gut health in chickens

Edusehat — Thu, 02 Jul 2026 23:45:03 +0700

By Iqra Nazir, PhD candidate
Department of Animal Sciences
Purdue University, USA

Enteric bacterial pathogens such as Salmonella spp. and avian pathogenic Escherichia coli (APEC) continue to be major health challenges in the poultry industry. These infections in poultry lead to poor gut health, reduced feed efficiency, slower growth and increased morbidity and mortality, directly affecting overall productivity.

The situation is further complicated by the rising prevalence of antimicrobial resistance, which can reduce the effectiveness of commonly used antibiotics for disease control and treatment in poultry. When treatments become less effective, infections can last longer, leading to poor flock performance, higher production losses and an increased risk of disease spread. As a result, researchers are increasingly exploring sustainable alternatives that can control harmful bacteria while maintaining bird health and productivity.^1,2

Potential of bacteriophages

Bacteriophages (or phages), which literally means ‘bacteria eaters,’ are viruses that selectively target and infect bacteria. They are widely distributed in the environment, including soil and water, and are considered the most abundant biological entities on Earth. One of the most attractive qualities of bacteriophages is their high specificity to destroy only the targeted bacteria. Importantly, bacteriophages are generally considered safe for humans and animals.³

Because of these properties, bacteriophages have gained increasing attention as a potential alternative to antibiotics for controlling bacterial pathogens in poultry production. However, the successful application of bacteriophages requires a better understanding of their effects on animal growth and productivity, as any reduction in performance could outweigh the benefits of pathogen control.

Additionally, optimizing delivery methods and evaluating the long-term effects of bacteriophages on animal health and gut microbiome composition are essential for understanding the effectiveness and practicality of phage-based interventions in poultry production.

Study design

With growing interest in bacteriophages as alternatives to antibiotics, we sought to determine whether dietary phage supplementation could influence broiler growth, gut microbial communities and immune response to phages. To address this question, we conducted three experiments:

Experiment #1

We divided 170 one-day-old broiler chickens into five treatment groups:

Control group: No Salmonella gallinarum challenge and no phage treatment
Challenge control group: S. Gallinarum challenged, no phage treatment
Microencapsulated phage cocktail group: S. Gallinarum challenged, treated with microencapsulated phages
Unencapsulated phage cocktail group: S. Gallinarum challenged, treated with unencapsulated phages
Mixture of microencapsulated and unencapsulated phage cocktail group: S. Gallinarum challenged, treated with a mixture of microencapsulated and unencapsulated phages

We collected cecal samples before and after bacterial challenge and phage treatment via oral gavage to evaluate changes in the gut microbiome composition.

Experiment #2

In this experiment, we divided 104 one-day-old broiler chickens into four treatment groups:

Control group: No APEC challenge and no treatment
Challenge control group: APEC-challenged, no treatment
Phage-only group: No APEC challenge, phage cocktail only
Phage-treated group: APEC-challenged, received a mixture of microencapsulated and unencapsulated phages

We collected cecal samples before and after bacterial challenge and phage treatment via oral gavage to evaluate changes in the gut microbiome.

Experiment #3

We used 108 one-day-old broiler chickens in a randomized block design and assigned them to four dietary treatments:

Control diet: No phage supplementation
Placebo group: Sodium alginate beads with lysogeny broth
Salmonella phage group: Diet supplemented with Salmonella Gallinarum phages
APEC phage group: Diet supplemented with APEC phages

We recorded body weight at weekly intervals (days 7, 14, 21, 28 and 35) and measured feed intake to calculate growth performance parameters, including average daily gain and feed conversion ratio. We also collected blood samples at the same time points to check for antibody production against phages.

Effects on gut microbiome

The gut microbiome plays a critical role in digestion, nutrient utilization and disease resistance. Maintaining a healthy balance of intestinal bacteria is essential for bird health and performance.

Our microbiome analysis revealed that phage treatments (Salmonella Gallinarum or APEC phages) primarily reduced targeted bacterial pathogens while leaving the overall gut microbial community largely unaffected. This finding is important because it indicates that phages can selectively control harmful bacteria without disrupting the normal bacterial populations that contribute to gut health.

We also observed a slight increase in beneficial bacterial genera, including Lactobacillus and Bifidobacterium. These bacteria are commonly associated with improved intestinal health, better production and nutrient utilization.⁴

Performance, immune response

Our results showed that dietary phage supplementation improved broiler performance throughout the production cycle (7 to 35 days). Birds receiving phage-supplemented diets had better average daily gain and body weight gain compared to birds that did not receive phages.

These findings suggest that phages can support productivity while helping maintain a healthy intestinal environment. Improved growth performance is particularly important as producers seek alternatives that can enhance efficiency without relying heavily on antibiotics.

One concern surrounding long-term phage use is whether birds might develop an immune response against the phages, reducing their effectiveness over time. In our study, repeated exposure to phages (days 7 to 14 and 21 to 28) during the production period did not trigger measurable phage-specific antibody responses, suggesting that phages can be used during a typical broiler grow-out cycle without losing effectiveness due to immune system interference.⁴

Implications for poultry production

Bacteriophages offer a promising tool to help poultry producers manage bacterial pathogens while supporting bird performance and gut health. Our results demonstrate that phages selectively target harmful bacteria while preserving beneficial microbial populations in the intestine, making them a promising option to reduce antibiotic use while maintaining productivity in commercial poultry production.

Looking ahead, phages may become an important addition to integrated disease-control strategies in modern poultry production. As research continues, phages have the potential to provide producers with a practical and sustainable approach to managing bacterial pathogens, supporting gut health and improving bird performance, while helping reduce reliance on antibiotics.

References

Van Boeckel, T. P. et al. Global trends in antimicrobial resistance in animals in low- and middle-income countries. Science 365, eaaw1944 (2019).
Abbas, R. Z., Alsayeqh, A. F. & Aqib, A. I. Role of Bacteriophages for optimized health and production of poultry. Animals 12, 3378 (2022).
Abd-El Wahab, A. et al. An overview of the use of bacteriophages in the poultry industry: Successes, challenges, and possibilities for overcoming breakdowns. Frontiers in Microbiology Volume 14-2023, (2023).
Nazir, I. et al. Assessing the impact of phage therapy on growth performance, microbiome and phage specific immune response in chickens. Scientific Reports https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-026-45338-y (2026) doi:10.1038/s41598-026-45338-y.

Editor’s note: The views expressed in this article are solely those of the author.

The post Bacteriophages demonstrate potential to improve growth performance, immune response and gut health in chickens appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Bird flu spreads in Nepal: over 600,000 poultry culled

Edusehat — Thu, 02 Jul 2026 20:05:10 +0700

Nepal is facing growing concerns over the spread of avian influenza, with outbreaks reported across the Kathmandu Valley and increasing scrutiny over containment measures in both commercial and public settings.

Recent cases of bird flu have been confirmed in multiple locations within the valley, prompting authorities to implement culling operations and tighten biosecurity controls. According to official reports, more than 600,000 poultry birds have been culled nationwide in an effort to contain the virus. The outbreaks have affected commercial farms as well as smaller poultry holdings, raising concerns about the effectiveness of surveillance and early detection systems.

The Kathmandu Valley, a densely populated region and a key hub for poultry consumption and trade, has emerged as a focal point of the crisis. Veterinary services have been mobilized to monitor the situation, while restrictions on the movement of poultry and related products have been introduced in affected areas. Despite these measures, the recurrence of outbreaks suggests persistent gaps in farm-level biosecurity and disease reporting.

Additional controversy has arisen around Nepal’s Central Zoo in Lalitpur, where bird flu cases were detected among captive birds. The zoo’s response has come under criticism from experts and animal health observers, who have questioned whether appropriate containment protocols were followed. Concerns have been raised regarding delayed action, alleged delays in reporting and implementing containment measures, and the potential risk of transmission to other animals.

The situation has highlighted broader structural challenges in Nepal’s animal health system, including limited resources, coordination issues between authorities, and the need for stronger preparedness strategies. Experts warn that without consistent enforcement of biosecurity measures and improved surveillance, the country may continue to face recurring outbreaks.

Authorities are urging farmers to adopt stricter hygiene practices, limit farm access, and report any signs of disease promptly. Public awareness campaigns are also being reinforced to reduce the risk of transmission and ensure safe handling of poultry products.

While no major human health impacts have been reported so far, officials remain on alert, emphasizing the importance of rapid response and inter-agency coordination to prevent further spread of the virus.

France: extreme heat causes hundreds of thousands of losses in poultry farms

Edusehat — Thu, 02 Jul 2026 20:05:10 +0700

The heatwave affecting France has caused the death of hundreds of thousands of birds on farms, putting significant strain on carcass collection services. In the hardest-hit areas, temperatures have exceeded 40°C.

According to Yann Nedelec, president of the French association ANVOL, at least several hundred thousand birds have died, both in indoor and outdoor systems, although it is still too early to provide a definitive estimate. The Chambers of Agriculture of Brittany and Pays de la Loire have reported “massive” mortality events in the two regions, which together account for nearly 60% of France’s poultry population. France is the third-largest poultry producer in the European Union, after Poland and Spain.

Among the affected farmers is Clément Blanchard, in Pays de la Loire, who reported losing around 700 chickens in just a few days, compared to a normal mortality of one or two animals per day. “Animals suffer enormously from the heat and, at times like these, mortality increases abnormally,” he said.

Stéphane Delapré, a farmer from Beauvoir-sur-Mer, reported losing about half of the 17,600 chickens on his farm during the day of June 22, describing the event as unprecedented in his 42 years of activity.

The high number of carcasses has overwhelmed collection services. For this reason, French authorities have exceptionally authorized on-farm burial of dead animals. Farmers have also been advised to spread sawdust or wood shavings over the carcasses to absorb liquids.

As veterinarian Dominique Balloy pointed out, poultry do not have sweat glands and dissipate heat by breathing through their beaks. As temperatures rise, their respiratory rate increases, making these animals particularly sensitive to heat.

The heatwave is also affecting dairy cattle farms. According to reports from western France, high temperatures are reducing feed intake, increasing water requirements, and leading to a drop in milk production of between 15% and 20%.

Fear in laying hens: causes, consequences and management strategies

Edusehat — Thu, 02 Jul 2026 02:15:04 +0700

By Cloude Shao, Ruth Demree, Richard Blatchford, PhD, University of California, Davis

In nature, fear protects animals from danger. In commercial settings, domestic laying hens are shielded from most fear-inducing stimuli, such as predators and unfamiliar situations. Therefore, fear serves as an aversive experience for the hens themselves and leads to undesired behaviors for producers.

Fear tests can provide information on how hens perceive their environment, allowing farmers and researchers to better understand these animals and provide the proper management to improve their welfare (see Poultry Press Vol. 33). This article discusses what we know about fear and its impact on laying hen behavior and welfare.

What is Fear?

Fear is a negative emotional state. In the wild, the aversive experience of fear prepares an animal to respond to perceived dangers by either engaging or escaping (fight or flight response) (Carli & Farabollini, 2022). While domesticated animals tend to show a reduced fear response due to selection for tameness, they can still experience fear similar to their wild ancestors (Jensen et al., 2005).

Even though domestic laying hens are protected from predation, they can still perceive humans or objects in the environment as dangers (Ferreira et al., 2025). The experience of fear is negative and although fear can still help birds respond to perceived threats in their environment, frequent or intense fear in captivity can reduce welfare and create management problems. Being fearful can also lead to behavioral issues that harm individual hens or their flock mates. For example, injurious feather pecking is associated with fearfulness. Chicks that are more fearful are slower to explore a novel environment or a novel object and more likely to develop injurious feather pecking as adults (Jensen et al., 2005; Rodenburg et al., 2004).

Fearful hens are also prone to panic and will try to escape or move away from the perceived danger. During escape attempts, fractures can happen when the hens collide with structures in their housing system or each other. This can be especially dangerous when the birds are housed in large flocks. When fear triggers the movement of a large flock, smothering can occur due to piling of the startled hens (Barrett et al., 2014; Gray et al., 2020). For more information about piling and smothering, see PEC Vol. 30. Lastly, experiencing fear can increase distress in laying hens, which can impact their growth, production and mortality (Barnett et al., 1994; Cockrem, 2007).

Development and Early Life Experience

Since the late 1950s, behavioral researchers have been studying the development of the fear response in laying hens. Tonic immobility (a fear response where the bird lies stationary; Figure 1), can be induced in chicks as early as 1-day post-hatch, which implies that fear is innate (Andrew & Brennan, 1983; Jaynes, 1958; Salzen, 1963; 1966).

Figure 1: Laying hen pullet in tonic immobility at 4 weeks old. Photo credit: Cloude Shao.

The fear response is also shaped by the environment. For example, a hen’s fear response can be reduced over time if exposed repeatedly to a fear-inducing stimulus, such as loud noise. This process is called habituation and has been observed in both layers and broilers (Ratner & Thompson, 1960; Jones, 1977; Jackson et al., 2025).

Strain Differences

Domestication has generally resulted in reduced fear in laying hens. If physically restrained by a rope around their feet, the ancestral red junglefowl will engage in more active fear responses than domestic hens, such as increased pecking at the restraining rope and vocalizing more (Schütz et al., 2001).

Fear responses are influenced by genetics. In general, white-feathered strains display more fear-related behavior than brown-feathered strains. White-feathered birds will remain in tonic immobility for longer periods of time (Albentosa et al., 2003), flee from an approaching human sooner, and take longer to approach a novel object or emerge from a shelter (Nelson et al., 2020). Overall, white and brown-feathered layers seem to adopt differing strategies in response to threats. Brown layers engage in more active responses, such as fighting back or attempting to escape, while white layers engage in more passive responses, such as freezing or remaining in tonic immobility longer (Brown et al., 2022).

There are also differences within similarly colored strains. For example, Tetra layers, a brown-feathered hen, will develop a progressively shorter tonic immobility response over time, but ISA Browns will not (Hocking et al., 2001).

Individual Differences

Differences in fear responses can also be observed at the individual level (Figure 2). During field observations on free-range farms, some hens ran away from an aerial predator while others approached and attacked. There were even instances of hens approaching the bird of prey (coming within 1 meter) and foraging nearby while it was consuming the kill (Bestman & Bikker-Ouwejan, 2020).

Figure 2: Laying hen pullets demonstrate an avoidance of humans from an early age. Strain and individual differences shape the fear response. Photo credit: Ruth Demree.

In standardized fear tests like the tonic immobility test, individual hens will differ in their response, and these differences persist over time. Further, an individual’s response to tonic immobility tests is associated with other behavioral responses, such as their response when isolated from the flock. This indicates that individual hens differ in their coping strategies (Ghareeb & Bohm, 2008), which has management implications.

Strategies to Reduce Fear

Fear behavior can be reduced in a domestic environment. Several strategies for reducing fear are listed below. As fear can be influenced by environment, individuals, and genetics generally, reduction often requires a combination of strategies.

Early-life environment:

Provide environmental complexity from an early age, such as environmental enrichment, perches, dustbathing and foraging areas.
Maintain a predictable routine to encourage habituation.

Stockmanship:

Maintain a calm demeanor when engaging with the hens.
Limit the use of physical restraint.
Use panels to guide/separate hens without chasing them.

Housing Design:

Provide a consistent environment, for instance by minimizing loud noises, avoiding drastic lighting changes, and by knocking or calling before entry.
Be aware of potential risk factors within enclosures. For example, multi-tier aviary structures can be the source of collisions, leading to injury.

Strain selection:

Work with breeder companies to find the right strain and temperament for your housing and management style.

Summary

Laying hens can experience fear from an early age.
Fear negatively affects hen welfare.
Early life experience, strain, and individual differences impact the development of fear in laying hens.
Fear behavior can be reduced, but often requires a multi-pronged strategy.

References

Albentosa, M. J., Kjaer, J. B., & Nicol, C. J. (2003). Strain and age differences in behaviour, fear response and pecking tendency in laying hens. British Poultry Science, 44(3), 333–344. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071660310001598085

Barnett, J. L., Hemsworth, P. H., Hennessy, D. P., McCallum, T. H., & Newman, E. A. (1994). The effects of modifying the amount of human contact on behavioural, physiological and production responses of laying hens. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 41(1), 87–100. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/0168-1591(94)90054-X

Barrett, J., Rayner, A. C., Gill, R., Willings, T. H., & Bright, A. (2014). Smothering in UK free‐range flocks. Part 1: Incidence, location, timing and management. Veterinary Record, 175(1), 19–19. https://doi.org/10.1136/vr.102327

Bestman, M., Verwer, C., Van Niekerk, T., Leenstra, F., Reuvekamp, B., Amsler-Kepalaite, Z., & Maurer, V. (2019). Factors related to free-range use in commercial laying hens. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 214, 57–63. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.applanim.2019.02.015

Brown, A. A., Sobotik, E. B., House, G. M., Nelson, J. R., & Archer, G. S. (2022). Differences in fear response strategy and stress susceptibility amongst four different commercial layer strains reared cage free. Frontiers in Physiology, 13. https://doi.org/10.3389/fphys.2022.943471

Carli, G., & Farabollini, F. (2022). Introduction to defensive behavior in vertebrates. In Progress in Brain Research (Vol. 271, Issue 1, pp. 37–49). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/bs.pbr.2022.02.002

Cockrem, J. F. (2007). Stress, corticosterone responses and avian personalities. Journal of Ornithology, 148(S2), 169–178. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10336-007-0175-8

Ferreira, V. H. B., Lansade, L., & Calandreau, L. (2025). How do domestic chickens perceive humans—And why does it matter? World’s Poultry Science Journal, 0(0), 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/00439339.2025.2597741

Ghareeb, K., & Bohm, J. (2008). Fear Behaviour, Ease of Capture and PerformanceTraits of Growing Meat Type Chickens. International Journal of Poultry Science, 7(12), 1185–1189. https://doi.org/10.3923/ijps.2008.1185.1189

Gray, H., Davies, R., Bright, A., Rayner, A., & Asher, L. (2020). Why Do Hens Pile? Hypothesizing the Causes and Consequences. Frontiers in Veterinary Science, 7, 616836. https://doi.org/10.3389/fvets.2020.616836

Hocking, P. M., Channing, C. E., Waddington, D., & Jones, R. B. (2001). Age-related changes in fear, sociality and pecking behaviours in two strains of laying hen. British Poultry Science, 42(4), 414–423. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071660120070686

Jackson, A., Quino, M., Gautam, A., Gilpin, M., Still, K., Landers, D., & Baker-Cook, B. (2025). The impact of multiple exposures and movement on the fear response of poultry. Poultry Science, 104(1), 104594. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psj.2024.104594

Jensen, P., Keeling, L., Schütz, K., Andersson, L., Mormède, P., Brändström, H., Forkman, B., Kerje, S., Fredriksson, R., Ohlsson, C., Larsson, S., Mallmin, H., & Kindmark, A. (2005). Feather pecking in chickens is genetically related to behavioural and developmental traits. Physiology & Behavior, 86(1–2), 52–60. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.physbeh.2005.06.029

Jones, R. B. (1977). Repeated exposure of the domestic chick to a novel environment: Effects on behavioural responses. Behavioural Processes, 2(2), 163–173. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/0376-6357(77)90018-3

Nelson, J. R., Settar, P., Berger, E., Wolc, A., O’Sullivan, N., & Archer, G. S. (2020). Brown and white egg-layer strain differences in fearfulness and stress measures. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 231, 105087. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.applanim.2020.105087

Ratner, S. C. (1967). Annelids and Learning: A Critical Review. In W. C. Corning & S. C. Ratner (Eds.), Chemistry of Learning (pp. 391–406). Springer US. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4899-6565-3_24

Rodenburg, T. B., Buitenhuis, A. J., Ask, B., Uitdehaag, K. A., Koene, P., Van Der Poel, J. J., Van Arendonk, J. A. M., & Bovenhuis, H. (2004). Genetic and Phenotypic Correlations Between Feather Pecking and Open-Field Response in Laying Hens at Two Different Ages. Behavior Genetics, 34(4), 407–415. https://doi.org/10.1023/B:BEGE.0000023646.46940.2d

Schütz, K. E., Forkman, B., & Jensen, P. (2001). Domestication effects on foraging strategy, social behaviour and different fear responses: A comparison between the red junglefowl (Gallus gallus) and a modern layer strain. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 74(1), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0168-1591(01)00156-3

To view all issues of Poultry Press, click here.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Fear in laying hens: causes, consequences and management strategies appeared first on Modern Poultry.

VIV Africa returns to Kigali as registration opens for 2026 edition

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Jul 2026 22:35:10 +0700

Industry professionals can now secure their free badge ahead of the show taking place on 7–8 October at the Kigali Convention Centre.

VIV Africa, part of the VIV Worldwide portfolio organized by VNU Europe, today opened visitor registration for its 2026 edition, to be held on 7–8 October at the Kigali Convention Centre (KCC) in Kigali, Rwanda, with the Leadership Conference taking one day before the official exhibition on 6 October. Now in its fifth edition, VIV Africa has grown from the well-established Poultry Africa into the leading Feed to Food platform for Sub-Saharan Africa, and industry professionals from across the region are invited to register now for free entry.

Spanning 1,650 sqm of exhibition space, VIV Africa 2026 will bring together over 150 exhibitors covering the complete animal protein supply chain across five key sectors: Farm Production, Feed Ingredients & Additives, Feed & Grain Technology, Processing, and Animal Health. With a strong focus on poultry layers and broilers, the show also features a dedicated Dairy Pavilion reflecting its continued focus into broader agrifood sectors. The show expects to welcome 2000 visitors from across the region, including Rwanda, Kenya, Nigeria, Tanzania, Ethiopia, South Africa, Cameroon, and Sudan, as well as international visitors from around the world.

“VIV Africa has become a meeting point where the region’s animal protein industry comes to make real decisions, not just window-shop,” says Natalie Taylor, Project Manager for VIV Africa. “Sub-Saharan Africa is one of the fastest-growing markets for animal protein in the world, and the businesses that get this region right today will be the ones leading it tomorrow. Our job is to make sure that when international suppliers and local producers are ready to do business, VIV Africa is where that happens. Every edition, we see more serious buyers, more depth in the exhibitor line-up, and more deals struck on the show floor — and 2026 is set to be our biggest step yet.”

Why Attend VIV Africa

VIV Africa is designed to turn a three-day visit into measurable business outcomes. The show opens with a high-level Leadership Conference on October 6—one day before the official exhibitions starts—bringing together an international line-up of experts to unpack the trends, challenges, and opportunities shaping poultry, agriculture, and dairy across the continent. For a fee of 140 USD, the Leadership Conference is a must for decision-makers who want the bigger picture before hitting the show floor. The two-day exhibition that follows after (October 7-8) is free entry for those with valid registrations.

The Hosted Buyer Program is also open for senior decision-makers and qualified buyers from across the animal protein value chain. This is a curated opportunity to connect with leading exhibitors and receive a tailored experience of scheduled introductions, exclusive networking opportunities, premium event access, and dedicated support throughout their visit to VIV Africa 2026.

Certain qualifications for the program include: key decision-makers with significant purchasing authority and strategic buying responsibility within their organization, including company owners, directors, or heads of procurement; buyers representing organizations with a clear budget and timeline for purchasing within the next 12 months; and senior technical or operational leads with direct influence over supplier selection.

Register Now for VIV Africa 2026

Visitor registration for VIV Africa 2026 is open now at www.vivafrica.nl. Registering in advance secures a free badge, avoids queues onsite, and gives early access to the exhibitor list and full onsite program — helping visitors plan their visit in Kigali before they even arrive.

Source: VIV worldwide press release

Holding Familia Safir expands production capacity with EUR 16.5 million acquisition

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Jul 2026 19:00:09 +0700

Romanian poultry producer Holding Familia Safir has completed the acquisition of poultry production sites in Tătărăști and Parincea, in Bacău county, as well as Simila-Zorleni in Vaslui county, in a transaction worth EUR 16.5 million, excluding VAT. The deal marks a significant step in the company’s strategy to expand its production capacity and strengthen its long-term growth in the Romanian poultry sector.

The transaction was finalized through Sagem, part of the Familia Safir group, and includes land, buildings, facilities and equipment previously used for poultry farming activities. According to local reports, the acquisition is expected to increase the company’s production by around 39%, supporting a broader expansion plan focused on efficiency and scale.

Holding Familia Safir said the investment is part of a wider effort to reinforce its integrated business model and respond to rising market demand. The group has been building on its long-standing presence in the Romanian meat industry, with recent moves aimed at improving production capacity, product range and operational resilience.

By expanding its production assets, Familia Safir aims to strengthen its production capacity and further consolidate its integrated poultry business in eastern Romania.

Beyond Crude Protein – Rethinking the Nutrition Bundle for Improved Animal Performance

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Jul 2026 15:35:06 +0700

Crude protein, once considered a standard animal performance metric, is now antiquated. In an era of precision nutrition, big data, artificial intelligence, tightening margins with growing demand, a reassessment of how nutritional profiles are measured is a priority. While crude protein measures only nitrogen, a complete profile of animal nutrition must include essential amino acids, digestibility, metabolizable energy, ingredient consistency, and the source of the feed.

This is especially important for poultry producers and feed formulators in the Middle East, North Africa, and South Asia (MENASA) region, where imported soy makes up a large share of poultry diets.

How Geography Dictates Quality

Not all soybeans are created equal. Growing practices, daylight lengths, weather, and handling affect soybean quality, nutritional profile, and animal performance. Understanding the impact of origin can guide purchasing decisions based on value over price for sustained long-term growth.

From Lower-Damaged Soybeans to Higher Quality Feed

One of the key factors influencing soybean quality is moisture.In the United States, soybeans dry in the fields under the sun before harvest. This slow, natural process reduces moisture in the soybeans, eliminating the need for mechanical driers.Conversely, Brazilian soybeans are harvested in a wet, tropical climate requiring wood-fired driers to remove excess moisture.This drying process is inconsistent and paradoxically causes heat damage while leaving pockets of higher-moisture beans, compromising the nutritional integrity and overall quality of the feed and oil. Research shows that U.S. soybeans have 6% lower moisture than Brazilian soybeans, giving U.S. Soy a significant advantage.

Harvesting, handling, and storage also contribute to overall damage to soybeans. This adds up across the supply chain. Therefore, choosing higher-quality soybeans from origin reduces this impact, ensuring lower damage and moisture – traits that translate to better feed. Data shows that U.S. soybeans have 5 times less total damage compared to Brazilian soybeans, making them the strategic choice for customers.

“We have found that U.S. Soy exhibits a high degree of purity and a stable moisture content,” adds Amir Boussouf, General Manager, MILAVITA in Algeria. “This has facilitated the grinding and mixing processes and minimized issues of agglomeration or deterioration during storage. As a result, we have improved operational efficiency, reduced waste, and ultimately lowered our long-term operating costs.”

Higher Digestibility: The Key to Metabolizable Energy

With lower damage that leaves amino acids intact, U.S. soybeans are more digestible and have higher bioavailability, giving them an advantage over South American soybeans. U.S. soybeans also have a higher metabolizable energy content owing to their higher sucrose levels and significantly lower fiber content. For feed formulators, this means requiring fewer added synthetic amino acids, such as lysine and methionine, reducing input costs. This is especially important in times of volatility, with rising freight costs and disrupted trade flows.

Feed made from U.S. soybeans consistently leads to lower feed conversion ratios and improved animal performance. Over time, this consistency results in a higher volume of flock cycles. Consistency is the name of the game. For poultry feed formulators, the predictability that U.S. soybeans deliver increases confidence in feed formulation, resulting in narrower safety margins and higher profits.

Sustainability, the Value Differentiator

In the United States, 95% of soybean farms are multi-generational family farms that use sustainable practices to produce more with fewer resources. U.S. Soy also has the lowest carbon footprint compared to soy of other origins and is verified sustainable under the U.S. Soy Sustainability Assurance Protocol (SSAP), a rigorous auditing process that ensures responsible growing practices.

As sustainability continues to drive purchasing decisions globally, choosing sustainable ingredients is not only a nice-to-have but an intentional business decision to build brand preference.

Strategic Sourcing as a Competitive Advantage

MENASA’s poultry industry continues to expand, and supporting its rising population needs resource optimization, efficient production, and supply chain resilience. Strategic sourcing decisions, such as U.S. Soy, can provide reliable, consistently high-quality protein, empowering poultry producers to maximize profit potential, reduce costs, and boost animal performance.

Learn how you can nourish your business with U.S. Soy at: www.ussec.org/

Poland remains Europe’s HPAI hotspot with 102 poultry outbreaks in spring 2026

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Jul 2026 15:25:09 +0700

Between 28 February and 4 June 2026, Poland remained the European country most affected by highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) in poultry, according to the latest quarterly monitoring report published by the European Food Safety Authority (EFSA), the European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control (ECDC) and the European Union Reference Laboratory for Avian Influenza (EURL).

During the reporting period, 154 HPAI A(H5N1) outbreaks were reported in poultry across 12 European countries. Poland accounted for 102 of these outbreaks, representing 66% of the total. The 102 affected establishments in Poland involved more than 5.7 million birds, representing 88% of the 6.53 million birds recorded in HPAI-affected poultry establishments across Europe during the reporting period.

According to the report, HPAI transmission persisted locally in Poland through multiple primary introductions and secondary spread between poultry flocks, making the country the main hotspot for poultry outbreaks in Europe during the spring. While overall HPAI activity declined compared with the winter months, virus circulation continued to be sustained in Poland.

Additional epidemiological information was available for 97 of the 102 outbreaks. These occurred mainly in commercial turkey, laying hen, breeder chicken and duck farms, with smaller numbers of outbreaks reported in broilers, geese and mixed-purpose poultry establishments. Indirect contact with wild birds was identified as the most likely source of introduction in 57 outbreaks, while indirect contact with poultry was considered the probable source in another 20 cases. Direct contact with wild birds was reported in one outbreak, and the source of introduction remained unknown in 19 outbreaks. Mortality was reported in 92 of the 97 investigated outbreaks.

The report notes that most outbreaks were recorded in the Mazowieckie, Wielkopolskie and Warmińsko-Mazurskie regions. Only seven of the 97 establishments for which additional information was available had outdoor access, while the remaining farms operated without outdoor access.

Across Europe, the overall number of HPAI outbreaks in poultry declined during the reporting period compared with the winter season. However, Poland continued to account for the largest share of outbreaks, underlining the importance of maintaining strict biosecurity and surveillance in areas with sustained virus circulation.

Also read: Avian influenza activity declines across Europe as spring ends

France lowers HPAI risk level and lifts nationwide poultry housing measures

First European detection of H9N2 clade G5.5 reported in Hungarian broiler farms

Pet Water Fountains: Do Dogs Really Drink More?

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Jul 2026 11:45:05 +0700

Pet water fountains have become increasingly popular in Indian homes, with brands promising healthier hydration, cleaner water, and happier pets. The central marketing claim is simple: dogs drink more water from a fountain than a bowl. But is that actually true, or is it just a clever way to sell a product most dogs do not need?

This guide examines the evidence honestly. You will learn why flowing water appeals to dogs, how much more they actually drink, which dogs benefit most, and when a fountain is genuinely worth the investment. No hype, just facts.

The Short Answer

Yes, most dogs do drink more from a water fountain. Veterinary observations and pet parent reports consistently show an increase of 20 to 50 percent in daily water intake when dogs switch from a still bowl to a circulating fountain. The increase is not universal, but it is common enough to be considered reliable for many breeds and temperaments.

The bigger question is why, and whether that extra hydration actually matters for your dog's health. The answer to both is more interesting than you might expect.

Why Dogs Prefer Moving Water

Dogs did not evolve drinking from ceramic bowls. Their instincts are shaped by thousands of years of finding water in streams, rivers, and rain puddles. Moving water signals freshness. Still water signals risk. This instinct runs deep, even in apartment-raised puppies.

Here is what makes flowing water more appealing:

Freshness signal: Moving water is naturally oxygenated and less likely to harbour bacteria. Dogs instinctively trust it more than stagnant water.
Better taste: Circulating water passes through filters that remove chlorine, sediment, and metallic flavours from Indian tap water.
Temperature: Flowing water stays slightly cooler than still water sitting in a bowl under Indian heat. Even a small temperature difference makes water more inviting.
Sound and movement: The gentle sound of trickling water draws curious dogs back to the fountain multiple times a day, creating more drinking opportunities.
Novelty factor: A fountain is more engaging than a flat bowl. Dogs interact with it more frequently, leading to small, frequent sips throughout the day.

The American Kennel Club notes that many dogs are naturally attracted to moving water and may voluntarily increase their water intake when given access to a fountain or running tap.

How Much More Do Dogs Actually Drink?

There is no single universal number, but consistent patterns emerge from vet clinics, pet parent surveys, and product testing:

Most dogs increase water intake by 20 to 50 percent within the first 2 weeks
Picky drinkers and cats often show the most dramatic increase
Dogs already drinking adequate amounts may show only a modest 10 to 15 percent increase
Some dogs show no change at all, especially confident drinkers with no preference for moving water

The increase is most visible in dogs that previously drank too little, picky drinkers, and dogs in hot Indian climates where dehydration risk is high. For dogs already meeting their hydration needs from a bowl, the increase is smaller but the water quality improvement still matters.

Does More Water Actually Help Your Dog?

Yes, within reason. Proper hydration supports nearly every body function:

Better digestion: Water moves food through the digestive tract smoothly. Mild dehydration slows digestion and causes constipation.
Healthier kidneys: Adequate water intake flushes toxins from the kidneys and reduces the risk of urinary tract issues.
Cooler body temperature: Dogs lose heat through panting, which requires water. In Indian summers above 40 degrees Celsius, even slight dehydration raises the risk of heatstroke.
Better skin and coat: Well-hydrated dogs have softer, shinier coats and less flaky skin.
Joint lubrication: Water supports synovial fluid in joints, which matters for active and senior dogs.
Improved energy: Mildly dehydrated dogs often appear tired, sluggish, and less interested in play.

The American Veterinary Medical Association emphasises that consistent access to clean, fresh water is one of the most basic and important elements of responsible pet care.

Which Dogs Benefit Most From a Fountain?

Not every dog needs a fountain, but certain groups show the clearest benefits:

Picky drinkers: Dogs that regularly leave their water bowl untouched or only sip small amounts
Dogs in hot Indian climates: Cities like Delhi, Chennai, Hyderabad, and Jaipur see summer temperatures that push dehydration risk high
Brachycephalic breeds: Pugs, Bulldogs, and Shih Tzus overheat easily and need consistent hydration to regulate body temperature
Senior dogs: Older dogs sometimes forget to drink enough. A fountain's movement serves as a visual and auditory reminder.
Dogs with kidney or urinary issues: Increased water intake dilutes urine and supports kidney filtration
Active and working dogs: Dogs that exercise heavily lose water faster and benefit from appealing, always-available clean water
Multi-pet households: Fountains hold more water and stay fresher longer than shared bowls

For healthy adult dogs that already drink well from a bowl, a fountain is a nice upgrade but not a necessity.

Fountain vs Bowl: A Fair Comparison

Both have merits. Here is an honest side-by-side look:

Freshness: Fountains win. Circulating, filtered water stays cleaner for longer. Bowl water collects dust, hair, and bacteria within hours in Indian humidity.

Cost: Bowls win. A stainless steel bowl costs a fraction of a fountain and needs no electricity, filters, or pump replacements.

Maintenance: Bowls are simpler to clean. Fountains require weekly deep cleaning, pump maintenance, and regular filter changes.

Water intake: Fountains typically win. Most dogs drink more from flowing water than still water.

Noise: Bowls are silent. Some fountain pumps hum or gurgle, which can bother nervous dogs or light sleepers.

Power dependency: Bowls work during Indian power cuts. Fountains stop circulating and filtering without electricity unless battery-backed.

Hygiene in humidity: Fountains resist bacterial slime better due to circulation, but require more effort to deep clean.

The ideal setup for most Indian homes is a fountain as the primary water source, with a backup still water bowl available for power cuts and emergencies.

What Veterinary Science Says

While large-scale clinical trials specifically on dog water fountains are limited, the veterinary consensus supports several key points:

Dogs that drink more water generally show better kidney and urinary health
Filtered, circulating water carries lower bacterial loads than still water in warm environments
Many veterinary clinics recommend fountains for dogs with chronic kidney disease, urinary crystals, or a history of dehydration
Behavioural veterinarians note that fountain interaction can serve as mild environmental enrichment for indoor dogs

The evidence is not dramatic, but it consistently favours moving water over still water for both hygiene and intake volume. For Indian conditions, where heat, humidity, and water quality vary widely, the practical advantages are even stronger.

How to Maximise Your Fountain's Effectiveness

A fountain only helps if you maintain it properly:

Clean the entire unit weekly, including pump and reservoir
Replace carbon filters every 2 to 4 weeks
Refill daily during Indian summers to prevent the pump from running dry
Place away from direct sunlight to prevent algae growth and water heating
Use filtered or clean tap water as a starting point
Monitor your dog's intake during the first 2 weeks to confirm they use the fountain
Keep a backup still bowl nearby during the transition period

A dirty fountain is worse than a clean bowl. If you cannot commit to regular maintenance, a stainless steel bowl changed twice daily serves your dog better.

When a Fountain May Not Be Worth It

A fountain is not always the right choice. Skip it if:

Your dog already drinks well from a bowl and shows no dehydration signs
You live in an area with frequent, extended power outages
You cannot commit to weekly cleaning and filter replacement
Your dog is frightened by the sound or movement of the pump
Budget is extremely tight and a quality stainless steel bowl covers your needs

A good bowl, changed and cleaned twice daily, keeps most healthy dogs well hydrated. The fountain is an upgrade, not a requirement.

Final Thoughts

Pet water fountains do help most dogs drink more. The increase is real, the hygiene benefits are measurable, and the health advantages of better hydration are well documented. But a fountain is only as good as the maintenance behind it. Clean it weekly, replace filters on schedule, and keep a backup bowl ready for power cuts. For dogs in hot Indian cities, picky drinkers, and senior pets, a fountain is one of the simplest health upgrades you can make.

Browse PetsWorld's feeding and hydration collection for trusted pet water fountains and bowls for your dog.

FAQs

Do dogs really drink more water from a fountain?

Yes, most dogs do. Veterinary observations and pet parent reports consistently show a 20 to 50 percent increase in daily water intake. The increase is most noticeable in picky drinkers, dogs in hot climates, and breeds prone to overheating.

Is a pet water fountain better than a regular bowl?

For water quality and intake volume, yes. Fountains filter, circulate, and keep water fresher. However, bowls are simpler, cheaper, and do not depend on electricity. The ideal setup combines both: a fountain for daily use and a bowl as backup.

How long does it take a dog to start using a fountain?

Most dogs start drinking from a fountain within 1 to 3 days. Some curious dogs use it immediately. Nervous dogs may take up to a week. Keep the old bowl available during the transition period and let your dog explore at their own pace.

Are water fountains hygienic in Indian humidity?

Yes, as long as you clean them regularly. Circulating water resists bacterial slime better than still water. However, Indian humidity accelerates mould and algae growth in neglected fountains. Weekly deep cleaning and filter replacement every 2 to 4 weeks keep hygiene levels high.

Can a fountain help dogs with kidney or urinary problems?

Many vets recommend increased water intake for dogs with kidney disease, urinary crystals, or chronic dehydration. A fountain encourages more drinking naturally. Always consult your vet for dogs with existing health conditions before making changes.

Rabobank raises global poultry growth forecast for 2026 to 3–3.5%

Edusehat — Tue, 30 Jun 2026 21:30:10 +0700

The global poultry industry continues to expand, prompting RaboResearch to raise its outlook for 2026. In its Global Poultry Quarterly Q3 2026, Rabobank increased its forecast for global poultry market growth from 2.5–3.0% to 3.0–3.5%, following stronger-than-expected performance across several major producing regions.

According to the report, poultry production expanded by more than 5% year-on-year during the first quarter of 2026 in many major markets. China, the European Union, South Africa, the Philippines and Brazil were among the main contributors to this growth. Poultry meat also continues to benefit from a favourable price position relative to beef, supporting an ongoing shift towards chicken consumption.

Despite the positive outlook, Rabobank notes that weaker economic conditions and increasing price sensitivity among consumers could weigh on demand, particularly in lower-income markets in southern Asia and parts of Africa.

The report also highlights a growing shift towards local production as more countries adopt food security strategies aimed at reducing dependence on imports. This trend is becoming increasingly evident across parts of Africa, the Middle East and Southeast Asia. China is identified as a notable example, having transitioned from the world’s largest chicken importer to a significant net exporter.

Global poultry trade nevertheless remained resilient during the first quarter of 2026, growing by 3.5% year-on-year despite ongoing geopolitical tensions. Trade flows to Gulf markets remained resilient, supported by key exporting countries and regional trade hubs, including Brazil, Ukraine, Türkiye, Iraq, Saudi Arabia and Oman.

Rabobank also notes that the interim agreement between the United States and Iran, which extends the ceasefire and supports the reopening of commercial traffic through the Strait of Hormuz, could reduce short-term risks for energy and shipping markets while supporting trade in poultry products and feed ingredients.

Looking ahead, the report identifies several factors that could influence market conditions, including geopolitical uncertainty, the potential effects of El Niño and a tight global breeding stock market. It also notes that the potential removal of Brazilian poultry products from EU imports could reshape international trade flows, pushing EU prices higher, Brazilian prices lower and increasing imports from alternative suppliers such as Thailand and China.

Against this backdrop, Rabobank concludes that maintaining market balance will require disciplined production planning and a continued focus on operational excellence as the poultry industry operates in an increasingly uncertain and volatile market environment.

European Union: poultry and products semi-annual. The report is out

Edusehat — Tue, 30 Jun 2026 18:00:05 +0700

The USDA semi-annual report on EU poultry forecasts growth in chicken meat production for 2026. It highlights production gains amid easing disease pressures and steady demand.

Production growth

EU chicken meat production is projected at 12.25 million metric tons (MT) in 2026, up from 12.09 MT in 2025 and 11.73 MT in 2024 (Table 1). This uptick stems from robust domestic demand, fewer high-pathogenicity avian influenza (HPAI) outbreaks, and lower energy and feed prices supporting producers’ income, especially in top producers Poland, that holds over 22% of total EU output despite health challenges.

Table 1 – Chicken meat production, supply and distribution

Environmental caps limit gains in the Netherlands, Belgium, and Germany via nitrogen emission rules.

Rising consumption

Domestic consumption climbs 1.4% to 11.235 MT in 2026, fueled by retail and HRI (hotels, restaurants, institutions) sectors. Chicken’s appeal as an affordable, healthy, versatile protein persists over red meats, aligning with long-term trends in price sensitivity and wellness. HRI demand particularly lifts per-capita intake across the EU.

Trade dynamics

Imports edge up 1% to 760,000 MT in 2026 after a 5.4% growth in 2025, driven by HRI needs. The UK remains top supplier but faces post-Brexit checks and imports declined by 8% in 2025; Ukraine stabilizes at 136,000 MT under revised DCFTA (Deep and Comprehensive Free Trade Agreement) quotas from October 2025, curbing sensitive products. Thailand (+16%) and China (+36%, over 55,000 MT for Asian HRI) gain share thanks to lower competition from Ukraine, while Brazil hits EU quota limits.

Lower-priced Ukrainian chicken meat and ongoing HPAI and ND outbreaks may continue to restrain EU exports, while lower production costs support competitiveness.

In 2026 exports are expected to rise by 2% to 1.775 MT, rebounding from 2025’s 2% dip due to HPAI/ND curbs. Losses in Vietnam (-14%) and Saudi Arabia (-21%) are offset by gains in Ghana (+15%), DR Congo (+23%), and Philippines (+65%). The UK leads markets; low costs could boost dark meat competitiveness in sub-Saharan Africa.

The EU has recently finalized and rolled out several free trade agreements (FTAs) that include concessions on livestock products. First of all, Mercosur, for whom negotiations wrapped up in December 2024, leading to formal signatures in January 2026 in Asunción, Paraguay, by representatives from the EU and the Mercosur countries (Argentina, Brazil, Paraguay, and Uruguay). The deal splits into an Interim Trade Agreement covering trade and investment, plus a broader Partnership Agreement. It features strong bilateral safeguard clauses to shield EU agriculture from market disruptions, with the European Parliament approving rules in February 2026 that allow tariff suspensions if sensitive product imports rise more than 5% above a three-year average. Duties will phase out gradually on 91% of EU exports to Mercosur and 92% of their exports to the EU, though the agreement is now under legal review by the European Court of Justice at Parliament’s request to check treaty compatibility.

For Ukraine, the EU offered temporary trade liberalization through Autonomous Trade Measures (ATMs) from June 2022 until June 2025. After that, relations reverted to the original 2014 DCFTA under Regulation 1132/2025, reimposing quotas on Ukrainian agricultural goods until late October. The revised DCFTA then took effect on October 29, 2025 (Regulation 2025/2199), expanding mutual market access beyond 2014 levels while capping EU imports of sensitive products compared to the ATM period. It adds a new safeguard mechanism and aligns Ukrainian production standards with EU rules.

Key EU policies

CAP simplification (May 2025) simplify administrative burdens and environmental requirements linked to eco-payments, effective 2026. Omnibus food safety law (December 2025) includes provisions requiring imported products to meet EU environmental, food safety, and animal welfare standards, in line with the “mirror clause” approach.

On the trade front, significant shifts are underway: the revised Ukraine DCFTA introduces caps on sensitive imports, while the Mercosur deal (formally signed in January 2026) includes agricultural safeguards like tariff suspensions if imports exceed 5%. Meanwhile, EUDR deforestation rules have been delayed until December 30, 2026, with simplifications for EU operators.

Sector implications

The report points to continued growth in 2026 for EU poultry, with export growth of around 2% and production growth of 1.3%. Poland remains the leading producer, although disease and environmental constraints persist in parts of the EU.

Source

European Union: Poultry and Products Semi-annual, USDA Foreign Agricultural Service (FAS).
https://apps.fas.usda.gov/newgainapi/api/Report/DownloadReportByFileName?fileName=Poultry%20and%20Products%20Semi-annual_Paris_European%20Union_E42026-0019.pdf

First European detection of H9N2 clade G5.5 reported in Hungarian broiler farms

Edusehat — Tue, 30 Jun 2026 14:20:09 +0700

The latest avian influenza monitoring report published by the European Food Safety Authority (EFSA), the European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control (ECDC) and the European Union Reference Laboratory for Avian Influenza (EURL) documents the first detection in Europe of low pathogenic avian influenza (LPAI) H9N2 virus belonging to clade G5.5.

The virus was detected in April 2026 in seven establishments keeping broiler chickens located within the same geographical area in Hungary. Increased mortality in one establishment initially raised suspicions of highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI). After laboratory tests ruled out H5 and H7 viruses, further investigations identified H9N2 together with infectious bronchitis virus (IBV), with pathological findings consistent with a co-infection. The source of virus introduction could not be determined.

According to the report, all affected establishments were stamped out, cleaned and disinfected. Testing for H9N2 is planned two to three weeks after repopulation.

Genetic analysis showed that the Hungarian viruses belong to clade G5.5, a lineage that is endemic in domestic poultry in parts of Africa, the Middle East and West Asia but had never previously been detected in birds in Europe. The viruses also carry the HA-Q226L mutation, a marker associated with preferential binding to human-like α2-6-linked sialic acid receptors, as observed in most H9N2 viruses of this clade.

Although H9N2 is classified as a low pathogenic avian influenza virus, EFSA and ECDC note that clade G5.5 has previously been associated with sporadic human infections outside Europe. Because the origin of the Hungarian viruses remains unknown, EFSA and ECDC recommend continued surveillance to monitor any further spread of this lineage in European poultry populations.

Source: www.efsa.europa.eu

Also read: Avian influenza activity declines across Europe as spring ends

Evolving Aquaculture Paradigms: Essential for Sustainability

Edusehat — Tue, 30 Jun 2026 07:35:05 +0700

* By Ph.D. Stephen Newman

As global aquaculture surpasses 100 million metric tons, the shift toward evolving production paradigms is no longer optional but essential for sustainability. This analysis explores how traditional methods are giving way to advanced technological frameworks, including precision genetic selection and automated husbandry. By redefining these core operational standards, the industry can ensure long-term ecological balance while meeting the rising global demand for seafood.

Global aquaculture production has grown exponentially over the last 5 decades. In 1990, aquatic animal production was around 17 million MTs contrasted with 2022 farmed production of almost 95 million MTs. Today in 2026, it is over 100 million MTs with no end apparently in sight. Although not all sectors have grown at the same rate, bivalve culture, salmon, tilapia and shrimp farming are currently the leaders.

Focusing on shrimp farming, there are many countries where paradigms that are little changed from what would have been in use a hundred years ago are still the norm. The common example of this would be non-aerated gravity fed, stocked with wild seed, dirt ponds with hand feeding and harvesting via nets.

Technological advances are ensuring greater control and for some systems may ultimately lower overall costs, resulting in greater returns on investment (ROIs) and more consistency. Aeration, the use of automatic feeders and engineered feeds, as well as genetic selection of stress and pathogen tolerant lines, pond design and advanced animal husbandry are all elements of this.

These advances, while not being adopted universally, I believe are largely inevitable in the long run to ensure sustainable production. Some will not agree although I think that ultimately the largest consumers, which will be those that are buying imported products, will want assurances regarding the manner in which the animals are being produced that include not just animal welfare but owner welfare as well.

Efficiency of farming is essential for shrimp to be priced as large volume consumed commodities. Sustainable, responsible aquaculture will reduce the pressure of a burgeoning human population on the wild fisheries, many of which, if not all, are at risk from over exploitation and environmental variability.

Advances in aeration, automatic feeders, and genetic selection for stress tolerance are transforming aquaculture paradigms. These elements ensure greater control, lowering costs and increasing ROIs for sustainable, large-scale production.

Environmental stewardship, ensuring that the impact on the environment is minimal and properly managed, is an essential element of sustainability. How best to approach this is not necessarily always straight forward and there are many disparate ideas as to what is needed. As Earth’s population continues to grow at what does not appear to be a sustainable pace, a continually changing environment along with the impact of human activities is squeezing and jeopardizing abundant food production on the land and in the sea.

There are challenges that humanity must deal with as a result of the complexities created by high population levels and the pressure this places on resource utilization. The concept that by altering an environment one can impact the need for a species to evolve or die is important. This can happen slowly or quickly.

A naturally occurring equilibrium in the aquatic microbiome is essential. Nonpathogenic Vibrio species stabilize the environment, helping control virulent strains and ensuring the balance necessary for successful monoculture systems.

Humanity has at best incomplete models of how all the pieces of what is a very complex jigsaw puzzle fit and act together. We are still unraveling the layers and while the progress in some areas is nothing short of astonishing, we are still far from having a comprehensive, cohesive model. AI could change this, but will it shape it positively?

In ecology there is a concept that as a population modifies its environment it can create changes that make it problematic for the environment to continue operating in a manner that ensures that a dependent population can thrive. There are innumerable examples where the outcome is extinction. Changes in the environment create a negative feedback loop that further weakens environmental integrity and displaces those animals, plants, bacteria, etc. that rely on the stability.

Even apparently minor disruptions in this chain can have dire impacts. There are some who believe that this is where humanity is headed unless some form of progressive change is not mandated and enforced. Not simple either.

Aquaculture is an essential element of mitigating the impact of our activities on a renewable resource that is fragile (the fishery). Climate is not something that is always the same and human activities can, do and will impact this with a myriad of environmental impacts that are potentially detrimental.

Recognizing that aquaculture, when practiced in a responsible fashion must be a component of the long-term ability of sustainable production to result in positive impacts is critical. Resource depletion is an ever-present sword of Damocles. While there are steps being taken in the right direction, there is not a framework that is universal and that everyone will agree is sustainable. There must be constraints placed on how aquaculture outputs are produced that considers the limits placed on what sustainable methods demand. Not simple either.

Disease is a natural phenomenon. It is an “inconvenience” for humans that are impacted by it. Growing any organism in artificial environments will invariably face disease challenges. The normal balance that complex highly evolved ecosystems have is not there. The risks can be reduced and in some production paradigms, at a cost, appear to be able to be largely eliminated.

Efficiency is critical for shrimp to remain a high-volume commodity. Sustainable methods must balance environmental impact with the cost-effective production required for global market accessibility and food security.

For day-to-day production on a massive scale in open to the environment systems, generally felt to be essential to ensure that shrimp are a commodity that can be sold at a price point that encourages wide spread consumption, the challenges are different than for partially and totally closed systems.

I am of the opinion that the path to sustainability requires an indepth audit by cooperating, non-conflicting, third parties with no stake in the outcome of every phase of each component of the process. Only then can a full picture evolve. Some things are much important than others and what matters is that entire ecosystems are considered with risk benefits and overviews of a spectrum of economic, social and environmental impacts. Bias and capitalist overtones limit this. This is not a onetime thing but requires adapting to change.

The aquatic microbiome is highly complex and variable. Aquaculture has been impacted significantly by elements of this. Vibrios are universally seen as problematic along with a few other genera that also can cause great harm. There are a vocal few who advocate extreme control of the entire genus among others. In my opinion, elimination of any given genus of bacteria is a fool’s errand.

Bacteria are everywhere and as we slowly unravel the pieces of this huge jigsaw it becomes increasingly obvious that they are instrumental in success and not at the root of all failures. Taking a closer look at vibrios, the nonpathogenic vibrio species (of which there are well over a hundred) are important in stabilizing the microbiome which helps to control the levels of virulent strains and ensures a balance (Figure 1). The reality is that there is a naturally occurring equilibrium that the very nature of monoculture can disrupt.

The Figure 1 demonstrates that the spectrum of vibrios present in a production system are critical for stability. Modifying the environment and how the animals are being produced can result in production systems where susceptibility is reduced to those few pathogens that are obligate. Obligate pathogens in this case being defined as specific strains of many different bacteria, fungi, viruses, etc. that will produce disease in healthy animals.

Typically, this is because of the production of virulence factors that overwhelm the ability of a healthy host to fight a given pathogen at the levels that are present in the production environment. Note that this is rarely an all or nothing phenomenon. There are examples where obligate pathogens only produce limited disease and even in some instances although animals are affected, they are able to survive without losses that reduce the value of the crop to the point where money is lost. Opportunistic pathogens abound in aquatic environments. They take advantage of weakened animals. In some instances, they even can become obligate pathogens.

Understanding factors that disrupt homeostasis is vital for sustainability. Minimizing sudden water quality changes and accumulated waste prevents immune responsiveness failure, protecting weak animals from opportunistic pathogen infections.

Stress reduction, understanding what factors negatively impact the homeostatic mechanisms needed for animals to thrive in the artificial environments we need to use to farm them economically, is essential if we are going to be able to truly consider what we are doing is sustainable. This is a fancy way of saying that when you do things that force the animal to use resources that you want geared towards converting food into biomass it comes at an expense. There are many examples of this.

A few, sudden changes in salinity or certain other water quality parameters including temperature, low or no DO, inadequate water depth, large amount of accumulated waste streams from the process itself, etc. Weak animals are susceptible to infection with opportunistic pathogens, which can jump in when obligate pathogens set the stage or they overwhelm enfeebled immune responsiveness.

Exclusion is an important principle and properly operated brood-stock programs reduce the risk of known pathogen transmission. However, unfortunately, the firewalls in some of these facilities are often breached. Some are profiting from these breaches even though a very few changes are all that is needed to minimize these risks. Technological advances can minimize these. No tool will allow farmers to take short cuts with pathogen control and stress reduction and inevitably avoid negative consequences.

Successful aquaculture relies on robust biosecurity elements, including pathogen exclusion and judicious use of disinfectants. Maintaining these protocols avoids economic catastrophes and ensures long-term profitability as production tonnages increase globally.

While populations might indeed be free of specific pathogens at the time that they are placed into hatchery systems these are rarely operated at the same level of biosecurity that a nucleus breeding facility would be. Insects, birds, the wind, water vapor, etc. are all able to enter these facilities even with tight biosecurity of personnel. Disinfectants play a role in this although much as with antibiotics they are best used judiciously when they are needed and work, leaving no discernable negative impacts.

The Figure 2, essential biosecurity elements for healthy farmed shrimp and fish, summarizes many of the various elements of biosecurity that are crucial for success, although they do not guarantee it. Failure to appreciate these can increase the odds of economic catastrophes. Profitability becomes elusive and the costs of ensuring that these elements are part of standard operating procedures results in taking short cuts which further increases the risk.

In summary, a cold hard non biased look is needed to ensure that sustainable elements of production are in place. These vary with the animal being produced, the environment it is being produced in and how things change as production systems mature. While some would argue that frameworks are in place, I see it as being a process that is evolving much as the production paradigms are. This will continue as the tonnage increases and both old and new challenges arise.

* Stephen G. Newman has a bachelor’s degree from the University of Maryland in Conservation and Resource Management (ecology) and a Ph.D. from the University of Miami, in Marine Microbiology. He has over 40 years of experience working within a range of topics and approaches on aquaculture such as water quality, animal health, biosecurity with special focus on shrimp and salmonids. He founded Aquaintech in 1996 and continues to be CEO of this company to the present day. It is heavily focused on providing consulting services around the world on microbial technologies and biosecurity issues.
sgnewm@aqua-in-tech.com
www.aqua-in-tech.com
www.bioremediationaquaculture.com

Signs Your Dog Needs a Break During Play

Edusehat — Tue, 30 Jun 2026 04:10:02 +0700

Frequent play is an important part of a dog’s overall well-being, helping to provide physical activity, maintain a healthy weight, support mental stimulation, and aid in overall happiness. While play is essential, dogs don’t always know when it’s time to slow down, and some may not recognize when they (or a playmate) are ready for a break. Whether they’re physically tired, overstimulated, or simply ready to disengage, pet parents should look at body language and behavior cues to know when to step in.

In this post, we’ll cover the signs that your pup may need to pause playing, including:

WHAT SHOULD HEALTHY PLAY LOOK LIKE IN DOGS?

When dogs are happy and enjoying play, their body language is typically relaxed and easy to read. They will have loose, floppy movements and relaxed bodies and faces.

Healthy play is balanced and reciprocal, with dogs naturally switching roles, taking turns leading the interaction, and respecting each other’s cues. This back and forth helps to make sure the game remains fun and non-threatening for all involved.

You may also notice common play signals, such as a play bow, where a dog lowers their front legs while keeping their rear end high in the air. This is typically an invitation to play or to continue playing. Larger or stronger pups may also voluntarily self-handicap by playing more gently, lying down, softening their movement, and allowing the smaller dog to “win” in order to keep the play fun for everyone.

WHAT ARE SIGNS OF PHYSICAL EXHAUSTION IN DOGS?

As pups often become so engrossed in activity, they don’t always recognize when they’ve reached their physical limit or need to take a break. Early signs of fatigue may be subtle or easily missed, so learning when to step in can help make sure your dog remains safe and comfortable during play.

Signs of fatigue or exhaustion can include, but are not limited to:

Sluggishness or decreased energy, such as moving at a slower pace than usual or struggling to get up from the ground.
Excessive panting, particularly when accompanied by a flared, wide tongue, which can be an indicator that they are overheating.
Disengaging from play by sitting, lying down, ignoring the other pups, or starting to sniff the ground during an active chase.
A full body “shake-off”, which can act as a natural reset or signal that a dog is shaking off tension and may need to briefly disengage. It is typically a sign that fatigue is on its way.

SIGNS OF OVERSTIMULATION OR STRESS IN DOGS

Exhaustion isn’t the only sign to watch for when pups are playing. Changes in body language and behavior can also indicate that a dog is becoming overwhelmed or uninterested in further play. Here are some things to look for:

Tense body language, which can appear as abrupt, stiff movements instead of bouncy, smooth play
Pinned or flattened ears or a tail tucked between legs
Sudden freezing, where a dog stops moving or becomes completely rigid
Raised hackles (hair along the neck or back), which can signal uncertainty or high anxiety
Avoidance behaviors where a dog repeatedly backs away, hides, or tries to leave the play area

At Dogtopia, our Canine Coaches are expertly trained to understand dog body language and how to recognize when pups may need a break from play. When needed, they will step in to redirect activity and provide necessary breaks and structured rest periods so pups can recharge and remain safe, comfortable, and happy throughout the day.

Reach out to your local Dogtopia today to give your dog a safe, supervised environment where play and rest are carefully balanced throughout the day.

This blog was reviewed/edited by Dogtopia’s Senior Director of Health & Safety Lorraine Rhoads, an experienced animal biologist and environmental scientist.

The post Signs Your Dog Needs a Break During Play appeared first on Dogtopia.

Disciplined rotation key to keeping anticoccidials effective

Edusehat — Tue, 30 Jun 2026 00:05:04 +0700

Coccidiosis remains the number one disease challenge facing the poultry industry, and it rarely operates alone. Its close relationship with necrotic enteritis means that consistent control affects not only intestinal health but overall flock performance.

In the opening session of Phibro Academy’s three-part webinar series, “Coccidiosis Tools and Strategies ,” Greg Mathis, PhD, president of Southern Poultry Research, Inc., focused squarely on anticoccidials and the importance of long-term planning.

His central message was straightforward: the industry must preserve the tools it already has. And this requires disciplined rotation and shuttle programs, rather than heavy reliance on any single product.

A limited arsenal

US producers currently have 12 approved anticoccidial drugs: seven chemicals, four ionophores and one combination product. Most are more than 50 years old.

“We only have 12 drugs. They’re over 50 to 60 years old, and that is really all that we have,” Mathis said. The fact that many remain effective is a testament to rotation and shuttle strategies. But history shows what happens when those principles slip.

When success leads to overuse

Mathis pointed to ionophores in the 1970s and 1980s, diclazuril after its US introduction in the 1990s and clopidol after its return to the market. In each case, strong efficacy and favorable economics encouraged extensive use.

With diclazuril, global experience had already shown that resistance could develop if overused. “It was such a great drug…of course, that led to using it extensively, and that led to resistance,” he noted.

Clopidol followed a similar pattern. After several years off the market, sensitivity had largely returned. The plan was conservative use, but repeated exposure again reduced effectiveness. The lesson is clear: short-term gains can erode long-term sustainability.

Why rotation works

Anticoccidial resistance is believed to arise from the selection of pre-existing mutants. The longer and more intensely a product is used, the stronger the selection pressure. “Rotation programs and a change of mode of action eliminate this pressure to select these pre-existing mutants,” Mathis explained.

True rotation requires a meaningful change in the mechanism of action of a given molecule. Moving from a chemical to an ionophore, or shifting between ionophores from different classes, alters the biological pressure on the parasite population. Continuing exposure to the same molecule — even at different inclusion levels — extends that pressure. “If we didn’t rotate and shuttle, [all the anticoccidial drugs] would be gone,” Mathis warned.

Ionophores: decreased sensitivity, not total resistance

Ionophores remain critical tools. Extensive historical use has reduced sensitivity in some operations, yet Mathis emphasized that total resistance to ionophores has not been noted to date.

Ionophores provide both direct control and immunological control. They allow controlled cycling of coccidia, supporting immunity while limiting clinical disease. That dual action complicates the interpretation of lesion scores. Lesions may be present, yet performance remains acceptable because immunity is developing.

Even without total resistance, however, reduced sensitivity reinforces the need to rotate away periodically.

Synthetic anticoccidials: powerful but vulnerable

Synthetic anticoccidials often deliver strong coccidicidal activity. That potency can suppress infections rapidly — but it can also accelerate resistance if mismanaged. “To some degree, resistance has developed to each and every anticoccidial,” Mathis noted.

Some synthetic anticoccidials are stage-specific in their activity, which highlights why program design must consider species composition, timing and challenge pressure. Season, housing, litter conditions and market age all influence outcomes. Rotation strategy must reflect biology — not simply cost or return on investment.

The role of sensitivity testing

Anticoccidial sensitivity testing (AST) remains a valuable planning tool, but interpretation requires context. “You can’t just take an AST result and generalize it,” Mathis cautioned.

Dose, species mix and challenge level all influence results. With ionophore anticoccidials in particular, lesion scores alone may not tell the full story because of their immunological component. Performance indicators such as feed conversion and weight gain must be evaluated alongside lesion scoring.

Vaccination, bio-shuttle programs

Vaccination provides another strategic lever. By introducing drug-sensitive strains, vaccines can displace resistant field populations.

Mathis described how diclazuril resistance declined in complexes that transitioned to vaccination, effectively replacing resistant strains with sensitive ones.

Bio-shuttle programs — using a low dose of an anticoccidial to modulate vaccine cycling — can help manage peak oocyst shedding and potentially reduce necrotic enteritis risk. Timing is critical to avoid interfering with immunity development.

Long-term thinking is essential

Managing coccidiosis purely for immediate performance gains increases the risk of losing sensitivity across a limited arsenal of drugs.

“We have only so many drugs,” Mathis reminded attendees, stressing that preserving them requires discipline, strategic rotation and a willingness to prioritize sustainability over short-term advantage.

This article is based on the first session in Phibro Academy’s three-part webinar series, “Coccidiosis tools and strategies.” To access the full webinar series, click here.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Disciplined rotation key to keeping anticoccidials effective appeared first on Modern Poultry.

European farmers, a heat wave and trains

Edusehat — Mon, 29 Jun 2026 20:45:05 +0700

Last week, I was up north, travelling around Chester and Stafford. The first was the European Dairy Farmers Conference at Chester Racecourse, where farmers from around the EU and UK gathered together to assess both the UK’s place in European farming, and the overall status of the sector. As it has now been 10 years since the Brexit vote, it was a good time to assess what has occurred on that front. The trade outlook is not as dire as it used to be, and new options are emerging. It was also a good time to look at the end of the quota system in Europe, as was discussed.

As one speaker noted, there have been a series of black swan events over the last several years, ranging from a global pandemic to a Middle East conflict that seems to expand ever larger. Meanwhile, in the UK, the number of dairy farmers has dropped below 7,000, with one in five British farmers stepping away. It has not impacted the output, with more milk being produced from fewer cows, and the drive to ensure that every calf has a successful life, according to Susie Stannard of the AHDB.

It was also noted that investment is occurring in the British dairy system, and the UK remains a fantastic place to produce milk, with both consumers eager to consume it, and the climate continuing to be suitable for cows.

The protein trend shows no signs of abating, and most people like a bit of cheese or ice cream. Overall, it was a positive event, although the heat wave kept the animals at Chester Zoo from emerging for the barbecue on one of the evenings.

Dr Judith Bryans was unable to attend in person due to the ongoing heat wave and transport issues (I had gotten up there a couple of days earlier and still missed one of my trains due to the heat issues), but sent a video about Dairy UK‘s work and the ongoing Dairy Roadmap. We work around the weather!

The post European farmers, a heat wave and trains appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

INFAH National Seminar 2026

Edusehat — Mon, 29 Jun 2026 20:35:07 +0700

INFAH National Seminar Charts a New Blueprint for India’s Animal Health and Nutrition

Policymakers and Industry Leaders Convene in New Delhi to Drive Regulatory Harmony, Innovation, and Manufacturing Leadership

NEW DELHI — June 12, 2026 — The Indian Federation of Animal Health Companies (INFAH) successfully hosted its landmark National Seminar today at the India Habitat Centre, New Delhi.

Anchored in the theme “Reimagining Animal Health & Nutrition in India: Driving Ease of Doing Business, Innovation & Leadership” the seminar brought together a gathering of policymakers, leading veterinary scientists, corporate leaders, and academic stalwarts to map out a resilient growth trajectory for the country’s animal healthcare and livestock ecosystem.

The seminar underscored INFAH’s core mission, “Healthy Animals, Healthier India,” demonstrating the critical link between high-standard veterinary healthcare, rural farmer prosperity, national food safety, and public health. Key discussions focused on advancing ease of doing business through modern regulatory frameworks, collaborative governance, and scalable technological innovation.

Fostering Regulatory Vision & Ease of Doing Business

The technical programme was opened by Dr. Vinayak Surve, Joint Secretary, INFAH, reaffirming INFAH’s guiding mission: “Healthy Animals, Healthier India.” This was followed by a welcome address by Dr. Manoj Sood, General Secretary and a national perspective presentation by Mr. Vijay Teng, President, INFAH. Mr. Teng outlined the sector’s macroeconomic contributions and set strategic benchmarks for the sector’s growth.

Delivering the keynote on the regulatory roadmap, Dr. Praveen Malik, CEO of Agrinnovate India and former Animal Husbandry Commissioner (Govt. of India), highlighted the need for a seamless government-industry partnership. Dr. Malik detailed how proactive and transparent governance is turning administrative ease into commercial reality, enabling rapid market launches for vital veterinary therapeutics.

Addressing National Priorities: Disease Mitigation and Food Security

Emphasizing systemic public health resilience, Dr. J.P.S. Gill, Vice Chancellor of GADVASU, delivered a keynote on national disease mitigation. Dr. Gill outlined actionable approaches to reduce the livestock disease burden and championed a comprehensive ‘One Health’ framework to counter antimicrobial resistance (AMR) and zoonotic vulnerabilities.

A major highlight was the felicitation of Dr. Naveena B. Maheswarappa, Animal Husbandry Commissioner at DAHD, following his election as Chairperson of the FAO COAG Subcommittee on Livestock. In his address, “India’s Opportunity through Reform & Innovation,” Dr. Naveena presented a roadmap demonstrating how the animal health industry serves as an engine for GDP growth and Atmanirbhar Bharat.

Dr. Raghvendra Bhatta, Deputy Director General (Animal Sciences) at ICAR, presented animal nutrition as a strategic national priority, outlining how optimized livestock health and nutrition enhances productivity, secures consumer food safety, and directly elevates smallholder farmer incomes across rural India.

Publications Launch and Multi-Sectoral Policy Dialogues

During the event, Dr. Arun Atrey and Dr. Nitin Bhatia, alongside senior dignitaries, officially released INFAH’s comprehensive report on Indian animal healthcare antibiotic usage in 2025.

Distributed as part of official delegate kits, the publication highlights that while India’s livestock sector’s steady annual growth rate is over 5%, prevalent infectious diseases remain a critical productivity challenge. In 2025, total antibiotic consumption reached 1,075 tons, reflecting a 5.7% growth over 2024’s 1,017 tons. Fluoroquinolones were found to be the country’s most utilized antimicrobial class. Overall annual industry usage has grown at a stable five-year CAGR of 2.8%. This full report is available for download from the official INFAH website.

Following a global macro-perspective virtual address by Carel du Marchie Sarvaas, Executive Director of HealthForAnimals, the seminar moved into four technical policy panel sessions:

• Policy Session 1: Regulatory Framework for Animal Health Drugs and Biologicals – Chaired by Dr. Naveena B. Maheswarappa and co-chaired by Dr. Arun Atrey, with panellists Dr. Rubina Bose, Dr. Aruna Sharma, Dr. P. Dhar, Dr. M. Kalaivani, Dr. Vijay Makhija, and Dr. Sanjay Gavkare. The session examined science-based regulatory alignment with CDSCO, DAHD, IVRI, and IPC for fast-tracked, compliant approvals.

• Policy Session 2: Animal Health and Nutrition as a National Priority – Chaired by Dr. Ashis Kumar Samanta (ADG, ICAR) and co-chaired by Mr. Deepak Khosla, with panellists Dr. N.K. Mahajan, Dr. Gagan Garg, Dr. Hundal, Mr. Pradeep Sharma, Mr. Arun Sharma, and Dr. Raja Mukherjee. Discussions centred on BIS standards and enhanced livestock nutrition.

• Policy Session 3: From Reform to Leadership – Chaired by Dr. Praveen Malik and co-chaired by Dr. Yash Goyal, with panellists Dr. Sindura Ganapathi, Dr. Annie Jacob, Ms. Pushpa Vijayaraghavan, Mr. Gaurav Marathe, and Mr. Rajaram Narayanan. The session built an industrial blueprint to accelerate infrastructure development and high-value domestic manufacturing under ‘Make in India’.

• Policy Session 4: Innovation and Focus on Ayurveda and Phytogenics – Chaired by Dr. Ashok Kumar (Former ADG (AH), ICAR) and co-chaired by Dr. Anup Kalra, with panelists Dr. Raman Singh, Dr. Hari Kumar, Dr. Shivi Maini, and Dr. Divya Divakaran. The session pioneered integration of traditional Indian scientific knowledge with modern validation methods for global export excellence.

The seminar culminated in a Valedictory Session and a Vote of Thanks delivered by Dr. Nitin Bhatia, who acknowledged the collective commitment of government ministries, academic institutions, and private organizations in advancing veterinary standards across India.

About INFAH

The Indian Federation of Animal Health Companies (INFAH) is the apex industry body representing the animal health, therapeutics, and biologicals sector in India. Dedicated to its mission of “Healthy Animals, Healthier India,” INFAH bridges government bodies, research institutes, regulatory authorities, and industry to advance world-class veterinary care, ease of doing business, and science-based nutrition.

The post INFAH National Seminar 2026 appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

Overview of worm infestations in chickens: integrated control, preventive strategies, and novel diagnostic tools

Edusehat — Mon, 29 Jun 2026 20:25:09 +0700

The transition toward alternative and free-range housing systems has led to a renewed increase in helminth infection pressure in poultry production. Intestinal worms not only cause direct gastrointestinal damage but also impair immune competence and productivity, emphasizing the need for accurate diagnosis, monitoring, and flock-specific control strategies. Integrated prevention, evidence-based deworming programs, and continued research into novel diagnostic and control approaches are essential for sustainable helminth management in modern poultry systems.

➤ Hilde Van Meirhaeghe^1,2, Swati Karki^1,3, Giuditta Tilli¹, Maarten De Gussem^1,2

¹Vetworks bvba, Knokstraat 38, Poeke B-9880, Belgium (hilde.vanmeirhaeghe@vetworks.eu; giuditta.tilli@vetworks.eu; maarten.degussem@vetworks.eu)

² Faculty of Veterinary Medicine, University of Ghent, Salisburylaan 133, 9820 Merelbeke, Belgium

³ Poulpharm bvba, Prins Albertlaan 112, 8870 Izegem, Belgium

Re-emergence of worm infestations in modern poultry production

Back in time, the shift from extensive, free-range keeping on the farmyard or in pens to intensive poultry production with permanent housing and the use of battery cages has largely eliminated worm diseases¹. Due to consumer demand for higher animal welfare standards, the trend has now reversed: chickens are once again spending time outdoors, and following the EU ban on conventional battery cages, the prevalence of worm infections has increased. This higher risk applies not only to free-range chickens but to all housing systems where birds can scratch and peck, thereby coming into contact with feces. According to a recent study looking at the prevalence of worms in worldwide poultry production, the most prevalent worm species are the large roundworm (Ascaridia galli), the small roundworm (Heterakis gallinarum), hairworms (Capillaria spp.), and the large tapeworm (Raillietina cesticillus), out of more than 30 worm species detected². Other species are less common in industrially housed chickens, such as the small tapeworm (Davainea proglottina) and the gape worm (Syngamus trachea).

What should be taken into account for an effective deworming program

To assess and control worm infections, it is essential to understand different key aspects of worms:

Life cycle

The roundworms (Ascaridia, Heterakis, and Capillaria) have a direct life cycle: the worm eggs develop in the external environment, and after 1–2 weeks, a larva forms inside the egg. When the egg is ingested by a chicken, the larva is released and begins its migration through the various stages of the parasite within the gastrointestinal tract. Some larval stages embed in the intestinal wall, while the adult worm resides in the intestinal lumen or in the folds of the mucosa.

The tapeworms (Raillietina, Davainea) have an indirect life cycle: the eggs develop into larvae (cysticercoids) within an intermediate host such as beetles or flies. Chickens ingest the infected intermediate host and the larva is released in the intestine, attaches to the intestinal wall, and develops into an adult worm. After 2–3 weeks, mature segments containing eggs (proglottids) are excreted in the feces and can be ingested by the intermediate host again.

Prepatent period

The prepatent period is the time between ingestion of an infective egg by a chicken and the shedding of worm eggs by the same chicken. This period should be known, as it varies by worm species and is a critical factor when designing a control program.

Mechanisms of resistance in the environment

Worm eggs are highly resilient and, under favorable conditions of temperature, relative humidity, and oxygen availability, can remain infective for months or even years. If the life cycle also involves an intermediate or transport host, such as an earthworm, the parasite’s survival chances are further increased. A transport host serves as a protective carrier for the parasite but is not essential to complete the life cycle. Table 1 summarizes the key aspects for the main worm species.

Table 1 – Summary of the main characteristics of the different worm species

Main problems in poultry production caused by worm infestations

Young birds are particularly susceptible to worm infections; in older birds, the effects are often less severe, suggesting the development of a certain degree of natural immunity. The impact also largely depends on the worm burden and on the level of infection pressure.

Direct damage caused by worms

Ascaridia galli causes inflammation and bleeding in the intestinal wall due to larvae penetrating the mucosa of the small intestine. This results in damage to the intestinal lining, which can lead to diarrhea and reduced nutrient absorption. In cases of heavy infestation, intestinal obstruction may occur due to tangles of roundworms. In laying hens or breeding birds, sudden drops in egg production may be observed. Very rarely, but occasionally reported, worms may reach the egg via migration through the abdominal cavity to the oviduct or via the cloaca. While this does not pose a significant public health risk, it can understandably alarm consumers.

Heterakis gallinarum generally causes limited direct damage, as the worms primarily reside in the cecal lumen and larvae remain in the cecal wall only briefly. Nevertheless, the ceca may exhibit localized inflammation and mucosal thickening. Importantly, Heterakis gallinarum acts as the intermediate host for Histomonas meleagridis, a flagellated protozoan responsible for blackhead disease. Histomonas is an example of a “superparasite”: it not only requires an intermediate host (Heterakis gallinarum) but can also persist in a transport host, such as earthworms, for extended periods, greatly enhancing its spread. Blackhead, well known in turkeys, can also cause severe diseases in laying hens or breeding birds, primarily through cecal inflammation.

Capillaria spp. may be found in the crop and esophagus, but primarily in the small intestine. Mild infections cause thickening and inflammation of the crop and esophagus. Severe infections of the small intestine result in bloody diarrhea, weight loss, and anemia. In free-range or litter-reared chickens, the number of Capillaria eggs can increase significantly, leading to heavy infestations. In laying hens, this may cause reduced egg production and vitamin A deficiency, and in breeding birds, hatchability can be compromised.

Raillietina cesticillus infection can lead to weight loss, weakness, impaired growth, and decreased egg production. This tapeworm resides in the intestinal lumen, and damage is primarily due to competition for nutrients with the host. Eggs are shed in feces approximately two weeks after ingestion of an infected intermediate host, and if an intermediate host is present, it can facilitate new infections. Under favorable conditions, infection pressure can increase rapidly, and eggs can survive for extended periods within the intermediate host.

Indirect damage caused by worms

Beyond the direct damage caused by worms, primarily in the gastrointestinal tract, worm infections also affect the overall health status of chickens. Typically chronic rather than acute symptoms are observed. Worms compete with the host for feed nutrients, which can lead to deficiencies resulting in growth retardation, reduced production, and decreased immunity. In general, infested chickens are less active; however, they may also exhibit more aggressive behavior and take more dust baths.

Because chickens infested with worms have reduced resistance, they are more susceptible to other pathogens, including bacteria and viruses. Local intestinal damage caused by worms facilitates the entry of organisms through the gut wall, increasing their pathogenic potential. Moreover, bacteria or viruses may be present on or within worm eggs, contributing to their spread. This has been reported, for example, with Salmonella and adenoviruses and reoviruses.

Is there natural resistance to worms?

Worm infestations trigger a broad range of immune responses. This is due not only to the parasite’s complex antigenic structure but also to the presence of different developmental stages (larvae and adult worms) located in various tissues. Chickens can develop protective immunity against worms, which helps maintain infection at a low level. Such immunity reduces egg production by the worms, prolongs the prepatent period, and limits worm growth. However, under heavy infection pressure, natural resistance may be insufficient to provide protection. Natural resistance depends on factors such as age, genetic predisposition, hormonal status (e.g., onset of laying), stress, and nutrition.

Diagnosis and monitoring: old and new tools

To determine when a flock should be treated and how it responds to treatment, it is essential to use a reliable method for diagnosis and monitoring. The goal is to identify which worm species are present and to assess the severity of the infestation. On top of the traditional methodologies, new diagnostic and monitoring tools linked to early detection of roundworm infestations are currently being used. A full overview of all the tools is presented in Table 2.

Diagnostic tool	Description	Pros	Cons
Clinical symptoms	Observation of clinical symptomatology from the flock. Tip for success: Start the visit by observing the whole flock signals (What am I seeing, hearing, smelling, feeling? What is the signal behind?).	Non-invasive, minimal equipment needed, could be frequently done.	Very non-specific symptoms (e.g., inactivity, weight loss, increased FCR, drop in production, anemia, ruffled feathers) or no measurable symptoms.
Direct detection of worms	Post-mortem examination of the gut. Qualitative and quantitative assessment can be done (i.e., which worms are present and how many). Tip for success: Proper selection of birds in the barn and examination of the gut throughout its whole length. For round worms: counting of the worms; for tapeworms: counting of the heads (scolex) attached to the intestinal lumen.	Confirmation of the presence of the worms, species identification, quantification of worm infestation burden.	Requires training, valuable birds could be euthanized, small sample size.
Indirect detection of worms	Fecal examination allows determination of the worm species present in the flock. By counting the number of worm eggs per gram of feces (EPG, eggs per gram), an estimate of infestation intensity can be obtained. Tip for success: Collection of representative samples from the flock (mixture of fresh faeces and droppings collected proportionally from different parts of the barn).	Non-invasive methodology, confirmation of the presence of the worms.	Requires training, late diagnosis, difficult to differentiate eggs from some species (e.g., A. galli vs. H. gallinarum), intermittent shedding of eggs (prepatent period) and in varying numbers (immune status).
Serology	ELISA assays designed for the early detection of roundworm infestations are based on the identification of parasite-specific antigens that elicit an immune response in the chicken. Tip for success: Start monitoring the flocks at six weeks.	High sensitivity and specificity, early detection, flock surveillance.	Limited quantification of worm burden, laboratory requirements and costs.

Table 2 – Summary of the main monitoring and diagnostic tools for worm infestations in poultry

Before deciding to initiate treatment, one should consider not only the results of fecal and post-mortem examinations but also the overall health status of the flock.

Treatment options

A good anthelmintic for poultry should be effective against adult worms, larval stages, and eggs, and should cover the different helminth species commonly found in chickens. All birds within the flock must ingest an adequate amount of the product. For this reason, treatment is administered over several consecutive days. Currently in Europe only two active substances are approved for deworming in chickens: flubendazole and fenbendazole. Both can be administered either via feed (powder formulation) or drinking water (oral suspension/emulsion). There is no withdrawal period for eggs. Additional active substances that can be used outside Europe are albendazole, piperazine, and levamisole.

Most helminth species become clinically relevant only when present in large numbers. It is also important to consider the specific worm species identified, as their pathogenicity varies and the prepatent period differs among species.

Different deworming strategies

The goal of an effective control program against worm infections is to maintain infection pressure on the farm as low as possible. Even after deworming, litter or outdoor areas remain contaminated with worm eggs and, in some cases, with intermediate or transport hosts, resulting in continuous reinfection. Two main approaches can be applied: “monitored” or “strategic” monitoring programs.

Monitored treatment involves regular monitoring and intervention only when infection is detected. This carries the risk that significant damage may already have occurred by the time treatment is applied. Strategic treatment involves deworming at regular intervals before eggs can develop into new worms (i.e., within the prepatent period). In theory, this means:

Large roundworm: every 6 weeks
Small roundworm: every 4 weeks
Hairworms: every 3 weeks

Typically, it is recommended to deworm young birds every 6-8 weeks. As hens age, longer intervals can be implemented, because the prepatent period tends to increase. Pullets intended for production should ideally be dewormed before entering lay. This prevents harmful effects of worms during the period when hens are most susceptible, at the onset of laying.

Prevention of worm infestations

As with any infection, preventing introduction is essential in controlling worm infestations. Worm eggs are highly resistant and can survive for extended periods under favorable conditions, such as in free-range environments. Complete disinfection of outdoor areas is practically impossible, but rotation of grazing areas and proper drainage can reduce infection risk.

Feces or litter from infested farms can be introduced via trucks, visitors, or other fomites. Therefore, decontamination measures before entering in contact with the birds (e.g., hygiene locks) should be thoroughly implemented. Another critical point is the control of pests, insects, and wild birds, which is particularly challenging in free-range systems.

Take-home messages

Nearly all floor-housed poultry farms are affected by helminth infections, and the increasing adoption of alternative and free-range systems is expected to further raise infection pressure across the sector. Beyond gastrointestinal damage, helminths impair general health and immune competence, contributing to production losses through nutrient competition and interaction with other pathogens.

Effective control requires a flock-specific, evidence-based deworming strategy integrated into overall farm management and guided by accurate diagnosis and monitoring. Given the renewed relevance of helminth infections under modern housing conditions, further research into resistance, alternative control measures, vaccination, and environmental management is essential for sustainable long-term control.

Bibliography

¹Janssens, P. G., Vercruysse, J., & Jansen, J. (1989). Worms and worm diseases in humans and domestic animals.

²Shifaw, A., Feyera, T., Walkden-Brown, S. W., Sharpe, B., Elliott, T., & Ruhnke, I. (2021). Global and regional prevalence of helminth infection in chickens over time: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Poultry Science, 100(5), article 101082. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psj.2021.101082

Philippines launches animal vaccine programme to support ASF and avian influenza preparedness

Edusehat — Mon, 29 Jun 2026 13:15:14 +0700

The Philippine Department of Agriculture (DA) has launched a ₱140.9-million Animal Vaccine Development Program (AVDP) aimed at supporting the country’s livestock and poultry sectors through the development of locally produced animal vaccines.

The programme was formally launched on 15 June by Agriculture Secretary Francisco Tiu Laurel Jr. in partnership with the DA-National Livestock Program, the Bureau of Animal Industry, the Philippine Carabao Center and Central Luzon State University.

According to the Department of Agriculture, the initiative is intended to support the swine and poultry industries, including efforts to address the impact of African swine fever (ASF) and avian influenza. Funding has been allocated at ₱77.6 million for 2026, ₱30.6 million for 2027 and ₱32.7 million for 2028, for a total of ₱140.9 million over three years.

A central element of the programme is the establishment of a Biosafety Level 3 facility, which will allow researchers to safely handle high-risk animal pathogens and support vaccine development activities.

Initial research will focus on vaccine candidates for African swine fever and foot-and-mouth disease (FMD). The Department of Agriculture noted that while the Philippines remains free of FMD, outbreaks in neighbouring countries continue to pose a potential risk.

Agriculture Secretary Francisco Tiu Laurel Jr. said locally developed vaccines could offer advantages over imported products because they can be tailored to pathogen strains circulating in the country. He described the programme as part of broader efforts to strengthen food security and improve disease resilience in the livestock and poultry sectors.

Choosing the Right Pet Water Fountain for Hydration

Edusehat — Mon, 29 Jun 2026 13:10:05 +0700

Water is the single most important nutrient for your dog, yet it is the one most Indian pet parents overlook. A still bowl of water sitting in a corner all day collects dust, hair, and bacteria, especially in Indian heat and humidity. Many dogs drink less than they should simply because stagnant water does not appeal to them.

A pet water fountain changes that. Moving water stays fresher, tastes better, and encourages dogs to drink more throughout the day. This guide helps you choose the right pet water fountain for your home, covering types, features, materials, and the specific challenges of keeping pets hydrated in Indian conditions.

Why Hydration Matters So Much for Dogs

Water makes up roughly 60 to 70 percent of a healthy dog's body weight. It supports every biological function, from digestion and joint lubrication to temperature regulation and toxin removal. Even mild dehydration affects your dog more than most pet parents realise.

Signs of dehydration include:

Dry nose and gums
Thick, sticky saliva
Lethargy and reduced energy
Sunken eyes
Loss of skin elasticity (the skin pinch test)
Dark yellow urine

The American Kennel Club notes that dogs need approximately 30 to 50 ml of water per kilogram of body weight daily. In Indian summers, this requirement can double.

Indian summers push temperatures past 40 degrees Celsius in many cities. Dogs pant to cool down, losing water rapidly. Without consistent access to clean, appealing water, dehydration creeps in faster than most pet parents expect.

Why a Water Fountain Works Better Than a Bowl

A still water bowl does the basic job, but a fountain brings clear advantages:

Encourages more drinking: Flowing water attracts dogs instinctively. Many dogs drink 30 to 50 percent more from a fountain than a still bowl.
Keeps water fresher: Circulation and filtration reduce bacteria, dust, and hair that collect in a still bowl within hours in Indian conditions.
Filters out impurities: Most fountains include activated carbon or foam filters that remove chlorine, sediment, and odour from tap water.
Cooler water in summer: Circulating water stays slightly cooler than stagnant water sitting in direct heat.
Reduces slime buildup: Still bowls develop a slimy bacterial film within 24 hours in humid Indian weather. Fountains resist this through constant movement.
Less frequent refilling: Most fountains hold 1.5 to 3 litres, reducing the number of daily refills compared to small bowls.
Great for picky drinkers: Some dogs refuse still water but drink eagerly from a running stream.

Types of Pet Water Fountains

Fountains come in several designs. Each suits different dogs and households.

1. Free-Falling Stream Fountains

Water flows from a raised spout and falls into a bowl below. The sound and movement attract dogs naturally. The most common and affordable design. Works well for most small to medium dogs.

2. Bubbling or Dome Fountains

Water bubbles up gently from the centre of a dome or raised platform. Quieter than free-falling designs. Ideal for nervous dogs, cats, and senior pets that prefer gentle water movement over splashing.

3. Multi-Tier or Cascading Fountains

Water flows down multiple levels, creating several drinking points at different heights. Perfect for multi-pet households where dogs of different sizes need to drink comfortably. Holds more water overall, reducing refill frequency.

4. Gravity-Fed Water Dispensers

Not technically a fountain, but a popular alternative. A bottle sits inverted above a tray, releasing water as the level drops. No electricity needed. Best for budget-conscious pet parents or homes with frequent power cuts. Does not filter or circulate water.

5. Smart or WiFi-Enabled Fountains

Connect to a smartphone app for remote monitoring. Track water levels, filter life, and daily drinking volume. Some send low-water alerts. Useful for working professionals and tech-savvy pet parents who want to monitor hydration remotely.

Fountain Materials: Which Is Best?

The material affects durability, hygiene, and taste. Choose carefully:

Stainless steel: The gold standard. Hygienic, scratch resistant, and easy to clean. Does not harbour bacteria in crevices. Handles Indian humidity well. Slightly more expensive.
Ceramic: Heavy, stable, and aesthetic. Easy to clean and does not retain odours. Can chip or crack if dropped. Best for indoor use on stable surfaces.
BPA-free plastic: Lightweight, affordable, and widely available. Scratches over time, which can harbour bacteria. Needs more frequent cleaning and replacement. Some dogs develop chin acne from prolonged contact with plastic.

For Indian homes, stainless steel is usually the best long-term investment. It resists heat, humidity, and the bacterial challenges that come with a warm climate.

Key Features to Look For

Not every fountain is built equally. Prioritise these features:

Multi-stage filtration: Activated carbon filters remove chlorine and odour. Foam filters catch hair and debris. Look for fountains with at least two filtration stages.
Quiet pump: Loud motors scare nervous dogs and annoy families. Submersible pumps are usually quieter than external ones.
Water capacity: 1.5 to 2 litres for small dogs. 2 to 3 litres for medium breeds. 3 litres or more for large breeds and multi-pet households.
Easy disassembly: Every part that touches water should come apart for cleaning. Hard-to-reach corners grow mould fast in Indian humidity.
Low-water indicator or auto shut-off: Prevents the pump from running dry and burning out.
Power cord safety: Chew-resistant cords and a short cord design prevent electrical accidents.
Replacement filter availability: Check that replacement filters are easily available in India before buying.

How to Set Up and Maintain a Pet Water Fountain

A fountain only stays effective with proper setup and regular cleaning.

Setup Tips

Place on a flat, stable surface away from direct sunlight
Keep near your dog's usual resting or feeding area
Use a splash mat underneath to protect flooring
Fill with filtered or clean tap water. Avoid extremely hard water if possible.
Run the fountain for 10 minutes before letting your dog drink, to flush any initial residue

Cleaning Schedule

Rinse and refill daily in summer, every 2 days in winter
Deep clean the entire fountain weekly: disassemble, scrub, rinse, and dry
Replace carbon filters every 2 to 4 weeks depending on use
Replace foam pre-filters every 2 to 3 weeks
Descale the pump monthly if you use hard water
Check for slime on any surface, which signals a cleaning is overdue

The American Veterinary Medical Association advises that clean, accessible drinking water is essential for pet health. Regular cleaning of water vessels prevents bacterial and fungal contamination.

Hydration Tips for Indian Summers

Indian heat demands extra attention to hydration:

Place multiple water stations around the house, not just one fountain
Add ice cubes to the fountain reservoir during peak afternoon heat
Offer water-rich treats like watermelon (seedless), cucumber, and frozen curd cubes
Monitor your dog's water intake during May and June when dehydration risk is highest
Clean the fountain more often during monsoon to prevent algae and bacterial growth
Keep a backup still water bowl available in case of power cuts affecting the fountain pump
Never restrict water access for any dog, especially active breeds and senior dogs

Common Mistakes to Avoid

A few simple errors reduce a fountain's effectiveness:

Skipping regular filter replacements, which defeats the purpose of filtration
Placing the fountain in direct sunlight, which heats water and speeds algae growth
Running the pump dry when water runs low, which burns out the motor
Using only the fountain and removing all still water bowls. Keep a backup.
Ignoring slimy buildup, which indicates bacterial contamination
Buying a fountain without checking if replacement filters are available in India

Final Thoughts

A pet water fountain is one of the simplest upgrades you can make for your dog's daily health. It keeps water cleaner, cooler, and more inviting, which means your dog drinks more and stays better hydrated. Pick a stainless steel fountain with multi-stage filtration, clean it weekly, replace filters on schedule, and keep a backup bowl for power cuts. In Indian summers, this small investment pays back in healthier skin, better digestion, and fewer dehydration scares.

Browse PetsWorld's feeding and hydration collection for trusted pet water fountains, bowls, and accessories for your dog.

FAQs

Do dogs really drink more from a water fountain?

Yes, most dogs do. Studies and vet observations show that many dogs drink 30 to 50 percent more from flowing water than from a still bowl. The movement, freshness, and filtration make water more appealing. Some picky drinkers show dramatic improvement.

Which fountain material is best for Indian homes?

Stainless steel is the best choice for Indian conditions. It resists heat, humidity, and bacterial buildup better than plastic or ceramic. It is also easier to clean and does not scratch over time.

How often should I clean a pet water fountain?

Rinse and refill daily during Indian summers. Deep clean the entire fountain weekly by disassembling all parts and scrubbing. Replace carbon filters every 2 to 4 weeks. Clean more frequently during monsoon when humidity accelerates bacterial growth.

Can puppies use a pet water fountain?

Yes. Puppies over 8 weeks can use fountains. Choose a low-profile, quiet model so the puppy is not intimidated by the sound or splash. Supervise early sessions to make sure the puppy drinks comfortably.

What happens if the power goes out and the fountain stops?

Most fountains stop circulating and filtering during power cuts. The water remains safe to drink for a few hours but starts collecting bacteria like a still bowl. Always keep a backup still water bowl available. Some gravity dispensers work without electricity as a reliable alternative.

France lowers HPAI risk level and lifts nationwide poultry housing measures

Edusehat — Sun, 28 Jun 2026 19:20:09 +0700

France has reduced its risk level for highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) from moderate to negligible, ending nationwide measures that required poultry to be kept indoors.

The change took effect in early June following a decision by the Ministry of Agriculture. As a result, no national HPAI restrictions remain in force.

Poultry producers are no longer required to keep birds indoors under a nationwide mandate. However, local prefects retain the authority to introduce restrictions where local risk assessments justify additional measures.

France had already lowered its HPAI risk level from high to moderate in late April.

Highly pathogenic avian influenza is a seasonal disease that typically emerges in autumn with migratory birds and recedes in spring.

Source: agriculture.gouv.fr

Avian influenza activity declines across Europe as spring ends

Edusehat — Sun, 28 Jun 2026 15:45:10 +0700

Highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) activity continued to ease across Europe during spring 2026, with detections expected to remain at low levels over the summer, according to the latest quarterly report from the European Food Safety Authority (EFSA), the European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control (ECDC) and the European Union Reference Laboratory for Avian Influenza (EURL).

Between 28 February and 4 June 2026, European countries reported 186 HPAI outbreaks in poultry and captive birds, together with 763 detections in wild birds. While the number of outbreaks in domestic birds remained comparable to the same period in 2025, detections in wild birds were more than three times higher, reflecting the intense circulation of HPAI viruses among waterfowl during the past epidemiological season.

Distribution of the number of HPAI virus detections in wild birds (cumulative number n = 19,694) (pink) and establishments keeping domestic birds (cumulative n = 8097) (blue) reported in Europe during seven epidemiological years by month of suspicion, from 1 October 2019 to 4 June 2026 (total n = 27,791). Note: United Kingdom data are from the Animal Disease Notification System (ADNS, former ADIS) up until 31 December 2020. From 1 January 2021 onwards, the data source was WOAH-WAHIS for the United Kingdom (excluding Northern Ireland) and ADNS/ADIS for the United Kingdom (Northern Ireland)5. a If the date of suspicion was not available, the date of confirmation was used to assign the week of suspicion. Source: ADNS/ADIS and WOAH-WAHIS (data extraction carried out on 4 June 2026).

Despite that high level of viral circulation during the winter, the number of detections in mammals remained low. Red foxes were the species most frequently affected within the European Union, while, outside the EU, H5N5 virus was detected in a polar bear and a walrus in Norway. Overall, mammalian detections remained low compared with the number of avian outbreaks recorded during the winter season.

Most poultry outbreaks reported during the period occurred in Poland, where repeated virus introductions combined with secondary spread contributed to disease persistence. In most other European countries, outbreaks were linked primarily to direct or indirect contact with infected wild birds. France continued to report sporadic HPAI outbreaks in vaccinated duck flocks, although at lower levels than in previous reporting periods. Chickens, particularly laying hens and breeders, were the poultry categories most frequently affected.

Number of poultry heads in the HPAI-affected establishments per country (total n = 6,534,773; countries are ranked according to the number of poultry heads affected) . Source: ADIS, EFSA and WOAH-WAHIS (data extraction carried out on 4 June 2026).

Another notable finding was the first European detection of low pathogenic avian influenza (LPAI) H9N2 virus belonging to clade G5.5. The virus was identified in April in seven establishments keeping broiler chickens within a single settlement in Hungary. Increased mortality in one establishment initially raised suspicions of HPAI, but laboratory investigations instead confirmed H9N2 together with infectious bronchitis virus, indicating a co-infection. The source of introduction could not be determined, and all affected establishments were depopulated before cleaning and disinfection, with follow-up testing planned after repopulation.

Geographic distribution, based on available geocoordinates, of HPAI virus detections in poultry and captive birds (186), reported by virus subtype in Europe from 28 February to 4 June 2026. * This designation is without prejudice to positions on status and is in line with United Nations Security Council Resolution 1244 and the International Court of Justice Opinion on the Kosovo Declaration of Independence. Source: ADIS and WOAH-WAHIS (data extraction carried out on 4 June 2026).

Although H9N2 viruses have previously been detected in Europe, this is the first report involving clade G5.5, a lineage that has also been associated with sporadic human infections in the Middle East and West Africa. EFSA and ECDC recommend continued surveillance to monitor any further spread of the virus.

The public health assessment remains unchanged. Human infections continue to be rare, with no evidence of sustained person-to-person transmission. The risk for the general public in the EU and EEA is considered low, while people with occupational exposure to infected birds or contaminated environments continue to face a low-to-moderate level of risk.

Also read: EFSA annual report on avian influenza
Avian influenza: How Italy’s pilot vaccination programme for poultry farms will work

South Africa moves to enable HPAI vaccination in poultry sector

Edusehat — Sat, 27 Jun 2026 18:15:09 +0700

South Africa’s Minister of Agriculture, John Steenhuisen, has moved to amend the Animal Diseases Regulations (R.2026 of 1986) to allow the introduction of vaccination against highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI).

The decision follows a formal objection submitted by the South African Poultry Association (SAPA) under Section 23 of the Animal Diseases Act, 1984 (Act No. 35 of 1984). SAPA argued that existing disease-control measures did not provide poultry producers with a practical or affordable way to manage HPAI outbreaks and relied heavily on the culling of affected and exposed birds.

After reviewing the findings of the Section 23 Investigation Committee, Steenhuisen accepted recommendations aimed at introducing vaccination as part of South Africa’s HPAI control strategy. The Minister said the changes would provide poultry producers with a legal mechanism to use vaccination as a disease-control tool.

The proposed approach combines vaccination, biosecurity and testing in the management of HPAI outbreaks. It also marks a shift from the traditional “stamping-out” model, under which infected and exposed birds are destroyed.

The Department of Agriculture plans to amend the Animal Diseases Regulations or issue a formal Section 9 control measure to establish procedures for responding to HPAI outbreaks on poultry farms. The objective is to establish a clear legal framework for the management of HPAI outbreaks and establish clear procedures for outbreak response.

The new rules are intended to provide a framework that accommodates both commercial poultry operations and smallholder farmers. The department will continue to oversee national HPAI surveillance, laboratory testing and compliance with disease-control requirements during outbreaks. It will also remain responsible for maintaining international trade standards.

Steenhuisen said the policy change would allow producers to use vaccination alongside existing disease-control measures while supporting disease prevention and helping protect agricultural jobs.

The Minister has instructed the department to introduce interim control measures while the regulatory amendments are being finalised through the relevant statutory procedures. A deadline has also been set for publication of the necessary government gazette.

Source: SAnews.gov.za

Australian poultry industry steps up H5N1 preparedness after seabird detections

Edusehat — Sat, 27 Jun 2026 14:40:09 +0700

Australia’s poultry industry is strengthening biosecurity following recent H5N1 detections in seabirds in Western Australia and South Australia. No cases have been reported in commercial poultry farms, while federal and state authorities continue preparedness, surveillance and coordination with industry.

According to the Australian Government, preparedness efforts have been underway for several years and involve collaboration between federal and state governments, industry organisations and scientific experts. A dedicated HPAI Preparedness Taskforce was established in 2024, while national surveillance programmes continue to monitor wildlife and poultry as preparedness activities continue across the country.

Poultry producers have also increased on-farm biosecurity. In Western Australia, Ingham’s announced a lockdown of its poultry operations, restricting non-essential access to farms. The company has also announced measures aimed at reducing contact between poultry and wild birds.

Routine biosecurity measures across the industry include strict controls on farm access, restrictions on staff movements between poultry sites, deterrence of wild birds, and rodent and insect control.

Australia has previously dealt with H7-type avian influenza outbreaks in poultry farms. The most recent outbreaks, between 2024 and 2025, affected farms in Victoria, New South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory before being declared eradicated in July 2025.

Unlike those earlier H7 outbreaks, H5N1 has caused severe losses in birds and marine mammals in other parts of the world, making prevention and early detection a priority for the Australian poultry sector.

Australia does not routinely vaccinate commercial poultry against H5N1. Current policy is based on maintaining Australia’s avian influenza-free status without vaccination, supporting international trade in poultry products.

The Australian Government has committed more than AUD 113 million to strengthen surveillance, preparedness and response capacity for a potential H5N1 incursion. National response arrangements include wildlife and poultry surveillance, border biosecurity measures, emergency response plans and coordination with industry to minimise animal health and trade impacts.

Source: www.agriculture.gov.au

Cool Cat Finds Every Cat Lover Will Want

Edusehat — Sat, 27 Jun 2026 04:30:08 +0700

Whether you’re shopping for the perfect gift or looking to spoil yourself and your feline friend, these cool cat finds are sure to inspire. From clever cat products and stylish home décor to fun toys, cozy accessories, and unique gifts for cat lovers, we’ve rounded up our current favourite must-have picks. Discover products that celebrate your love of cats while making life with your favourite feline even more fun!

The Best Cat Finds for Every Cat Lover

1. The Cuddler Bed from Armarkat is a deeply cushioned, ultra-soft bed designed for cats who prioritize snuggly comfort above all else. The raised edges create a secure, nest-like space that supports lounging, curling up, and long uninterrupted naps. $55, armarkat.com

2. The Whiskies Cat Bowl by Ollie B. Good is a clean, modern feeding bowl made specifically for cats. Designed to elevate everyday mealtime, it’s made from non-toxic, food-grade silicone and features a raised, tilted design and textured surface to reduce whisker stress. $33, olliebgood.com

3. Daymonilia’s Honey Paw diamond cat paw pendant offers true luxury for cat lovers. The size of a cat’s paw palm, it’s encrusted with natural diamonds on both faces. daymonilia.com

4. WooBia’s beautifully hand-crafted, nature-inspired cat sculptures delight with realistic details that capture everything we love about cats. $320, woobia.com

5. Meowpy’s Cat Christmas Tree is designed to be climbed, explored, and loved! Festive for the holidays, it’s functional all year: convert from Christmas Tree Mode to Cat Tower Mode—a modern, year-round cat tower with multiple levels, cozy cushions, and hidden passages for exploration. $349, meowpy.com

6. Cats love Vesper Play Furniture from Catit. Made from hair-repelling fabric, these soft, foldable play sets are ideal for playing, hiding, and racing. Multiple peek-a-boo openings and areas to explore thrill cats. Combine sets for an extra exciting playtime, then fold away for quick and easy storage! from $35, catit.com

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post Cool Cat Finds Every Cat Lover Will Want appeared first on Modern Cat.

Connie’s Book Club: Book Picks for Cat Lovers

Edusehat — Sat, 27 Jun 2026 04:30:06 +0700

Looking for your next great read? Curl up with your cat and a great book with these acclaimed book picks for cat lovers, as seen in the spring/summer 26 issue of Modern Cat magazine.

Pay Attention to Me!

By Kate McKean

This very funny picture book for kids age four to eight will delight the littles in your life. Edgar the Cat dreams of stardom, so that his human will recognize he’s a star and won’t be “too busy” to play. But fame has its downsides—will Edgar choose the red carpet… or his number one fan at home?

I’m Still Here: A Cat’s Purpose Forever

By Cathryn Michon

Anyone who has ever loved and lost a cat will find comfort in this lovely book. I’m Still Here: A Cat’s Purpose Forever offers assurance that your bond remains unbreakable and that love continues in ways we cannot see. Paired with watercolour illustrations by award-winning artist Michelle Detering, this collection of heartfelt reflections is a welcome balm for anyone navigating loss.

Clawed and Dangerous: A Mrs. Murphy Mystery

By Rita Mae Brown

New York Times bestselling author Rita Mae Brown and her feline co-author Sneaky Pie Brown deliver another hit in this purrectly thrilling instalment in the beloved Mrs. Murphy mystery series. When bodies begin to pop up across Crozet, Virginia, our heroine must find the killer with help of her feline sidekicks and trusty hounds. Will she get to the bottom of it before there’s another casualty? You’ll have fun finding out!

We’ll Prescribe You Another Cat

By Syou Ishida

Revisit the enigmatic Kokoro Clinic for the Soul in this delightful follow-up to the award-winning, bestselling Japanese novel We’ll Prescribe You a Cat. In a series of moving, interlinked stories, a lively cast of felines—irresistibly mischievous, stubborn, tenacious—help humans heal emotional wounds, proving again that a prescribed cat has the power to heal. Whimsical and quietly profound, this charming, magical sequel celebrates the healing bond between people and their pets.

Cat

By Phaidon Editors

This playful, visually rich celebration of the house cat across art, history, and pop culture is a captivating exploration of our enduring connection to and fascination with our feline companions. Spanning ancient Egyptian relics to internet-era iconography, it pairs over 200 images in unexpected ways. Featuring figures like Puss in Boots and Andy Warhol, this stylish volume blends scholarship with charm, revealing the cat as both muse and cultural mainstay.

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post Connie’s Book Club: Book Picks for Cat Lovers appeared first on Modern Cat.

ASC Responds to U.S. Senate Inquiry, Highlighting Transparent and Independent Assurance of the ASC Program

Edusehat — Sat, 27 Jun 2026 04:20:22 +0700

By Aquaculture Stewardship Council

Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC) has responded to the U.S. Senate Health, Education, Labor and Pensions (HELP) Committee, outlining the robustness of its certification system, which is built on stringent standards, independent third-party audits, full supply chain traceability, and public transparency to provide credible assurance for certified seafood products.

ASC-certified products are available in markets worldwide, including the United States, which is a strongly growing market for ASC, and provide assurance to retailers and consumers that seafood has been produced in accordance with ASC requirements.

As outlined in the response sent to the US Senate Committee, ASC is an environmental and social aquaculture certification and labeling program that operates through rigorous standards, independent third-party audits, accreditation oversight, public transparency, traceability requirements, and continuous improvement mechanisms.

While ASC is not a food safety certification scheme or regulatory authority, the program includes requirements related to legal compliance, supply chain integrity, antibiotic stewardship, social responsibility, and independent assurance that provide measurable oversight of certified operations and transparency throughout the seafood supply chain.

ASC takes concerns relating to imported seafood seriously and actively monitors regulatory alerts and other credible reports relating to ASC-certified entities and supply chains. As noted in this response, no ASC-labeled shrimp products were implicated in the FDA’s 2025 Cesium-137 contamination alerts relating to imported shrimp. While food safety oversight remains the responsibility of regulators and food safety certification systems, ASC requirements for traceability, supply chain integrity, veterinary medicine controls, transparency, and independent assurance provide additional safeguards and accountability mechanisms throughout the supply chain.

ASC’s Robust Program Assurance

ASC standards are developed through a structured, multi-stakeholder process that brings together producers, industry representatives, non-governmental organizations, academics, regulators, and other stakeholders. This process includes formal public consultations and targeted engagement to ensure that standards reflect a wide range of expertise and perspectives and are not driven by any single interest group.

At the core of the ASC program are transparency, accountability, and consumer trust. ASC standards set measurable requirements across environmental performance, social responsibility, and animal welfare. Compliance with these requirements is verified through independent third-party audits conducted by accredited certification bodies. Independence is embedded throughout ASC’s governance and assurance systems to safeguard impartiality and prevent conflicts of interest.

Together, these elements ensure that ASC operates a robust, independent, and transparent certification system that supports responsible aquaculture practices and provides credible assurance to markets, stakeholders, and consumers globally.

ASC’s full response to the U.S. Senate HELP Committee can be found here.

About the Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC)

ASC is setting the standard for farmed seafood. www.asc-aqua.org

ASC Joins Global Call for Ocean-Centred Climate Action at COP31

Edusehat — Sat, 27 Jun 2026 04:20:17 +0700

By Aquaculture Stewardship Council

As momentum builds toward the 31st United Nations Climate Change Conference (COP31), the “BlueCOP” agenda is highlighting the ocean’s critical role in addressing the climate crisis. Reflecting this growing global call to action, Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC) CEO Chris Ninnes joined more than 150 global leaders and experts in signing an open letter to COP31 hosts Australia and Türkiye, urging them to place the ocean at the heart of global climate action.

The letter urges COP31 leadership to make ocean-climate solutions a core political priority, including a dedicated World Leaders Summit focus with clear outcomes on political commitment and climate finance. It also calls for strengthened integration of ocean and coastal priorities across COP31 negotiation streams, including mitigation, adaptation, and finance, alongside dedicated high-level sessions to advance implementation of existing initiatives such as the Blue Nationally Determined Contributions (NDC) Challenge Implementation Taskforce and the Action Agenda Blue Package launched at COP30.

ASC CEO Chris Ninnes said, “The health of our oceans is inseparable from the future of sustainable aquaculture, global food and nutritional security and protein supply. Our oceans have enormous influence on global weather systems, aquatic and terrestrial, so ocean and planetary health are intrinsically intertwined.

“We are fortunate that seafood farming’s vital and increasing role regards these benefits can also do this with less impact than terrestrial animal protein supply. To put it simply: seafood farming provides more with less impact. But to secure all of these benefits into the future we must do more to ensure blue foods are sustainably farmed and fished and that the ecosystems that deliver this comprehensively managed. If we do that then the ocean will continue to sustain communities, livelihoods and provide planetary resilience for generations to come.”

Putting Oceans at the Heart of Climate Discussions at COP31

The signatories emphasize that the ocean is central to climate stability, absorbing over 90% of excess heat and around a quarter of global CO₂ emissions, while supporting billions of people through food security, livelihoods, and coastal resilience. Yet despite its critical role, ocean-based solutions remain significantly underrepresented in climate policy and finance. Scaling solutions such as sustainable blue foods, decarbonization of shipping, offshore renewable energy, and protection and restoration of blue carbon ecosystems could deliver up to 35% of the emissions reductions needed to meet the Paris Agreement’s 1.5°C goal.

The letter calls for COP31 to mark a turning point, embedding ocean-climate action across all relevant negotiation areas.

The full letter with over 150 signatories can be found here.

The summit will be held at the Antalya Expo Center in Antalya, Türkiye, from November 9 to 20, 2026.

About the Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC)

ASC is setting the standard for farmed seafood. www.asc-aqua.org

AtlantiCan Growth Partners Launches with the Goal of Creating a Blue Economy Fund Worth USD 70.46 million

Edusehat — Sat, 27 Jun 2026 04:20:12 +0700

• The capital platform initial investment focus leverages Atlantic Canada’s global credibility and highly skilled talent pool in aquaculture, marine technology, fisheries, and ocean innovation

• They are actively seeking connections with founders and operators building scalable businesses, co-investors, and institutional partners interested in the Maritime opportunity, and ecosystem leaders aligned with long-term regional growth

AtlantiCan Growth Partners (AGP) just officially announced its launch as a long-term investment platform dedicated to scaling high-potential businesses across Atlantic Canada. Operating with an operator-led model, the firm partners with founders, operators, and ecosystem leaders in sectors where the region holds a distinct global competitive advantage. AGP was established with a long-term vision of launching three dedicated funds–beginning with a USD 70.46 M–105.69 million fund focused on the Blue Economy.

According to them, Atlantic Canada represents a major growth opportunity within Canada’s venture capital landscape. “Over the past five years, the region has attracted just 2% to 3% of national venture capital, with Ontario and Quebec capturing the vast majority of deployment. AGP was established to bridge this systemic funding gap by building on the region’s existing funding ecosystem”.

The firm’s initial investment focus leverages Atlantic Canada’s global credibility and highly skilled talent pool in aquaculture, marine technology, fisheries, and ocean innovation. While the blue economy serves as a natural, advantage-rich starting point, AGP is designed as an expandable platform that will scale to include additional sectors over time.

“Atlantic Canada has always punched above its weight. This region is home to exceptional companies, driven founders, and a strong support system that is often understated,” assured Alex McCallum, President and CEO of AtlantiCan Growth Partners. “What we see now is an opportunity to build on that foundation with more dedicated growth-stage capital for companies ready to scale. AGP brings the capital, experience, and hands-on support required to build the next generation of Atlantic Canadian anchor companies.”

Deep Regional Roots and Strong National Networks

AGP is backed by an experienced management team and a powerhouse Board of Directors with deep regional roots and strong national networks across capital markets, governance, entrepreneurship, and ocean innovation. The platform was developed based on the long-term vision of Executive Chairman Telfer Hanson, leveraging his three decades of international financial and investment banking expertise to establish a dedicated growth capital vehicle for the region.

“Having spent over three decades in the investment space, I know the incredible potential of Atlantic Canada’s businesses and the challenges they face when scaling. AGP is the realization of a long-term goal to bridge the region’s funding gap. We are providing the dedicated growth capital, strategic governance, and hands-on support our entrepreneurs need to drive long-term regional value,” said Hanson.

Joining Hanson on the Board of Directors are notable regional leaders including Kendra MacDonald, Karl Van Waldow, Houston Barnaby, and Ed Barrett of Barrett Corporation in New Brunswick. Kyle Tomlin from Imperium Blue in Atlanta joins the Board, bringing extensive fund and portfolio management experience.

“Atlantic Canada has long been home to world-class operators, innovators, and industry expertise. What the region needs now is more dedicated growth capital to help those companies scale,” highlighted MacDonald. “AGP is built to support that next stage of growth, starting in the blue economy, where the region has both deep roots and global opportunity.”

AGP informed that is actively seeking connections with founders and operators building scalable businesses, co-investors, and institutional partners interested in the Maritime opportunity, and ecosystem leaders aligned with long-term regional growth. The leadership team recently participated in the Atlantic Venture Forum in Halifax and looks forward to engaging with potential partners and portfolio companies.

Ace Aquatec, Winner of the Scotland Business of the Year

Edusehat — Sat, 27 Jun 2026 04:20:06 +0700

The pioneering aquaculture technology company Ace Aquatec was recognized a few days ago for its revolutionary fish monitoring technology in the Innovation category of the Scotland Business of the Year awards. The company, based in Dundee, Scotland, develops advanced hardware with AI-driven software to improve fish welfare, optimize production, and reduce operating costs.

“This award is recognition of the innovation, expertise and ambition that drives everything we do at Ace Aquatec. A-BIOMASS demonstrates how cutting-edge AI and imaging technology can help producers make better decisions, improve fish welfare and operate more sustainably,” said Tara McGregor-Woodhams, Chief Sales & Marketing Officer of Ace Aquatec.

And she added: “As global demand for responsibly produced seafood continues to grow, farmers need smarter tools that deliver both economic and environmental benefits. We are proud to be developing world-leading technology in Scotland that is solving real challenges for producers around the world, while strengthening the future of sustainable aquaculture.”

By embedding AI and machine learning throughout fish production, their systems lower cost per kilo, enhance welfare outcomes, and support sustainable protein growth worldwide, they explain.

Trusted by Producers Worldwide

The members of Ace Aquatec assure that their A-BIOMASS camera is a leading example of how AI and advanced imaging technology are transforming aquaculture. Designed to accurately measure the length and weight of individual fish in challenging, low-light underwater environments, the system continuously captures and analyses large volumes of data in real time.

They say this enables farmers to make more informed, data-driven decisions around feeding, stock management and harvesting, improving operational efficiency, sustainability and fish welfare.

Ace Aquatec has also developed several tools to improve welfare across the aquaculture and marine sectors including its award-winning Humane Stunner Universal (A-HSU), a cutting-edge fish stunning system that enables efficient, high-quality harvesting while supporting the highest standards of fish welfare. Trusted by producers worldwide, it delivers a fast, reliable and humane process that sets a benchmark for the industry

[FOTO2]

Indonesian Shrimp Producer

Some weeks before receiving the award, the company PT Brother announced they chosen Ace Aquatec’s portable stunner system for its site in Cilacap, Indonesia, as the company begins a program of welfare and harvesting improvements. With long distances between pens and processing creating potential transit times of up to 12 hours, the shrimp breeder identified that the longer specimens were transported before harvest, the more stressed they became, with quality also significantly reduced.

The solution was the A-HSU for Shrimp in-water electric stunning system from award-winning aquaculture technology company Ace Aquatec. The mobility of the portable unit, meaning it can easily be maneuvered between locations on the company’s 3.5-hectare site, was a key factor in the decision to install.

“We chose Ace Aquatec‘s portable stunner to support our ambition to become a market leader in shrimp welfare. The system will dramatically cut transit time between our pens and processing operations, and Ace Aquatec will be key to helping us scale. Once rolled out across all three of our main sites, we expect to grow harvest volumes from around 350 tons per year at our Cilacap site to almost 2,150 tons,” said Riza Nugraha, president director at PT Brother.

As well as improving shrimp welfare during harvesting and supporting PT Brother’s ambition to raise welfare standards in the region, the system is expected to significantly increase both harvest volume and product quality. Manual harvesting currently delivers an estimated one tone every 45 minutes, while the A-HSU system has the potential capacity to process up to eight tons per hour.

Tara McGregor-Woodhams, chief sales and marketing officer at Ace Aquatec, commented: “We’re proud to be working with PT Brother as they take a leadership position on shrimp welfare. Shrimp is one of the world’s fastest-growing protein sources, and producers who prioritize welfare today are building a real competitive advantage as consumer and regulatory expectations continue to rise. This collaboration reflects a shared commitment to welfare-first, sustainable aquaculture, and we look forward to seeing PT Brother lead the way.”

De Heus and Hung Nhon outline poultry expansion plans in Vietnam

Edusehat — Fri, 26 Jun 2026 20:30:09 +0700

De Heus and Hung Nhon have outlined long-term plans to expand poultry production and processing capacity in Vietnam as part of their 2026–2036 development strategy.

The plans were discussed during a meeting in Hanoi with Vietnam’s Minister of Agriculture and Environment, Trần Đức Thắng, where representatives of the two companies presented their investment and development objectives for the coming decade.

According to the companies, the strategy includes the development of integrated livestock value chains, disease-free farming zones and production systems designed to meet international standards. To date, De Heus and Hung Nhon have implemented or are developing 15 projects in Tay Ninh and the Central Highlands, representing a total investment of approximately VND 12,400 billion.

A key component of the programme is a poultry slaughtering and processing plant designed to meet Halal, ISO 22000 and FSSC 22000 standards. The companies said the facility is intended to support value addition and export expansion.

The companies said their 2026–2036 strategy aims to generate annual revenue of approximately USD 2 billion. Poultry production targets include 80 million breeding chickens per year and 25 million broilers for export annually.

Minister Trần Đức Thắng described the cooperation between the two companies as a model for agricultural value-chain development and expressed support for continued investment in high-tech agriculture and livestock production in Vietnam.

Best Dog Leashes for Training and Daily Walks

Edusehat — Fri, 26 Jun 2026 20:25:05 +0700

A leash is the single most important piece of gear you use every day with your dog. It connects you during walks, training sessions, vet visits, and outings. Yet most Indian pet parents grab whatever looks sturdy on the shelf and never think about it again. The reality is that different leashes serve very different purposes, and picking the right one for the right situation makes walks safer, training easier, and your dog more comfortable.

This guide covers the best types of dog leashes for both training and daily walks. You will learn what each type does best, which materials hold up in Indian conditions, and how to match the leash to your dog's size, breed, and temperament.

Why the Right Leash Matters

A leash is not just a tether. It is a communication tool. The length, material, and attachment style influence how well your dog responds to cues, how much freedom they enjoy, and how safe both of you stay.

The wrong leash can:

Encourage pulling instead of discouraging it
Cause rope burns on your hands during sudden lunges
Snap during confrontations with stray dogs on Indian streets
Restrict movement so much that walks become stressful
Give so much slack that you lose control near traffic

The American Kennel Club recommends choosing leashes based on the specific activity, not just durability. A training leash and a daily walking leash serve different jobs and often look quite different.

Best Leashes for Daily Walks

Daily walking needs a leash that is comfortable, durable, and gives you consistent control in unpredictable Indian conditions.

1. Standard Flat Leash (5 to 6 Feet)

The most versatile leash available. A 5 to 6 foot flat nylon or leather leash gives your dog enough room to explore while keeping you in control near traffic, pedestrians, and stray animals. This length works well for Indian parks, society compounds, and neighbourhood sidewalks.

Best for: All breeds, all sizes, everyday use

2. Padded Handle Leash

A standard flat leash with neoprene or foam padding on the handle. Prevents rope burn and hand fatigue during long walks or when your dog pulls. Especially useful for owners of strong breeds like Labradors, Rottweilers, and German Shepherds who walk 30 to 60 minutes daily.

Best for: Medium to large breeds, strong pullers, long walks

3. Traffic Leash (1 to 2 Feet)

An ultra-short leash for maximum control in tight spaces. Ideal for crowded Indian markets, vet waiting rooms, busy metro stations, and apartment lobbies. Keeps your dog close to your side where distractions are high and space is limited.

Best for: Urban walks, crowded areas, reactive dogs

4. Reflective Leash

A flat leash with reflective stitching or strips woven into the material. Essential for early morning and late evening walks in Indian cities where street lighting is unreliable. Reflective leashes make you and your dog visible to traffic from a distance.

Best for: Evening and night walkers, poorly lit neighbourhoods

5. Double Handle Leash

Features two handles: one at the end for regular walking distance and a shorter handle close to the clip for quick control. Gives you instant close control when passing stray dogs, crossing roads, or navigating crowded spaces, without needing to switch to a separate traffic leash.

Best for: Indian street walkers who need quick transitions between relaxed and controlled walking

Best Leashes for Training

Training leashes are purpose-built tools. They differ from daily leashes in length, weight, and design.

1. Long Line (15 to 30 Feet)

A lightweight, extended leash used for teaching recall, building off-leash reliability, and practising commands at a distance. The long line lets your dog roam while you retain control. Use in open parks, empty grounds, and beach areas, never near traffic.

Best for: Recall training, distance commands, puppies learning boundaries

2. Tab Leash (6 to 12 Inches)

A very short leash that hangs from the collar or harness. Used during off-leash training to give you a quick grab handle if the dog does not respond to a command. Acts as a safety backup without restricting movement.

Best for: Off-leash transition training, controlled freedom in safe areas

3. Slip Lead

Combines a leash and collar in one simple loop. Tightens slightly when the dog pulls, providing instant feedback. Used widely by trainers, shelters, and vet clinics. Not recommended for everyday walks because constant tension can strain the neck.

Best for: Structured training sessions, vet visits, quick handling

4. Multi-Function Leash

A convertible leash with multiple clips and D-rings. Can be used as a standard 6-foot leash, a traffic leash, a hands-free waist leash, or a double-dog coupler. Extremely versatile for pet parents who want one leash for every situation.

Best for: Multi-dog households, versatile trainers, hands-free jogging

5. Bungee or Shock-Absorbing Leash

Features a short elastic section that absorbs sudden jolts when the dog lunges or changes direction. Reduces impact on both your arm and the dog's neck or chest. Useful during leash-walking training when sudden pulling is still being corrected.

Best for: Reactive dogs, strong pullers in training, jogging partners

Best Leash Materials for Indian Conditions

Indian weather puts specific demands on leash durability. Choose materials wisely:

Nylon: Most affordable and widely available. Lightweight, quick drying, and strong. Ideal for monsoon. Can cause rope burn with sudden pulls.
Biothane: Waterproof, stink-proof, and nearly indestructible. Looks like leather but handles humidity perfectly. Great for monsoon and active dogs.
Leather: Comfortable, ages beautifully, and softens with use. Needs care in humidity. Best for dry seasons and daily walkers who want a premium feel.
Rope: Strong and comfortable for larger breeds. Marine-grade options resist moisture. Heavier but very durable.
Chain: Chew-proof for dogs that bite through fabric leashes. Heavier and less comfortable. Use as a last resort for destructive chewers.
Reflective nylon: Standard nylon with reflective threads. Essential for Indian evening walks where visibility is poor.

Common Leash Mistakes to Avoid

Small leash errors create big walking problems:

Using a retractable leash in traffic: These give too much slack near roads and stray dogs. Keep them for open fields only.
Choosing a leash too thin for your dog's strength: A small-breed leash on a Rottweiler risks snapping during lunges
Wrapping the leash around your hand: Can cause deep rope burns or finger injuries during sudden pulls. Hold with a closed fist through the loop.
Using a worn or frayed leash: Replace leashes at the first sign of fraying, especially at the clip and stitching
Never switching leash types: A single leash cannot do every job. Own at least two: one for walks, one for training.

The American Veterinary Medical Association advises matching leash type and length to the specific activity and the dog's size to prevent injuries to both dogs and owners.

How to Choose the Right Leash

Use this quick checklist:

Match length to purpose: 5 to 6 feet for daily walks, 15 to 30 feet for training, 1 to 2 feet for traffic
Match width and strength to your dog's weight and pulling force
Choose quick-dry materials like nylon or biothane for Indian monsoon
Pick reflective options for evening walks
Check the clip quality. Swivel clips prevent tangling. Heavy-duty clips prevent accidental release.
Test comfort. Padded handles save your palms during long walks with strong dogs.
Own at least two leashes: one for daily walks and one for training

Final Thoughts

The right leash turns every walk and training session into a smoother, safer experience. Match the leash to the activity, the dog's size, and the conditions you walk in. A standard flat leash for daily walks, a long line for training, and a traffic leash for tight spaces cover most situations. Invest in quality materials that handle Indian weather, check clips and stitching regularly, and own more than one type.

Browse PetsWorld's leashes and walking gear collection for durable, comfortable options suited to your dog and your daily routine.

FAQs

What is the best leash length for daily dog walks?

A 5 to 6 foot flat leash is the best all-around length for daily walks. It gives your dog room to sniff and explore while keeping you in control near traffic, stray dogs, and pedestrians. Shorter 1 to 2 foot traffic leashes work better in very crowded areas.

Are retractable leashes good for dog training?

No. Retractable leashes give inconsistent tension and reduce your control. They teach dogs that pulling extends the leash, which reinforces the very behaviour you want to stop. Use a fixed-length leash for training and save retractables for open, safe fields only.

Which leash material is best for Indian monsoon?

Nylon and biothane are the best options for monsoon. Both dry quickly, resist mould, and handle daily wet conditions without weakening. Avoid leather during heavy rain as it absorbs moisture and develops mould in humid weather.

Do I need different leashes for training and walking?

Yes. A standard 5 to 6 foot leash works for daily walks. A long line of 15 to 30 feet is essential for recall training. A traffic leash helps in crowded spaces. Most serious dog parents benefit from owning at least two different leashes.

What leash is best for a strong pulling dog?

A padded handle flat leash attached to a front-clip harness is the safest and most effective setup for strong pullers. Bungee leashes help absorb jolts. Avoid retractable leashes and thin leads that snap under pressure.

How an Automatic Feeder Can Simplify Your Life as a Pet Parent

Edusehat — Fri, 26 Jun 2026 20:25:05 +0700

Feeding your dog sounds simple until real life gets in the way. Late office meetings, early morning flights, weekend trips, and the everyday chaos of Indian households mean meals get delayed, portions get guessed, and routines get broken. An automatic dog feeder solves most of these problems quietly and consistently.

This guide explains how automatic feeders work, which types suit different dogs and households, and what to look for when buying one. You will also learn the real benefits, the honest limitations, and how to set up a feeder that works smoothly in Indian conditions.

What Is an Automatic Dog Feeder?

An automatic dog feeder is a device that dispenses pre-measured food at pre-set times without you being there. You load the hopper or tray with kibble, set the schedule, and the feeder does the rest. Some models run on batteries, others plug in, and many now connect to smartphone apps for remote control.

Automatic feeders are not meant to replace your involvement in feeding. They are tools that maintain consistency when life makes it hard to be home at every mealtime. Think of them as a reliable backup that keeps your dog's routine intact, even when yours falls apart.

Types of Automatic Dog Feeders

Different feeders suit different budgets, dog sizes, and feeding needs.

1. Gravity Feeders

The simplest design. A hopper sits above a bowl, and food drops down as the bowl empties. No timers, no portions, no batteries. Food is available all day.

Best for: Dogs that self-regulate and do not overeat

Not ideal for: Dogs prone to overeating, weight issues, or bloat

2. Timed Portion-Control Feeders

The most popular type. You set specific meal times and portion sizes. The feeder opens a compartment or rotates a tray at the scheduled time. Most models allow 2 to 6 meals per day with adjustable portion sizes.

Best for: Most dogs, especially those needing weight management or consistent meal schedules

3. Smart or WiFi-Enabled Feeders

Connect to your smartphone via WiFi or Bluetooth. Let you schedule, adjust portions, and feed remotely from anywhere. Many include cameras, microphones, and meal tracking. Some even record feeding activity.

Best for: Working professionals, frequent travellers, and tech-savvy pet parents

4. Rotating Tray Feeders

A circular tray divided into compartments, each covered by a lid that opens on a timer. Usually holds 4 to 6 meals. Simple, affordable, and works well for small dogs or single-day use.

Best for: Small breeds, cats, and short absences of one day or less

5. Slow Feeder Dispensers

Designed to release kibble slowly, making your dog work for each piece. Combines automatic feeding with mental stimulation. Prevents gulping, reduces bloat risk, and adds enrichment to mealtimes.

Best for: Fast eaters, food-motivated dogs, breeds prone to bloat

How an Automatic Feeder Simplifies Your Life

The right feeder brings practical, everyday benefits that go well beyond convenience:

1. Consistent Meal Timing

Dogs thrive on routine. An automatic feeder delivers meals at the same time every day, regardless of your schedule. No more late breakfasts or forgotten dinners. This consistency stabilises digestion, reduces begging, and builds calmer behaviour around food.

2. Accurate Portion Control

Overfeeding is one of the top causes of obesity in Indian pet dogs. Guessing portions by eye almost always leads to too much food over time. Automatic feeders dispense exact amounts, making weight management far easier.

The American Kennel Club notes that consistent, measured portions are one of the most effective tools for maintaining healthy body weight in dogs.

3. Freedom During Work Hours

Indian work schedules rarely follow a strict 9 to 5. Late meetings, traffic delays, and unexpected commitments leave dogs waiting for meals. An automatic feeder ensures your dog eats on time even when you are stuck in a Bangalore traffic jam or a conference call that runs long.

4. Support During Travel and Short Trips

Weekend getaways, day trips, and short overnight absences become less stressful when your dog's meals are taken care of. A well-stocked automatic feeder covers 2 to 3 days of feeding comfortably, reducing the need to ask neighbours or hire sitters for simple feeding tasks.

5. Reduced Food Anxiety and Begging

Dogs that know food arrives at a predictable time beg less. The feeder becomes the food source, not you. Over a few weeks, many pet parents notice a drop in kitchen hovering, whining, and mealtime excitement that borders on aggression.

6. Better for Multi-Dog Households

In homes with multiple dogs, faster eaters often steal food from slower ones. Individual feeders with portion locks ensure each dog gets their own meal without competition. Some smart feeders even use microchip or collar-tag recognition to open only for the assigned dog.

7. Easier Medical and Diet Management

Dogs on prescription diets, weight-loss plans, or medication schedules benefit from precise timing and portions. Automatic feeders remove the guesswork and ensure dietary plans run exactly as the vet prescribed.

What to Look For When Buying an Automatic Feeder

Not every feeder suits every dog or household. Use this checklist:

Hopper capacity: Match to your dog's daily intake. Small dogs need 1 to 2 litre hoppers. Large breeds may need 5 litres or more.
Number of meals per day: Most feeders support 2 to 6 meals. Pick one that matches your dog's feeding schedule.
Portion accuracy: Look for feeders that measure in grams or cups, not vague settings.
Power source: Battery backup is essential in India, where power cuts are common. Dual-powered models (plug plus battery) are safest.
Food compatibility: Most feeders work with dry kibble only. If your dog eats wet food, look for tray-style feeders with ice packs to keep food fresh.
Easy to clean: Removable, dishwasher-safe bowls and hoppers prevent bacteria and odour buildup in Indian humidity.
Sturdy construction: Chew-resistant lids and anti-tip bases prevent clever dogs from breaking in.
App connectivity: Optional but useful. Lets you adjust schedules and portions remotely.

Honest Limitations of Automatic Feeders

Feeders are not perfect. Know the limitations before buying:

Not for wet food (most models): Wet food spoils quickly, especially in Indian heat. Most feeders handle only dry kibble.
Jams and malfunctions: Kibble pieces can occasionally block the dispenser. Check regularly.
Not a replacement for human interaction: Dogs still need your presence, play, and engagement around mealtimes.
Power dependency: Plug-only models stop working during power cuts. Always choose battery-backed options.
Smart feeder WiFi issues: App-connected feeders depend on stable internet, which can be unreliable in some Indian areas.
Clever dogs: Some large or food-obsessed dogs learn to knock over, paw open, or chew through cheaper feeders.

The American Veterinary Medical Association advises that automated feeding tools should complement, not replace, attentive pet parenting. Monitor your dog's eating habits and weight regularly, even when using a feeder.

Tips for Using Automatic Feeders in Indian Conditions

Indian climate and lifestyle create unique demands on feeders:

Store extra kibble in airtight containers. Indian humidity makes open bags stale quickly.
Clean the hopper and bowl weekly during monsoon to prevent mould and bacterial growth
Choose a feeder location away from direct sunlight and kitchen heat
Test battery backup during your first week to ensure it works during power cuts
For ant-prone areas, place the feeder on a slightly elevated platform or use ant-proof stands
If you use a smart feeder, ensure your WiFi router covers the feeding area reliably

Final Thoughts

An automatic dog feeder is not a luxury gadget. It is a practical tool that keeps your dog's meals consistent, portions accurate, and routine intact when life gets unpredictable. Pick a feeder that matches your dog's size, your schedule, and Indian power and climate conditions. Clean it regularly, stock it with quality kibble, and pair it with your own daily involvement. The right feeder simplifies your life without replacing what matters most: your presence.

Browse PetsWorld's feeding accessories collection for trusted automatic feeders, bowls, and food storage solutions for your dog.

FAQs

Can automatic feeders be used for puppies?

Yes, but with caution. Puppies need more frequent meals, usually 3 to 4 times daily. Choose a feeder that supports multiple small meals. Always supervise early sessions to ensure the puppy eats properly and does not fear the dispenser sound.

Are automatic feeders safe for dogs home alone?

For dry kibble feeding, yes. A quality feeder with battery backup keeps meals on schedule during your absence. However, automatic feeders should not replace regular human contact. They are best used for managing meals during work hours or short trips, not extended absences.

Can I use an automatic feeder for wet food?

Most automatic feeders are designed for dry kibble only. Wet food spoils within hours in Indian heat. A few tray-style feeders include ice packs or cooling compartments for wet food, but these only last a few hours. For wet food diets, manual feeding is usually safer.

How do I stop my dog from breaking into the feeder?

Choose a feeder with a locking lid, chew-resistant materials, and an anti-tip base. Place the feeder against a wall or in a corner. For very persistent dogs, elevated or wall-mounted feeders prevent tipping and pawing.

What happens if the power goes out during a scheduled meal?

Battery-backed feeders continue operating normally during power cuts. Plug-only models stop working until power returns, which can delay meals. Always choose a dual-powered feeder (plug plus battery backup) for reliable performance in Indian homes.

Fish Health Inspectorate and the Pet Fish Trade - safeguarding the health of fish and shellfish

Edusehat — Fri, 26 Jun 2026 17:25:08 +0700

The primary role of the Fish Health Inspectorate (FHI) is to safeguard the health of fish and shellfish in England and Wales by controlling serious listed diseases and assessing/intervening in emerging disease threats. They authorise the activities of fish and shellfish farms, shellfish purification centres, and importers and dealers. They monitor the businesses primarily involved in importing live ornamental aquatic animals. The FHI has a programme of disease surveillance visits - targeted at Border Control Posts (BCP) in order to screen imports for specific diseases and non-native species. This allows for trade internationally of live aquatic animals, with businesses knowing there are controls and checks on the fish they import.

Myxocyprinus asiaticus (Chinese High Fin Banded Shark) – non-permitted species

The FHI also maintains non-native species controls such as on invasive fish and crayfish species, enforcing a permitted list of species of tropical fish and crayfish that are allowed to be kept by hobbyists, for research and for conservation purposes. The permitted species list provides clear indication of what can be kept and is a list of fish species that are considered unable to establish populations in the UK environment. In addition to the list of fish, crayfish are also restricted with only a single species allowed to be kept by hobbyists; the red-clawed crayfish (Cherax quadricarinatus). Further guidance can be found on the Introduce or keep non-native fish, lobsters and crayfish webpage.

Procambarus fallax f. virginalis (Marbled Crayfish) – non-permitted highly invasive species

The FHI carry out both random and targeted screening of imports and respond to any intelligence provided that may indicate illegal activity. They work closely with Animal and Plant Health Agency APHA) colleagues at Border Control Posts such as at Heathrow and Manchester airports or seaports such as Harwich to identify and remove non-permitted species that may be invasive and present in imports and follow up with any necessary investigations.

The FHI works closely with the ornamental aquatic industry and trade association to promote a pragmatic partnership in terms of ensuring a preventative approach to diseases and non-native species.

Inspection of imported ornamental aquatic animals at Heathrow Border Control Post

Neogen® Committed to Helping Ranchers, Livestock Producers, and Horse Owners Fight Against New World Screwworm

Edusehat — Fri, 26 Jun 2026 13:30:05 +0700

Neogen Corporation (NASDAQ: NEOG), an innovative leader in food and animal safety solutions, announced the expanded availability of FIFRA* Section 2(ee) recommendations for the use of Prozap® Insectrin X Concentrate and Prozap® Screw Worm and Ear Tick Aerosol as part of New World Screwworm (NWS) response efforts. These recommendations provide ranchers, livestock producers, and horse owners with an additional option to support fly management efforts.In Texas, the Texas Department of Agriculture has approved Section 2(ee) recommendations for these products. Neogen is also making Section 2(ee) recommendations available in Florida, providing producers in both states with additional tools to incorporate into broader fly management programs.

While NWS was largely eradicated from the United States decades ago, recent developments have increased industry attention on prevention, vigilance, and effective fly control programs.Whether addressing emerging concerns such as NWS or routine pest pressures, prevention and prompt wound management remain important components of herd health programs. Neogen offers a broad range of insect control solutions to help producers manage insect challenges across a variety of livestock environments. Among them, Prozap® Screw Worm and Ear Tick Aerosol can help protect wounds from flies and maggots while controlling a variety of labeled pests, including ticks, gnats, and lice. Prozap® Insectrin X Concentrate can be incorporated into broader fly management programs to help manage fly populations in and around livestock facilities.

USDA officials have emphasized the importance of continued vigilance, monitoring, and information sharing as the situation evolves. Although NWS has received increased attention in recent weeks, livestock producers continue to manage a range of insect-related challenges, including horn flies, stable flies, face flies, ticks, and lice, that can affect animal health, welfare, and productivity.“Producers face insect pressure every season, making prevention and routine monitoring essential parts of herd management,” said Kirk Ramsey, DVM, MS, Professional Services Veterinarian with Neogen. “Integrated fly control programs, prompt wound management, and regular observation of animals can help producers address ongoing insect challenges while remaining prepared for emerging concerns.”

Neogen encourages livestock producers to work closely with their veterinarians and animal health advisors to develop insect management programs tailored to their operations and regional needs. For more information about Neogen’s livestock insect control solutions, visit: https://info.neogen.com/Prozap or contact your Neogen representative.

*FIFRA refers to the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act. These recommendations are made as permitted under FIFRA Section 2(ee). Users must be in possession of the applicable recommendation at the time of pesticide application and comply with all product label directions and applicable state requirements.

**Important Use Information

The FIFRA Section 2(ee) recommendations for Prozap® Insectrin X Concentrate and Prozap® Screw Worm and Ear Tick Aerosol permit certain uses that do not appear on the EPA-approved product label. This recommendation has not been submitted to or approved by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Users must have the 2(ee) recommendation in their possession at the time of application and must follow all applicable directions, restrictions, and precautions on the EPA-registered product label.

About Neogen

Neogen Corporation is committed to fueling a brighter future for global food security through the advancement of human and animal well-being. Harnessing the power of science and technology, Neogen has developed comprehensive solutions spanning the Food Safety, Livestock, and Pet Health & Wellness markets. A world leader in these fields, Neogen has a presence in over 140 countries with a dedicated network of scientists and technical experts focused on delivering optimized products and technology for its customers.

For more information, please visit: https://www.neogen.com/

Intracare inaugurates new production facility in Veghel

Edusehat — Fri, 26 Jun 2026 13:20:10 +0700

Intracare officially inaugurated its new production facility in Veghel, the Netherlands, on 4 June during an event attended by Her Majesty Queen Máxima.

Employees, international business partners and local authorities attended the official opening of the new facility. Queen Máxima was welcomed by Ina Adema, King’s Commissioner for North Brabant, Kees van Rooij, Mayor of Meierijstad, and Intracare Managing Director Jan van Geest.

During the ceremony, Jan van Geest spoke about the company’s growth, while Mayor Kees van Rooij highlighted the region’s innovative strength. Dirk Lorenz-Meyer, Chairman of the Corporate Behn Meyer Group, described the opening as a milestone in the company’s history. Queen Máxima cut the ceremonial ribbon to officially open the facility.

During the visit, Queen Máxima toured the new facility, where Intracare presented several of its research and development activities. In the R&D department, Daisy Roijackers introduced Intra Hydrocare, highlighting its role in clean drinking water, biosecurity and antibiotic reduction. Gerwen Lammers also presented Intra Dysovinol, an antibiotic-free treatment for swine dysentery, describing its four- to five-year development process.

Queen Máxima visited the company’s laboratories, where Myrthe van Oort, Emma van Oort and Sem Smetsers gave laboratory and microbiology demonstrations. According to Intracare, the Queen asked questions throughout the laboratory visit and the microbiology demonstrations.

While the royal tour was taking place, international customers, business relations and suppliers attended a separate programme before touring the new facility, where they received explanations of the departments, new equipment and production processes. The event concluded with a dinner for guests.

Also read: Clean drinking water, clear rules. Hygiene meets compliance in poultry farming

US-RSPE Framework provides common approach to poultry, egg sustainability

Edusehat — Thu, 25 Jun 2026 23:00:05 +0700

The US Roundtable for Sustainable Poultry & Eggs (US-RSPE) is a pre-competitive, multi-stakeholder organization focused on advancing sustainability across the entire US poultry and egg value chain. Designed to bring together diverse perspectives, its members include growers, integrators, processors, retailers, foodservice companies, allied industries and civil society organizations, each with an equal voice in shaping priorities and outcomes.

With this collaborative structure, US-RSPE serves as an independent, credible platform for aligning the industry around shared goals, using its core pillars of people, planet and poultry as a foundation. Through its mission to support, measure and communicate continuous improvement, US-RSPE helps establish a transparent, data-driven and collectively resilient supply chain, providing the framework for defining and demonstrating sustainable poultry and egg production in the US.

Framework development

The US-RSPE Sustainability Framework was originally developed to provide the poultry and egg sector with a common, science-based approach to defining and measuring sustainability across a complex value chain. Before its creation, companies and stakeholders relied on different metrics, proprietary reporting systems and issue-specific initiatives, making it difficult to communicate credible, unified progress across the industry.

As the first multi-stakeholder framework for poultry and eggs, it was designed with a holistic view of sustainability rather than as a compliance standard or audit tool. Given the complexity of sustainability, the Framework provides a practical, flexible structure to support incremental advancement across diverse operations and maturity levels.

US-RSPE designed the sustainability Framework to serve as a unifying platform to align sustainability efforts, improve transparency and build trust. The Framework also guides strategy and serves as a resource for benchmarking, informing business decisions and demonstrating measurable progress across environmental, social and animal welfare outcomes.

The 2026 Framework Report was published in January and is available on the US-RSPE website.

Multi-stakeholder involvement

The Framework reflects US-RSPE’s multi-stakeholder foundation. Representatives across the chicken, turkey and egg value chains — including growers, integrators, processors, retailers, foodservice companies, allied industries and non-governmental organizations — contributed to its development. This approach ensured that the Framework captured diverse perspectives and aligned with the operational realities of the industry.

The development process also included beta testing and structured comment periods, reinforcing its technical rigor and credibility as a tool that represents the complete value chain. The result is an inclusive framework that balances practicality and ambition and can be used by organizations at any level of sustainability maturity.

US-RSPE pillars

US-RSPE’s sustainability approach asserts that poultry and egg systems must balance environmental stewardship, social responsibility and economic viability. Thus, the Framework is organized around three interconnected pillars — Poultry, Planet and People — which provide a structure for evaluating sustainability performance across animal health and welfare, environmental impacts and human dimensions.

Within these pillars are 15 indicators that represent key areas of sustainability focus, including animal health, biosecurity, antimicrobial stewardship, energy and greenhouse gas emissions, water use, food safety, employee and well-being and community engagement. Each indicator includes specific metrics.

In total, the Framework contains 101 metrics. These metrics provide standardized questions or data points that organizations can measure and report.

The Framework is intentionally designed to be flexible, scalable and accessible. Organizations can report on the metrics they are equipped to measure and expand their measuring capability over time. Data submitted through the Framework are anonymized and aggregated, allowing companies to benchmark their performance against the broader sector while maintaining confidentiality.

This approach creates value at multiple levels: individual organizations gain insight into their sustainability performance and priorities, while the industry benefits from a broader view of sustainability trends across the poultry and egg sector.

Importantly, the Framework is designed to function as both a diagnostic and strategic tool, supporting informed decision-making, resource allocation and transparent communication of sustainability efforts. Beyond the Framework itself, US-RSPE serves as a collaborative network of sustainability professionals who support one another and advance the discipline within the poultry and egg industry. Through shared learning, best-practice exchange and convening around critical issues, the organization helps drive continued progress across the industry.

Tiered metrics

A key feature of the Framework’s structure is its tiered metric structure, allowing organizations to begin with foundational measurements and gradually advance toward more sophisticated and impactful metrics as their capabilities evolve. Metrics are grouped into three tiers: Tier 1 (entry-level), Tier 2 (achievement) and Tier 3 (advanced).

This tiered structure allows organizations to participate at different levels and expand their efforts over time. It also enables participation from organizations of varying sizes, resources and levels of sustainability maturity.

Additionally, metrics are classified as either universal or industry-specific, recognizing that some sustainability issues are common across the value chain, while others require tailored approaches for specific industry sectors.

The Framework’s structure is designed to protect the confidentiality of participating organizations while enabling sector-level insights. All data submitted are private to the reporting organization and are aggregated before being used for public reporting. Organizations can use their data in several ways, including performance management, sustainability reporting or stakeholder communication. This flexibility allows companies to determine how best to share their data while supporting greater transparency and protecting confidentiality.

Closing thoughts

The US-RSPE Sustainability Framework provides the poultry and egg industry with a standardized approach to defining and implementing sustainability. Developed using a multi-stakeholder approach, the Framework establishes a set of metrics that organizations can use to measure and compare progress across the value chain.

Its voluntary, scalable design allows organizations at any sustainability maturity level to participate and continuously improve, ensuring that it remains both practical and dynamic as sustainability priorities and industry practices evolve.

Organizations interested in learning more about the Framework and participating in US-RSPE can visit the US-RSPE website. US-RSPE fosters collaboration among stakeholders across the poultry and egg industry, providing a platform to share expertise and help shape practical, data-driven solutions to measure and advance sustainability performance.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post US-RSPE Framework provides common approach to poultry, egg sustainability appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Sharan panta: making an impact is the meaning of business

Edusehat — Thu, 25 Jun 2026 19:20:10 +0700

Interview with Mr. Sharan Panta, a pioneer of modern poultry farming in Nepal and founder of Uttam Poultry Farm. His enterprise leads the national market in Kuroiler chick production, renowned for their resilience and productivity. Through quality breeding, wide distribution, and community-focused initiatives, Panta has advanced rural livelihoods and food security. Uttam provides integrated poultry services including training, consultancy, and health management. His sustainable business model exemplifies how agribusiness can drive both economic growth and social impact in Nepal.

The poultry farming industry, which contributes approximately 8% to Nepal’s total agricultural economy, provides employment for around 1.5 million people nationwide. Initially, the sector was limited to backyard operations. However, over the past five decades, it has evolved into a rapidly growing commercial sector.

This business has strong potential not only to replace the import of poultry products but also to increase national income by competing in regional and global markets. Currently, there are 16,000 registered poultry farms and 9 chicken meat processing industries in Nepal.

Modern poultry farming in Nepal expanded significantly between 2000 and 2020, with key developments in 2014 and 2017 focusing on importing high-yield exotic breeds such as the Black Minorca, New Hampshire, Rhode Island Red, and White Leghorn. The establishment of a central hatchery in Parwanipur, Bara district, further boosted meat and egg production by distributing improved chicks to farmers, facilitating the transition toward modern poultry production.

Mr. Sharan Panta is one of the pioneers of modern poultry farming in the country. He entered the poultry business in 2000. Initially, he was involved in broiler and layer farming, but eventually shifted his focus to hatchery management, establishing Uttam Poultry Farm in 2009.

Uttam is now a leader in Nepal’s poultry industry, specializing in the countrywide supply of day-old Kuroiler (Giriraja) chicks. The farm is located in Bharatpur, in the Chitwan district of Nepal, and its chicks are known for their exceptional health, rapid growth, and resilience, making them ideal for both meat and egg production.

The Kuroiler breed

It is a branded dual-purpose bird developed through selective and controlled crossbreeding of high-yielding indigenized poultry germplasm. This bird was developed by KeggFarms of India and authorized by the Government of Nepal and the Food and Nutrition Security Enhancement Project (FANSEP).

Kuroiler chickens have been acclimatized to Indian tropical and subtropical conditions for several decades, thriving in harsh rural environments similar to non-descript local flocks. This low-input, hardy bird combines high productivity with the desirable traits of indigenous breeds.

The males are tall, majestic, and agile, reaching over 4 kg at full maturity. The females are large and active, weighing over 2.5 kg and producing more than 150 eggs, primarily by scavenging agricultural and natural waste.

This bird enables households to achieve nearly four times higher production of eggs and meat compared to non-descript poultry stock, while being maintained under similar conditions. It retains the color, agility, and disease resistance characteristics of traditional village chickens, with meat and egg quality that reflects their unique heritage.

With proven results, rural poultry farming is increasingly recognized as a viable meat production activity. As people prioritize short-term benefits, the Kuroiler breed has become the preferred choice for small-scale farmers. The genetic potential of these birds can be fully realized through proper nutrition, healthcare, and management. Careful preparation of the brooder house and strict adherence to management practices are essential for achieving optimal outcomes.

These chicks are renowned for their rapid growth rates. They reach maturity quickly, enabling farmers to benefit from their meat and eggs sooner. This efficient growth helps manage feed costs and optimize the overall profitability of the poultry operation. The chicks’ robust health ensures steady growth, allowing them to achieve the desired size and weight without unnecessary delays.

Business prospects

Uttam Poultry Farm has 12,000 chickens and produces between 960,000 and 1,100,000 chicks annually, supplying them to over 150 small farmers. Some of these farmers raise the chicks for 10 to 15 days before distributing them further to broader agricultural communities.

I interviewed Mr. Sharan Panta, who stated: “My business strategy focuses on three pillars: quality production, wide distribution, and community impact. Through Uttam, I supply Kuroiler chicks to both urban and rural markets. Additionally, I collaborate with marginalized families by providing small poultry units to enhance food security and generate income”.

His work has contributed to broader food security efforts through collaboration with development-focused projects. By distributing day-old chicks and promoting small-scale poultry rearing, he has helped underprivileged families improve household nutrition and build financial security. Furthermore, it has particularly empowered low-income households, with a focus on providing opportunities for women to achieve financial independence.

Beyond building a successful and tax-compliant poultry enterprise, his greatest achievement lies in transforming poultry farming into a practical tool for community development. Today, his model serves as an example of how agriculture, when guided by vision and commitment, can uplift rural communities and create a lasting social impact.

His experience and dedication to the industry fuel his passion for sustainable, high-quality poultry production. He emphasized that his long-term strategy focuses on sustainable growth by strengthening farmer support, enhancing biosecurity standards, and expanding partnerships with government and development organizations.

On the left Mr. Sharan Panta, on the right Mr. Mainbayar Badarch

Integrated services

Currently, Uttam Poultry Farm offers seven types of poultry-related services: wholesale supply of poultry products, hatchery services, poultry farm consultancy, customized feeding solutions, training and workshops for farmers, disease management and biosecurity services, and poultry health monitoring.

The farm adheres to strict quality-control measures to ensure each batch meets the highest industry standards, guaranteeing reliable and healthy stock for its clients. The company provides guidance on infrastructure, brooding, housing, and feed management, helping farms establish a strong foundation for success.

In addition to setup optimization, Uttam focuses on providing solutions for day-to-day farm management practices. Its consultancy services encompass every aspect necessary to ensure the well-being and productivity of clients’ flocks, including nutrition plans, health management, and disease prevention.

They provide customized feeding solutions designed to meet the specific nutritional needs of clients, ensuring optimal growth and productivity. Uttam also helps identify and address potential challenges that could affect farm performance, offering strategies to improve production efficiency and profitability.

Moreover, Uttam offers specialized training sessions and workshops for farmers to enhance their knowledge and skills in poultry farming. These programs are designed to empower farmers with the latest techniques in poultry management, covering areas such as nutrition, disease prevention, biosecurity, and sustainable farming practices.

Uttam’s client, Yaadhav Jamarkatel from Nuwakot District, highlighted: “Uttam Poultry Farm has been a game changer for my poultry business. The day-old Kuroiler chicks I received were of exceptional quality, and the support from the team has been outstanding. Their guidance on brooding, feeding, and health management has helped me improve my farm’s productivity and profitability. I highly recommend Uttam Poultry Farm to anyone looking to start or enhance their poultry venture”.

Mr. Sharan Panta advised that the quality and quantity of feed for each Kuroiler chick should vary according to the season and the chick’s body weight. Use 5 kg of finely ground maize for the first 4-5 hours, then switch to chick starter feed. Feed the chicks four to five times a day, mixing any leftover feed in the feeder with fresh feed each time.

For parent stock, the farm feeds them once a day, providing 110 grams of feed. The farm uses natural methods, such as covering the ground with rice husks, to keep the chickens warm during the cold season. At Uttam Poultry Farm, the male-to-female ratio is 1:10 (rooster to hen).

“Running a hatchery is like gambling with cards: one wrong move can cost your house. There used to be 300 hatchery businesses in Nepal; now, only 100 are still operating. Rising feed and veterinary medicine prices, along with high labor costs, are currently challenging our business” Mr. Sharan Panta explained.

However, he remains optimistic about the market outlook and plans to expand his farm to accommodate 10,000 more chickens, featuring facilities equipped with automatic chicken drip cups. Since the establishment of Uttam, the company has primarily conducted business in central Nepal, which is the most densely populated region. Over the past eight years, its operations have expanded into breeder farming and marketing in eastern Nepal. Mr. Sharan Panta is setting industry standards of excellence nationwide.

Impact of dietary amino acid levels on body fat, laying-hen performance

Edusehat — Wed, 24 Jun 2026 21:55:03 +0700

Amino acid requirements for laying hens are not well understood, primarily because data are lacking for the pullet stage. This gap is increasingly important as the table-egg industry wants to extend the hen’s life cycle to 100 weeks or more. The economic and environmental implications are vast, as it could mean a single hen may lay as many as 500 eggs in a lifetime.

“We need to think of pullets as an investment. If we help them grow well from the start, we can set them up for a lifetime of successful egg production,” said Jo Ann Chew, graduate research assistant, University of Alberta, at the 2025 Poultry Science Association annual meeting.

Bodyweight and age are often used to initiate photo stimulation of laying hens. But more recent research suggests that body fat, not bodyweight, is the primary determinant to trigger laying.

“However, we don’t know what the body fat threshold is,” Chew told the audience. “We have some idea, but we’re not sure what we’re aiming for, especially in the case of low-protein dietary intake.”

This knowledge gap encouraged Chew and her colleagues to investigate how amino acid levels during rearing might impact body fat and the onset of lay.

Study objective

The research team wanted to understand the impact of various amino acid levels provided during rearing on on two laying-hen strains. They set up six isocaloric diets of varying amino acid levels relative to digestible lysine based on the ideal protein concept, Chew explained.

Treatments were set up in two rooms, with birds receiving 60%, 80% and 100% amino acid levels, or 70%, 90% and 110%. Protein sources included soybean meal and canola meal, with trade-off ingredients of rolled oats and meat-mill blend.

Bovans Brown and Babcock White pullets, eight per strain per dose level, were reared in floor pens and fed via multi-feeder precision-feeding stations. For the first 2 weeks of age, pullets were trained to eat from the precision-feeding stations, so all received 100% amino acid levels.

“We trained the birds to enter the station one at a time, and each bird could access only its assigned dietary treatment,” Chew said. “They were fed every time they entered the station.”

Because the multi-feeder stations can assign diets to individual birds, each bird is considered to be an experimental unit. “We also included a as a random variable in our analysis,” Chew noted.

The treatment period ran from 2 weeks to 17 weeks of age, at which time the birds were photo stimulated. After 17 weeks of age, all birds were fed commercial rations up to 30 weeks, after which they were euthanized.

The research team measured the body fat of live birds every 4 weeks from 12 to 30 weeks of age using a dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) machine. Following euthanasia, each bird’s fat pads were dissected and weighed.

No effect of amino acids

At 17 weeks of age, most Brown birds had reached a plateau in bodyweight. The White birds performed similarly. “They fell slightly below the performance objectives for both strains, but we suspect that was due to a younger parental flock,” Chew said. “We saw no effect of amino acid levels for either strain regarding the onset of lay, egg production or egg quality to 30 weeks of age.”

Because research has indicated that body fat triggers the onset of lay, Chew emphasized the study’s data from 20 weeks of age, which was just before the onset of lay. “There was no influence of amino acid levels on body fat for either strain,” she noted. “This was further affirmed by body composition and dissection data for the abdominal fat pad.”

Notably, the White birds had more fat than the Brown birds, consistent with DEXA data gathered throughout the study.

It’s not surprising that body fat was not directly influenced by amino acid levels. But Chew noted that there’s a gap in the scientific literature because layer research has focused on bodyweight, not body fat. “This is a research gap that we should fill,” she added.

The research team had hypothesized that pullets would respond to low amino acid levels by increasing feed intake to meet their protein requirements, and the excess energy would be stored as fat. In both strains, they saw a positive linear relationship between body fat and energy intake.

“But we also saw from the bodyweight data that pullets receiving 60% amino acid levels came into lay at the same time as birds on the other treatments,” Chew noted.

Key takeaway

One of the take-home messages the researchers emphasized was that the genetics of today’s layers are significantly different from past strains.

“We saw no effect of dietary treatments during rearing on laying-hen performance, including the onset of lay,” Chew pointed out. “This indicates that we can rear our pullets with the potential to feed lower amino acid levels — perhaps not to the extent of 60%, because we did start to see feed intake increase to meet protein needs.”

A follow-up trial

Chew shared information from a follow-up trial in the Netherlands using conventional feeding methods. Starting at 0 days of age, the study identified the potential to reduce amino acid intake to 80% of the levels recommended by breeder guides.

“Think of what this could mean for everyone involved,” Chew said. “If we are able to feed pullets more closely to what they actually need, we can reduce a lot of feed ingredient costs, as well as reduce feed waste in terms of extra nitrogen. This will subsequently provide environmental benefits.”

She emphasized that there’s more to investigate, pointing to studies suggesting that initiates the onset of lay.

“That’s where our research will take us next. Future research will look at nitrogen excretion for the environment, as well as going beyond 30 weeks of age to determine long-term production effects,” Chew noted, “with the goal of achieving 100 weeks of lifetime egg production.”

The post Impact of dietary amino acid levels on body fat, laying-hen performance appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Clean drinking water, clear rules. Hygiene meets compliance in poultry farming

Edusehat — Wed, 24 Jun 2026 18:15:10 +0700

There are some interesting developments taking place in Europe regarding the cleaning of drinking water in poultry production, particularly when it comes to treating the drinking water while the animals are present in the house. The government is increasingly keeping a close watch on farmers when they use products at the farm such as cleaning and disinfection agents.

The government is very clear about which products may or may not be used at a poultry farm. This is regulated at the European level by ECHA (the European Chemicals Agency).
For the poultry sector, ECHA recognises two key types of registrations:

PT03: Products that may be used for cleaning and disinfecting animal housing, equipment, and vehicles;

PT05: Products that may be used to treat or disinfect drinking water for poultry.

This means that when a farmer uses a cleaning or disinfecting product, it should have an ECHA registration for the correct PT category. This ensures:

The product is officially approved and tested for use around animals.
The farmer is compliant with EU legislation and won’t face regulatory issues. No risk of a fine or a recall.
There is traceability and safety assurance for food production and animal welfare.

Put simply, products registered under PT03 are only intended for use when poultry houses are empty.

Only products holding both PT03 and PT05 approvals can be safely and legally applied in empty houses and while birds are present.

Real hygiene happens during the cycle

People often say: “a chain is only as strong as its weakest link”. Interestingly, the same applies to your animals’ drinking water system. There can be a significant difference between the quality of the water coming from the first nipple and that from the last one. Contamination and microbial growth rarely originate from the water source itself — they develop within the system.

This means that while the water from the first nipple may still be of very high quality, the water further down the line can already be of poor quality.

There are several possible reasons why contamination occurs within the system. One common cause is the use of additives in the drinking water. Nutritional supplements such as organic acids, vitamins, and medications can leave behind a biofilm inside the drinking system. And no matter how small that biofilm is, it often serves as a breeding ground and hiding place for bacteria, fungi, and viruses. It’s also observed that the water temperature gradually increases as it moves through the drinking system. This too affects the growth of microorganisms, as they thrive particularly well at slightly higher temperatures. Therefore, this is another important factor contributing to the greater likelihood of microbial contamination towards the end of the drinking system.

It is therefore of great importance to regularly clean the entire drinking water system to remove all microorganisms — with particular emphasis on cleaning all the way to the last nipple.

For more information, please visit www.intracare.nl

Only PT05-approved products belong in the drinking line during the cycle

Intra Hydrocare was the first product in Europe to receive, in addition to PT02, PT03, and PT04 also a PT05 registration from the ECHA. This made Intracare the first company able to offer a product that can be used to clean and disinfect drinking water systems while animals are still present in the barn. This is a major advantage, especially for livestock farmers with long production cycles or those who regularly administer additives via the drinking water. Another major advantage of Intra Hydrocare is that it is extremely stable and it allows the use of an effective working concentration up to the very last nipple.

At EuroTier 2026: Spotlight on robotics in livestock farming

Edusehat — Wed, 24 Jun 2026 14:50:07 +0700

Robot-assisted automation is evolving rapidly and opening up new areas of application. Automated milking, feeding and cleaning systems are reducing the workload on farms, increasing precision in livestock operations and helping to address the shortage of labour. At the same time, animal welfare, animal health and environmental performance benefit from these technologies. EuroTier 2026 will showcase, live in Hanover, Germany, which innovative solutions in milking technology are already market-ready and how they are shaping the dairy barns of the future through the DLG Spotlight “Barn Robot Event.”

EuroTier, the world’s leading trade fair for professional livestock farming and management, will take place from 10 to 13 November 2026 in Hanover, alongside EnergyDecentral, the international trade fair for decentralised energy supply. Under the guiding theme “Intelligence in Animal Farming,” more than 2,100 companies and organisations from over 50 countries will present innovations and strategies for the future of livestock production across 13 halls, 220,000 square metres of exhibition space.

The use of robotics and automated systems in livestock farming has been increasing across Europe for years. The primary aim is to support farmers by reducing physically demanding and time-intensive tasks, improving operational accuracy and addressing the growing shortage of skilled labour in agriculture.

Labour relief as a key advantage
A major advantage of robotics in livestock farming is the significant reduction in manual labour. Many routine daily tasks such as milking, feeding, manure removal and bedding are now automated. This gives farm managers and employees more time for other essential activities, such as animal monitoring and farm management.

Robotics has made particularly strong progress in dairy farming over recent decades. A milking robot can carry out up to 200 milkings per day. For farmers, this represents a considerable relief, as fixed milking times in the early morning or on weekends are no longer necessary. At the same time, their quality of life, and that of their families, improves significantly.

Feeding processes are also increasingly automated. Modern feeding robots mix individual feed components and deliver fresh rations to the animals several times a day. As a result, the time required for feeding can be reduced by up to two-thirds. Automated feeding systems retrieve hay, silage as well as mineral and protein supplements from storage units and prepare precisely balanced rations. During feeding, the systems also push the feed towards the edge of the feed table so that animals can access it easily at all times.

In addition to milking and feeding robots, cleaning and manure removal robots are becoming increasingly important. They clean barn alleys and housing surfaces autonomously, ensuring hygienic conditions in the barn. Scraper robots are now considered indispensable on many farms and are often integrated directly into newly designed housing systems.

Automated systems are also increasingly used in poultry farming. For example, robots move autonomously through poultry houses for chickens and turkeys, using light signals, sounds and movement stimuli to keep the animals active. At the same time, modern robotic systems perform monitoring tasks and collect important data on barn climate conditions.
Further details are available in the full technical article:
w w w. eurotier. com/en/news/robotics-in-livestock-farming

DLG Spotlight: Barn Robot Event
Developments clearly show that there is no alternative to further automation and digitalisation in livestock farming. Robotics will play an increasingly important role in the future.
Under the guiding theme “Intelligence in Animal Farming,” EuroTier 2026 demonstrates how modern technologies can help meet today’s challenges. The DLG Spotlight “Barn Robot Event” in Hanover provides practical insights into current robotic solutions for automated milking systems and illustrates how digital technologies simplify workflows, increase efficiency and improve animal welfare at the same time.

As part of moderated live demonstrations, visitors can experience first-hand how modern milking robotics are transforming daily operations in the barn. The systems presented help make workflows more flexible, reduce the workload on staff and unlock productivity potential at farm level. At the same time, livestock farmers receive valuable information on which technologies are already market-ready and how these can be economically integrated into existing farm structures.

The “Barn Robot Event” therefore offers an ideal opportunity to gain a compact and practice-oriented overview of the future of automation in livestock farming. The three main focus areas are retrofit solutions (conversion from conventional milking parlours to robotic systems), new-build solutions, and milking in large herds.

Next Level Aquaculture Performance Through Integrated Solutions

Edusehat — Wed, 24 Jun 2026 07:55:05 +0700

* By Fabio Cervellione and Ketil Christensen

Navigating sustainability expectations and regulatory compliance in aquaculture requires a structured, multi-layered strategy. Through an integrated ecosystem of global innovation centers, veterinarians, and cutting-edge digital tools, Cargill Animal Nutrition & Health delivers validated, field-proven solutions. This unified approach transforms raw farm data into proactive execution, ensuring stronger biological resilience and sustainable business growth.

Aquaculture producers operate in an environment characterized by biological variability, rising costs, increasing sustainability expectations, and growing demands for transparency and regulatory compliance. At the same time, production systems are becoming more complex. Nutrition, animal health, farm operations, and data all influence one another more than ever before. Improving one area in isolation is often no longer enough to deliver consistent results.

As a result, producers are looking for more connected solutions — not just individual products — to help them make better decisions, improve consistency, and adapt more quickly to changing conditions.

At Cargill Animal Nutrition & Health (ANH), this integrated approach is reflected in how we work with aquaculture producers to connect science-backed nutrition, technical expertise, and digital insight into more practical, outcome-focused systems.

Aquaculture producers face rising operational costs, biological variability, and strict regulatory compliance. Modern operations require connected systems that link science-backed nutrition, farm data, and technical expertise rather than relying on disconnected standalone products.

Species-First, Science-Backed Nutrition for Modern Aquaculture

Within this integrated model, Micronutrition & Health Solutions (MHS) represents Cargill ANH’s science-based portfolio dedicated to supporting animal health, resilience, and performance through micronutrition. MHS solutions are designed with a species-first mindset and are grounded in a deep understanding of biological systems, including nutrient utilization, immune function, and the role of the microbiome. Proven animal performance. With purpose.

A defining principle of MHS is precision: the right solution, applied at the right time, and at the right inclusion level. Our solutions span the full spectrum of customer needs: from safeguarding animal health to unleashing animal potential and sustaining resources.

This disciplined approach helps ensure that micronutrition contributes effectively to performance while supporting responsible and compliant use.

Cargill ANH‘s Micronutrition & Health Solutions uses a disciplined, species-first mindset grounded in biological systems. This precise approach targets nutrient utilization, immune function, and microbiome health to safeguard animal resilience and unlock genetic potential.

Expert Guidance Across Complex Production Systems

As aquaculture systems become increasingly interconnected, expert guidance remains essential. Biological insight, nutritional expertise, operational experience, and market and regulatory understanding remain the foundation of responsible aquaculture production. Products alone do not create value; value is realized when expert knowledge is applied consistently and appropriately within the realities of commercial production systems.

At Cargill ANH, our global network of nutritionists, veterinarians, researchers, technologists, and technical service professionals work closely with customers to help solve practical challenges. This expertise is supported by an integrated research and development ecosystem, which includes global innovation and technical application centers dedicated to translating science into validated, field-proven solutions.

By combining scientific expertise with practical on-farm understanding, we help producers make more informed decisions and improve performance over time.

Value in aquaculture is fully realized when expert scientific knowledge is applied consistently to commercial production realities. A global network of nutritionists, researchers, and veterinarians translates innovative laboratory data into validated, field-proven farm solutions.

Digital Solutions for Decision-Making Confidence

The right digital platforms help connected production systems scale more effectively. These digital decision-supporting tools connect data, generate insights, and simplify execution, helping producers navigate complexity and make informed choices with greater confidence. Rather than operating as standalone technologies, platforms can help connect nutrition programs, farm operations, production data, technical expertise, and people into one practical system.

For aquaculture, Cargill ANH’s bluViu platform brings together farm-level data, production records, planning inputs, execution, and analytics within a connected environment. The platform helps producers evaluate different scenarios, track performance, and make more proactive decisions across production cycles while staying linked to nutrition programs and technical support.

By connecting biological, operational, and economic insights, a platform like bluViu helps producers shift from looking backward at performance to making more forward-looking decisions. Importantly, these digital tools are designed to complement on-farm expertise and practical experience, ensuring technology supports execution rather than adding unnecessary complexity.

The Cargill ANH’s bluViu digital platform scales modern production by combining farm-level records, analytics, and execution inputs. This data integration allows producers to run predictive scenarios and shift from historical evaluations to forward-looking operational decisions.

From Integration to Measurable Performance

Integrated solutions can help producers improve efficiency, consistency, resilience, and predictability across production cycles.

Instead of relying on disconnected tools or reacting to challenges one at a time, producers can rely on a more connected approach that supports continuous improvement over time. By combining science-backed nutrition, expert application and guidance, and digital decision support into coherent systems, Cargill ANH helps producers move from isolated interventions to more structured, informed, and continuously improving ways of operating.

The result is better decision-making, more consistent execution, and stronger long-term performance in an increasingly complex production environment.

We invite you to visit us online at Cargill Animal Nutrition – Micronutrition and Health Solutions today to learn more about how Cargill ANH supports more connected and informed aquaculture operations.

Combining specialized micronutrition, expert guidance, and digital tools moves aquaculture past isolated interventions. This continuous improvement framework drives higher productivity, predictable cycle outcomes, and a stronger ROI in a complex commercial market.

Cargill Animal Nutrition & Health delivers next level outcomes for animal wellbeing and business performance. Our integrated, science-backed solutions span nutrition, microbiome health, digital tools, and on-farm insights—designed to maximize ROI, productivity, and long-term success.

With over 1,500 nutrition science, R&D, and technical application professionals across 6 global innovation centers, proprietary technology platforms, and a deep understanding of every species, we combine cutting-edge innovation with practical application.

Our global scale and local focus help customers stay ahead, lead with confidence, and realize measurable growth where it matters most.

This is the Next Level. Realized.

This article is sponsored by: CARGILL ANIMAL NUTRITION & HEALTH

Fabio Cervellione
Micronutrition & Health Solutions, Cargill ANH
Ketil Christensen
Digital Solutions, Cargill ANH

How Structured Daycare Supports Long-Term Behavioral Health

Edusehat — Wed, 24 Jun 2026 04:30:03 +0700

People often rely on calendars to keep their lives organized, while dogs rely on routines and their internal clocks to help them understand what comes next. When pups experience consistent daily patterns, they often feel more comfortable and secure because they know what to expect throughout the day. This sense of predictability can help support confidence and provide healthy outlets for their energy.

Incorporating structured dog daycare into your dog’s routine can help reinforce this consistency by balancing activity, learning opportunities, social interaction, and rest. In this post, we explain why this structure can be so valuable, especially for supporting healthy behavioral development. We cover how structured dog daycare can help:

WHAT IS BEHAVIORAL HEALTH IN DOGS?

Behavioral health can refer to a dog’s overall mental and emotional well-being, including how they interact with other people and pups, manage stress, communicate through their actions, and respond to their environment. Dogs with good behavioral health tend to display healthy habits, maintain regular sleep patterns, engage positively with humans and other dogs, regulate emotions, and remain calm in their surroundings without fear.

Behavioral challenges, such as destructive chewing, excessive barking, fearfulness, separation anxiety, aggression, and restlessness, can affect a dog’s overall quality of life, so supporting behavioral health is important.

WHAT IS STRUCTURED DOG DAYCARE?

Not all dog daycare experiences are the same. Some may only provide a supervised space for a group of pups without any real interaction or organization. Structured daycare is designed around a consistent routine for pups where their day can include play, social interaction, exercise, mental engagement, rest, and more

Check out our dog daycare page to see what dogs get up to at Dogtopia daycare.

STRUCTURED DOG DAYCARE CAN BUILD POSITIVE SOCIAL SKILLS

Your dog’s social life is important. Having a group of friends they can interact and play with can boost their confidence, reduce feelings of isolation, improve communication, and provide the physical and mental stimulation needed to release pent-up energy and keep their minds engaged.

STRUCTURED DOG DAYCARE CAN PROVIDE MENTAL STIMULATION

Doggy boredom is real! When pups don’t have mental stimulation throughout the day, they can become bored, which can lead to destructive behaviors.

A structured daycare setting will often incorporate activities that encourage problem-solving and interaction with the environment and other dogs, which is a great way to strengthen their thinking and communication skills.

STRUCTURED DOG DAYCARE CAN ENCOURAGE EMOTIONAL REGULATION

When dogs have structure in their day, they can feel more at ease because they know what to expect. By incorporating structured dog daycare into their routine, dogs become familiar with a predictable schedule that includes coach-led opportunities for play, socialization, enrichment, and rest. This consistency can help reduce overstimulation and provide a sense of stability, which can lead to more positive behaviors.

STRUCTURED DOG DAYCARE CAN HELP RELEASE BUILT-UP ENERGY

Many dogs need an outlet to release their built-up energy. Otherwise, that energy can show up in behaviors like jumping, restlessness, or excessive barking. Regular dog daycare that follows a consistent structure will incorporate opportunities for pups to exercise and play, along with rest breaks, helping them expend energy in a healthy way while avoiding overstimulation. At Dogtopia, pet parents can also gain insight into their pup’s activity levels through DASH, our activity monitor for dogs. By tracking metrics like steps, distance traveled, calories burned, and active minutes, DASH helps provide a clearer picture of how daycare supports healthy energy release and overall wellness. In fact, data from DASH has shown that dogs attending daycare can achieve significantly more daily activity than dogs who stay home, helping support both physical and behavioral health!

BOOK YOUR DOG’S DAYCARE VISIT TODAY AT DOGTOPIA

At Dogtopia, our state-of-the-art facilities provide a safe, supervised space for pups to play, learn, exercise, socialize, and have tail-wagging fun. Our expert coaches are there to supervise, interact with pups, and organize the fun activities we incorporate throughout the day, such as brain games, agility exercises, occasional photoshoots, playroom bubble parties, and more.

Get started by reaching out to your local Dogtopia today!

The post How Structured Daycare Supports Long-Term Behavioral Health appeared first on Dogtopia.

Upcoming Price Increases to Pangea Gecko Diets, and What We're Doing to Help

Edusehat — Wed, 24 Jun 2026 04:15:03 +0700

After holding prices steady through many cost increases over the last few years, we have unfortunately hit a point where we need to increase prices on our fan favorite gecko diets for our customers. We realize price increases are never welcome though, so we want to do everything we can to make this change as easy as possible for our loyal customers, including giving advance notice on the change.

To briefly explain why we’re increasing prices, it simply comes down to rising costs. Economic pressures have increased the cost of many key ingredients, and shipping costs have made obtaining ingredients significantly more expensive as well. We’ve done our best to eat these costs over the last few years, but we have unfortunately hit a point where we cannot continue to do so.

Effective July 7th, pricing at pangeareptile.com will be as follows:

We understand that a price increase is never welcome news, so we've put a few things in place to help:

Order at current prices until July 6th

- We’re giving customers a couple weeks to stock up before the change takes effect. Remember, our gecko diets are good for up to one year after opening when refrigerated

Subscription pricing locked in

- Any gecko diet subscription started before July 7th will keep its current pricing until cancelled. Subscribe now and keep your price until you cancel!

New Subscribe & Save plan launching July 7th

- A new subscription option designed to help make gecko diet more affordable for regular buyers after the price increase goes into effect.

Please also be aware that between this announcement and our ongoing Summer Sale, we're expecting higher-than-usual order volumes. Orders may experience a 1–2 day delay before shipping.

We truly appreciate your loyalty and are committed to keeping your gecko's favorite diets as accessible as possible.

Thank you for being a Pangea Reptile customer.

Maximize Genetic Gain: Choosing the Right Breeding Program

Edusehat — Wed, 24 Jun 2026 00:50:10 +0700

Selective breeding is one of the most powerful tools available to aquaculture producers, driving improvements in growth, survival, disease resistance, robustness, and overall production performance. However, because breeding programs differ in their goals, production environments, and operational constraints, there is no one-size-fits-all approach.

Choosing the right breeding strategy requires balancing breeding objectives, available resources, operational constraints, and the level of genetic gain required to achieve commercial goals. While some programs can achieve meaningful progress through simple selection approaches, others may benefit from more advanced technologies that deliver greater accuracy and faster rates of improvement.

In this poster recently presented by the team, we explore the range of breeding programme options available to aquaculture producers, from low-investment approaches such as mass selection through to family-based breeding programs and genomic selection. We examine the strengths, limitations, and practical considerations of each approach to help producers understand which strategy is best suited to their operation.

The poster also highlights the critical role of both phenotypic and genotypic data in driving genetic gain. As breeding objectives become more complex and producers seek improvements across multiple traits simultaneously, access to accurate performance and genomic information becomes increasingly important.

Whether you are establishing a new breeding program or looking to optimise an existing one, understanding the full range of available tools is essential to maximising return on investment and achieving sustainable long-term genetic improvement.

Download the poster to learn how different breeding program strategies compare and how to select the approach that best aligns with your goals, resources, and long-term vision.

The post Maximize Genetic Gain: Choosing the Right Breeding Program appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

CAT Heads to WCGALP 2026 with Three Accepted Research Papers

Edusehat — Wed, 24 Jun 2026 00:50:09 +0700

Next month, members of the CAT team will travel to Madison, Wisconsin, to attend the 2026 World Congress on Genetics Applied to Livestock Production (WCGALP), one of the most significant events in animal breeding and genetics worldwide.

Held only once every four years, WCGALP is often referred to as the “World Cup” of animal breeding. The conference brings together leading researchers, industry professionals, and innovators from around the globe to share the latest advances in genetic improvement across livestock, poultry, companion animals, horses, insects, and aquatic species.

This year’s event will take place from 12–17 July at the iconic Monona Terrace Community and Convention Center, overlooking Lake Monona in the heart of Madison.

We’re proud to share that three CAT research papers have been accepted for presentation at the congress, highlighting our team’s ongoing commitment to advancing breeding technologies and delivering practical solutions.

Samual May presenting earlier this year.

Oral Presentation

Integrating Genome Editing into Aquaculture Breeding Programs: Achieving Commercial Scale
Presented by Samuel May

This presentation explores how genome editing technologies can be integrated into aquaculture breeding programs and the considerations required to translate scientific innovation into commercial application.

Poster Presentations

A Low-Pass Whole-Genome Sequencing and Imputation Pipeline for Cobia: Bridging Laboratory Innovation and Bioinformatics
Presented by Melissa Allen

This work examines how low-pass whole-genome sequencing can support genomic applications in emerging aquaculture species while balancing accuracy, scalability, and operational feasibility.

Pool-Seq Framework for Robust SNP Panel Design
Presented by Honggang Zhao

This study presents a scalable framework for SNP panel development and validation directly from Pool-seq data, demonstrated in a multispecies bass system comprising White Bass, Striped Bass, Yellow Bass, and their hybrids.

Events like WCGALP provide an invaluable opportunity to connect with researchers, breeders, and industry leaders from around the world, exchange ideas, and explore the technologies shaping the future of animal and aquaculture breeding.

We are honoured to contribute to this year’s scientific program.

All three papers will be available to download from our website following the conference.

The post CAT Heads to WCGALP 2026 with Three Accepted Research Papers appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Building More Resilient Shrimp Populations: Watch Diana Lagos’ Expo Larva Presentation

Edusehat — Tue, 23 Jun 2026 21:15:13 +0700

What makes a successful breeding programme?

As the world searches for sustainable ways to feed a growing population, the future does not lie only on land, but also in our waters.

For many years, genetic improvement programs in aquaculture have focused heavily on growth. While growth remains an important driver of profitability, today’s producers face a growing range of challenges, from disease outbreaks and environmental stressors to rising demands for sustainable production. As a result, survival and resilience are becoming just as important as growth when defining breeding objectives.

In this 30-minute presentation recorded at ExpoLarva, CAT’s Client Success Associate for Ecuador, Diana Lagos, explores how modern breeding programs can balance these priorities to build stronger, more resilient shrimp populations.

Drawing on a case study from our client MARSEL, Diana discusses how integrating phenotypic data, challenge testing, and genomic technologies can help identify broodstock that not only perform well under ideal conditions but also maintain productivity when faced with challenges.

The presentation highlights how multi-trait selection strategies can deliver simultaneous genetic progress in both growth and survival, helping producers build populations that are better equipped for the future.

The key message is simple: survival in maturation begins long before broodstock enter the facility. Every broodstock selected today shapes the performance of future generations, making breeding decisions one of the most powerful tools for improving long-term production outcomes.

Diana Lagos

As CAT’s on-the-ground representative in Ecuador, Diana works closely with shrimp producers to support their genotyping needs. Drawing on her extensive laboratory and shrimp operations experience, she advises clients on best practices for sample collection and shipping, helping ensure sample integrity and the delivery of reliable, actionable genetic data. She also works closely with CAT’s global laboratory operations team in San Diego to coordinate projects and support client success.

Whether you are currently running a breeding program or exploring new approaches to genetic improvement, this presentation provides valuable insights into how breeding for resilience can create long-term value for shrimp producers.

Watch the full recording, in Spanish.

The post Building More Resilient Shrimp Populations: Watch Diana Lagos’ Expo Larva Presentation appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Accelerating Genetic Gain: Why Germ Cell Transfer Is Capturing Industry Attention

Edusehat — Tue, 23 Jun 2026 21:15:12 +0700

Aquaculture breeding programs have evolved far beyond a sole focus on growth. Producers now balance a much broader set of priorities, including animal welfare, climate resilience, production efficiency, disease resilience, and long-term sustainability. As genetic tools become more advanced, there is a greater opportunity to shape breeding strategies around diverse traits that deliver real commercial value to meet industry demands.

One technology attracting growing attention is Germ Cell Transfer (GCT), where germ cells – cells that eventually become sperm or eggs – are transferred from a donor fish into a surrogate host. When transferred into a germ-cell-free host, the surrogate produces only donor-derived gametes. For breeding programs, the opportunity extends well beyond reproductive control. GCT can help amplify elite genetics, separate genetic improvement from broodstock production, strengthen biosecurity, and potentially accelerate breeding cycles.

GCT is particularly relevant in Atlantic salmon, where challenges such as parasites, disease resistance, robustness, and early male maturation continue to carry significant economic consequences. These issues can reduce harvest weights, lower fillet quality, increase mortality, compromise welfare, and reduce overall production efficiency.

The Economic Impact

Recent bioeconomic modelling in salmonids highlights the scale of the opportunity. The use of GCT to generate all-female production cohorts has been estimated to deliver approximately USD 6.89 million in additional net profit per 30,000 MT production cycle, representing a 10.1 per cent increase in profitability from the same infrastructure and smolt inputs.

The value creation is driven by recovered biomass from improved survival and reduced downgrade losses associated with early male maturation. For producers, this demonstrates how reproductive technologies such as GCT can create measurable commercial value while also improving production consistency and welfare outcomes.

The Broader Value

The major role of any hatchery or breeding program is to produce fingerlings for stocking into production systems. GCT creates several opportunities to improve how this process is managed and scaled.

By transferring germ cells into surrogate lines or related species with stronger hatchery performance or higher fecundity, producers are able to generate larger numbers of juveniles within the same space and production timeframe. In some cases, surrogate species with shorter generation intervals may also help accelerate genetic gain by reducing breeding cycle length.

GCT also creates greater flexibility within breeding programs. Rather than maintaining large populations of elite broodstock, producers can amplify valuable genetics through surrogate hosts.

High-value donor animals can be identified early using genomic tools, while surrogate animals handle gamete production at commercial scale.

The technology may also improve biosecurity and genetic transfer between locations. Moving preserved germ cells instead of live animals may reduce both transport complexity and biosecurity risk. Importantly, GCT integrates naturally with established genomic selection strategies.

Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) hatchling at around 15mm

Strengthening Elite Genetics

One of the clearest applications for GCT is the amplification of elite genetics.

In traditional breeding programs, a relatively large percentage of broodstock candidates are typically retained to preserve diversity and maintain sufficient reproductive capacity to meet production requirements. With GCT, breeding programs can become much more selective.

Instead of advancing the top 20 per cent of animals, programs may be able to focus on only the very best individuals while still producing sufficient broodstock numbers through surrogacy.

This changes the pace of genetic improvement. Selection intensity increases, genetic gain accelerates, and elite traits can be scaled much more rapidly.

The impact is particularly significant in highly fecund marine species and those with long maturation timelines, where each generation incurs substantial costs and investments. In species such as cobia or seriola, a single donor line may ultimately generate very large numbers of offspring through surrogate broodstock systems.

Supporting Monosex Production

GCT also creates opportunities for producing monosex populations.

Many finfish industries already rely on monosex production because one sex often grows faster, matures later, or delivers more consistent harvest quality. Traditional approaches for generating monosex stocks can be labour-intensive, inconsistent across generations, and, in some cases, involve potentially dangerous chemicals that require careful management, use, and disposal protocols.

By incorporating germ cell transfer, breeding programs are able to establish more controlled and scalable systems for producing neo-males or neo-females in species with well-defined genetic sex determination.

For producers, this can improve production consistency and reduce biological variability during grow-out.

Preserving Valuable Genetics

Another major advantage of GCT is long-term genetic preservation.

Conventional cryopreservation methods typically rely on storing sperm. While effective for preserving partial genetics, rebuilding an identical population from sperm alone can take multiple generations, and may also result in the loss of maternally inherited mitochondrial DNA.

Germ cell preservation offers an alternative. By preserving germ cells and reintroducing them through surrogate hosts, breeding programs can potentially recreate donor populations much more accurately in the first generation. Unlike sperm cryopreservation, these donor populations may include both males and females.

For valuable breeding lines, rare genetics, or insurance against disease outbreaks and catastrophic loss events, this represents a significant strategic advantage.

A Practical Tool, Not a Replacement

Importantly, GCT is not intended to replace selective breeding. Instead, it acts as an enabling technology that strengthens existing breeding strategies.

Modern aquaculture breeding programs are increasingly combining multiple tools:

selective breeding for long-term gain,
genotyping for improved accuracy,
genomic selection for difficult traits,
genome editing for sterility and trait advancement,
and advanced reproductive technologies like GCT to improve operational efficiency.

The most successful programs are unlikely to rely on a single technology. Instead, competitive advantage will come from integrating these approaches into practical, commercially scalable systems.

Looking Ahead

Industry interest in Germ Cell Transfer is increasingly shifting beyond sterility alone and toward the broader value the technology can deliver within breeding programs. While reproductive control remains important, the larger opportunity lies in how GCT can improve the deployment of elite genetics, increase selection intensity, support monosex production, strengthen biosecurity, preserve valuable genetic resources, and potentially accelerate breeding cycles.

For commercial producers, these benefits translate directly into measurable operational value: improved production consistency, faster genetic progress, reduced biological losses, and stronger overall profitability.

As aquaculture breeding programs continue to evolve, integrating technologies that improve both biological performance and operational efficiency are likely to play an increasingly important role.

The post Accelerating Genetic Gain: Why Germ Cell Transfer Is Capturing Industry Attention appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Maximise Genetic Gain: Choosing the Right Breeding Program

Edusehat — Tue, 23 Jun 2026 21:15:11 +0700

Download the poster to learn how different breeding program strategies compare and how to select the approach that best aligns with your goals, resources, and long-term vision.

The post Maximise Genetic Gain: Choosing the Right Breeding Program appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

AT Heads to WCGALP 2026 with Three Accepted Research Papers

Edusehat — Tue, 23 Jun 2026 21:15:09 +0700

This year’s event will take place from 12–17 July at the iconic Monona Terrace Community and Convention Center, overlooking Lake Monona in the heart of Madison.

Samual May presenting earlier this year.

Oral Presentation

Integrating Genome Editing into Aquaculture Breeding Programs: Achieving Commercial Scale
Presented by Samuel May

Poster Presentations

A Low-Pass Whole-Genome Sequencing and Imputation Pipeline for Cobia: Bridging Laboratory Innovation and Bioinformatics
Presented by Melissa Allen

This work examines how low-pass whole-genome sequencing can support genomic applications in emerging aquaculture species while balancing accuracy, scalability, and operational feasibility.

Pool-Seq Framework for Robust SNP Panel Design
Presented by Honggang Zhao

We are honoured to contribute to this year’s scientific program.

All three papers will be available to download from our website following the conference.

The post AT Heads to WCGALP 2026 with Three Accepted Research Papers appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Avian flu reaches all continents: Australia confirms second H5N1 case in wildlife

Edusehat — Tue, 23 Jun 2026 20:45:10 +0700

Avian influenza H5N1 has officially completed its global spread. Australia, until two days ago the only continent still free from the virus on mainland soil, has confirmed two cases of highly pathogenic avian flu in Western Australia, marking a historic moment for global animal health.

First and second case: the timeline

The first case was confirmed on June 20, 2026, in a brown skua found sick in Cape Le Grand National Park, 700 km from Perth. The second case, confirmed on June 22, involves a northern giant petrel found on an isolated beach near Esperance, 570 km from Perth.

The two birds are marine migrants found sick on isolated beaches along the southern coast of Western Australia. Analyses conducted by CSIRO (the Australian national scientific organization) confirmed both as positive for the H5N1 variant.

Historical significance

“For the first time in many years, Australia has reported HPAI [highly pathogenic avian influenza] cases on the continent,” confirmed the EFSA, emphasizing that until this year Australia was the only continent without a confirmed case on mainland soil. The virus had only been detected at the end of 2025 on Heard Island, an Australian subantarctic territory located approximately 4,100 km from mainland.

The arrival of H5N1 in Australia confirms that the virus has reached all continents, including those previously considered “natural barriers” against global spread.

Immediate biosecurity measures

Agriculture Minister Julie Collins announced an aggressive preventive approach with a more $100 million plan to prevent an outbreak in farms. Measures include strengthened biosecurity in poultry farms, increased testing on shorebirds (coastal migrants), vaccination of vulnerable species, and outbreak response simulations.

“We are working very closely with the chicken, meat and egg systems and industries to do everything possible to improve biosecurity and prevent entry into production systems,” Collins declared.

The Australian poultry sector remains virus-free

Despite the two confirmed cases, the situation in the agricultural sector is still under control. There are no cases in commercial poultry farms, no widespread mortality of wild animals in the area, and the Australian agricultural and poultry system remains free from the virus

Human risk: still low

Human infections remain rare, according to Julie Collins. The WHO reiterated that the risk to the general population remains “low” at present, although global alert grows with each new case. A human case of H5N1 had already been reported in Victoria state, Australia, but the risk remains controlled.

What this means for the global poultry sector

The arrival of H5N1 in Australia represents an important alarm signal for the global poultry industry, not only for wildlife. The H5N1 strain has spread across the world since 2020, causing the death of millions of birds and other animals.

For Italy and Europe, where avian flu has already caused significant outbreaks in recent years, the Australian situation confirms the need to maintain high surveillance and rigorous biosecurity measures, especially in view of the next influenza season.

Next developments: Australia will focus enhanced surveillance on the country’s southern coast, specifically monitoring the movements of the two species of migratory seabirds that tested positive. The confirmation of the second case does not yet indicate an outbreak in farms, but represents a critical point in the history of global H5N1 spread.

Zootecnica – Poultry Magazine: the new digital issue is now available

Edusehat — Tue, 23 Jun 2026 13:35:09 +0700

The latest issue of Zootecnica – Poultry Magazine is now available online, featuring technical, management and market insights for poultry professionals around the world.

This issue includes an in-depth analysis of GLP-1 drugs and their potential implications for the poultry sector, alongside articles addressing some of the industry’s most important production challenges. Topics covered include summer heat stress in broilers, worm infestations in chickens and integrated control strategies, and the critical role of hatching egg quality in hatchery performance.

The magazine also features the latest European Union Poultry and Products Semi-annual Report, providing an overview of recent market developments, as well as a report on Sharan Panta and his contribution to the poultry business sector.

Additional articles examine hatching egg cracks and their impact throughout the production continuum, while the management section explores how the implementation of animal welfare practices can contribute to more efficient poultry production.

Completing the issue is the second part of our analysis of the G20’s role in global meat production and trade, with a focus on international meat exports.

Browse the new digital edition of Zootecnica – Poultry Magazine online.

📥 The complete magazine is also available for PDF download.

Guess the Cat Breed Quiz: How Many Can You Identify?

Edusehat — Tue, 23 Jun 2026 03:25:06 +0700

Think you know your cat breeds? Put your knowledge to the test with our Guess the Cat Breed quiz and see how many you can identify correctly. From popular family favourites to rare and surprising kittens, this fun cat breed quiz challenges you to recognize cats based on their appearance.

Whether you’re a dedicated cat lover or just enjoy a good cat trivia quiz, this challenge is a great way to learn more about different breeds while having fun. Some will be easy to spot—but others might really test your skills!

Can you identify them all and get a perfect score? Take the quiz below and find out how well you really know your cats.

Quiz: Guess the Cat Breed

How many of these cat breeds can you correctly identify by their photos? See where your cat breed knowledge stands: take the quiz, and let us know how you did in the comments!

Guess the Cat Breed Quiz

Test your breed knowledge! Can you successfully ID these breeds by photo alone? Let's get started!

1 / 10

1. What breed is this cat?

Maine Coon

Ragdoll

Birman

Ragamuffin

2 / 10

2. What breed is this cat?

Norwegian Forest Cat

Mink Ragamuffin

Siberian Cat

Tortie Ragdoll

3 / 10

3. What breed is this cat?

Japanese Bobtail

American Bobtail

Pixie-Bob

Kurilian Bobtail

4 / 10

4. What breed is this cat?

Cornish Rex

Devon Rex

Selkirk Rex

German Rex

5 / 10

5. What breed is this cat?

Russian Blue

British Shorthair

Chartreux

Scottish Straight

6 / 10

6. What breed is this cat?

Somali

Abyssinian

Chausie

Bengal

7 / 10

7. What breed is this cat?

Siamese

Himalayan

Balinese

Birman

8 / 10

8. What breed is this cat?

Himalayan

Persian

British Longhair

Birman

9 / 10

9. What breed is this cat?

Australian Mist

Ocicat

Bengal

Egyptian Mau

10 / 10

10. What breed is this cat?

Bombay

Burmese

Havana Brown

Siamese

Your score is
LinkedIn Facebook Twitter

By Wordpress Quiz plugin

Discover the traits and care for these breeds and more in our comprehensive cat breed profiles.

The post Guess the Cat Breed Quiz: How Many Can You Identify? appeared first on Modern Cat.

El Niño Conditions and Risk Considerations for Ecuadorian Shrimp Production

Edusehat — Tue, 23 Jun 2026 03:15:05 +0700

* By Stephen Newman

El Niño impacts Ecuadorian shrimp farming directly through environmental changes and indirectly via fishmeal availability. Heavy rains, flooding, and higher disease risks threaten productivity. Projections suggest this could be one of the strongest events in recorded history. To ensure minimal disruption, farmers must take a measured response and spend resources to minimize preventable impacts before the storm arrives.

What Is an El Niño?

The Humboldt Current, also known as the Peru Current, is a cold-water current that flows northward along the coasts of Chile and Peru and subsequently turns westward near the equator. It is critical for ensuring upwelling of nutrients that sustain the fisheries in this part of the planet. Warmer water sinks and colder water rise, bringing with it critical nutrients for phytoplankton. Historically, this forms the base of the food chain ultimately resulting in the robust populations of small pelagic fish such as the Peruvian anchoveta being harvested routinely. These fish are converted into fishmeal and fish oil, major ingredients in aquaculture and livestock feeds.

The upwelling is year-round and non-seasonal and is a highly efficient food web. It is not without potentially challenging aspects however as it is tightly linked to the El Niño-Southern Oscillation (ENSO). Historically, this does impact shrimp farming in Ecuador. These impacts can be direct and beneficial or harmful or indirect due to the impact on fish meal availability and subsequent pricing.

El Niño conditions alter the Humboldt Current, disrupting nutrient upwelling and Peruvian anchoveta harvests. This indirectly impacts the shrimp farming industry in Ecuador by reducing fishmeal and fish oil availability, subsequently driving up aquafeed manufacturing costs and market pricing.

What Is the Potential Impact?

The impact is global. The Figure 1 summarizes what the potential impacts could be on shrimp farming in Ecuador, both direct and indirect.

The Upsides

Moderate El Niño conditions have been noted to produce a positive effect. The major ones are outlined along with some of the potentially negative impacts in Figure 2. Pond temperatures are raised although not necessarily to an extreme resulting in faster-growing shrimp. Historically, when Ecuador relied heavily on the availability of wild seed and natural productivity this could also have benefit as the warmer climate contributed to increases. Ecuador no longer relies on wild seed from wild catch.

While moderate El Niño events historically accelerated shrimp growth due to elevated pond temperatures, today’s intensive aquaculture industry operates at higher stocking densities. This modern operational scale limits traditional advantages and amplifies ecological risks linked to microbiome shifts.

A University of Stirling study of Ecuadorian productivity during the years of 1996 to 1999 reported that El Niño periods saw increased survivals rates, lower Feed Conversion Ratios (FCRs), and higher yields. Since then, the industry has evolved and matured; it is not the same industry in many respects. Stocking densities are higher, while aeration and the use of automatic feeders are now commonplace. It has been postulated that the differences between El Niño and La Niña periods were a result of impacts on the microbiome and its subsequent impacts on phytoplankton.

The Downsides

Heavy rains that result in flooding, dike failures, extreme dilution from copious amounts of fresh water, reduced alkalinity/hardness, oxygen stress (less of a problem today because of the widespread adoption of aeration), harvest and other logistic challenges/disruptions, and higher disease risks as a result of variable water quality and the impact on stressors on animals’ immune systems, etc. are all potential increased risks during El Niño periods. Anchoveta production is generally negatively impacted with reduced fish meal/oil availability and higher prices of feed.

In 2023, the Camara estimated that half of the shrimp farms were at risk from flooding. This has the potential of seriously disrupting productivity. Those farms that are not prepared may be faced with multi-cycle repair timing and the subsequent disruptive cash flow that leads to bankruptcy and forced reorganization.

Severe El Niño downsides include torrential rains, flooding, dike failures, extreme water dilution, and reduced alkalinity. These rapid water quality fluctuations trigger physiological stress, compromise the shrimp immune system, and significantly elevate infectious disease risks across production ponds.

What Can Farmers Do?

Be prepared. Do not wait until the impact is present. Ensure that ponds are structurally able to deal with the impact of flooding. Retaining walls, dikes, warehouses holding feed and equipment need to be in good repair and able to withstand negative weather events. Stable electrical systems that are protected from extreme weather and overall education of workers as to the risks and tools available to moderate the impacts are all essential to lessen the overall risks. High temperatures are not the only issue.

The National Chamber of Aquaculture estimated in 2023 that half of Ecuador’s shrimp farms faced severe flooding risks. Unprepared facilities risk long-term structural damage, multi-cycle repair timelines, and catastrophic cash flow disruptions that can lead to industrial bankruptcy.

Projections are that this will be a very strong El Niño. Some speculate that this could be strongest seen in recorded history. It is imperative that the risks from this, where they can be addressed and mitigated, are done so. Ecuador is currently the largest producer of farmed shrimp globally and the resources are available to ensure that the preventable aspects of this are addressed. Trying to fix them in the midst of the storm is rarely effective. The time to prepare is now.

Ecuador is achieving new export records year after year. Inadequate preparation for this upcoming disruptive weather event will impact this. To ensure that the disruption is minimal without a huge, long-lasting impact requires a measured response before the weather patterns make this at best difficult and at worst impossible. Spending time and resources to minimize preventable impacts is a critical element of sustainability that when ignored is done so at industrial risk.

To safeguard productivity, shrimp farmers must proactively reinforce retaining walls, dikes, feed warehouses, and electrical systems. Allocating resources to mitigate preventable climate risks before the storm arrives is an essential element for ensuring aquaculture sustainability.

The Role of Functional Feed Additives in Enhancing Aquaculture Sustainability

Edusehat — Mon, 22 Jun 2026 23:40:05 +0700

By Aquaculture Magazine Editorial Team

Beyond every successful harvest lies a delicate equilibrium between high productivity and… ecological integrity. Functional feed additives like probiotics and prebiotics are currently redefining the industry by significantly enhancing growth, immunity, and feed efficiency. Adopting these “superfoods” allows producers to reduce reliance on wildcaught fish meal and antibiotics, securing a breakthrough for both longterm profitability and global environmentalstewardship.

Aquaculture is the fastestgrowing sector in global food production and plays a crucial role in food security protein supply, and livelihoods while reducing pressure on wild fisheries. However, its sustainability is increasingly questioned due to environmental, economic, and biological challenges. Sustainable aquaculture requires efficient management of resources to ensure longterm productivity while maintaining ecological balance.

One major issue is the heavy dependence on fish meal and fish oil in feed, much of which is derived from wildcaught fish. This not only increases production costs, with feed accounting for 40-60% of expenses, but also contradicts the goal of reducing pressure on natural ecosystems. Additionally, disease outbreaks caused by pathogens such as viruses, bacteria, and parasites pose serious threats to productivity and profitability. Environmental concerns also arise from the discharge of nutrient-rich effluents, which can damage aquatic ecosystems.

To address these challenges, several strategies have been explored. Alternative protein sources, such as plant-and insect-based ingredients, aim to reduce reliance on fish meal, although they may affect growth and nutrient stability.

Technologies like integrated multitrophic aquaculture (IMTA), recirculating aquaculture systems (RAS), and aquaponics help reduce environmental impact by recycling nutrients and treating wastewater. However, these approaches also face limitations, including technical complexity and inconsistent results.

Functional feed additives (FFAs) have emerged as a promising solution. These include prebiotics, probiotics, microalgae, and enzymes that enhance growth, immunity, and feed efficiency while reducing stress and disease susceptibility. Despite their potential, their application remains underdeveloped, and further research is needed to optimize their use and fully integrate them into sustainable aquaculture systems.

Functional feed additives (FFAs) like probiotics and phytogenics improve weight gain and nutrient utilization. Lowering feed conversion ratios (FCR) reduces production costs and nutrient waste, directly enhancing aquaculture’s economic and environmental sustainability.

Objectives and Methodology

The specific objectives of this study were:

a) Itemize some common FFAs and their contribution to aquaculture sustainability; and

b) Identify challenges associated with the use of FFAs.

Materials for this study were sourced from print books and different scholarly sites using various web browsers, including Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, Opera Browser, and Microsoft Edge. However, the literature used in this study was more webbased. The databases from which the literature was sourced include Science Direct, Research Gate, Wiley Oline Library, SABINET, and SpringerLink.

This review did not restrict literature reports on FFAs to specific locations/regions to obtain detailed information on the subject area.

Probiotics, prebiotics, and phytogenics boost immune parameters, including lysozyme activity and phagocytosis. These additives increase survival rates after pathogen exposure, offering a safe, preventive alternative to traditional antibiotics in intensive systems.

Some Common FFAs in Aquaculture

FFAs play a key role in improving aquaculture sustainability by enhancing growth, health, and feed efficiency in aquatic organisms. Among the most common additives are probiotics, prebiotics, and phytogenics, each contributing differently to host performance and environmental balance.

Probiotics

Probiotics are live microorganisms that benefit aquatic animals by improving microbial balance, nutrient utilization, disease resistance, and environmental quality. Unlike terrestrial systems, their interaction with aquatic species occurs both in the gut and in the surrounding water. They can be administered through feed or directly into the water and must be nonpathogenic, resistant to digestive conditions, and capable of colonizing the host.

Probiotics enhance immune response, growth, digestion, and nutrient production such as vitamins. They include bacteria, microalgae, and yeasts and can be classified based on origin, composition, and function.

Prebiotics

Prebiotics are non-digestible compounds, mainly oligosaccharides, that stimulate beneficial gut microorganisms. They function as energy sources for probiotics and must resist digestion to reach the colon. Their benefits arise from fermentation by gut bacteria, improving immunity and overall health. However, their effectiveness depends on the presence of compatible microbiota, making mixed formulations preferable.

Common prebiotics include mannan oligosaccharide (MOS), fructooligo-saccharides (FOS), galactooligosaccharide (GOS), arabinoxylan oligosaccharide (AXOS), inulin, and β-glucan. They are widely found in natural sources such as plants and microalgae and face fewer regulatory restrictions than probiotics.

Phytogenics

Phytogenics are plant-derived additives used in various forms, including extracts and essential oils. They stimulate appetite, improve gut health, and provide antimicrobial, antioxidant, and antiparasitic effects. Their bioactive compounds, such as phenols and flavonoids, contribute to these benefits. Examples include garlic, thyme, oregano, and neem. However, their effectiveness varies depending on plant source, extraction method, and dosage, requiring careful application to avoid toxicity.

FFAs enable the replacement of wild-caught fish meal with alternative proteins like soybean meal. Improving digestibility and nutrient absorption reduces dependence on natural ecosystems, promoting a circular and sustainable protein supply.

Aquaculture and Its Sustainability Issues

Aquaculture sustainability includes economic, environmental, and social dimensions. Challenges include high production costs, disease outbreaks, environmental pollution, and resource overexploitation. Additionally, habitat conversion and ecosystem disruption raise social concerns. Addressing these issues is essential for ensuring long-term viability and responsible aquaculture development.

FFA and Their Sustainability Roles

FFA contributes significantly to aquaculture sustainability by improving feed efficiency, supporting resource utilization, enhancing immunity, controlling parasites, and improving water quality. These roles collectively reduce environmental impact and increase productivity.

Feed efficiency improvement

Feed efficiency, measured by feed conversion ratio (FCR), reflects how effectively feed is converted into biomass. Lower FCR values indicate better performance. FFAs such as probiotics, prebiotics, and phytogenics improve growth, weight gain, and nutrient utilization. Studies show that probiotic supplementation enhances growth performance, although results depend on dosage, species, and strain.

In some case, symbiotics (probiotics + prebiotics) provide greater benefits than individual additives. Similarly, phytogenics like garlic and essential oils improve growth indicators. These improvements occur through enhanced digestion, enzyme production, appetite stimulation, and immune support. Better feed efficiency reduces production costs and minimizes nutrient waste, lowering environmental impact.

Sustainable resource utilization

Aquaculture heavily depends on fishmeal and fish oil, which are sourced from wild fish, creating sustainability concerns. FFAs enable the use of alternative protein sources, such as soybean meal (SBM), by improving digestibility and reducing antinutritional effects. Studies show that SBM supplemented with FFAs can replace fishmeal at higher levels without compromising growth (Table 1). In some cases, total fishmeal replacement is possible, though immune function may be affected. Overall, FFAs enhance nutrient utilization, reduce dependence on wild resources, and lower feed costs, promoting sustainability.

Enhanced disease resistance/ immunity

Disease outbreaks are a major challenge in aquaculture, often intensified by high stocking densities and environmental risks. Probiotics, prebiotics, and phytogenics enhance immune parameters such as lysozyme activity and phagocytosis, increasing survival after pathogen exposure. Symbiotics often provide the strongest immune benefits, although effectiveness depends on dosage and combinations (Table 1).

Antiparasitic

Parasite infestations reduce growth and increase mortality. Phytogenic additives provide natural antiparasitic effects, reducing infection rates and offering environmentally friendly alternatives to chemical treatments. Their effectiveness depends on dosage and duration of application.

Improved water quality

Aquaculture systems accumulate nutrients such as nitrogen and phosphorus, negatively affecting water quality. FFAs help reduce waste outputs and improve water parameters, including ammonia and nitrogen compounds. Probiotic supplementation has been shown to lower nutrient concentrations in water, improving environmental conditions and animal health. This leads to reduced stress, better growth, and more sustainable systems.

FFAs help lower nutrient concentrations, such as nitrogen and phosphorus, in aquaculture effluents. Probiotic supplementation improves water parameters and reduces animal stress, leading to cleaner production and minimized environmental footprints.

Adoption of FFAs

FFAs emerged to government restrictions on antibiotics, driving the need for safe and effective alternatives in aquaculture. Their development has progressed from research to field trials, followed by regulatory approval and commercialization. Today, numerous commercial products are available for different species and life stages, supporting growth, health and disease resistance.

The adoption of FFA has increased due to awareness among aquaculture practitioners through scientific research and industry outreach. Demand continues to grow, with projections indicating a steady annual increase driven by the need to improve productivity, profitability, and sustainability. These additives are widely used across species such as shrimp, carp, and catfish.

Geographically, FFA adoption is strongest in Asia, Europe, and North America, where aquaculture is well established. In countries like China, functional feeds are classified based on their purpose, including disease prevention and growth enhancement. Despite their benefits, high costs may limit adoption in developing regions.

Challenges Associated with FFAs

FFAs improve growth, health, and immunity in aquaculture but present several challenges. They increase production costs and require technical expertise for proper formulation and application. Regulatory approval for new additives can be complex and time-consuming. Stability issues due to environmental factors may affect effectiveness, though techniques like microencapsulation can help.

FFAs are mainly preventive, not curative, requiring continuous use. Palatability can also be affected, reducing feed intake if not properly balanced. Additionally, consumer perception and potential impacts on product taste may influence market acceptance. Concerns about antimicrobial resistance and overall effectiveness remain areas for further research.

Global demand for functional feeds is growing, driven by a need for productivity and profitability. Future research focuses on optimizing additive combinations and microencapsulation to overcome stability challenges and ensure consistent field performance.

Conclusions and Recommendations

This study expounds on the benefits of FFAs to aquaculture and how they help minimize the sustainability challenges associated with aquaculture. The various literature examined showed that the application of FFAs in aquaculture reduces stress, aids digestion, improves growth and water quality, increases the chances of survival of aquatic animals after exposure to infections, reduces parasitic infestation, and reduces the footprint of aquaculture on the environment.

Feed additives, which provide all these benefits, are a plus to the farmer as they increase profitability, reduce reliance on antibiotics, and mitigate the cost of purchasing antibiotics, together with other effects associated with their use.

All these benefits derived from FFAs make them superfoods. The initiative of FFAs remains a significant breakthrough for aquaculture; however, further research should be performed to determine the best FFA combination and quantity that would result in more benefits than those attained presently. FFAs are promising but not a complete solution.

Future research should explore natural disease treatments, optimize combinations, dosages, and application duration, and identify cost-effective options. Collaboration among researchers, industry, and regulators is essential to improve effectiveness and support sustainable adoption in aquaculture.

This is a summarized version developed by the editorial team of Aquaculture Magazine based on the review article titled “THE ROLE OF FUNCTIONAL FEED ADDITIVES IN ENHANCING AQUACULTURE SUSTAINABILIT)” developed by: Abigail John Onomu and Grace Emily Okuthe – Department of Biological & Environmental Sciences, Walter Sisulu University. The original article was published on MAY, 2024, through FISHES. The full version, including tables and figures, can be accessed online through this link: 167. https://doi.org/10.3390/fishes9050167

Whole plant part phytogenics for inflammation balance

Edusehat — Mon, 22 Jun 2026 23:20:04 +0700

By Mickie Metz, PhD
Technical Innovation Research Scientist
Fortiva

Gut inflammation is common throughout poultry production, but its effects are not always visible. Birds deal with stress every day through changes in environment, feed adjustments, handling and exposure to coccidiosis and other intestinal diseases. All of these changes trigger the immune system to send a response to manage the inflammation.

The response is important because it helps the bird recover quickly and return to productive growth. The problem comes when inflammation lasts too long or happens too often. When birds are dealing with ongoing inflammation, nutrients that should be used for growth are redirected to support the immune system, which can reduce weight gain and feed efficiency. The gut lining can also weaken, making it harder for the bird to absorb nutrients properly. Over time, this can lead to uneven growth, lower overall performance and cost inefficiencies.

One of the challenges for poultry production managers is that inflammation is mostly “silent” and hidden. Birds may appear healthy, but performance data, such as feed conversion or growth rate, tell a different story.

Phytogenic solutions to manage inflammation

To help manage inflammation, many poultry nutrition programs include plant-derived feed additives, known as phytogenics. Phytogenic ingredients come from herbs, spices and other plants and are used to help support digestion, gut health and immune function. Some plants, like oregano, have been used for years because of their natural benefits.

Not all plant-derived products work the same way. The market is crowded, and results can vary. Some products are made from single-plant extracts or essential oils, which may target only one part of the problem. In real production conditions, birds face multiple stressors simultaneously, so a multi-mechanism approach is often needed and more effective.

Whole plant parts contain a wide range of natural substances that work together. Rather than relying on a single effect, they can support the bird in several ways at once.

For example, one compound can help strengthen the gut lining, making it more effective at keeping harmful substances out. Another compound can support the balance of good bacteria in the gut, which plays a key role in digestion and overall health. Other plant components can help regulate the immune response, preventing the response from becoming too strong or lasting too long.

The whole point of whole plant parts

When inflammation is better handled, birds are also better able to handle stress, which helps reduce performance swings. Nutritional tools with whole plant parts can help production managers improve feed efficiency and maintain more consistent growth in their operations. These efficiencies all have a bottom-line impact for each complex.

For more information on how Fortiva^® can support your nutrition program, click here.

Editor’s note: Fortiva assumes full responsibility for this article’s accuracy and compliance.

The post Whole plant part phytogenics for inflammation balance appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Nations of immigrants celebrating the World Cup

Edusehat — Mon, 22 Jun 2026 20:00:06 +0700

The FIFA World Cup gets the same grief that the Olympics does. That is given and understood – it is a large, international undertaking. There are many moves to be made and pieces to be fit together before such an event occurs. And the moves that occur are not ones we always agree with. These are the times we live in.

But like the Russian Winter Olympics and the Qatar World Cup, (and Eurovision, lately) something happens when the athletes and performers take the stage. It is events magic, really. We as a society put down the phones (or follow BBS Sport Live or listen to it on Radio 5) and get glued to the game unfolding. We watch the multi-racial, multi-immigrant footballers of every nation run and represent the world on the pitch.

Suddenly, everyone knows where Cabo Verde is and how the 40-year old goalkeeper has now brought over his mother to watch him, the onerous visa fees having been waived for her. They scored two goals last night while we slept here in the UK, equalling former double World Cup winners Uruguay – they won the first two World Cups, as a matter of fact.

Now, on a dairy note, we all know Uruguay is one of the big 7 in dairy production, exporting more than 70 per cent of its 2.219 billion litres annually to over 60 markets. Its dairy exports amount to eight per cent of its total value in that area. Like Ireland, it is not a large country geographically, but on the global dairy stage, it represents.

So, it’s all about respect to every country, no matter what size it is. The little ones count too and have so much to offer on a larger stage. We must always be mindful of that.

The post Nations of immigrants celebrating the World Cup appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

Push for local eggs in Austrian retail

Edusehat — Mon, 22 Jun 2026 19:40:09 +0700

Austrian poultry farmers are strongly opposing the sale of imported eggs in local supermarkets, arguing that Austria already produces enough high-quality eggs to meet domestic demand. With a self-sufficiency rate of 95%, they insist that foreign eggs undermine local investments and the future of young farmers.

Farmers’ concerns

Criticism of imports: Austrian farmers, particularly the Young Farmers’ Association, have criticized Spar supermarkets for stocking foreign eggs despite sufficient local supply.
Signal to producers: Viktoria Hutter, a representative of the association, stated that selling imported eggs sends “a completely wrong signal” to domestic producers who have invested heavily in modern facilities and quality standards.

Investments in egg production

Modernization: Over recent years, Austrian laying hen farmers have invested in traceability systems, quality control, and modern chicken sheds.
Trust in retailers: These investments were made under the assumption that Austrian retailers would prioritize local eggs, ensuring stable demand and fair prospects for farmers.

Austria’s egg market overview

Production figures

2024 output: Approximately 2.2 billion eggs were produced in Austria.
Housing systems: 56.1% of hens were kept in Barn-reared system, 31.1% in free range system and 12.9% in organic system.
Self-sufficiency: Austria’s egg self-sufficiency rate stands at 95%, meaning nearly all domestic demand can be met by local production.

Transparency and consumer access

National database: About 90% of eggs are registered in a voluntary national database, allowing consumers to access production and quality data.
Consumer trust: This transparency strengthens confidence in Austrian eggs and highlights their competitive advantage over imports.

Implications for farmers and retailers

Farmers’ perspective

Reliability needed: Young farmers emphasize the importance of planning certainty and long-term trust in retail channels.
Future prospects: Imported eggs threaten the viability of local farms, especially for younger generations who rely on stable markets to justify long-term investments.

Retailer responsibility

Market stability: Austrian producer organisations argue that increasing imports could weaken market certainty for domestic egg producers.
Consumer choice: While imports may offer price competition, they undermine Austria’s strong record in animal welfare, sustainability, and food security.

Conclusion

Austria’s poultry farmers are united in their demand for local eggs to dominate supermarket shelves, citing high self-sufficiency, strong investments in quality, and the need to protect the future of young farmers. The debate underscores a broader tension between global trade practices and local food security, with Austria serving as a case study in balancing consumer choice with agricultural sustainability.

Sources can be provided upon request

TMR Management with FreshFoss under Warm Weather Conditions

Edusehat — Mon, 22 Jun 2026 16:15:07 +0700

Understanding TMR stability and intake: why warm weather challenges are back in focus for dairy farms.

New research and the widespread adoption of precise data collection tools on dairy farms are reshaping how producers understand feed behaviour. Among the topics gaining renewed attention as nutritionists are preparing their spring rations is the impact of heat stress (HS) on dry matter (DM) intake and how this affects cow performance. In addition, far from being a seasonal curiosity, TMR heating is recognised as a year round management issue, showing clear evidence of reduced palatability and feed nutrient content. When warm weather coincides with feed heating, the challenge compounds, let’s see why.

Evidence shows rapid TMR deterioration is a common challenge

Field studies have highlighted how quickly TMR can deteriorate once exposed to air. Observations from 30 U.S. farms found that 50% of sampled rations showed signs of quality impairment in under 12 hours at 22°C (Kung, 2010). For many dairy operations, this means that even standard feeding routines—such as delivering feed twice daily—may not guarantee consistent freshness throughout the day.

The proliferation of temperature probes, rumination sensors, and intake monitoring systems has made it easier for producers to detect fluctuations that previously went unnoticed. As a result, TMR heating is becomng a more visible and quantifiable concern on modern farms.

Warm weather conditions affect cow behaviour and performance

Scientific literature clearly demonstrates that cows are sensitive to ambient conditions, often earlier than producers expect. Research indicates that heat stress may begin affecting dairy cows when temperatures reach 16–19°C, depending on humidity levels, corresponding to a Temperature-Humidity Index (THI) above 62. (Hammami et al. 2013)

Even moderate warm conditions can:

reduce rumination time,
depress dry matter intake (DMI),
shift feeding behaviour toward cooler hours (during night),
and ultimately decrease milk yield.

Importantly, up to 50% of the drop in milk production during warm periods is linked directly to reduced DMI (Dona, 2026, Ramnunas 2024).

Wild microbes: the bad bugs behind TMR heating cycle

TMR heating is primarily a biological process driven by the activity of yeasts, molds, and bacteria. Once the silage face is opened and mixed in the TMR:

Wild yeasts become active, using sugars and starch as substrates.
Molds and aerobic bacteria will follow to proliferate.
Microbial growth generates heat, causing feed temperatures to rise above ambient levels.
This leads to measurable losses in nutrients, including dry matter, sugars, starch, and digestible fibre.

Warm feed: a nutritional and economic concern

VILOFOSS expert, Ventsi Marinov, explain us what he is observing on farm as TMR warms.

“I often look at the animal behaviour as a key indicator on how the farm is managed and how would I support this producer.
When the farmer reports changes and reduction of the intake, increasing of sorting and feed wastage, we can conclude that the nutrient delivery becomes inconsistent across the day and most of the time it translate at the milking parlor. Here depending on the farm situation, we can take a closer look at the TMR to see if I can suggest solutions. Its could include tips for management synergistically active with additives solutions.”

Groups fed less frequently—such as dry cows, heifers, or youngstock—are particularly vulnerable, as their rations may sit longer before consumption.

A new strategic focus for dairy producers

As farms gain more precise insight into feed temperature, cow behaviour, and intake patterns, TMR stability is emerging as a critical component of modern herd management. Among the solutions available, using TMR additive that can be added into the TMR mixing waggon is a time-saving solution to protect the feed.

FRESHFOSS is a granulated solution coming from VILOFOSS expertise. It helps to stop the spoilage cycle in reducing the wild yeast and aerobic bacterial count versus non treated TMR (Kristensen,, 2019.)

FRESHFOSS is also proven to increase aerobic stability by + 18h in controlled conditions (20°C) (Kristensen, 2019)). In an internal trial, FRESHFOSS improved TMR stability is translated maintaining nutrient content, higher total dry matter (+ 2.2%), higher starch and sugar content (+ 8g/kg TMR; + 14 g/ kg TMR) translated into improved Net metabilozed energy for milk production (Internal data).

In a nushell, optimising TMR stability helps ensure:

consistent nutrient intake across the day,
improved rumen conditions,
better resilience to warm weather periods,

and reduced feed losses. With feed representing one of the largest operating costs on dairy farms, preventing avoidable nutrient losses between mixing and ingestion has become an essential part of improving overall farm efficiency.

All the trial shown where conducted with dosage of 1 kg/T of TMR.

FRESHFOSS is not available worldwide, contact your VILOFOSS contact to know more about availability.

To know more about intake and milk yield

DMI: a Key Driver of Milk Yield — Clear Evidence From Feeding Behaviour Research

Beyond the welldocumented effects of warm conditions on rumination and feeding patterns, research has consistently demonstrated that dry matter intake (DMI) is one of the strongest determinants of milk yield. A seminal study published in Livestock Science found that cows with higher milk production also consistently exhibited higher DMI and larger meal sizes, regardless of parity, and that feeding behaviour parameters such as meal duration and daily mealtime were strongly correlated with daily feed intake. The authors conclude unambiguously that “a high feed intake is essential to maintain high milk production, particularly during early lactation.”

This relationship highlights an important practical reality: anything that reduces DMI—whether behavioural changes due to warm weather, reduced palatability, or nutrient losses in the TMR—will directly depress milk yield. When warm conditions coincide with TMR heating, the impact is compounded. As the ration becomes warm due to microbial activity, cows reduce intake, exactly at a time when their physiological need for stable energy supply is highest. The result is a measurable and avoidable decline in both DMI and milk production.

For more information, please visit: https://www.vilofoss.com

38th Annual Australian Poultry Science Symposium

Edusehat — Sat, 20 Jun 2026 21:05:09 +0700

The Poultry Research Foundation, in conjunction with WPSA – Australian Branch, cordially invites you to attend the 38th Annual Australian Poultry Science Symposium to be held at The University of Sydney Business School Belinda Hutchinson Building (H70) (Camperdown Campus) Monday 1^st – Wednesday 3^rd February, 2027.

The Australian Poultry Science Symposium is the premier avian science conference in Australia, attracting delegates from right across the country and around the world. This year our conference will focus on an overarching theme of: “Harnessing mechanistic science to drive performance”

The 2027 APSS symposium will return as an exclusively face-to-face event at the University of Sydney Business School, building on the record attendance and paper submissions of the previous year. The state-of-the-art venue features a spacious, tiered lecture theatre, breakout spaces, and dedicated areas for informal networking and social interaction.

This years official three-day scientific program will revert back to the traditional Monday morning start, with delegate check-in commencing from 7:00am, this will give us the time in the program to be able to finish at afternoon tea time on Wednesday for those needing to make flights. Attendees can look forward to an exceptional program of invited speakers addressing highpriority topics under a unifying theme. A comprehensive social program will run alongside the presentations, offering numerous opportunities to connect, collaborate, and exchange ideas throughout the event.

Source: APSS press release

How to Feed the Cat that Keeps You Guessing

Edusehat — Sat, 20 Jun 2026 03:35:05 +0700

Sponsored

Any cat owner will tell you: felines can be deeply particular about their food. Cats can love a bowl on Monday only to turn their nose up at it by Wednesday. If that’s stressing you out, Purina pet behaviourist Annie Valuska says it’s not you, it’s their nature—and there’s an easy solution.

Why Cats Suddenly Decide They Don’t Like Their Food

“Cats are naturally neophilic and hardwired to seek out new foods—a trait that likely evolved to ensure they hunted varied prey and got all the nutrients they needed,” says Valuska. “It also explains why a previously beloved flavour can suddenly get the cold shoulder.”

The Solution

The fix, she says, is variety. “Look for brands like Fancy Feast that offer a wide range of flavours and formats and allow you to switch things up easily. Smaller cans and variety packs make rotation easy and low-commitment, and sticking to a single brand reduces the digestive upset that can come with switching.”

Fancy Feast has long delivered high quality cat food in a wide range of textures, formats, and flavours, at a price point that makes rotating feel effortless. Fancy Feast Gems, a line of pyramid-shaped mousse patés crowned with savoury gravy, takes that further. Every detail of Gems was developed with cat feeding behaviour in mind; the unique pyramid shape creates a larger surface area for the gravy cats love, and the softer mousse texture makes it easy for cats to enjoy their meal whether they prefer to lap or bite.

Gems are available in a variety of flavours that feature easy peel-and-plate, 2-serving packs and variety packs available at most stores nationwide. Cats will love these new flavours.

New Flavours Cats Loves

Fancy Feast Gems Mousse Paté with Ocean Fish and a Halo of Savory Gravy — Crafted with high-quality ocean fish, this silky mousse paté delivers a light, briny flavour with a delicately sweet finish. Topped with a halo of savoury gravy, it’s served in a signature pyramid shape that makes every meal feel like an occasion.
Fancy Feast Gems Mousse Paté with Turkey and a Halo of Savory Gravy — Made with high-quality turkey, this smooth and silky mousse paté offers a rich, hearty flavour with a warmly savoury depth. Finished with a halo of savoury gravy, it’s a satisfying, wholesome meal your cat will keep coming back to.
Fancy Feast Gems Mousse Paté Turkey and Chicken Collection Wet Cat Food Variety Pack — Can’t choose just one? Neither can your cat. This variety pack serves up both turkey and chicken flavours in a deliciously silky mousse paté, so every meal brings something a little different. The easy peel-and-plate 2-serving format makes it simple to keep things fresh and mix it up throughout the week.

“Cats are more likely to accept new foods when they’re relaxed and in a familiar setting,” says Valuska. “Stress can mess with their eating habits, so patience, and a variety of options, go a long way.”

For more articles like this, be sure to check out our Cat Care and Cat Life pages.

The post How to Feed the Cat that Keeps You Guessing appeared first on Modern Cat.

AE2026 – Aquaculture in Global Change: Our Plenary Speakers

Edusehat — Sat, 20 Jun 2026 03:25:23 +0700

By: Aquaculture Europe 2026

Previewing Aquaculture Europe 2026, this overview outlines three vital plenary sessions driving the sector’s future. Key topics analyze the shift from sustainability to climate resilience, translating scientific innovation into global digital storytelling, and overcoming policy barriers to achieve net-zero emissions by 2050.

Plenary 1. Tuesday, Sep 29. 09.00 -10.00

“Aquaculture – from Sustainability to Resilience.”

Jurica Jug-Dujaković, MJD Consulting, Croatia.

Despite being one of the fastest-growing food sectors, aquaculture faces serious threats from global change that will inevitably affect its productivity and sustainability. Climate change will obviously have direct and indirect effects – not only on cultured species, but also on supply and product prices, including feed ingredients as well as goods and services required by aquaculture producers. Numerous reports illustrate that climate change effects on aquaculture will vary depending on geographical areas, economy, climatic zones, production systems, and cultured species.

As we move from “Sustainable Aquaculture” to “Resilient Aquaculture” the presentation will assess cultured species and the resilience of production systems. It will also review new technologies, production methods, and management strategies as a first step towards enhancing aquaculture production in response to climate change. Understanding these variables is essential for assessing the vulnerability of aquaculture systems and developing site-specific adaptation strategies that will also contribute to the food security expectations.

There are already small-scale examples combining aquaculture production with other agricultural strategies, either as integrated or separate systems, resulting in a symbiotic circularity. These technological and ecological innovations offer actionable pathways for climate adaptation and mitigation in both marine and freshwater environments and several case studies will be presented.

Jurica Jug-Dujaković is the head of the Biotechnology Department at MJD Advisory and Development. He has built a prominent career that encompasses scientific research, education, and innovative leadership in the aquaculture industry.

Jurica Jug-Dujaković, MJD Consulting, Croatia.

After graduating from the University of Zagreb, he was as a research assistant at the Institute of Oceanography and Fisheries in Split before joining FAO as a country representative in MEDRAP. After 12 years working at the Institute – working as a manager in aquaculture research facilities – he moved to the USA working first as technical director and then as director of research and development for Integrated Food Technology Inc., an aquaculture technology company. He designed the first commercial closed recirculation nursery in the US and co-designed a commercial aquaponics facility that includes fish production in a closed aquaculture system, plant production based on aquaculture wastewater, and a fish processing plant. He was later elected as the representative of the state of Pennsylvania on the Technical and Advisory Council of the Northeast Regional Aquaculture Council, a body that evaluates research and development projects in aquaculture for US government institutions.

In 2005, he returned to Croatia as a Professor at the University of Dubrovnik for courses on aquaculture technology and design. He was also the director of the university’s Center for Business Innovation in Mariculture, which he co-designed. He works as a consultant for several Croatian and international companies on the design of aquaculture equipment and production systems and is a World Bank expert on aquaculture and the seafood market.

Prof. Jug Dujaković has published more than 200 scientific and professional papers and is the holder of two national patents and one internationally protected industrial design.

Plenary 2. Wednesday, Sep 30. 09.00 -10.00

“Breaking the Bubble: Making Aquaculture’s Stories Go Global.”

Larissa Lewis, SALT, UK and James Sibley, Aquaculture Creator, USA.

Despite rapid advances across farming systems, nutrition, health and technology, much of the sector’s progress remains largely invisible outside industry and research circles. As a result, aquaculture continues to face challenges around public understanding, workforce recruitment, investment confidence, social acceptance and the visibility of research and innovation. This combined presentation explores how aquaculture stories can move beyond this industry bubble – and what happens when they do.

Part 1 –Larisa Lewis: How Aquaculture Stories Travel (20 minutes)

Aquaculture research generates a vast amount of knowledge, yet much of this knowledge remains difficult for wider audiences to discover. The challenge is not simply communication, but how knowledge is structured, translated and discovered. Research outputs are typically designed for documentation: papers, reports and conference presentations. These formats are essential, but they are not designed for many of the audiences who shape the sector’s future – including entrepreneurs, investors, policymakers, future workers and the wider public.

This presentation explores how aquaculture knowledge can be translated into formats designed for different audiences, from designing the user experience of knowledge platforms to producing film-led storytelling about the sector.

For research and innovation, this has growing importance. Producing knowledge is only one part of impact. Increasingly, researchers are expected to ensure their work is visible, discoverable and meaningful beyond journals, reports and conferences. Designing how aquaculture knowledge is structured and presented therefore becomes an essential part of how research and innovation reach wider audiences.

Part 2 – James Sibley: What Happens When Aquaculture Stories Reach Millions (20 minutes)

If storytelling pathways allow aquaculture knowledge to travel beyond the sector, digital media determines how far those stories can ultimately reach – and who encounters them first. For many people, platforms such as YouTube, Instagram and TikTok are now the first place they encounter aquaculture.

Through his online channels, aquaculture creator James Sibley brings global audiences directly inside farms, hatcheries and research facilities. His films translate complex farming systems, technologies and research into visual stories that reach millions of viewers and reveal how aquaculture production actually operates. Drawing on filming experiences across countries including Scotland, New Zealand, Australia and The Falklands, this presentation shares practical lessons from bringing aquaculture to large public audiences. It explores where common misconceptions about the sector tend to arise and how complex research and technologies can be explained clearly to wider audiences while maintaining scientific credibility.

These experiences illustrate how communication is becoming an increasingly important part of aquaculture’s development. When research and innovation are translated through formats that people actively engage with, they reach far beyond traditional industry channels – helping the sector become more visible, better understood and better equipped to build long-term public trust.

Larisa Lewis is a marine biologist working at the intersection of aquaculture, marketing and storytelling. Her career began in research, developing cultivation protocols for low-trophic aquaculture species across the UK, Sweden and Norway. Whilst at Seaweed Solutions, she ventured beyond the lab into the operational and market realities of commercial seaweed production. Across these roles, she saw the same challenge from different angles: aquaculture was creating real value, but too little of it was reaching the audiences, markets and decision-makers it needed. That gap led her into marketing and communications, first leading social and editorial strategy at The Fish Site, and now as Head of Operations at SALT, where she helps build purpose-led brands for the producers and innovators feeding the world.

Larissa Lewis, SALT, UK.

James Sibley is a digital storyteller specializing in global aquaculture and seafood systems. He creates short- and long-form video content that explores how seafood is produced − from hatchery to harvest − bringing transparency, science, and field-level reality to a global audience of over half a million followers across social media platforms. Originally trained in biology (B.S., Northeastern University), James has worked directly within the aquaculture industry, including a year-long role in Scotland with Mowi Scotland focused on novel communications and global engagement. His work bridges field operations and public understanding, producing documentary-style content from farms, hatcheries, and processing sites worldwide. He is currently focused on expanding his video work more globally to better tell the world’s stories in aquatic cultivation as they evolve in real time.

James Sibley.

Plenary 3. Thursday, October 1. 11.30 -12.30

“Towards Net Zero by 2050 and energy efficient EU aquaculture production”.

Callum Howard, Senior Consultant, MRAG, UK

The climate crisis poses fundamental challenges for aquaculture, reshaping not only what, how, and where we farm, but placing the sector under pressure to meet legally mandated greenhouse gas (GHG) emission reduction targets. Meeting these targets demands cross-cutting action across the entire value chain, requiring coordinated efforts from researchers, industry, and policymakers alike.

While viable solutions exist to reduce GHG emissions from aquaculture, achieving widespread adoption remains complex. High investment costs and operational demands present particular difficulties for an industry dominated, at EU level, by SMEs. Other promising solutions remain confined to pilots or research projects due to regulatory and political barriers and inadequate knowledge transfer mechanisms. Low-trophic aquaculture is frequently presented as a panacea and it can deliver genuine environmental benefits, but realizing its potential at scale requires overcoming significant barriers related to market development, spatial planning, and regulatory frameworks.

This presentation examines the pathways to achieving net zero in EU aquaculture, drawing on recent European Commission studies on emission reduction costs and pathways, and challenges and opportunities for the implementation of lower trophic production in Europe. It covers recommendations for carbon neutrality pathways as well as discussing policy, regulatory, and economic barriers that must be overcome to enable change.

Callum Howard is a Senior Consultant at MRAG, specializing in bridging research, policy, and commercial practice. His work focuses on advancing sustainable aquaculture technologies, supporting evidence-based policy, and strengthening the commercial viability of aquatic food systems.

Callum Howard, Senior Consultant, MRAG, UK.

Callum holds a PhD and MSc in Aquaculture from the University of Stirling’s Institute of Aquaculture. He has since worked across Europe, Africa, Asia, North America, and the Middle East, advising clients including the World Bank, UNIDO, the European Commission, and private sector investors on projects ranging from GHG reduction pathways and digital transformation strategies to large-scale investment readiness and practical aquaculture training.

He is a committed advocate for aquaculture’s potential to generate livelihoods and address food and nutritional insecurity worldwide and is dedicated to making that potential a commercial and operational reality.

INCAR² Advances Proposal for a “Traffic Light” System for Salmon Farming Based on Ecosystem-Scale Risk Management

Edusehat — Sat, 20 Jun 2026 03:25:17 +0700

By: INCAR²

The model proposes a risk-based regulatory system for salmon farming in Chile, integrating environmental and production variables to move toward more preventive and sustainable management.

A team of Chilean researchers, led by Dr. Doris Soto, Principal Investigator at the Applied Research Center CIA‑INCAR², is proposing an innovative model to regulate salmon production in Chile by integrating environmental, sanitary, and production variables to advance toward more sustainable aquaculture.

This development is the result of a research effort that began more than five years ago, primarily funded during the FONDAP INCAR Center phase, and which continues to be further developed in its current phase as CIA‑INCAR², consolidating a line of research focused on the sustainable management of aquaculture based on scientific evidence.

The scientific article, which proposes moving toward the implementation of a “traffic light” system for salmon farming in Chile based on integrated risk assessment at the ecosystem scale and published in the journal Reviews in Aquaculture, provides a conceptual and methodological framework aimed at strengthening sector regulation under a preventive, evidence-based approach.

The research, titled “Risk Is Not Equal to Impact: The Challenges of Developing a Traffic Light System to Regulate Farmed Salmon Production on an Ecosystem Scale,” was led by Dr. Doris Soto and included contributions from specialists from various institutions: Dr. Rodrigo Montes (UdeC‑INCARr²), Dr. Renato Quiñones (UdeC‑INCAR²), Dr. Jorge León‑Muñoz (USCS‑INCAR²), Dr. Marcelo Fuentes (UdeC), Dr. Ruben Avendaño‑Herrera (UNAB‑INCAR²), Elias Pinilla (IFOP), Dr. Jessica Fuentes (PUCV‑INCAR²), and Dr. Carlos Chávez (UTALCA‑INCAR²).

The study integrates information from a decade (2012-2022), considering production, health, oceanographic, and climatic data from all salmon farming areas in the Chilean Patagonian Sea. Based on this data, researchers developed a semi-quantitative model for assessing environmental and production risks, intended to guide the design of a traffic light system to regulate salmon farming. The analysis does not include more recent information because production data from 2023 onward was unavailable; however, as the researchers emphasize, production patterns have remained consistent, making the analysis fully relevant.

Among the main findings, the model identifies that the highest levels of risk are concentrated in areas where high production pressure coincides with high environmental sensitivity, particularly in fjords in the Los Lagos and Aysén regions. This approach makes it possible to prioritize critical areas and move toward more preventive management focused on reducing impacts before they occur.

However, the team notes that significant information gaps still exist for accurately determining impacts at the ecosystem level, particularly regarding so‑called “tipping points.” Therefore, they emphasize the need to apply the precautionary principle and strengthen monitoring systems and data generation at appropriate spatial scales.

The proposal also highlights the importance of advancing collaborative public‑private processes, involving the scientific community and civil society, to validate data, define environmental risk thresholds for southern Chile’s marine ecosystems and the industry itself, and establish governance mechanisms to implement such regulatory tools. Possible measures include regulating maximum production per farming area, as well as reducing the use of antimicrobials and pesticides, where the total amount used—and its potential impact on ecosystems—is key.

Likewise, the researchers emphasize the need to review the current spatial distribution of salmon farming, considering the aforementioned risks and emerging factors such as climate change, thereby moving toward a development model that balances productivity with environmental protection and social acceptance.

Finally, the team acknowledges that implementing these measures entails social and economic challenges, and therefore calls for strengthening dialogue and collaboration among all stakeholders in the sector and in the areas where operations are located, with a view to building a more sustainable, resilient salmon farming industry with a long-term vision.

To review the full publication, you can visit it here.

“Risk Is Not Equal to Impact: The Challenges of Developing a Traffic Light System to Regulate Farmed Salmon Production on an Ecosystem Scale”.

BioMar Expands Its ASC-Certified Feed Production Capacity Through Its Subsidiary in Turkey

Edusehat — Sat, 20 Jun 2026 03:25:11 +0700

Turkey-based BioMar Sagun has achieved ASC Feed Certification, strengthening BioMar‘s ability to supply ASC-conforming feed solutions across the country and other key export markets. The certification marks another important milestone in the expansion of BioMar‘s global network of ASC-certified production facilities.

“Achieving this certification reflects the dedication of our team and our commitment to supporting customers with feed solutions aligned with recognized industry standards,” says Yasemin Issever, Managing Director at BioMar Sagun. “It strengthens our ability to serve producers in Turkey and the wider export markets while supporting their certification ambitions.”

The achievement marks another important step in BioMar‘s ongoing work to support customers supplying ASC-certified seafood, they said. As market demand for certified products continues to grow, access to ASC-conforming feed is becoming increasingly important for producers across the value chain.

BioMar Group Denmark (50%) and Group Sagun Turkey (50% established a joint venture under the name BioMar-Sagun. The company was founded to produce high-performance fish feed and to support local fish producers. BioMar-Sagun operates at its fish feed facility located in Söke Organized Industrial Zone, where it produces high-energy, highly digestible feeds designed specifically for Turkish aquaculture producers.

Demand for Certified Seafood Continues to Increase

The ASC Feed Standard sets out requirements covering environmental responsibility, social and labor rights, health and safety, and responsible sourcing practices. According to the company, certification demonstrates BioMar Sagun‘s ability to meet these requirements while supporting transparency and traceability throughout the feed supply chain.

The certification is particularly relevant for producers supplying international markets where demand for certified seafood continues to increase. By expanding the availability of ASC-conforming feed, BioMar helps customers maintain compliance with certification requirements while strengthening responsible sourcing practices throughout the value chain.

BioMar has steadily expanded its network of ASC-certified facilities in recent years, including sites in Chile, Ecuador, Spain, Costa Rica, Norway, Denmark, France and the United Kingdom. The addition of BioMar Sagun further strengthens this network and expands regional access to ASC-conforming feed solutions.

Trading Begins on Nasdaq

Some days before the announcement, BioMar officially began trading on Nasdaq Copenhagen, marking a significant milestone in the company’s history and welcoming more than 10,800 new shareholders. The first day of trading was marked by the official bell-ringing ceremony at BioMar’s headquarters in Aarhus, Denmark.

The event was attended by employees, management, IPO advisors, collaboration partners, and media representatives, while CEO Carlos Diaz, CFO Claus Eskildsen, the chair of the board Jens Bjerg Sørensen and Nasdaq all gave speeches, marking this historical moment for BioMar. More than 2,000 BioMar employees worldwide were able to follow the ceremony through a global live broadcast.

BioMar entered on the public markets as the world’s only dedicated global aquafeed solution supplier, serving customers across multiple species and regions through a combination of local expertise and global innovation. “This is not the beginning of our journey, but it is a turning point,” said Diaz. “Everything we have built becomes the foundation for what we aim to achieve next”.

The company sees opportunities to strengthen its core business, expand its global footprint and continue investing in innovation and new technologies for aquaculture. “We operate in one of the most important industries of our time,” added Biomar’s CEO. “Aquaculture plays a critical role in feeding a growing global population with healthy and efficient protein sources.”

Innovation remains at the center of BioMar’s strategy. The company continues to invest in development of feed solutions, raw material innovation, fish performance and new technologies that support the future development of aquaculture. “Innovation is not just a function within BioMar. It is our mindset. It is our culture. It is our way of working. It is what has brought us here today and it is what will take us forward,” Diaz stated.

According to the company, the event also recognized the efforts of employees across the organization who contributed to the IPO process while continuing to support customers and daily operations around the world. “Results are created by people. Behind every milestone we celebrate today are the people who made it possible,” Carlos Diaz concluded.

AquaVision 2026 Reaffirmed Its Role as a Forum That Promotes Strategic Dialogue and Decision-Making Across the Aquaculture Value Chain

Edusehat — Sat, 20 Jun 2026 03:25:06 +0700

The new edition of AquaVision was held in Stavanger, Norway some days ago, bringing together more than 400 fish and shrimp farmers, suppliers, and decision-makers from around 40 countries. The two-day conference organized by the international company Skretting offered a strong line-up of speakers from across the value chain, and was hosted by Sophie Ryan, CEO of Global Salmon Initiative. By offering global political and economic perspectives combined with practical industry insights, AquaVision 2026 has once again reaffirmed its role as a forum that promotes strategic dialogue and decision-making across the aquaculture value chain.

Against a backdrop of rising demand for seafood, geopolitical instability, feed raw material pressure, climate change and increasing use of artificial intelligence, the central question in AquaVision2026 was: How can the aquaculture industry be future-proofed, and its sustainable growth ensured?

The first day kicked off with an appearance from Tormod Losnedal, the Mayor of Stavanger, before Bastiaan van Tilburg, CEO of Nutreco, took to the stage for the official opening. Sharing his views on Nutreco and Skretting’s roles in contributing to food security, van Tilburg said “For our food system to grow, we need a free flow of knowledge, free flow of innovation, free flow of collaboration… What we don’t need is bigger walls. We need more long-term thinking and more collaboration. And I think the solution is partly in this room.”

Great Insights

On that day, the conference focused on exploring geopolitics and its implications for aquaculture, with many great insights from the speakers. Addressing the leaders in the room, Rem Korteweg from Clingendael Institute said: “You, businesses, executives, CEOs are, in fact, on the front line. And how we interact with each other and how you shape the debate, is equally important as what is being said in the corridors of power, in the larger capitals of this world.”

Among other personalities, Hiroaki Ishimoto from Mitsui & Co. contributed the investor perspective, discussing the ‘premiumization of food needs’ and the two business models which they adopted in thinking about entry into the aquaculture industry: Salmon and shrimp which are farmed with restriction and sold globally, or the ‘poultry model’ which applies to more affordable species that can be produced and sold locally.

May-Helen Holme from Skretting argued that as volatility becomes the new normal in aquaculture, the industry must shift from optimizing for efficiency to building resilience through more secure and diverse feed raw materials, precise nutrition, innovation and stronger long-term collaboration.

Shaping the Future

On day two, the conversation shifted towards technology and artificial intelligence, with speakers exploring how digital tools have been used to support business growth. For example, Anders Milde Gjendemsjø from McKinsey discussed how aquaculture is uniquely suited to unlock value from AI to drive growth, while highlighting that data only becomes valuable when it is shared as part of a collaborative value chain. “You already have the data. Go ahead and choose one or two major problems you want to solve. Make it real, connect the data, and build the conviction that you will create value,” he encouraged.

In his closing speech, Skretting’s Maarten Bijl used an AI-generated avatar to summarize the ideas from the past two days. An advocate for digital transformation, he shared how one thing that has struck him during farm visits is the general unwillingness to share data. “Progress depends on better and more consistent data being shared securely across the value chain. Let’s move away from thinking that we can optimize in isolation, and connect in order to accelerate sustainable growth.”

There were several recurring messages across this year’s presentations. Shocks and disruptions have become part of the operating environment, and there is no returning to “normal”. Global openness has given way to a landscape where lines are being drawn and redrawn, and where relationships define access. Aquaculture has become increasingly shaped by policy; food security has become a matter of national security. More than ever, collaboration across the value chain will be essential to achieving shared goals. And no matter the industry – the businesses that have built the most resilience and made the smartest alliances will be best placed to succeed. That was Skrettings vision.

And Maarten Bijl’s final words to the audience were an invitation to pause and reflect on their learnings over the two-day conference. “Because then we will be able to make better decisions together.”

Ways of Designing Aquaculture Farm Systems and Mistakes to Avoid

Edusehat — Fri, 19 Jun 2026 23:50:08 +0700

Aquaculture is the practice of raising fish , shellfish, aquatic plants, and other seafood products in ponds, cages, tanks, and controlled water systems. It has become an important part of global food production, helping supply seafood to restaurants, grocery stores, and consumers around the world. According to the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, aquaculture continues to play a growing role in global food security.

Many aquaculture farms begin at a small scale and then expand once the system appears to be working well. However, a system that performs successfully during a pilot phase may not always work the same way when production increases. Small design problems that are easy to manage at low volume can become serious failures at a larger scale.

To build a successful and sustainable aquaculture farm, it is important to design the system with future growth in mind. Below are some common mistakes to avoid.

Overestimating System Stability in Aquaculture

One of the biggest mistakes in aquaculture design is assuming that a small system will remain stable when it is expanded. At larger volumes, small changes in water quality, oxygen levels, feed distribution, and waste buildup can become much more difficult to control.

A system that looks balanced at a small scale may become unpredictable under higher production pressure. Scaling up exposes weaknesses that may not have been visible before.

Ignoring Water Flow Design

Water movement plays a major role in oxygen distribution, waste removal, and disease prevention. Poor water flow can create dead zones where waste collects and oxygen levels drop.

At a small scale, these areas may not cause major problems. But as the system grows, poor water circulation can reduce fish growth, increase stress, and raise the risk of disease outbreaks. Good water management is one of the foundations of responsible aquaculture. NOAA provides helpful information on how aquaculture can be managed while protecting the environment through its article on marine aquaculture and the environment.

Underestimating Feeding Distribution Problems

Feeding systems that work well in small tanks or ponds may not perform effectively in larger or high-density systems. When feed is not distributed evenly, some fish may receive too much while others receive too little.

This can lead to aggressive feeding behavior, uneven growth, wasted feed, poor water quality, and higher operating costs over time. Feed efficiency is especially important because feed is often one of the largest operating costs in aquaculture. NOAA also offers useful information on feeds for aquaculture.

Weak Biosecurity Design in Aquaculture Farming

Biosecurity is essential for preventing disease and contamination. In small systems, biosecurity may rely on simple manual practices. However, as farms expand, there is more movement of people, equipment, water, and stock.

Without a strong biosecurity design, disease risks can grow faster than production. Farms should include clear entry points, equipment sanitation areas, quarantine zones, and controlled movement between system sections. Good biosecurity planning helps protect the health of the animals, the farm, and the surrounding environment.

Poor Oxygen Management Planning

Oxygen demand increases as fish biomass grows. Systems that rely only on passive oxygenation or limited aeration can become vulnerable during peak demand periods.

Even short drops in oxygen levels can cause stress, slow growth, or result in major losses. A good aquaculture design should include reliable aeration, backup oxygen systems, and emergency response planning.

Lack of Modular Thinking

Some aquaculture systems are designed as one large interconnected unit. This can create serious problems if one section fails. A disease outbreak, oxygen issue, or water quality problem in one area can quickly spread throughout the entire system.

Modular design helps reduce this risk. By separating the farm into smaller, manageable units, problems can be isolated before they affect the whole operation.

Inadequate Monitoring Infrastructure

Small systems can often be managed through visual observation. Larger systems require more advanced monitoring.

Sensors, data logging, and automated alerts can help track oxygen levels, temperature, pH, ammonia, water flow, and other important conditions. Without proper monitoring, problems may not be noticed until it is too late to prevent losses.

Smart monitoring systems are becoming more common in modern aquaculture because they help farmers make better decisions using real-time data.

Conclusion: Learn more about sustainable Aquaculture

Most aquaculture failures at scale are not caused by completely new problems. They are often caused by small design flaws that were hidden during the early stages of production.

Water flow, feeding, oxygen management, biosecurity, monitoring, and system structure all become more important as production increases. Successful aquaculture systems are not simply larger versions of small farms. They are carefully redesigned systems built with growth, resilience, and sustainability in mind from the beginning.

To learn more about fish farming, sustainable agriculture, and ecolonomic approaches to food production, visit the EAT Community.

Combined evaporative cooling and sprinkler system demonstrates positive effects on broiler performance, water use

Edusehat — Fri, 19 Jun 2026 19:55:04 +0700

Heat stress continues to negatively impact broiler performance, welfare and resource efficiency during summer production, particularly in regions with high ambient temperatures and humidity. Conventional evaporative cooling (EC) pad systems effectively reduce house temperature but rely heavily on water use and often increase relative humidity, which can impair birds’ ability to dissipate heat through respiration.

Sprinkler systems offer an alternative cooling strategy by directly cooling birds while using less water and minimizing increases in house humidity. However, limited data exist on their combined use with EC systems under commercial-scale conditions.

This project, led by Jonathan W. Moon, PhD, Mississippi State University, evaluated a combined evaporative cooling and sprinkler system (ECSS) relative to a conventional EC system in two commercial-sized broiler houses (42′ x 400′) across two summer flocks at Mississippi State University’s poultry research farm.

Study design

Cooling treatments were alternated between houses to minimize house effects. The ECSS strategy incorporated sprinkler-based activity promotion beginning at 21 days of age and sprinkler cooling beginning at 28 days, with cool-cell activation delayed until higher temperatures (88° F) compared to the EC system, where cool cells were activated at temperatures no lower than 82° F.

Environmental conditions, cooling-water use, bird performance, physiological responses, litter and air quality, and welfare indicators were monitored throughout both grow-outs.

Results

The ECSS treatment produced higher in-house temperatures but significantly lower relative humidity during daytime cooling hours compared to the EC system. This combination created more favorable conditions for respiratory evaporative heat loss in broilers.

Additionally, the ECSS strategy resulted in a numerical reduction in cooling-water use of approximately 39% across two flocks (63,696 versus 105,091 gallons), representing savings of more than 20,500 gallons per flock.

Drinking-water consumption did not differ between treatments, indicating that increased in-house temperatures did not increase bird water intake. Bird core body temperatures were effectively maintained under both cooling strategies, with no meaningful differences observed across most of the monitoring period.

Broiler performance was not adversely affected by the ECSS strategy, as live bodyweight, feed-conversion ratio, mortality, pay per pound and overall processing performance were comparable across treatments.

Birds in the ECSS treatment exhibited higher feather-soiling scores. The feather tarnishing was caused by dust adhering to water droplets that remained after evaporation. This soiling was superficial and cosmetic, rather than a sign of wet litter or poor house conditions.

Birds were not continuously wet, as sprinklers were applied only when conditions were appropriate, and the water evaporated before follow-up applications.

Measures of litter quality were also unaffected by treatment. Litter ammonia levels, nutrient composition, moisture, total bacterial plate counts, Salmonella prevalence and paw scores did not differ between treatments, suggesting that the combined-cooling approach did not negatively affect litter quality.

Overall, these findings suggest that a combined ECSS may increase in-house temperatures and decrease relative humidity, resulting in reduced cooling-water use while maintaining effective thermal regulation and bird welfare.

“The ECSS approach represents a promising alternative cooling strategy for commercial broiler production in hot, humid environments, with potential benefits for sustainability and resource conservation,” Moon concluded.

The research was funded by USPOULTRY and the USPOULTRY Foundation. Click here to view the industry summary.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Combined evaporative cooling and sprinkler system demonstrates positive effects on broiler performance, water use appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Canada confronts new HPAI outbreaks

Edusehat — Fri, 19 Jun 2026 19:50:09 +0700

WOAH has confirmed three highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) outbreaks in commercial poultry in Alberta, Canada, in May 2026, affecting turkeys, chickens and ducks. As of the latest official CFIA update reviewed, no additional commercial poultry detections had been reported.

Recent HPAI outbreaks in Alberta

Strathcona County (May 11, 2026):
- Species: commercial meat turkeys
- Flock size: 31,098 birds
- Impact: entire flock affected and culled to prevent spread
Special Area No. 4 (May 11, 2026):
- Species: commercial egg-laying chickens
- Flock size: 8,848 birds
- Impact: production halted, birds culled
Starland County (May 16, 2026):
- Species: mixed flock of meat ducks and table egg layers
- Flock size: 657 birds
- Impact: smaller outbreak but significant due to mixed species

National context

Last outbreak outside Alberta: April 17, 2026, in Buffalo, Saskatchewan.
- Species: mixed flock of turkeys and laying hens
- Flock size: ~28,000 birds
Current status:
- No new commercial or backyard poultry cases reported in Canada since the Starland County incident.
- Canada’s poultry sector remains under heightened surveillance, with strict biosecurity measures in place.

WOAH Recommendations

Surveillance: maintain active monitoring of both poultry and wild bird populations.
Biosecurity: reinforce farm-level measures to prevent virus introduction.
Reporting: ensure timely notification of outbreaks to WOAH and CFIA.
One Health approach: protect humans in close contact with infected flocks, while avoiding unnecessary trade restrictions.

Implications for Canada’s poultry industry

Economic impact:
- Loss of tens of thousands of birds in Alberta and Saskatchewan.
- Disruption of turkey and egg production in affected regions.
Trade considerations:
- Canada must balance disease control with maintaining export credibility.
- WOAH advises against unjustified trade bans, emphasizing science-based decisions.

Public health:
- No human cases linked to these outbreaks.
- Risk to the general public remains low, but occupational exposure requires caution.

Conclusion

The May 2026 HPAI outbreaks in Alberta highlight the ongoing vulnerability of poultry operations to avian influenza. While Canada has contained the spread, vigilance remains essential. WOAH’s detailed reporting underscores the importance of biosecurity, surveillance, and transparent communication to safeguard both animal health and food security.

Prevent Economic Losses from IBH: the Hidden Enemy Within

Edusehat — Fri, 19 Jun 2026 16:25:06 +0700

Figure 1: Medivac IBH Emulsion

Inclusion Body Hepatitis (IBH) has emerged as more than just a disease, it’s an economic “thief” that causes sudden mortality and poor growth rates in our livestock. Caused by Fowl Adenovirus (FAdV), IBH directly attacks and compromises the liver’s function. This disease is particularly dangerous due to its dual transmission routes, both horizontal and vertical, along with frequent occurrence of sub-clinical cases. The mortality rate for this disease ranges from 1% to 10%, climbing to 30% during outbreaks. Beyond direct losses, the virus exerts an immunosuppressive effect that weakens the bird’s overall defense, leading to the occurrence of secondary infections, such as Newcastle Disease (ND) or Gumboro Disease. The economic damage is further compounded by a reduction in feed intake, preventing birds from reaching body weight standards and significantly increasing the Feed Conversion Ratio (FCR). Therefore, strive early and precise protection become a critical priority for sustainable farming.

Recognizing the need for an effective and reliable approach to these challenges, Medion develops Medivac IBH Emulsion (Figure 1) and Medivac ND T-IBH Emulsion (Figure 2) as a high-potency solution, specifically formulated with Fowl Adenovirus serotypes 8b and 11 which are highly homologous with the most prevalent field viruses, including those in Asia, Middle East, and Africa. By delivering a precise antigenic match, it ensures that the defense system is powerful to protect the specific threats circulating.

Figure 2: Medivac ND T-IBH Emulsion

A controlled trial in broiler breeders vaccinated with Medivac IBH Emulsion at 8, 12, and 18 weeks (observed from 3 to 10 weeks post-third vaccination), show that Medivac IBH Emulsion induces a rapid and massive immune response (Figure 3).

At 21 weeks of age, the antibody titer of the SN Test reached 6,656 for FadV 8b and 7,168 for FadV 11, peaked at 24 weeks of age with a titer of 8,192 for both serotype, and remained stable until week 28, significantly above the standard protective benchmark of 512. This long-lasting immunity is supported by an optimally designed inactivated emulsion vaccine formulation, to ensure the breeder flock remains a “fortress” throughout their entire productive life without causing any abnormal clinical symptoms. Consequently, this superior protection ensures that production yields remain optimal and the flock’s health stays protected.

Figure 3: Antibody Titer of IBH in Broiler Breeders after vaccination with Medivac IBH Emulsion

However, the benefits of this high-titer immunity extend far beyond the breeder flock itself, as it plays a crucial role in controlling IBH at its source. The foundation of effective IBH control must begin in the breeder house, as preventing vertical transmission to the progeny is the most critical step in breaking the cycle of infection. In this regard, Medivac IBH Emulsion designed to provide a solution that secures the future by ensuring that every chick hatched is equipped with a defense system from day one. A controlled trial on progenies produced from 28 week old broiler breeders (10 weeks post-third vaccination) confirms that chicks inherit maternal antibody titers as high as 4,096, remain well above protective standards (Figure 4). This early-life protection is crucial for broilers, as it shields them during their most vulnerable first weeks, minimizing the risk of sudden mortality and reduced feed intake. By securing this critical phase of development, optimal growth can be achieved and the flock reaches its full genetic potential by harvest time.

Figure 4: ELISA-Based Assessment of Maternal Antibody Transfer in Progeny

Medivac ND T-IBH Emulsion provides the ideal solution by protecting young chickens during the critical 0 to 5 weeks. A controlled trial was conducted on change to Commercial Broilers hatched from vaccinated breeders which was subsequently vaccinated with Medivac ND T-IBH Emulsion at 7 days of age. Antibody titers at 1 day of age were high due to maternal antibodies inherited and gradually degraded. Furthermore, the immune response to the vaccine initiated at 2 weeks post-vaccination, providing full protection starting from 3 weeks post-vaccination (Figure 5). Beyond providing protection against IBH, this vaccine also provide protection against Newcastle Disease (ND) (Figure 6), delivering dual protection in a single shot.

Figure 5: Antibody Titer of IBH in Commercial Broilers after vaccination with Medivac ND T- IBH Emulsion

Figure 6: Protectivity of Medivac ND T-IBH Emulsion in SPF Chickens against ND Virus Challenge

Vaccination plays a critical role in disease prevention. However, optimal protection against IBH is also supported by environmental management and biosecurity, which acts as the first line of defense to minimize viral load and prevent pathogens from infiltrating and infecting the flock. By implementing vaccination, environmental control, and strict biosecurity, the threat of viral transmission is significantly minimized. This integrated approach ensures comprehensive protection, preventing losses, as well as maximizing farm productivity.

Don’t let Inclusion Body Hepatitis (IBH) steal your flock’s potential. Medivac IBH Emulsion and Medivac ND T-IBH Emulsion are securing your farm through effective protection and building a resilient foundation for optimal performance.

Iowa State Fair to Showcase American Cream Draft Horses

Edusehat — Fri, 19 Jun 2026 05:50:04 +0700

A heritage draft horse breed will be in the spotlight at the Iowa State Fair this summer.

This August, the Iowa State Fair will spotlight one of the state’s most unique and historic treasures: The American Cream draft horse, one of the only draft breeds developed in the United States, will be showcased during the fair’s American Cream Draft Horse Spotlight, 6 p.m., Aug. 16, in the Jacobsen Arena in Des Moines. The event marks the breed’s strong Iowa roots and represents a rare and living connection to the state’s agricultural heritage.

The event is organized by the American Cream Draft Horse Association.

Maggie Lupkes with Betsy and Goldie, American Cream Draft horses

The American Cream originated in early 20th-century Iowa and traces back to the foundation mare known as Old Granny. Bred for strength, disposition, and durability, these horses cultivated Iowa’s fields during a time when horsepower drove the state’s economy. However, the breed emerged at the height of agricultural mechanization, limiting its growth from the start. Today, The Livestock Conservancy lists the American Cream as critically endangered, with fewer than 400 remaining, underscoring the urgent need for continued recognition and preservation.

The spotlight event will offer fairgoers a chance to see these iconic horses up close. The event will highlight the breed’s history, versatility and role in historical agriculture, while celebrating the breeders and advocates working to ensure its future.

“The upcoming breed spotlight at the Iowa State Fair is a great opportunity to promote and highlight current breed conservation efforts and attract new individuals to become interested and

involved within the ACDHA,” explains Maggie Lupkes, one of the event organizers. “It is also an opportunity for Iowans to connect with a living piece of their history, as the American Cream originated from rural Iowa in the early 1900s.”

Efforts are ongoing in the Iowa State legislature to designate the American Cream Draft

In addition to the spotlight event, American Cream Draft Horses will also be featured in the fair’s Avenue of Breeds from Aug. 13 – 23, giving visitors multiple opportunities to engage with the breed and learn about ongoing conservation efforts.

To learn about the breed, visit The Livestock Conservancy’s American Cream draft horse breed profile. For more information about the Iowa State Fair event, visit the American Cream Draft Horse Association’s website. www.acdha.org

The post Iowa State Fair to Showcase American Cream Draft Horses appeared first on The Livestock Conservancy.

Veterinary Consultation Services: How to Optimize Your Clinic’s Equipment, Workflow, and Patient Care

Edusehat — Fri, 19 Jun 2026 05:25:07 +0700

Modern veterinary clinics operate in an increasingly complex environment where clinical demands, operational efficiency, and evolving standards of care intersect. To support veterinary teams in delivering consistent, high-quality patient care, Dispomed has developed a structured veterinary consultation service designed to provide targeted clinical expertise and practical, real-world support.

A collaborative approach rooted in veterinary expertise

At the core of Dispomed’s philosophy is collaboration. The company works in partnership with veterinary specialists across key disciplines to continuously deepen its clinical understanding and strengthen its technical expertise. This ongoing exchange with experienced professionals helps ensure that the guidance and solutions provided are aligned with current best practices and reflect the realities of day-to-day veterinary work.

By integrating feedback and knowledge from specialists actively working in the field, Dispomed is better equipped to support clinics facing diverse clinical and operational challenges.

Supporting veterinary clinics in a demanding environment

Veterinary clinics today face a range of pressures that can impact workflow efficiency, staff confidence, and overall clinical performance. These challenges may include increasing case complexity, time constraints, equipment integration issues, and the need for standardized protocols across teams.

In response to these realities, Dispomed aims to provide more than equipment alone. The objective is to offer a comprehensive support system that helps clinics strengthen their processes, improve consistency in patient care, and optimize the use of their clinical tools.

This approach reflects a broader commitment: helping veterinary teams maintain efficiency and confidence in an environment where demands continue to grow.

A complete veterinary consultation service offering

To support clinical teams more directly, Dispomed offers specialized veterinary consultation services designed to provide access to focused expertise in three critical areas of practice:

Veterinary Anesthesia Consultation

Supporting safer anesthesia protocols, improving monitoring practices, and assisting teams in optimizing perioperative patient management.

Learn More

Dr. Geoffrey Truchetti

Dr. Truchetti (FMV, 2009) holds a master’s in Clinical Sciences and his ACVAA certification (2013). A consultant in veterinary anesthesia since 2013, he works with multiple clinics across Quebec and has collaborated with Dispomed since 2014. He is passionate about teaching and anesthesia risk management.

Dr. Frédérik Rousseau-Blass

Dr. Rousseau-Blass (FMV, 2015) holds a master’s in clinical sciences and his ACVAA certification (2020). Now with E-Vet Mobiles, he supports veterinary teams across Quebec with anesthesia training, complication prevention, and pain management.

Dr. Nigel Caulkett

Dr. Caulkett (WCVM, 1989) is a board-certified anesthesiologist with 30+ years in academia and practice. Now retired from UCVM, he consults on equine anesthesia and is passionate about teaching RVTs, students, and veterinary teams.

Dr. Alexandra Robinson

Dr. Robinson (WCVM, 2017) gained international experience in equine, small animal, and exotic anesthesia in Australia before completing her residency at the University of Montreal. A Diplomate of the ACVAA since 2025, she now practices at Central Victoria Veterinary Hospital in BC. She is passionate about individualized patient care, locoregional techniques, and continuing education.

Dr. Craig A. E. Mosley

Dr. Mosley (University of Guelph) completed a residency and M.Sc. in veterinary anesthesia. Now a staff anesthesiologist at VCA Canada 404 in Newmarket, ON, he also consults independently on anesthesia and continuing education. His interests span wildlife anesthesia, equipment, and veterinary innovation.

Veterinary Surgical Consultation

Providing guidance on surgical workflows, equipment utilization, and procedural efficiency to help improve surgical outcomes and consistency.

Learn More

Dr. Philippe C. Larose

Dr. Larose (DVM, Université de Montréal, 2018; DVSc, University of Guelph, 2023) is a Diplomate of the ACVS with a background in small animal surgery. Recognized for leadership, research, and academic excellence, he is also the inventor of the BOSS+, an innovative surgical positioning device.

Veterinary Dental Consultation

Helping clinics enhance their dental procedures, improve diagnostic accuracy, and integrate effective dental care protocols into daily practice.

Learn More

Dr. Jane Pegg

Dr. Pegg (University of Guelph) specialized in veterinary dentistry at Colorado State University and founded Transcend Veterinary CE to provide hands-on dental training. She is now launching Ascentra Veterinary Dentistry and Oral Surgery in Newmarket, ON, a dedicated dental hospital and training centre.

Dr. Josée Marcoux

Dr. Marcoux (FMV, Université de Montréal, 2016) is a Diplomate of the AVDC (2023) specializing in veterinary dentistry. She completed her residency at the Université de Montréal and trained across Canada and the U.S. Now with E-Vet Mobiles, she provides dental support to veterinary teams across Quebec and is passionate about dentistry education.

Each consultation area is designed to provide practical, actionable insights that can be integrated directly into clinical workflows, helping teams elevate both confidence and performance.

Building stronger clinics through integrated support

Dispomed’s veterinary consultation services are part of a broader mission to support veterinary professionals beyond equipment delivery. By combining clinical expertise, industry collaboration, and a deep understanding of clinic operations, Dispomed aims to help veterinary teams navigate challenges more effectively and deliver the highest standard of care.

Ultimately, the goal is to contribute to stronger, more resilient veterinary clinics, where teams are supported, processes are optimized, and patient care remains the central focus.

Ten Years In: What the PMI Program Taught Us About Building Poultry Systems That Last

Edusehat — Thu, 18 Jun 2026 18:50:06 +0700

The Poultry Multiplication Initiative (PMI) is World Poultry Foundation’s (WPF) flagship program model, a private-sector-led approach that builds self-sustaining poultry value chains in rural communities. At its core, the model works through a simple chain: hatcheries produce day-old chicks, Brooder Units raise them for four to six weeks, and small-scale producers purchase those teen birds to grow for eggs and meat. Each link in the chain is a real business generating real income and that commercial logic is what makes the model durable long after WPF’s direct involvement ends. Central to the PMI model is the dual-purpose poultry (DPP) bird, a breed positioned between commercial breeds and local indigenous chickens. DPP birds grow faster than village chickens, produce more eggs, and thrive in low-input rural environments. Introducing this breed into new markets, and building the value chains to support it, is the work of the PMI program. It sounds straightforward. In practice, it rarely is. Nearly a decade into the PMI, the WPF team has learned more from the unexpected than from anything that went according to plan. We asked team members across programs, finance, data, and field operations to share the challenges they didn’t see coming and what those challenges ultimately changed about how we work. This is part one in a three-part series on unanticipated challenges and opportunities in the PMI program over the last ten years. In this installment, we look at the strategic and structural lessons that shaped how the model was built. By: Randall Ennis, Jan de Jonge, and Clarence Mutangara Building the Model: The strategic and structural lessons of how the PMI model was designed, tested, and refined. The Poultry Multiplication Initiative (PMI) didn’t arrive fully formed. WPF built on a body of work others had already started in dual-purpose poultry development, but took on a specific challenge from the Gates Foundation: to test how fast the model could grow and under what conditions it could succeed across different contexts. That meant a decade of testing, adapting, and being honest about what wasn’t working. Before the systems, the data, and the field teams came the harder work of figuring out what the model actually needed to be, and that required getting some things wrong first. Start small. Go deep. Then expand. When the PMI program launched in Tanzania and Nigeria, the instinct was to move fast and cover lots of ground. WPF CEO Randall Ennis recalls the thinking clearly. “Our objective was to penetrate as many markets as possible in order to rapidly recruit Brooder Units (BUs) and accelerate community market development,” he says. “What we underestimated in these initial programs was the significant logistical complexity created by operating across such large geographic territories.” With only one hatchery and one feed mill per country, delivering chicks and feed over vast distances quickly became costly and inefficient. Field Service Representatives (FSRs) operated with limited oversight. FSRs felt isolated, with little consistent support from management. BU selection and training became inconsistent. The lesson reshaped the entire model. “Sustainable growth requires operational discipline and controlled expansion,” Randall says. “It is far more effective to begin implementation within one or two strategically selected geographic regions, closer to the source of chicks and feed, and let systems mature before expanding outward.” Today, geographic focus isn’t a compromise. It’s the strategy. The product works. But first, people have to believe in it. For WPF Vice President of Operations, Jan de Jonge, one of the most persistent surprises hasn’t been technical, it’s been human. “I didn’t expect it to be so hard to get the idea of teen-birds implemented,” he says. “Farmers are used to buying day-old chicks or buying fully grown birds, not something in between.” The logic of the Brooder Unit (BU) model is sound: lower capital requirement, shorter grow-out period, faster cycles. But small-scale producers are cautious and, as Jan notes, rightfully so. “They are working with thin margins and cannot afford to absorb a failed experiment.” The result was a slower ramp-up than projected, which in turn created cash flow pressure for BUs unable to hold birds past the four-week window. The instinct, to push harder on marketing or drop prices, wasn’t the answer. “Lower prices erode the business case,” Jan says. “Aggressive marketing without real farmer buy-in also does not convert.” What it really pushed the team to do was get more honest about timelines. “Building a reliable client base in a market that does not yet understand the product is a different kind of challenge,” he says. “It takes longer than most projections allow for. We have had to get more comfortable with extended ramp-up periods and with supporting partners through that phase rather than measuring them too rigidly against early milestones.” That same comfort with longer timelines has also meant encouraging farmers to start smaller, scaling at a pace that lowers risk for partners and SSPs alike while they test the model for themselves. You can’t build a value chain from the middle. WPF’s Clarence Mutangara, who joined the team in 2026 as Business Manager, came into the work expecting dual-purpose poultry to have gained more commercial traction than it had. “I expected that before entering a PMI country there would have been some traction in general markets about this alternative to standard commercial broilers and layers,” he says. “What I found instead was a cultural mindset shift that still needs to happen and that requires more effort and investment than one may realize.” DPP birds are not yet a known quantity in most of the markets WPF works in, by design. There are no established commercial processors, no recognizable brands, and little downstream infrastructure to signal to farmers that this is a product worth investing in. PMI partners aren’t just building a supply chain, they’re introducing a new category of bird entirely, and building the perception of that product from scratch: establishing brands, running awareness campaigns, training farmers, and demonstrating a business model most people have never seen before. One pattern Clarence didn’t anticipate was resistance to the BU model even when the numbers clearly showed its advantages. Many farmers, he found, preferred the logic of a single large transaction over the compounding returns of running six or more cycles a year. For SSPs, purchasing a teen bird rather than raising a chick from day one is its own behavior change. Understanding that has changed how he thinks about the way partners present the business case. “It is not enough to show that the numbers work. You have to speak to the emotional and practical preference for visible cash in hand.” Building a market for something new means starting well before the market is ready for it. Ten years of learning. The PMI model today looks different from the one that launched nearly a decade ago. More focused geographically, more honest about timelines, and more grounded in the realities of the markets it serves. What Randall, Jan, and Clarence are describing is really the same challenge from three different angles: a model that is commercially sound but has to earn its place in markets that have never seen it before. The best programs aren’t the ones that avoid surprises. They’re the ones that learned from them.

The post Ten Years In: What the PMI Program Taught Us About Building Poultry Systems That Last appeared first on World Poultry Foundation.

Garlic allicin as a promising alternative to antibiotics in broilers

Edusehat — Thu, 18 Jun 2026 18:40:09 +0700

Introduction

The poultry industry is under increasing pressure to reduce antibiotic use due to antimicrobial resistance and consumer demand for safer products. Garlic (Allium sativum) and its bioactive compound allicin have emerged as promising phytogenic feed additives. Recent reviews highlight that allicin possesses antimicrobial, antioxidant, and immunomodulatory properties, making it a strong candidate for broiler production without conventional antibiotics.

Allicin: bioactive properties

Allicin is formed when garlic cloves are crushed, activating the enzyme alliinase. This compound has demonstrated broad-spectrum antimicrobial activity against pathogens such as Escherichia coli and Salmonella. Its antioxidant properties also mitigate oxidative stress, supporting nutrient absorption and metabolic efficiency. Kenyan trials further confirm allicin’s ability to reduce pathogenic load in broilers, positioning it as a viable antibiotic alternative.

Impact on gut health

Gut health is central to broiler productivity. While antibiotics often disrupt beneficial microflora, allicin selectively inhibits harmful bacteria while allowing beneficial microbes to thrive. This balance promotes improved intestinal integrity and enhances feed conversion. Research has shown that broilers supplemented with garlic extract containing allicin exhibit higher villus height in the small intestine, indicating better nutrient uptake.

Growth performance and carcass quality

Replacing antibiotics with allicin has shown promising results in growth performance metrics. Broilers receiving garlic supplementation often demonstrate improved body weight gain, reduced feed conversion ratio (FCR), and lower mortality rates. Additionally, carcass quality benefits include leaner meat with reduced abdominal fat deposition and enhanced flavor attributes, aligning with consumer preferences for healthier poultry products.

Immunomodulatory effects

Beyond antimicrobial action, allicin strengthens the immune system. It stimulates macrophage activity, enhances lymphocyte proliferation, and increases antibody production. This immunomodulatory effect equips broilers to better resist common pathogens, reducing reliance on therapeutic antibiotics and improving flock uniformity.

Practical applications in broiler production

For poultry producers, incorporating garlic extract or allicin into feed formulations offers a natural, sustainable strategy to maintain productivity under antibiotic-free conditions. Key considerations include:

Dosage optimization: Effective levels vary, but excessive supplementation may reduce palatability.
Formulation stability: Allicin is unstable and requires encapsulation or controlled-release technologies to preserve activity during feed processing.
Synergistic use: Combining allicin with probiotics or prebiotics may enhance synergistic effects on gut health and performance.

Conclusion

Garlic allicin is a promising alternative to antibiotic growth promoters in broiler production. Its antimicrobial, antioxidant, and immunomodulatory properties may contribute to better gut health, growth performance, and carcass quality. However, practical effectiveness depends on dose, formulation, and feed stability, and further research is needed before broad commercial adoption.

Source: MDPI Animals, 14(3), 498

Tiny Cat Stories: Heartwarming Tales of the Cats Who Changed Everything

Edusehat — Thu, 18 Jun 2026 08:30:06 +0700

We asked readers to submit their Tiny Cat Stories no more than 100 words in length. The following are the submissions that were chosen for publication in the Spring/Summer 2026 issue of Modern Cat magazine.

Interested in submitting your own Tiny Cat Story for publication in an upcoming issue? Email tinycatstories@moderncat.com. (Word count strictly enforced; accompanying photos welcomed.)

Patches’ House

We found her in the hedge—softly mewing “hello” as if testing whether we were kind. Each evening she’d join us on the stoop, letting our hands inch closer, her fur dusted with mites that made us itch but our hearts swell!

Neighbours told us she’d been left behind years ago, yet she’d never left—keeping watch over the home she once knew. We even found her in a real estate photo, perched like she owned the place. That’s when we realized: we hadn’t adopted Patches. We’d moved into her house—and she graciously let us stay. Now she lives inside, our beloved, sassy queen of the couch!—Mirelle Inglefield

Yo, Josie!

Josie greeted us in an unusual way. She would look at me or my husband straight in the eye. Then, in a quick motion, she’d lift her chin, jutting it out a bit, before quickly dropping her head back to where it had been. To us, this looked like the way some young men, the cool ones, greet one another, sometimes exclaiming “Yo!” We think she learned this from her earlier human parent, a young man. It’s been three years since Josie passed, and we still talk and laugh about Josie’s way of saying “Hello!”—Gretchen Reevy-Manning

The Cat Who Made Me Love Him

I was never a cat person, but it’s been my karma to love people who are. I kept an uneasy peace with Peanut and Pushkin when I lived with their humans and tolerated Tugsie while raising my feline-crazy daughter. When she left town for six months, she gave me temporary custody of her kitten. Monsieur took up residence alongside my laptop. One day, he rose and sniffed my face. “Rah,” he squeaked. “Rah,” I echoed because he looked expectant. “Rah,” he responded. So began our conversations. When my daughter returned for him, I said, “Get your own cat. He’s mine.”—Fredda Rosen

An Unlikely Souvenir

On a June night with no breeze and oppressive humidity, something stirred in the South Carolinian brush; then a mournful, screeching cry. A small creature emerged: a kitten, orange and white and awkward, maybe only 10 weeks old. He had huge paws and wide, hungry eyes.

Our youngest was the first to pet him and named him Mimou. He had survived thunderstorms and the juvenile alligator living in the swamp nearby. He let us adopt him and we flew him home to Canada. Ten years later, acclimatized to the north, our Mimou especially adores those hot muggy days of summer.—Jessica Lee

She Purrsisted

After losing a beloved male ginger cat to cancer, I visited a shelter hoping to honour him by adopting again. Amid playful kittens, an older orange cat with a tipped ear and determined spirit leapt beside me and began to purr. Called “Garfield” and overlooked for a year, she was renamed Frieda—a nod to her strength. Even a brief, frightened dash into the dog room couldn’t derail her adoption. At home, Frieda settled in quickly, sleeping on my chest and offering daily affection. She had waited patiently—and purrsisted—until she found her forever family.—Stephanie Kalina-Metzger

Better Late Than Never

My husband and I were married for 30 years before we became cat owners. Through a neighbour, we adopted five-year-old Coco (nee Squeak), and life has never been so grand. Being retired gives us endless time for Coco, and we love belonging to a community that includes a great veterinarian, friendly pet store employees, and fellow cat lovers. We became first-time homeowners around the same time. A gift towel from a friend reads, “This house is owned solely for the comfort and convenience of the cat.” We wouldn’t have it any other way.—Anne Saulnier

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post Tiny Cat Stories: Heartwarming Tales of the Cats Who Changed Everything appeared first on Modern Cat.

Out-of-the-box approach to control necrotic enteritis

Edusehat — Thu, 18 Jun 2026 00:50:03 +0700

Can promoting an inflammatory response with diet combat necrotic enteritis and coccidiosis in poultry?

At the 2025 Poultry Science Association annual meeting, Michael Carroll, graduate assistant at Mississippi State University, presented his research investigating whether dietary changes can produce a useful immune response to combat necrotic enteritis.

Eimeria is a costly problem in broiler production. Not only does the parasite damage the bird’s intestines, but it also sets up the bird for secondary infections.

Carroll explained that Eimeria’s main mechanism for evading the host immune response is the production of IL-10, an anti-inflammatory cytokine, by the host. “Eimeria damages the intestine by lysing enterocytes and expelling protein into the intestinal lumen. The resultant damage makes it possible for an opportunistic pathogen — Clostridium perfringens — to cause necrotic enteritis,” he said.

Economic losses increase when both Eimeria and Clostridium are present. “Our hypothesis was that broilers fed the anti-ILT-10 diet would have an increased pro-inflammatory response to the Eimeria maxima and Clostridium perfringens challenge,” Carroll said.

Current control methods insufficient

Producers rely on antibiotics, chemicals and vaccines to manage these diseases, but none are perfect. “The industry is shifting away from antibiotics, and emerging resistance to chemicals is problematic,” Carroll noted. “Vaccinations for Eimeria, although effective, do not cover against all strains and species.”

Understanding that current control methods are insufficient led Carroll to investigate outside-the-box controls and to promote a positive inflammatory response.

IL-10, immune suppression

High IL-10 levels reduce the bird’s ability to fight infection by suppressing macrophage activity and shifting the immune system away from a strong protective response.

Carroll thought that if IL-10 helps Eimeria evade the immune system, blocking IL-10 through the diet might help birds respond better. “If an anti-IL-10 antibody was fed to the chickens to counteract this host evasion mechanism by Eimeria, we could promote a pro-inflammatory response.”

He tested an anti-IL-10 ingredient in broiler diets and then challenged birds with Eimeria alone or with Eimeria and C. perfringens.

Study findings

IL-10 changes were only clearly seen in one part of the gut. “Luminal IL-10 concentration showed a significant response only in the duodenum,” Carroll summarized.

But many of the study results were unexpected. The Salmonella-type Eimeria did not increase IL-10 concentrations as expected, and responses varied between repeated trials. “The necrotic enteritis models varied across replications for IL-10 concentration,” he said.

When he examined gut tissue directly, he observed that diet had little effect on IL-10 levels. “IL-10 concentrations in the jejunal tissue were relatively unaffected by both diet and challenge,” Carroll noted.

However, another immune signal did change. “Interferon gamma response was different across all three replications,” he explained, indicating that the birds’ immune systems were reacting, just not always as expected.

Difference noted between males and females

When comparing challenged birds to unchallenged controls, Carroll noted that, regardless of challenge, the birds mounted a similar response, transcriptome. However, there was a striking divergence between sexes. “We found that there was a difference between males and females in their transcriptome response at each challenge level. Only about 20% of differentially expressed genes were shared across sexes, beyond those linked to sex chromosomes.”

Pathway analysis showed that Eimeria challenge upregulated “the cell cycle and lipid metabolism,” while combined challenge increased “an adaptive immune response” alongside cell cycle activity.

Takeaways for producers

Carroll’s research showed that targeting immune pathways, such as IL-10, holds promise but is complex and can yield inconsistent results.

The research showed that diet can influence immune responses, but the results can vary depending on challenge conditions and the birds themselves. “E. maxima and E. maxima plus C. perfringens responded similarly when compared to the unchallenged,” Carroll concluded.

For producers, the key message is that necrotic enteritis and coccidiosis remain complex problems. New nutritional tools may be part of the solution, but they are not silver bullets.

The post Out-of-the-box approach to control necrotic enteritis appeared first on Modern Poultry.

AgriLivestock & Feed Taiwan 2026: Navigating Triple Challenges in Poultry Industry

Edusehat — Wed, 17 Jun 2026 17:45:04 +0700

Navigating Triple Challenges in Poultry Industry at AgriLivestock & Feed Taiwan 2026

Recent extreme weather, labour shortages, and rising feed costs—alongside constant pressure from pests and avian disease—have triggered global food security concerns. As traditional farming models struggle to meet demands, markets are rapidly shifting towards advanced farm equipment to reduce risks across the livestock sector, in line with the One Health framework.

Addressing these challenges, AgriLivestock & Feed Taiwan, part of Taiwan Smart Agriweek, taking place from September 8-10 2026, at TaiNEX 1, Taipei, offers direct access to cutting-edge technologies and modern poultry farm models tailored for both farms and agribusinesses.

From farm management, feed and additives, breeding to ventilation systems, cooling and health monitoring systems for poultry industries, the expo allows both visitors and buyers to explore practical on-site technologies, compare equipment, and connect with solution providers to identify upgrade needs to improve business profit and sustainable production.

Attendees can also join onsite knowledge exchanges with topics ranging from:

Feed Innovation & Gut Health: Exploring effective alternatives to antibiotics in feed.
Smart Environmental Controls: Utilizing biological agents and micro-bubble technology in farms.
Data-Driven Management: How to boost product yield to meet demands for large-scale operations while generating profits.

Furthermore, the three-day expo will also feature 20 expert-led forums offering insights into current challenges, market trends, and practical solutions.

To enhance procurement needs, AgriLivestock & Feed Taiwan introduces the Overseas Buyers Program, offering a 3-day accommodation, VIP services, and tailored B2B matchmaking, providing a seamless experience for sourcing needs. Full program details and registrations is open for application here .

Irene Liu, My Exhibition’s General Manager, pointed out “More than an exhibition, Taiwan Smart Agriweek connects worldwide buyers and key industry players and advanced technologies, tailored to agribusiness needs—transforming climate-driven agricultural challenges into real business opportunities, long-term partnerships, and concrete business profit.”

With uncertain climate changes and challenges, the industry needs more than just equipment but a comprehensive solution and model that could assist in monitoring, decision making, and execution to boost productivity and yield. AgriLivestock & Feed Taiwan 2026 not only serves as a comprehensive platform to explore and source solutions for farms and agribusiness, but also to connect, matchmake, and collaborate with key industry players.

For more details, visit https://www.taiwanagriweek.com/en/about/agrilivestock

The post AgriLivestock & Feed Taiwan 2026: Navigating Triple Challenges in Poultry Industry appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

Lavender in crisis: Provence farmers turn to laying hens to survive

Edusehat — Wed, 17 Jun 2026 17:35:09 +0700

In Provence, lavender no longer guarantees a viable income for many farmers. Years of oversupply, falling prices, unstable yields, and increasingly unpredictable weather have turned the iconic flower into a financial burden for numerous farms.
Around the plateau de Valensole — one of the most symbolic landscapes of southern France — some producers are diversifying into more stable activities, including laying hen farms, to keep their businesses running.

From purple fields to chicken coops

According to Euronews, two new chicken coops raising 25,000 laying hens each are set to be built in the lavender fields of the plateau de Valensole. In Roumoules, another farmer has received permission to construct a large coop spanning several hectares.
The decision has sparked local debate: some residents worry about industrialization of the landscape, while others welcome the project as a way to keep local farming alive and provide locally produced eggs.
Farmers explain that lavender remains part of their identity, but it is no longer enough to sustain their livelihoods.

Why the egg sector?

The shift toward laying hens is not limited to Provence — it reflects a broader national trend in France. The French egg sector launched a plan in 2024 to build 300 new henhouses by 2030, investing at least €300 million, to meet rapidly growing domestic demand.
The sector also aims to reach 90% cage-free egg production by 2030, showing that the push for more output is paired with a transformation in farming models.
In 2025, per capita egg consumption in France reached 237 eggs, pushing the industry to expand production and avoid increased reliance on imports.

A market under pressure

Reuters and sector sources report that France has increased its egg imports and that national self-sufficiency has fallen below safe levels, prompting the industry to call for new facilities and greater production capacity.
In this context, laying hen farms in Provence are becoming a survival strategy for traditional agricultural businesses, offering more predictable income than lavender.

Local impact and debate

These new projects directly affect land use, landscape, and social acceptance in rural areas. Supporters argue that well-placed coops have limited visual impact and can bring economic benefits to local communities, including through direct egg sales.
Critics, however, fear a gradual loss of Provence’s traditional image, replaced by larger and more visible livestock facilities.
This tension reflects a growing challenge across European farming regions: preserve the symbolic value of the landscape or adapt to more economically secure production models.

Cobb East Africa Officially Opens New Grandparent Facility in Tanzania

Edusehat — Wed, 17 Jun 2026 14:10:10 +0700

Cobb-Vantress, LLC. and Irvine’s Group celebrated the official opening of Cobb East Africa Limited, a joint venture Grandparent Facility located in Naibili Village, Siha District, Kilimanjaro Region. The joint venture combines Cobb’s global poultry genetics expertise with Irvine’s deep knowledge of African markets, marking a significant combined investment in the future of poultry production, food security, and agricultural development across East Africa.

The official opening ceremony was attended by representatives from the Siha District Commissioner’s office, the Tanzanian Department of Veterinary Services, the Royal Norwegian Embassy, regional poultry producers, and leadership from Cobb-Vantress and Irvine’s Group.

Guests toured the new facilities ahead of keynote addresses from Shelby Watkins, President of Cobb-Vantress; Will Sawyer, Vice President of Global Business Operations and Strategy at Cobb-Vantress; Craig Irvine, CEO of Irvine’s Group; and Theo Bezuidenhout, General Manager of Cobb East Africa.

The establishment of Cobb East Africa marks a significant strategic milestone
reflecting a long-term commitment to establishing a genetics supply base in East Africa. Rather than supplying African markets from facilities overseas, Cobb is investing at source, bringing high quality Grandparent genetics into the heart of the region it serves.

East Africa is one of the world’s fastest-growing regions for poultry demand, driven by population growth, rising incomes, and increasing demand for affordable protein across the continent. Historically, African producers have relied on breeding stock imported from overseas, exposing supply chains to long transit times, logistical complexity, and cost. Cobb East Africa directly addresses this, establishing a dedicated genetics supply base at the centre of the continent.

The Grandparent Facility will produce Grandparents in support of generating Parent Stock for supply to poultry producers across Sub Saharan Africa. Approximately 140 jobs have already been created through the development of the facility, with 98% of employees being Tanzanian citizens, contributing directly to local economic activity and improved livelihoods in surrounding communities.

For poultry producers across the region, Cobb East Africa improves the quality and reliability of supply. With Parent Stock now produced on the continent, customers benefit from significantly shorter lead times, more secure and resilient supply chains, and greater regional responsiveness to changing market conditions. The proximity of the facility also enables stronger on-the-ground technical support and closer collaboration with Cobb specialists — helping customers achieve improved flock performance and productivity at farm level.

Cobb East Africa brings together two organisations with deep roots in the global poultry industry. Cobb-Vantress, founded in 1916, is the world’s oldest pedigree broiler breeding company. Irvine’s Group, Cobb’s oldest distributor globally, has operations across seven countries and supplies Cobb Parent Stock to producers in more than 18 nations across the continent. The joint venture combines Cobb’s global genetics leadership and technical expertise with Irvine’s Group’s established networks, operational experience, and on-the-ground expertise, enabling the partnership to better serve East Africa’s rapidly growing demand for high-quality, affordable poultry protein.

“The opening of Cobb East Africa represents a major step forward in our long-term commitment to the African poultry industry,” said Shelby Watkins. “This investment is about more than expanding production capacity, it is about strengthening food security, supporting local farmers, creating sustainable employment opportunities, and helping make high-quality protein more accessible and affordable for families across East Africa. We are proud to partner with the region as it continues to grow and develop its agricultural potential.”

Theo Bezuidenhout added: “This is the culmination of years of planning and shared vision. The impact on local employment and economic activity has already been significant, and we believe this is only the beginning for what Cobb East Africa can deliver for the region.”

Craig Irvine, CEO of Irvine’s Group, said the joint venture was the natural culmination of a relationship stretching back to 1962. “Irvine’s Group has distributed Cobb genetics across Africa for more than six decades. We know this market deeply, and Cobb East Africa demonstrates what is possible when you combine that knowledge and experience with the world’s finest poultry genetics.”

Will Sawyer said “Facilities like Cobb East Africa help position us to better support customers through improved surety of supply and enhanced service capability, as the poultry industry in East Africa continues to show strong potential for growth.”

The Siha District Commissioner welcomed the investment and its contribution to regional development. “Projects such as Cobb East Africa demonstrate the important role that agriculture and private sector partnerships play in driving economic development, creating jobs for our communities, and improving food security,” the Commissioner said. “We are encouraged by the company’s commitment to local employment and skills development, and we look forward to seeing the positive long-term contribution this facility will make to the region and to Tanzania as a whole.”
ABOUT COBB
Cobb-Vantress, LLC is the world’s longest-established pedigree broiler breeding company and a global leader in poultry genetics. We are dedicated to advancing the science of poultry breeding to help feed the world with healthy and affordable protein. Our innovative genetic solutions help empower producers in more than 100 countries to meet growing demand with efficiency and confidence. Learn more at cobbgenetics.com.

Optimizing Tank Design for Super-Intensive Shrimp Farming

Edusehat — Wed, 17 Jun 2026 00:05:05 +0700

* By Brian Vinci, George Chamberlain, Robins McIntosh, Riley Krohn, Sujit Kaewchum, Antonio Santa Marta and Robert Jones

Super-intensive shrimp farming demands robust infrastructure to handle solids like uneaten feed and molts. This article explores the use of computational fluid dynamics (CFD) to narrow down design options for 16- and 36-meter circular tanks. The results demonstrate that while self-cleaning hydraulics are technically feasible, their success depends on combining specific inlet jets with strong system management and reliable power.

Introduction

Shrimp farming has been shifting from extensive and semi‑intensive ponds to intensive and super‑intensive systems, driven by demand and the need to reduce per‑unit environmental impacts. The intensification increases waste production and the risk of solids accumulation, which can degrade water quality and lead to disease outbreaks. This project set out to define and test hydraulic designs for circular tanks with central drains that could keep tank bottoms clean through rotational and radial flow, using shrimp‑specific biological tolerances and water quality criteria as design constraints.

Background

Most shrimp production occurs in extensive and semi‑intensive ponds, but intensive and super‑intensive systems that use smaller, deeper, often lined ponds or large circular tanks (e.g., 16–36 m diameter, 1–2 m deep) are becoming more common. Circular tanks with central drains and powered circulation (e.g., paddlewheels) have already been used in some shrimp operations, with reported adherence to strict “clean” operating principles to address solid waste accumulation and disease outbreaks.

Solid wastes in shrimp farming mainly consist of uneaten feed, feces, molts, and decaying biofloc. Studies indicate that solids tend to deposit in areas with bottom velocities below 7–8 cm/s and that deposition is spatially uneven, contributing to localized anaerobic conditions. Current methods for managing solids, such as suction pumps, center drains, “shrimp toilets,” and mechanical scrapers, can be effective to varying degrees but are often labor‑intensive, improperly sized, or prone to resuspending waste solids.

Experimental data on L. vannamei indicate critical swimming speeds generally range from 28 to 47 cm/s, depending on temperature, salinity, body size, and fasting duration; higher temperatures and moderate salinities tend to increase critical swimming speeds. Endurance studies showed that shrimp could maintain position at lower velocities (5–11 cm/s) for extended periods, but endurance declined as velocity increased. These findings support keeping most tank water velocities well below critical speeds, aiming for roughly 10 to 30 cm/s to allow shrimp to hold position without exhaustion while still moving waste solids to a location for removal.

Safe total and unionized ammonia concentrations vary with salinity in Litopenaeus vannamei juveniles, showing some increased tolerance at higher salinities. Dissolved oxygen (DO) is a key limiting factor, with recommendations to keep DO above 4–5 mg/L for intensive systems and avoid prolonged periods below 3.5–4 mg/L. For solids, guidance recommends maintaining settleable solids below 20 mL/L and keeping suspended solids in biofloc systems within a range that maintains adequate primary production while minimizing gill irritation and stress.

Typical culture unit depths of 1–2 m are reported across ponds and tanks, and shrimp are characterized as benthic animals that use the bottom rather than the full water column. Limited data suggest that artificial substrates are beneficial, but this study focused on tank bottom hydraulics rather than habitat structures.

These literature findings established quantitative design targets for this project: circular tanks approximately 16–36 m in diameter and 2 m deep, with bottom velocities generally between 10–30 cm/s, solids removal sufficient to prevent buildup in zones with velocities below about 7–8 cm/s, and water quality maintained within known thresholds for ammonia, DO, and suspended solids.

Design targets for super-intensive tanks must align with the biological tolerances of L. vannamei. Research suggests critical swimming speeds range from 28 to 47 cm/s, making water velocities of 10–30 cm/s ideal for moving solids to central drains without causing shrimp exhaustion. Maintaining dissolved oxygen above 4–5 mg/L is equally vital for preventing stress in high-density environments

Self-Cleaning Tank Design and Computational Fluid Dynamics Modeling

Using the identified criteria, self-cleaning tank designs were proposed and tested using computational fluid dynamics (CFD). All modeled tanks had a 2% bottom slope toward a central drain whose diameter was 10% of the tank diameter. Two tank diameters(16 and 36 m) were considered,representing typical sizes for superintensive tanks.

Seventeen scenarios were established by systematically varying:

» Water circulation method: sidewallairlifts, pumped reuse/reinjection.

» Inlet type: vertical jets, standard inverted‑L inlets, modified inverted‑L inlets with bottom jets directed at the tank center, and circular bottom rings with perimeter jets directed toward the tank center.

» Center‑drain hydraulic loading: 12–24 L/min/m².

» Equivalent hydraulic retention time (HRT): 15–90 minutes, representing the strength of circulation (shorter HRT = higher impulse momentum).

» Inlet jet velocities: 1.3, 2, and 4 m/s.

Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) modeling of circular tanks shows that pumped reuse/reinjection with inverted-L inlets outperforms airlifts for generating rotational currents. Higher hydraulic loading at the center drain (18–24 L/min/m²) is crucial for reducing low-velocity zones where solids typically accumulate, ensuring the tank bottom remains clean.

Autodesk CFD 2024 was used to simulate three-dimensional velocity fields in operating tanks. Performance was assessed using bottom-velocity contour maps and histograms showing the percentage of the bottom area within specific velocity ranges (0–5, 5–10, 10–15, …, 35–40 cm/s). Successful scenarios featured a coherent rotational current around the tank, a radial flow component that directed solids toward the center drain, and a substantial portion of the bottom area with velocities between 10 and 30 cm/s.

Commercial Tank Retrofit and Field Testing

The same criteria and modeling tools were applied to a commercial shrimp production tank at Homegrown Shrimp USA (Indiantown, FL). A retrofit system based on pumped reuse and reinjection, featuring a standard inverted-L inlet and a center-drain solids treatment loop, was modeled to ensure the predicted velocities would meet shrimp swimming and solids transport criteria before installation.

The retrofit system included a side-stream pump skid with inline nanobubble oxygenation and a standard inverted-L inlet for water reinjection to generate rotational flows, a screened center-drain intake with an axial flow pump moving water to a radial-flow solids settler, a gravity return line to the tank near the perimeter from the solids settler, and a pump in the bottom of the settler to remove settled solids to a centralized denitrification loop (Figure 1)

To support super-intensive biomass densities, advanced aeration is necessary to maintain stable dissolved oxygen levels. Field testing of a commercial retrofit utilized a side-stream pump skid with inline nanobubble oxygenation, successfully keeping water quality within recommended ranges during production trials even as shrimp grew to an average of 32 g.

This project’s field work included two production trials, each starting with 32,000 post-larval shrimp (PL); regular water quality monitoring for DO, temperature, alkalinity, and nitrogen compounds; shrimp growth and harvest data collection; measurements of water velocity along tank cross-sections; and analysis of solids levels in the tank water, settler outlet water, and settled solids at the bottom of the settler.

Results Modeling

CFD modeling results showed that sidewall airlift units either produced large areas with water velocities below 10 cm/s or required very high airflow rates to reach the target velocities, limiting their effectiveness as primary water-circulation devices. Pumped reuse/reinjection setups with inverted-L inlets generated stronger rotational currents and covered more of the tank area with water velocities in the 10–25 cm/s range, especially when center-drain loading was between 18–24 L/min/m² and the effective HRT was reduced to approximately 30 minutes.

Despite improvements with inverted-L inlets and increased center-drain loading rates, most 16 m diameter tank scenarios still had a low-velocity zone with velocities below 10 cm/s near the tank center, and sometimes below 5 cm/s. These areas may allow solids to settle, challenging the goal of creating fully self-cleaning tanks. For 36 m diameter tanks, high-velocity vertical jet inlets created localized zones with velocities well above 30 cm/s, which shrimp could potentially avoid, while inlets with lower jet velocities produced large areas with velocities below target levels, highlighting trade-offs related to scale.

Effective solids removal prevents localized anaerobic conditions caused by decaying biofloc and feces. Testing demonstrated that a radial-flow settler can successfully treat center-drain effluent, concentrating suspended solids from 159 mg/L in the culture tank to over 6,000 mg/L at the bottom of the settler for removal to denitrification loops.

Introducing modified inverted-L inlets with bottom jets aimed at the tank center and circular bottom rings at the tank perimeter, with jets also directed at the tank center, improved radial flow. Configurations using perimeter bottom rings reduced the size of low-velocity zones at the tank center and increased the percentage of water velocities within the target range (15–25 cm/s), leaving only small zones below 10 cm/s in the 16 m-diameter tanks under low HRT conditions. However, when the equivalent HRT was extended to 90 minutes to decrease energy use, low-velocity zones at the tank center reappeared despite the presence of perimeter bottom rings with jets directed toward the tank center.

Overall, the modeling showed that higher impulse momentum (shorter equivalent HRT, higher pumped flows) improved self-cleaning metrics but increased energy requirements. Additionally, higher center-drain hydraulic loading enhanced water velocities near the tank’s center and reduced the size of low-velocity zones. Multiple or modified inlets provided more uniform radial flow and better solids-transport conditions than single standard inlets, especially in larger tanks.

Field testing

In the commercial tank setup, the retrofit used a simplified design featuring a single side-stream pump and a standard inverted-L inlet, along with a center-drain pump connected to a radial-flow settler with gravity return of treated water to the production tank. The installed layout reversed the location of inflows from the settler return and side-stream inverted-L inlet compared to the original design, reflecting practical constraints (Figure 2).

Water velocities measured at mid-depth along the tank perimeter showed a clear rotational current, with velocities mostly in the low to mid-teens cm/s and directions parallel to the wall. This aligns with the lower end of the modeled target water velocity range and suggests effective mixing of the culture water. Measurements also confirmed the presence of low-velocity zones below 10 cm/s near the tank center, even after flow adjustments. This behavior matches the modeling expectation that single-inlet layouts without perimeter bottom rings would have some low-velocity zones near the tank center (Figure 3).

Suspended solids analysis at peak biomass showed that the radial-flow settler effectively treated the flow from the tank center: total suspended solids (TSS) measured 159 mg/L in the tank, 100 mg/L at the settler outlet, and 6,204 mg/L at the bottom of the settler cone, with visible differences in clarity among the samples. This demonstrates that once solids reached the settler, the settler removed and concentrated solids as intended (Figure 4).

Water quality remained within the recommended ranges for intensive L. vannamei production. Dissolved oxygen was maintained at or above the minimum target levels through the use of the nanobubble oxygenation unit, while hardness and alkalinity stayed within typical industry ranges. Additionally, TAN, nitrite-N, nitrate- N, and solids levels did not indicate any water quality degradation (Figure 5).

Shrimp grew to an average weight of 32 g in 91 days, with an average daily gain of 0.35 g/day and a final biomass density of 1.97 kg/m³. However, survival was low at 19%, and the feed conversion ratio (FCR) was high at 3.09. Low survival and, consequently, low FCR are attributed to high PL mortality during the nursery period before the tank retrofits were implemented.

Discussion and Conclusions

The project demonstrated that self-cleaning tank hydrodynamics could be adapted from finfish RAS to intensive shrimp tanks while remaining within shrimp swimming and water quality limits. CFD modeling proved useful for assessing how design factors such as tank diameter, inlet type, center-drain hydraulic loading, jet velocity, and equivalent HRT interact to influence velocity distributions, and for narrowing down design options before starting a retrofit.

Simultaneously, modeling and field data showed that conservative, low‑complexity setups, such as a single inverted‑L inlet without a perimeter bottom ring with jets aimed at the tank center, were unlikely to achieve target velocities throughout the entire tank volume. Low-velocity zones near the tank center appeared in these designs, and although they did not compromise acceptable bulk water quality or shrimp growth, they could lead to localized solids buildup and increase the system’s vulnerability to operational disruptions. The results, therefore, indicate that future designs should incorporate:

» Higher impulse momentum (shorter equivalent HRT) within acceptable energy budgets.

» Increased center‑drain hydraulic loading to enhance radial flow velocities near the tank center.

Both higher impulse momentum and increased center-drain loading can be readily achieved by pumping water from the center-drain area for side-stream reuse/reinjection rather than from the tank perimeter.

Homegrown Shrimp USA tank CFD field testing top view.

While hydraulic design is a cornerstone of self-cleaning tanks, biological performance depends on overall system robustness. Factors such as reliable power, hardened pumps, and nursery practices for post-larval shrimp are decisive for survival and feed conversion ratios (FCR). Future designs should prioritize higher impulse momentum and increased center-drain loading to ensure consistent self-cleaning behavior.

The field trials also highlighted that hydraulic design alone did not determine biological performance. System robustness (reliable power, hardened pumps, and alarms) and early-life management (nursery practices, PL quality, timing of circulation startup) had major effects on survival and FCR. Undetected PL mortality could have been prevented by stocking nursed juveniles, but logistical issues prevented that in this study. For decision- makers, the key takeaway was that self-cleaning tank hydraulics were technically feasible and beneficial, but they needed to be combined with strong infrastructure and management.

* Brian Vinci¹, George Chamberlain², Robins McIntosh³, Riley Krohn³, Sujit Kaewchum³, Antonio Santa Marta⁴, Robert Jones⁵
¹ The Conservation Fund Freshwater Institute, Shepherdstown, WV USA.
² The Center for Responsible Seafood, Portsmouth, NH USA.
³ Homegrown Shrimp USA, Indiantown, FL USA.
⁴ The Nature Conservancy, Berlin, Germany.
⁵ The Nature Conservancy, Princeton, NJ USA.

VICTAM International 2026 attracts more than 7,000 industry professionals to Utrecht

Edusehat — Tue, 16 Jun 2026 20:05:10 +0700

VICTAM International and GRAPAS Europe returned to Jaarbeurs Utrecht, the Netherlands, from 2 to 4 June 2026, bringing together 7,038 industry professionals from 127 countries involved in feed production, grain handling, flour milling, pet food, aquafeed and related processing sectors.

More than 200 exhibitors showcased equipment, processing technologies, ingredients and services, while the exhibition floor hosted technical discussions, business meetings and product presentations. The event brought together technology suppliers, feed manufacturers, grain processors, nutrition specialists, ingredient companies, researchers and decision-makers from across the feed and grain value chain.

Visitors from Eastern Europe accounted for 10% of total attendance, one of the notable developments reported by the organisers.

Feed technology congress draws industry attention

One of the main attractions of the event was its conference programme. At the centre of the agenda was the 3rd International Feed Technology Congress (IFTC 2026), organised by the VICTAM Foundation and Wageningen University & Research under the theme Animal Feed Technology: Science Meets Industry.

The programme covered a broad range of topics, including pelleting, extrusion, microbial protein, digital twin development, autonomous feed mill control systems, feed processing intensity and ingredient innovation. The congress concluded with a discussion on technological priorities for the years ahead.

Additional sessions included Feed Milling Maximised, organised by Perendale Publishers, the GMP+ conference on feed safety and sustainability, and the Circular Feed Symposium, organised in cooperation with FEFAC, NEVEDI and BFA. Discussions focused on sustainability, circular raw materials, alternative proteins and regulatory developments affecting feed production.

Technical tour offers a closer look at feed manufacturing

As part of the event programme, participants visited Feed Design Lab in Wanssum and the production facilities of Dutch feed manufacturer Fransen Gerrits.

The visits offered a practical look at how new feed technologies and raw materials are evaluated before being introduced into commercial production. Participants also had the opportunity to observe feed manufacturing operations and product development activities in a commercial environment.

The initiative was designed to connect the technologies presented during the exhibition with their practical application in feed production.

Awards highlight new processing technologies

Several exhibitors used the event to introduce new technologies, equipment and services. Innovation was also recognised through the AFTaN Feed Technology Awards and the GRAPAS Innovation Awards, which attracted 24 entries.

The AFTaN Feed Technology Award was presented to Tietjen Verfahrenstechnik GmbH for its Large Hammer Mill FD 32 Pro. The GRAPAS Innovation Award went to STIF for the Compact Flameless Device VIGIFLAM VI.

Runner-up awards were presented to Ottevanger and ZCME in the AFTaN category, while Koch & Brook received the GRAPAS runner-up award.

VICTAM Africa announced

The exhibition also hosted the official launch of the new VICTAM Africa, scheduled to take place in Cape Town from 13 to 15 June 2028. The event is being developed in cooperation with AFMA and PFI.

During the launch session, Sebas van den Ende said that the African feed, grain, flour milling and processing industries offer significant growth potential and that the region would benefit from a dedicated platform bringing together knowledge, technology, investment and local market expertise.

Amsterdam to host the next edition

Organisers confirmed that the next European edition of VICTAM International will take place in Amsterdam from 13 to 15 June 2029. The move is intended to improve accessibility for exhibitors and visitors through the city’s international transport connections and business infrastructure.

The 2026 edition attracted 7,038 visitors from 127 countries and featured more than 200 exhibitors, alongside a programme of technical presentations, industry discussions and business meetings focused on the feed, grain and processing industries.

INVE Aquaculture Launches Sanolife PRO-TAB for Fish, a Next-Generation Probiotic Wafer to Strengthen Fish Health and Nursery Performance

Edusehat — Tue, 16 Jun 2026 06:10:16 +0700

The World Aquaculture Society (WAS) Singapore 2026 tradeshow served as the backdrop for the announcement of the global biotechnology company specialized in innovative solutions for aquaculture INVE Aquaculture, that launched Sanolife PRO-TAB, a next-generation probiotic wafer designed to enhance fish health, resilience, and survival during the critical nursery and pre-growing stages.

“Fish farmers increasingly need solutions that combine biological performance with operational simplicity,” said Thomas Raynaud, Product Manager Formulated Diets at INVE Aquaculture. “Sanolife PRO-TAB represents a new generation of probiotic delivery technology that ensures consistent intake, supports gut health, and helps farmers manage the critical nursery stage with greater confidence and efficiency.”

Sanolife PRO-TAB is formulated as slow-sinking wafers containing a high concentration of Bacillus probiotics, enabling targeted delivery directly to the fish gut. The wafers feature advanced coating technology that prevents nutrient leaching and preserves probiotic viability in water, ensuring consistent and effective probiotic intake.

The new product is available in two wafer sizes -2 mm for early nursery fish and 5 mm for pre-growing fish- supporting fish from approximately 2 g to 80 g. With excellent water stability and consistent probiotic delivery, the product supports improved survival, growth, and resilience throughout nursery cycles, they detailed. Now Sanolife PRO-TAB expands INVE Aquaculture’s Sanolife probiotic portfolio, reinforcing the company’s commitment to applying biotechnology.

Optimizing the Formulation and the Delivery System

To ensure this reliability, INVE’s R&D teams focused on optimizing both the probiotic formulation and the delivery system.

“Traditional probiotic applications in aquaculture often struggle with stability and consistent ingestion. With Sanolife PRO-TAB, we designed a delivery system that protects probiotic spores, prevents nutrient leaching, and ensures the active ingredients effectively reach the fish gut. By combining targeted Bacillus strains with a stable wafer matrix, we support microbiota balance and fish resilience in a much more reliable way,” explained for her part Barbara Hostins, R&D Lead Health at INVE Aquaculture.

The wafers also feature high attractancy, stimulating feeding behavior and encouraging fish to detect, pursue, and ingest the wafers during the sinking phase. This ensures reliable probiotic consumption while supporting improved feeding efficiency and cleaner systems.

Operational Practicality

Designed for operational practicality, Sanolife PRO-TAB requires no top-coating preparation and can be applied either manually or through automatic feeders, significantly reducing labor requirements and minimizing the risk of human error compared with traditional probiotic powders or tablets, reported INVE.

“In the nursery phase, fish are particularly vulnerable to stress events such as grading, handling, and environmental fluctuations which will cause immune depression and therefore greater susceptibility to bacterial attacks,” explained Valentina Carbone, Global Technical Expert Fish at INVE Aquaculture.

“A solution like Sanolife PRO-TAB helps farmers bridge that sensitive period by ensuring fish consistently ingest probiotics while maintaining strong feeding behavior and pathogenic bacteria resistance. In practice, this translates into healthier fish, improved survival, and more stable nursery performance,” Carbone added.

By strengthening gut microbiota and supporting fish resilience under stress conditions, Sanolife PRO-TAB complements modern health management strategies in hatcheries and nurseries. At the same time, the product contributes to improved feed utilization, reduced waste, and more stable production outcomes.

Challenges at the Hatchery and the Nursery

At the presentation, the members of INVE Aquaculture highlighted that the nursery stage represents one of the most sensitive phases in fish production. Mortality can increase during this period, and it has been scientifically proven through numerous trials that the use of probiotics in the water or better yet, mixed with feed can significantly reduce mortality.

However, applying these probiotics in feed is not always easy, and hatchery and nursery operators often face challenges such as inconsistent probiotic intake, leaching of active ingredients in water, labor-intensive preparation methods. But Sanolife PRO-TAB, explained INVE Aquaculture, addresses these challenges through a novel delivery technology that ensures reliable probiotic intake while simplifying daily farm operations.

The American NOAA Reinforces Its Commitment to Aquaculture Through CIFARM, Its New Cooperative Institute

Edusehat — Tue, 16 Jun 2026 06:10:10 +0700

• This year, USD 13.5 million will be available for research projects

• The University of New Hampshire was selected as host institution

The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) of the United States (US) just announced the University of New Hampshire as host institution for the new NOAA Cooperative Institute Fostering Aquaculture Research and Markets (CIFARM) to expand NOAA’s impact and strengthen efforts to boost American seafood competitiveness. Approximately USD 13.5 million will be available this year for projects following the establishment of CIFARM.

“The United States is finally recognizing aquaculture as a vital complement to our world-class fisheries,” said Neil Jacobs, NOAA administrator. “We look forward to collaborating with these exemplary partners to continue to unlock the potential of this industry in the United States,” he added.

After a highly competitive application process, this new five-year cooperative institute will harness partnerships with cutting-edge researchers to advance American marine aquaculture.

Scientific Excellence and Regional Expertise

According to NOAA, CIFARM researchers will investigate solutions that can be leveraged for industry advancement, such as marine aquaculture demonstration projects; engineering and technology development; artificial intelligence for aquaculture; environmental observations and forecasting; risk management and vulnerability analysis; and seafood markets research.

Those research priorities will also magnify scientific advancement through education, outreach, and engagement.

“We are excited to partner with NOAA on this first-of-its kind cooperative institute to advance American aquaculture. By leveraging our coalition’s scientific excellence and regional expertise, we are poised to make great strides for the aquaculture industry,” commented Elizabeth Chilton, president of the University of New Hampshire.

Extensive Experience

University of New Hampshire has partnered with a diverse suite of outstanding academic, industry, and non-governmental organization partners, including: New Hampshire Sea Grant, the University of Miami, Florida Sea Grant, University of Southern Mississippi, Mississippi-Alabama Sea Grant Consortium, Hubbs-Sea World Research Institute, California Sea Grant, University of Hawaii and Hawaii Sea Grant.

For Eugenio Piñeiro Soler, assistant administrator for NOAA Fisheries: “By investing in aquaculture research and markets, NOAA Fisheries continues its commitment to improving sustainable American fisheries through science-based management. We are proud to empower the industry to produce more seafood for American plates.”

Science, Services and Policies

Americans eat USD 24.2 billion in imported seafood each year, NOAA emphasized, and about half of which is estimated to be farmed in other countries. Aquaculture creates jobs, uplifts coastal economies and complements wild-capture fisheries, while providing healthy and sustainable seafood to American families and bolstering domestic food security.

Congress directed the establishment of a new cooperative institute advancing US marine aquaculture development in Fiscal Year 2024 Congressional appropriations. By providing scientific solutions for the aquaculture industry, NOAA’s effort also helps fulfill the 2020 Executive Order on Promoting American Seafood Competitiveness and Economic Growth and supports President Trump’s 2025 Executive Order Restoring American Seafood Competitiveness.

Create Conditions for Opportunity and Growth

NOAA Aquaculture Program’s mission is to provide science, services, and policies that create conditions for opportunity and growth of sustainable US aquaculture. This long-term collaborative partnership will promote research, education, training and outreach aligned with this mission.

The final mission of NOAA is to understand and predict changes in climate, weather, ocean, and coasts, to share that knowledge and information with others, and to conserve and manage coastal and marine ecosystems and resources. NOAA’s many assets -including research programs, vessels, satellites, science centers, laboratories and a vast pool of distinguished scientists and experts- are essential, internationally recognized resources.

They say that, from daily weather forecasts, severe storm warnings, and climate monitoring to fisheries management, coastal restoration and supporting marine commerce, NOAA’s products and services support economic vitality and affect more than one-third of America’s gross domestic product. NOAA’s dedicated scientists use cutting-edge research and high-tech instrumentation to provide citizens, planners, emergency managers and other decision makers with reliable information they need, when they need it.

INCAR² and Hendrix-Genetics Strengthen Collaboration in Genomics and Disease Resistance in Aquaculture

Edusehat — Tue, 16 Jun 2026 06:10:05 +0700

By: INCAR²

INCAR² and Hendrix-Genetics are moving forward with a strategic alliance to boost research in genomics, bioinformatics, and disease resistance in aquatic species, with a special focus on salmon farming. The collaboration aims to develop innovative solutions that strengthen health resilience and promote a more sustainable aquaculture industry in Chile.

As part of efforts to reinforce strategic alliances between science and industry, the Interdisciplinary Center for Aquaculture Research–Applied Research, CIA-INCAR², welcomed representatives from the international company Hendrix-Genetics for a working session aimed at boosting research in genomics and aquatic species health.

The meeting took place at the center’s facilities located at the University of Concepción, where both institutions held technical discussions to address challenges and opportunities in areas such as molecular genomics, bioinformatics, and disease resistance, with a focus on key pathologies affecting salmon farming, such as SRS (salmonid rickettsial septicemia).

The Hendrix-Genetics delegation included Rayner González-Prendes, researcher in Molecular Genomics and Bioinformatics; Britt de Klerk, geneticist; and Stephen Tapping, Breeding Program Manager. Representing INCAR² were its director, Cristian Gallardo-Escárate, principal researcher Valentina Valenzuela-Muñoz, and associate researcher Diego Valenzuela-Miranda.

As part of the visit, the international representatives also toured INCAR²’s laboratory facilities in Dichato, where they learned about the center’s scientific and technological capabilities in applied aquaculture research.

The session allowed the establishment of a shared roadmap focused on developing innovative solutions to improve health resilience and productivity in the aquaculture sector.

“The collaboration between INCAR² and Hendrix-Genetics is a concrete example of how the connection between academia and industry can accelerate the development of new technologies and foster innovation. These types of alliances are essential to address current health challenges and move toward increasingly sustainable aquaculture,” emphasized University of Concepción academic and CIA-INCAR² Director, Dr. Cristian Gallardo-Escárate.

Both institutions agreed that international cooperation and the integration of scientific and productive capacities are key elements to drive genetic improvement and support the sustainable development of aquaculture in Chile.

How to Get Your Dog Summer Ready

Edusehat — Mon, 15 Jun 2026 23:05:04 +0700

The long, warm days of summer can often bring changes to your and your dog’s routine and activity levels, often resulting in more time spent outdoors or going on summertime adventures together. Before the season gets into full swing, it can be important to consider whether your pup is summer-ready, so they stay comfortable and happy.

In this post, we create a summer prep checklist for your dog, including:

GROOMING: MAINTAIN YOUR DOG’S COAT & NAILS

You may think shaving your dog’s coat will help them stay cool, but doing so could make them more susceptible to overheating. For many breeds, the coat provides insulation against heat and sunlight, helping pups stay cool in hot weather. Instead, focus on regular brushing to prevent matting, as this can allow cool air to flow freely through their fur and keep moisture from getting trapped.

Additionally, keeping your dog’s nails clipped can help make outdoor activities during the summer much more comfortable, especially if you’re planning to hike or play outside, as long nails can be prone to breakage during more active moments.

HYDRATION: PRIORITIZE KEEPING YOUR DOG HYDRATED

Hydration is important for your dog year-round, but especially in the summer. Because dogs pant to regulate their body temperature, it can cause moisture loss through evaporation. During hot weather or when there’s increased activity, it can be easier for dogs to become dehydrated if they do not drink enough water.

To get your pup summer-ready, keep their water bowl clean and filled throughout the day so they can take breaks whenever they need to. Additionally, consider bringing a portable water bowl on walks or outings to encourage regular water breaks.

You could also prep some frozen dog treats this summer to keep them cool and refreshed, such as frozen water-rich fruit like seedless watermelon.

ENVIRONMENT: CREATE AREAS FOR YOUR DOG TO COOL DOWN

During heatwaves or excessively hot summer days, it’s important to limit your dog’s time outdoors. However, on those lovely sunny days when you both enjoy being outside, it’s essential to create areas where your dog can cool down as needed. If you have a backyard, designate a shaded area as your dog’s cool-down spot. Additionally, consider purchasing cooling mats, which can be especially great if you plan to be outdoors or on the go.

SAFETY: CHECK FOR HOT PAVEMENT

To get your dog summer-ready, take some preventive steps to keep them comfortable and safe, including checking the pavement for excessive heat. A pup’s paw pads are sensitive, so spending time outside on hot pavement, such as on their daily walks, can be extremely uncomfortable.

One of the best ways to check is to press your hand against any pavement your dog will be on, such as your driveway or the sidewalk/road, for around five to ten seconds. If it becomes too hot for your hand to tolerate, it’s going to be too hot for your pup.

If you find it is too hot, a great way to prep for this is to change when and where you walk. Try early-morning or late-evening walks when the sun isn’t scorching and aim to walk on grassy areas rather than exposed concrete.

HEALTH: TAKE A TRIP TO YOUR DOG’S VET

A visit to the vet can be a great way to help prepare your dog for the summer months. A wellness exam can allow your vet to assess your pup’s overall health and identify any concerns that could become more challenging during warmer weather.

Your vet can also make sure your dog is up to date on their vaccinations and discuss seasonal topics like flea, tick, and heartworm prevention, which are important to understand and recognize, especially if you’re planning to spend time outdoors.

WELLNESS: SCHEDULE A VISIT TO DOGGY DAYCARE THIS SUMMER

Does your dog have a wellness routine? Summer is a great time to start one! Regular dog daycare at Dogtopia offers opportunities for exercise, enrichment, supervised play, learning, and socialization with like-minded friends, all in a safe indoor environment. Regardless of the weather outside, our spacious indoor playrooms maintain a perfect temperature thanks to our climate-controlled facilities.

If you want to make sure your pup stays active this season without the risk of overheating, contact your local Dogtopia to get started or to book a visit.

The post How to Get Your Dog Summer Ready appeared first on Dogtopia.

Spread the shed: Why vaccines can play a big role in turkey producers’ coccidiosis control toolbox

Edusehat — Mon, 15 Jun 2026 22:35:04 +0700

Turkey producers are increasingly turning to coccidiosis vaccines not just to control disease, but to preserve the efficacy of other tools they rely on.

Speaking on the Iowa Turkey Federation’s Turkey Talkshow podcast, two industry experts said vaccines can play a central role in overall coccidiosis management strategies, provided the industry uses them judiciously.

The disease is caused by Eimeria protozoan parasites, which have a life cycle of around 7 days and infect birds’ digestive tracts.

It exerts significant economic pressure on turkey production in the US due to reduced feed conversion, growth and mortality.¹

Although turkey coccidiosis can be more difficult to spot than in broilers, the “textbook sign” is watery feces, explained Steven Clark, DVM, Huvepharma’s veterinary technical services manager.

Tools available to help producers manage the condition include chemicals, ionophores and vaccines — with the latter being the most recent addition.

Good coverage with safety

Just two vaccines are approved by the USDA for use against coccidiosis in turkeys, and Huvepharma’s product is the only one containing oocysts of all three pathogenic and prevalent turkey Eimeria coccidia species US turkey producers can face: E. adenoeides, E. meleagrimitis and E. gallopavonis.

Crucially, the strains used in the vaccine are highly immunogenic but not pathogenic. One dose safely provides immunity to one poult.

“That means they have a [verified] degree of safety when we use these products correctly,” Clark explained.

Vaccines are generally administered in the turkey industry using gel droplets, either via a spray cabinet at the hatchery or on day one at the farm. The gel sticks to birds’ feathers, leading to consumption when they preen themselves or other birds.

Elizabeth Beilke, DVM, West Liberty Foods’ corporate veterinarian, who joined Clark on the podcast, noted that gels dyed green are popular due to turkeys’ preference for the color. It also means that farmers can easily open birds’ beaks to see green tongues if they choose to check.

“The key with cocci vaccination is that, because we are giving them the oocysts at day 1, and the shedding cycle takes 6 to 7 days, we want to give it to them, we want them to eat it and then we want them to get on food and water right away [to] start that cycling,” Beilke said.

Helping achieve even exposure

Getting an even vaccination is not just about bird behaviors; farmers can also do their part to ensure that turkeys are properly exposed to vaccine oocysts, Clark said.

“In the first 7 days, it’s about keeping the birds in a confined situation, so all the birds have the opportunity to pick up the oocysts they’re shedding,” he said.

“Then we want them to spread the shed throughout the barn. That’s when we open up the [rings in the] barn. Now the birds are spreading the oocysts throughout the whole barn evenly… They’re not going to get too much, they’re not going to get too little, and therefore we have controlled exposure and [they develop] full immunity.”

Checking in on vaccine success

Beilke emphasized the importance of surveillance to check vaccine efficacy in turkey houses over multiple days through sampling droppings, noting that if no vaccine strains are picked up on day 5, it doesn’t mean it wasn’t successful.

Sampling over days 5 to 7, then around days 11 to 14 to capture a second cycling, should present a clear picture, she said.

“What we’re looking for is a nice pyramid. We want to see a nice peak in those oocysts, meaning that [the birds are] definitely picking them up from the environment, pooping them out and their bodies have responded to them. Usually, after that nice peak, they’ll come down and they have immunity.”

Resensitizing environments, preserving control options

Beilke and Clark agreed on the pivotal role of vaccines in giving turkey farmers what they need against a ubiquitous disease challenge.

“We have a lot more tools in our toolbox today… For years, all we had were two ionophores, and what we have learned is that cocci have figured those two drugs out,” Beilke said.

“Now we have other chemicals available and cocci vaccines to help us resensitize our environments and keep all these tools in our toolbox for a longer period of time instead of losing them. Because we don’t need to lose any more tools.”

Clark pointed out the example of a colleague who recently noted that the industry doesn’t need more tools, but simply needs to use what it already has better.

“I think we can do that with really good vaccines. With a safe and effective vaccine, we know that [Eimeria] is going to be sensitive to the anticoccidials, so we can come back in and use those effectively later,” he said.

“The vaccine strains are well researched, so we understand what they can do and how they develop immunity without causing disease, and that’s what we want.”

Listen to the full episode via the , or use the QR code:

1 Chapman HD. 2008. Coccidiosis in the turkey. Avian Pathology. 37(3):205–223.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Spread the shed: Why vaccines can play a big role in turkey producers’ coccidiosis control toolbox appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Pet Poison Helpline Named a Minnesota Star Tribune Top Workplace for the 16th Time

Edusehat — Mon, 15 Jun 2026 22:30:04 +0700

For the 16th time, Pet Poison Helpline has been named a Minnesota Star Tribune Top Workplace.

When a pet parent or veterinary professional calls Pet Poison Helpline, a real person picks up. Someone who can assess the situation, provide clear guidance, and offer the kind of reassurance that only comes from genuine care and proven expertise. That has been true since Pet Poison Helpline answered its first call in 2004, and it still remains true today.

Our people are exactly who this recognition comes from. They show up every day to care for pets and their families, and this award tells us they feel cared for in return.

The Top Workplace recognition is based solely on employee feedback, gathered and analyzed by Energage, an independent firm specializing in employee engagement and retention. This isn’t a nominated award or a panel decision, just our team’s honest experience of working here.

Knowing that over 300 people across Pet Poison Helpline and SafetyCall International, our parent company, chose to say this is a good place to work is something we are incredibly proud of.

“Being named a Top Workplace 16 times is a recognition we are incredibly proud of—it is a reflection of the people who make SafetyCall what it is. What I find most meaningful is that this recognition comes directly from our team. It shows that the culture we’ve worked hard to build and maintain, one where people feel respected, supported, and genuinely valued, is something our employees actually experience every day. I’m incredibly proud of every person on our team who contributes to it.” said Kelly Sioris, PharmD, President and Chief Operating Officer of SafetyCall International.

This honor reflects the collective efforts of our team members who work together to deliver exceptional care to pets and their families. Thanks to their dedication, we continue advancing our mission to make the world a safer place for pets.

About Pet Poison Helpline

Pet Poison Helpline®, your trusted source for toxicology and pet health advice in times of potential emergency, is available 24 hours, seven days a week for pet owners and veterinary professionals who require assistance treating a potentially poisoned pet. Per incident and subscription service options are available. We are an independent, nationally recognized animal poison control center triple licensed by the Boards of Veterinary Medicine, Medicine and Pharmacy providing unmatched professional leadership and expertise. Our veterinarians and board-certified toxicologists provide treatment advice for all species, including dogs, cats, birds, small mammals, large animals and exotic species. As the most cost-effective option for animal poison control care, Pet Poison Helpline’s fee of $89 per incident includes follow-up consultations for the duration of the case. The company also offers pethelpline℠ and pethelplinePRO℠ subscription services directly to pet lovers. Based in Minneapolis, Pet Poison Helpline is available in North America by calling 800-213-6680. Additional information, including a chat feature for pet owners, can be found online at www.petpoisonhelpline.com.

The post Pet Poison Helpline Named a Minnesota Star Tribune Top Workplace for the 16th Time appeared first on Pet Poison Helpline.

Weddings and global events

Edusehat — Mon, 15 Jun 2026 19:15:06 +0700

I went to a wedding this weekend with my spouse. It was a cracking one – lovely ceremony, fab couple getting married, complete with an adorable flower girl sprinkling petals shyly while walking down the aisle ahead of her mother and the bride. I don’t go to so many now – in my age group, people are usually divorcing and often not throwing parties for that event.

I love going to weddings just as a guest. In my twenties, I was a bridesmaid eight times, and after the last wedding where my dear friend, the bride, had a complete meltdown on the day, I swore the next wedding I went to would be my own. And so it was.

The couple did have a lot of good ideas at this one, in particular a piece of paper where you wrote a bit of advice for them. And drew your face, which in my case was not the best. My advice was about remembering the good, fun things and having a short memory for the bad events. Marriage is a marathon, not a sprint, as we say here. And sometimes it is a long way from one water stop to the next.

Which is often the case with dairy. While we all focus on fertiliser costs, rising inputs and those closed shipping lanes, it might be the time to think of how we have been here before. Farming has been around for thousands of years, and making dairy products has been around almost as long. As an industry, it’s been subject to long-standing pressures and endless shocks caused by events outside our control. However, it’s also about the joys of making quality cheese and dairy products, and having a good day’s work in the plant, making products that people use every day in their lives and enjoy. It is hard to focus on the positive but it’s occasionally a very good idea to do so.

Suzanne Christiansen, editor, Dairy Industries International. Keep in touch via email: suzanne@bellpublishing.com
Twitter: @dairyindustries Linkedin: @dairyindustriesinternational

The post Weddings and global events appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

Nigeria: Federal Government tightens oversight of poultry import allocations to end supply gaps and improve access to day-old chicks

Edusehat — Mon, 15 Jun 2026 18:55:10 +0700

The Federal Government of Nigeria has announced plans to strengthen oversight of poultry import allocations and enforce stricter performance measures across the industry. The initiative aims to eliminate supply bottlenecks, improve access to day-old chicks (DOC), and support the growth of Nigeria’s poultry sector [original].

The move follows growing concerns over the underutilisation of approved import quotas by operators. This development has contributed to shortages of day-old chicks, increased production costs, and limited opportunities for thousands of poultry farmers nationwide [original].

Speaking during a meeting on Wednesday, 10th June 2026, with the Managing Director of Valentine Chickens, Leon Gunter, and the company’s National Operations Manager, Samuel Adediji, the Honourable Minister of Livestock Development, Idi Mukhtar Maiha, said government interventions in the poultry sector must deliver measurable outcomes for farmers and consumers alike.

The Minister disclosed that industry assessments indicate a significant proportion of approved poultry allocations have not been fully utilised, creating supply constraints that have contributed to recurring increases in the cost of day-old chicks.

Valentine Chickens proposes $5.6 million investment in local grandparent stock production

As part of efforts to expand domestic production capacity, Valentine Chickens presented a proposal for a $5.6 million investment in local grandparent stock (GPS) production infrastructure. The project is designed to reduce dependence on imported parent stock (PS) and strengthen Nigeria’s poultry value chain [original].

The project is partnered with Aviagen, the world leader in poultry genetics. The proposal includes the establishment of specialised breeding facilities and advanced biosecurity systems capable of significantly increasing local poultry production and supporting the long-term development of the sector.

At full capacity, an annual import of 116,800 grandparent breeding chicks will yield 2 million parent stock females, translating into:

273 million commercial broiler chickens
378,000 tons of chicken meat per annum (calculated at a 72 percent carcass yield)

Ministry establishing centralised national database to track GPS and PS

The Ministry is establishing a centralised, national database to track every imported grandparent stock (GPS) and parent stock (PS) egg and chick. This regulatory shift is deliberately designed to:

break down entry barriers for smallholder farmers
boost Nigeria’s historically low poultry per capita consumption
ensure that local supply directly meets the needs of ordinary citizens [original]

Integrated context: DOC shortage, price surges, and national poultry price stabilisation strategy

The new measures are part of a broader context of sustained pressure on Nigeria’s poultry market. Industry sources report:

the price of day-old chicks has surged by 67 percent within three months (from December 2023 to February 2024, with further increases in 2026)
DOC scarcity is currently considered the main factor constraining sector productivity
the chick shortage has reduced poultry production, with direct impacts on egg availability and chicken meat supply

In April 2026, the Ministry had already announced plans to stabilise poultry prices nationwide, focusing on the main cost drivers in the value chain: feed, energy, and production inputs. At that time, it also asked the Poultry Association of Nigeria (PAN) to provide a national inventory of hatcheries to support more data-driven policymaking and address supply gaps.

By February 2026, PAN – Lagos State Chapter – had reported that the unavailability of day-old chicks was “crippling the sector’s productivity”.

In March 2026, the price of an egg crate rose to ₦8,500 in some retail outlets, largely driven by the DOC shortage.

The new June initiative therefore fits into a broader strategy to rebalance the sector, including:

stricter monitoring of import allocations
linking quotas to operational performance
creation of a centralised database for GPS and PS
local investment in grandparent stock to reduce dependence on imports

Newcastle disease virus evolution and control strategies

Edusehat — Sat, 13 Jun 2026 20:00:09 +0700

Newcastle disease virus is continuously evolving, and molecular techniques allow the classification of vaccine and field strains in numerous genotypes and subgenotypes, although a unique serotype is currently recognized. Control measures and strategies include biosecurity protocols, usually combined with vaccination programs designed with different types of vaccines and schedules.

Newcastle disease virus

The first documented outbreaks of Newcastle disease (ND) occurred exactly a century ago, in 1926, in Java, Indonesia, and Newcastle-upon-Tyne, England.

The disease, in its highly pathogenic form, is listed in the World Organisation for Animal Health (WOAH) Terrestrial Animal Health Code, and must be reported to the WOAH.

It is a devastating poultry disease that can reach 100% mortality in immunologically naive poultry, and it is caused by virulent strains of Newcastle disease virus (NDV) (Figure 1).

▲ Figure 1 – Virion scheme
Source: ViralZone – SIB Swiss Institute of Bioinformatics, Creative Commons CC BY 4.0 license

This virus species, recently renamed Avian orthoavulavirus 1, is a member of the family Paramyxoviridae, commonly known as Avian paramyxovirus 1 (APMV-1). ND viruses are enveloped and have a single stranded, non-segmented, negative sense RNA genome, with six genes encoding for at least six structural proteins. Each protein plays a distinct role in the life cycle of NDV: the fusion (F), hemagglutinin-neuraminidase (HN), and large RNA polymerase (L) proteins, have been shown to contribute to the overall pathogenicity of NDV. The HN and F glycoproteins facilitate attachment and membrane fusion and play a central role in inducing virus-neutralizing antibody responses essential for effective protection in poultry. The HN protein is responsible for binding to cell receptors containing sialic acid and the F protein enables viral entry. As with other RNA viruses, the RNA polymerase is error prone, facilitating the generation of genetic diversity.

Virulent strains are defined by WOAH as viruses that have an intracerebral pathogenicity index (ICPI) of 0.7 or higher (2.0 is maximum) or a fusion cleavage site with multiple basic amino acids and phenylalanine at position 117¹.

Newcastle disease virus genotyping and evolution

All ND viruses are regarded as members of a single serotype as they elicit antibodies that provide a certain level of cross-protection against any NDV. However, there is considerable genetic diversity among NDVs, with a differentiation in strains of class I (mainly avirulent isolates from wild waterfowl) and class II, detected in poultry and further divided into at least 21 genotypes (I to XXI). There are at least 10% amino acid (aa) sequence differences between genotypes, which are further divided in subgenotypes (a to i, etc.), based on complete F gene sequencing, as proposed by Dimitrov et al., 2019². Indeed, the broad circulation of NDV in poultry populations leads to significant genetic diversity of the virus and constant evolution, with emergence of novel NDV variants. Naturally occurring low virulent APMV-1 viruses found in poultry and wild birds, and vaccines, are limited to genotypes I and II, whereas the most common circulating virulent strains currently belong to genotypes V (North America and Africa), VI and VII (worldwide), XI (Madagascar), XII (Asia, South America), XIII (Asia), and XIV (Nigeria), and recently designated genotypes XVI (Dominican Republic) and XVII and XVIII (Africa).

Pathology and diagnosis

Newcastle disease is among the most important poultry diseases worldwide and remains endemic in many countries throughout Asia, Africa, and the Americas, with sporadic incursions in Europe as well. Chickens infected with NDV show a wide spectrum of clinical signs that vary with different virus strains and can be categorized into three main pathological groups: lentogens are avirulent and cause mild enteric, respiratory or subclinical disease; mesogens cause disease and death primarily in chickens younger than 8 weeks; velogens induce severe systemic infections and lesions in different organs and tissues, with mortality rates approaching 100% in unprotected flocks (Figures 2, 3 and 4). Egg production can be severely affected in laying birds, with egg drops and shell quality problems commonly reported.

Figure 3 – Hemorrhagic lesions of the proventriculus

Figure 2 – Necrotic-haemorrhagic gut lesions

Figure 4 – Tracheal infiammation

Experienced poultry veterinarians and technicians can put forward a hypothesis of diagnosis of Newcastle disease, based on clinical and postmortem observations. However, several in vivo and in vitro lab methods are available, and normally required, to confirm the diagnosis and to characterize the agent of the disease in terms of pathogenicity and genome sequencing as related to virulence and genotyping. This can be achieved through virus isolation and an in vivo pathogenicity test to define the ICPI of the isolate, and/or by detection of NDV by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) possibly followed by sequencing of the F protein gene, particularly of its cleavage site. Samples for PCR tests can be brought to the lab as “fresh” or frozen tissues and organs, but it is currently very common and convenient to ship samples to a lab using FTA cards (Figure 5).

Figure 5 – FTA card

Additionally, the detection of an immune response to natural NDV infection and/or vaccination, can be accomplished using serological tests based on the enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) or the haemagglutination inhibition (HI) test.

Control measures and strategies against Newcastle disease

The control of ND necessarily includes strict biosecurity protocols to prevent the introduction of virulent NDV (vNDV) onto poultry farms, usually combined with effective surveillance programs, as well as with the administration of different vaccines, according to their efficacy and availability in the relevant areas worldwide. In certain countries a stamping-out policy is in place, with the necessary resources available for surveillance and depopulation of affected farms and related compensation of poultry producers.

Current vaccination programs are based on conventional live attenuated and inactivated vaccines, as well as on vectored products mostly based on herpesvirus of turkeys (HVT) as the vector, with the insertion of the F gene, taken from a NDV donor and used as such or artificially modified, into the HVT genome.

The individual protection against ND can rely on diverse immune mechanisms, differently triggered according to the type of vaccines used. Live attenuated vaccines induce the quickest response, mainly based on cellular and local immunity, the latter related to production of local antibodies, IgA class, at the sites of replication of the vaccine, particularly in the respiratory and intestinal mucosa, and in the conjunctiva. With this type of vaccines, usually administered by mass spray or drinking water or eye-drop when possible, production of humoral antibodies, IGM and IgY, is detectable but at relatively low titres. The peak of protection is normally achieved around 2-3 weeks after vaccination, but the duration after a single dose is limited to further few weeks. On the other hand, inactivated vaccines induce predominantly humoral antibodies, though at high levels, with their peak around 3-5 weeks after individual parenteral injection, and persistence for several months.

Vectored vaccines, as single HVT-ND or as double HVT-ND-IBD or HVT-ND-ILT or HVT-ND-AI, administered at the hatchery via in-ovo or subcutaneous injection, can induce good level of circulating antibodies, as of 3-4 weeks of age, besides limited cell-mediated immunity, with the longest duration of protection as supported by the long-lasting replication and expression of this type of vaccines.

It is therefore clear that vaccination programs with the combination of live attenuated ND vaccines, and a vector HVT-ND vaccine, will consolidate all the respective advantages in terms of early onset and spectrum of immunity, with the longest achievable duration. Equivalent effects can be achieved combining live and inactivated vaccines, although with a shorter duration of immunity.

An additional advantage of live vaccines is represented by the most effective decrease of viral shedding after NDV challenge, when they are combined with vectored or inactivated products, as compared with the latter vaccines used without a live priming (Table 1).

Table 1 – ND vaccines and type of immunity

Many studies show that properly designed vaccination programs can provide robust protection against the different genotypes and subgenotypes circulating worldwide.

According to the immune mechanisms described above, it is recommended to include live vaccines in the programs, to induce an early onset of immunity and a solid local protection at the sites of entry and replication of NDV.

An additional relevant factor for designing vaccination programs against ND, is the duration of life of poultry flocks to be vaccinated: long-living birds, such as breeders or commercial layers, normally require one or more doses of live vaccines, particularly during the rearing period, boosted with a vectored HVT-ND-vaccine at the hatchery, and/or an inactivated ND vaccine before the onset of lay: such strategy can protect this type of birds against clinical signs and egg production problems all along their production cycles.

Vaccines and vaccination programs can be effective or doomed to failure, depending on the quality of the whole vaccination process and on a suitable monitoring of the vaccination effectiveness.

All that said, the control measures and strategies described above can lead to an effective control of ND in the production units and integrations where they are normally implemented. However, the same programs may not always be successful when in the same area different poultry farms co-exist without a homogeneous and consistent level of their respective control programs. This is particularly evident in countries or areas with high density of poultry farms, especially when they belong to different organizations. Such critical point could effectively be managed if a comprehensive set of measures and protocol was defined and timely adjusted and coordinated by an authority or an entity designated and recognized at country and/or regional level, with the appropriate profile, decision-making power and resources: this would possibly minimize the risks associated with not homogeneous and not comprehensive ND control plans, particularly where vND is endemic or occurs rather frequently.

References

World Organisation for Animal Health. (2024). Manual of diagnostic tests and vaccines for terrestrial animals: Newcastle disease. OIE.
Dimitrov, K. M., Afonso, C. L., & Miller, P. J. (2019). Newcastle disease: Current status and our understanding of the virus evolution. Infection, Genetics and Evolution, 74, 103383. 10.1016/j.meegid.2019.103917

Orffa Opens New Science Lab in Breda to Turn Science into Customer Insight

Edusehat — Sat, 13 Jun 2026 13:00:13 +0700

Orffa officially opened the Orffa Science Lab in Breda, The Netherlands, marking an important step in the company’s commitment to science-driven innovation in animal nutrition. The lab strengthens Orffa’s scientific capability by connecting research, diagnostics and expertise with practical application. The opening brought together colleagues, customers, partners and scientists around a shared purpose: to understand more, learn more and explore how science can create customer value across the animal nutrition chain.

Science, Expertise and Customer Insight
The afternoon programme featured keynote presentations by two leading academics in animal nutrition and health, underlining the scientific foundation of the Orffa Science Lab. Prof. Richard Ducatelle and Prof. Leo den Hartog shared their expertise on gut health, novel diagnostic techniques, antimicrobial resistance and developments shaping the future of the sector.
Following the presentations, guests joined guided tours of the laboratory, where they saw how Orffa translates scientific research into practical application. Contributions from Asahi Biocycle and Florates during the event showed how the lab combines Orffa’s scientific platform with specialist expertise and diagnostic innovation in gut health, building a true centre of excellence.
From microbiome analysis to diagnostic models and advanced research techniques, the lab expands Orffa’s ability to generate knowledge, support innovation and develop new services in areas such as mineral nutrition and feed efficiency.

Connecting Science, Dialogue and Practical Value
One of the highlights of the afternoon was the quality of dialogue it inspired. Guests — ranging from scientific experts to industry partners and customers — engaged in open discussions throughout the event, exchanging questions, experiences and ideas in an environment designed to stimulate learning, collaboration and practical progress.

“The Orffa Science Lab strengthens our ability to turn science into actionable insight,” said Arno van der Aa, Director of Marketing & Innovation at Orffa. “It brings together research, diagnostics and expertise to help customers make better decisions in practice. That is what The Science in your feed stands for.”

For more information: https://orffa.com/

The Heat Is On: Pangea's Summer Sale Kicks Off 6/22

Edusehat — Fri, 12 Jun 2026 22:50:03 +0700

Ready for a cool Summer Sale?

From 6/22 to 7/6, We've got tons of amazing deals on gargoyle geckos, isopods, terrariums, and more coming your way - just in time for the first few weeks of summer. Read on to see what's going on sale!

For this sale only, get FREE shipping when you have $100 or more of products in your cart! Please note that this excludes products from the large & fragile category.

This summer we are running deals on geckos galore! We're giving you 25% off gargoyle geckos, 50% off extreme harlequins, and 40% off all male cresties. There are still more gecko discounts available, so make sure to check them out.

If you're in to bug catching for summer, be sure to check out our isopod discounts. Grab a few rubber ducky isopods for 30% off! We're running discounts on even more premium isopod breeds, and also giving 50% off on giant canyons, and a general 15% off discount on all of our isopods. You can even get 20% off on Pangea substrates and leaf litter to give your new isopods a sweet summer home.

Turning to terrariums, don't miss our 10% discount on our popular PVC enclosures. We're also offering the same discount on new age pet enclosures and even Zoo Med roly-poly kits.

What good is a new terrarium without wood decor? Pick up some reptile branches and get 35% off Malaysian driftwood, 25% off other Pangea wood decor, and 15% off all other wood products. Now's the time to get good wood for your reptile enclosure.

If you are still working on your bioactive build or thinking of setting a new one up, be sure to take advantage of our discounts on heat, light, & humidity products. High-quality Reptile Systems heating and light elements are 25% off, and these will pair well with new T5 bulbs Wrap up your reptile terrarium design with 10% off Zoo Med Thermostats and 30% off Vivbright LEDs to give your plants something to grow towards.

If you're looking for a new magnetic feeding ledge, or just want to stock up on silicone reptile deli cups, don't miss our 20% to 30% off discounts on feeding cups and ledges! Your reptiles will love having a new place to hang for summer.

In addition to all of these awesome summer deals, there are discounts on more products including:

Don't miss out on these huge discounts - this sale only runs until the end of the day on 7/6! See what you can save on for summer here.

SPACE 2026: 40 editions dedicated to livestock farming

Edusehat — Fri, 12 Jun 2026 18:55:09 +0700

From September 15th to 17th, 2026, the RennesParc expo will host the 40th edition of SPACE. Three days to discover, exchange ideas, and find inspiration in livestock farming and related professions.

A show that brings people together 🐄 🤝 🌍

Nearly 900 exhibitors are expected this year, including 280 from abroad. In a challenging environment for the agricultural sector, this level of participation confirms SPACE’s essential role for livestock professionals. Spread across 16 hectares, agricultural equipment, technological innovations, and genetic expertise come together in a setting unique in Europe.

Water… the source of livestock farming! 💧 🌊 🌱

This edition places sustainable water management at the heart of the discussions. Faced with climate change and increasing pressure on resources, the “Space for the Future” will offer testimonials from farmers, workshops with experts, and three major debates open to all. Concrete solutions for farms today and tomorrow.

Genetics in the spotlight 🐂 🏅 🧬

The Genetics Show brings together 530 cattle of 13 different breeds and 150 sheep and goats. Three national events will highlight the event: the National Rouge des Prés, the National Normandy Challenge, and the National Vendée Sheep Show. An exceptional spectacle, rare in Europe.

Award-winning innovations 💡🏆 ⭐

The Innov’SPACE competition recognizes the best innovations serving livestock farmers each year. In 30 editions, more than 1,480 innovations have been awarded prizes by an independent jury of some sixty experts. The 2026 winners will be announced in July.

Click here to download the press pack

Happy Pride Month from Pangea Reptile! 🏳️‍🌈

Edusehat — Fri, 12 Jun 2026 01:15:03 +0700

June is Pride Month, and we're so happy to celebrate alongside our LGBTQ+ friends, customers, and community. We're grateful for each and every one of you. 🦎🌈

To show our support, 100% of all Pride Merch proceeds go to The Trevor Project. The Trevor Project is the leading suicide prevention and crisis intervention nonprofit organization for LGBTQ+ young people. They provide information and support to LGBTQ+ young people 24/7 all year round.

Show Your Pride (and Your Love for Geckos)
We've got a small Pride Collection this year with some fun items for reptile lovers who want to celebrate!

Pangea With Pride Sticker Sheet

A full sheet of pride flag themed stickers perfect for decorating your enclosures, notebooks, water bottles, or anything that needs a little ✨glow up✨.

Pangea Pride Tee

Wear your pride & your passion for reptiles together! This tee is made for reptile lovers who want to celebrate all month (or all year) long!

Pangea Pride Gecko Sticker

Slap it on your water bottle, laptop, terrarium, or wherever you need a little more rainbow reptile energy! 🌈

Pride is about community & visibility and we're grateful for every customer and friend who celebrates alongside us.

Grab your Pride merch and show your colors all month long 💗🌈

Shop the Pride Collection →

TARGAN announces sale to Merck Animal Health

Edusehat — Thu, 11 Jun 2026 21:20:09 +0700

Raleigh, North Carolina, United States, June 11, 2026 — TARGAN Inc, a privately held innovator in developing and commercializing biodevice solutions to improve performance outcomes for the poultry industry, today announced that it has signed a definitive agreement to be acquired by Merck Animal Health, known as MSD Animal Health outside of the United States and Canada, a division of Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, N.J., USA (NYSE:MRK), for an undisclosed purchase price. Merck Animal Health has invested in TARGAN since 2017 and has been one of the company’s largest shareholders.

The proposed acquisition is expected to be completed in the third quarter of 2026, subject to approvals from applicable regulatory authorities and other customary closing conditions.

“The acquisition of TARGAN’s best-in-class biodevice technology for use in commercial hatcheries complements and accelerates our growing biopharmaceutical presence in poultry and increases our ability to deliver significant customer value globally,” said Rick DeLuca, President, Merck Animal Health. “Additionally, TARGAN brings device development capabilities that will further strengthen our ability to provide animal health solutions across species. This transaction, coupled with our commercial and scientific expertise, is another example of how we deliver meaningful innovation to our customers while creating new opportunities for the future.”

Upon closing, the acquisition is expected to broaden Merck Animal Health’s portfolio in commercial poultry operations with WingScan™, an automated solution that uses vision technology to identify and sort chicks by gender, processing up to 160,000 chicks per hour. The technology, which can scale to any size hatchery operation, captures high-resolution images of each chick’s feathers and analyzes them in real-time using advanced engineering capabilities and proprietary algorithms.

This acquisition also brings the capability of high-speed precision ocular spray technology, which administers respiratory and coccidiosis vaccines, among others, to day-old chicks. Additionally, TARGAN has the potential to develop additional biodevices within poultry and other livestock species, which may shape the next frontier in the animal health industry.

TARGAN Founder and CEO Ramin Karimpour said, “Merck Animal Health has been a foundational partner of TARGAN since our inception through its belief and commitment to scientific excellence and a common goal of bringing technological innovation to the livestock industry. Through this proposed acquisition, TARGAN will be able to access resources and infrastructure of Merck Animal Health, which will be critical in deploying TARGAN’s innovative biodevice technology along with Merck Animal Health’s broad portfolio of poultry vaccines for customers.”

TARGAN notably wishes to thank its supporters, customers and Board of Director members over the years, who have made valuable contributions to the growth of its business, including all of its employees and its investors and debt finance providers: Merck Animal Health Ventures, Mountain Group Partners, NovaQuest Capital Management, Oval Park Capital, Symbiotic Capital and Live Oak Bank.

BofA Securities, Inc. is serving as TARGAN’s exclusive financial advisor and Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP is serving as TARGAN’s legal advisor in connection with the transaction.

Source: TARGAN Inc press release

Keeping birds warm and comfortable with dry litter

Edusehat — Thu, 11 Jun 2026 17:40:09 +0700

Though controlling litter moisture is crucial for limiting ammonia production in houses, it also helps keep birds warm during cold weather.

Michael Czarick, Extension engineer, University of Georgia

Brian Fairchild, Extension poultry scientist, University of Georgia

One of the key functions of litter is to protect birds from the cold, hard clay or concrete floors in a house. Essentially, the litter serves as a blanket that helps minimize heat loss from the undersides of their bodies. The R-value of sawdust is about 2.5 per inch—roughly the same as blown fiberglass, which means the floor beneath the birds is nearly as well insulated as the ceiling above them. You can often see birds taking advantage of the insulating ability of dry litter when they bed down in it if house temperatures become too cool.

The insulating ability of any insulator is highly affected by moisture. For instance, just a 10% moisture content of fiberglass insulation can cut its R-value in half! While no study has measured how moisture impacts the R-value of built-up litter, it’s reasonable to assume that insulation decreases rapidly as litter becomes wetter, underscoring the need to keep litter as dry as possible during cold weather. The fact that damp litter is a poor insulator is commonly demonstrated when a house is cleaned out and built-up litter is replaced with the fresh, damp, pine shavings. If the house is not properly preheated and the damp pine shavings are not occasionally turned to facilitate drying, chick performance often suffers due to the fact that they are being raised on a cool, damp “blanket” instead of a warm, dry blanket. Though this tends to occur more often in houses with fresh pine shavings, it can still be an issue in houses with built-up litter when it isn’t properly dried between flocks and/or during preheating (Figure 1).

▲ Figure 1 – The top inch of fresh pine shavings is dry, making it a good insulator. The problem is that the remaining four inches are damp, making them a poor insulator and thereby reducing the overall insulating ability of the fresh bedding material

Even if the chicks are placed on dry litter it is important that the litter remains dry for the remainder of the flock. If moisture builds up in litter to the point that it cakes over, it increases the difficulty of keeping birds warm during cold weather (Figures 2 and 3). A broiler generates about 5 Btu/hr of essentially waste heat per pound of body weight as it digests feed. So, 25,000 birds weighing three pounds each produce nearly 400,000 Btu/hr—the same as ten radiant brooders. We use this waste heat to keep our houses warm during cold weather. What we don’t want to do during cold weather is to remove heat directly from the bird, as can happen when the litter cakes over. While dry litter is an insulator, dense, caked litter is more of a conductor, increasing heat transfer from the birds to the floor. Try this. If you are in a kitchen with stone countertops, place your hand on a dish towel sitting on the counter. Then put your hand on the countertop. Though the towels and the countertop will be essentially the same temperature as the air in the kitchen, the countertop will feel colder because it is a conductor, allowing heat from your warm hand to be drawn into the countertop. When birds sit on dense, caked litter, heat can be drawn from the bird to the floor, making the bird feel cooler. The bird will tend to eat more feed to stay warm, resulting in a higher feed conversion rate.

Figure 2 – Damp, cool, caked litter a couple of feet from the feeders and warm, dry litter near feeders

Figure 3 – Cool, damp litter near drinkers and warm, dry litter a couple of feet away

The situation can become even more dire if the caked litter is damp; the birds are now essentially sitting on an evaporative cooling pad. As air moves over the floor, moisture evaporates, lowering its temperature, much as air moving through an evaporative cooling pad reduces the temperature of the pad and the air moving through it. Now the birds are not only sitting on a conductor, but on one that can be 10 degrees or more cooler than room air temperature, significantly increasing the amount of heat removed from a bird. Is it any wonder that birds tend to avoid sitting on caked litter, especially if it is damp?

To optimize bird comfort and health during cold weather, we need to ensure we are ventilating enough to keep our litter dry, maximizing its insulating ability, and minimizing the risk of ammonia formation. To accomplish this goal, minimum ventilation rates during cold weather shouldn’t be based on current litter conditions. The fact is, we don’t want to wait until litter becomes damp and bird performance is adversely affected before increasing our minimum ventilation rates; we want to operate in a more preventive mode. This is why we should base our minimum ventilation rates on the relative humidity of the air in the house. If the relative humidity of the air is increasing over time, this means our litter moisture is increasing over time. You may not be able to see it, but it is increasing.

▲ Figure 4 – Cool, caked litter near drinkers and warm, dry litter near feeders

The ideal relative humidity is between 40 and 60%. Below 40% litter can become too dry, resulting in potentially excessive fuel usage and dusty conditions. If the relative humidity is above 60%, moisture levels in the litter will tend to build, resulting in increased ammonia production and, as noted previously, the increased potential to cool the birds. Think of the relative humidity of the air as an indirect rough measure of litter moisture. The higher the relative humidity, the higher the litter moisture will tend to be and the more bird performance and health will tend to suffer.

Source: Poultryventilation.com

PRECISION EGG HANDLING AND EMBRYO DETECTION DRIVE MODERN HATCHERY PERFORMANCE

Edusehat — Thu, 11 Jun 2026 14:10:07 +0700

In modern hatcheries, egg processing has evolved far beyond a logistical step; it is now a critical control point for hatchery performance and biosecurity. From collection and transport to sorting, analysis and preparation for incubation, each stage directly influences hatchability and chick quality.

Since 1991, Innovatec has contributed to this development by designing integrated egg handling solutions that combine gentle processing with advanced analysis technologies. Automated detection systems allow infertile eggs, shell defects and contamination risks to be identified early and removed through closed-system handling before they affect incubation results.

A strong example is Innovatec’s CLEANchick dual technology – live embryo detection, which represents a major step forward in precise egg analysis within modern hatchery workflows. By combining high-speed, contactless candling with heartbeat detection, the system enables reliable identification of viable embryos while distinguishing clears, late-dead embryos and potential exploders. This early classification improves selection accuracy and supports cleaner incubation conditions.

Following live embryo detection, non-viable eggs and potential exploders are automatically removed using Innovatec’s Exploder Removal System (ERS) and Clear Egg Removal (CER). Removing contaminated eggs at an early stage helps prevent cross-contamination, protects neighbouring embryos and directly contributes to improved hatchability results. The closed removal process also enhances hatchery biosecurity and eliminates unpleasant odours associated with infected eggs and potential “bangers.”

CLEANchick Dual Technology is also available for early candling on day 10, used in pharmaceutical production environments.

Together with its broader portfolio of egg handling, candling, detection and automated removal solutions, Innovatec supports hatcheries in integrating processing, analysis and biosecurity into one connected workflow, helping improve incubation consistency, optimise capacity utilisation and strengthen overall hatchery performance.

For more information, visit www.innovatec.com

Cats Meow More at Male Caregivers—Scientists Think They Know Why

Edusehat — Thu, 11 Jun 2026 07:05:06 +0700

When Dr. Kaan Kerman, an instructor in the psychology department at Bilkent University in Turkey, asked cat owners if he could film inside their homes as part of a feline study, the response was enthusiastic. The cat caregivers were eager for any insight into their cats’ behaviour. The research findings, however, may not have been as welcomed—at least among male cat owners.

Study Finds Cats Meow More Often at Men

In the small study, published in the journal Ethology, Kerman and colleagues reported that cats meow more frequently when greeting male caregivers. The team concluded that men “require more explicit vocalizations to notice and respond to the needs of their cats.” In short, the researchers are suggesting that cats have determined that men don’t always listen and that they need to meow more to get their attention.

How Researchers Measured Feline Greetings

To gather the research, volunteer cat owners self-identifying as their cats’ primary caregivers wore a camera and filmed the first few minutes upon their return home. The cat owners were instructed to behave as naturally as possible. The researchers then studied the first 100 seconds of footage from 31 volunteers, focusing their attention on the first cat in multi-cat homes to approach the caregiver.

ststoev/Bigstock

“So the authors suggest that we men are clueless, that we’re ignoring cats, and they need to get our attention more. Could be true.”

Increased Meowing Linked Only to Male Caregivers

Only one factor among all demographic variables—including age and gender of the cat, breed, and number of cats—was linked to increased vocalization: the sex of the caregiver. On average, cats produced 4.3 meows in the 100-second greeting window with men versus 1.8 with women. Vocalizations such as trilling, chirping, growling or purring were also included.

Why Cats May Use More Vocal Signals With Male Caregivers

The researchers hypothesize that the variation relates to differences between how women and men interact with their cats. Previous research has found that female cat owners tend to talk to their cats more frequently and are also better at interpreting the meaning of feline vocalizations.

“So the authors suggest that we men are clueless, that we’re ignoring cats, and they need to get our attention more,” Dr. Jonathan Losos, an evolutionary biologist at Washington University in St. Louis and author of “The Cat’s Meow,” told the New York Times. “Could be true”—though Losos mentioned that other explanations, such as differences in how men and women follow instructions, needed to be ruled out. He also noted the small sample size.

Cat Behaviourists Express Doubts About Study Findings

Dr. Mikel Delgado, a Purdue Senior Research Scientist and cat behaviour consultant at Feline Minds, is likewise not entirely persuaded. “The researchers did not account for other reasons that cats may meow more at the men than women in this study, including how long the caregivers were gone and when the cat was last fed,” she says. “For example, perhaps men on average work longer hours or feed their cats less frequently. Although this finding received a lot of media attention, it’s important to read the actual study and understand why the results are not entirely convincing.”

Although this finding received a lot of media attention, it’s important to read the actual study and understand why the results are not entirely convincing.

Other Variables That Could Influence How Much Cats Vocalize

The researchers also did not make note of how much the owners spoke to their cats, Delgado notes, a variable that could influence how much the cats vocalize. This, in part, could be cultural, Kerman and his colleagues acknowledge. All the study participants live in Turkey where, the researchers say, men often engage less frequently in verbal interaction, a factor that could cause the cats to meow more to get a response.

Chalabala/AdobeStock

To address this, Kerman would like to duplicate this study in other parts of the world.

Delgado, too, would like to see further research. “I’m waiting for a larger study that accounts for other possible explanations before concluding this finding is likely true!”

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post Cats Meow More at Male Caregivers—Scientists Think They Know Why appeared first on Modern Cat.

Want to Get a Man’s Attention? You’re Going to Need to Meow Harder

Edusehat — Thu, 11 Jun 2026 03:30:08 +0700

ststoev/Bigstock

“So the authors suggest that we men are clueless, that we’re ignoring cats, and they need to get our attention more. Could be true.”

Study Links Increased Cat Meowing to Male Caregivers

Cat Behaviourists Express Doubts About Study Findings

Although this finding received a lot of media attention, it’s important to read the actual study and understand why the results are not entirely convincing.

Other Variables That Could Influence How Much Cats Vocalize

Chalabala/AdobeStock

To address this, Kerman would like to duplicate this study in other parts of the world.

Delgado, too, would like to see further research. “I’m waiting for a larger study that accounts for other possible explanations before concluding this finding is likely true!”

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post Want to Get a Man’s Attention? You’re Going to Need to Meow Harder appeared first on Modern Cat.

CTN Launches a Tool That Translates Acoustic Data to Improve Decision-Making for Maritime Professionals

Edusehat — Thu, 11 Jun 2026 03:20:10 +0700

By: Marine Technology Centre

Presented at OCEANOISE 2026, the Marine Acoustics Data Knowledge Hub seeks to be an international meeting point for scientifically rigorous decision-making in the environmental management of underwater noise.

The tool connects businesses, public administrations, consultancies, offshore developers, ports, and research centers with data, technical expertise, specialized resources, and services to advance towards a more sustainable Blue Economy.

Yesterday, at OCEANOISE 2026 in Vilanova i la Geltrú, the Marine Technology Centre (CTN) presented the Marine Acoustics Data Knowledge Hub platform, a digital ecosystem designed to become an international benchmark in the environmental management of underwater noise. The launch took place during one of the leading conferences for the scientific, technical, and professional community dedicated to the study, measurement, modelling, assessment, and mitigation of ocean noise. The presentation of this platform represents a new step in the strategy of CTN, a sponsor of OCEANOISE 2026, to bring rigor, comparability, and technical criteria to a growing challenge: the management of underwater noise pollution in the context of expanding maritime activity, offshore development, port traffic, new infrastructure, and increased environmental sensitivity.

The choice of OCEANOISE 2026 as the venue to present the Marine Acoustics Data Knowledge Hub reflects the international and specialized nature of the conference, as the event has gathered the professional community currently working on the very challenges the platform aims to address: how to measure more accurately, how to interpret with shared criteria, and how to translate acoustic knowledge into useful decisions for ocean protection.

During the conference, CTN hosted a stand in the exhibition area of OCEANOISE 2026, where visitors could learn about some of its services and capabilities, as well as the international projects it is currently involved in. Furthermore, CTN also participated in this gathering by delivering various scientific-technological sessions focused on acoustic propagation, bubble curtains, metamaterials, impact assessment, and applied solutions for the marine environment.

From Acoustic Data to Technical Criteria

Underwater noise is no longer solely a scientific issue. It is a factor that dictates environmental, regulatory, and operational decisions in ports, offshore projects, environmental impact assessments, conservation strategies, maritime operations, and authorization processes. However, the main challenge is not merely to measure. The real bottleneck lies in transforming complex acoustic signals, obtained using different methodologies, equipment, and contexts, into reliable, comparable, and interpretable information.

“The Marine Acoustics Data Knowledge Hub platform was created precisely to respond to this need: to help convert acoustic data into a common technical language capable of supporting decisions with greater rigor, reducing uncertainty, and facilitating a more coordinated management of underwater noise,” states Noelia Ortega, Director of CTN. In this way, “the platform acts as a gateway to solutions, resources, technical expertise, and specialized services for those who need to measure, justify, interpret, model, visualize, validate, or reduce the impact of underwater noise in seas and oceans,” Ortega concludes.

An International Meeting Point for the Sector

CTN’s new hub is aimed at businesses, public administrations, environmental consultancies, engineering firms, offshore developers, port authorities, acoustic equipment manufacturers and integrators, universities, and research centers. Its objective is to generate an active community of users and facilitate access to technical resources, data, tools, webinars, use cases, collaborative opportunities, and specialized services relating to underwater noise management.

According to the developers of this tool, the platform is not conceived solely as a digital space, but as an international meeting point between industry, academia, public administration, and applied knowledge—a place to organize capabilities, connect needs, and enable different stakeholders to move forward using common criteria regarding an increasingly relevant environmental problem for the Blue Economy. The areas coordinated by the hub notably include the measurement and processing of acoustic signals, noise mapping, scenario modelling, marine fauna impact assessment, acoustic equipment calibration and characterization, technical consultancy, support for mitigation measures, the development of advanced materials, and access to testing capabilities and specialized infrastructure.

Measuring well to decide better

Underwater noise management increasingly demands a solid technical foundation. In practice, the lack of global standardization, the uneven calibration of equipment, the diversity of methodologies, and the complexity of models can hinder comparison between studies and weaken decision-making. Therefore, the platform focuses on a central idea: accumulating data is not enough; it is necessary to convert it into useful, comparable, and accessible information.

In this regard, CTN contributes calibration, monitoring, processing, modelling, visualization, mitigation, and technical cooperation capabilities to the ecosystem. Its contribution aims to ensure that every piece of acoustic data can become a solid foundation for assessing impacts, designing campaigns, anticipating scenarios, defining mitigation measures, and supporting environmental, regulatory, and operational decisions. Thus, the Marine Acoustics Data Knowledge Hub aspires to bridge the gap between technical data and action, making it easier for organizations of all kinds to find the resource, tool, or service they need to address their challenges regarding underwater noise.

A Tool Aligned with CTN’s Vision

With this initiative, the Marine Technology Centre consolidates its role as a meeting point for professionals from industry, academia, public administration, and the technological center itself, who cooperate to develop innovative projects and high value-added technology to address the major challenges of the Blue Economy. The platform responds to a clear vision: marine sustainability does not solely depend on having more technology, but on building collaborative spaces where knowledge, measurement, validation, and decision-making can advance under common criteria.

At a time when underwater noise pollution is gaining greater relevance in port, energy, industrial, scientific, and environmental projects, CTN is committed to a model based on technical rigor, international cooperation, and applied technology transfer.

The Marine Acoustics Data Knowledge Hub platform is now available for organizations and professionals interested in discovering specialized resources, solutions, and services related to underwater noise on the website knoisehub.ctnaval.com .

About Marine Technology Centre

The Marine Technology Centre (CTN), based in the Region of Murcia and with over 20 years of experience, aims to be the meeting point where professionals from Industry, Academia, Public Administration, and the center itself cooperate with the objective of developing innovative projects and high value-added technology to tackle the major challenges of the Blue Economy. www.ctnaval.com

Federation of European Aquaculture Producers Elects Anna Pyć as New President

Edusehat — Thu, 11 Jun 2026 03:20:05 +0700

The Polish representant is the CEO of Pustelnia Fish Farm and Vice President of the Polish Trout Breeders Association

The Federation of European Aquaculture Producers (FEAP) recently held its 2026 Annual General Meeting (AGM) in Limassol, Cyprus, marking a historic leadership transition. After six years at the helm of the federation, Lara Barazi-Geroulanou (Greece) officially concluded her term as President, having driven significant progress for European aquaculture during her tenure. In a unanimous vote, members elected Ms Anna Pyć (Poland) as the new President of FEAP for the next three years.

Pyć brings a wealth of hands-on experience and strategic vision to the role. She is the CEO of Pustelnia Fish Farm, Vice President of the Polish Trout Breeders Association, and now President of FEAP. Having been actively engaged in FEAP’s work for many years, including six years on its Management Committee, she has demonstrated a strong commitment to advancing European aquaculture’s interests. Her experience, professionalism, and dedication to collaborative European dialogue make her a highly respected leader in the sector.

Over this time, Pyć’s contributions and vision have included representing Poland’s two main farmed species, carp and trout, thereby strengthening their visibility and strategic importance at both national and EU levels; building strong cooperation with key national institutions to shape sustainable aquaculture development, contributing to evidence-based policymaking and sectoral innovation; and leading a modern, continuously developing family-run company that combines tradition with innovation, implementing new technologies to improve efficiency, welfare, and sustainability.

Long Experience

Pyć’s work also involved representing farmed fish producers in strategic policy discussions, ensuring that the perspectives of Polish and European aquaculture are reflected in EU-level decision-making; and advocating for the sustainable growth of the aquaculture sector, promoting responsible production, environmental stewardship, and high-quality standards across the value chain.

Moreover, she has strengthened the professional visibility of women in aquaculture, demonstrating through her leadership that women bring effectiveness, innovation

“Every day, Anna Pyć demonstrates the strength and leadership of women in aquaculture, managing and developing her own fish farm, driving continuous improvement, and providing substantive, well-informed input on legal frameworks regulating the sector,” FEAP noted in the announcement.

For them, as a Polish aquaculture ambassador with specialized education combined with hands-on experience, she bridges scientific knowledge, practical management, and policy expertise to support the sustainable future of European aquaculture. “Moreover, the election of Anna strongly signals the relevance of freshwater fish farming throughout Europe”.

Six Years of Dedicated Service and Transformative Leadership

Outgoing President Lara Barazi-Geroulanou was thanked for her six years of dedicated service and transformative leadership, which positioned FEAP as a stronger, more unified voice for European fish farmers.

The Federation extended its gratitude to the Cypriot hosts, the Cyprus Mariculture Association, for their warm welcome and looks forward to a new chapter of innovation and collaboration under President Pyć’s leadership.

Providing Positions, Documentation and Data

FEAP groups Fish Farming Associations & is the leading consultative body for European interests. Amongst FEAP’s most important activities is its advisory role in providing positions, documentation and data on European aquaculture issues to the European Commission and the European Parliament as well as other aquaculture stakeholder organizations – this is done at both the European and global levels.

The Federation of European Aquaculture Producers is also active in both promoting and participating in research and support/coordination projects that contribute to innovation and development of the European fish farming sector. At the moment, FEAP is also increasingly involved in sectoral actions and discussions on aquaculture as well as broader issues that affect the profession.

Father’s Day Gift Ideas from Your Dog

Edusehat — Wed, 10 Jun 2026 23:45:03 +0700

Father’s Day is the perfect opportunity to celebrate the special bond between dogs and their dads. In this post, we share dog-themed gift ideas, including some that your pup can participate in, to help make the day even more meaningful.

CREATE A PAW PRINT KEEPSAKE

What could be more special than a gift that was created using your dog’s own paws? If you want to tap into your pup’s inner artist, dip their paw into dog-safe paint and press it onto paper. From there, you can draw a fun scene around it and then frame it. Another option, if you have some clay, is to make an impression of your dog’s paw in the clay, which can then be turned into an ornament or keychain.

PUT TOGETHER A DOG DAD GIFT BASKET

A gift basket with a mix of go-to and themed items is a great way to combine several smaller items you know the dog dad in your life will appreciate. You could add some everyday items that they always turn to that they seem to run out of, dog themed clothing or a coffee mug that they can proudly rep, a dog toy that they can use to play with their pup, some of their own favorite snacks, dog-themed items that align with their hobbies like a travel bag, and more. The options are endless!

Check out our Dogtopia Shop for other dog-themed gift ideas that you could add.

CREATE A CUSTOM SCRAPBOOK WITH PHOTOS

If your camera roll is filled with pictures of your dog and their dad, creating a scrapbook can be a meaningful way to showcase all the fun adventures they’ve shared. While several online services can help you create a custom photo book, you could also choose the DIY route by printing the images and adding them yourself.

PLAN AN ADVENTURE THEY CAN BOTH GO ON

Sometimes the most meaningful gifts are making memories that can be shared. Planning a special outing can allow dog dads to spend quality time with their pup while doing something they both enjoy. The best part is that it can be tailored to their interests. If they love the outdoors, consider planning a day on a dog-friendly hiking trail. You could also organize a picnic featuring some of their favorite foods along with a few dog-safe treats.

BOOK A DAY OF DAYCARE

If your pup’s dog dad has a busy schedule and is always on the go, a day of daycare can be a thoughtful Father’s Day gift. While your dog enjoys a fun-filled day of play, exercise, and socialization with their doggie friends, Dad can use the extra time to relax or enjoy a hobby. It can be your pup’s way of telling their dad it’s time to recharge, as they enjoy all the exciting activities daycare has to offer.

Reach out to your local Dogtopia today to book your dog’s next play day.

The post Father’s Day Gift Ideas from Your Dog appeared first on Dogtopia.

Noninvasive approach for identifying woody breast in broilers shows promise

Edusehat — Wed, 10 Jun 2026 23:15:04 +0700

Woody breast, sometimes called wooden breast, has become a familiar and costly problem for today’s broiler industry, Cirenio Hisasaga, doctoral student at the University of California, Davis, explained at the 2025 Poultry Science Association annual meeting.

Woody breast affects chicken breast muscles. Although processors and producers have dealt with its economic impacts for years, new research is examining wing-span partitioning to identify the disease in live birds, aiming to improve welfare and reduce industry costs.

Why woody breast matters

Woody breast is costly for the industry and leads to consumer dissatisfaction.

“As a consumer, if you were to purchase a severely affected breast, you would find it to be very hard, and some even characterize it as a crunchy eating experience,” Hisasaga said.

Economically, the issue is substantial. With breast meat downgraded and consumers unsatisfied, woody breast is estimated to cost the poultry industry around $200 million annually. Woody breast is also an animal-welfare concern.

The big question that hasn’t been answered, Hisasaga pointed out, is how woody breast affects the bird itself.

Previous findings

Earlier research suggested that woody breast may limit birds’ physical performance. A 2016 study by Kawasaki et al. found differences in movement and posture between birds with woody breast and those with normal breast.

Birds with woody breast showed a forward-leaning position and downward posture, and had difficulty fully extending their wings. However, that study included only 30 birds.

A follow-up study by Shea et al., in 2023, focused on birds found on their backs in commercial houses. Researchers suggested that the limited wingspan of birds with woody breast prevents them from righting themselves. During the study, 19 of 20 birds found on their backs had limited wingspan, but only nine showed signs of woody breast. The study results didn’t clearly show whether woody breast alone was responsible.

Hisasaga’s research is shedding light on what woody breast may mean for the bird itself and how producers might identify severe cases before birds reach the processing plant.

Current study

Hisasaga wanted to answer two key questions with his study:

Can wing separation be used as a live indicator of woody breast in broilers?
Does severe wing separation affect a bird’s ability to right itself?

“Our study aimed to determine whether wing partition can indicate woody breast severity in market-age broilers and to determine its impact on the ability to right. If woody breast is associated with wing partition, we hypothesize that we can use wing partition as a live indicator of woody breast,” Hisasaga said.

His study evaluated 59 market-age broilers, 45 to 52 days of age, from three commercial farms. Birds were grouped based on wing position when wings were fully extended backward:

No wing partition: wings touched
Moderate wing partition: wings separated but nearly touched
Severe wing partition: wings showed a large gap and didn’t extend beyond their body

Afterward, birds were evaluated post-mortem for woody breast using a standard three-point system: normal, moderate or severe. The results revealed that using the wing partition to identify woody breast was highly accurate. When any wing partition (moderate or severe) was used to identify woody breast, the method showed 94.9% accuracy.

Researchers then examined severe wing partition as an indicator of severe woody breast. This resulted in only a slight drop in accuracy to 89.8%. “We can utilize severe wing partition as an indicator of severe woody breast,” Hisasaga said, though he emphasized that larger studies are needed.

Implications for bird welfare

This study also examined whether wing partition affected a bird’s ability to right itself, with birds placed on their backs and given 60 seconds to stand.

Among the birds with no or moderate wing partition, 27 out of 31 were able to right themselves. In contrast, most of the birds with severe wing partition (23 out of 28) were unable to right themselves.

Time was also a factor. Normal birds were able to right themselves quickly. As the severity of woody breast increased, the birds required more time. Birds with severe woody breast had the longest median time, 60 seconds, which was the maximum allowed.

Hisasaga noted that welfare becomes a greater concern when birds are unable to right themselves. “If birds spend a long period of time on their backs, this can lead to pulmonary congestion, creating pressure from the breast on the respiratory system, and can eventually lead to death,” he explained.

Implications for producers

The key takeaway for producers is that wing partition offers a practical, noninvasive way to identify woody breast in live birds. “Wing partition can be a promising, noninvasive technique to identify woody breast,” Hisasaga said.

More research and larger sample sizes are needed, he cautioned. Hisasaga believes the study holds promise for detecting woody breast earlier, thereby improving management decisions and helping producers and researchers better understand the welfare implications without relying solely on post-mortem evaluation.

This simple look at how a bird holds its wings may offer valuable insight into one of the industry’s most challenging muscle disorders.

The post Noninvasive approach for identifying woody breast in broilers shows promise appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Olive bioactives: Helping broilers beat the heat

Edusehat — Wed, 10 Jun 2026 19:35:14 +0700

Heat stress remains a major challenge in broiler production, compromising performance, immunity, and welfare. As gut health is closely linked to animal resilience, nutritional strategies based on olive bioactives — rich in antioxidant and anti-inflammatory compounds — are emerging as promising tools to help broilers better cope with high temperatures.

Marta Blanch, DVM, PhD
Innovation Poultry and Ruminants Team Leader
Lucta

HEAT STRESS: A MAJOR CHALLENGE IN BROILER PRODUCTION
Modern broilers are genetically selected for rapid growth and high feed efficiency. However, this also makes them particularly sensitive to thermal stress. Under hot environmental conditions, birds reduce feed intake in an attempt to decrease metabolic heat production. As a consequence, growth rate declines, feed conversion worsens, and immune competence may become compromised.

At the same time, heat stress increases oxidative stress and inflammatory responses, negatively affecting gut integrity, welfare and meat quality. As global temperatures continue to rise, the poultry industry is increasingly searching for practical and sustainable nutritional strategies capable of improving bird resilience under challenging conditions.

OLIVE BIOACTIVES AS FUNCTIONAL
FEED ADDITIVES
Olive oil industry by-products are rich in a wide range of bioactive compounds, including polyphenols, flavonoids, secoiridoids, and triterpenic acids such as hydroxytyrosol, oleuropein, and maslinic acid. These olive bioactives are well known for their antioxidant, anti-inflammatory, antimicrobial, and hepatoprotective properties. In animal nutrition, they are increasingly valued for their ability to support gut integrity, immune function, oxidative balance, and overall animal robustness. In addition to their functional benefits, olive bioactives also contribute to more sustainable and circular production systems through the valorization of agro-industrial by-products.

EVALUATING OLIVE BIOACTIVES UNDER HEAT STRESS CONDITIONS
A recent study conducted by Kasetsart University (Thailand) in collaboration with Lucta evaluated the effects of olive bioactives (OBs) on broiler chickens raised under heat stress conditions. The research investigated not only growth performance, but also immune parameters, intestinal integrity, animal welfare indicators, and meat quality characteristics. The objective was to determine whether OBs could improve bird performance and resilience under heat stress conditions with and without the presence of salinomycin.

The trial involved 1,000 one-day-old male Ross 308 broilers exposed to high ambient temperatures and humidity throughout the experimental period. Animals were distributed in 4 experimental treatments with ten replicates each (25 birds/replicate) using a 2 × 2 factorial design with two levels of OBs (0 or 1,200 ppm) and two levels of salinomycin (SAL; 0 or 66 ppm). Feed and water were provided ad libitum for 40 days. Temperature-humidity index values remained above 80 during most of the study, confirming significant heat stress conditions.

Figure 1. Effect of olive bioactives (OBs) and salinomycin (S) on performance parameters in broiler chickens under heat stress conditions.

BETTER PERFORMANCE UNDER
CHALLENGING CONDITIONS
One of the most relevant findings was the positive effect of OBs on broiler growth performance, independently of the presence of salinomycin. Birds receiving OBs showed higher body weight and body weight gain compared to the control group (Figure 1a), with no changes in feed intake, resulting in lower feed conversion ratio during the overall period (Figure 1b). Moreover, mortality of the birds receiving OBs was significantly lower (Figure 1c).

SUPPORTING IMMUNE BALANCE
Heat stress not only affects performance but also disrupts immune homeostasis. In poultry, the heterophil-to-lymphocyte ratio (H/L ratio) is widely used as an indicator of physiological stress. Higher H/L ratios generally reflect elevated stress and inflammatory status. Broilers supplemented with OBs reduced H/L ratios compared to the non-supplemented group (2.28 vs 2.63, P < 0.01). These findings indicate improved immune balance.

WELFARE BENEFITS: FEWER FOOTPAD LESIONS
Footpad dermatitis is one of the most relevant welfare indicators in broiler production and is often associated with litter quality and digestive disturbances. In this study, birds receiving OBs showed fewer footpad lesions.

IMPROVING MEAT QUALITY NATURALLY
One of the most interesting aspects of olive bioactives is their impact on meat quality. Broilers supplemented with OBs showed lower drip loss (Figure 2a) and reduced lipid oxidation in breast meat (TBARS, Figure 2b). From a commercial perspective, this means improved water-holding capacity, better oxidative stability, and potentially longer shelf life. The study also reported increases in mono- and polyunsaturated fatty acids in birds supplemented with olive pomace extract. This suggests potential benefits not only for animal resilience but also for the nutritional value of poultry meat.

Figure 2. Effect of olive bioactives (OBs) and salinomycin (S) on meat quality parameters in broiler chickens under heat stress conditions.

CONCLUSIONS
Olive bioactives show strong potential as a natural nutritional strategy to help broilers better cope with heat stress. By supporting performance, immune balance, welfare, and meat quality, these compounds may contribute to more resilient and sustainable poultry production systems.

Benefits of olive bioactives under heat stress conditions:

• Better performance (higher BW, lower FCR, lower mortality)
• Better immune balance (reduced H/L ratio)
• Lower footpad lesions
• Better meat quality (reduce drip-loss, reduce lipid oxidation)
• Enhanced animal resilience and welfare

Source: Adapted from Philatha et al., 2026 (Poultry Science 105:106266)

About Dr. Marta Blanch
Dr. Marta Blanch holds a PhD in Animal Production (2009) and a degree in Veterinary Medicine (2003) from the Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona. She brings nearly 20 years of experience in livestock nutrition, gained through her work in both public research institutions and the private industry. She has been part of Lucta since 2016 and currently serves as Innovation Poultry and Ruminants Team Leader, leading research and innovation activities focused on the development of novel feed additives for animal production. Her main areas of expertise include palatability, gut health, production efficiency, and animal welfare, with a strong focus on translating scientific knowledge into practical, innovative, and market-oriented solutions for the livestock industry.

Olive bioactives: Helping broilers beat the heat yazısı ilk önce Feed & Additive Magazine üzerinde ortaya çıktı.

Heat stress is the trigger: Oxidative damage is the real threat

Edusehat — Wed, 10 Jun 2026 19:35:12 +0700

Heat stress is often seen as a temperature problem — but the real damage happens at the cellular level. When thermal load increases, oxidative stress builds faster than the animal’s natural defenses can respond, quietly undermining gut integrity, immunity and overall performance. Addressing this requires more than cooling systems. Trace minerals — copper, zinc, manganese and selenium — are the essential building blocks of the antioxidant enzyme network that protects animals from the inside out.

Jolien van Soest
Global Solution Manager – Mineral Nutrition
Orffa Additives BV

Heat stress does not destroy performance directly. It destroys the cellular infrastructure that makes performance possible. Behind every measurable outcome, declining growth, fragile gut integrity, compromised fertility, reduced egg quality, lies a common mechanism: oxidative damage. When thermal load rises, reactive oxygen species accumulate faster than the animal’s antioxidant defenses can neutralize them. This results in membrane damage, tight junction dysfunction and reduced immune functioning. Heat stress today is no longer a seasonal risk: rising temperatures, high-performing genetics and year-round production pressure have made this cellular threat a structural reality in animal production worldwide. Managing the temperature is necessary but managing the oxidative damage is where the final outcome is actually decided.

Modern production systems intensify the challenge, and climate control alone is not enough. As ambient temperature rises, animals activate mechanisms to reduce internal heat load: respiration rate increases, panting intensifies and blood flow is redirected toward the skin (Figure 1). These thermoregulatory responses come at a cost of energy diverted from growth, egg production and milk yield, declining feed intake, and compromised gut and immune function. Performance losses are the visible outcome, but the real damage is already unfolding at the cellular level.

Figure 1. Heat stress effects in the body

THE REAL BOTTLENECK: OXIDATIVE PRESSURE AT CELLULAR LEVEL
Oxidative stress does not wait for extreme heat events. It builds progressively as feed intake drops, metabolism shifts and low‑grade inflammation sets in. Importantly, oxidative stress is not limited to heat alone, it may also arise during transport, disease challenges or periods of reduced feed intake, conditions that often coincide with high environmental temperatures. Effective strategies to counter it are not optional, they are essential to preserve resilience.

Heat stress mitigation works best in 3 steps:
1. Reduce external heat load (ventilation, cooling systems, water availability).
2. Support metabolic stability via nutrition (energy density, electrolytes, vitamins).
3. Protect at cellular level, where Cu, Zn, Mn and L‑selenomethionine power the antioxidant enzymes that neutralize oxidative damage.

Management interventions form the first line of defense, helping to lower the external thermal burden. Yet these measures alone cannot fully protect animals once metabolic and inflammatory processes are activated internally. Nutritional strategies should therefore be applied, to take over at the cellular level. While energy, electrolytes and vitamins traditionally receive most attention during hot periods, trace minerals operate quietly at the core of cellular protection, because without them, the antioxidant enzyme network cannot run at full capacity precisely when oxidative pressure is highest.

One of the most damaging consequences of heat stress is the overproduction of reactive oxygen species (ROS). When ROS generation exceeds the animal’s antioxidant capacity, oxidative stress occurs, triggering lipid peroxidation, protein oxidation and DNA damage.

COPPER, ZINC AND MANGANESE: POWERING THE SUPEROXIDE DISMUTASE (SOD) SYSTEM
Trace minerals do not neutralize free radicals the way vitamins do. Instead, they serve as essential cofactors of antioxidant enzymes and without adequate supply, these enzymes simply cannot function. Copper (Cu), zinc (Zn) and manganese (Mn) are integral to the superoxide dismutase (SOD) enzyme family. SOD enzymes form the first line of defense against oxidative stress by converting superoxide radicals into hydrogen peroxide:
• Cu/Zn-SOD functions in the cytosol and extracellular fluids,
• Mn-SOD operates inside mitochondria, where oxidative pressure is highest.

During heat stress, mitochondrial ROS production increases sharply, making adequate manganese supply particularly important. Suboptimal levels of Cu, Zn or Mn reduce SOD activity, leaving tissues vulnerable to oxidative damage precisely when protection is most needed.

During heat stress, the gastrointestinal tract becomes a critical bottleneck for mineral nutrition. Feed intake declines, gastric pH shifts and intestinal permeability increases, all of which limit mineral absorption. At the same time, metabolic demand for antioxidant enzymes rises sharply. This creates a physiological paradox: animals require more trace minerals precisely when their ability to absorb them is compromised. Under such conditions, not only the inclusion level, but especially the chemical form and stability of trace minerals, becomes decisive.

Modern trace mineral technologies, such as Excential SMART hydroxy trace minerals, are specifically designed to address this challenge. Hydroxy forms of copper, zinc and manganese possess unique physicochemical properties that make them particularly effective during periods of thermal stress (Figure 2). Unlike inorganic sulphates, hydroxy trace minerals are poorly soluble at neutral pH and therefore remain largely intact in the upper digestive tract. This limits premature dissociation and reduces unwanted interactions with other dietary components such as phytate, vitamins or unsaturated lipids.

Figure 2. Availability of copper sources. Hydroxy copper (left) and copper sulphate (right)

By remaining stable until they reach the acidic environment of the stomach, hydroxy trace minerals allow for a more controlled release of Cu, Zn and Mn at the main sites of absorption. This controlled release is especially important during heat stress, when intestinal integrity is often compromised. Elevated temperatures and oxidative pressure weaken tight junctions, increasing sensitivity to irritation and the risk of pro oxidant reactions in the gut lumen. Due to their lower reactivity, hydroxy trace minerals exert less oxidative pressure locally, helping to preserve gut barrier function, an essential prerequisite for maintaining nutrient uptake and immune competence under thermal challenge.

Beyond gastrointestinal stability, hydroxy trace minerals also contribute to more consistent tissue availability of copper, zinc and manganese. Even when feed intake is reduced, this reliable delivery supports the activity of key antioxidant enzymes, helping to safeguard cellular defense systems at a time when oxidative pressure is highest.

SELENIUM: CORNERSTONE OF LIPID PROTECTION
If copper, zinc and manganese form the first enzymatic barrier against oxidative stress, selenium acts as the final safeguard, protecting the most vulnerable structures in the cell: its membranes. During heat stress, this role becomes indispensable.

Rising body temperature inevitably leads to increased generation of hydrogen peroxide and lipid hydroperoxides. These reactive compounds are particularly damaging to cell membranes, which are rich in polyunsaturated fatty acids and highly sensitive to oxidative attack. Once lipid peroxidation is initiated, membrane integrity, transport functions and cellular signaling rapidly deteriorate. The consequences, impaired gut function, weakened immunity, compromised fertility compound quickly.

Selenium plays a unique role in preventing this cascade (Figure 3). Incorporated into selenoproteins such as glutathione peroxidases (GPx), selenium enables the detoxification of hydrogen peroxide and lipid hydroperoxides before they can damage cell membranes. During heat stress, when lipid oxidation pressure is high, the demand for GPx activity increases sharply, making selenium supply a critical limiting factor in antioxidant defense. However, heat stress also challenges selenium nutrition itself. Reduced feed intake directly lowers selenium intake, while gastrointestinal disturbances can impair absorption. Under these conditions, the form in which selenium is supplied becomes decisive.

Figure 3. Selenium in antioxidant defense during heat stress

L‑selenomethionine is the form of selenium found most in nature, and it stands out because it behaves differently from inorganic or other organic selenium sources. Unlike selenite or selenocysteine‑based forms, L‑selenomethionine can be non‑specifically incorporated into body proteins in place of methionine. In effect, it creates a physiological selenium reserve. This reserve becomes especially valuable during heat stress. Even when dietary intake drops, selenium stored in body proteins can be gradually released through normal protein turnover, ensuring a continuous supply for vital selenoprotein synthesis. In this way, L‑selenomethionine acts as a nutritional buffer, bridging periods of reduced intake while antioxidant demand remains high.

Research consistently demonstrates that animals receiving selenium predominantly as L‑selenomethionine show improved antioxidant status, more stable immune responses and better performance under thermal stress. By safeguarding membrane integrity and supporting redox balance at the cellular level, selenium does not merely mitigate the symptoms of heat stress, it strengthens the animal’s capacity to cope with it. Excential Selenium 4000, providing all selenium as L‑selenomethionine, is specifically designed to deliver this level of protection. By combining immediate functional availability with the ability to build selenium reserves, it helps maintain antioxidant defense precisely when animals are most vulnerable.

The biological relevance of this mechanism is not only theoretical; it translates into measurable outcomes under heat stress. In a broiler study conducted at Ghent University (Belgium), a control diet containing sodium selenite was compared with a control diet supplemented with organic selenium in the form of Excential Selenium 4000. From day 28 onwards, birds were subjected to heat stress during the finisher period. Under these conditions, supplementation with Excential Selenium 4000 resulted in a significant improvement in feed conversion ratio (FCR), showing a 14% reduction. In addition, a numerical increase in body weight gain was observed. These results demonstrate that organic selenium can effectively mitigate the negative impact of heat stress on broiler performance. Another study, by Jayasri et al. (2022) demonstrates that heat stress markedly increases oxidative stress and cellular stress markers such as HSP 70 and PGC 1α. Dietary supplementation with organic selenium (L selenomethionine) significantly reduced lipid peroxidation and moderated the heat shock response, indicating improved cellular resilience during thermal challenge.

The underlying mechanism for these effects, grounded on selenoproteins that function to protect membranes, is conserved across species, making the principle equally relevant for layers, swine and dairy cattle facing thermal challenge.

BIOAVAILABILITY BECOMES NON-NEGOTIABLE UNDER STRESS
Oxidative stress is one of the defining production challenges of modern animal agriculture. When the right trace minerals are available in the most optimal form, the animal’s own enzymatic defenses can do what no management intervention alone can: protect at the cellular level.

Animals require more trace minerals exactly when their ability to absorb them is compromised.

Copper, zinc, manganese and selenium play irreplaceable roles in the enzymatic antioxidant defense network that protects animals at the cellular level. Heat stress combines two critical challenges: reduced feed intake and increased metabolic demand for antioxidant protection. Under these conditions, mineral source and bioavailability become decisive. Poorly available inorganic trace minerals may fail to meet tissue requirements when intake is compromised. In contrast, highly bioavailable sources ensure that antioxidant enzymes remain functional even at lower inclusion levels. This is particularly relevant for selenium, copper and zinc, where source form strongly influences tissue retention and functional availability during stress.

As global temperatures rise and production intensity increases, the question is no longer whether trace minerals matter under heat stress, it is whether the forms you use can deliver when it counts. Bioavailability is no longer a formulation detail, it is a production decision with measurable consequences. When the right trace minerals reach the right tissues at the right time, cellular defense holds. That is what it means to put the science in your feed.

Heat stress is the trigger: Oxidative damage is the real threat yazısı ilk önce Feed & Additive Magazine üzerinde ortaya çıktı.

Dietary arginine responses of Ross 708 broilers reared under cyclic elevated temperatures

Edusehat — Wed, 10 Jun 2026 19:35:11 +0700

Overall, the results of this study indicate that in addition to improving feed efficiency and 48-day processing yields, dietary Arg may also influence core body temperature in a dose-dependent manner in broilers subjected to a cyclic HS challenge. This may be due to the role of Arg in vasodilation and the alleviation of oxidative stress.

Annalise Anderson
Auburn University, Department of Poultry Science

Sam Rochell
Auburn University, Department of Poultry Science

Arginine (Arg) is an amino acid considered to be essential for poultry and conditionally essential for humans. Due to its metabolic role in the regulation of health and growth, it is considered a “functional” amino acid that has extensive metabolic roles beyond protein synthesis and accretion (Wu, 2009; Castro and Kim, 2020). Specifically, Arg is a precursor for the synthesis of many molecules including nitric oxide, proline, hydroxyproline, polyamines, glutamine, ornithine, and creatine (Khajali and Wideman, 2010). Therefore, it is involved in many important biological and physiological roles including immune function, wound healing, vasodilation, and alleviation of oxidative stress (Wideman et al., 1995; Murrell et al., 1997; Atakisi et al., 2009; D’Amato and Humphrey, 2010; Khajali and Wideman, 2010; Fouad et al., 2012).

Heat stress (HS) is a common environmental stressor that results in substantial negative effects on animal welfare, growth performance, and carcass characteristics (Geraert et al., 1996; Sandercock et al., 2001; Song and King, 2015; Rostagno, 2020), and significant economic losses to the global broiler industry. Heat stress occurs when the amount of heat energy produced by the animal exceeds the amount of net energy being dissipated from the animal’s body (Lara and Rostagno, 2013). Genetic selection of modern broiler genotypes has made them more sensitive to elevated temperatures, which has been suggested in part due to increased metabolic activity that causes a greater production of body heat (Settar et al., 1999; Lara and Rostagno, 2013). Nutritional manipulation is one of the several management strategies that can be used to help alleviate this condition.

Source: CJ-BIO

Arg has previously been shown to influence the performance of birds subjected to HS, with higher ratios improving FCR and increasing breast meat yield. Brake et al. (1994a,b) suggested that the dietary Arg requirement during hot temperatures may be higher compared to at ambient temperatures because Arg availability from dietary sources is decreased, or its metabolic requirement is increased, or both. Decreased availability may be caused bychanges in gut morphology and integrity, amino acid absorption, or intestinal microbiota, while an increased metabolic requirement could be caused by higher production of reactive oxygen species and a higher level of lipid peroxidation that occurs in heat-stressed chickens (Brake et al., 1998; Yang et al., 2010; Rostagno, 2022). With these mechanisms in mind, the application of Arg to ameliorate the effects of HS and improve broiler growth performance has gained strong interest from the poultry industry.

METHODS
Male Ross 708 broiler chicks were weighed by group to determine the average overall body weight and allotted to 48 floor pens. All pens contained used pine litter top-dressed with fresh shavings and were equipped with a single commercial-type pan feeder and nipple waterers to provide free access to feed and clean water throughout the trial. Supplemental waterers and chick pan feeders were placed in each pen from 0 to 7 d post-hatch to facilitate access to feed and water for young chicks. Broilers were fed diets in four phases that included a common starter phase (0 – 17 d), a common grower phase (17 – 27 d), an experimental finisher 1 phase (27 – 38 d), and an experimental finisher 2 phase (38 – 46 d). Diets were formulated using ingredients that were analyzed prior to formulation in order to achieve target amino acid concentrations. The common starter and common grower diets were corn and soybean meal-based and formulated to meet or exceed the primary breeder nutrient recommendations. The finisher 1 and finisher 2 formulations were designed to be nutritionally complete and meet primary breeder recommendations except for Arg concentration. Six dietary treatments of digestible Arg: Lys ratios of 80, 92, 104, 116, 128, 140 were utilized. The starter diets were pelleted and crumbled, while the other diets were fed as pellets. Barn temperature was set to 32°C and decreased gradually throughout the trial to maintain bird comfort. On d 28, a cyclic HS program was employed where barn temperature was maintained at 32°C for 12 h daily (7:30 h to 19:30 h) and reduced to 24°C each night. This model was intended to mimic the cyclic HS experienced naturally by birds in the field, and was successful in inducing moderate HS as indicated by increased panting, modified bird behavior (leg extension), and increased core body temperature during each daily rise in barn temperature. Core body temperature was measured by cloacal temperature readings taken at 32, 39, and 46 d at both 6:00 h (before daily heat was applied) and 14:00 h (during peak daily heat application). Feeder and bird pen weights were recorded at 0, 17, 27, 38, and 46 d to determine growth performance, body weight, body weight gain (BWG), feed intake (FI), and mortality-corrected feed conversion ratio (FCR) for each feeding phase and cumulatively. Feed intake was calculated based on number of bird days to account for mortality. At the end of the trial, eight birds per pen were randomly selected, wing-banded, and marked for processing at 48 d at the Fortenberry Processing Plant at the Charles C. Miller Poultry Research Center at Auburn University. After an overnight chill, carcasses were deboned to collect weights of the pectoralis major (P. major) and minor (P. minor) muscles, wings, thighs, and drums. Total breast meat was calculated as the sum of the P. major and P. minor weights, and the yield of each part was determined by division of the part weight by the individual live weight taken the afternoon before the day of processing.

RESULTS
During both finisher 1 and finisher 2 phases, feed conversion ratio improved linearly (P = 0.001 and 0.012, respectively) as the ratio of Arg:Lys in the diet increased. Core body temperature increased by 1.6°C on average from readings taken prior to daily heat application (6:00 h) and at peak daily temperature (14:00 h) (Table 1). At both 32 and 39 d, 14:00 h core body temperature exhibited a quadratic relationship (P = 0.022 and 0.021, respectively) with dietary Arg, with the lowest numerical temperature observed for birds fed the diet with 116 Arg. At 46 d, the relationship between body temperature and Arg decreased linearly (P = 0.011) with a trend towards a quadratic relationship (P = 0.087).

Increasing Arg:Lys ratio in the diet resulted in several statistically significant responses in processing characteristics (Table 2). Chilled carcass weight exhibited a quadratic (P = 0.034) relationship with Arg level while chilled carcass yield exhibited a linear (P = 0.006) increase. In addition, both breast fillet weight and yield had a quadratic (P = 0.007 and 0.018, respectively) relationship with increasing Arg, with the numerically highest weight and yield achieved with the Arg:Lys ratio of 128 and 116, respectively. Tender weight showed a quadratic (P = 0.040) relationship with Arg as well, numerically increasing up to the Arg ratio of 128. Tender yield linearly (P = 0.038) increased with dietary Arg:Lys ratio. As expected with these responses in both breast fillets and tenders, total breast weight and yield also exhibited quadratic (P = 0.009 and 0.023, respectively) relationships with Arg, reaching the numerically highest values of 0.837 kg and 26.82% at Arg:Lys ratios of 128 and 116, respectively. Drum yield decreased quadratically (P = 0.031) as Arg ratio increased, presumably at the benefit of breast meat. The lowest numerical value for drum yield was measured at an Arg ratio of 128.

DISCUSSION
The Arg:Lys ratio recommended by the primary breeder to optimize growth performance for as-hatched Ross broilers is 108 from 25 – 39 d (finisher 1 phase) and 110 from 40 – 51 d (finisher 2 phase) (Aviagen Inc., 2022). The titration used in the current study captured a range of Arg:Lys ratios well below and above these values. In our study, the fact that FCR improved in a linear fashion as Arg ratio increased in conditions of cyclic HS suggests that FCR may have been optimized at Arg ratios greater than 140. Previous studies have also reported similar trends where increased Arg in the diet was associated with improved FCR during HS conditions. For example, Mendes et al. (1997) reported that FCR decreased from 1.955 to 1.912 when broilers were fed 110 and 140 Arg:Lys, respectively, from 21 to 42 d. Brake et al. (1998) showed a significant improvement in FCR between heat-stressed broilers fed a 136 ratio of Arg:Lys compared to a 109 ratio that was not significant between thermoneutral controls. Alternatively, Chamruspollert et al. (2004) reported a quadratic relationship of FCR with Arg for 7 to 21 d old chicks raised in constant HS as the dietary ratio increased in six increments of Arg:Lys ratio from 79 to 121.

Although we saw a linear improvement in feed efficiency as Arg:Lys ratio increased, there was no response to Arg in body weight gain. Though there was no thermoneutral control in our current trial, it is a reasonable hypothesis that the cyclic HS muted some of the effects of Arg on weight gain and that Arg was prioritized for other metabolic functions beyond muscle protein synthesis to ameliorate the effects of HS. Brake et al. (1998) noticed only a numerical increase in weight gain between two groups of 20 to 41 d old birds fed a diet of 109 or 136 Arg:Lys and subjected to HS, while a significant increase was observed between the two groups of thermoneutral controls. Conversely, a study by Chamruspollert et al. (2004) reported a quadratic relationship of BWG with increasing Arg ratios of 79 to 121, but this was determined in 7 to 21 d-old chicks reared in constant 35°C HS.

Cloacal temperature measurements taken in the current study show that dietary Arg:Lys ratio can influence the broiler’s ability to regulate body temperature under conditions of HS. Additionally, the quadratic response at 32 and 39 d compared with the linear response at 46 d suggests that the requirement to facilitate optimal thermoregulation may change with age. Arg likely influences body temperature through its role as a precursor to nitric oxide, a primary regulator of cutaneous vasodilation and blood flow (Moncada and Higgs, 1993; Steiner and Branco, 2001).

Dietary Arg level has also been shown to have effects on processing characteristics, most commonly influencing breast meat yield, leg meat yield, and carcass abdominal fat (Fouad et al., 2012). However, the influence of Arg level on processing characteristics during HS is less well documented. Still, some researchers have shown improved breast meat yield with increased Arg even when broilers were subjected to HS during the growing period (Mahmoud et al., 1996; Esser et al., 2017). Under thermoneutral conditions, the increase in breast meat yield has been shown to be at least in part at the expense of wing yield (Al-Daraji and Salih, 2012). In the current study, we found no influence on wing yield but rather a decrease in drum yield as dietary Arg and breast meat yield increased. Identifying processed parts that are either maximized or minimized in yield at certain Arg:Lys ratios can help producers make decisions to balance profit with cost of feed.

CONCLUSION
These data demonstrate that feed conversion and processing characteristics of Ross 708 male broilers are responsive to dietary Arg under cyclic HS conditions. Core body temperature was also influenced by Arg:Lys ratio under HS at each time point measured, providing evidence of metabolic roles of Arg beyond protein synthesis and accretion (i.e., vasodilation and alleviation of oxidative stress).

References
1. A l-Daraji, H. J., and A. M. Salih. 2012. Effect of dietary L-arginine on carcass traits of broilers. Res. Opin. Anim. Vet. Sci. 2:40 – 44.
2. Atakisi, O., E. Atakisi, and A. Kart. 2009. Effects of dietary zinc and l-arginine supplementation on total antioxidants capacity, lipid peroxidation, nitric oxide, egg weight, and blood biochemical values in Japanese quails. Biol. Trace Elem. Res. 132:136 – 143.
3. Aviagen Inc. 2022. ROSS Broiler: Nutrition Specifications. Aviagen, Huntsville, AL.
4. Brake, J., D. Balnave, and J. J. Dibner. 1994a. Wide arginine:lysine ratio ameliorates effect of heat stress in broilers. Poult. Sci. 73:74 – 82.
5. Brake, J., D. Balnave, and J. J. Dibner. 1998. Optimum dietary arginine:lysine ratio for broiler chickens is altered during heat stress in association with changes in intestinal uptake and dietary sodium chloride. Br. Poult. Sci. 39:639 – 647.
6. Brake, J., P. Ferket, J. Grimes, D. Balnave, I. Gorman, and J. J. Dibner. 1994b. Optimum arginine:lysine ratio changes in hot weather. Pages 82-104 in Proc. 21st Annu. Caroli na Poult. Nutr. Conf. North Carolina State University, Raleigh, NC.
7. Castro, F. L. D. S., and W., K. Kim. 2020. Secondary functions of arginine and sulfur amino acids in poultry health. Animals. 10:2106.
8. Chamruspollert, M., G. M. Pesti, and R. I. Bakalli. 2004. Influence of temperature on the arginine and methionine requirements of young broiler chicks. J. Appl. Poult. Res. 13:628 – 638.
9. D’Amato, J. L., and B. D. Humphrey. 2010. Dietary arginine levels alter markers of arginine utilization in peripheral blood mononuclear cells and thymocytes in young broiler chicks. Poult. Sci. 89:938 – 947.
10. Esser, A. F. G., D. R. M. Gonçalves, A. Rorig, A. B. Cristo, R. Perini, and J. I. M. Fernandes. 2017. Effects of guanidionoacetic acid and arginine supplementation to vegetable diets fed to broiler chickens subjected to heat stress before slaughter. Rev. Bras. Cienc. Avic. 19:429 – 436.
11. Fouad, A. M., H. K. El-Senousey, X. J. Yang, and J. H. Yao. 2012. Role of dietary l-arginine in poultry production. Int.J. Poult. Sci. 11:718-729.
12. Geraert, P. A., J. C. F. Padilha, and S. Guillaumin. 1996. Metabolic and endocrine changes induced by chronic heat xposure in broiler chickens: growth performance, body composition and energy retention. Br. J. Nutr. 75:195 – 204.
13. K hajali, F., and R. F. Wideman. 2010. Dietary arginine: Metabolic, environmental, immunological and physiological interrelationships. Worlds Poult. Sci. J. 66:751 – 766.
14. Kidd, M. T. 2004. Nutritional modulation of immune function in broilers. Poult. Sci. 83:650 – 657.
15. Lara, L. J., and M. H. Rostagno. 2013. Impact of heat stress on poultry production. Animals. 3:356 – 369.
16. Mahmoud, H. A., R. C. Teeter, and M. N. Makled. 1996. Arginine:lysine ratio effects on performance and carcass variables of broilers reared in thermoneutral and heat stress environments. Poult. Sci. 75:88.
17. Mendes, A. A., S. E. Watkins, J. A. England, E. A. Saleh, A. L Waldroup, and P. W. Waldroup. 1997. Influence of dietary lysine levels and arginine:lysine ratios on performance of broilers exposed to heat or cold stress during the period of three to six weeks of age. Poult. Sci. 76:472 – 478.
18. Moncada, S., and A. Higgs. 1993. The L-arginine-nitric oxide pathway. N. Engl. J. Med. 329:2002-2012.
19. Murrell, G. A., C. Szabo, J. A. Hannafin, D. Jang, M. M. Dolan, X. H. Deng, D. F. Murrell, and R. F. Warren. 1997.
20. Modulation of tendon healing by nitric oxide. Inflamm. Res. 46:19 – 27.
21. Rostagno, M. 2020. Effects of heat stress on the gut health of poultry. J. Anim. Sci. 98:1 – 9.
22. Sandercock, D. A., R. R. Hunter, G. R. Nute, M. A. Mitchell, and P. M. Hocking. 2001. Acute heat stress-induced alterations
23. in blood acid-base status and skeletal muscle membrane integrity in broiler chickens at two ages: Implications for meat quality. Poult. Sci. 80:418 – 425.
24. Settar, P., S. Yalcin, L. Turkmut, S. Ozkan, and A. Cahanar. 1999. Season by genotype interaction related to broiler growth rate and heat tolerance. Poult. Sci. 78:1353 – 1358.
25. Song, D. J., and A. J. King. 2015. Effects of heat stress on broiler meat quality. World’s Poult. Sci. J. 71:701 – 709.
26. Steiner, A. A., and L. G. S. Branco. 2001. Nitric oxide in the regulation of body temperature and fever. J. Therm. Biol. 26:325 – 330.
27. Wideman Jr, R. F., Kirby, Y. K., Ismail, M., Bottje, W. G., Moore, R. W. and Vardeman, R. C. 1995. Supplemental L-arginine attenuates pulmonary hypertension syndrome (ascites) in broilers. Poult. Sci. 74: 323 – 330.
28. Wu, G. 2009. Amino acids: Metabolism, functions, and nutrition. Amino Acids. 37:1 – 17.
29. Yang, L., G. Y. Tan, Y. Q. Fu, J. H. Feng, and M. H Zhang. 2010. Effects of acute heat stress and subsequent stress removal on function of hepatic mitochondrial respiration, ROS production and lipid peroxidation in broiler chickens. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. C. Toxicol. Pharmacol. 151:204 – 208.

Dietary arginine responses of Ross 708 broilers reared under cyclic elevated temperatures yazısı ilk önce Feed & Additive Magazine üzerinde ortaya çıktı.

From microbiome to management: A new era for poultry gut health

Edusehat — Wed, 10 Jun 2026 19:35:06 +0700

The future of gut health lies in combining scientific insight with practical application, ensuring that advances in research translate into real-world improvements in production. Translating experimental findings into the field is vital. One of the most important areas for research is the functional understanding of the gut microbiome. We know which bacteria are there, but we still need to better understand how these communities influence host physiology and performance. Another priority is the development of practical diagnostic tools that can be easily used on farms.

Professor Filip Van Immerseel
Ghent University

Following the 9th International Conference on Poultry Intestinal Health (ICPIH) in Istanbul, we had the opportunity to exchange views with Professor Filip Van Immerseel of Ghent University, Belgium, who also served as one of the co-chairs of this year’s conference. As one of the leading experts in poultry gut health research, Van Immerseel has played a key role in advancing our understanding of the complex interactions between nutrition, microbiota, immunity, and intestinal function, helping to bridge the gap between fundamental science and practical poultry production.

In this exclusive interview, he reflects on the major themes and scientific developments that shaped ICPIH 2026, from the growing focus on microbiome functionality and organoid research to the industry’s accelerating shift toward preventive gut health strategies. He also shares his perspective on the challenges facing poultry producers in an era of reduced antibiotic use, the evolution of diagnostic technologies, and the role that gut health plays in improving both production efficiency and environmental sustainability. The conversation provides valuable insights into where poultry gut health research stands today—and where it is heading in the years ahead.

Let’s start with the 9^th International Conference on Poultry Intestinal Health (ICPIH), which just wrapped up in Istanbul. Looking at this year’s themes and the profile of attendees, what shifts have you observed in the industry’s focus? And what were your personal “top three” takeaways from the conference?
This year’s conference highlighted that poultry research is moving away from simple studies on single pathogens or processes — what are known as reductionist approaches — towards an integrated, systems-level understanding of gut health. It is well understood that gut health is complex, and that nutrition, microbiota, immunity, and environmental factors interact dynamically within an animal, and methods that capture all of these dimensions should be used. Another important theme was the use of in vitro cell systems to study disease; the organoid research, involving 3D, miniaturized and simplified versions of the gut grown in vitro, was a major innovation for poultry research. Also, it became clear that data collection is no longer limited to performance metrics but includes many indicators of gut functionality, measured by a variety of assays, some of which are increasingly being introduced in industrial settings.

Gut health is not a single-discipline topic and that was reflected in the conference. Data scientists, molecular biologists, and specialists in bioinformatics, alongside traditional nutritionists and veterinarians, were all part of the audience, ensuring multidisciplinary collaborations.

Top 3 takeaways. Number 1. Microbiome research is maturing, from studying single pathogens or bacteria, or generating huge amounts of sequencing data without proper analysis, towards data generation aimed at understanding microbial functions that support gut health. Number 2. Many innovative tools are being developed to support gut health research. Organoids are one of them, but also molecular diagnostic tools are becoming more advanced and in the near future will become more and more accessible. Third, the industry is clearly aligning around prevention to overcome issues related to antimicrobial usage.

Gut health has become a highly debated topic, both in poultry production and more broadly across the livestock industry. Could you explain the reason behind this? When things go wrong in a broiler’s gut, what are the practical implications for the producer?
Gut health problems cause many issues. When gut health is optimal, nutrients are efficiently digested and absorbed, the microbiota is stable, and the immune system remains balanced. So, in case of gut health problems, flocks experience poor feed efficiency, within-flock variability, low performance, so high costs, also related to treatments. Also, animal welfare can be affected, not only by disease, but also poor litter quality leading to dermatitis.

The importance of the gut microbiome was a recurring theme throughout the conference, and it’s also central to your own research. What are the key factors that distinguish a healthy gut microbiome from a diseased one? In other words, what are the biological and physiological parameters of a healthy gut?
A healthy gut microbiome is characterized by a stable and resilient ecosystem that supports digestion, protects against pathogens, and strengthens the intestinal epithelial lining. One of the important aspects of a healthy microbiome is diversity, creating resistance against disturbances such as dietary changes or pathogen exposure. Also, functional activity is equally important, by producing beneficial metabolites such as short-chain fatty acids, playing a crucial role in maintaining intestinal integrity, providing energy to epithelial cells, and modulating the immune response. This results in well-developed villi, strong tight junctions between cells, and a balanced level of immune activity. In contrast, a diseased or dysbiotic microbiome often shows reduced stability and an overrepresentation of opportunistic pathogens such as E. coli and enterococci, supporting inflammation and bacterial translocation.

Created by AI

The threats to gut health in the poultry sector are constantly evolving. Today, especially in a world where antibiotic use is restricted, what are the primary challenges keeping producers up at night (e.g., Necrotic Enteritis, Coccidiosis, etc.)? How should producers manage these threats? Is it truly possible to maintain gut health without the use of antibiotics?
With regard to intestinal health, poultry producers may face many challenges, including indeed diseases, of which coccidia are of major importance, zoonotic infections (Salmonella, Campylobacter) but also conditions that allow opportunistic pathogens to proliferate, that depend on diet quality (also mycotoxins), environmental conditions (e.g., heat stress), and many more. Managing these threats requires a holistic approach. Biosecurity and vaccination remain fundamental, but they must be complemented by optimized nutrition and targeted use of feed additives. Gut health can be maintained without antibiotics, but it is not straightforward. It requires a combination of strategies working together, including improved management practices and a deeper understanding of gut biology. Good strategies in the starting phase of the bird are vital, as was demonstrated at the conference with talks on early nutrition, on-farm hatching, dietary additives early post-hatch and more.

Drawing on the research presented at ICPIH, which innovative solution — whether a new feed additive, a nutritional strategy, or a digital monitoring tool — did you find the most “promising” for supporting gut barrier function or controlling pathogens? Which approaches stood out the most at the conference?
With regard to additives, many are very promising so it is clear that many solutions are being developed. What is more important to me is how we evaluate gut health and in this regard, the development of models (organoid work) and molecular diagnostic tools (also digital tools) were the highlights, as this brings poultry research to a new dimension.

Probiotics, prebiotics, organic acids, phytogenics… With so many options available, how should producers make the right decision? Is the solution simply finding the “right ingredient,” or is it about the interaction between these substances? And how do you see that synergy being better harnessed in the future?
With the wide range of feed additives available, the challenge for producers is not simply selecting a product, but understanding how different solutions fit together. Producers should base their decisions on specific challenges within their operations, rather than following general trends. No product is fit for all problems. In the future, we are likely to see more tailored solutions, potentially supported by data-driven insights and even farm-specific microbiome profiling. Anyhow, producers should also educate themselves and discuss solutions and trends with veterinarians, nutritionists, and additive developers, to try to find the perfect solution for their farm-specific problems.

There’s a lot of talk about shifting from a reactive to a proactive, preventive approach to gut health management. But how much of that shift is actually taking place in the field? How ready are producers for this kind of change?
The transition from reactive to preventive gut health management is clearly underway, but it is progressing at different speeds across the industry. Larger, more integrated operations are generally leading the way, as they have greater access to data, technology, and technical expertise. External pressures are accelerating the shift. Regulatory restrictions on antibiotics, combined with economic pressures to improve efficiency, are making preventive strategies more attractive and, in many cases, necessary. Also, here veterinarians play a key role in supporting preventive approaches, while of course keeping treatment options within reach.

How can the producers in the field monitor gut health? Are there practical and reliable diagnostic tools available? In what direction is research in this field heading?
Monitoring gut health has traditionally been based on post-mortem examinations and performance indicators. While useful, these methods only provide information after problems have already occurred, and post-mortem analysis needs bird euthanasia when used for health monitoring. Often these are still the gold standards. Today, there is a strong movement towards proactive tools, using biomarkers in blood, feces, or even litter, that are gradually becoming available for field use. Sensors and real-time monitoring tools are also a field of growing interest. These topics were highlighted in many talks in the conference. The ultimate goal is to enable producers to make informed decisions in real time, improving both performance and animal welfare.

What role does improving gut health play in reducing the environmental footprint of livestock production (via the feed conversion ratio)? Does a healthy gut ultimately mean a greener industry?
A healthy gut allows birds to extract more nutrients from the same amount of feed, reducing the resources required for production. Improved gut function also reduces nutrient excretion, particularly nitrogen and phosphorus, which are major contributors to environmental pollution. So yes, the environmental footprint is reduced when gut health and performance is optimal. Of course, many other factors also play a role.

Looking ahead, which areas do you believe require a greater focus in terms of both research and commercial applications within the field of gut health?
The future of gut health lies in combining scientific insight with practical application, ensuring that advances in research translate into real-world improvements in production. Translating experimental findings into the field is vital. One of the most important areas for research is the functional understanding of the gut microbiome. We know which bacteria are there, but we still need to better understand how these communities influence host physiology and performance. Another priority is the development of practical diagnostic tools that can be easily used on farms. These tools need to translate complex biological data into simple, actionable insights. At the conference, we could clearly see that a lot of progress has been made.

About Filip Van Immerseel
Filip Van Immerseel received a Master’s degree in Bio-engineering Sciences from the Catholic University of Leuven (KUL) in 1999 and a Master’s degree in Laboratory Animal Sciences from Ghent University in 2004. He earned a PhD in Veterinary Medical Sciences from Ghent University in 2004, focusing on intestinal immune cell infiltration following Salmonella infection in chickens and on environmental triggers in the gut that influence Salmonella invasion.
Following a postdoctoral research period, he was appointed Research Professor at Ghent University in 2008. He is currently Professor at the Department of Pathobiology, Pharmacology and Zoological Medicine within the Faculty of Veterinary Medicine at Ghent University, Belgium, and heads a research group studying host–bacterium interactions.
Filip Van Immerseel has authored more than 240 scientific papers published in international peer-reviewed journals, contributed book chapters, and edited books on Salmonella and Clostridium perfringens. He is a well-known speaker at international scientific and industry events. He serves as Editor of the journal Avian Pathology and is actively involved in numerous international collaborative research networks.
He also holds a dozen patents and is engaged in valorization activities aimed at bringing novel scientific developments to the market.

From microbiome to management: A new era for poultry gut health yazısı ilk önce Feed & Additive Magazine üzerinde ortaya çıktı.

Comparison of litter, subjective moisture and friability scores to measured litter moisture content

Edusehat — Wed, 10 Jun 2026 19:30:10 +0700

Describing and scoring litter moisture and friability can be achieved using consistent terminology as defined in the Litter Guide, which was developed for the Australian chicken meat industry. In this study, we compared the Litter Guide’s litter scores to litter moisture content (%, determined with a standardised oven-drying method). Demonstrating the relationships between litter scores and moisture content (%) may reduce the need to oven-dry litter samples and enable more regular assessment of litter quality, with the added benefit of assessing litter friability.

Introduction

Moisture content and friability are important properties that are commonly used to describe ‘litter conditions’ and ‘litter quality’. They influence how chickens interact with the litter and affect litter thermal properties; microbiome; odour and ammonia production; the weight and volume of spent litter; in-poultry house relative humidity, ventilation and heating requirements; chicken comfort, and risks associated with pathogens, contact dermatitis, foot and joint health.

Researchers measure litter moisture content by drying the litter in an oven until it is completely dry. They then calculate the relative weight of the water compared to the total weight of the litter, reporting this as the percentage moisture content. Poultry growers, on the other hand, do not collect samples of litter from their sheds or determine the oven-dried moisture content. Instead, they assess and describe the litter condition qualitatively based on its appearance, feel, smell and friability.

Meaningful assessment of litter moisture is challenging because conditions vary throughout the shed, at various depths (from the litter surface to the earth/concrete floor) and over time (within each day and over the course of the grow-out). But what measure of litter moisture relates to the risks associated with wet litter? Should the focus be on specific places in the shed, times of the day/batch, how much of the floor is affected and should there be any different approach to assessing friable or caked areas? Is the moisture of small areas of the wettest litter the most important, or is the minimum moisture content of the driest areas? Research papers investigating litter conditions often report the shed-average litter moisture content, for example, 25%, but in reality it would likely have ranged from 15% to 45% at any point in time, and almost certainly changed hour-to-hour and day-to-day. If 25% is regarded as the threshold for wet litter (Collett, 2012), how should growers assess litter moisture and then respond with management actions to minimize potential risks?

Litter friability is another property that is commonly associated with litter quality. It is important because it affects how easily the chickens can ‘work’ the litter (Lister, 2009). Keeping litter ‘working’ is important for breaking up and diluting fresh excreta as well as accelerating litter drying by bringing moist litter to the surface where the water is removed by ventilation. Friability tends to be measured qualitatively (using descriptors) on a spectrum from completely friable to completely caked/capped/crusted. Trying to quantify litter friability (with an absolute measurement) is difficult because it would require quantifying a combination of parameters inducing particle size, aggregation, compaction and cohesiveness.

To provide easy-to-use and consistent descriptors of litter moisture and friability, a litter assessment method was developed by a committee of Australian poultry industry representatives and researchers (AgriFutures Australia and DPI Qld, 2020) and is called the Litter Guide. It uses a matrix table (Figure 1) that enables litter to be assessed in terms of moisture (using the descriptive terms ‘dry’, ‘moist’, and ‘wet’) and friability (using the descriptive terms ‘friable’, ‘clumping’, and ‘caked’). The unique combination of each moisture and friability description relates to an ‘overall litter score’ from 1 to 5 (Figure 2) that in a general sense relates to: (a) potential risks associated with the litter condition for the chickens; (b) the urgency required for corrective actions; and (c) the likelihood for the litter condition to deteriorate and require corrective action. The overall litter condition score should not be applied directly as an absolute assessment of risk or trigger for action because the quantity and duration of litter being described by the litter score needs to be factored in, as does any potential risk associated with undertaking corrective actions.

Figure 1 – Litter assessment scoring matrix (AgriFutures Australia and DAF Qld, 2020)

Figure 2 – Litter scores (1–5) and their descriptors The ✓ or X indicates if corrective action is required.

The objective of a recent research study (Dunlop and Pepper, 2023) was to determine relationships between litter condition scores (as described in the Litter Guide) and oven-dried moisture content .

Method

Litter samples were assessed on selected occasions at 22 meat chicken farms with chicken age ranging from 14 d to 51 d. No formal experimental design was used, rather, this was an observational study aimed at assessing the range of litter conditions found in commercial meat chicken farms. More specifically, the focus of this activity was to compare the relationships between quantitative, laboratory-based determination of litter moisture content (%) and qualitative, rapid assessments using moisture and friability scores. Potential variability between the assessment methods because of different farms, in-shed sampling location, bedding material types, chicken age, litter reuse or individual assessors’ scoring were not investigated because commercial application of litter scoring would not be able to adjust based on these and many other affecting factors.

Litter was based on pine or hardwood bedding materials and some had been reused for multiple grow-out cycles. On each occasion, litter samples were collected for moisture content analysis, with litter conditions scored in terms of moisture and friability using the Litter Guide definitions. Litter was assessed before any kind of mechanical disturbance (e.g. litter tilling or catch-out events). Litter was collected from discrete locations or from four sampling transects (two in the front half of the shed and two in the rear). At the transects, multiple small samples were collected from the surface 1–2 cm of the litter along each transect. The surface litter was collected because chickens directly interact with the surface. These samples were then combined to create a representative sample of the respective area within the shed. For each transect, additional samples were collected of visibly dry and visibly damp litter (or from under the drinker lines if there was no visibly damp litter). For each discrete or transect litter sample, moisture content (%) was determined by oven drying the samples to constant weight at 105 °C.

The litter assessment process was performed by two people, with a single score being agreed by consensus for each sampling location. Litter moisture, friability and overall score were compared to the measured moisture content. Data were analysed using Genstat (2022). General linear models were used to assess the differences and relationships between the measured variables, and whether any factors had additional influences. In all models, the different sheds, batch-ages and locations were pooled into the random error term, as there was no interest in compartmentalising these effects.

Results

There were highly significant, positively correlated relationships between each of the litter scores and litter moisture content (%) (P<0.001). Litter moisture scores tended to increase with moisture content (%). Transitions from dry to moist scores occurred at 26–30% moisture content and moist to wet occurred at 38–40% moisture content (referring to the 25^th to 75^th percentile range displayed by the boxes in Figure 3). Similar differences occurred for the friability scores, with transitions from friable to clumping occurring at 27–28% moisture content and clumping to caked occurring at 38–39% moisture content (Figure 3).

Figure 3 – Boxplot showing moisture content (%) for litter moisture and friability scores. Moisture scores and friability scores with a common letter had means that were not significantly different (P<0.05)
(Boxes represents the 25th to 75th percentile; the line in the middle of the box is the median value and the whiskers represent the maximum and minimum values. Individual data points were shown if there was insufficient data to produce a box with whiskers.)

Litter scores tended to increase with moisture content as they transitioned from dry and friable (score 1) to wet and caked (score 5) (Figure 4). Most litter in this study had a score of 1 or 2, and there were only limited occurrences of scores 3, 4 or 5.

Figure 4 – Boxplot showing moisture content (%) for litter score. Litter scores with a common letter had means that were not significantly different (P<0.05) (see note in Figure 3 for interpreting boxplots)

Discussion

The significant, positively correlated relationships between moisture content (%) and the litter scores described in the Litter Guide support the scores to be used to assess litter conditions on commercial farms or research situations. The litter described as dry and friable (score 1), with some occurrences of dry and caked or moist and friable (score 2), is very likely to have moisture content less than 25-35% and therefore considered to be ‘good litter’ (Lister, 2009) and not require urgent corrective actions.

Based on our observations, the low occurrence of litter with scores 3, 4 or 5 was due to growers actively managing litter to keep it dry and friable. Scores 2, 3, and 4 showed wide ranges of moisture content from approximately 18% to 50%, which was not surprising, given that they included multiple litter combinations from dry through to wet and each of the friability scores. For describing the general risks, management requirements and likely persistence of litter conditions, we suggest that the 1 to 5 score is probably sufficient; however, in research settings, there would be benefits to recording the individual moisture and friability scores, or assigning a unique score for each litter combination in the Litter Guide matrix (Figure 1), for example, assigning score 1 to dry and friable up to score 9 for wet and caked. We suggest that in research trials, moisture content (%) should still be the primary measure of litter moisture, but moisture and friability scoring should be used to record additional information about temporal, daily or spatial variability of litter conditions that may be influential in health, welfare, performance or microbial outcomes being measured.

While this study focused on comparing the relationship between litter moisture content (%) and scores for litter moisture, friability and overall condition, future studies should focus on relating litter scores to measurable health, welfare and production outcomes.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS: We thank the AgriFutures Australia Chicken Meat Program and the Department of Primary Industries, Queensland Government for funding this research (PRJ-011502) and supporting the production of the Litter Guide. We also thank the people who contributed to developing the litter guide and the growers and integrators who contributed to this research.

References

AgriFutures Australia & DAF Qld (2020) Litter Guide, https://chicken-meat-extension-agrifutures.com.au/resource/litter-guide-and-poster/

Collett SR (2012) Animal Feed Science and Technology, 173: 65-75

Dunlop M & Pepper C-M (2023) Litter management to support chicken meat production and industry growth. https://agrifutures.com.au/product/litter-management-to-support-chicken-meat-production-and-industry-growth/

Lister SA (2009) Proceedings of 17th European Symposium on Poultry Nutrition, Edinburgh, Scotland. (WPSA), http://www.cabi.org/Uploads/animal-science/worlds-poultry-science-association/WPSA-scotland-2009/5_lister_nutrition2009.pdf

Tanmiah Secures Double Win at Product of the Year 2026 Awards, Reinforcing Leadership in Innovation and Local Excellence

Edusehat — Wed, 10 Jun 2026 16:00:10 +0700

Tanmiah Food Company (“Tanmiah”), through its subsidiary Agricultural Development Company (ADC), a leading provider of fresh and frozen poultry and value-added products, proudly announces a double victory at the prestigious Product of the Year Gulf (POY) 2026 awards.

The Company’s new Frozen Breaded Chicken Range and its Taste Secrets Fresh Marinated Shaqra Pepper Chicken Breast Fillet – made using Shaqra chili pepper, a distinctive pepper cultivated in the Shaqra region northwest of Riyadh – have both been recognized as winners in the frozen and marinated poultry categories, respectively. This achievement underscores Tanmiah’s commitment to innovation, strengthening local food security, elevating quality standards, and celebrating deep-rooted Saudi heritage.

Product of the Year is the world’s largest consumer-voted award for product innovation. Established in 1987 in France, POY now operates in over 40 countries worldwide, with winners selected through independent national surveys conducted by leading research agencies such as NielsenIQ. Selection of winners is based on the Product Total Score (PTS), calculated from consumer responses across three key criteria: innovation, attractiveness, and purchase intent.

Tanmiah’s award-winning Frozen Breaded Chicken Range sets a new benchmark in the category by being the first made entirely from 100% fresh Saudi chicken, challenging industry norms that rely on imported frozen poultry. Developed through extensive consumer research, the range delivers superior taste, transparency, and convenience, while supporting Saudi Arabia’s food security goals and local production ecosystem.

The range also showcases standout innovation through its PLUS line, featuring a veggie-infused coating that delivers the equivalent of two-thirds of a cup of vegetables per pack, offering added nutrition without compromising taste. In addition, Tanmiah introduced a variant inspired by bold, trending Korean cuisine, bringing globally inspired flavors tailored to evolving local preferences.

The second winning product, Tanmiah Taste Secrets Shaqra Pepper, highlights the Company’s ability to blend innovation with cultural authenticity. Made from 100% fresh Saudi chicken breast, the ready-to-cook marinated product introduces the distinctive flavor of Shaqra pepper, an ingredient deeply rooted in Saudi culinary heritage. Recognized under the national Taste Saudi initiative as a heritage ingredient, Shaqra pepper represents a celebration of local agriculture and traditional flavors, reimagined for modern lifestyles. By sourcing this ingredient from local farmers, the product also contributes to strengthening Saudi Arabia’s agricultural sector, supporting rural communities, and promoting sustainable farming practices.

Pre-cleaned and fully marinated, the product delivers convenience without compromising on quality, meeting the needs of today’s fast-paced households while fostering a stronger connection to Saudi identity and cuisine. Reflecting on this milestone, Tanmiah’s leadership highlighted the importance of consumer trust, innovation, and cross-functional collaboration in achieving this success.

Zulfiqar Hamadani, Group CEO of Tanmiah Food Company, said:

“This is a powerful endorsement of our strategy and the passion of our teams, whose collaboration continues to turn innovation into products consumers really trust and appreciate, championing fresh and local ingredients. Our commitment to creating healthy, flavorful, and convenient products guides every step we take.

Being recognized for the fifth consecutive year is a moment of real pride for us. It affirms the strength of our vision and motivates our team to keep pushing forward, ensuring we bring the best and highest quality products across the Kingdom and the region.”

Building on this, Marcos Delorenzo, CEO of ADC, Tanmiah’s Poultry Division, emphasized the role of consumer insight and product excellence:

“These awards highlight the strength of our consumer-led innovation approach. From improving everyday convenience to elevating taste and quality, we are focused on developing products that truly resonate with modern households while maintaining the highest standards across our value chain.”

Zein M. Attar, Managing Director of Tanmiah Food Company, added: “This double recognition from consumers is a powerful validation of our strategy to lead with innovation while staying true to our roots. Both winning products reflect our commitment to Saudi-sourced ingredients, food security, and delivering meaningful value to families across the Kingdom.”

With this milestone, Tanmiah continues to strengthen its position as a pioneer in the poultry sector, leading the way in value-added innovation and setting new standards for the industry across the region.

For more information, please visit : https://tanmiah.com/

Dog Clothing and Shoes: Practicality vs. Fashion

Edusehat — Wed, 10 Jun 2026 15:45:05 +0700

Dog clothing divides Indian pet parents like few other topics. One side sees tiny raincoats and sparkly sweaters as adorable must-haves. The other side calls them uncomfortable, unnecessary, and purely for human entertainment. The truth, as usual, sits somewhere in between.

Some dog clothing and shoes serve real, practical purposes. Others are pure fashion. This guide helps you tell the difference. You will learn when your dog genuinely needs clothing or shoes, which types are practical, which are purely aesthetic, and how to choose without compromising your dog's comfort or health.

Do Dogs Actually Need Clothes?

Most healthy adult dogs with normal coats do not need clothing in everyday conditions. Their fur provides natural insulation, sun protection, and moisture resistance. But there are clear exceptions where clothing serves a genuine health purpose.

Dogs that may genuinely benefit from clothing include:

Small and toy breeds: Chihuahuas, Pomeranians, Yorkies, and Maltese lose body heat fast due to their tiny size
Short-coated or hairless breeds: Greyhounds, Whippets, Dalmatians, and Chinese Cresteds lack the insulation of thick-coated breeds
Senior dogs: Older dogs often struggle with temperature regulation, especially during cold Indian winters in northern cities
Post-surgery or injured dogs: Recovery suits protect wounds and surgical sites from licking and infection
Dogs with skin conditions: Lightweight bodysuits prevent scratching and protect medicated areas
Puppies: Very young puppies, especially those in cold environments, may need a light layer for warmth

The American Kennel Club notes that while most dogs do not need clothing, certain breeds with thin coats or low body fat genuinely benefit from an extra layer during cold weather.

Practical Dog Clothing That Serves a Real Purpose

These clothing types solve actual problems:

1. Winter Sweaters and Jackets

Northern Indian cities like Delhi, Chandigarh, Shimla, and Dehradun experience genuine winter cold. Small breeds, short-coated dogs, and seniors shiver and lose body heat quickly. A well-fitted fleece sweater or insulated jacket keeps them warm during morning and evening walks. Choose breathable fabrics that do not overheat the dog indoors.

2. Raincoats

Indian monsoon soaks dogs to the skin within minutes. A lightweight, waterproof raincoat keeps the coat dry, reduces the need for post-walk baths, and prevents the fungal infections that thrive in damp fur during humid months. Pick quick-dry, easy-to-remove versions with reflective strips for evening monsoon walks.

3. Recovery and Medical Suits

Post-surgery recovery suits replace the dreaded cone of shame. They cover surgical sites, prevent licking and scratching, and let wounds heal faster. These suits are soft, breathable, and far less stressful for dogs than rigid cone collars.

4. Sun Protection Shirts

Dogs with thin, light-coloured, or sparse coats can get sunburned, especially on the belly, nose, and ear tips. UV-protective dog shirts shield exposed skin during peak Indian summer afternoons. Particularly useful for hairless breeds, freshly groomed dogs, and dogs recovering from skin treatments.

5. Anxiety Wraps

Snug-fitting anxiety wraps apply gentle, constant pressure around the torso, creating a calming effect similar to swaddling. Useful during Diwali fireworks, thunderstorms, and vet visits. These are not fashion items. They are functional tools for managing stress.

Do Dogs Need Shoes?

Dog shoes are one of the most debated accessories in Indian pet care. Most dogs do not need them for everyday walking. But in certain conditions, shoes protect paws from real harm.

Dogs may genuinely need shoes when:

Walking on hot surfaces: Indian summer pavement can reach 60 to 70 degrees Celsius, burning paw pads within seconds. If you cannot hold your palm on the road for 5 seconds, it is too hot for paws.
Walking on rough or broken terrain: Construction sites, rocky trails, and broken glass in Indian streets are common hazards
Post-surgery paw protection: Bandaged or healing paws need a barrier against dirt and bacteria
Chemical exposure: Freshly treated lawns, pesticide-sprayed areas, and chemically cleaned apartment corridors
Senior dogs with weak grip: Booties with rubber soles prevent slipping on marble and tile floors common in Indian homes
Monsoon mud and standing water: Waterproof booties keep paws dry and prevent fungal growth between toes

For most indoor and evening walkers, shoes are not necessary. But if your dog walks on hot roads, rough paths, or post-rain puddles regularly, a quality pair of booties is a smart investment.

The Fashion Side of Dog Clothing

Not all dog clothing is practical. A large portion of the Indian dog clothing market is driven by aesthetics. This includes:

Tutus, dresses, and bow ties
Themed costumes for festivals and birthdays
Bandanas and scarves for photo shoots
Matching pet-and-owner outfits
Sequined jackets and printed tees with no functional benefit

There is nothing inherently wrong with fashion clothing for dogs, as long as the dog is comfortable, the fabric is breathable, and the item does not restrict movement, breathing, or vision. The problem starts when fashion overrides comfort. A tight costume that makes a dog pant, freeze, or struggle is never acceptable, regardless of how cute it looks on social media.

Comfort First: How to Tell If Your Dog Likes Wearing Clothes

Dogs communicate clearly if you watch for the signs.

Signs your dog is comfortable:

Moves naturally without freezing or resisting
Eats, drinks, and plays normally while wearing the item
Does not try to bite, paw at, or shake off the clothing
Breathes normally without panting excessively

Signs your dog is uncomfortable:

Stands frozen or refuses to walk
Paws at the clothing or rolls on the ground to remove it
Panting, drooling, or showing stress signals like whale eyes
Tries to hide or becomes unusually quiet

If your dog shows discomfort, remove the item immediately. No outfit is worth your dog's stress or safety.

How to Choose Dog Clothing and Shoes Wisely

Follow these guidelines for any clothing or footwear purchase:

Measure properly: Use chest, neck, and back length measurements, not breed size labels, which vary across brands
Choose breathable fabrics: Cotton, mesh, and moisture-wicking materials for Indian heat. Fleece for winter.
Ensure free movement: Front legs, hind legs, and neck should move without restriction
Easy on and off: Velcro and snap closures reduce stress. Avoid items that go over the head if your dog dislikes it.
No loose parts: Buttons, beads, sequins, and ribbons are choking hazards
Check for rubbing: Remove and inspect for chafing marks on the belly, armpits, and neck after 10 minutes of initial use
Weather-appropriate: Never put a sweater on a dog in summer. Never skip warmth for a senior in a Delhi winter.

The American Veterinary Medical Association advises selecting pet clothing based on function and fit rather than appearance, with particular attention to breeds sensitive to cold or extreme temperatures.

How to Fit Dog Shoes Correctly

Poorly fitted shoes cause more problems than they solve.

Trace your dog's paw on paper while standing to measure width and length
Add 5 millimetres to each dimension for comfort
Choose shoes with rubber or non-slip soles
Fasten securely but not tightly. You should fit one finger between the strap and the leg.
Let your dog walk indoors for 10 to 15 minutes before heading outside
Watch for limping, lifting legs oddly, or trying to chew shoes off

Most dogs need a few days of short indoor sessions to get used to wearing shoes. Patience and treats help the process.

Final Thoughts

Dog clothing and shoes sit on a spectrum from genuinely practical to purely aesthetic. Winter sweaters, raincoats, recovery suits, paw-protecting shoes, and anxiety wraps solve real problems. Fashion costumes, tutus, and sequined jackets are fine for fun, but only if your dog stays comfortable. Always prioritise fit, fabric, and your dog's body language over how cute the photo will look. When practicality and comfort come first, the right clothing actually improves your dog's quality of life.

Browse PetsWorld's dog clothing and accessories collection for practical, comfortable options built for Indian weather.

FAQs

Do dogs need clothes in Indian weather?

Most healthy adult dogs do not need clothing in Indian summers or monsoon. Small breeds, short-coated dogs, and seniors benefit from sweaters during northern Indian winters. Raincoats are practical during heavy monsoon for dogs that walk outdoors daily.

Are dog shoes necessary in India?

Not for everyday use, but they protect paws on hot summer pavement, rough terrain, and during post-surgery recovery. If your dog walks on roads during peak afternoon heat, shoes prevent painful burns. For most indoor and evening walkers, shoes are not needed.

How do I know if my dog is uncomfortable in clothing?

Watch for freezing in place, pawing at the garment, panting, rolling to remove it, or refusing to walk. These signs mean the item does not fit properly or your dog finds it stressful. Remove it immediately and try a different size or style.

Is it okay to dress up my dog for festivals and photos?

Yes, as long as the clothing is comfortable, fits well, and does not restrict movement or breathing. Keep sessions short, use treats to create positive associations, and remove the outfit immediately if your dog shows stress.

Which fabric is best for dog clothing in India?

Cotton and breathable mesh for summer. Waterproof nylon for monsoon raincoats. Fleece or knit wool blends for winter. Avoid heavy, non-breathable synthetic fabrics in any season as they trap heat and cause overheating.

Best Natural Cat Litters of 2026: Top Eco-Friendly Picks for Odour Control & Easy Cleanup

Edusehat — Wed, 10 Jun 2026 05:35:05 +0700

{Sponsored}

Choosing the right natural cat litter can make a big difference in odour control, cleanup, and your cat’s overall comfort. In this guide, we compare the best natural cat litters of 2026, including low-dust, biodegradable, and high-performance options made from sustainable materials. Whether you’re looking for better clumping, less tracking, or a more eco-friendly alternative to clay litter, these top picks can help you find the perfect fit for your home and your cat.

The Best Natural Cat Litters of 2026: The Top Picks

pidan Tofu Cat Litter

MSRP: $47.99

BUY NOW

Key Features

Plant-based Canadian pea fiber

Naturally dust-free formula

Larger granules reduce tracking

Strong ammonia & hydrogen sulfide odour control

Fast-clumping, flushable & cat-friendly

pidan Tofu Cat Litter is made from Canadian pea fiber and is designed to be clean, safe, and easy to use for everyday cat families. It is trusted by cat owners around the world, with over 20 million bags sold each year and exports to more than 15 countries. This litter helps control unpleasant litter box smells, including ammonia and hydrogen sulfide, with removal efficiency reaching up to 90%. It clumps quickly when wet, making daily scooping simple and keeping the litter box fresh for longer.

The firm, larger granules are naturally dust-free and are less likely to stick to cats’ paws, helping reduce tracking around the home. It is also flushable, making cleanup more convenient. Because it is plant-based, it gives owners extra peace of mind if a cat accidentally eats a small amount. To help ensure quality, pidan tests samples from the production line every day for formaldehyde, aflatoxin B₁, and total bacterial count.

Reviews

“I will never use anything other than this again! Excellent odour control, zero dust…” Read More —Kimberly G. on Mar 06, 2026.
“Our cats favourite litter! The best litter for our (super) messy cats.” Read More —Jason G. on Aug 05, 2025.
“Clumps well, no flushing issues, kittens paws feel nice and clean, kids...” Read More —Elaine M. on May 03, 2025

pidan.ca or Teddybob.ca

ökocat® Multi-Cat Premium Clumping Wood Natural Cat Litter

MSRP: $22.99

BUY NOW

Key Features

Stops odour with oko+ natural odour-neutralizing technology

Clumps solid

99% dust free

Sustainable & biodegradable

Multi-Cat Premium Clumping Wood Natural Cat Litter with öko+ has even more odour-blocking power thanks to naturally formulated, patented technology designed to combat unwanted stink. From urine to doo-doo, this powerhouse tackles it all, making it the perfect litter for homes with more than one cat. okocat® Multi-Cat Litter is built for multi-cat households that want a cleaner, healthy litter box and a fresher home. Natural wood fiber absorbs liquid quickly and helps stop odour-causing enzymes before they turn into ammonia, which is especially important in multi-cat households.

Make the choice to switch to a superior natural litter that’s cleaner and healthier for your cat, family and home. No artificial fragrance, harmful chemicals, toxic dyes or mined clay or silica. Made from sustainably sourced, responsibly rescued natural wood fiber, ökocat® offers the brilliance of European engineering for a better performing litter.

Reviews

“Light weight and a great alternative to standard, heavy, clay cat litter. Non toxic smell...” Read More —Lvfixit on Mar 14, 2026.
“It clumps the best over any of the other ones they make and I feel it helps with odour the best…” Read More —Lashonda on Feb 20, 2026.
“This litter keeps odours down and it’s what’s needed in small spaces..” Read More —Tweet39 on Dec , 2025.

www.healthy-pet.com

Catalyst Pet Softwood Natural Clumping Cat Litter, Original Formula

MSRP: $18.24 for 2 month supply

BUY NOW

Key Features

Highly absorbent wood fibers

Naturally absorbs and neutralizes odours

Forms tight, scoopable clumps for quick daily cleaning and less mess

Made from lightweight wood fiber that works harder than clay

Crafted from sustainable, upcycled pine wood and designed to perform effectively

With nearly 10,000 five-star reviews, this lightweight, high-performance cat litter delivers powerful odour control, easy cleanup, and long-lasting value for single- and multi-cat households. Made from sustainable, upcycled softwood pine fibers, it naturally neutralizes odours with up to 7x more odour reduction and up to 3x faster odour elimination than traditional clay litter.

Strong clumping action forms tight, scoopable clumps for easier daily maintenance, while highly absorbent wood fibers help reduce overall litter use and cost. Naturally lightweight, just one pound performs like up to four pounds of clay litter, making it easier to carry, pour, and store. The low-dust formula creates up to 95% less airborne dust and contains no clay or silica dust, helping keep surfaces cleaner and air fresher. Better for your cat, cleaner for your home, smarter for your budget—and gentler on the planet. Unlike many eco-friendly litters, Catalyst delivers premium performance while helping pet parents buy litter less often.

Reviews

“I love it! The bathroom is clean again cause there is no dust! It smells nice too…” Read More —Lorna L. on May 15, 2026.
“Simply the best. It’s already been a month with no odours—using the same bag!..” Read More —Alva S. on May 12, 2026.
“We are loving the results. We use a self cleaning litter box and are having...” Read More —Warren B. on Apr 26, 2026.

Catalystpet.com

Dofu Cat Multi Cat Tofu Litter

MSRP: CAD$34.99/ USD$32.99

BUY NOW

Key Features

Low tracking

Quick clumping

Eco-friendly & sustainable (made of food waste byproduct)

Small pellet type preferred by cats

Easy clean up that uses less litter per scoop

Dofu Cat Multi Cat Tofu Litter is a natural, plant-based litter designed with the well-being of cats, their humans, and the planet in mind. Made from a food-waste byproduct, this clean, minimal-ingredient formula is virtually dust-free and gentle on paws and noses. Its ultra-absorbent, quick-clumping design effectively locks in moisture and odours, keeping litter boxes fresh and easy to maintain. Co-founded by three sisters passionate about sustainability and cat wellness, Dofu Cat delivers a thoughtful, modern alternative to conventional litter. Kind to cats, their humans, and our planet!

Reviews

“Love this litter! It doesn’t smell and doesn’t track!…” Read More —Michelle S. on Jan 30, 2026.
“This is the best litter out there! So clean, dust-free, and you can…” Read More —Amy R. on Aug 02.2025.
“Love that there is no dust and it’s so easy to scoop out the clumped litter....” Read More —Kristine G. on Dec 07.2023.

Dofucat.com

Really Great Cat Litter Unscented

MSRP: From $24/bag

BUY NOW

Key Features

Ultra low-tracking. Pellets don’t get stuck in cats’ paws and stay off your floors

Made from tofu (soybean byproduct)

Triple-screened to be 99% dust-free

Flushable. Breaks down completely in water

Unscented with activated charcoal to naturally control odours

Tuft & Paw’s Really Great Cat Litter in Unscented is a natural tofu litter designed to make litter box maintenance cleaner and easier. Made from repurposed soy fiber, a byproduct of soy processing, the lightweight pellets are ultra absorbent, form firm clumps, and help reduce waste compared to conventional clay. The formula is 99% dust-free and ultra low-tracking, so less litter ends up on floors, furniture, and paws. Activated charcoal helps control odour without added fragrance, making it a strong option for cats and people who prefer an unscented home. Where local regulations allow, small clumps can be flushed, since the soy-based pellets break down fully in water. That means fewer trips to the trash and no lingering litter smell in the garbage. For cat parents looking for a cleaner, more sustainable natural litter, Tuft & Paw offers an easy everyday upgrade for the litter box.

Reviews

“Very low tracking, No odour after use, and made from natural non harmful products!!” Read More – By Omar S. on Jun 06, 2026.
“In addition to the positive attributes as a litter–good clumping, low tracking, low odour…” Read More -By Elizabeth U. on Jun 06, 2026.
“Best litter I’ve ever used!! A lot less waste and NO litter strung through the house!” Read More – By Lynda B. on March, 2026.

Tuftandpaw.com

Make litter box clean-up a breeze with this automatic cat litter box!

Litter-Robot 4

MSRP: $699

BUY NOW

*Looking for more choices? Explore our Shop Page for a full range of purr-fect cat litters!

The post Best Natural Cat Litters of 2026: Top Eco-Friendly Picks for Odour Control & Easy Cleanup appeared first on Modern Cat.

Cermaq Implements an Amalgamation Among Its Subsidiaries in Canada

Edusehat — Wed, 10 Jun 2026 01:45:09 +0700

• Cermaq British Columbiawill continue the business as the surviving company.

• The company owned by the Japanese Mitsubishi Corporation aims to consolidates its salmon operations.

Cermaq Group, the wholly owned subsidiary of Mitsubishi Corporation, resolved a few days ago to implement an amalgamation among its subsidiaries in Canada. As a result of this resolution, CQ Canada Holding, currently a specified subsidiary of the company, will cease to qualify as a specified subsidiary. Meanwhile, Cermaq British Columbia, a newly established company, will have capital exceeding one-tenth of the company’s capital and will therefore qualify as a specified subsidiary of the company.

The restructuring is effective from June 1 and the new company, Cermaq British Columbia, will have a capital of USD 160.52 million. CQ Canada Holding, Cermaq Canada and Cermaq Seafood BC will cease to exist, the Mitsubishi Corporation reported. Cermaq British Columbia will continue the business as the surviving company.

The purpose of this transaction, that arrives a months after completing its acquisition of Grieg Seafood’s farming assets in Canada and Norway for USD 1.08 billion, is to integrate multiple subsidiaries under Cermaq’s Canadian operations and consolidate their functions into a newly established company, thereby enhancing the efficient use of management resources and achieving functional integration.

The restructuring was reported at a particular time for salmon farming in British Columbia, where federal decisions over the past years have reduced production and increased uncertainty among the aquaculture sector.

Financial Results

According to Mitsubishi Corporation, the transaction involves amalgamation among Cermaq’s subsidiaries in accordance with applicable local laws, whereby the newly established company will succeed to all assets, liabilities, rights, and obligations of each of the merging subsidiaries.

This transaction will be carried out as an amalgamation under applicable local laws. As the rights of the shareholders of the pre-amalgamation companies are succeeded by the newly established company, the shares of the pre-amalgamation companies will be partially cancelled, and the remaining shares will be exchanged for shares of the newly established company.

Mitsubishi Corporation assured that the impact on the company’s financial results for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2027 is expected to be immaterial.

Cermaq Norway Certifies All Its Facilities

A few weeks earlier, some of Cermaq Norway’s facilities underwent ASC audits. Specifically, the facilities audited were those at Davatluft and Bergsnes, in the municipality of Alta; at Kleppenes N, in the municipality of Hammerfest; and at Vannfjorden, in the municipality of Nordkapp. The audit was carried out by the independent organization DNV.

ASC is the international environmental standard for salmon production. The ASC standard sets strict requirements regarding environmental impact, social responsibility and animal welfare, and requires us to report openly on our results. It is worth noting that the standard is a voluntary third-party certification under which we, as producers, must demonstrate that we meet the requirements for sustainable production.

“Our aim is to certify all our facilities under this standard. Cermaq Norway’s two processing plants hold ASC Chain of Custody certification, which, among other things, sets out traceability requirements,” said the representatives of the company.

Leading Company in Farming of Salmon and Trout

Cermaq is one of the world’s leading companies in farming of salmon and trout, with operations in Norway, Chile and Canada and about 4,000 employees. Mitsubishi Corporation (MC) is an integrated trading and investment company that develops and operates businesses across multiple industries together with its global network.

An Update on Shipping Prices

Edusehat — Tue, 09 Jun 2026 22:05:03 +0700

We’ve recently updated our options for shipping. In this blog, we’re going over what changed, why, and what we’re doing to keep costs low for you.

TLDR; flat rate prices are going up, but we’re doing what we can to keep your costs low when possible, including defaulting to lower cost carrier rates when possible.

Flat Rate Changes

We’ve made a few changes to our standard flat rate shipping options:

Our standard flat rate shipping has increased from $6.99 to $9.99

The standard flat rate shipping becomes free if your order is valued at $125 or greater

Fragile and Bulky items now have a separate $19.99 flat rate shipping option

The standard flat rate covers all items that ship out of Pangea Reptile’s Zeeland warehouse excluding live animals and items covered under the “Fragile and Bulky” flat rate. Our “Fragile and Bulky” flat rate includes items including but not limited to: T5 Light Bulbs and Fixtures, Large Wood Decor Products and Bulk Cork, reptile enclosures, and kits that include enclosures.

Please note that because they are not covered under our standard flat rate, free shipping at $125 does not apply to items in the “Fragile and Bulky” rate, live animals, or any items fulfilled by a third party partner.

The “Why”

All of this begs the question: “why are you changing your shipping prices?” The short answer is that shipping costs have increased significantly while our flat rate has remained steady. With the rising cost of fuel in recent months, our shipping costs have skyrocketed, and while we’d love to keep costs low for our customers, it was simply not sustainable for the continued operations of our business. This was especially true for our large and bulky items, which is why we added a separate pricing tier for them.

How We’re Keeping Costs Low

We still want to keep shipping costs as low and fair as possible for our loyal customers. So, we implemented a few things to keep them down where we can.

Free standard flat rate shipping for orders $125 or greater

Splitting standard and “Fragile and Bulky” shipping to keep shipping lower for most items

Applying increases to shipping prices rather than all item prices

Carrier Rate Options at Checkout

We mentioned it earlier, but we have implemented free flat rate shipping for standard items on orders $125 or greater. We know it hurts when you’re building a big order and have to pay shipping on top of it, so we wanted to give a break where we can. For these orders, it is sustainable for us to give this break, so we’re choosing to give back here.

We also split Fragile and Bulky shipping flat rates from the standard ones to give a break to customers with smaller shipments. If we had not split these rates, we likely would have had to increase our base flat rate further to compensate. By splitting these out, we were able to keep the base flat rate as low as possible.

In a similar vein, as our team discussed how to make shipping costs sustainable, we considered multiple options including offering free shipping but increasing item prices across the board. This is a fairly common technique, but we felt it went against our company DNA, and decided to go with a more transparent shipping fee. We’ll need to update prices on individual products from time to time as other costs increase, but we want to avoid storewide price bumps whenever possible.

Finally, we’ve added the ability to select more carrier rates at checkout. This way you can comparison shop the rates based on the weight of your order to see what Pangea is getting charged for your shipping at various rates and even better, if any carrier rates are cheaper than our flat rates, they will be automatically selected at checkout to save you money. So, if your package happens to be able to ship cheaper than the flat rate for your items, you can get an extra deal. And if it is more expensive than the flat rate, that simply means we’re taking care of that extra cost for you!

Shipping price increases are never fun. We're feeling it too, but we hope this gives you a clearer picture of the decisions behind these changes and the steps we're taking to keep reptile keeping as accessible as possible.

Columbia University to test new strategy for curbing bird flu on poultry farms

Edusehat — Tue, 09 Jun 2026 21:50:04 +0700

When it comes to resisting bird flu, chickens on poultry farms are like sitting ducks. Last year, a highly pathogenic avian influenza virus, H5N1, ripped through poultry farms across the US, prompting farmers to cull tens of millions of chickens to contain the outbreaks. As egg production plummeted, egg prices soared to sky-high levels.

Though the outbreaks have slowed and egg prices have decreased, the virus hasn’t gone away. Scientists believe it’s just a matter of time before avian influenza comes roaring back and does further damage to the agriculture industry.

Chicken farms are not where researchers David Brenner, PhD, DSc, and David Welch, PhD, at the Columbia University Center for Radiological Research expected to test their antiviral technology.

Their first deployments of far-UVC light — a type of ultraviolet light that swiftly and safely kills viruses and other pathogens — began as an effort to prevent indoor transmission of airborne flu and COVID viruses among people in medical centers, schools and restaurants.

But amid growing concerns about avian flu outbreaks, they realized that the technology might also help farmers curb the spread of bird flu on poultry farms.

“Our studies show that far-UVC light offers a safe and practical way to inactivate any type of virus in the air, reducing the chance of transmission,” Brenner says.

With the support of a $2 million Highly Pathogenic Avian Influenza Poultry Innovation Grand Challenge award from the United States Department of Agriculture, Brenner, Welch and their team at Columbia University Vagelos College of Physicians and Surgeons will begin testing far-UVC technology to improve biosecurity on poultry farms.

The funding is part of the federal government’s efforts to prevent another egg crisis, which includes $100 million in grants for research on vaccines, treatments and other strategies to prevent the spread of highly pathogenic avian influenza virus.

UVC light, but safer

Over the past 15 years, Brenner and his team have been developing far-UVC light as a safe alternative to conventional UVC, which quickly inactivates viruses and bacteria by damaging their DNA and has been used for decades to decontaminate unoccupied spaces.

Far-UVC light is similarly effective at inactivating microbes. But unlike conventional UVC, far-UVC light cannot reach living cells in the skin and eyes, making it safe for use in occupied spaces.

Numerous studies at Columbia and elsewhere have demonstrated that far-UVC light is highly efficient at killing viruses, including influenza, and that it is safe for human exposure, making it suitable for reducing virus levels in indoor environments filled with people and animals.

Since the pandemic, far-UVC light fixtures have begun to be produced at scale and have been installed in a variety of settings, including a clinic at Columbia University College of Dental Medicine, a long COVID clinic at Mount Sinai Icahn School of Medicine, and a variety of educational, recreational and agricultural settings around the country.

Although studies suggest that far-UVC light can reduce transmission of airborne viruses indoors, demonstrating its efficacy in the real world is difficult.

“Testing far-UVC light on a working poultry farm, filled with dust and a number of other elements you wouldn’t find in a controlled lab setting, gives us an opportunity to see how it performs in this environment,” Welch says.

From bench to barn

In earlier studies, the Columbia team has shown that far-UVC light can kill viruses in tiny airborne droplets and on surfaces.

In the new study, the researchers will conduct laboratory experiments to measure the effectiveness of far-UVC light against H9N2, an avian influenza virus that causes less severe disease in birds, and H5N1 in the air, on surfaces and in water.

Next, the Columbia team will test whether far-UVC can prevent airborne transmission in chickens. The study will use an experimental animal housing unit designed by scientists at St. Jude Children’s Research Hospital, in which infected and uninfected chickens share the same air but cannot touch each other.

Finally, the team will collaborate with poultry science experts at Texas A&M to test the implementation of far-UVC light in a barn housing hundreds of chickens. Parallel studies will be conducted to measure the effects of far-UVC exposure on chickens’ eyes and general health and development.

Beyond the barn

Chickens aren’t the only species affected by highly pathogenic avian influenza: the virus has also spread to dairy cows and other mammals, including a few dozen people — mostly farm workers or people exposed to backyard flocks. Although today’s avian flu viruses cannot be transmitted from person to person, scientists think they may eventually develop that capability.

“There’s a real concern that avian influenza viruses could potentially jump from birds to humans, and become transmissible between people, triggering a pandemic,” Brenner says. “If you can prevent mass transmission between birds, you may also be able to reduce the risk to humans.”

This article was originally developed by the Columbia University Irving Medical Center and is available here.

The post Columbia University to test new strategy for curbing bird flu on poultry farms appeared first on Modern Poultry.

The role of the G20 in global meat production and trade. Part 1: meat production

Edusehat — Tue, 09 Jun 2026 18:10:10 +0700

An analysis of regional meat production patterns strikingly highlights the exceptional global and group-level importance of the populous G19 countries. The population and economic output of the EU (27) and the African Union are not included in the following analysis.

The G20 is an informal association of the 19 most important industrialized and emerging economies and the EU (27), with the African Union as an associate member. It was founded in Berlin in 1999, in response to the economic and financial crisis in Asia at the end of the 1990s. The association aims to coordinate economic and financial policies, as well as to exchange information on other policy areas, such as climate change, terrorism, and migration. The presidency rotates annually. A meeting of the respective heads of government, finance ministers, and central bank governors takes place in the country holding the presidency. The agenda is set by the chairman. The goal of the conference is to adopt a final declaration. The objectives adopted there are not legally binding under international law with regard to implementation, but rather should be seen as a voluntary commitment. The objectives are widely implemented and also influence decisions made by the World Bank and the World Trade Organization. The USA will hold the presidency in 2026. It is important to note the different political systems. Alongside democracies, authoritarian systems exist, ranging to dictatorships. Despite these differences, it is usually possible to formulate final declarations that contribute to the economic and financial stability of the global economy.

Significant differences in population size and economic output

The 19 member countries differ considerably in both population size and economic output (Table 1). In 2025, of the group‘s 4.76 billion inhabitants, 2.88 billion lived in India and China alone, representing 60.5% of the group‘s total population and 34.8% of the global population. The G19 countries collectively accounted for 57.7% of the world’s population. If the EU (27) and the African Union were included, it would exceed 80%.

■ Table 1 – Population (2025) and gross domestic product of the G19 (2024)
Source: Worldometers and World Bank.

In 2024, the GDPs (Gross Domestic Product) of the member countries ranged from US$29.3 trillion (USA) to just US$401 billion (South Africa). The four leading countries alone accounted for 51.1% of global GDP in 2024, while the group as a whole accounted for 78.3%. These figures clearly demonstrate that only a few countries have a decisive impact on the value of production and on global trade. In three articles, the role of the G19 group as a whole and of its individual member countries in the production of the four most important meat types and in the trade of these products will be analyzed. This introductory article addresses the importance of this country group in global meat production.

Parallel increase in global and G19 meat production

Global meat production increased by 144 million tons, corresponding to 62.8%, between 1999 and 2024. Growth rates slowed down between 2015 and 2020 in consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic and massive outbreaks of the avian influenza virus in North America and Europe, as well as of the African swine fever in Eastern Europe and Asia.

In parallel, meat production of the G19 countries increased by 105 million tons or 63.9%. It is noteworthy, however, that production decreased by approximately 14 million tons between 2015 and 2020, which almost exactly matched the decline in pork production in China. With the successful containment of the African swine fever outbreaks, the production volume rose significantly again, reaching a new peak of 268.70 million tons. The share of the G19 countries in global meat production ranged between 70.4% (2020) and 77.4% (2015) during the period under review, with both years representing exceptional situations (Table 2, Figure 1).

Figure 1 – The development of global meat production and in the G19 countries between 1999 and 2024 and the share of the country group in global production
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

Table 2 – Development of global meat production in the G19 countries between 1999 and 2024 and the group’s share of global production; data in million tons
Source: FAO.

Remarkable shifts in the shares of meat types

An analysis of the changes in the shares of the four main meat types in global meat production and within the group of the G19 reveals remarkable shifts from red to white meat (Table 3).

Table 3 – Changes in the shares of the four main meat types in global meat production and in the G19 group between 2010 and 2024
Source: own calculations based on FAO data.

Globally, the production volume of the four meat types increased by 80 million tons, or 28.4%. It is worth noting that all four types showed an absolute increase. Poultry meat had the highest growth at 47 million tons, followed by pig meat at 17 million tons. In contrast, cattle meat production rose by only 10 million tons, and sheep and goat meat by 5 million tons. This differing dynamic is reflected in the changes in the shares of the individual meat types in total production. Poultry meat increased its share by 5.2%, and sheep and goat meat by 0.3%. In contrast, pig meat lost 3.7% and cattle meat 1.9%. The trend toward white meat is evident. The author has characterized this as a red-white shift in meat production and consumption (Windhorst 2021, 2025).

A comparison with the development within the G19 group offers some interesting insights. Meat production in this country group increased by 70 million tons, or 34.3%, between 2010 and 2024, thus growing faster than the global average. It is worth noting that of the 80 million tons increase recorded worldwide, 70 million tons, or 87.5%, was attributable to the G19 countries. Poultry meat production increased by almost 44 million tons, representing over 93% of the global growth. The other three meat types also saw significant increases: pig meat by 14 million tons (82.4% of the global increase), cattle meat by 8 million tons (80.0% of the global increase), and sheep and goat meat by 3.9 million tons (78.5% of the global increase). Here too, the differing dynamics resulted in a significant change in the shares of the different meat types in total production. The share of poultry meat increased by 7.1%, and that of sheep and goat meat by 0.5%. In contrast, pig meat and cattle meat declined by 5.3% and 2.2%, respectively.

It can therefore be summarized that the G19 countries accounted for over 70% of global meat production during the period under consideration. The relative increase within this country group was higher than the global average, and there was a clear shift from red to white meat, excluding sheep and goat meat. This reflects both the more efficient feed conversion of poultry species and a change in consumer behaviour. The following section examines which countries were primarily responsible for this shift.

Different developments at country level

An analysis of meat production trends reveals some remarkable insights. Between 2010 and 2024, meat production, including all meat types, in the G19 countries increased by 52.5 million tons, or 26.6%.

Figure 2 shows that meat production increased in 17 countries, while it decreased in two. China held the undisputed top position with an increase of 18.7 million tons. Four other countries followed with increases between 5.7 million and 6.3 million tons. China alone accounted for 35% of the total growth in the G19 countries, while the five leading countries had a share of 79.8%. Of the four European member countries, only the United Kingdom and France showed a positive growth, while Italy and Germany experienced a decline in production. The specific meat types affected will be explained later in this article. A comparison of the absolute and relative increases in production reveals significant differences (Table 4). Countries that ranked lowest in terms of the absolute increase showed considerably higher growth rates than the leading countries. It is quite obvious that in these emerging countries the demand for meat increased as a result of the economic development and a growing purchasing power among the population.

Figure 2 – The increase and decrease of meat production in the G19 countries between 2010 and 2024
Design: A. S. Kauer based on the author’s calculations using FAO data.

Table 4 – The ten leading G19 countries with the highest relative increase in meat production between 2010 and 2024
Source: own calculation based on FAO data.

Differing dynamics in poultry and pig meat production

It has already been mentioned that the highest absolute increase in meat production during the period under consideration was observed in poultry and pig meat. Despite some similarities regarding the importance of individual countries, characteristic differences were evident. A closer look at the comparison of the countries in Table 5 reveals that the predominant religion in each country clearly played a role. Because no religious barriers restrict the consumption of poultry meat, all G19 countries showed an increase in both production and consumption. Since pig meat, on the other hand, was either not produced at all or only in very small quantities in both predominantly Islamic and Hindu countries, this type of meat was insignificant in India, Indonesia, and Turkey.

Table 5 – The highest absolute and relative increase in poultry and pig meat production between 2010 and 2024 in selected G19 countries
Source: own calculation based on FAO data.

Summary. The dominance of populous countries

A final analysis of the regional pattern of meat production impressively demonstrates the outstanding importance of the populous G19 countries, not only within the group but also globally (Figure 3).

Figure 3 – Shares of the 10 leading G19 countries in global meat production, total production of the country group and the four most important meat types (2024)
Design: A. S. Kauer based on author’s calculation using FAO data.

The five leading countries held the top positions both in terms of their share in global meat production and within the group. This also applies to poultry meat, while India was not among the top ten pig meat producers due to the consumption barriers faced by some religious groups. For cattle meat, Argentina and Australia ranked third and fourth, respectively. The decisive factor here was the availability of natural grasslands that allowed for extensive grazing. The United Kingdom’s ranking in fifth place in sheep and goat meat production is surprising at first glance. This reflects the long tradition of sheep farming, which, however, was initially focused on wool production for the textile industry rather than on meat production. The question of whether the dominance of these countries in meat production was also reflected in the meat trade will be analysed in two further articles.

Data sources and supplementary literature

Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. (n.d.). FAOSTAT. https://www.fao.org/faostat/

World Bank. (n.d.). World Bank Open Data. https://data.worldbank.org

Windhorst, H.-W. (2021). Geflügel auf der Überholspur. Die Rot-Weiß-Verschiebung in der globalen Fleischerzeugung (1). Fleischwirtschaft, 101(2), 24–27.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2025). Die Dynamik der Weltfleischerzeugung. Fleischwirtschaft, 105(12), 32–35.

Worldometer. (n.d.). Worldometers. https://www.worldometers.info/

Common Grooming Mistakes Every Dog Parent Makes

Edusehat — Tue, 09 Jun 2026 18:05:05 +0700

Grooming your dog at home feels straightforward until something goes wrong. A bath that leaves skin flakier than before, a nail trim that draws blood, or a brushing session that ends with a terrified pet hiding under the bed. Most of these problems trace back to small, avoidable mistakes that almost every Indian pet parent makes at least once.

This guide covers the most common grooming mistakes, explains why they happen, and shows you the easy fix for each. By the end, you will groom with more confidence and fewer surprises.

Why Grooming Mistakes Are So Common

Grooming mistakes rarely come from carelessness. They usually come from:

Outdated advice passed down from friends or family
Using human products on dogs
Rushing through sessions without preparation
Not matching tools to coat type
Skipping steps that seem optional but are actually essential
Underestimating how much Indian humidity affects coat and skin

Awareness alone fixes most of these. Knowing what not to do is often more valuable than adding another product to your kit.

Mistake 1: Using Human Shampoo on Your Dog

This is the single most common mistake in Indian homes. Human shampoo has a pH of around 5.5, while dog skin pH sits between 6.5 and 7.5. Using your shampoo on your dog disrupts this balance, strips natural oils, and leaves skin dry, itchy, and vulnerable to infections.

The fix: Always use a dog-specific shampoo formulated for canine skin pH. Pick gentle, fragrance-light options with natural moisturisers like oatmeal or aloe vera.

Mistake 2: Bathing Too Often (or Too Rarely)

Over-bathing strips the coat of its protective oils, causing dryness, dandruff, and increased shedding. Under-bathing lets dirt, bacteria, and parasites build up, especially during Indian monsoon. Both extremes hurt skin health.

The fix: Bathe most dogs every 3 to 4 weeks. Increase to every 2 weeks during monsoon for dogs prone to fungal issues. Stretch to every 5 to 6 weeks in dry winters. Adjust based on coat type, activity, and season.

Mistake 3: Skipping Brushing Before a Bath

Bathing a tangled coat makes things worse. Water tightens knots and mats, turning small tangles into painful clumps that pull at the skin. Post-bath mats are harder to remove and often need cutting out.

The fix: Always brush thoroughly before bathing. Use a slicker brush for medium and long coats, and an undercoat rake for double-coated breeds. Work through every knot before water touches the fur.

The American Kennel Club recommends pre-bath brushing as one of the most important steps in any grooming routine.

Mistake 4: Not Drying Thoroughly After a Bath

This mistake causes more skin problems in Indian homes than almost anything else. A damp dog in humid weather is a breeding ground for fungal infections, hot spots, and bacterial skin issues. Moisture trapped between skin folds, inside ears, and between paw pads is especially dangerous during monsoon.

The fix: Towel dry with a microfibre towel, then use a pet dryer on a low, cool setting. Pay extra attention to ears, armpits, belly, paw pads, and any skin folds. Never let your dog air dry in humid conditions.

Mistake 5: Cutting Nails Too Short

Hitting the quick is painful and causes bleeding. One bad experience can make a dog fearful of nail trims for months. Most pet parents cut too short because they try to finish quickly or cannot see the quick on dark nails.

The fix: Clip small amounts at a time, especially with dark nails. Cut at a 45-degree angle. For dark nails, stop when you see a chalky white centre or a small dark dot. Keep styptic powder ready. Consider a nail grinder for nervous dogs.

Mistake 6: Ignoring Ear Cleaning

Ears are one of the most neglected grooming areas in Indian homes. Floppy-eared breeds like Cocker Spaniels, Beagles, and Basset Hounds trap moisture, wax, and debris inside the ear canal. Skipping regular cleaning leads to painful infections, foul odour, and chronic ear issues.

The fix: Clean ears weekly for floppy-eared breeds and monthly for upright-eared dogs. Use a vet-approved ear cleaner and cotton pads. Never insert cotton swabs deep into the ear canal.

The American Veterinary Medical Association notes that regular ear care prevents infections and is especially important in humid climates.

Mistake 7: Skipping Dental Care

Most Indian pet parents do not brush their dog's teeth at all. By age three, the majority of dogs show some form of dental disease. Plaque hardens into tartar within 24 to 72 hours, causing gum inflammation, tooth loss, and even heart and kidney complications over time.

The fix: Brush your dog's teeth 3 to 4 times a week using a dog-specific toothbrush and enzymatic toothpaste. Never use human toothpaste, which contains fluoride and sometimes xylitol, both toxic to dogs.

Mistake 8: Using the Wrong Brush for the Coat Type

A bristle brush on a double-coated Husky barely scratches the surface. A de-shedding tool on a short-coated Beagle can irritate skin. Mismatched brushes fail to remove loose fur, skip the undercoat entirely, or damage hair strands.

The fix: Match the brush to the coat. Bristle brushes for short coats. Slicker brushes for medium to long coats. Undercoat rakes for double-coated breeds. Pin brushes for silky coats. De-shedding tools for heavy shedders during seasonal changes.

Mistake 9: Forcing Anxious Dogs Through Long Sessions

Restraining a panicked dog for 30 minutes of grooming builds fear, not habits. Forced sessions make future grooming harder and can lead to biting, trembling, or complete shutdown. Many dogs develop lifelong grooming anxiety because of a single overwhelming session.

The fix: Keep sessions short, under 10 to 15 minutes. Spread tasks across multiple days if needed. Reward calm behaviour with treats and praise. Let your dog walk away if they are genuinely distressed. Build positive associations slowly over weeks.

Mistake 10: Neglecting the Paws

Paw pads crack in Indian summer heat, absorb chemicals from freshly washed floors, pick up debris during monsoon walks, and harbour fungal growth between the toes. Most pet parents notice paw problems only after their dog starts limping or licking obsessively.

The fix: Wipe paws after every walk. Check between toes for debris, cuts, or redness weekly. Apply dog-safe paw balm during dry summer and winter months. Trim hair between paw pads to prevent matting and moisture retention.

Mistake 11: Using Hot Water for Baths

Hot water feels soothing to humans but irritates dog skin, strips natural oils faster, and leaves coats dull and dry. Some pet parents use hot water during winter without realising the damage it does to the skin barrier.

The fix: Always use lukewarm water. Test with the inside of your wrist before wetting your dog. If it feels warm but not hot to you, it is right for your dog.

Mistake 12: Not Cleaning Grooming Tools

Dirty brushes, unwashed towels, and bacteria-coated clippers spread infection from one session to the next. In Indian humidity, tools stored damp can grow mould, fungus, and bacteria within days.

The fix: Clean brushes after every session. Wash towels weekly. Wipe clipper blades with a disinfectant and oil them after use. Store all tools in a dry, ventilated space.

How to Build Better Grooming Habits

Fixing these mistakes does not require more time. It requires better habits:

Set a simple weekly grooming schedule and stick to it
Keep all tools in one clean, dry grooming kit
Start grooming early in puppyhood to build comfort
End every session with a treat and calm praise
Adjust routines by season, especially for Indian monsoon and summer
Schedule vet checkups to catch grooming-related issues early
Invest in quality tools once rather than replacing cheap ones repeatedly

Small, consistent changes add up. Within a month of correcting even two or three mistakes, you will see a healthier coat, calmer dog, and fewer surprises.

Final Thoughts

Every dog parent makes grooming mistakes. The difference is knowing how to spot them and correct them early. From switching to dog-specific shampoo, drying thoroughly after every bath, and cleaning your tools regularly, small fixes produce big improvements in your dog's coat, skin, and comfort. Groom patiently, match your tools to your dog, and adjust your routine for Indian seasons.

Browse PetsWorld's grooming essentials collection for quality shampoos, brushes, clippers, and tools that help you groom right the first time.

FAQs

What is the most common grooming mistake dog parents make?

Using human shampoo is the single most common mistake. It disrupts a dog's skin pH, strips protective oils, and causes dryness, itching, and irritation. Always use a shampoo formulated specifically for dogs.

How often should I groom my dog to avoid mistakes?

Brush 2 to 7 times a week depending on coat type. Bathe every 3 to 4 weeks. Trim nails every 3 to 4 weeks. Clean ears weekly for floppy-eared breeds. Brush teeth at least 3 times a week. Adjust frequency for Indian seasons.

Can grooming mistakes cause long-term health problems?

Yes. Skipping dental care leads to gum disease that affects organs. Ignoring ears causes chronic infections. Over-bathing weakens the skin barrier. Long nails damage joints over time. Most of these issues are preventable with correct, consistent grooming.

What grooming tools should I avoid?

Avoid dull or rusted nail clippers, human hair brushes, household scissors for trimming, and cheap generic brushes that scratch skin. Always use dog-specific, sharp, well-maintained tools suited to your dog's coat type.

How do I fix grooming anxiety in my dog?

Start with very short sessions of 5 minutes. Reward with high-value treats. Desensitise your dog to tools gradually, letting them sniff and hear clippers before use. Build positive associations over weeks. For severe anxiety, consult a certified trainer or groomer.

Choosing Between Collars, Leashes, and Harnesses: Which Is Best?

Edusehat — Tue, 09 Jun 2026 18:05:05 +0700

Every walk starts with a simple decision: collar, leash, harness, or some combination of the three. For many Indian pet parents, the choice is made once and never revisited. A collar goes on the first day and stays on forever, or a harness gets picked because it looked sturdy at the pet store. But the right walking gear depends on your dog's size, breed, behaviour, and the specific situation.

This guide breaks down collars, leashes, and harnesses honestly. You will learn what each one does best, when to use which, and how to match the right gear to your dog's daily life. By the end, you will walk out the door with the right setup for every occasion.

The Quick Verdict

There is no single best option. Collars are best for ID tags and calm, trained walkers. Harnesses are best for pullers, small breeds, and dogs with neck sensitivity. Leashes connect you to either one. Most dogs benefit from owning both a collar and a harness, switching based on the situation.

Dog Collars: What They Do Best

A collar is the most basic piece of dog gear. It wraps around the neck and serves two main purposes: holding identification tags and providing a connection point for a leash.

Types of Dog Collars

Flat collars: The standard everyday collar with a buckle or snap closure. Holds ID tags and rabies vaccination tags.
Martingale collars: A limited-slip design that tightens slightly when the dog pulls, preventing escape without choking. Ideal for breeds like Greyhounds and Whippets with narrow heads.
Breakaway collars: Designed to release under pressure if caught on something. Useful for dogs left in yards or parks.
Rolled leather collars: Gentler on long coats because they do not flatten or mat the fur around the neck.

Pros of Collars

Lightweight and comfortable for daily wear
Hold ID tags, rabies tags, and microchip information
Easy to put on and take off
Wide variety of materials, colours, and sizes available in India
Good for well-trained dogs that walk without pulling

Cons of Collars

Can cause neck strain and tracheal damage in dogs that pull
Risk of choking for strong pullers or reactive dogs
Not ideal for brachycephalic breeds like Pugs, Bulldogs, and Shih Tzus
Can slip off dogs with narrow heads if not fitted properly

The American Kennel Club recommends flat collars primarily for ID purposes and calm walkers. For dogs that pull, a harness is usually the safer daily walking option.

Dog Harnesses: What They Do Best

A harness wraps around the chest and torso instead of the neck. It distributes pressure across a larger body area, making walks safer and more comfortable for many dogs.

Types of Dog Harnesses

Back-clip harnesses: The leash attaches at the top of the back. Easy to use and comfortable. Best for small, calm dogs.
Front-clip harnesses: The leash attaches at the chest. Redirects pulling by turning the dog toward you. Best for training dogs not to pull.
Dual-clip harnesses: Both front and back clips. Maximum versatility for training and walking.
Step-in harnesses: The dog steps into the harness and it clips on the back. Easy for dogs that dislike things going over their head.
No-pull harnesses: Designed specifically to discourage pulling through gentle pressure or redirection.
Padded or vest harnesses: Extra cushioning for small, senior, or sensitive dogs. Distribute pressure more evenly.

Pros of Harnesses

Protect the neck and trachea from pressure
Reduce pulling when using front-clip designs
Safer for small breeds, puppies, and brachycephalic dogs
Better control over strong, reactive, or untrained dogs
Support senior dogs with limited mobility
Harder for dogs to escape compared to collars

Cons of Harnesses

Take longer to put on and adjust
Can chafe under the front legs if poorly fitted
Back-clip harnesses may encourage pulling in some dogs
Need regular washing, especially in Indian humidity
Not suitable for carrying ID tags on their own

The American Veterinary Medical Association recommends harnesses for dogs at risk of tracheal collapse, including toy breeds and brachycephalic dogs, where neck pressure can be dangerous.

Dog Leashes: The Essential Connector

A leash connects you to your dog's collar or harness. It seems straightforward, but the type of leash matters more than most pet parents realise.

Types of Dog Leashes

Standard flat leash (4 to 6 feet): The most versatile option for daily walks. Provides good control while allowing enough freedom.
Retractable leash: Extends and retracts on a spring mechanism. Gives dogs more roaming distance but reduces your control in traffic or crowds.
Training leash (long line, 15 to 30 feet): Used for recall training and outdoor play in open spaces. Not for sidewalk walking.
Slip leash: Combines leash and collar in one loop. Common in shelters and vet clinics for quick handling.
Double-ended or multi-function leash: Attaches to both clips of a dual-clip harness for maximum control and versatile use.
Traffic leash (short, 1 to 2 feet): Extra short for crowded Indian streets, markets, and vet waiting rooms.

Leash Material Matters

Nylon: Affordable, lightweight, and widely available. Dries quickly after monsoon walks. Can cause rope burn if the dog pulls sharply.
Leather: Durable, comfortable in hand, and ages well. Needs care in Indian humidity to prevent mould.
Rope: Strong and comfortable for larger breeds. Choose marine-grade or climbing-style rope for durability.
Chain: Chew-proof for dogs that bite through nylon or rope. Heavier and less comfortable in hand.
Reflective or padded: Essential for evening walks in Indian cities with poor street lighting.

Collar vs Harness vs Leash: When to Use Which

Each piece of gear has its moment. Use this quick guide:

Collar only: For indoor ID, quick garden trips, and calm, trained adult dogs on relaxed walks
Harness plus leash: For daily walks with pullers, puppies in training, small breeds, brachycephalic breeds, reactive dogs, and crowded Indian streets
Collar plus leash: For well-trained dogs that walk at heel with no pulling
Collar for ID, harness for walks: The ideal combo for most Indian dogs. Collar holds tags full-time. Harness goes on for every walk.
Long training leash: For recall practice in parks and open grounds
Traffic leash: For vet visits, pet stores, and crowded festivals

How to Fit Collars and Harnesses Correctly

A poorly fitted collar or harness causes more problems than wearing the wrong type entirely.

Collar Fit

Two-finger rule: you should be able to slip two fingers between the collar and the neck
Snug but not tight. If it spins freely, it is too loose.
Check fit weekly for growing puppies

Harness Fit

No rubbing under the front legs or across the chest
Straps should sit flat against the body, not twisted
You should fit one finger between any strap and the body
The front clip should rest at the centre of the chest, not off to one side
Re-adjust after seasonal weight changes

Climate Tips for Indian Pet Parents

India's weather puts extra demands on walking gear:

Pick breathable mesh or padded harnesses for summer to prevent overheating
Choose quick-dry nylon leashes and harnesses for monsoon walks
Wash harnesses weekly during humid months to prevent bacteria and odour buildup
Use reflective collars and leashes for evening walks in poorly lit Indian neighbourhoods
Avoid leather gear during peak monsoon. It absorbs moisture and develops mould quickly.
Check metal buckles and clips regularly for rust in coastal cities like Mumbai, Chennai, and Goa

Final Thoughts

Collars, leashes, and harnesses each have a purpose. The best approach for most Indian dogs is simple: a collar for ID and a well-fitted harness for walks, connected by a sturdy 5 to 6 foot leash. Match the gear to your dog's size, breed, pulling habits, and the specific walk ahead. Quality gear lasts years, keeps your dog comfortable, and makes every walk safer.

Browse PetsWorld's collars, leashes, and harnesses collection to find the right walking gear for your dog.

FAQs

Is a harness better than a collar for walking a dog?

For most dogs, yes. Harnesses distribute pressure across the chest instead of the neck, reducing risk of tracheal damage and giving you better control. Collars still work well for calm, trained walkers and for holding ID tags.

Can puppies wear harnesses?

Yes. Puppies actually do better with harnesses because their necks are delicate and they have not yet learned leash manners. Choose an adjustable, lightweight harness and re-fit as the puppy grows.

Should my dog wear a collar at all times?

A lightweight flat collar with ID tags should be worn whenever your dog could potentially get lost, including at home. Remove collars during crate time or unsupervised play where they could snag.

Which leash length is best for daily walks in India?

A 5 to 6 foot standard flat leash works best for most Indian streets and parks. It gives your dog enough room to explore while keeping you in control around traffic, stray dogs, and pedestrians.

Are retractable leashes safe for dogs?

They can be, but only in open areas like fields or empty parks. Retractable leashes reduce your control near traffic, crowds, and other dogs. For Indian city walking, a fixed-length leash is safer and more practical.

World Poultry Foundation 2025 Annual Report

Edusehat — Tue, 09 Jun 2026 14:45:10 +0700

We’re proud to share World Poultry Foundation’s 2025 Annual Report, our second annual report and a reflection of a year of meaningful progress.

This report covers:

Our next five-year organizational strategy
The breadth and impact of our work in 2025
Our goals for strengthening opportunities for rural poultry farmers worldwide

None of this work happens without the partnerships and support that make it possible, thank you.

DOWNLOAD REPORT We’d love to hear from you. If you’d like to connect and discuss our work further, please email us at: communications@worldpoultryfoundation.org.

The post World Poultry Foundation 2025 Annual Report appeared first on World Poultry Foundation.

Heritage Cattle in American History

Edusehat — Tue, 09 Jun 2026 04:15:04 +0700

Heritage Cattle in American History: Sailing Into the Future

By Marston White

What do sailing ships and the promise of a new life have in common with The Livestock Conservancy’s mission? Everything. Many of the breeds on The Livestock Conservancy’s Conservation Priority List originated hundreds of years ago, arriving here by sailing ships to provide for the settlers looking for a better future. We have inherited a rich legacy from those who sailed toward unknown shores. Sailing into the future, where are we heading with our livestock choices?

Coming to America

Florida Cracker cattle

Cattle were not indigenous to the New World. They, along with other domesticated livestock and poultry, came to the Americas from the Old World during the Age of Sail. Cattle first arrived on this continent from Spain in the 1500s, initially by way of the Caribbean islands before landing on the continent and later on North American shores. From these Spanish cattle, four American breeds emerged, adapting to the environments of the respective regions to which they were introduced: the Florida Cracker and Pineywoods in the southeast and the Texas Longhorn and Corriente in the southwest. About a century later, Devon cattle arrived in Plymouth (Plimouth), Massachusetts, aboard the ship Charity from England in 1623. These early cattle laid the foundation for the diversity of the heritage breeds that developed.

Role in Early American Culture

Cattle profoundly impacted early American Culture, serving multiple roles beyond providing food. They were essential to the economic and social structure of the time, supplying milk, beef, leather, horns and tallow, while many also served as draft animals. Devons were vital for early New England settlers, with nearly every family keeping a family cow. Semi-feral Texas Longhorns were used for beef, tallow, and hides, while Pineywoods cattle served similar purposes and were crucial for logging in the Southeast’s pine forests.

Adaptation to New Environments

Randlall cow

Surviving in the New World required hardy cattle that could adapt to the new environments. The breeds that thrived were those resilient to harsh climates, available forage and local insects and parasites. A prize-winning animal in another country might fail in these conditions, making adaptability crucial. The animals that survived produced offspring capable of surviving harsh conditions. For instance, the breed now known as Randall Lineback emerged in New England in the late 1600s, likely from a mix of Dutch, English, Swedish and French cattle, selectively bred for their hardiness, forage efficiency and disease resistance. These cattle were vital to pioneers, as cattle needed to fatten and reproduce on available forage without the support of supplemental feed, modern veterinary care and, in most cases, shelter from the environment. When settlers were barely eking out their own survival, they did not have the capacity to tend to animals that needed pampering.

Cattle Across the Country

As the United States expanded westward, various cattle breeds arrived with emigrants from various countries. They migrated west, including ancestors of the Native Heritage Shorthorn, Red Poll from England, Kerry and Dexter from Ireland, Guernsey from the Channel Islands, Dutch Belted from the Netherlands and Galloway from Scotland. These breeds reflect the diverse cultures and origins of the immigrants who brought them to the New World.

In the 19^th century, thousands of cattle traveled westward. Large breeds like Devon or Shorthorn served as oxen pulling emigrants’ “prairie schooners” and freight companies’ wagons. In the Southwest, the Texas Longhorn evolved on the open range from Spanish cattle brought by missionaries and settlers in the late 1700s. After the Civil War, vast herds were rounded up and driven east, contributing to the legend of the iconic American cowboy.

Ankole-Watusi

In the early 20^th century, Tibetan Yaks and East African Ankole-Watusi were imported for display in U.S. zoos. During World War II, England sent Ancient White Park cattle, originating over 3000 years ago, to the U.S. for protection from advancing forces. Although U.S. populations of these breeds are small, they possess traits valuable in specific regions of our country. More recently, Belted Galloways from Scotland and Lincoln Reds from England, originating in the 18^th and 19^th centuries, have been imported for their multipurpose uses and their role in sustainable farming systems.

Endangerment of Heritage Breeds

The decline of multipurpose heritage cattle breeds since the mid-20^th century has resulted primarily from industrialized agriculture’s prioritization of high-yield beef and dairy breeds. The shift towards monoculture farming practices, with specialized facilities and equipment, led many farmers to lose interest in raising multipurpose breeds. The dwindling number of these heritage-breed cattle threatens the genetic diversity that once flourished on American farms and ranches across the country.

Importance of Heritage Breeds

This resilience and genetic diversity are why we still need to support heritage breeds. They survived very harsh and hostile conditions for hundreds of years, adapting and flourishing. Each of our heritage breeds has a wonderful history, distinguishing beauty and has been well-suited to thrive off what the land produced. Often, it has been a single person, family or group that has prevented the extinction of a specific heritage cattle breed. Historically, regions of the country have valued and appreciated the breeds that had a significant impact on their lives and their families’ survival. The Ark of Taste, a catalog of food diversity at risk of extinction by Slow Food International, has celebrated local food traditions using these breeds.

How You Can Help

Whatever your interest in cattle may be, consider whether you can achieve your farm dreams with heritage breeds and pay it forward. If you don’t have farm dreams, does the desire to help these breeds tug at your heartstrings? Breed stewards and champions are needed in every generation to continue the breed to the next generation. Management practices that prioritize resilience and sustainable agriculture may find heritage cattle best suited for their needs.

Maybe you can establish new family traditions that make room for the heritage breed of your choosing. Pasture pets and retirement pastures are meaningful, too. Decades from now, future generations will appreciate the choices you make now. The pictures taken and memories made with livestock will endure in stories and digital legacies until their turn comes to take the helm and navigate toward unknown shores. Heritage breeds have helped us make it this far; take them with you as you chart the course ahead.

If you’re considering cattle ownership, you can learn more about each heritage breed on The Livestock Conservancy’s Conservation Priority List at https://livestockconservancy.org/heritage-breeds/conservation-priority-list/.

If you’re ready to purchase cattle or want to talk with a breeder, you can most likely find what you’re looking for in our online Breeders and Products Directory at https://livestockconservancy.org/heritage-breeds/breeders-directory/

If you would like to support the ongoing work of The Livestock Conservancy, you can become a member or make a donation at https://livestockconservancy.org/

Raising awareness of heritage breeds is the first step to preventing their extinction. You can help by following our Facebook or Instagram page and sharing our posts to spread the word. https://www.facebook.com/livestockconservancy

The post Heritage Cattle in American History appeared first on The Livestock Conservancy.

Analyze of Production Performance of Shrimp Litopenaeus vannamei Culture and Water Quality on Earthen Pond Quality on Earthen Pond and HDPE-Lined Pond

Edusehat — Tue, 09 Jun 2026 00:40:05 +0700

By Aquaculture Magazine Editorial Team

As global demand for seafood continues to rise, aquaculture faces increasing pressure to optimize production systems while maintaining sustainability. Operational excellence in intensive shrimp farming is directly linked to pond design and environmental control. This study reveals that highdensity polyethylene (HDPE)-lined systems achieve a 133% performance boost over traditional earthen ponds by facilitating superior waste management and biosecurity. These efficiencies not only reduce long-term costs but also ensure the economic sustainability of the operation through consistent, high-yield harvests and improved nutrient utilization.

The white-leg shrimp (Litopenaeus vannamei) is one of the most important aquaculture species globally due to its adaptability to varying salinity and temperature, high survival rates and suitability for intensive farming. By 2020, global production reached 5.8 million tons, representing over half of total shrimp production, and demand is expected to continue increasing due to population growth and changing consumption patterns.

In Indonesia, shrimp production targets have driven the need for improved farming practices, particularly in pond selection, as ponds play a critical role in water quality control and waste management. Two main types are used: earthen ponds and high-density polyethylene (HDPE)- lined ponds. Earthen ponds are more economical and support natural processes such as nutrients cycling, mineral provision, and pH buffering through soil interaction. However, they are prone to leakage, erosion, turbidity, and depend heavily on soil quality. Over time, accumulation of organic matter and toxic compounds like ammonia and hydrogen sulfide can reduce productivity and increase the risk of harvest failure.

HDPE-lined ponds demonstrate significantly higher productivity and survival rates compared to earthen systems, with productivity reaching 9.3 tons/ha. The design facilitates efficient waste removal and better control of harmful compounds, leading to a 133% increase in performance outcomes and a 24% improvement in feed efficiency.

HDPE-lined ponds, in contrast, offer more stable and predictable production. Their design allows efficient waste removal through drainage systems and facilitates better control of harmful compounds, improving shrimp survival rates. Additionally, they tend to have lower levels of pathogens such as Vibrio. However, these systems require higher construction costs and eliminate natural soil-water interactions, increasing the need for artificial mineral supplementation, which is essential for shrimp metabolism and ecosystem balance.

Despite existing studies, most research has focused on extensive systems. These remains a lack of comprehensive analysis in intensive farming conditions. This study aims to address that gap by evaluating how pond type affects water quality, shrimp survival, production performance, and economic outcomes in intensive aquaculture systems.

Materials and Methods

This study was conducted in West Java, Indonesia, comparing three earthen ponds and three HPDE- lined ponds stocked with L. vannamei. Water, shrimp, phytoplankton, and bacterial samples were collected periodically to evaluate water quality and biological conditions. Growth performance was measured through productivity, survival rate (SR), average daily growth (ADG), and feed conversion ratio (FCR). Economic analysis includes costs, revenues, and profitability using benefit-cost ratios (BCR). Statistical tests (T-test, Mann-Whitney, and Pearson correlation) were applied to assess differences and relationships between variables. The methodology aimed to determine how pond type influences shrimp performance, water quality, and economic feasibility in intensive aquaculture systems.

Pond substrate directly influences water quality and phytoplankton composition. Earthen ponds are susceptible to Cyanophyta blooms, which produce toxins like microcystins that damage shrimp tissue. HDPE ponds maintain a more stable environment dominated by beneficial Chlorophyta, resulting in higher dissolved oxygen levels and better overall shrimp health.

Results

The results indicate that pond type significantly influences the production performance of L. vannamei. HDPE ponds showed superior outcomes compared to earthen ponds. Productivity and SR, were significantly higher in HDPE systems (p < 0.05) with increases of 133%. In contrast, earthen ponds exhibited higher ADG and FCR (p < 0.05), although a lower FCR in HDPE ponds (24% less) indicates better feed efficiency. Overall, HDPE ponds demonstrated the best production performance.

Water quality parameters also differed significantly between pond types (p < 0.05). Earthen ponds have higher temperature, pH, and oxidation-reduction potential (ORP), while HDPE ponds showed higher salinity, dissolved oxygen (DO), hardness, total organic matter (TOM), nitrite, and total bacterial count (TBC). Specifically, earthen ponds had lower salinity (21.93 psu) and DO (4.56 mg/L) compared to HDPE ponds (25.07 psu and 5.03 mg/L, respectively). Phytoplankton abundance was greater in earthen ponds, where four classes were identified: Dinophyta, Cyanophyta, Bacillariophyta, and Chlorophyta (Figure 1a, 1b). Chlorophyta dominated early stages in earthen ponds but was later replaced by Cyanophyta after day 56. In HDPE ponds, Chlorophyta remained dominant throughout the culture period.

The relationship between water quality and shrimp survival was assessed using Pearson correlation analysis. In earthen ponds, no significant correlation was observed (p < 0.05), and only weak relationships were detected (Figure 2a). This suggests that survival is influenced by multiple interacting factors or unmeasured variables. In contrast, HDPE ponds showed significant correlations (Figure 2b). Salinity and hardness were positively correlated with SR (p < 0.01; r > 0.50), while total ammonia nitrogen (TAN) and nitrite were negatively correlated (p < 0.01; r < -0.50). These parameters exhibited moderate correlations with survival, highlighting their importance in intensive systems.

Economic analysis revealed that although earthen ponds had lower total operational costs, their production and revenue also lower. HDPE ponds required 17.54% higher investment but generated 57.20% higher revenue. The undiscounted BCR was 0.89% for earthen ponds and 1.72 for HDPE ponds, indicating that earthen systems were not economically feasible, while HDPE systems were profitable. Furthermore, the incremental benefit-cost radio (IBCR) for HDPE ponds was 5.67, meaning that each additional unit of cost produced 5.67 units of benefit.

In summary, HDPE ponds outperform earthen ponds in terms of productivity, survival, water quality control, and economic feasibility, making them a more efficient option for intensive shrimp farming systems.

The use of HDPE liners effectively mitigates the negative effects of declining soil quality and reduces the prevalence of pathogens such as Vibrio. Unlike earthen ponds, which suffer from low oxidation-reduction potential and anaerobic conditions that promote toxic hydrogen sulfide formation, lined systems provide a predictable environment for intensive farming.

Discussion

The study demonstrates that pond type significantly affects shrimp production performance, with HDPE- lined ponds outperforming earthen ponds. HDPE ponds achieved higher productivity (9.3 tons/ha vs. 3.92 tons/ha) and SR, while earthen ponds showed notably low survival (27.32%), likely due to disease outbreaks. FCR was higher in earthen ponds (1.88), exceeding optimal levels (<1.5), indicating inefficient feed use and possible stress-related anorexia linked to infections such as Enterocytozoon hepatopenaei (EHP). These findings highlight the critical role of environmental conditions in shrimp health and productivity.

Although HDPE-lined ponds require a 17.54% higher initial investment, they generate 57.20% higher revenue due to improved survival and productivity. Economic analysis shows an undiscounted benefit-cost ratio of 1.72 for HDPE systems, making them profitable, while earthen systems with low survival rates are no longer economically viable.

Differences in pond substrate influenced water quality through soilwater interactions, which occur only in earthen ponds. Most parameters remained within tolerable ranges for L. vannamei, except TOM, TAN, and nitrite. HDPE ponds exhibited higher TOM promoted bacterial growth, increasing TBC and accelerating nitrification. which raised TAN and nitrite levels in HDPE systems.

Phytoplankton composition also varied. Earthen ponds showed higher Cyanophyta abundance (Figure 1a, 1b), likely due to low nitrogen -to- phosphorus ratios and limited mineral availability. Cyanophyta can fix atmospheric nitrogen, giving them a competitive advantage. However, they produce toxins such as microcystins (~45 μg/L), which damage shrimp hepatopancreatic tissue, causing stress and mortality. Studies confirm toxin presence in dead shrimp, linking Cyanophyta blooms to mortality events.

Water quality influences shrimp survival through complex interactions of physical, chemical, and biological factors. Although HDPE ponds had elevated TAN and nitrite, overall conditions remained favorable due to balanced parameters. In contrast, earthen ponds showed weak correlations between water quality and survival, suggesting other factors were responsible. Poor sediment quality emerged as a key issue. Low ORP values (-191 to -109 mV) indicated anaerobic conditions, promoting hydrogen sulfide (H₂S) formation, a toxic compound linked to shrimp mortality.

For intensive Litopenaeus vannamei culture, the transition to HDPE-lined systems is a critical factor for long-term sustainability. Each additional unit of cost in an HDPE system produces 5.67 units of benefit, proving that the adoption of advanced pond designs enhances both farmer income and the resilience of the global seafood supply chain.

Economically, HDPE ponds required 17.54% higher investment but generated 57.20% higher income due to improved survival and productivity. Earthen ponds had lower costs but poor performance, resulting in a low BCR of 0.89, indicating non-viability. In contrast, HDPE ponds showed strong profitability, with an incremental BCR of 5.67, meaning each additional cost unit yielded substantial returns.

Overall, HDPE-lined ponds provide better environmental control, higher survival, and greater economic benefits, making them a more sustainable and profitable option for intensive shrimp farming.

Conclusion

HDPE-lined ponds demonstrated higher production performance compared to earthen ponds due to their more optimal water quality, particularly indicated by the lower abundance of Cyanophyta. Cyanophyta is a potentially harmful phytoplankton species that produces toxins capable of reducing shrimp survival rates. Additionally, the low SR of shrimp in earthen ponds was also influenced by poor soil quality. Earthen pond with degraded soil quality is no longer economically viable.

The use of HDPE- lined ponds can mitigate the negative effects of declining soil quality, there by creating a more stable environment for shrimp growth. Although the production costs for intensive shrimp farming in HDPE-lined ponds were 17.54% higher than in earthen ponds, this investment was proven to increase farmers’ total income by 57.20%. Thus, the adoption of HDPE- lined ponds not only enhances productivity but also contributes to the economic sustainability of shrimp farmers.

This informative version of the original article is sponsored by: REEF INDUSTRIES INC.

This is a summarized version developed by the editorial team of Aquaculture Magazine based on the review article titled “ANALYZE OF PRODUCTION PERFORMANCE OF VANAME SHRIMP LITOPENAEUS VANNAMEI CULTURE AND WATER QUALITY ON EARTHEN POND AND HDPE-LINED POND” developed by: Zulfana Fikru Sifa, Kukuh Nirmala, Yuni Puji Hastuti and Eddy Supriyono ─ IPB University, Bogor, West Java, Indonesia. The original article was published on JULY, 2025, through JURNAL AKUAKULTUR INDONESIA. The full version, including tables and figures, can be accessed online through this link: DOI:10.19027/jai.25.1.1-15

Heading up north

Edusehat — Mon, 08 Jun 2026 20:55:08 +0700

What I enjoy about friends’ summer holidays is they tend to send me cheese photos. The delights of visiting elsewhere, and eating dairy products, can never be overestimated. Cheese in particular holds a very strong place in people’s hearts.

Speaking of cheese, this month, I will again attend the International Cheese & Dairy Awards up in Stafford. It will be a busy time for us – I head to Chester for the European Dairy Farmers Congress in Chester on 23 June, which is bringing together dairy folks from more than 24 countries for three days and being held in the UK for the first time in several years. It includes farm visits and there is nothing more inspiring than getting out on the grass and seeing the animals that make our industry, I think.

I then get the train down the next morning for the cheese judging – must remember to pack my white coat and cheese iron. Please visit our stand in the hall too while you are there. Samantha Bull will be waiting for you, to chat and give you a copy of our most recent magazine.

Then, it will be onto the Society of Dairy Technology‘s summer symposium being held at the same location. Can’t miss the annual dinner, with its awards to students and industry folks alike, with Eddie the Eagle thrown in for good measure as the keynote.

Then, it is back on the train the next morning, and back up to Chester for Dr Judith Bryans’ presentation on dairy sustainability, plus Steffi Willi-Sonk of EDF’s looking at embracing opportunities in the dairy sector. Sadly I will miss the gala dinner at the Chester Cathedral, but I can’t manage two nights out socialising like mad, myself.

While I am up there, I’ll continue to Preston for another visit with the 13,000 year old Poulton-le-Fylde elk at the Harris, and maybe Feathers McGraw. He lurks up there. Plus, it’s an opportunity to grab some territorials. Cheese, Gromit!

The post Heading up north appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

From vision to showroom: VIV Europe closes its 25th edition at the forefront of feed-to-food innovation

Edusehat — Mon, 08 Jun 2026 17:00:10 +0700

The 25th edition of the world expo from feed to food brought together the full breadth of the global animal protein industry at Jaarbeurs Utrecht and now marks the opening of a new biannual chapter

VIV Europe 2026 has officially closed its doors on a milestone 25th edition — one that fully lived up to its theme, ‘Showroom of the World.’ Held from 2–4 June 2026 at Jaarbeurs Utrecht, the show welcomed 14,691 professional visitors from 135 countries, including 200 industry leaders, alongside 461 exhibitors active across the full animal protein value chain.

Covering sectors such as feed and grain technology, feed ingredients and additives, animal health, breeding and hatching, farm production, processing and packaging, cold chain logistics, laboratory services, and IT and automation, the exhibition presented a comprehensive view of modern animal protein production. Participation spanned 20,500 sqm of net exhibition floor across six halls, with exhibiting companies hailing from 37 countries. All of which reflects the global reach of the event and its standing as the industry’s foremost international meeting point. The show was covered by 30 members of the international press.

This edition also marks the beginning of a new structural chapter for VIV Europe. From 2026 forward, the show moves to a biannual cycle — a step that reflects its established global standing and provides the industry with a regular, dedicated moment to convene, share knowledge, and look ahead.

Ideas transforming protein production

Across the three days, the conference program featured 76 conference sessions and 107 speakers that brought together scientists, senior executives, policymakers, and specialists in substantive dialogue on the questions shaping animal protein and sustainable food production through the remainder of the decade. Sessions addressed the practical application of AI and digital tools in farm and feed management, the commercial and regulatory path toward reduced antimicrobial use, the geopolitical forces bearing on global protein and feed trade, and the structural adjustments required for more resilient, lower-impact supply chains.

Contributing institutions included Wageningen University & Research, Rabobank, the World’s Poultry Science Association, the World Veterinary Poultry Association, the Netherlands African Business Council, the Dutch Poultry Centre, World Veterinary Education in Production Animal Health, Global Dairy Farmers, and Common Source alongside a wide range of international research bodies and sector organisations. The AgriBITs seminar explored AI, precision nutrition, and smart feed processing; the Build My Feedmill seminar went deep on feed technology; and the Dairy 2030 track addressed data-led farm management. Meanwhile, Cities Leading Food Production convened city governments and researchers to examine the role urban food systems can play in wider supply chain resilience.

Three days, every link in the chain

The opening ceremony was addressed by HRH Prince Carlos of Bourbon de Parme, whose remarks underlined the strategic importance of sustainable food production to Europe and its global trading relationships, setting a fitting tone for an edition defined by both ambition and responsibility.

From there, the exhibition floor unfolded as a live map of where the industry stands and where it is heading. New product launches, technology demonstrations, and solution showcases ran continuously across all three days, with buyers and procurement teams from major integrators, cooperatives, and national producers moving purposefully between stands. The innovation on display from precision feeding systems to next-generation biosecurity protocols and AI-driven farm management platforms illustrated an industry actively advancing its capabilities and defining what comes next.

Natalie Taylor, Project Manager of VIV Europe shares, “What started as a vision nearly five decades ago came to life once again in Utrecht — bigger, bolder, and more connected than ever. Under the theme ‘Showroom of the World,’ VIV Europe 2026 was exactly that: the place where the animal protein and agri-food industry came to see what’s next. New technologies were unveiled, new solutions were shared, and new connections were made that will continue to transform the industry for years to come. The energy and ambition on show proved that this industry has never been more inspired. It was more than a trade show, our 25th edition was a milestone moment, and we thank you for being part of it.”

The showroom of the world reopens in 2028

With its 25th edition complete, VIV Europe turns its attention to 2028. The period between editions gives organisers, exhibitors, and the wider industry community the time needed to deepen partnerships, expand the hosted buyer and delegation programs, and develop new knowledge strands. It also ensures that when the doors open again in Utrecht, the show arrives with something genuinely new to offer.

“We remain steadfast with one consistent purpose: to bring the entire animal protein chain together, under one roof, so that progress can happen faster than it would anywhere else. VIV Europe was built on the principle that the door should be open to everyone with something real to offer. VIV Europe is the Showroom of the World. It earns that name today. Not only through what we build, but more so, through what you bring,” shares Jeroen van Hooff, President & CEO, Royal Dutch Jaarbeurs and VNU Group.

VIV Europe 2028 will take place from 13–15 June 2028 at Jaarbeurs Utrecht, the Netherlands. For more information, visit europe.viv.net.

Source: VIV Worldwide press release

The ionophores: anticoccidials that are the backbone of the poultry industry

Edusehat — Sun, 07 Jun 2026 00:55:05 +0700

By Greg F. Mathis, PhD
and Brett Lumpkins, PhD
Southern Poultry Feed & Research, Inc, Athens, Georgia

Birth of poultry anticoccidials

Chemotherapy of coccidiosis in poultry was revolutionized by Levine in 1941 with the discovery of sulfonamides,¹ which were active against the chicken coccidia Eimeria tenella. This discovery led to the development of many anticoccidial drugs that helped bring coccidiosis under control.

A 2014 review paper by Chapman highlighted one of the major landmark discoveries in coccidiosis control: that coccidiosis could be better managed and controlled by the continuous feeding of a low concentration of certain anticoccidial drugs.^2,3 Reid stated that the availability of economical and effective anticoccidial drugs and the prophylactic feeding of these drugs supported the rapid rise of an intensive confined rearing of poultry.⁴

In The Biology of the Coccidia, McDougald stated that prevention programs for coccidiosis are preferable to treatment.⁵ The onset of coccidiosis can occur quickly, with the acute phase (morbidity and mortality) occurring before therapeutic measures can be introduced.

Most anticoccidial drugs work against multiple coccidiosis stages. This includes the early (asexual) stages that result in major damage to the intestinal tract and thus impair the health of the production bird, i.e., broiler, layer or turkey. However, therapeutic anticoccidials are limited in number, some with toxicity issues, insufficient species spectrum of activity or both.

McDougald also stated that “the logistics of timely therapeutic action, limited safe and useful choices and the structure of the poultry industry negate the usefulness of treatment as an economical or practical means of coccidiosis control in lieu of preventative medication.”⁶ Notwithstanding withdrawal times, continuous prophylactic feeding of anticoccidial drugs is needed for maximum protection.

Anticoccidials on the market

In 1981, there were 27 FDA-approved anticoccidial drugs in the US.⁷ Today, there are only 12 FDA-approved drugs for chicken coccidiosis control. The first anticoccidial drugs were synthetic. Generally, these compounds have a strong, broad-species spectrum of anticoccidial activity. The downside to the strong anticoccidial activity is that some degree of resistance/decreased sensitivity has developed to all of these products.⁸ There are only 7 feed-additive synthetic drugs that remain (Table 1).

Table 1: FDA-approved synthetic anticoccidial drugs and when each was introduced to the US market

Drug	Introduced to market
Nicarbazine	1956
Clopidol	1968
Zoalene	1960
Amprolium	1960
Decoquinate	1970s
Robenidine	1970s
Diclazuril	1991

Nicarbazine, one of the oldest anticoccidial drugs, was approved in 1956. There is limited documented resistance to this compound.⁹ Clopidol was approved in 1968, and zoalene in 1960, with both used prophylactically at 0.125% in the feed. Both were later removed from the market for an extended period.

After many years of non-use of these two drugs, anticoccidial-sensitivity tests were conducted, and it was determined that numerous coccidia field strains were sensitive to both drugs. Based on this information and the resolution of manufacturing issues, zoalene and clopidol were successfully and effectively reintroduced to the broiler market.

Another drug introduced in the 1960s was amprolium, which has its greatest activity against E. tenella and E. necatrix. Due to its high solubility, amprolium is often used as a water-administered therapeutic agent.

Decoquinate and robenidine were approved in the early 1970s and used prophylactically at 0.033% in the feed. Robenidine was first approved at 66 parts per million (ppm), with the hope that this strong activity would eliminate any chance for resistance development. Unfortunately, this assumption proved to be incorrect. Research has shown that there is a generally stronger selection for resistance with higher drug doses. The dose was reduced to 33 ppm with this new understanding of resistance.

Polyether ionophorous antibiotic anticoccidials

With the introduction of the ionophore monensin, in 1971, this class of anticoccidials became the principal product used, quickly reaching 80% to 90% of the market.

The polyether ionophorous antibiotics — ionophores — are produced by the fermentation of Streptomyces spp. or Actinomadura spp. The ionophores are placed into three groups: monovalent (monensin, narasin and salinomycin), monovalent glycosidic (maduramicin and semduramicin) and divalent (lasalocid). Worldwide, there are several anticoccidial drugs that are mixtures of low doses of synthetic anticoccidial drugs and a low dose of an ionophore.

The continuing success of this class of compounds results from a broad spectrum of activity across species, a lack of serious problems with drug resistance¹⁰ and often at a very competitive price. Chapman listed the discovery of ionophores as a milestone in avian coccidiosis research.¹¹ McDougald added to Reid’s broad statement that anticoccidial drugs allowed the poultry industry to become more productive and efficient.^12,13 Thus, the ionophores were the backbone of intensive poultry production, and without them, the industry could not have grown to the tremendous level we have today.

Initially, it was thought that ionophores would not work in the field. Heavy coccidia challenges, often used in coccidia efficacy battery studies, showed that ionophores did not have as strong anticoccidial efficacy as most synthetic anticoccidials. Even with these battery test results, the ionophores were approved and proved successful in controlling coccidiosis in the field.

The control of field coccidiosis with ionophores was determined to be direct action against the coccidia and immunological action. The ionophores manage coccidiosis by not being fully coccidiocidal, thereby allowing some coccidia to cycle and, subsequently, coccidia immunity to develop. In this representation of a typical epidemiological oocyst-shedding pattern for vaccination and for ionophore feeding (Figure 1), oocyst shedding increases during the growout phase, with immunity developing simultaneously with each reinfection. With both programs, the number of oocysts rises and then decreases as immunity develops.

Figure 1. Oocysts shedding pattern

By not having full coccidiocidal activity, ionophores have the advantage of slower selection for drug resistance compared to many synthetic anticoccidials. Conway and McKenzie suggested that the immunological control associated with ionophore use is similar against strains that are sensitive as well as those with reduced anticoccidial sensitivity.¹⁴

As shown, all the anticoccidials have been used for many years. However, many of these drugs still have effective anticoccidial activity. Anticoccidial-sensitivity testing prior to use has been very beneficial and has contributed to their longevity.

With the successful and resilient use of the ionophorous anticoccidials, these older synthetics are often used in rotation and shuttle programs. This has reduced the duration of usage and “rested” these drugs that are more prone to resistance development. Without the use of ionophores, many of the synthetic anticoccidial drugs would not be as effective today.

Coccidiosis vaccination: bio-shuttle

Coccidiosis vaccination has increased worldwide due to many factors, including increased incidence of drug resistance and the removal of growth-promoting feed additives. Coccidia vaccines are comprised of live, commonly occurring Eimeria species. For immunity to develop, coccidia must cycle through the birds. With each cycle, immunity is strengthened.

However, there are downsides to vaccination. Vaccination administers a live parasite, which, by its nature, will cause damage to the intestinal tract. Related to this damage is the potential for Clostridium perfringens proliferation, which can lead to necrotic enteritis. Additionally, administration issues, environment, chick quality, brooding time and many more production issues can influence cycling and uniform immunity development.

An option used by many poultry producers to manage coccidia following vaccination is a bio-shuttle or hybrid program. A bio-shuttle program is the feeding of a low-use level of a drug during the peak of vaccine-related coccidia cycling. Figure 2 illustrates that the idea is to reduce the level of infection after adequate coccidial immunity has developed, thus reducing coccidiosis damage and potentially lowering the incidence of necrotic enteritis.

With the bio-shuttle program, the drug is not intended to completely eliminate the coccidia but to reduce the coccidiosis level. As previously mentioned, the ionophores are well-suited for this type of program with a lower-use level available. Ionophores allow some coccidia to cycle, enabling coccidia immunity to develop and providing an added bonus of antimicrobial activity.

Figure 2. Bio-shuttle program: low dose ionophore with coccidia vaccination. Vaccine applied at hatch. Salinomycin 40 g/t D18-28 and Lasalocid 68 g/t D28-42. Mathis et al. 2017.

Conclusion

The use of ionophores as standalone, straight ionophore programs, in rotation and shuttle programs (to increase modes of action and “rest” other anticoccidials), and in bio-shuttle programs (vaccine + anticoccidial) has made this class of anticoccidial indispensable for coccidiosis control. The polyether ionophorous antibiotic anticoccidials are truly the backbone of intensive poultry production.

References

Levine PP. Chemotherapy in the control of avian coccidiosis. In: Proceedings of the US Livestock Sanitary Association. 1941;45:118-120.
Chapman HD. Milestones in avian coccidiosis research: A review. Poult Sci.2014;93(3):501-511.
Grumbles LC, Delaplane JP,Higgins Sulfaquinoxaline in the control of Eimeria tenella and Eimeria necatrix in chickens on a commercial broiler farm. Science. 1948;107:196.
Reid WM. Use of anticoccidials buy the poultry industry in the USA. Presented: Symposium International sur les Coccidioses, Tours, France. 1973;17.
McDougald LR. Chemotherapy of Coccidiosis In: The Biology of the Coccidia. Edited by: Long Baltimore, MD: University Park Press. 1982;373-428.
Ibid.
Reid WM, McDougald L.R. In: 9^th edition Diseases of Poultry; Protozoa/Coccidiosis. 1981;791.
Chapman HD.Anticoccidial drug resistance. In: The Biology of the Coccidia. Edited by: Long, L.. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press. 1982; 429-445273-428.
Bafundo KW, Cervantes HM, Mathis GF. Sensitivity of Eimeria Field isolates in the United States: Responses of Nicarbazin-containing Anticoccidials. Poult Sci. 2008;87(9):1760-1767.
Jeffers TK. Eimeria tenella: sensitivity of recent field isolants to monensin. Avian Dis. 1978 Jan-Mar;22(1):157-61.
Chapman HD. Milestones in avian coccidiosis research
Reid WM. Use of anticoccidials buy the poultry industry in the USA
McDougald LR. Chemotherapy of Coccidiosis
Conway DP, Mckenzie ME. Poultry Coccidiosis: Diagnostic and Testing Procedures. 3^rd, Ames, Iowa: Blackwell Publishing. 2007;1-168.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post The ionophores: anticoccidials that are the backbone of the poultry industry appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Giant Blue Beauty Anole Care Guide

Edusehat — Sat, 06 Jun 2026 03:10:06 +0700

These striking anoles truly live up to their name, Giant Blue Beauty. They are amongst the largest anole species and by far the bluest! Anolis equestris potior is a sub-species of the Cuban Knight Anole (Anolis equestris equestris) is only found on the small island of Cayo Santa Maria, just a few kilometers north of the main island of Cuba.

In the Giant Blue Beauty’s native habitat, they can be found on tree trunks and branches in the canopy foraging for insects, small lizards, and other invertebrates. Some omnivorous behaviors have been observed in Blue Beauty Anoles including eating fruits and even Pangea Gecko Diet. Their native climate is warm and humid, typical of the Caribbean tropics.

Husbandry

These gorgeous lizards have easy-to-moderate care requirements for most keepers. While Giant Blue Beauty Anoles can be more handleable then some Anolis species, they should be considered display species with limited handling.

Housing

Enclosure

Anoles are medium bodied arboreal lizards that spend most of their time in trees. Choosing a front-opening enclosure with a screen-top that favors height over floor space is the most appropriate enclosure design for these beauties. A pair of Giant Blue Beauties will do well in 18" x 18" x 24" enclosure but more room is always better. Juveniles can be housed in a 12" x 12" x 18" enclosure for several months.

Glass, PVC, ABS, or HDPE can all work as enclosure materials. Depending on the manufacturer, you may need to seal the seams to prevent leakage. Screen tops or other ventilation should be present to facilitate airflow. A front opening option will allow for easier access for cleaning, feeding, maintenance, etc., but will also help alleviate some of the lizard's stress when hands are in the enclosure because most predators’ anoles face come from above.

Décor

Being arboreal lizards, the most important items in your anole's enclosure are climbing surfaces. Branches, like Pangea Ghost Wood Branches, of different diameters that include multiple options of branches as thick or thicker than the lizard's body will facilitate their arboreal tendencies. Pangea Cork Backgrounds and cork flats can be incorporated as well. Branches should be placed vertically and diagonally with basking spots in mind. As you can see in the picture to the right they really enjoy the Pangea Ultimate Vine.

A variety of substrates can be used but we recommend coconut coir like Zoo Med Eco Earth or a soil blend with some sand like Zoo Med Reptisoil. For example, a 50/25/25 mix of coconut coir, organic topsoil, and washed play sand can be used. The substrate can be 1” deep since these anoles will spend very little time on the ground, typically only when hunting. If you plan to incorporate live plants, plan on using deeper substrate.

Plants are another critical item to include in your Giant Blue Beauty Anole’s enclosure. Foliage provides cover for the animal, assists in the formation microclimates, and adds a pleasing aesthetic for you. You can choose to use artificial plants for your enclosure but an excellent option for these anoles is a bioactive enclosure with live plants.

To learn how to set up a bioactive enclosure, check out our blog (coming soon!).

Atmosphere

Coming from a small tropical island in the Caribbean, these anoles like it hot and humid, especially during the summer months. While Cuba is not equatorial, a day-night cycle with 12 hours of light and 12 hours of dark can work for them year-round, but seasonal simulation should be attempted when possible.

In the wild, these beautiful lizards have a humid environment and receive regular rain, especially from May-September. To achieve similar conditions, the enclosure should be misted multiple times a day, including the morning and evening, with a hand mister or automatic mister. Misting should be thorough and if you are in a drier climate, then you may need to mist more often to achieve appropriate humidity levels.

In captivity, these anoles will often be seen basking, so it is important to set their lights up properly for healthiest animals. This can be achieved with 2-3 lights. These beauties require fairly high levels UVB for adequate D3 synthesis. Anolis equestris are in Ferguson Zone 3 with an ultraviolet index (UVI) of 1.1-3.0. To achieve this UVI you can use a 10.0 UVB bulb from Zoo Med, a 12% bulb from Arcadia or a Zone 3 bulb from Reptile Systems. The necessary UV output increases as distance increases, adjustments to the bulb selection or basking spot should be made to accommodate the required UVI.

In addition to UVB, these anoles require UVA and Infrared wavelengths from lighting. The best way to achieve this is with a low-wattage halogen bulb like the 50-watt Pangea Halogen bulb or the 35-watt Zoo Med Nano Halogen bulb for smaller enclosures but may need to be upgraded for larger enclosures. You should choose a bulb that is appropriate for your enclosure size. You may adjust the height of bulb or the basking branches to achieve a basking temperature around 95°F but we expand on the topic of temperatures further down this care guide. Mercury Vapor Bulbs like the Reptile Systems D3 UV Basking Lamp can be used for both UV and Heat and work great for larger enclosures.

The following parameters should be used in the summer and winter, respectively, with a 1–2-month gradual transition for spring and fall.

Summer

The summer months in Cuba (June-Sept.) come with heat and heavy rainfall. To accomplish this, we recommend these parameters:

Light: 14 hours of daylight - 10 hours of darkness

Basking spot of 90°F - 100°F

Ambient temperatures of 73°F - 80°F

Relative Humidity of 60 - 100%

Mist Daily (3x)- in the morning, mid-day, and evening.

Winter

The winter months in Cuba (Dec-March) are a little cooler with a little less rain. To accomplish this we recommend these parameters:

Light: 10 hours of daylight - 14 hours of darkness

Basking spot of 80°F - 90°F

Ambient temperatures of 70°F - 75°F

Relative Humidity of 60 - 100%

Mist Daily (2x) - in the morning, and evening.

Diet

Most common feeder insects will be great for Giant Blue Beauty Anoles. Crickets, roaches, hornworms, silkworms, and other live insects can all be fed to these lizards. Feeder items should be able to pass through a space as wide as the space between the anole's eyes. Prior to feeding your anole, the insects should be fed an appropriate gut-load like Pangea Insect Grub 24-hours in advance. Feeder insects should be dusted with a calcium supplement at least every other feeding and a multivitamin once a week. Based on our experience observing basking behavior and research from other keepers in the hobby we believe that using Calcium with D3 is more beneficial than without.

Conclusion

Following these guidelines will certainly set you up to have success with Giant Blue Beauty Anoles but we recommend using multiple sources and continuous research as reptile husbandry and research continue to advance. If you have any questions please do not hesitate to reach out to us and we will do our best to help you.

Black Friday Cyber Monday Sale Preview

Edusehat — Sat, 06 Jun 2026 03:10:06 +0700

Wondering what we're cooking up for Black Friday? Our deals are just around the corner... from 11/18 - 12/1, we are offering end of the year deals on geckos, isopods, wood, & more! Read on to see what kind of surprises we have in store.

During the Black Friday sale, ALL of our geckos are going to be discounted! There is no limit on this discount, just add the gecko to your cart and save. We are offering up to 50% OFF on extreme harlequin crested geckos. We're also offering savings on many different traits, male cresties, tokays, leachies, and many more species. This is your best chance to get a Pangea gecko for 2026!

Budding reptile breeders and pros alike will also enjoy 20% OFF on husbandry tools, hatching substrate, and cleaning supplies.

Deck the enclosure with 15% OFF on bulk cork and 25% OFF on Pangea wood branches. We're even offering 10% discounts on our cork backgrounds and other 15% off on other wood decor. Get some new branches for your latest enclosure project!

During the sale, we will be offering free shipping rewards based on the value of your orders. Get FREE SHIPPING (continental US, dry goods only) when you spend $125! Be sure to stock up and save on gifts for the holidays.

Building on the decor discounts, we're also offering 25% OFF on Pangea plant decor and hides. Our substrates are also going for 20% OFF, along with 50% OFF on Pangea leaf litter!

Light up the dark days of winter and get up to 40% off on Pangea & VE T5 HO fixtures. Set up a nice warm gradient with our 25% discount on Pangea and Reptile Systems heat lamps to beat the winter cold.

Along with all of these decor deals, be sure to grab a feeding dish for up to 35% OFF.

If you need a place to park all of this awesome new enclosure gear, we're even offering 10% OFF on New Age Pet enclosures.

Looking to go bioactive? Our isopods are quiet, colorful, and work for free! We're offering 50% OFF on Giant Canyon Isopods along with 30% OFF on premium species & morphs. All other isopods are going to be 15% OFF so you will always save on your favorite little land crustaceans. Take advantage of 15% OFF on the Zoo Med Creatures Roly-Poly Kit so you will have a good place to keep them while you prep your enclosure.

Remember, we are offering discounts only until the end of day on 12/1. Don't miss out on your chance to grab the perfect present for yourself or your friends & family.

Basic Care for Crested Geckos

Edusehat — Sat, 06 Jun 2026 03:10:05 +0700

Crested geckos are a large arboreal species of gecko, native to the island nation of New Caledonia. They’ve become incredibly popular pet reptiles for their relative ease of care, beautiful appearances, and goofy personalities. They make great pets, and many keepers recommend them as fantastic first pet reptiles as well!

If you’re getting a crested gecko and want to learn the ins and outs of what they need to thrive, you’ve come to the right place! Pangea Reptile has been breeding crested geckos since the company was founded over two decades ago. Plus, our well-established crested gecko diet is renowned worldwide for helping thousands of geckos grow happily and healthily. So, all-in-all, we know a thing or two about these incredible creatures.

This care sheet is a crash course in everything you need to get started with a crested gecko. We also cover this information in video form on the following YouTube video!

Let's begin with a brief description of crested geckos' natural habitat and behaviors. As we mentioned earlier, crested geckos are native to the semi-tropical nation of New Caledonia. Specifically, they live in the forests of Southern Grand Terre, and the Isle of Pines

Temperatures in New Caledonia tend to hover around the mid to upper 70s (°F), and the high 60s in the Winter with Humidity levels as high as 90%. These conditions are relatively easy to replicate, which is a major reason Crested Geckos thrive in captivity, and have grown so popular!

Current conditions in New Caledonia:

Weather Data Source: Wetter fur die nächsten 21 tage

In the wild, crested geckos eat primarily fruits, but also snack on the local insects and pollens. They are arboreal, living in the trees, and scampering up to canopy when alarmed. This is the environment we seek to replicate when caring for our geckos! With that in mind, let's go over what a crested gecko needs to thrive!

Enclosure

For this guide, we're basing our minimum enclosure sizes on the Federation of British Herpetologist's Code of Practice for Minimum Enclosure Sizes. They've developed some great guidelines for a variety of species to help keepers provide the minimum amount of space for a reptile to thrive.

The enclosure size your gecko will need depends on the stage of life it is in. Juvenile crested geckos can do well in a 12"x12"x18" enclosure. If you are getting a juvenile crested gecko, our complete kit comes with an enclosure of that size, along with everything you need to decorate it!

Our complete crested gecko kits come with everything a juvenile gecko needs to get started!

Keep in mind though, that a crested gecko cannot comfortably live in one of these enclosures forever. Once the gecko grows to approximately 30-40 grams, they should be transitioned to a terrarium no smaller than 18"x18"x24". This is the most accessible size in line with FBH code for an average sized crested gecko, but you can always go bigger if you have the means to do so! In fact, some keepers are even recommending 18"x18"x36" as their minimums to give their geckos extra climbing space.

Regardless of the size you choose, you will want to ensure there is plenty of vertical space to climb, so your gecko has the opportunity to climb!

Also, while screen enclosures may be more affordable, at these sizes, they are not suitable for crested geckos since they cannot maintain the humidity needed without humidifying the whole room the enclosure is located in. We'd recommend sticking with an enclosure made of a non-permeable material like glass or PVC.

Substrate, Hardscape, and Decor

Once you have picked out an enclosure for your gecko, you'll want to plan out what's going to go inside of it. The following suggestions include items for a naturalistic terrarium using synthetic plants. You can also choose to build a bioactive terrarium with live plants and a clean up crew. Building a bioactive enclosure can be very rewarding, and oftentimes results in less cleaning and maintenance in the long run. If you are interested in building a bioactive enclosure, we have a blog post discussing things to consider for a bioactive build, as well as a YouTube playlist all about bioactive enclosures.

Substrate

For your substrate, you will want one that can retain humidity well. Coco coir, peat moss, sphagnum moss, or a combination of these are great choices! We also like topping natural substrates like these with leaf litter and moss to aid the natural forest floor look, and help prevent the gecko from ingesting any substrate.

For best results, natural substrates like these should also have a drainage layer, made from a substrate barrier, and Aqua Balls. Natural substrates should be layered 2-4" thick, and should be spot cleaned daily, and replaced entirely after a month or so.

You can also raise a gecko on paper towels. These are great for monitoring health, and there is no risk of a gecko ingesting them. However, they aren't very aesthetically pleasing, and they need to be replaced weekly.

Hardscape

Think of the hardscape of the enclosure as its skeleton. The hardscape is sturdy, solid decor pieces that provide stable climbing structures for your gecko, and that can be used as scaffolding for other decor. Some hardscaping options we recommend are Cork Bark Backgrounds, Cork bark flats and rounds, ghost wood, drift wood, jungle wood, and other wood branches.

Cork Bark is a fantastic hardscaping material for crested geckos!

Decor

Once you have your hardscape chosen, you can choose the rest of your decor! We highly recommend choosing a variety of hanging plants that can be mounted in the upper portions of your gecko's enclosure. Crested Geckos will oftentimes climb higher and hide in foliage to feel secure, so giving them plenty of plants and vines to facilitate this behavior is a good idea. These plants also trap humidity, creating humid zones, and act as a surface for water droplets to accumulate for your gecko to drink from. Aside from hanging plants, other elevated hides, such as hanging coconuts can be good for them as well!

Our Super Inkblot Crested Gecko, Rorschach's favorite napping spot is his hanging orchid!

As you arrange your hardscape and decor, ensure your gecko has different zones of light, temperature, and humidity, and that they have multiple places to hide. This will let it have options in choosing where it needs to be depending on it's needs at the time.

Finally, we recommend including an elevated feeding ledge as some geckos feel more secure eating from an elevated position.

Our small acrylic feeding ledges are strong enough to safely support crested geckos!

Heat, Humidity, and Lighting

As we mentioned earlier, the conditions in New Caledonia are relatively easy to replicate in an enclosure! The target range for your enclosure is about 70-78°F, though overnight dips to the mid to high 60s are okay. In most cases, your home's room temperature is perfect. To gauge if your terrarium is in the right temperature range, we recommend a digital thermometer/hygrometer combo meter so you can monitor both temperature and humidity simultaneously!

Use a digital combo meter to keep your parameters in the correct range!

If you find you need to add heat to keep your temperature in an appropriate range, we recommend setting up a ceramic heat emitter above the enclosure, and limiting it with a thermostat to prevent overheating. Crested geckos can rapidly overheat at temperatures above 80°F, so monitoring your temperature is crucial!

You'll need to provide spikes of 80-95% humidity for a few hours each day by misting the enclosure once or twice each day, depending on your local humidity. We recommend always misting at night so your gecko can stay hydrated by drinking water droplets, and again in the morning if you find it is needed to maintain humidity levels. Between mistings, we recommend letting the enclosure to "dry out" to about 50-60%. This discourages the growth of mold and bacteria to reduce the risk of respiratory infections.

Crested Geckos are considered crepuscular, meaning they are most active at dusk and dawn, but they are also very active throughout the night, and occasionally during the day. To encourage a natural cycle of behavior, you need to provide a day/night light cycle. This can be achieved with LED or UVB lighting on top of the enclosure, room light, indirect sunlight, or a combination of these methods. To keep the cycle consistent, we recommend using a day/night timer, with 10 hours of light in the winter, 14 in the summer, and 12 in between.

Crested Gecko don't typically exhibit basking behaviors like other reptiles would, however, some keepers have observed cryptic basking behaviors, and they are likely to benefit from low levels of UVB light. We like using Reptile Systems' Zone 1 T5 Kits.

Food and Water

Crested Geckos are fruit eating omnivores, so to meet their dietary needs, they should primarily be fed Pangea Complete Crested Gecko Diets. Each of these diets have been carefully developed with nutritionists to ensure your gecko gets all the nutrients it needs to thrive! We recommend starting with our Pangea Gecko Diet Sample Pack to see which flavors your gecko prefers. For more information on mixing and portioning our diets, check out the following video!

Juvenile Crested Geckos should typically be fed daily, alternating between Pangea and live insects. Adults should be eating every other day on the same rotation. New geckos don't always eat right away, so don't panic; just continue to offer gecko diet so it has food when it feels safe enough to eat. Once you see tongue marks in the food, and regular pooping, you know they are eating properly.

We recommend feeding a variety of live insects such as crickets and dubia roaches alongside Pangea diets. This provides variety in your geckos diet, as well as enrichment in the form of hunting. Regardless of the insects provided, they should be gut-loaded with Pangea Roach and Cricket food, and dusted with a calcium powder before feeding. Be sure to use calcium with D3 if you are not using UVB lights, and calcium without D3 if you are using UVB

Aside from food, we also recommend providing a clean water dish for them to drink from. In the wild, and captivity crested geckos have been observed drinking the water that collects on leaves, but it doesn't hurt to also include a water dish so they can continue to have water once the droplets dry up!

That covers the basics of crested gecko care! Keep an eye on our YouTube Channel and blog page as we will be releasing more videos and blog posts covering specific aspects of care. And of course, if you have any questions about crested gecko care, feel free to reach out to us through our "contact us" page, or through our DMs on Instagram, Facebook, or TikTok!

The 2026 Pangea Reptile Spring Setup Sale is Almost Here!

Edusehat — Sat, 06 Jun 2026 03:10:05 +0700

The Pangea Reptile Spring Setup Sale is right around the corner. Starting on 3/13 and lasting until 3/22, we're offering discounts on all of the isopods, decor, supplies & more that you need to start a new bioactive build for spring! Use these deals to give your crested gecko an enclosure they will love.

The Spring Sale means springtails for sale. No bioactive build is complete without a cleanup crew to keep things running smoothly. We're offering a rare deal of 10% Off on springtails just for our spring setup sale, along with 30% Off on all isopods!

In addition to our springtail offer, we want you to enjoy 10% Off on our new PVC enclosures. Please remember to seal the enclosure with silicone before attempting any bioactive builds with it!

Our cork wood decor deals are going strong this year, and we're also extending those deals to our wood decor as well! Enjoy 15% off on Pangea Reptile cork bark wood decor and 25% off on Pangea Reptile wood decor including sandblasted grapevine branches.

When it comes to heating up your new enclosure, we're offering a never-before seen deal: 10% Off on reptile heat tape so that you can make that heated rack setup that you have always been dreaming of! This is in addition to discounts on Deep Heat Projectors, Halogen Bulbs, Heat Lamps, & more!

Spring means less snow and more moisture, and we're keeping up the trend with discounts on humidity supplies that you will need to keep your terrarium feeling fresh. We're offering 10% off on Mist King accessories and other humidity supplies so that you can expand a current misting system build or get started on a new one for 2026! We also have a great discount on the Pangea Humidity Gauge that also works as a reptile thermostat.

Does your reptile need some alone time? We're offering 25% Off on our basic reptile hides that are great for breeding set ups, and 20% off on Galapagos hides that will fit right in a vibrant green bioactive enclosure.

Get a bright and early move on 30% off Pangea Vivibright LED plant light! This light will give your bioactive enclosure plants all of the light they need to grow and make your enclosure. We're also offering discounts on the Pangea Reptile T5 Fixtures & bulbs to give your reptile a high-quality basking light.

In case real plants aren't your thing, we have an excellent selection of lifelike plant decor to give your enclosure a vibrant look. Get 25% Off on Pangea Plant Decor for your new spring enclosure build.

As an essential part of Bioactive builds is the substrate mix that goes into making the soil suitable for bioactive activity. Get 15% off on Pangea Reptile substrates Including the popular abg mix which is one of our most popular substrate mixes.

Your Spring Setup wouldn't be complete without a way to feed your gecko, so take advantage of steep discounts on feeding dishes & ledges including 20% Off on our silicone feeding cups! This also includes discounts on our Pangea Reptile Medium Rock Water Bowl if you have a terrestrial animal such as a Leopard Gecko or Bearded Dragon.

If your little lizard is the kind that loves live insects, take advantage of up to 30% Off on feeder insect supplies. This includes our popular PangeaCal Calcium powder, tweezers & hemostats, and water gel for your feeder insects.

Your spring cleaning will benefit from a flat 25% discount on Cleaning & Disinfectant Supplies for your enclosure. This includes scrapers, disinfectant, and more to make your next cleaning job a breeze!

In addition to all of these one-of-a-kind spring deals, we're giving you deals on:

In addition to all of the exciting deals that we are offering for spring, we're giving free shipping on all orders over $110 to make it easier than ever to make those big bioactive build purchases.

Don't delay, Spring into these bioactive setup deals while they last!

Cork Fill-a-Bag or Cork Accents? Choosing the Best Option for Your Setup

Edusehat — Sat, 06 Jun 2026 03:10:04 +0700

If you’re adding cork to your reptile enclosure, you might be wondering whether Cork Fill-A-Bags or Cork Accents are the better fit. Well, the answer really depends on what you’re building.

Cork Fill-A-Bags come packed with a mix of flat cork pieces in different shapes and sizes. They’re great for creating custom backgrounds, building climbing features, or adding larger cork pieces throughout your enclosure. If you like having a variety of pieces to work with, this is a great option.

Cork Accents are made up of smaller, nugget-sized pieces that are perfect for ground cover and filling in the little details. They’re an easy way to add texture, cover exposed substrate, and give your setup a more natural look.

Both options are made from natural cork and can add enrichment, texture, and visual interest to your enclosure. Whether you’re building a full custom background or just adding finishing touches, there’s an option to fit your needs.

Shop Cork Fill-A-Bags and Cork Accents on our website today!

View this post on Instagram

A post shared by Pangea Reptile (@pangeareptile)

Did Ya Know? Grapevine Tunnels

Edusehat — Sat, 06 Jun 2026 03:10:04 +0700

Looking for a natural way to enhance your reptile’s enclosure? Grapevine Tunnels are a versatile addition that provide both function and visual appeal.

These unique wood pieces create secure hiding spots where reptiles can hide and feel safe, while also serving as great basking areas. Their natural shape makes them especially well-suited for dry, warm habitats and arid species such as snakes and lizards.

Whether you're building a desert-inspired setup or simply adding enrichment to your enclosure, Grapevine Tunnels are a practical and beautiful solution!

Available in Small, Medium, Large, and Extra Large sizes, there’s an option for everything from young reptiles to larger species.

Shop Grapevine Tunnels today!

@pangeareptile
Did ya know? Grapevine Tunnels make the perfect natural hide, doubling as both a basking spot and a secure place to retreat. Ideal for dry, warm habitats, they’re a great fit for arid species like snakes and lizards. Available in small, medium, large, and extra large sizes, grab yours on TikTok Shop today!
♬ original sound - Pangea Reptile

2026 Pangea Build Off Giveaway

Edusehat — Sat, 06 Jun 2026 03:10:03 +0700

Our first giveaway of the year is officially underway and we want to see how you are using our wood in your enclosures!

Whether you've created a naturalistic display, a fully bioactive habitat, or a simple setup with carefully placed cork and branches, this is your chance to share your build and inspire other keepers.

Entering is easy

Post your enclosure on TikTok, Instagram, Facebook, or YouTube using #Pangea2026BuildOff
Or send us a direct message on any of those platforms

Be sure to include:

Which wood products you used
Your reptile species
Your reptile's name

How the Winner Is Chosen

We'll be featuring entries throughout the month then opening up for community voting.

One grand prize winner will receive a $250 gift card to PangeaReptile.com.

Submit Your Build Today

Submissions are open now, and we can't wait to see the creativity you've put into your enclosures. Show us your setup and join the community!

View this post on Instagram

A post shared by Pangea Reptile (@pangeareptile)

Here are the 6 Best Types of Wood for Tropical Enclosures

Edusehat — Sat, 06 Jun 2026 03:10:03 +0700

Written by Mariah Healey of ReptiFiles, May 2026

Regardless of whether you want to set up a bioactive vivarium, wood is a staple of a functional herp enclosures. Branches provide places to climb, perch, and bask; hollow logs provide places to hide, and flats can be used both as somewhere to bask on top and hide beneath! The trick is to choose the right wood for your needs. If you use the wrong type, it’s a bit like using plastic wrap instead of glass for a window — it may do the job, but it won’t do it very well.

Tropical animal enclosures tend to have a lot of moisture in them as a necessity of maintaining high humidity levels. Whenever you have a warm, moist environment, it’s usually the perfect recipe for mold and rot. However, not all organic materials rot easily. Some types of wood are actually quite resilient! Here are six types of wood that are commonly available in the herp hobby and work well inside tropical setups:

Cork

Cork comes from the cork oak tree (Quercus suber), native to the west Mediterranean Sea. The cork that we use as reptile keepers usually comes from pieces of bark that have been peeled off of the tree’s trunk and branches, although sometimes whole branches are sold as well. For most trees, peeling off bark is highly damaging to the tree, but cork trees are unique; they are capable of regrowing their bark! When a cork tree regrows its bark, it sequesters more carbon than an unharvested tree, which makes cork oak bark harvesting highly sustainable and eco-friendly.

Cork bark is a lightweight, elastic type of wood with a dark brown color and bumpy texture. Something that makes it unique is that it’s impervious to both gases and liquids (which is why it’s so popular for bottle stoppers). In a tropical terrarium environment, this means that it’s very resilient to rot, and can last a long time before needing replacement.

Manzanita

Manzanita wood comes from the manzanita shrub (Arctostaphylos pungens), which is native to western North America. It’s a moderate-weight, hard wood, with contrasting red-brown heartwood and pale sapwood, as well as an attractive swirled grain and twisted shape. Popular for its attractiveness as well as strength and durability, manzanita withstands the rot-inducing conditions of a tropical setup well.

Manzanita is usually sold as either ghostwood (thicker branches from the lower parts of the shrub) or simply manzanita branches (spindly pieces from the branch ends). Its smooth, thin red bark is typically sandblasted off before sale, but not always. This also helps smooth off rough texture to make it more herp-friendly, but there may be sharp points that need to be sanded down before adding to the enclosure.

Large pieces work well as climbing and basking perches for heavier-bodied reptiles without risk of breakage, and can be stunning in larger enclosures. The thin branch clusters easily fit into smaller enclosures, and work well to create complex climbing structures for small, lightweight species. Note that these thin branches tend to be a bit fragile.

Mopani

Mopani wood comes from the mopane tree (Colophospermum mopane), native to southern Africa. This is a quite dense hardwood known for its durability, and can even sink in water. The heartwood is medium to dark red-brown with black stripes, while the sapwood is a strongly contrasting pale yellow, making mopani quite attractive as well.

Due to its weight and cost, mopani is usually sold in small- to medium-sized chunks, making it more suitable to smaller enclosures. Its density makes it very rot-resistant for use in high-moisture environments, especially aquariums and paludariums. Some pieces have sharp edges or points, however, so note that you may need to sand your piece(s) down before installation.

Spider Wood

Spider wood comes from the woody dried roots of Rhododendron plants such as azalea, named for its spindly, tangled texture. This is a lightweight softwood with a pale golden color and smooth texture. It’s a bit less rot-resistant than other options, but it also tends to be less expensive. Spider wood can be varnished to last longer in high-moisture environments, and is popular in aquariums.

Spider wood’s natural shape makes it a complex and interesting obstacle or climbing item for small, lightweight reptiles and amphibians. Although the branches can be thin, they are relatively strong for their size and don’t break too easily.

Malaysian Driftwood

Malaysian driftwood is a type of popular aquarium wood sourced from southeast Asia. Its dark color and twisty texture can make it look similar to mopani, but it’s not quite as dense and typically has a lower price tag.

Malaysian driftwood is highly resistant to rot and mold, so it works well in tropical setups. It also often comes in interesting shapes, so it can make a highly attractive focal point in a reptile enclosure while also providing a sturdy perch or obstacle. However, its variable shape can result in some sharp edges, so you may need to sand your piece(s) before installation.

Jungle Wood

Jungle wood is an interesting, lightweight “wood” that actually comes from dried tropical vines with variable origins. Sometimes wavy, sometimes twisty, this wood’s abstract shape makes it immediately recognizable, often available in long, flexible pieces. It also tends to feature little hollows or “pockets” along its length. Jungle wood’s tropical origins mean that it’s well-suited to high-humidity environments.

Jungle wood can make a highly attractive climbing object in herp enclosures, particularly for snakes. However, longer pieces may be too flexible for large or heavy-bodied snakes to navigate safely. This wood is especially well-suited to bioactive setups, as its natural hollows can make perfect opportunities for placing epiphytic plants like bromeliads.

Conclusion

You may have found a cool-looking branch at the pet store or reptile expo, but that doesn’t necessarily mean that it will work well in a tropical enclosure. The good news, however, is that many of the woods commonly sold in the reptile hobby generally work well in high-moisture environments, each with their own unique appearance and function.

If you notice mold growing even on your “mold-resistant” terrarium wood, this is often a sign that your enclosure is too wet. Add vents or a fan to help keep the air moving, and that should help. To manually remove mold and animal waste, a quick scrub with a cleaning brush and hot water is usually enough. If you want to disinfect your terrarium wood, use a veterinary disinfectant approved for use with porous materials (such as F10SC) and follow the prescribed application and contact time instructions.

References

Admin. (2025, February 11). Where does cork come from? Cork Industry Federation. https://cork-products.co.uk/where-does-cork-come-from/

Cork Oak. (2023, September 15). Rainforest Alliance. https://www.rainforest-alliance.org/species/cork-oak/

Kuchar, J. (2025a, October 2). Using Malaysian Driftwood in Reptile Enclosures. Pangea Reptile. https://www.pangeareptile.com/blogs/product-info/malaysian-driftwood

Kuchar, J. (2025b, October 2). Using Manzanita Wood in Reptile Enclosures. Pangea Reptile. https://www.pangeareptile.com/blogs/product-info/manzanita

Manzanita. (n.d.). The Wood Database. Retrieved May 21, 2026, from https://www.wood-database.com/manzanita/

Mopane. (n.d.). The Wood Database. Retrieved May 21, 2026, from https://www.wood-database.com/mopane/

Rees, J. (2026, April 16). The Hardscape Guide to Spider Wood Driftwood (Azalea Root). Terrarium Tribe. https://terrariumtribe.com/spider-wood-guide/

Guilt-Free Summer Self-Care Starts Here

Edusehat — Fri, 05 Jun 2026 23:45:06 +0700

Let’s be honest – summer has a way of making you feel like you should be doing more for your dog. More walks. More adventures. More quality time. And somewhere in between the travel, the social calendars, and the general chaos of the season, your own self-care quietly falls off the list.

Here’s your permission to let that anxiety go.

Total wellness – for you and your dog – doesn’t have to be complicated. It just has to be intentional.

Different Routines. Shared Results.

At Dogtopia, we believe in support over stress – and that’s exactly what our partnership with YogaSix is built on.

Yoga isn’t just stretching. It’s one of the most effective tools for managing stress, building strength, improving sleep, and reconnecting with yourself; especially during seasons of life when things feel overscheduled and overwhelming. A regular practice gives you something that’s entirely yours: an hour to breathe, move, and reset.

And your dog? They need the same thing.

Total Wellness Includes Them

Summer energy is real. Longer days, more stimulation, and for a lot of dogs, more time cooped up inside when the heat makes outdoor play tough. Dogtopia gives your dog a place to put all of that energy to good use.

On any given day at Dogtopia, your dog is:

Getting 60–70% more steps than dogs who spend the day at home
Playing and socializing with their BFFFs (Best Furry Friends Forever) in a supervised, structured environment
Engaging in enrichment that supports confidence, behavior, and overall wellbeing
Being cared for by trained Canine Coaches who specialize in total wellness

They’re not just being watched. They’re thriving.

Everyone Comes Back Better

When you’re on your mat — breathing deeper, moving intentionally, investing in your mental and physical health — your dog is doing their version of the same thing.

You’re both moving. You’re both socializing. You’re both recharging.

You leave class feeling stronger, clearer, and more grounded. Your dog comes home happy, exercised, and ready to curl up in a Dogtopia Daze. That’s not a coincidence — that’s what intentional wellness looks like for your whole family.

This Is What Guilt-Free Looks Like

There’s no slow season for self-care. There’s just the choice to start.

This summer, Dogtopia parents get access to 3 YogaSix classes for just $26 — because taking care of yourself shouldn’t be the thing that keeps getting pushed to later. Redeem by June 30, 2026, and take that next step toward a routine that works for both of you.

The post Guilt-Free Summer Self-Care Starts Here appeared first on Dogtopia.

Feed management and feeding techniques explained

Edusehat — Fri, 05 Jun 2026 19:30:09 +0700

Feed management and feeding techniques will help to provide the right amount of nutrients at the right time. Although we are talking in this article about feed, please do not forget about drinking water management. If birds don’t drink well, they will not eat according to their needs, nor grow or produce according to their genetic potential. Other influencing factors on feed intake are feed structure, health-status, and the environment.

Feed management starts at the time when the chicks or pullets arrive at the poultry house. The feeders and drinkers should be filled and easily accessible to attract the day-old chicks or pullets. To monitor if the feeders and drinkers are easy to find, you can check the crop filling of the young chicks. After 10 hours, around 80% of the chicks should have a crop filled with both water and feed, after 24 hours this percentage should go up to a minimum of 95%. Especially for day-old chicks it will help to add extra feeders and drinkers in the first week, or to make smaller pens to find the drinkers and feeders more quickly. Don’t forget to provide more floor or cage space as soon as they are growing. Make sure the extra drinkers and feeders are removed gradually, so there is time enough to find the automatic feeding and drinking equipment. As the chicks get older, please do pay attention to the height of the water lines and correct this when needed. Always make sure that the birds can drink and eat comfortably! In the picture of the wrong example below, you see the birds bend forward to have water intake, but they turn their head to swallow the water. Obviously, this is more time and energy consuming compared with drinking from the right water system height.

As mentioned above, drinking water is an important and probably the most important nutrient. In general, birds consume 1.5 to 2.0 times as much water as feed. A lower ratio often results in lower feed intake levels with its consequences on growth and egg production, but also on reproduction. Drinking water should be easily accessible, clean, fresh, tasteless and free from contaminants.

Feed structure

If you only check the label of the feed delivered, you might forget about the feed structure, which can have a massive impact on feed intake as well as on nutrient utilisation. For mash diets it is easy to perform a sieve analysis to check the feed structure from the feed entering the feeding system. For pelleted or crumbled diets this is a bit more difficult, and a wet sieve is recommended to check the feed structure. As a quick test you might dissolve some pellets or crumbles in water and check the coarser particles after the feed is dissolved, as dissolving also happens in the crop after ingesting the feed.

You might wonder, why is feed structure that important? Well, too fine feed (under 0.5 mm) can lead to underconsumption, as it is more time consuming and more difficult for the birds to consume those dusty-like particles. Besides, chicks, pullets and laying hens do have a gizzard, which is the muscular grinding machine specific in poultry. A muscular organ is only developing if it gets stimulated. Therefore the gizzard should be stimulated by coarse (over 1.0mm) particles. Besides a more stimulated gizzard results in a lower pH level in this organ. As protein digestion starts in the gizzard under a low pH, a well developed gizzard with enough stimulation via coarse diets will help protein digestion and consequently your hens have a better feed efficiency.

On the other hand, too coarse diets can have negative consequences as well. This can easily lead to non-uniform feed which results in segregation during transport, within the silo or feeding system or in selective eating by your birds. The risk on selective eating is even higher with non-beak trimmed birds. In short, most of the feed should be between 1.0 and 3.2mm with preferably an even smaller range of particle size distribution. You can find our recommendations in the Table 1.

Table 1 – Feed particle size recommendation for mash diets

Feeding times

With your feeding times, it is good to take into account the “natural” feed intake. This means that it is advised to provide 60% of the feed in the afternoon, while the minority is fed in the morning. For Parent Stock farmers, remember to take into account the mating behaviour of the flock, mating mainly takes place in the afternoon and should not be disturbed too often by the feeding runs.

Feeding technique

The empty-feeder technique is important to prevent the accumulation of the smaller feed particles in the feeding system. By applying the empty-feeder technique you are sure that the birds consume their complete diet as a daily ration. Feed uniformity, as mentioned above, and feeder space are also influencing the total daily ration consumed. Often in cage systems there is not enough feeder space to have all the birds consuming feed at the same time. Block feeding, which is basically two feed runs shortly after each other can improve uniformity in case of feeding space competition. With block feeding you will first feed the dominant birds, and as soon as they start drinking and the less dominant birds are able to eat, they will receive a new ration with coarse particles. Otherwise, the more dominant birds often consume the coarser material, which mainly contains energy, while the less dominant birds will receive more protein and the amino acids, which are the smaller particles. Consequently, the more dominant birds have a higher risk of fat deposition, while they produce smaller eggs due to the lower amount of protein intake. The same can happen with extreme long feeding chains in alternative housing systems, as this often results in segregation of the feed particles.

Feed intake

If the feed is provided in a uniform way towards the birds, we hit the last factor of uniform and sufficient feed intake: the daily feed intake. Feed intake is affected by a lot of different factors: including climate, health status, breed, feed specifications and feeding techniques. In general feed intake is decreased in areas at higher temperature or humidity, but it is also decreased if the birds have a lowered health status. With the exception of an increased feed intake with chronic enteritis, as the digestion rate is reduced. To prevent the negative effects of this reduced feed intake, you might increase the feed concentration. In general, unless prevented by external factors such as climate or health, laying hens eat according to the energy and amino acid levels present in the diet. The last factor includes feeding techniques, we already discussed feed structure and the empty feeding techniques. Additionally, if legislation allows, a midnight feeding can help to stimulate feed intake and egg shell quality. Just provide 1.5 to 2 hours of light in the middle of the night, while the birds do have access to feed and water. As you are feeding the hens during cooler temperatures and as their digestive system will be emptier, the daily feed intake will be increased.

Of course floor and feeder space and the amount of nipples per bird is totally different in cage and in alternative housing systems and each with its own challenges. However there is also a difference in energy requirement and often in feed intake. Comparing both the white and the brown breeds with cage as a reference (100%) with the other systems. The main influencing factors increasing energy requirement are activity as well as temperature variation. As brown laying hens have higher body weight, they require more energy for activity and daily maintenance compared to white laying hens. In cage housing these differences are not so big, as there is a lack of activity, but as soon as you go to cage-free these differences in feed intake become clearly visible, we have tried to visualize this in the Table 1. As egg mass production is similar, the amino acid requirement is not changing too much between the systems.

Munters acquires animal health monitoring innovator Optifarm to strengthen Speria offering

Edusehat — Fri, 05 Jun 2026 16:05:10 +0700

Munters, a global leader in technologies that optimize climates, has acquired Optifarm, a UK-based provider of AI-driven livestock monitoring solutions. The acquisition strengthens the offering of operational intelligence solutions from Speria, the commercial brand for Munters FoodTech business area.

Optifarm’s technology analyzes real-time animal behavior and environmental signals, such as water consumption patterns, to detect early signs of health deviations. These insights are translated into actionable insights that can be integrated into Speria’s connected solutions of hardware, software and expert services.

“With Optifarm, we strengthen how animal health intelligence is embedded into mission-critical operations,” says Pia Brantgärde Linder, President of FoodTech and GVP of Munters Group. “Their expertise in translating real-time animal signals into decisions supports how we connect data, software with controllers to generate impact. This is a key step in building more predictive and autonomous operations over time.”

Founded in 2014 and based in Chesterfield, UK, Optifarm has 14 employees and customers in 18 countries across Europe, the Middle East and Africa. The company has transitioned from a broiler farming service provider to focusing on AI-driven farm insights, and now operates in an early growth phase.

From Barn to Breakfast Table: Why Gulf Integrators Are Turning to Land-Based Omega-3 Nutrition

Edusehat — Fri, 05 Jun 2026 16:05:07 +0700

Across the Gulf, leading poultry and dairy integrators are no longer judging feed strategy by output alone. It is now expected to deliver differentiation, resilience, and stronger consumer- facing value. That is why land-based Omega-3 nutrition is gaining traction. It connects what happens in the ration with what ultimately appears at retail: eggs, milk, and meat with stronger functional positioning. In this context, linPRO is being positioned as a practical platform for producers seeking stability, consistency, and value creation across the chain.

For layer operations, the appeal is both nutritional and commercial. linPRO-24 is described as a stabilized, free-flowing Omega-3 ingredient for poultry, produced from land-based ingredients through a patented high-pressure process and offering more than 14 months of shelf stability. Depending on inclusion rate and target outcomes, it can enrich eggs from a typical 50 mg of Omega-3 per egg to more than 400 mg, giving producers a clear route to premium egg positioning in value-added retail channels.

For broiler integrators, the opportunity is equally strategic. Through a prescribed feeding protocol, linPRO-24 can enrich broiler carcasses, increasing meat Omega-3 content by up to six times. In broiler breeder programs, it has also been associated with improved progeny body weight (BW) and better feed conversion ratio (FCR), reinforcing its value not only as an enrichment tool, but as a contributor to performance.

In dairy, linPRO-R extends that value proposition into rumen-protected Omega-3 feeding. Developed specifically for the rumen environment, it offers 50% to 65% bypass fat and the potential to enrich milk from about 20 mg to more than 80 mg of Omega-3’s per serving. Beyond enrichment, supporting studies point to broader production benefits, including improved milk yield, lower somatic cell count (SCC), reduced mastitis, fewer involuntary culls, and stronger reproductive performance.

For Gulf integrators, that makes land-based Omega-3 nutrition more than a feed ingredient story. It becomes a way to align animal nutrition with premium market positioning, operational consistency, and long-term competitiveness. From barn to breakfast table, linPRO is being positioned not simply as an input, but as a strategic advantage in the next generation of value- added food production.

For more information : https://otfarms.com/products/

Why Dog Sprays Are More Than Just Perfume

Edusehat — Fri, 05 Jun 2026 15:50:07 +0700

Most Indian pet parents pick up a dog spray for one reason: smell. A quick spritz after a walk, a light mist before guests arrive, and the doggy odour disappears for a few hours. But modern dog sprays do far more than mask scent. Many now serve as grooming tools, skin soothers, coat conditioners, parasite deterrents, and even calming aids.

This guide explains what dog sprays actually do beyond fragrance, which types solve real problems, how to pick the right one, and what to avoid. By the end, you will see dog sprays as functional grooming tools rather than luxury add-ons.

What Are Dog Sprays?

Dog sprays are liquid grooming products applied directly to the coat or skin. They come in pump bottles, aerosol cans, or fine-mist sprayers. While many are marketed as cologne or perfume for dogs, the category has expanded to include formulas that serve specific health and grooming purposes.

Common types include:

Freshening sprays for odour control
Detangling sprays for brushing long coats
Leave-in conditioning sprays for coat moisture
Anti-itch and skin-soothing sprays
Flea and tick repellent sprays
Calming sprays with pheromones or herbal blends
Dry shampoo sprays for waterless cleaning
Anti-bacterial and anti-fungal sprays

The best dog sprays combine fragrance with at least one functional benefit, giving you a product that smells pleasant and actually improves your dog's grooming routine.

Why Dog Sprays Are More Than Just Perfume

Fragrance is the entry point, but the real value lies deeper. Here is what quality dog sprays actually bring to your grooming routine:

1. Coat Conditioning Between Baths

Leave-in conditioning sprays add moisture to the coat between full baths. They smooth hair cuticles, add shine, and reduce breakage during brushing. For long-coated breeds like Shih Tzus, Cocker Spaniels, and Lhasa Apsos, this prevents matting and keeps fur silky without daily bathing.

2. Detangling and Easier Brushing

Detangling sprays soften knots and let brushes glide through coat strands without pulling or tearing. This is especially useful in Indian humidity, which causes long coats to frizz, tangle, and mat faster. A quick mist before brushing cuts grooming time in half and makes the process painless for your dog.

3. Odour Neutralisation, Not Just Masking

Better dog sprays neutralise the bacteria that cause odour rather than simply covering them with fragrance. Ingredients like baking soda, zinc, and enzymatic compounds break down smell at the source. This keeps your dog fresh for longer compared to a plain perfume spray that fades in an hour.

4. Skin Soothing and Itch Relief

Anti-itch sprays with aloe vera, oatmeal extract, chamomile, or neem provide immediate relief from mild skin irritation. These are especially helpful during Indian monsoon when fungal issues, insect bites, and humidity-driven itching peak. A targeted spray can calm hot spots between vet visits.

5. Parasite Repelling

Some dog sprays contain natural or chemical repellents that deter fleas, ticks, and mosquitoes. Ingredients like neem, citronella, lemongrass, and permethrin create a protective layer on the coat. These sprays work best as a supplementary layer alongside oral or spot-on flea and tick treatments, not as a standalone solution.

The American Kennel Club notes that natural repellent sprays can reduce parasite contact, especially when combined with vet-prescribed preventives.

6. Calming Anxious Dogs

Pheromone-based or herbal calming sprays help ease anxiety during thunderstorms, Diwali fireworks, car rides, and vet visits. Sprayed on bedding, crates, or bandanas, they deliver soothing scents like lavender, chamomile, and valerian that promote relaxation. These are not replacements for behavioural training or medication but serve as gentle supportive tools.

7. Quick Waterless Cleaning

Dry shampoo sprays absorb oil, lift mild dirt, and freshen coats without a full bath. They are ideal for senior dogs who struggle with bath time, puppies too young for frequent baths, and busy pet parents who need a quick fix between grooming sessions. Especially useful during Indian winters when full baths can chill small or old dogs.

8. Anti-Bacterial and Anti-Fungal Protection

Sprays with chlorhexidine, silver ions, or natural anti-microbial ingredients help manage minor skin infections, paw fungus, and post-walk bacterial exposure. Indian monsoon creates ideal conditions for bacterial and fungal growth on paws, belly folds, and ears. A quick spray after a wet walk can make a real difference.

How to Choose the Right Dog Spray

Not every spray suits every dog. Use this quick guide:

Match purpose to need: Odour control, detangling, itch relief, or parasite repelling? Pick based on function first, fragrance second.
Read the ingredient list: Short, recognisable ingredients are always safer. Avoid artificial dyes and synthetic fragrance in excess.
Check for alcohol content: High-alcohol sprays dry out skin. Pick alcohol-free or low-alcohol formulas.
Match to coat type: Conditioning sprays for long coats. Light freshening sprays for short coats.
Look for Indian-made or regulated brands: Transparent sourcing and clear labels matter, especially for sprays applied directly to skin.
Avoid human perfumes and body sprays: They contain concentrations of fragrance and alcohol that irritate dog skin and overwhelm their sensitive noses.

Ingredients to Look For

Quality dog sprays include these skin-friendly, functional ingredients:

Aloe Vera: Hydrates and soothes irritated skin
Oatmeal Extract: Calms itching and reduces dryness
Neem Oil: Natural anti-bacterial and insect repellent
Chamomile: Gentle calming and anti-inflammatory properties
Coconut Oil: Moisturises coat and adds natural shine
Vitamin E: Supports skin repair and coat health
Citronella or Lemongrass: Natural parasite deterrent
Enzymatic Odour Neutralisers: Break down smell-causing bacteria at the source

Ingredients to Avoid

Skip sprays containing:

High concentrations of isopropyl alcohol
Synthetic fragrance blends with undisclosed chemicals
Parabens and phthalates
Artificial dyes
Tea tree oil in high concentrations, which is toxic to dogs in large amounts
Any ingredient your dog has shown sensitivity to previously

The ASPCA warns that several common fragrance and cleaning ingredients are toxic to dogs. Always read labels and test new sprays on a small patch first.

How to Use Dog Sprays Safely

A few simple habits keep sprays safe and effective:

Spray from 15 to 20 centimetres away from the coat
Avoid spraying directly into the face, ears, or eyes
For facial freshening, spray onto a cloth first, then wipe gently
Start with a small amount and build up if needed
Patch test new sprays on a small area and wait 24 hours for reactions
Store sprays in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight
Do not combine multiple sprays in a single session
Use calming sprays on bedding or bandanas, not directly on the skin

Which Dogs Benefit Most From Sprays

Sprays fit easily into the routine of many Indian households:

Long-coated breeds: Detangling and conditioning sprays are daily essentials
Outdoor-active dogs: Anti-bacterial sprays after monsoon walks protect paws and belly
Senior dogs: Dry shampoo sprays reduce the need for stressful baths
Anxious dogs: Calming sprays on crate bedding during fireworks or storms
Dogs with sensitive skin: Oatmeal or aloe sprays soothe irritation without a full bath
Multi-dog households: Quick freshening sprays keep shared spaces smelling clean

Short-coated healthy dogs with no skin issues may not need sprays regularly, but a light freshening mist before guests or after a park visit never hurts.

Final Thoughts

Dog sprays have grown well beyond simple perfume. The right spray can detangle coats, soothe itchy skin, repel parasites, calm anxiety, and clean your dog without water. Pick based on function first, fragrance second, and always read labels carefully. A small bottle of the right spray can make a real difference in your daily grooming routine.

Browse PetsWorld's grooming and spray collection for trusted dog sprays suited to your pet's coat, skin, and lifestyle.

FAQs

Can I use human perfume on my dog?

No. Human perfumes contain high concentrations of alcohol and synthetic fragrance that can irritate a dog's skin and overwhelm their sensitive sense of smell. Always use sprays specifically formulated for dogs.

How often can I use a dog spray?

Most freshening and conditioning sprays can be used 2 to 3 times a week. Anti-itch and medicated sprays should follow product label directions or vet advice. Calming sprays can be used as needed during stressful events.

Are dog sprays safe for puppies?

Many are, but always check the label for age restrictions. Pick gentle, alcohol-free, fragrance-light formulas for puppies over 8 weeks. Avoid strong repellent or medicated sprays unless recommended by your vet.

Do dog sprays replace regular baths?

No. Sprays are maintenance tools used between baths to freshen, condition, or protect. They cannot replace a proper shampoo bath that cleanses the skin and coat. Think of sprays as a complement, not a substitute.

Which dog sprays work best during Indian monsoon?

Anti-bacterial sprays for post-walk paw care, anti-fungal sprays for belly and skin fold protection, and natural repellent sprays with neem or citronella for parasite control are the most useful categories during Indian monsoon months.

Layer production cycle: reaching week 100

Edusehat — Thu, 04 Jun 2026 17:40:09 +0700

The production cycle of laying hens conventionally ends before 80 weeks old as laying persistency declines rapidly, and cumulative egg production takes a toll on birds’ health, robustness, and egg quality. However, maintaining optimal performance until week 100 can be done due to recent advancements on genetic improvement, layer nutrition, and poultry welfare.

Common endpoints of layer production cycles

Layer flocks are often replaced before week 80 as saleable egg production declines due to lower laying persistency over time (below 80% after this time) and high cumulative mortality/removal rate. A healthy, well-nourished hen can lay (almost) one egg daily, yet laying ceases if birds struggle to keep up with this laying rate over a long period of time. Thus, laying persistency goes down rapidly as the number of birds capable of retaining such performance shrinks over time. Due to genetic improvement, current commercial lines of laying hens reach higher peaks of laying rate (>95%), sooner (<20 weeks of age), and for longer (>90% until week 60). To achieve this genetic potential, a clear understanding of the interaction between environment, metabolic status, and nutritional demands is paramount to sustain poultry health, liveability, and production outcomes as flocks age.

Laying one egg daily for more than a year is nutritionally challenging, and hens carry on with such demand by mobilizing nutrients from body reserves and feed intake. Therefore, developing and maintaining a proper body condition during rearing and lay is the first step to achieve high laying persistency in old flocks. Failure to do so results in poor egg quality (e.g., breakable eggshell and soft eggs), skeletal disorders, and cessation of laying. Feeding programs should then ensure that hens consume and satisfy their nutritional needs particularly as they age since old hens lay heavier and bigger eggs over time. This raises daily nutritional requirements and the risk of complications during late lay. From pre-lay to late lay, the liver regulates nutrient mobilization for steady, long-term egg production while excessive liver fattening and other disorders jeopardize egg quality leading to laying cease and sudden death in severe cases. Also, high mineral demand for eggshell formation weakens hens’ skeleton over time resulting in locomotory difficulties and bone disorders (e.g., fractures and deviations) as hens age. Besides feeding strategies to ameliorate this problem, designing facilities to prevent collisions, avoiding competition for resources, and facilitating bone-loading exercises before bone calcification are practical solutions to reduce these osteoporosis-related problems and associated mortality.

How to support laying hens’ longevity

Extending the production cycle of laying hens must come along management and nutritional improvements that boost hen longevity and long-term performance without jeopardizing their health or well-being. To attain this goal, proper caretaking of layer flocks must start during early rearing since last minute improvements benefit old flock performance in the short term. Birds start aging at hatch, and lifetime stress accelerates this process lowering lifetime expectancy and survival odds. Physical, emotional, and nutritional stress trigger metabolic mechanisms to help cope with immediate challenges but may carry negative long-term effects, especially in immunocompromised and poorly resilient individuals. Stress prevention, stress-relief practices, physical activity, and nutritional supplementation with vitamins, antioxidants, and immunostimulants are powerful tools to support poultry longevity and lifetime performance by increasing resilience and robustness.

Optimal skeleton and muscle development during early rearing is crucial to sustain long-term egg production. Providing quality diets and stimulating feed intake during the rearing help pullets reach target body weight, support proper organ development, build up nutrient reserves, and enlarge feeding capacity before lay onset. Compromising any of these aspects during development puts at risk the end goal of accomplishing long-living, productive hens. For example, implementing chick feeding strategies that support feeding patterns with two peaks, at dawn and dusk, promotes feed intake before lights go off during lay, facilitating nutrient availability when the egg forms. The rearing phase is also a sensitive phase for strengthening the pullets’ immune system through a thoughtful vaccination plan and provision of probiotics and dietary immunostimulants, on top of complying with high biosecurity practices throughout the production cycle.

Management practices that support liver health, bone strength, and muscle development in laying hens are paramount for long-term egg production. During lay, phase feeding helps birds meet the increasing demands for minerals, protein, and fat required to sustain a long-term laying rate. The liver mediates this nutrient turnover, and employing feeding strategies to safeguard proper liver functioning prevents performance decline and high mortality as the flock ages. Up-to-date studies suggest that adequate layer nutrition (well-balanced diets, proper fatty acids profile, and dietary supplementation with vitamins, minerals, and phytogenics to lower inflammation and oxidative stress) can prolong hen lifetime performance and longevity.

Long-term egg production cycles can benefit poultry egg industry to produce more efficiently and sustainably due to improved lifetime egg production per hen and a lower flock replacement rate. Still, the decision-making process behind increasing the production cycle of laying hens up to week 100 must align with proper hen quality (physically healthy, resilient, and robust), good egg quality, and optimal laying persistency. Otherwise, production efficiency drops, welfare concerns may rise, and replacing flocks sooner becomes cost-effective.

Nail Clipping Made Easy: Tools and Tricks for Stress-Free Grooming

Edusehat — Thu, 04 Jun 2026 13:55:05 +0700

Nail clipping is the grooming task most Indian pet parents dread. The fear of cutting too deep, the wriggling, the yelp that might come, and the guilt that follows if something goes wrong. Yet long nails cause real problems for dogs, from posture changes and joint stress to cracked nails and painful infections. Skipping nail care is not an option.

This guide makes nail clipping simple. You will learn which tools work best, how to clip safely step by step, and the tricks that keep your dog calm through the whole process. By the end, nail day will feel far less stressful for both of you.

Why Regular Nail Trimming Matters

Long nails are not just a cosmetic issue. They directly affect your dog's health and comfort.

Posture and joint strain: Overgrown nails push toes into unnatural angles, forcing your dog to shift weight backward. Over time, this stresses joints and muscles.
Broken and split nails: Long nails catch on carpets, cracks, and outdoor debris, causing painful splits and infections.
Difficulty walking: Clicking sounds on tile floors mean the nails are too long and interfering with comfortable movement.
Paw pad injuries: Curved nails can grow into paw pads if left unchecked, especially dewclaws.
Behavioural changes: Dogs with painful nails may become reluctant to walk, play, or let you touch their paws.

The American Kennel Club notes that regular nail trimming is an essential part of canine health care. Nails should ideally not touch the floor when the dog is standing.

Essential Nail Clipping Tools

The right tool makes all the difference. Here are the main types available in India:

1. Guillotine Clippers

These have a small hole where you insert the nail tip and a blade that slices from one side. Best for small to medium dogs with thin, light-coloured nails. Not ideal for thick nails or giant breeds.

2. Scissor-Style Clippers

These look like small scissors with curved blades designed for dog nails. They offer more control and strength, making them better for medium to large breeds with thicker nails. The most popular choice among Indian pet parents.

3. Electric Nail Grinders

Grinders use a rotating stone or sandpaper band to slowly file the nail down instead of cutting. They eliminate the sharp snap sound that scares some dogs and produce smoother edges. Ideal for anxious dogs, dark-nailed dogs, and pet parents nervous about cutting the quick.

4. Nail File

A simple metal or emery board file smooths rough edges after clipping. Useful as a finishing step, especially if your dog has jagged nail edges that snag on fabric.

5. Styptic Powder

Not a clipping tool, but an essential safety item. Styptic powder stops minor bleeding instantly if you accidentally cut the quick. Keep a small container within reach during every session.

A quality clipper or grinder, plus styptic powder, forms the core of your nail trimming kit. Avoid dull, rusty, or flimsy clippers that crush rather than cut.

How to Know When Nails Need Trimming

Check your dog's nails regularly. Look for these signs:

Nails click loudly on tile, wood, or marble floors
Nails visibly curve past the paw pad line
Your dog slips on smooth surfaces more than usual
You can see the nails curling sideways or downward
The dewclaw (inner thumb nail) has grown long and curved

Most dogs need nail trims every 3 to 4 weeks. Dogs that walk regularly on concrete may naturally file their nails and need trims less often. Indoor dogs and older, less active dogs usually need more frequent clipping.

Step-by-Step Guide to Safe Nail Clipping

Follow this sequence for a calm, safe session.

Choose the right time. Pick a moment when your dog is calm, not right after play or a meal. Late afternoon naps or post-walk relaxation work well.
Gather tools first. Clippers, styptic powder, treats, and a towel should all be within arm's reach before you begin.
Hold the paw gently. Lift one paw and hold it firmly but without squeezing. Separate the toes with your fingers to expose each nail clearly.
Identify the quick. In light nails, the quick appears as a pink line inside the nail. In dark nails, clip a tiny bit at a time and look for a chalky white centre. When you see a small dark dot in the centre, stop.
Clip at a 45-degree angle. Cut only the curved tip of the nail, not straight across. A 45-degree angle mimics the natural shape and avoids splitting.
Take small clips. Multiple small clips are safer than one large cut, especially for dark nails where the quick is invisible.
File if needed. Use a nail file or grinder to smooth sharp edges after clipping.
Reward immediately. Give a treat after each paw or every few nails. End the session with praise and a calm voice.

If your dog resists strongly, do only one or two paws per session. Spreading the work across two days is perfectly fine.

What to Do If You Cut the Quick

Cutting the quick happens to everyone, even experienced groomers. Stay calm. Your dog takes cues from your reaction.

Apply styptic powder or cornstarch to the bleeding nail tip immediately
Press gently for 10 to 15 seconds
Keep your dog still for a few minutes to let clotting complete
Avoid walking on dirty surfaces until the nail has sealed
Do not rinse the area. Water slows clotting.

Minor nicks heal quickly, usually within 10 to 20 minutes. If bleeding does not stop within 30 minutes, contact your vet. One minor incident will not traumatise your dog permanently if you handle it calmly and return with treats.

Tricks to Keep Your Dog Calm During Nail Trimming

Most nail trimming stress comes from unfamiliarity, not pain. These tricks build positive associations over time:

Start paw handling early: Touch, squeeze, and hold your puppy's paws from the first week, without clipping, to normalise the sensation.
Desensitise to the tool: Let your dog sniff the clippers or grinder. Turn the grinder on near them without using it. Reward calmness.
Use high-value treats: Jerky, cheese, or freeze-dried liver during sessions turns clipping into reward time.
Try a lick mat: Smear curd or peanut butter on a lick mat stuck to the floor. It occupies the dog while you work on nails.
Keep sessions short: 5 to 10 minutes maximum. Stopping before your dog gets restless is better than pushing through.
Clip after exercise: A tired dog is a calmer dog. Post-walk nail sessions are often smoother.
Talk softly throughout: A calm, low voice reassures nervous dogs more than silence does.
Try grinders for fearful dogs: Some dogs that hate the snapping sound of clippers accept the gentle hum of a grinder.

The American Veterinary Medical Association recommends early desensitisation and positive reinforcement as the most effective strategies for stress-free grooming at home.

Common Nail Trimming Mistakes to Avoid

Avoid these everyday errors that make nail day harder than it needs to be:

Cutting too much at once instead of small gradual clips
Using dull or human nail clippers that crush the nail
Holding the paw too tightly and causing discomfort
Skipping the dewclaw, which grows fastest and can curl into skin
Forcing a panicked dog into full nail sessions
Forgetting to check and replace worn clipper blades
Not having styptic powder ready before starting
Waiting too long between trims, which lets the quick grow longer

The quick actually recedes over time when nails are trimmed regularly. Consistent short trims every 3 to 4 weeks gradually make each future session easier.

Special Tips for Dogs With Dark Nails

Dark nails hide the quick completely, making them trickier. Use these strategies:

Clip only 1 to 2 millimetres at a time
After each small clip, look at the nail's cross-section
A pale or chalky white centre means safe territory
A small dark or moist dot in the centre means stop immediately
A grinder is often safer for dark nails because it removes material gradually
Use a headlamp or phone flashlight to improve visibility

Most Indian breeds, Indies, and mixed dogs have dark nails. Patience and small clips are the secret to safe trimming.

Final Thoughts

Nail clipping does not have to be a battle. With the right tools, the right technique, and a patient approach, it becomes a calm 10-minute routine. Start slowly, reward generously, and trim consistently every 3 to 4 weeks. Over time, your dog will accept the process as just another part of their grooming routine.

Browse PetsWorld's grooming essentials collection for quality nail clippers, grinders, and styptic powder to build your nail care kit.

FAQs

How often should I clip my dog's nails?

Every 3 to 4 weeks for most dogs. Dogs that walk on concrete daily may need trims less often because the pavement files nails naturally. Indoor dogs, older dogs, and puppies usually need more frequent clipping.

Can I use human nail clippers on my dog?

No. Human nail clippers are not designed for the shape and thickness of dog nails. They can crush, split, or shatter the nail instead of cutting cleanly. Always use dog-specific clippers or grinders.

Is a nail grinder better than clippers for dogs?

It depends on the dog. Grinders are great for anxious dogs, dark-nailed dogs, and pet parents nervous about cutting the quick. Clippers are faster and suit confident owners. Both tools are safe when used correctly.

What should I do if my dog absolutely refuses nail clipping?

Start with desensitisation over several weeks. Touch paws daily without clipping. Let the dog sniff the tool. Clip one nail per day with a treat reward. If fear persists, consult a professional groomer or your vet for sedated trimming.

How can I tell if my dog's nails are too long?

If you hear nails clicking on hard floors, or if the nails visibly curve past the paw pad line, they are too long. When the dog stands on a flat surface, nails should not touch the floor.

The Gold Standard of Sterilization: Why Biological Indicators Matter in Veterinary Practice

Edusehat — Thu, 04 Jun 2026 03:15:07 +0700

In every veterinary clinic, sterilization is more than a routine process: it is a direct reflection of patient safety, surgical standards, and the clinic’s commitment to quality care. While many clinics rely on chemical indicators or simply trust that an autoclave cycle completed correctly, the reality is that an important step is often missing from the sterilization process to truly confirm that sterilization was successful.

At Dispomed, we believe biological monitoring should be viewed as a gold standard of care in veterinary medicine, especially as clinics continue to elevate their protocols to match the highest medical standards.

What is a Biological Indicator?

A biological indicator is a sterilization monitoring tool that confirms whether an autoclave cycle successfully destroyed all viable microorganisms, including highly resistant bacterial spores.

Unlike chemical indicators, which only react to certain conditions such as temperature or steam exposure, a BI verifies the actual effectiveness of the sterilization process.

Simply put:

A chemical indicator shows that conditions were present.
A biological indicator confirms sterilization truly occurred.

This distinction is critical when patient safety and surgical outcomes are involved.

Why the First Cycle of the Day Matters

In human healthcare standards, it is widely recommended that the first sterilization cycle of the day includes a biological indicator test.

Why?

The first cycle validates that the autoclave is functioning properly before sterilized instruments are used on patients throughout the day. It acts as a daily confirmation that:

Proper temperature was reached

Correct steam penetration occurred

Exposure time was sufficient

Microorganisms were effectively destroyed

This practice is especially important in veterinary clinics using manual autoclaves, where there are fewer electronic safeguards to verify that every step of the sterilization cycle was properly completed.

Without electronic monitoring systems, human error becomes a greater risk:

Incorrect loading
Overpacked chambers
Improper cycle selection
Inadequate drying
Poor steam circulation

A BI provides peace of mind that the cycle truly achieved sterilization.

Chemical Indicators vs. Biological Indicators

Many clinics currently rely on Class 5 chemical indicators. While these are valuable tools, they should not be mistaken for proof of sterilization.

Class 5 indicators can demonstrate that certain cycle parameters were reached, but they cannot confirm that all microorganisms were killed.

Biological indicators remain the only method capable of validating sterilization effectiveness.

For this reason, clinics seeking to maintain a higher standard of care should consider integrating BI testing into their regular sterilization protocol.

A Critical Layer of Protection for Your Clinic

Biological indicators are not only about patient safety, they also help protect the clinic itself.

In the event of:

Surgical complications
Infection concerns
Insurance investigations
Compliance reviews
Client disputes

Documented BI testing provides evidence that sterilization procedures were performed correctly. This creates an important level of accountability and traceability within the practice.

Having documented proof that a sterilizer was functioning properly can become invaluable during an insurance claim or legal review.

Did You Know? BI Testing Is Even More Important for Manual Autoclaves

Manual autoclaves remain common in veterinary medicine because of their reliability and affordability. However, they require strict protocol adherence from the operator.

Unlike advanced automatic sterilizers, manual units may not include:

Electronic cycle verification
Automated diagnostics
Advanced alarms
Detailed cycle recording systems

Because of this, biological indicators become one of the most important safeguards available.

For clinics using manual sterilizers, many professionals recommend considering BI testing for every cycle involving surgical instruments.

Common Causes of BI Failures

A failed BI test does not always mean the autoclave is defective.

In many cases, failures are related to:

Improper chamber loading
Overcrowded packs
Incorrect packaging
Insufficient steam penetration
User protocol errors

This is why proper sterilization training and written protocols remain essential. Sterilization is not simply about owning an autoclave, it is about ensuring the entire process is performed correctly every time.

Dispomed Biological Indicator Solutions

Dispomed offers biological indicator solutions designed to help veterinary clinics confidently monitor their sterilization process.

Available solutions include:

Biological indicator test packs
Rapid-read BI systems
Starter kits including an incubator and 50 biological indicators

These tools help clinics establish reliable, documented sterilization protocols while improving confidence in every surgical cycle.

Explore our Solutions

Final Thoughts

Sterilization is one of the most important foundations of patient safety in veterinary medicine.

A sterilizer completing a cycle does not automatically guarantee sterility. Biological indicators provide the confirmation clinics need to truly validate their process.

For veterinary practices committed to elevating their standards of care, biological monitoring should not be viewed as optional, it should be considered an essential component of a complete sterilization protocol.

Because when it comes to surgical safety, confidence matters.

Novonesis launches Europe’s first Bacillus probiotic for dairy cows

Edusehat — Wed, 03 Jun 2026 20:15:09 +0700

Margins are under increasing pressure in dairy farming, and every drop matters. Efficient nutrition is key to a healthy herd, and with feed prices making up 60-70% of the total cost of milk production, ensuring the proper feed formulation has never been more relevant.

To support healthy and productive herds and sustainable farming operations, Novonesis recently launched Bovacillus, a feed-stable and versatile Bacillus probiotic to improve health and productivity in dairy cattle.

“Dairy farmers are often faced with the choice between health or productivity and profitability or sustainability. However, with Bovacillus, farmers don’t have to choose – they can get productive and healthy cows along with a profitable and sustainable business,” says Kim Mueller Christensen, Vice President of Global Marketing for Animal Biosolutions.

Bovacillus delivers consistently superior results for dairy farmers by dual action: it works both in the rumen and the intestines, supporting gut barrier and a healthy immunity against potentially harmful bacteria. This means that energy extracted from the feed converts into milk instead of being used to fight off bad bacteria in the gut. Further, it improves fiber digestibility and enhances feed efficiency, in turn supporting better productivity and more sustainable farming, as more energy can be extracted from the same amount of feed.

The results speak for themselves: Bovacillus delivers one more kilogram of milk per cow per day, resulting in 37 grams extra protein, 31 grams extra fat and 44 grams of extra lactose per cow per day.

“Adding Bovacillus made my life easier, and we definitely see the difference with calmer, healthier cows and more milk volume”, says Craig Jopp, a dairy farmer.

Bovacillus comes in a highly resilient, heat-stable form that can be applied across virtually all feed types, providing reliability under variable conditions. It provides a feed-stable, easy, and effective biosolution that works every day, in every feed. And while it has just launched in the EU, the product is supported by 5 years of real-world experience and over approximately 1,500,000 happy consumers.

3 key facts about Bovacillus:

Bovacillus delivers 3.7% more feed efficiency from the same amount of feed.

This dual-strain probiotic can withstand temperatures of up to 95 °C in application and therefore applied in both liquid and dry feed (pellets, premixes, mineral blocks, licks, TMR and mash feed).

Efficacy of Bovacillus has been scientifically proven in 9 peer-reviewed publications and 12 peer-reviewed mode of action studies.

How stocking density impacts welfare and production in cage-free laying hens

Edusehat — Wed, 03 Jun 2026 20:10:05 +0700

By Alexandra Ulans, PhD, and Allison Pullin, PhD, North Carolina State University

In the United States, the majority of laying hens are housed in conventional cages. However, there has been a shift towards cage-free systems. Ten states, including California, Washington, and Michigan, passed legislation to phase-out conventional cages, and several retailers and restaurants, like McDonalds, Starbucks, and Costco, pledged to sell cage-free eggs. As of 2026, 47.7% of all hens are raised in cage-free systems, but up to 75% of hens will need to be housed cage-free to meet consumer demand (USDA, 2026).

Figure 1. Image of a cage-free, multi-tier aviary Photo credit: Big Dutchman

Cage-free systems can benefit laying hen welfare. Birds have opportunities to perform a full range of species-specific behaviors, including foraging, dustbathing, perching, and walking, which are restricted in conventional cages (Lay et al., 2011).

Commercial cage-free farms often use multi-tier aviary housing systems with two to four elevated levels that contain resources, such as feeders, drinkers, perches, nest boxes, and an adjacent litter area. Hens are highly motivated to access these resources, and adequate provision is important for supporting both behavioral expression and physiological requirements (reviewed in Weeks & Nicol, 2006).

Resources

Litter areas refer to spaces on the floor that are filled with substrate, commonly wood shavings (Figure 2). Hens use this substrate to forage or dust bathe. Foraging is a highly motivated behavior, and under natural or semi-natural conditions, hens spend the majority of their active time searching, scratching, and pecking at the substrate (reviewed in Weeks & Nicol, 2006). Limited access to foraging substrate may cause hens to redirect pecking motivations towards other hens’ feathers, resulting in feather pecking that can cause pain, injuries, and distress (Dixon, 2008). Dust bathing is a comfort behavior that maintains feather condition (van Liere & Bokma, 1987; see more at Vol. 54). Crowding and piling in litter areas can occur during peak use, suggesting that insufficient litter space and social behavior dynamics may limit behavioral expression and risk smothering (Campbell et al., 2016).

Figure 2. Example image of a multi-tier aviary system, specifically highlighting the litter area. Photo credit: Big Dutchman

Feeders allow hens access to feed and are essential to fulfil nutritional needs for maintenance and production (Figure 3). Adequate feeder space minimizes competition and ensures equitable access to feed, particularly in large group housing systems. Providing less feeder space linearly caused greater aggression and jostling at the feeder (Sirvonik et al., 2018).

Figure 3. Example image of a multi-tier aviary, specifically highlighting the nest boxes, perches, drinkers, and feeders. Photo credit: Big Dutchman

Drinkers provide access to water and are essential for hydration and normal physiological function (Figure 3). In cage-free systems, reduced space allowance can limit access to drinkers and increase competition at resource points, potentially decreasing water intake and affecting welfare and production.

Perches provide elevated space for hens to perch and roost, while facilitating comfort behaviors like preening and building musculoskeletal strength (Figure 3; reviewed in Bist et al., 2023). Hens are motivated to rest in elevated locations, particularly at night (reviewed in Weeks & Nicol, 2006). Insufficient perch space may result in competition and displacement during roosting, potentially reducing rest (Duncan et al., 1992).

Nest boxes provide a dark, separate area for hens to lay their eggs. Hens are highly motivated to lay in secluded, sheltered spaces (Figure 3; Kruschwitz et al., 2008). Limited nest space or competition could result in distress from searching for an adequate place to lay eggs (Cronin et al., 2012) and eggs being laid on the floor (Kang et al., 2018), resulting in a loss of profit.

As time goes on, cage-free system designs continue to evolve. This results in ongoing discussion within the industry and welfare certification programs regarding the amount of space hens should have so that they can access these key resources. As a result, space requirements vary among animal welfare certification programs. See Table 1 for the standards used by four certification groups.

Table 1. Space requirements for welfare certification groups. Standards listed are for multi-tier aviary systems. *only steps 1-2 were used for this comparison; † Global Animal Partnership does not specify numeric feeder or drinker space allowances; standards state that hens must have unrestricted access to feed and water.

Certifier	Floor	Litter area	Nest box	Perch	Feeder	Drinker
Certified Humane	1 ft²/hen	15% of available floor space	9 ft²/ 100 birds	6 in/hen	2 in/hen	1 nipple/ 12 hens
American Humane Certified	1 ft²/hen	15% of available floor space	9 ft²/ 100 birds	6 in/hen	1.5 in/hen	1 nipple/ 10 hens
Global Animal Partnership*	1.5 ft²/hen	0.6 ft²/hen	10 ft²/ 100 birds	5 in/hen	†	†
United Egg Producers Certified Cage-free	1 ft²/hen	21.6 in²/hen	9 ft²/ 100 birds	6 in/hen	1.5 in/hen	1 nipple/ 10 hens

Future considerations for cage-free stocking density

Space allowance standards are commonly derived from the certifiers’ scientific advisory committees composed of researchers, veterinarians, and industry experts. The standards are applied across cage-free systems, regardless of bird strain or specific aviary design. However, different genetic strains use cage-free housing space differently. Brown and white strains differ in their distribution across tiers and litter areas, as well as in the timing and location of key behaviors such as roosting and litter use (Mench & Blatchford, 2014). In addition, strains also differ in the physical space required to perform basic behaviors. Brown hens required more space for standing and lying, while white hens used more space for wing flapping (Riddle et al., 2018). These findings suggest that space allowance standards based on average bird characteristics may not accurately reflect the spatial needs of all strains, so strain-specific differences should be considered in the development and application of future stocking density guidelines in cage-free systems.

Historically, in conventional and furnished cage systems, higher stocking densities in caged systems have been associated with worse welfare and production outcomes, like lower egg production (Vits et al., 2005), poorer feather condition (Weimer et al., 2019), and higher stress (Alig et al., 2025). However, cage-free aviaries allow hens to distribute themselves across vertical space and resource areas. welfare outcomes in cage-free systems may be more variable and less directly related to floor stocking density alone. Only a few studies investigated how stocking density impacts laying hen welfare and production outcomes in cage-free housing systems. Table 2 summarizes the reported effects of high stocking densities across several welfare and production measures.

Table 2. Effects of higher floor-space stocking density (> 1 ft²/hen) on welfare and production outcomes. Arrows indicate the direction of effect relative to lower densities (↑ increase, ↓ decrease, = no impact). Multiple symbols indicate mixed findings and superscript numbers correspond to the supporting references.

Measure	Result	References
Mortality	Inconsistent	Nicol et al., 2006
Plumage condition	↑¹↓²	¹Nicol et al., 2006 ²Nicol et al., 1999
Eggs produced	=	Nicol et al., 2006
Feather pecking	↑	Nicol et al., 1999
Positive behaviors	↓¹ =²	¹Carmichael et al., 1999 ²Zimmerman et al., 2006
Stress	=	Nicol et al., 2006

Overall, the effects of stocking density on welfare and productivity in cage-free systems appear inconsistent, suggesting that stocking density may not adequately explain variation in welfare and production outcomes. Hens do not necessarily distribute evenly among the available floor space in aviary systems (Ali et al., 2016).

Differences in tier configuration, perch placement, feeder and drinker access, usable vertical space, and social hierarchies may influence how hens distribute. Additionally, hens with injuries like keel bone fractures or footpad lesions may have restricted movement and remain near feeders or on upper tiers (Rufener et al., 2019). This could create persistent crowding in certain areas, increasing competition despite adequate floor space provided.

Consequently, space-related welfare concerns should not necessarily be addressed only through stocking density, but also in how hens use the housing environment, which requires further research.

Summary

American egg production is moving towards cage-free housing, which allow greater behavioral expression but also introduce new challenges. Evidence on the benefits of increased space and optimal stocking density remains inconsistent in these systems. Likely multiple factors influence these outcomes, like aviary design, genetic strain, and how hens use available space, highlighting the need for further research.

References

Ali, A. B. A., Campbell, D. L., Karcher, D. M., & Siegford, J. M. (2016). Influence of genetic strain and access to litter on spatial distribution of 4 strains of laying hens in an aviary system. Poultry science, 95(11), 2489-2502.

Alig, B. N., Anderson, K. E., Malheiros, D. M., Harding, K. L., & Malheiros, R. D. (2025). Assessment of the Effects of Stocking Density on Laying Hens Raised in Colony Cages: Part II—Egg Production, Egg Quality, and Welfare Parameters. Poultry, 4(3), 28.

Bist, R. B., Subedi, S., Chai, L., Regmi, P., Ritz, C. W., Kim, W. K., & Yang, X. (2023). Effects of perching on poultry welfare and production: a review. Poultry, 2(2), 134-157.

Campbell, D. L. M., Makagon, M. M., Swanson, J. C., & Siegford, J. M. (2016). Litter use by laying hens in a commercial aviary: dust bathing and piling. Poultry science, 95(1), 164-175.

Carmichael, N. L., Walker, W., & Hughes, B. O. (1999). Laying hens in large flocks in a perchery system: Influence of stocking density on location, use of resources and behaviour. British Poultry Science, 40(2), 165–176.

Cronin, G. M., Barnett, T. L. J. L., & Hemsworth, P. H. (2012). The importance of pre-laying behaviour and nest boxes for laying hen welfare: a review. Animal Production Science, 52(7), 398-405.

Dixon, L. M. (2008). Feather pecking behaviour and associated welfare issues in laying hens. Avian Biology Research, 1(2), 73-87.

Duncan, E. T., Appleby, M. C., & Hughes, B. O. (1992). Effect of perches in laying cages on welfare and production of hens. British Poultry Science, 33(1), 25-35.

Kang, H. K., Park, S. B., Jeon, J. J., Kim, H. S., Kim, S. H., Hong, E., & Kim, C. H. (2018). Effect of stocking density on laying performance, egg quality and blood parameters of Hy-Line Brown laying hens in an aviary system. European Poultry Science, 82, 1–13.

Kruschwitz, A., Zupan, M., Buchwalder, T., & Huber-Eicher, B. (2008). Nest preference of laying hens (Gallus gallus domesticus) and their motivation to exert themselves to gain nest access. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 112(3-4), 321-330.

Lay Jr, D. C., Fulton, R. M., Hester, P. Y., Karcher, D. M., Kjaer, J. B., Mench, J. A., … & Porter, R. E. (2011). Hen welfare in different housing systems. Poultry science, 90(1), 278-294.

Mench, J. A., & Blatchford, R. A. (2014). Determination of space use by laying hens using kinematic analysis. Poultry science, 93(4), 794-798.

Nicol, C. J., Gregory, N. G., Knowles, T. G., Parkman, I. D., & Et., A. (1999). Differential effects of increased stocking density, mediated by increased flock size, on feather pecking and aggression in laying hens. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 65(2), 137-152

Nicol, C. J., Brown, S. N., Glen, E., Pope, S. J., Short, F. J., Warriss, P. D., Zimmerman P. H., & Wilkins, L. J. (2006). Effects of stocking density, flock size and management on the welfare of laying hens in single-tier aviaries. British poultry science, 47(2), 135-146.

Riddle, E. R., Ali, A. B., Campbell, D. L., & Siegford, J. M. (2018). Space use by 4 strains of laying hens to perch, wing flap, dust bathe, stand and lie down. PLoS One, 13(1), e0190532.

Rufener, C., Abreu, Y., Asher, L., Berezowski, J. A., Sousa, F. M., Stratmann, A., & Toscano, M. J. (2019). Keel bone fractures are associated with individual mobility of laying hens in an aviary system. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 217, 48-56.

Sirovnik, J., Wuerbel, H., & Toscano, M. J. (2018). Feeder space affects access to the feeder, aggression, and feed conversion in laying hens in an aviary system. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 198, 75-82.

United States Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Marketing Service. (2026). Shell eggs: Monthly USDA cage-free shell egg report. https://www.ams.usda.gov/mnreports/pymcagefree.pdf

Van Liere, D. W., & Bokma, S. (1987). Short-term feather maintenance as a function of dust-bathing in laying hens. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 18(2), 197-204.

Vits, A., Weitzenbürger, D., Hamann, H., & Distl, O. (2005). Production, egg quality, bone strength, claw length, and keel bone deformities of laying hens housed in furnished cages with different group sizes. Poultry science, 84(10), 1511-1519.

Weeks, C. A., & Nicol, C. J. (2006). Behavioural needs, priorities and preferences of laying hens. World’s Poultry Science Journal, 62(2), 296-307.

Weimer, S. L., Robison, C. I., Tempelman, R. J., Jones, D. R., & Karcher, D. M. (2019). Laying hen production and welfare in enriched colony cages at different stocking densities. Poultry science, 98(9), 3578-3586.

To view all issues of Poultry Press, click here.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post How stocking density impacts welfare and production in cage-free laying hens appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Chinese poultry sector looks towards future with optimism

Edusehat — Wed, 03 Jun 2026 20:05:09 +0700

China’s poultry sector is growing steadily, driven by strong demand, lower feed costs, and government support for self-sufficiency, while major producers expand and imports diversify to meet consumer preferences.

The Chinese poultry sector is steadily growing thanks to a stable demand and consumption, which stimulates local farmers to expand their capacities.

The recent trade wars between the US and China resulted in a significant decline in imports to China and affected the country’s poultry market. In contrast to the previous years, the trade disputes with the US forced the Chinese authorities to pay more attention to the development of domestic poultry sector. That also involves a more active search for alternative suppliers. In general, since the beginning of 2025, the diversification of supplies in the field of poultry has become one of the priority goals for the Chinese authorities, while the government plans to continue implementation of this policy in years to come.

Major progress

Overall, since the beginning of the 2020s, the Chinese poultry sector has achieved significant progress. An official spokesman for Han Jun, the Chinese Minister of Agriculture and Rural Affairs, said in an exclusive interview, China is the world’s largest producer and consumer of poultry and plans to retain its status in years to come. According to the Ministry, this is despite the ongoing volatility in the global markets and a new wave of tariff wars.

The current situation in the Chinese poultry sector remains stable, while the market is largely dominated by broiler chickens. According to data from the Chinese National Bureau of Statistics and Ministry of Agriculture, China’s broiler headcount amounted to 15.5–16 billion in 2025, with total production reaching 28.37 million tons of poultry meat (+6.7% vs. 2024). Chicken now accounts for over 20% of per capita meat consumption in the country, while these figures continue to grow.

Largest players looking for expansion

In terms of market structure, among the leading local players are Wens Foodstuff Group, Lihua Group, Xiangjia Group, Dekang Group, and Liyuan Group. In 2025, their total broiler output exceeded 1 billion birds, with the combined market share estimated at 57%.

In recent years, many of the leading local players have announced their plans for further expansion in the domestic market.

As for Wens Foodstuff Group, the company currently remains a major player in the market with annual sales of up to 600 million broiler chickens per year and the annual growth rates of 9–10%.

Founded in 1983 as a small Leizhou chicken farm, the company has since become a leading player in China’s poultry sector. In recent years the company has expanded cooperation with several global companies to ensure a stable supply of raw materials for its needs. For this purpose, Wens recently signed a strategic agreement with Cargill Investment, the Chinese subsidiary of the US company Cargill. The agreement gives Wens an opportunity to optimize its feed supply chain and improve efficiency.

As Sun Fen, Vice President and Minister of Procurement Center of Wens Foodstuff Group, told during the press conference following the signing of the agreement, Wens has high hopes for its future collaboration with Cargill, as it will ensure a stable supply of raw materials.

In the meantime, Lihua Group, another major player in the Chinese poultry sector, also considers the acceleration of expansion in the domestic market this year. The company showed positive dynamics in 2025, demonstrating strong growth momentum with 260 million chickens sold, representing an 11% increase over 2024. It currently focuses on operations in the chilled yellow-feather chicken segment. In recent years it has significantly strengthened its positions in this segment and now ranks among the leading local players.

As the Chinese Xinhua media announced earlier, citing the company, last year it achieved strong results in the domestic market. According to official data, it processed approximately 90 million fresh chicken products in 2025, accounting for about 15.87% of total chicken sales volume in China last year. As the company’s spokesman said, this represents a year-over-year increase of approximately 50%, compared to 2024.

Analysts from the Chinese Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs believe the current success of both Wens and Lihua in the domestic market is mainly due to the companies’ production and development strategies, which have been introduced by their managements in recent years. According to the Ministry’s analysts, this involves the innovative “company + farmer” model, which allows both companies to organically combine their technological, financial, and market advantages with farmers’ breeding resources. This integration ensures the development of a close and efficient supply chain, in which companies implement strict management of the breeding process, controlling every detail from feed selection to disease prevention, thus ensuring product quality and supply stability.

In the meantime, Ministry analysts also believe the rise of large-scale farming will remain one of the major drivers for growth of the poultry sector of China. In major poultry-producing areas such as Shandong and Guangdong, the “company + farmer” model has effectively integrated the resources of small and medium-sized farmers. For example, Fujian Sunner Development Co., Ltd. remains the world’s largest broiler chicken industrial park, with an annual output exceeding 500 million birds.

Future prospects

Regarding future prospects, much will also depend on future trends in feed costs for Chinese poultry farmers. The recent decline in feed costs has had a positive impact on China’s poultry industry (with the sharpest drops observed in corn and soybean meal prices), but it remains unclear whether these trends will continue throughout 2026.

According to official data from the Chinese government, broiler compound feed costs dropped to 3.67 yuan/kg in the second half of 2025, the lowest level in nearly five years. This resulted in higher profits for local poultry farmers.

Plans for imports

Despite a significant increase in domestic production, China continues to import certain volumes of poultry going forward.

As Chinese consumers increasingly favor specific poultry cuts, the country is actively seeking to expand its poultry import portfolio with products whose domestic production remains relatively limited.

As part of this strategy, China recently reached an agreement with the Georgian government to import chicken legs and necks, products that remain in high demand among Chinese consumers. This move reflects China’s ongoing strategy to diversify poultry import sources and to avoid any dependence on a single major supplier.

According to Zurab Uchumbegashvili, Head of the Georgian Poultry Development Association, the agreement aligns well with China’s consumption trends, as chicken legs and necks, while undervalued in Georgia, are highly prized in China.

Pet Hair Trimmers vs Professional Grooming: Which Is Better?

Edusehat — Wed, 03 Jun 2026 16:25:06 +0700

At some point, every dog parent faces the same decision. Should you invest in a pet hair trimmer and handle grooming at home, or keep visiting a professional groomer every month? Both paths have strong fans and loud critics. The right answer depends on your dog's coat, your confidence, your budget, and the time you actually have.

This guide compares pet hair trimmers and professional grooming side by side. You will see the real pros and cons of each, learn which option suits different dogs best, and understand when a smart mix of both gives you the best of both worlds. By the end, you will know exactly which path fits your home.

The Quick Verdict

For most Indian pet parents, a combined approach works best. Use a quality pet hair trimmer at home for routine maintenance, paw tidying, and minor trims. Visit a professional groomer every 6 to 10 weeks for full-body work, breed-specific cuts, or heavily matted coats. If you only have to pick one, choose based on your dog's breed, temperament, and your grooming comfort level.

What Are Pet Hair Trimmers?

Pet hair trimmers are electric clipping tools designed to trim dog coats safely. They come in several formats:

Corded trimmers: Strong motors, unlimited runtime, best for thick coats
Cordless rechargeable trimmers: Portable, quieter, great for anxious dogs
Low-noise trimmers: Designed for nervous dogs, puppies, and seniors
Multi-speed professional-grade trimmers: Handle different coat types with adjustable settings
Detail or face trimmers: Small, precise tools for paws, face, and sanitary trims

A quality trimmer lasts years and gives you full control over minor grooming between professional visits. The learning curve is smaller than most pet parents expect, especially for simple tasks like paw tidying or belly trims.

Pros of Using a Pet Hair Trimmer at Home

Cost-effective long-term: A good trimmer pays for itself within 4 to 6 professional visits
Convenient for busy schedules: No travel, appointment booking, or waiting rooms
Stress-free for anxious dogs: Familiar environment keeps dogs calmer
Frequent touch-ups possible: Between-bath tidying of paws, face, and sanitary areas
Useful during Indian monsoon: Avoids repeated travel in wet weather
Strengthens bonding: Gentle grooming builds trust over time
Great for minor jobs: Paw trims, face tidying, and matted patch removal

The American Kennel Club notes that with the right tools and gentle practice, most owners can handle routine grooming tasks confidently, especially for short-to-medium coated breeds.

Cons of Pet Hair Trimmers

Trimmers are not always the easy answer. Real downsides include:

Learning curve: Full-body trims take time and practice
Risk of nicks: Especially around ears, paws, and sensitive areas
Coat damage if misused: Wrong blade length or technique can leave uneven patches
Not suited for breed-specific cuts: Show cuts, Poodle scissor cuts, or Terrier stripping need expertise
Overheating blades: Can cause skin burns if run too long without breaks
Maintenance required: Blade oiling, cleaning, and occasional replacement

Trimmers work brilliantly for the right dogs and tasks. They struggle with complex cuts and coat styles that need professional training.

What Professional Grooming Offers

Professional groomers handle the tasks most pet parents cannot. Their service typically includes:

Full-body washing with breed-appropriate shampoos
Expert drying with high-velocity dryers
Full coat clipping, stripping, or scissor work
Nail trimming and grinding
Ear cleaning and de-waxing
Anal gland expression (in some clinics)
Teeth brushing and dental wipe care
Specialised de-shedding treatments
Mat removal and coat rehabilitation

Skilled groomers also catch subtle skin issues, parasites, or lumps that home grooming can miss. In Indian cities, many groomers now offer home-visit services, blending convenience with expertise.

Pros of Professional Grooming

Breed-appropriate expertise: Specialised cuts for Poodles, Shih Tzus, Spaniels, and Terriers
Powerful drying: High-velocity dryers reach undercoats that home dryers cannot
Deshedding treatments: Dedicated tools and products remove massive amounts of undercoat
Mat handling: Safe removal of heavy matting without hurting skin
Time-saving: Full grooming done in 60 to 120 minutes
Parasite checks: Trained eyes spot fleas, ticks, and skin issues quickly
Anxiety reduction over time: Regular visits build familiarity

The American Veterinary Medical Association notes that for long-coated, double-coated, and show-cut breeds, professional grooming provides both aesthetic and health benefits that home tools rarely match.

Cons of Professional Grooming

Professional grooming is not always practical. Watch for these challenges:

Cost: Full grooming sessions in Indian metros can cost 1500 to 4000 rupees or more
Travel stress: Car rides and unfamiliar environments can scare anxious dogs
Appointment planning: Booking, waiting, and rescheduling during busy seasons
Variable quality: Groomer skill and hygiene standards vary widely
Long gaps between visits: Your dog may need trims and baths between appointments
Not ideal for minor jobs: Paw and sanitary trims every few weeks can be overkill for a salon visit

If you rely only on professional grooming, your dog may look slightly shaggy between visits and you may miss early skin issues that show up in between.

Head-to-Head Comparison

Cost: Home trimmers win long term. Professional grooming costs more per session but no equipment investment.

Convenience: Home trimmers win for quick jobs. Professionals save you time on full grooming.

Quality: Professionals win on breed-specific cuts and long-coated dogs. Home trimmers win for routine touch-ups.

Stress for dogs: Home trimmers win for nervous dogs. Regular visits help anxious dogs acclimatise to salon settings.

Monsoon suitability: Home trimmers win. Avoid travel in wet weather and handle small trims as needed.

Health checks: Professionals offer trained eyes. Home grooming lets you monitor frequently.

Who Should Pick What

A quick guide based on your dog and lifestyle:

Choose a home trimmer if: You have a short or medium-coated dog, live far from professional groomers, have a nervous pet, or grooming budget is tight.

Choose professional grooming if: You own a long-coated or show-breed dog like a Poodle, Shih Tzu, or Cocker Spaniel, are uncomfortable handling clippers, or need mat removal.

Combine both if: You want the best of both worlds. Most Indian pet parents benefit from monthly trimmer touch-ups plus professional visits every 6 to 8 weeks.

How to Start With Home Trimming

If you decide to invest in a pet hair trimmer, set yourself up for success:

Pick a reputable low-noise model with a rechargeable battery
Start with simple areas like paws and sanitary zones
Use the right blade length for your dog's coat
Let blades cool after every 10 minutes of use
Oil and clean blades after every session
Keep treats nearby to reward calm behaviour
Watch beginner tutorials for your dog's coat type

Build confidence with smaller jobs before attempting full-body trims. Home trimming is a skill that improves with practice.

When You Still Need a Professional Groomer

Some situations always warrant a professional visit:

Heavy matting that covers large areas
Breed-specific cuts or show-grooming
Post-surgery grooming needs
Severe flea infestations or skin infections
Dogs with extreme grooming anxiety that needs expert handling
Seasonal deep de-shedding for double-coated breeds

Pair professional visits with home trimming for a balanced routine that keeps your dog comfortable and well-groomed year-round.

Final Thoughts

Pet hair trimmers and professional grooming are not rivals. They are complementary tools in a smart grooming routine. Use your trimmer for routine maintenance, quick cleanups, and between-visit touch-ups. Lean on professional groomers for complex cuts, mat removal, and seasonal deep work. Together, they keep your dog looking sharp, feeling comfortable, and saving you money over time.

Browse PetsWorld's grooming essentials collection for trusted pet hair trimmers, scissors, and tools to build your home grooming kit.

FAQs

Are pet hair trimmers safe to use at home?

Yes, when used correctly. Pick a quality low-noise trimmer, start with simple areas, use the right blade length, and take breaks to prevent blade heat. Practice on easy zones like paws first before attempting full-body trims.

How much does professional dog grooming cost in India?

Basic grooming sessions in Indian metros typically cost between 1500 and 4000 rupees depending on breed size and services. Full grooming with cuts, baths, and ear and nail care is usually at the higher end. Home-visit grooming may cost slightly more.

Can I do professional-level grooming at home with a trimmer?

Some of it, yes. Paw trims, sanitary cuts, face tidying, and basic de-shedding are manageable with practice. Breed-specific show cuts and heavy mat removal usually need professional expertise and specialised tools.

Which is better for anxious dogs: home or professional grooming?

Home grooming is usually calmer for anxious dogs because of the familiar environment. For dogs with extreme anxiety, slowly acclimatising to a gentle professional groomer can help long term. Choose low-noise trimmers and short, positive sessions.

How often should I visit a professional groomer if I use a trimmer at home?

Every 6 to 10 weeks works for most dogs using a home trimmer regularly. Long-coated or show-cut breeds may need visits every 4 to 6 weeks. Short-coated dogs may need professional help only a few times a year.

Conditioners for Dogs: Do They Really Work?

Edusehat — Wed, 03 Jun 2026 12:45:05 +0700

Dog conditioners sit in a strange spot in pet care. Some Indian pet parents swear by them, describing coats that feel silkier, smell better, and shed less. Others see them as an unnecessary add-on to shampoo that works just fine on its own. The truth is more practical than both camps make it sound.

This guide answers a simple question: do dog conditioners really work? You will learn what they actually do, which dogs benefit the most, how to choose the right one, and when you truly do not need one. By the end, you will know exactly whether a conditioner deserves a place in your grooming routine.

The Quick Answer

Yes, dog conditioners work, but not for every dog. Conditioners are especially useful for long-coated, curly-coated, and dry-skinned dogs, or any dog dealing with tangled fur, dull texture, or Indian humidity-related frizz. Short-coated healthy dogs usually do fine without one.

Think of conditioner as a supportive step, not a mandatory one. It earns its place when your dog has a specific need, not just because the shampoo bottle recommends it.

What Are Dog Conditioners?

Dog conditioners are grooming products designed to hydrate, soften, and protect a dog's coat after shampooing. They work by:

Restoring moisture stripped by bathing
Smoothing the outer layer of hair strands
Reducing tangles and matting
Adding shine and manageability
Supporting skin hydration and comfort

Formulations vary widely. Some are rinse-off conditioners applied after shampoo and washed off after a few minutes. Others are leave-in sprays used between baths for quick refreshing. A few come as masks for weekly deep conditioning of long coats.

How Conditioners Actually Work

Dog coats have an outer cuticle layer made of overlapping cells. Shampooing gently lifts these cells to clean the hair. A good conditioner helps close them back down, locking in moisture and creating a smooth surface that reflects light. This is why conditioned coats look shinier and tangle less.

Quality conditioners also deliver moisturising ingredients deep into the hair shaft and skin. Over time, consistent use improves:

Coat softness and shine
Shedding control through stronger, less brittle hair
Skin comfort, especially in dry Indian winters
Ease of brushing for long-coated breeds

The American Kennel Club notes that conditioners can play a meaningful role in coat care, particularly for dogs with specific skin or coat concerns.

Which Dogs Benefit From a Conditioner?

Not every dog needs a conditioner. The ones who benefit most include:

Long-coated breeds: Shih Tzus, Maltese, Lhasa Apsos, Cocker Spaniels, and Afghan Hounds need conditioners to prevent mats and keep silky fur manageable.
Curly or wavy coats: Poodles, Bichon Frises, and Cockapoos have coats prone to tangling, and conditioners make daily brushing much easier.
Double-coated breeds: Huskies, German Shepherds, and Pomeranians benefit from lightweight conditioners that reduce static and smoothen coat texture.
Dogs with dry, flaky skin: Indian winters and peak summer can leave skin dehydrated. Moisturising conditioners restore balance.
Dogs with allergies or sensitive skin: Oatmeal or aloe vera conditioners soothe irritated skin between vet visits.
Senior dogs: Aging coats lose moisture faster. Regular conditioning keeps them soft and shiny.

Short-coated healthy dogs like Indies, Beagles, and Boxers rarely need a conditioner unless they have specific skin or coat issues. For them, a gentle shampoo plus regular brushing usually delivers a beautiful coat.

Types of Dog Conditioners

Pick the format that fits your grooming routine:

Rinse-off conditioners: Applied after shampoo, left on for a few minutes, then rinsed. The most common and effective type for bath day.
Leave-in sprays: Lightweight sprays used between baths. Useful for long coats needing daily detangling.
Deep conditioning masks: Rich formulas for weekly or monthly deep treatments. Great for long-haired show breeds.
Detangling sprays: Focused on reducing knots. Used before or after brushing to ease the process.
Medicated conditioners: Prescribed alongside medicated shampoos for dogs with skin issues
Natural or herbal conditioners: Contain Ayurvedic ingredients like neem, aloe vera, and coconut oil. Popular in Indian pet care for sensitive skin.

Ingredients to Look For

Quality conditioners prioritise these skin- and coat-friendly ingredients:

Oatmeal: Soothes itching and hydrates dry skin
Aloe Vera: Cools and moisturises sensitive areas
Coconut Oil: Adds shine and softness
Shea Butter: Seals moisture into the coat
Vitamin E: Supports skin barrier health
Silk Amino Acids: Smoothen hair strands and reduce breakage
Chamomile Extract: Calms itchy skin naturally
Glycerin: Holds moisture in the hair shaft

Ingredients to Avoid

Skip conditioners with these ingredients, which can damage skin or coat:

Parabens and sulfates
Artificial dyes or synthetic fragrances
Alcohol-based preservatives
Phthalates
Mineral oil
Strong essential oils like tea tree in high concentrations

The American Veterinary Medical Association advises choosing grooming products with clean, dog-specific formulations to protect skin and coat health over time.

How to Use a Dog Conditioner Correctly

Application technique makes or breaks results.

Shampoo and rinse thoroughly first
Apply conditioner from neck to tail, avoiding eyes
Massage gently into the coat, reaching down to the skin
Leave on for 3 to 5 minutes to let ingredients absorb
Rinse thoroughly to prevent residue that attracts dirt
Towel dry gently, avoiding rough rubbing
Follow with a slow, low-heat dry for long coats

For leave-in sprays, mist lightly, comb through, and let dry naturally. Do not overuse. Once or twice a week is plenty for most dogs.

When You Should Skip a Conditioner

Conditioners are not a universal must-have. Skip them if:

Your dog has a short, healthy coat with no dryness or shedding issues
Their current shampoo already contains conditioning agents
You over-bathe and strip oils. In that case, reduce bath frequency first.
Your dog has a specific medical shampoo regime that forbids added products
They react with redness, itching, or rashes after use

Over-conditioning can weigh down short coats, trap heat on thick double coats in Indian summers, and occasionally cause greasy build-up. Match the product to the actual need.

Simple Homemade Conditioning Option

If your dog has mild dryness and you want a natural option, try this once a week:

Coconut milk rinse: Mix 2 tablespoons of organic coconut milk with 1 cup of warm water. Pour slowly over your dog's coat after shampooing. Let it sit for 2 minutes, then rinse thoroughly.

Never use human conditioners, even diluted. They are not formulated for canine skin and can trigger dryness, flaking, or allergies over time.

Final Thoughts

Dog conditioners do work, but only when matched to the right dog and used correctly. Long-coated, curly, and dry-skinned dogs benefit the most. Short-coated dogs can usually skip them. Choose a clean-label conditioner with natural moisturising ingredients, follow the right application technique, and avoid over-use. When used smartly, a good conditioner is one of the easiest upgrades you can add to your dog's grooming kit.

Browse PetsWorld's grooming and shampoo collection to find trusted dog conditioners suited to your pet's coat and skin.

FAQs

Do dogs really need conditioner after shampoo?

Not all dogs do. Long-coated, curly, or dry-skinned dogs benefit most from conditioners. Short-coated healthy dogs usually do fine with just shampoo. Use conditioner based on your dog's coat and skin needs, not marketing claims.

Can I use human conditioner on my dog?

No. Human conditioners have a different pH and contain ingredients that can irritate dog skin over time. Always choose a dog-specific conditioner formulated for canine skin and coat needs.

How often should I use conditioner on my dog?

Use conditioner with every bath for long-coated or curly breeds. For most other dogs, once every 2 to 3 baths is enough. Leave-in sprays can be used once or twice a week for detangling.

What is the best natural conditioner for Indian dogs?

Coconut oil-based or aloe-based herbal conditioners work well in Indian climates. Ayurvedic formulas with neem, aloe vera, and chamomile are popular choices for sensitive and allergy-prone dogs. Always buy from trusted brands.

Will a conditioner help reduce shedding in my dog?

It can help indirectly. A well-conditioned coat breaks less, tangles less, and sheds more evenly. Combined with regular brushing and omega-3 supplementation, conditioners can visibly reduce shedding for many dogs.

DIY Dog Grooming at Home: Step-by-Step Tips

Edusehat — Wed, 03 Jun 2026 12:45:05 +0700

Taking your dog to a professional groomer is convenient, but it is not always practical. Busy schedules, nervous dogs, monsoon transport hassles, and rising grooming costs push many Indian pet parents to try DIY grooming at home. The good news is that with the right approach, at-home grooming can be gentle, effective, and even enjoyable for both of you.

This guide walks you through DIY dog grooming step by step. You will learn how to prepare, what to do in what order, and how to handle the tricky parts like nails, ears, and difficult coats. By the end, you will have a complete home-grooming routine suited to your dog and the Indian climate.

Why DIY Grooming Is Worth the Effort

Regular at-home grooming is more than a cost-saver. It offers real benefits:

Catches skin issues, lumps, and fleas early
Reduces stress by avoiding unfamiliar grooming environments
Strengthens the bond between you and your dog
Saves money over months and years
Keeps your dog comfortable between professional visits
Lets you adjust grooming frequency to Indian monsoon, summer, and winter needs

The American Kennel Club notes that consistent home grooming supports coat health and makes dogs easier to handle at the vet and groomer.

What You Will Need Before You Start

Set up your grooming kit in one place so you are not hunting for tools mid-session.

Brush or comb: Matched to your dog's coat type
Dog-specific shampoo: Gentle, tear-free option
Conditioner or detangling spray: For long or curly coats
Microfibre towel: Absorbs more water than cotton
Low-heat pet dryer or regular dryer on cool setting: Optional but useful
Nail clippers or grinder: Plus styptic powder for accidents
Ear cleaner and cotton pads: Never cotton buds
Dog toothbrush and toothpaste: Dog-specific, not human
Grooming wipes: For quick spot cleanups
Treats and a calm voice: The most important tools of all

Keep all tools cleaned and dried after each use, especially during humid Indian monsoon when moisture invites bacteria and fungal growth.

Step-by-Step DIY Dog Grooming Routine

Follow this order to keep sessions smooth, calm, and efficient.

Step 1: Prepare the Space

Pick a calm area with good lighting. A non-slip mat or bath towel on the floor prevents slipping. Have all your tools within arm's reach. Keep treats close for positive reinforcement throughout. Play soft music to ease anxious dogs.

Step 2: Brush Thoroughly First

Always brush before bathing. This removes loose fur, tangles, and surface dirt. Wet fur mats faster, so never bathe a dog with knots. Use a bristle brush for short coats, a slicker or pin brush for medium to long coats, and an undercoat rake for double-coated breeds. Work in sections from head to tail.

Step 3: Check Ears, Eyes, Paws, and Teeth

Before the bath, quickly inspect problem areas:

Look inside ears for redness, waxy buildup, or odour
Check eyes for discharge or tear stains
Inspect paws for cracks, cuts, or stuck debris
Feel the body for lumps, tender spots, or flea dirt
Take note of anything unusual to mention to your vet

Step 4: Bathe Your Dog

Use lukewarm water. Cold water is uncomfortable, hot water irritates skin.

Wet your dog thoroughly from the neck down, avoiding ears and eyes
Apply diluted dog shampoo and lather gently, starting from the neck
Let the shampoo sit for 2 to 3 minutes if medicated
Rinse twice to remove all residue. Any leftover product itches the skin.
Apply conditioner if needed, massage in, wait 3 to 5 minutes, and rinse fully
Clean the face with a damp cloth, avoiding eyes and ears

In Indian monsoon, quick, efficient baths work best. The longer your dog stays wet, the higher the risk of fungal issues.

Step 5: Dry Thoroughly

Drying is as important as bathing, especially in humid weather.

Squeeze excess water out of the coat gently, never twist
Wrap in a microfibre towel and blot dry
Use a pet dryer on a low, cool setting if tolerated
Focus on areas that stay damp: paws, belly, ears, armpits, and between skin folds
Brush again as you dry to prevent tangles in long coats
Never send a partially dry dog outside or into air conditioning

Step 6: Clean Ears

Floppy-eared breeds especially benefit from weekly ear checks.

Apply a few drops of vet-approved ear cleaner into the ear
Massage the base of the ear for 20 seconds
Let your dog shake out loosened debris
Gently wipe the outer ear with a cotton pad
Never insert cotton swabs deep into the ear canal

The American Veterinary Medical Association advises gentle, regular ear cleaning as a key part of home grooming, especially for floppy-eared and humid-climate dogs.

Step 7: Trim Nails

Nails should be trimmed every 3 to 4 weeks.

Hold each paw gently and trim only the tip
Avoid cutting into the quick, the pink area containing blood vessels
For dark nails, take smaller clips to stay safe
Keep styptic powder close in case of minor bleeding
Reward with treats after each paw to build positive memory

If your dog strongly resists nail trims, try filing or grinding the tips slowly. Some dogs prefer grinders because they skip the snapping sound.

Step 8: Brush Teeth

Dental care is often skipped but one of the most important steps. Aim for teeth brushing 3 to 4 times a week.

Use a dog-specific toothbrush or finger brush
Apply dog toothpaste, never human toothpaste
Brush gently in small circles, especially along the gum line
Focus on the outer surfaces where plaque builds up
Start slow and build up to full brushing sessions

Step 9: Final Brush and Cuddle

Once your dog is dry and calm, give a final brush to smooth the coat. Check for any missed tangles, apply a light leave-in spray if helpful, and end with a treat. Ending on a positive note helps your dog look forward to the next session.

Tips for Specific Coat Types

Short-coated breeds (Labradors, Beagles, Indies): Quick grooming sessions with a bristle brush and gentle shampoo. Baths every 3 to 6 weeks.
Long-coated breeds (Shih Tzus, Cocker Spaniels): Daily brushing and detangling. Baths every 2 to 3 weeks. Use conditioner with every bath.
Double-coated breeds (Huskies, German Shepherds): Use an undercoat rake weekly and a de-shedding tool monthly. Baths every 6 to 8 weeks.
Curly coats (Poodles, Bichons): Daily brushing to prevent mats. Baths every 3 to 4 weeks with conditioner.
Sensitive skin: Use oatmeal or aloe-based shampoos. Skip strong fragrances and medicated baths unless prescribed.

Common DIY Grooming Mistakes to Avoid

Avoid these everyday slip-ups:

Using human shampoo or conditioner on your dog
Skipping brushing before bathing
Cutting nails too short and hitting the quick
Over-bathing during Indian winters, which dries skin
Ignoring ears and teeth entirely
Using a hair dryer on high heat
Forcing anxious dogs into long sessions
Leaving tools unclean in humid conditions

Final Thoughts

DIY dog grooming is not about being a professional. It is about consistency, care, and knowing your dog. Build a simple routine, use the right tools, go at your dog's pace, and turn grooming into quality time instead of a chore. With patience and practice, you will master the steps and your dog will love the attention.

Browse PetsWorld's grooming essentials collection to build your at-home grooming kit with shampoos, brushes, and tools tailored to your dog's coat.

FAQs

How long does a full DIY grooming session take?

Expect 45 minutes to 90 minutes depending on coat length, dog size, and temperament. Short-coated dogs finish faster. Long-coated dogs need more brushing and drying time. Break longer sessions into two shorter ones if your dog gets restless.

Can I groom my puppy at home?

Yes. Start gentle grooming at 8 to 10 weeks of age with brushing and paw handling. First bath usually after 8 weeks using tear-free puppy shampoo. Keep sessions short and positive to build lifelong comfort with grooming.

How often should I groom my dog at home during Indian monsoon?

Bathe every 2 to 3 weeks, dry thoroughly after every walk, check paws and ears weekly, and brush 3 to 5 times a week. Indian monsoon humidity raises fungal risks, so drying matters more than bathing frequency.

What should I do if my dog hates being groomed?

Go slow. Start with just 5-minute sessions focused on one part of the body. Use treats, soft voice, and calm handling. Never force anxious dogs. Build familiarity over weeks. For very fearful dogs, a certified trainer can help desensitise the process.

When should I take my dog to a professional groomer instead of doing it myself?

Consider professional help if your dog has heavily matted fur, needs breed-specific cuts, is extremely fearful, or has a skin condition requiring specialised care. Long-coated breeds like Shih Tzus and Poodles benefit from professional visits every 4 to 8 weeks.

Looking Beyond the Pond: How Satellite Intelligence Is Becoming a Practical Tool for Aquaculture 4.0

Edusehat — Wed, 03 Jun 2026 09:40:06 +0700

By Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta

As climate variability increases, looking “beyond the pond” is no longer optional for capital-intensive production. Satellite applications provide scale and continuity, allowing stakeholders to estimate chlorophyll, nutrients, and turbidity. This digital infrastructure layer supports better feeding strategies and coordinated environmental governance, shifting the paradigm from isolated farm observations to comprehensive regional intelligence.

For decades, aquaculture has improved by looking inward. We became better at genetics, nutrition, health man, and farm design. These advances allowed the sector to intensify, professionalize, and grow. Yet, despite all that progress inside the pond, many of the decisions that define success or failure are still influenced by what happens outside it.

Temperature anomalies, rainfall concentration, watershed runoff, bloom dynamics, and coastal variability do not respect farm boundaries. They operate at larger spatial and temporal scales than ponds or cages. Traditionally, aquaculture professionals only became aware of these forces once their effects were already visible in dissolved oxygen, feeding response, growth, or survival.

Satellite imagery offers a way to close that gap. Not as a futuristic promise, but as a practical decision support tool that helps aquaculture understand what is happening around the farm and make better choices, earlier.

Satellite Intelligence Satellite imagery provides the spatial and environmental context Aquaculture 4.0 historically lacked. It helps explain why in-pond measurements behave specifically, allowing for earlier, better-informed choices regarding metabolic stress and growth.

What Satellite Imagery Actually Adds

Satellite imagery brings three capabilities that aquaculture historically lacked: scale, continuity, and spatial perspective. Satellites observe entire regions simultaneously, repeatedly, and independently of farm reporting. This allows producers, feed mills, financiers, and regulators to move from isolated observations to understanding patterns.

It is important, however, to be precise. Satellites do not measure water quality in the same way as in pond probes, and they do not provide continuous, minute by minute readings. Observations depend on satellite overpass and represent snapshots in time. The information is therefore indicative and dependent on the moment of capture.

That said, modern multispectral and thermal satellites, combined with calibrated models and algorithms, already allow the estimation of several biologically meaningful water quality variables at the pond surface. These include surface temperature, chlorophyll concentration, total suspended solids, dissolved organic matter proxies, salinity related conductivity, nutrient dynamics such as nitrogen and phosphorus, and indirect characterization of dissolved oxygen behavior through its main drivers.

This distinction matters. Satellites do not replace probes. They help explain why measurements behave the way they do.

Modern multispectral and thermal satellites estimate surface temperature, chlorophyll concentration, and nutrient dynamics. These indicators help anticipate metabolic stress and phytoplankton dynamics that drive daytime oxygen production and nighttime consumption.

What Can Be Done Today at the Farm Level

For farmers, satellite derived water quality intelligence provides context. A sudden change in feeding response or oxygen stability can be interpreted not only as a local issue, but in relation to regional temperature trends, bloom development, or hydrological events.

Surface temperature estimates help anticipate metabolic stress and oxygen solubility changes before critical situations occur. Chlorophyll monitoring provides insight into phytoplankton dynamics that drive daytime oxygen production and nighttime consumption. Turbidity and suspended solids trends indicate runoff, sediment resuspension, or organic loading that may affect water quality in the coming days.

This does not automate decisions. It supports better ones, such as whether to intervene immediately, monitor closely, adjust feeding strategy, or prepare for continued stress.

Feed Mills: From Reacting to Understanding

Feed mills operate portfolios of farms distributed across regions. Satellite imagery allows mills to assess whether challenges are isolated or systemic, seasonal or anomalous.

This enables earlier redeployment of technical teams, better prioritization of advisory efforts, and more informed management of commercial exposure. The value here is not control, but awareness. Knowing where conditions are changing allows better allocation of people, inventory, and credit.

Capital avoids aquaculture due to environmental uncertainty. Satellite-derived indicators allow financiers and insurers to contextualize production results with evidence-based risk assessments, grounding decisions in current environmental conditions rather than historical averages.

Finance and Insurance: Better Decisions, Not Blind Avoidance

Capital does not avoid aquaculture because of risk. It avoids aquaculture because of uncertainty. Satellite imagery introduces environmental visibility that helps explain variability in performance and outcomes.

When combined with farm telemetry, satellite derived indicators allow financiers and insurers to contextualize production results, calibrate exposure, and design structures based on evidence rather than assumptions. Decisions become grounded in what is happening environmentally, not only in historical averages.

Risk management improves as a consequence of better information, not fear.

Governments: System Level Awareness

For authorities, satellite imagery enables system level understanding. Instead of reacting after problems escalate, governments can observe emerging stress patterns across production zones, watersheds, or coastal areas.

This supports targeted advisories, coordinated responses, smarter zoning decisions, and more proactive environmental governance. Policy moves from reactive to preventive.

Integrating satellite imagery with inpond sensors turns isolated data into regional understanding. As climate variability rises, this external context layer becomes essential for managing metabolic response and ensuring longterm sustainability.

Why Satellite Imagery Strengthens Aquaculture 4.0

Aquaculture 4.0 is not about replacing experience with software. It is about integrating intelligence layers to support better decisions.

In pond sensors provide frequency and depth. Satellite imagery provides spatial and environmental context. Models and algorithms translate observations into indicators. Integration turns data into understanding.

Satellite imagery becomes the external context layer of digital infrastructure. It is essential, but not standalone.

Looking Ahead

Over the next decade, satellite applications in aquaculture will move from observation to prediction, and from farm level novelty to cluster and country level infrastructure. As climate variability increases and production systems become more capital intensive, understanding what happens beyond the pond will no longer be optional.

Satellites do not tell aquaculture what to do. They help aquaculture understand what is happening. And in a complex, variable environment, understanding is the foundation of good decisions and sustainable growth.

* Antonio Garza de Yta is CCO of Intelligon, Vice President of the International Center for Strategic Studies in Aquaculture (CIDEEA), President of Aquaculture Without Frontiers (AwF), Past President of the World Aquaculture Society (WAS), Former Secretary of Fisheries and Aquaculture of Tamaulipas, Mexico, and Creator of the Certification for Aquaculture Professionals (CAP) Program with Auburn University.

Chronic stress decreases neurogenesis in poultry

Edusehat — Tue, 02 Jun 2026 22:15:05 +0700

At an April 2026 Poultry Extension Collaborative webinar that examined the connection between chronic stress, welfare and biomarkers, Newcastle University evolutionary neurobiology researcher Tom Smulders, PhD, presented his work determining whether hippocampal neurogenesis can be a marker of affective valence in poultry.

Affective valence refers to an animal’s positive or negative emotional experience.

“Ideally, measuring welfare in poultry would be something that integrates over time and would be sensitive to whether experiences were good or bad,” Smulders said. Corticosterone, he explained, increases when birds experience changes in their environments, but it doesn’t indicate whether those changes are good or bad.

Corticosterone, Smulders noted, is a marker of arousal, not valence.

Neurogenesis, chronic stress

Examining the hippocampus provides evidence of stress. The scientific literature, based on studies in mice and rats, reports that neuronal development, or what Smulders refers to as adult hippocampal neurogenesis (AHN), decreases with chronic stress and increases during recovery from negative experiences and enrichment.

Smulders’s team first investigated whether chronic, unpredictable stressors in chickens impacted AHN in their brains. They exposed laying hens to various unpredictable stressors that changed daily, including:

Isolating a hen in a box
Introducing wind using a fan
Removing food for several hours
Fluctuating temperature
Altering the duration of daylight to 21 hours of light or 21 hours of darkness
Spraying chickens and pens with water and leaving them wet overnight

Results indicated that stressed hens had reduced neurogenesis, particularly in the caudal region of the hippocampus. “This study indicates that we can use AHN levels as markers of chronic stress,” Smulders said.

Recovery from stress

The team then assessed whether birds fully recover from stress and if the timing of stress plays a role. To do so, they examined brains from birds with either severe or minor keel bone fractures.¹ He explained that in the UK, battery housing has been replaced by other housing systems, such as multi-tier cage-free housing, which most assume is better for bird welfare. But he said cage-free birds often experience more keel bone fractures.

Birds in the fracture study were X-rayed 11 times between 21 and 60 weeks of age. As expected, Smulders found more AHN in birds with minimal keel damage than in those with more damage. He also found a correlation with the age of the injury: Birds with early breaks had fewer new neurons, suggesting early chronic stress is especially detrimental to welfare.

“Reducing keel fractures is not only important in laying hens because fracture repair takes calcium away from egg laying, but it’s also important because the fracture affects the rest of the animal’s life,” he said.

Housing system effects

Next, Smulders examined the effects of the housing system on AHN levels. He compared hens housed in enriched cages with those in free-range systems. The enriched cages provided separate compartments for laying, scratching and feeding and housed 60 birds. The free-range system housed thousands of birds, allowing outdoor access while maintaining a multi-tiered indoor aviary.

In addition to sampling birds from each housing system, he divided them by physical condition. Birds that appeared in excellent condition, with good weight, bright combs and good feathering, were sampled along with birds that were in poor condition.

“We didn’t find any correlation attributed to housing,” he said. “But we did observe that birds in poor condition had lower neurogenesis.

“Maybe the comparison between housing systems should be based on the number of birds in peak and poor condition,” Smulders noted.

Footpad dermatitis, neurogenesis

Smulders and his team also measured AHN levels in birds with footpad dermatitis. Unsurprisingly, they found lower AHN in significantly affected chickens. But some birds didn’t follow this pattern. With further investigation, he learned that the birds in this study were a mix of traditional commercially raised chicks and those raised with access to a dark brooder.

Mimicking a hen’s wing, Smulders explained, a dark brooder provides a dark, warm place for newly hatched chicks. Interestingly, he found no correlation with footpad dermatitis and AHN levels in the birds that had access to a dark brooder as chicks. He suggested that early-life experiences may set up systems that make birds more resilient to chronic stress. However, he noted, more research is needed.

Key takeaway

Smulders’s research revealed that stress is cumulative and that consistency, enriched environments and early experiences impact the well-being of poultry.

Reference
1. Armstrong EA, Rufener C, Toscano MJ, et al.Keel bone fractures induce a depressive-like state in laying hens. Sci Rep. 2020;10(1):3007. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-020-59940-1

The post Chronic stress decreases neurogenesis in poultry appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Ravioza Group Strengthens Leadership to Accelerate Global Growth Strategy

Edusehat — Tue, 02 Jun 2026 18:40:06 +0700

Marking a significant step towards global growth, Ravioza Group welcomes Dr. Srijit Tripathi to its leadership team to steer the organization’s next phase of growth.

In his new role as General Manager, Dr. Srijit will oversee strategic initiatives aimed at strengthening the group’s presence in global and domestic markets, enhancing brand positioning, and accelerating business development across geographies.

A seasoned veterinary professional, Dr. Srijit brings extensive experience in animal health, nutrition, and techno-marketing. Over the years, he has built deep expertise in product development, technical services and market expansion. His ability to integrate scientific knowledge with practical field application has enabled him to deliver consistent value across diverse markets. He has also been actively involved in conducting technical seminars, managing customer relationships, and supporting business growth through innovative strategies.

Dr. Srijit holds a strong academic background in veterinary sciences and has been associated with leading organizations in the animal health industry, contributing significantly to product positioning and market development.

Ravioza Group, A renowned house in the poultry industry, founded by Dr. Dinesh Kumar Arora, is simultaneously advancing its capabilities with Biozene’s new state-of-the-art manufacturing facility, reinforcing its commitment to quality, innovation, and scalability.

With a clear focus on innovative and precision-driven solutions and building trust among partners and customers, the organization aims to set new benchmarks in animal health and nutrition.

Dr. Tripathi’s appointment marks a significant step in Ravioza Group’s journey towards becoming a globally recognized and trusted name in the industry.

The post Ravioza Group Strengthens Leadership to Accelerate Global Growth Strategy appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

Scientific Overview of Immuity+: An Advanced Immunomodulatory Formulation

Edusehat — Tue, 02 Jun 2026 18:40:04 +0700

At the Annual General Meeting for FY 2025–2026, held at Hotel Ramada Encore in Indore, Vetline, a division of Simfa Labs Private Limited, announced the launch of Immuity+, a scientifically developed solution aimed at strengthening poultry immunity and improving overall flock health. The key officials present at the product launch included Director Mr. Dilraj Singh Bhatia, Executive Director Mr. Sumeet Singh Bhatia and Dr. Amit Kumar Patra, General Manager (Sales & Marketing), who played a major role in presenting the product and outlining its benefits.

The growing need to enhance disease resistance in poultry while minimizing antibiotic dependence has accelerated the development of scientifically designed immunomodulatory products. Immuity+ is a novel formulation developed to support poultry immune competence through a synergistic combination of nutritional and bioactive components.

Formulation and Mechanistic Insights

Immuity+ comprises a precise blend of Beta glucan, Nucleotides, MOS, Alpha-monolaurin ,organic trace minerals (such as zinc and selenium), nutritional and antioxidant molecules. Each component is selected based on its established role in immune regulation and gut health.

Nutritional nucleotides and essential amino acids support rapid cell repair, enhance protein synthesis and immune function by reducing the energy burden of de novo synthesis during stress. Antioxidants reduce oxidative stress, preserving the functional integrity of immune cells, while organic trace minerals contribute to enzymatic defence systems and lymphocyte proliferation.

Immuno-physiological Effects

Immuity+ is designed to influence both innate and adaptive immune responses. It enhances the functional activity of macrophages, heterophils and natural killer cells and supports humoral immunity by promoting antibody synthesis. Additionally, the formulation contributes to improved gut integrity and supports the gut-associated lymphoid tissue (GALT), which plays a central role in avian immune defence.

Performance and Health Outcomes

Scientific evaluations suggest that supplementation with Immuity+ results in:

Increased resistance to infectious diseases
Lower morbidity and mortality rates
Improved feed conversion efficiency
Enhanced growth performance in broilers and sustained productivity in layers

Application and Compatibility

Immuity+ can be administered via feed or drinking water and is compatible with standard vaccination protocols and nutritional programs. Its flexible application makes it suitable for broilers, layers, and breeder flocks across various production systems.

Conclusion

Immuity+ is a science-based solution to keep poultry healthy. It works by improving nutrition and supporting gut health, which helps birds build stronger natural immunity. The product reflects Vetline’s commitment to providing sustainable and effective healthcare solutions for modern poultry production, supporting improved performance, productivity, and long-term farm profitability.

The post Scientific Overview of Immuity+: An Advanced Immunomodulatory Formulation appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

Optimising welfare and production in laying hens through precision glycans

Edusehat — Tue, 02 Jun 2026 18:30:09 +0700

The welfare of laying hens is often compromised by feather pecking, a phenomenon that leads to injuries, high mortality, and poor performance. In this study, conducted on 16,000 Lohmann Brown, the supplementation of precision glycans capable of modulating gut microbiota metabolism was evaluated. The results showed improved laying persistency, lower mortality, and better feather and footpad conditions. The data obtained suggest that precision glycans may contribute to support welfare of barn-raised hens.

Introduction

In recent years, the transition from cage systems to alternative housing systems has become a priority in Europe, driven by consumer demands and scientific recommendations (EFSA, 2023). However, this transition introduces new management challenges, particularly an increased incidence of feather pecking, a behaviour characterised by the removal of feathers by some individuals at the expense of conspecifics (Dixon, 2008). This behaviour, often associated with stress and frustration due to the inability to express species-specific behaviours, can lead to wounds, pain, cannibalism, and reduced performance (Schreiter et al., 2019). Several factors influence feather pecking, including genetics, lighting management, stocking density, and also nutrition (Rodenburg et al., 2008). In fact, nutritional imbalances or alterations in the intestinal microbiota have been shown to promote this behaviour, as they affect anxiety, locomotor activity, stress response, and the serotonergic and dopaminergic systems, thereby influencing hens’ ability to cope with environmental challenges (Mens et al., 2020; Van der Eijk et al., 2019).

Advances in molecular biology are helping the scientific community to better understand the functioning of the gut microbiota and its metabolic pathways in the animal gut (Sergeant et al., 2014; Glendinning et al., 2020). Substances known as microbiome metabolic modulators have been identified and synthesised; these are able to influence specific metagenomic functions of intestinal bacteria, modifying metabolite production in the gut with the ultimate goal of providing benefits for animals and the environment (Walsh et al., 2021). Within this context, precision glycans represent a novel approach. These carbohydrates, characterised by specific glycosidic linkages, are able to direct microbial metabolism towards more favourable pathways, improving protein utilisation and reducing the production of harmful metabolites (Walsh et al., 2021; Jacquier et al., 2022).

In light of the positive results already observed in broiler chickens in terms of performance and welfare (Jacquier et al., 2022; Bortoluzzi et al., 2023), the present study evaluated whether the addition of precision glycans in laying hens diet could improve performance and reduce reactivity, thereby limiting feather pecking.

Materials and methods

The study was conducted in a commercial farm, involving 16,000 beak-trimmed Lohmann Brown laying hens from 48 to 78 weeks of age, housed in two houses with similar environmental conditions and fed ad libitum:

the treated group (T) that received a corn- and soybean-based diet supplemented with precision glycans;
the control group (C) that received the same diet without glycans supplementation.

During the trial, all production parameters (egg production, discarded eggs, mortality rate) were recorded daily. Animal welfare was assessed monthly according to the Welfare Quality^® Protocol (2019), which assigns scores to feather condition and lesions in different body areas (head, back, tail, cloaca, and comb), as well as scores for footpad condition. To assess animal reactivity, two behavioural tests were applied: the Novel Object Test (NOT) and the Avoidance Distance Test (ADT). The NOT evaluates hens’ reactions to a novel object introduced into the environment, measuring curiosity or fear based on approach or avoidance behaviour. The ADT measures the distance at which hens move away when an observer approaches, indicating their level of fear or confidence towards humans. Finally, metagenomic analyses of intestinal contents from a sample of animals were performed to evaluate changes in metabolic pathways.

Results

Egg production remained consistent with the genetic line standards, showing a physiological decline due to age. However, from week 72 onward, hens in the treated group showed higher laying persistency, a result of interest in the context of longer production cycles aimed at reducing costs (Bain et al., 2016). No substantial differences were observed in the percentage of discarded eggs, except during periods of heat stress, known to reduce shell quality (Mashaly et al., 2004), when group T showed a lower proportion of rejects. Moreover, cumulative mortality was lower in hens receiving precision glycans (2.9% vs 4.3%), suggesting a positive effect on intestinal and immune health, in line with findings from other studies (Yadav and Jha, 2019; Lobo et al., 2023). The results of the welfare assessments were also in line with previously found outcomes: hens of the treated group exhibited more intact plumage and fewer footpad lesions. This effect is attributed to reduced nitrogen excretion and, consequently, improved litter quality, as demonstrated by a previous study by Jacquier et al. (2022). Welfare assessment results were supported by behavioural tests: hens in group T showed greater curiosity towards the novel object and greater confidence towards humans, reducing their distance from observers. A positive human–animal relationship is a key management factor with beneficial effects on welfare and productivity (Papageorgiou et al., 2023). Moreover, reduced fear and stress have often been associated with a lower propensity for feather pecking in several studies (Uitdehaag et al., 2008; Hüttner et al., 2023). Finally, metagenomic analyses showed improved protein utilisation and confirmed the favourable effect of precision glycans on microbiota metabolic pathways. These metabolic changes translate into improved gut health and a potential reduction in reactivity and, consequently, in undesirable behaviours such as feather pecking.

Conclusions

In the present study, dietary supplementation with precision glycans in laying hens improved laying persistency, reduced mortality and feather pecking, and supported intestinal health. These results pave the way for further investigations into the potential of precision glycans as a tool to optimise welfare and performance in laying hens.

References

Bain, M. M., Nys, Y., & Dunn, I. C. (2016). Increasing persistency in lay and stabilising egg quality in longer laying cycles: What are the challenges? British Poultry Science, 57(3), 330–338. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071668.2016.1161727

Bortoluzzi, C., Tamburini, I., & Geremia, J. (2023). Microbiome modulation, microbiome protein metabolism index, and growth performance of broilers supplemented with a precision biotic. Poultry Science, 102, 102595. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psj.2023.102595

Dixon, L. M. (2008). Feather pecking behaviour and associated welfare issues in laying hens. Avian Biology Research, 1(2), 73–87. https://doi.org/10.3184/175815508X363251

EFSA Panel on Animal Health and Animal Welfare (AHAW), Nielsen, S. S., Alvarez, J., Bicout, D. J., Calistri, P., Canali, E., Drewe, J. A., Garin-Bastuji, B., Gonzales Rojas, J. L., Gortázar Schmidt, C., Herskin, M., Miranda Chueca, M. Á., Padalino, B., Pasquali, P., Roberts, H. C., Spoolder, H., Stahl, K., Velarde, A., Viltrop, A., Winckler, C., … Michel, V. (2023). Welfare of laying hens on farm. EFSA Journal, 21(7), e07889. https://doi.org/10.2903/j.efsa.2023.7789

Glendinning, L., Stewart, R. D., Pallen, M. J., Watson, K. A., & Watson, M. (2020). Assembly of hundreds of novel bacterial genomes from the chicken caecum. Genome Biology, 21, 34. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13059-020-1947-1

Hüttner, J., Clauß, A., Klambeck, L., Andersson, R., Kemper, N., & Spindler, B. (2023). Association with different housing and welfare parameters on results of a novel object test in laying hen flocks on farm. Animals, 13(13), 2207. https://doi.org/10.3390/ani13132207

Jacquier, V., Walsh, M. C., Schyns, G., Claypool, J., Blokker, B., Bortoluzzi, C., & Geremia, J. (2022). Evaluation of a precision biotic on the growth performance, welfare indicators, ammonia output, and litter quality of broiler chickens. Animals, 12(3), 231. https://doi.org/10.3390/ani12030231

Lobo, E., Bajagai, Y. S., Kayal, A., Ramirez, S., Nikolić, A., Valientes, R., & Stanley, D. (2023). Precision glycan supplementation improves gut microbiota diversity, performance, and disease outbreak resistance in broiler chickens. Animals, 14(1), 32. https://doi.org/10.3390/ani14010032

Mashaly, M. M., Hendricks, G. L., Kalama, M. A., Gehad, A. E., Abbas, A. O., & Patterson, P. H. (2004). Effect of heat stress on production parameters and immune responses of commercial laying hens. Poultry Science, 83(6), 889–894. https://doi.org/10.1093/ps/83.6.889

Mens, A. J. W., Van Krimpen, M. M., & Kwakkel, R. P. (2020). Nutritional approaches to reduce or prevent feather pecking in laying hens: Any potential to intervene during rearing? World’s Poultry Science Journal, 76(3), 591–610. https://doi.org/10.1080/00439339.2020.1772024

Papageorgiou, M., Goliomytis, M., Tzamaloukas, O., Miltiadou, D., & Simitzis, P. (2023). Positive welfare indicators and their association with sustainable management systems in poultry. Sustainability, 15(14), 10890. https://doi.org/10.3390/su151410890

Rodenburg, T. B., Komen, H., Ellen, E. D., Uitdehaag, K. A., & van Arendonk, J. A. M. (2008). Selection method and early-life history affect behavioural development, feather pecking and cannibalism in laying hens: A review. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 110(3–4), 217–228. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.applanim.2007.09.009

Schreiter, R., Damme, K., von Borell, E., Vogt, I., Klunker, M., & Freick, M. (2019). Effects of litter and additional enrichment elements on the occurrence of feather pecking in pullets and laying hens: A focused review. Veterinary Medicine and Science, 5(4), 500–507. https://doi.org/10.1002/vms3.184

Sergeant, M. J., Constantinidou, C., Cogan, T. A., Bedford, M. R., Penn, C. W., & Pallen, M. J. (2014). Extensive microbial and functional diversity within the chicken cecal microbiome. PLoS ONE, 9(3), e91941. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0091941

Uitdehaag, K., Komen, H., Rodenburg, T. B., Kemp, B., & van Arendonk, J. (2008). The novel object test as predictor of feather damage in cage-housed Rhode Island Red and White Leghorn laying hens. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 109(2–4), 292–305. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.applanim.2007.03.008

Van der Eijk, J. A. J., de Vries, H., Kjaer, J. B., Naguib, M., Kemp, B., Smidt, H., Rodenburg, T. B., & Lammers, A. (2019). Differences in gut microbiota composition of laying hen lines divergently selected on feather pecking. Poultry Science, 98(12), 7009–7021. https://doi.org/10.3382/ps/pez336

Walsh, M. C., Jacquier, V., Schyns, G., Claypool, J., Tamburini, I., Blokker, B., & Geremia, J. M. (2021). A novel microbiome metabolic modulator improves the growth performance of broiler chickens in multiple trials and modulates targeted energy and amino acid metabolic pathways in the cecal metagenome. Poultry Science, 100, 100800. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psj.2020.10.054

Yadav, S., & Jha, R. (2019). Strategies to modulate the intestinal microbiota and their effects on nutrient utilization, performance, and health of poultry. Journal of Animal Science and Biotechnology, 10(1), 2. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40104-018-0310-9

Welfare Quality® Consortium. (2019). Welfare Quality® assessment protocol for laying hens. Lelystad, The Netherlands: Welfare Quality®.

Best Cat Litters of 2026: Tested Picks for Odour Control, Low Dust & Easy Cleanup

Edusehat — Tue, 02 Jun 2026 08:10:05 +0700

{Sponsored}

Discover the best cat litters of 2026 in this comprehensive, research-backed guide. From powerful odour control and low-dust formulas to reduced tracking and multi-cat performance, we’ve compared top-rated options across every major litter type. Whether you’re upgrading for easier cleanup or trying to find a formula your cat actually prefers, this roundup will help you choose the right litter for a cleaner home and a happier cat.

The Best Cat Litters of 2026

pidan Tofu Cat Litter

MSRP: $47.99

BUY NOW

Key Features

Plant-based Canadian pea fiber

Naturally dust-free formula

Larger granules reduce tracking

Strong ammonia & hydrogen sulfide odour control

Fast-clumping, flushable & cat-friendly

Reviews

“I will never use anything other than this again! Excellent odour control, zero dust…” Read More —Kimberly G. on Mar 06, 2026.
“Our cats favourite litter! The best litter for our (super) messy cats.” Read More —Jason G. on Aug 05, 2025.
“Clumps well, no flushing issues, kittens paws feel nice and clean, kids...” Read More —Elaine M. on May 03, 2025

pidan.ca or Teddybob.ca

Catalyst Pet Softwood Natural Clumping Cat Litter, Original Formula

MSRP: $18.24 for 2 month supply

BUY NOW

Key Features

Highly absorbent wood fibers

Naturally absorbs and neutralizes odours

Forms tight, scoopable clumps for quick daily cleaning and less mess

Made from lightweight wood fiber that works harder than clay

Crafted from sustainable, upcycled pine wood and designed to perform effectively

Reviews

“I love it! The bathroom is clean again cause there is no dust! It smells nice too…” Read More —Lorna L. on May 15, 2026.
“Simply the best. It’s already been a month with no odours—using the same bag!..” Read More —Alva S. on May 12, 2026.
“We are loving the results. We use a self cleaning litter box and are having...” Read More —Warren B. on Apr 26, 2026.

Catalystpet.com

Dofu Cat Multi Cat Tofu Litter

MSRP: CAD$34.99/ USD$32.99

BUY NOW

Key Features

Low tracking

Quick clumping

Eco-friendly & sustainable (made of food waste byproduct)

Small pellet type preferred by cats

Easy clean up that uses less litter per scoop

Reviews

“Love this litter! It doesn’t smell and doesn’t track!…” Read More —Michelle S. on Jan 30, 2026.
“This is the best litter out there! So clean, dust-free, and you can…” Read More —Amy R. on Aug 02.2025.
“Love that there is no dust and it’s so easy to scoop out the clumped litter....” Read More —Kristine G. on Dec 07.2023.

Dofucat.com

ökocat® Multi-Cat Premium Clumping Wood Natural Cat Litter

MSRP: $22.99

BUY NOW

Key Features

Stops odour with oko+ natural odour-neutralizing technology

Clumps solid

99% dust free

Sustainable & biodegradable

Key Features

“Light weight and a great alternative to standard, heavy, clay cat litter. Non toxic smell...” Read More —Lvfixit on Mar 14, 2026.
“It clumps the best over any of the other ones they make and I feel it helps with odour the best…” Read More —Lashonda on Feb 20, 2026.
“This litter keeps odours down and it’s what’s needed in small spaces..” Read More —Tweet39 on Dec , 2025..

healthy-pet.com

Really Great Cat Litter

MSRP: $35/bag

BUY NOW

Key Features

High absorbency for excellent clumping and odour control

100% flushable and 99% dust-free

Biodegradable and compostable

No more tracking

This odourless litter efficiently conceals smells, generates no dust, and doesn’t cling to paws, thus reducing tracking. It is made from soybean byproduct (tofu) that would have otherwise gone to the landfill – safer for your cat, and better for the planet. This litter clumps together easily so you can quickly flush litter down the toilet and do away with the mess, odour, and the hassle of trash bags.

Reviews

“This is my favourite cat litter! We were looking for something with low dust and low tracking…” Read More – By Georgia H. on Jun 07, 2025.
“I have two cats and a small, three room apartment. This is the only litter i’ve found that they…” Read More -By Jenni W. on Jun 06, 2025.
“For over 13 years our 18lb brother and sister smarty pants have been using the people toilet…” Read More – By Healther L. on Jun 05, 2025.

Tuftandpaw.com

Make litter box clean-up a breeze with this automatic cat litter box!

Neakasa M1 Plus Open Top Self-Cleaning Cat Litter Box

MSRP: $549.99

BUY NOW

*Looking for more choices? Explore our Shop Page for a full range of purr-fect cat litters!

The post Best Cat Litters of 2026: Tested Picks for Odour Control, Low Dust & Easy Cleanup appeared first on Modern Cat.

Your Cat Gear Lookbook: Spring/Summer 2026 Edition

Edusehat — Tue, 02 Jun 2026 04:35:06 +0700

Check out our fave finds and must-have gear for cats and the people who love them, as featured in the Spring/Summer 2026 edition of Modern Cat magazine!

Cat Gear Look Book

Category: Cool Cat Stuff For You

Cool Cat-Lovers’ Mug

Laurel Burch Fantasticats Mug, $19

mythreecats.com

Comfy, Stylish Shoes

BOBS^® from Skechers^®

skechers.com

A Cat Lover’s Oracle Deck

Feline Mystique Deck and Guidebook, $30

hachettebookgroup.com

Sweet Kitty Dreams

Cat-Print Queen Duvet Cover Set, $30

kimoftheworld.store

Category: Litter & Accessories

Dust-Free Silica Gel Litter

Calitti CRYSTALS, $17

chewy.com

A High-Walled Litter Box for Extra Protection

Dofu Cat XL High Wall Litter Box, $35

dofucat.com

Problem Cat Training Litter

Dr. Elsey’s Cat Attract Litter, $37

chewy.com

Hands-Free Litter Clean Up

Neakasa M1 Plus Self-Cleaning Litter Box, $550

neakasa.com

Category: Cat Furniture

Wall Furniture for Adventurous Cats

Cat Bridge for Wall, $255

catastrophicreations.com

Sturdy & Hand-Made Cat Bed

Crow’s Nest Rounded Platform with Sidewalls, $80

cattreeparts.com

A Scratcher for Play and Rest

pidan Round Cat Scratcher, $40

teddybob.ca

A Beautiful Cat Perch

ERGO PURRCH, $199

ergopurrch.com

Category: Cat Treats & Food

Easy-to-Grow Cat Grass Planters

Cat Grass Ball, $13

momsindoorcat.com

Freeze-Dried Raw Treats

Open Farm Salmon & Mackerel Kitty Cube Treats, $8

openfarmpet.ca

Nutrient-Rich Fish Treats

Freeze Dried Capelin Cat Treats, $29

eastseabrother.store

Delicious Cat Entrées

Reveal Entrées Chicken Selection in Broth 12 pack, $17

revealpetfood.com

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post Your Cat Gear Lookbook: Spring/Summer 2026 Edition appeared first on Modern Cat.

2026 AAAP conference to feature nearly 265 oral presentations, posters over 3 days

Edusehat — Tue, 02 Jun 2026 00:30:06 +0700

Nearly 800 poultry health professionals from more than 25 countries will gather in Orlando, Florida, from July 28 to 30 for the 2026 conference of the American Association of Avian Pathologists (AAAP).

Hundreds more are expected to register to access nearly 30 recorded online presentations, available for viewing starting August 10, 2026, and to purchase through December 15, 2026.

“The AAAP Annual Meeting offers attendees multiple opportunities to network with top minds in the industry, all while expanding your knowledge in poultry health, welfare and food safety,” says Suzanne McComb, DVM, executive vice president of AAAP.

The 3-day AAAP conference will feature approximately 265 oral presentations and posters focused on various topics, including vaccinology, immunology, bacteriology, diagnostics, enteric health, epidemiology, virology, case reports and more. The full program is currently posted on AAAP’s Annual Meeting website.

Featured speakers

The AAAP conference’s keynote speaker will be John Glisson, PhD, retired Professor Emeritus at the University of Georgia, who will discuss “Recent Research Funding in Poultry Health.”

“Research funding history for both public and private funding sources was collected for the years available. Specifically, only research related to poultry health, welfare, or food safety was included. Funding tended to follow several contemporary topics considered particularly important, with some research topics receiving multiple grants and often extending over multiple years and utilizing a large proportion of all available funding. Topics considered less important were funded less frequently and inconsistently,” Glisson says.

“Particular topics tend to remain near the top of priority lists for multiple years, likely influencing the continued consistent funding of these topics. This practice contributes to the difficulty researchers encounter when attempting to acquire funding for topics that are not listed near the top of research priority lists.”

Rudolf Hein, MS, currently a consultant on poultry-molecular vaccine development, will lecture on “History of the Egg Drop Syndrome 1976 (EDS76).” He will delve into how Egg Drop Syndrome was recognized in Europe between 1975 and 1976 and how it is now present worldwide in most countries.

Mary Cheyne, Heart First Communications, will speak at the Women’s Network Lunch. Her talk, “Speak to Influence — Public speaking workshop,” will help attendees understand the three most common speaking mistakes that professionals make and what to do instead to have listeners leaning in and wanting more.

Respiratory diseases/education symposium

Separate from the main scientific program, the AAAP conference will host a 4 and a half-hour morning symposium, “Current aMPV status in the US and Lessons learnt on diagnostics, and vaccination strategies,” featuring five oral presentations on Avian Metapneumovirus, the challenges faced in diagnostics and vaccination, and unexpected findings.

The AAAP conference will be held at the Hilton Orlando Lake Buena Vista Hotel. For more information on the conference, click here. To register for the Annual Meeting, click here.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post 2026 AAAP conference to feature nearly 265 oral presentations, posters over 3 days appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Hot weather management and nutrition for commercials

Edusehat — Mon, 01 Jun 2026 20:50:09 +0700

This document provides practical advice for managers to reduce the effects of heat on flocks by modifying management and nutritional practices to improve bird comfort and reduce the impact on flock performance.
The following points instigate the main factors of management and nutrition to help support commercial birds:

Management

Monitor birds closely

Watch for signs of heat stress like panting, wings spread, reduced activity, or not eating. Take quick action if you see these signs.

Increase ventilation

Make sure all fans are working and clean, and lower thermostat settings during cooler times to help birds recover from heat. Ensure all fan belts are tightened and fan housings are kept free of dust.

Use fans and air movement

Provide extra fans or circulatory fans to increase air speed over the birds, which helps them lose heat and feel cooler. (1 fan per 120m² floor space, spaced 10–15m apart).

Use evaporative cooling

In dry weather, use misting or fogging systems to reduce air temperature in the house. Only use when humidity is not too high.

Offer plenty of fresh, cool water

Check water lines and drinkers regularly, and increase water availability as birds will drink more in hot weather (can be double). Water can be cooled by flushing water lines at regular intervals.

Reduce bird density

If possible, lower the number of birds in the house at placement to help keep temperatures down and improve airflow as the majority of heat is produced by the birds themselves.

Insulate houses

Make sure the house is well insulated to prevent heat from building up inside. Poor roof insulation can create an “oven” effect so even if the air temperature isn’t too warm then it can heat the house up.

Keep litter dry

Avoid wet litter, as wet litter can make heat stress worse and increase humidity in the shed.

Work schedule

Avoid handling or moving birds during the warmest time of day. If required, events such as bird movements, weighing, vaccination, re-bedding/litter tilling etc. should be done at cooler times of the day.

Encourage feeding

Encourage feeding behaviour in the morning and evening and/or feed during the night during the cooler periods.

Nutrition

Assess the degree of reduction in feed intake during the period of warm weather and calculate the degree of increase in feed nutrient density required to compensate for the reduction in feed intake. Feed intake can reduce by as much as 30% during warm weather. Intake of critical nutrients associated with growth is affected.

Provide higher density diets to support performance in warm weather conditions. Increase the digestible amino acid density and mineral density of the diets.

Focus dietary changes on the grower and finisher diets. Heat output is highest in larger, faster growing birds.

Maintain the energy density of diets, higher energy density can tend to reduce feed intake which compromises performance.

Reduce the proportion of starch in the diet. Starch has a higher heat increment of feeding than lipids. Increase oil addition to the diets, oils have a higher effective energy value and hence are metabolized without the same degree of metabolic load on the bird as carbohydrates.

Minimize excess dietary crude protein. Minimising excess crude protein reduces the metabolic load on the bird during heat stress and will reduce the energy cost of excreting surplus nitrogen. A reduction in dietary crude protein level of as little as 0.5% (while maintaining amino acid density and balance) has been associated with improved production during hot weather.

Maintain the amino acid balance of the diet, especially lower order amino acids.

Supplement the diet with increased electrolytes, this will help replace electrolytes lost during a heat stress period. Supplementing the feed with vitamins A, D, C, E and B group vitamins can support performance and liveability. Increase the micronutrient intake by the bird at the onset of warm weather and maintain intakes through the period of heat stress.

Provide trace minerals in an organic form as these are considered more bioavailable than inorganic forms and will support the bird during heat stress periods.

Optimise feed physical quality, both crumb and pellet quality, in order to facilitate efficient feed intake and reduce the time and energy spent eating a meal.

The force awakens in Europe

Edusehat — Mon, 01 Jun 2026 17:30:06 +0700

As the global situation continues to be uncertain, there has been the beginning of the joint future of two dairy companies owned by milk producers, Arla Foods and DMK Group. The companies will merge under the name Arla to form Europe’s leading dairy cooperative, the companies say. To say it is quite a merger is an understatement.

The merger of Arla Foods and DMK Group brings together two cooperatives at a time when stable access to nutritious food is no longer a given in Europe, the cooperatives note. The companies have a shared responsibility to strengthen sustainable and reliable food production and to ensure a stable operating environment and a strong financial foundation for milk producers in the long term.

The merger will bring together 11,500 milk producers and 28,800 employees. The combined company will form Europe’s leading dairy cooperative with producer owners in seven European countries and contract producers in Finland, as well as a global market reach. It receives a total of 19.4 billion kilograms of milk per year and has a combined turnover of more than €20 billion.

So, a big European player is formed, to compete on a global scale. As Peder Tuborgh, CEO of Arla Foods, says, “This is the right time to build the future of the dairy industry together. Today is the result of a long-term collaboration and shared values between Arla and DMK. In an increasingly uncertain world, Europe needs food companies that can invest heavily and take responsibility for long-term sustainability work. By merging into a single cooperative owned by dairy farmers, we are strengthening our ability to lead the way in Europe.”

Stability continues to be a key ingredient in a successful venture, no matter where you are in the world. Keeping the food chain safe and secure, as well as viable, is the hope behind joining forces, it seems.

The post The force awakens in Europe appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

Insects in feed: a sustainable protein source with strong potential

Edusehat — Mon, 01 Jun 2026 13:40:06 +0700

The use of insects in animal feed has emerged as a promising solution in the agricultural and food sectors. A recent expert article prepared for the Inhouse Farming – Feed & Food Show 2026, titled “Inhouse Farming: Insects in feed – utilisation, suitability and perspectives”, highlights the significant potential of insects in animal nutrition due to their high nutrient content and versatile applications. At the same time, it outlines the regulatory framework and assesses the current state of development in Europe. The topic will be part of the technical program of the Inhouse Farming – Feed & Food Show 2026, taking place from 10 to 13 November 2026 as part of EuroTier 2026 in Hanover, Germany.

The article makes clear that insect larvae — particularly those of the black soldier fly — represent an interesting source of protein. The larvae can be produced efficiently and used in various forms in animal feed. In addition to their nutritional suitability, factors such as processing, quality assurance and integration into existing feed concepts play an important role. The article also emphasises that further market development will largely depend on economic factors, regulatory requirements and the scalability of production.

Alternative protein source with high nutrient density

Insects offer a wide range of valuable components, including high-quality proteins as well as other nutritionally relevant substances. This makes them well suited as a supplement or alternative to established protein sources in animal nutrition. Various processing forms are in focus — from whole larvae to processed protein fractions — which can be flexibly used depending on species and application. Alongside nutrient composition, increasing attention is being paid to process quality, product safety and standardisation.

Building block for more resilient value chains

Insects can also be produced in controlled, closed systems and enable the targeted use of organic residual materials. This opens up new approaches for more efficient, circular value chains.

At the same time, further development depends strongly on overarching framework conditions, including regulatory requirements, economic scalability and the establishment of standardised production and processing processes. Within this context, new perspectives are emerging for the sustainable development of animal nutrition.

Perspectives for the food and feed industry

Insects are increasingly gaining importance as an ingredient in food applications as well. Through a series of expert presentations on the Expert Stage, the Inhouse Farming – Feed & Food Show 2026 will cover the full spectrum: from market developments in Europe and worldwide to processing and product development, as well as requirements related to quality, food safety and consumer acceptance — complemented by application areas such as pet food. The event thus offers a comprehensive overview of insects as a resource for both feed and food markets.

Conclusion: a key technology for transforming agriculture and food systems

Insect-based feed solutions exemplify the transformation of agricultural and food systems. They combine sustainability, innovation and economic potential. The Inhouse Farming – Feed & Food Show 2026 will showcase these developments and foster interdisciplinary dialogue on the future of protein supply.

Inhouse Farming as a driver of new production systems

Industrial insect production is closely linked to innovative Inhouse Farming approaches, including controlled production systems, automated processes and integrated circular solutions that make efficient use of by-products while generating new raw materials.

The Inhouse Farming – Feed & Food Show 2026 builds on this concept: as part of EuroTier 2026, it provides an international platform for technologies, innovations and business models across the entire value chain — from feed production to food.

Platform for innovation and knowledge transfer

EuroTier is the world’s leading trade fair for professional livestock farming and management. It brings together international industry professionals and showcases forward-looking solutions for sustainable and productive agriculture – under the guiding theme “Intelligence in Animal Farming” in 2026. With the Inhouse Farming – Feed & Food Show, DLG is expanding this portfolio to include future-oriented topics such as insect production, alternative proteins, aquaculture and controlled agricultural systems. The platform addresses companies, start-ups, research institutions and agricultural businesses alike.

Further information:
https://www.inhouse-farming.com/de/

Industrial incubators market grows as poultry hatchery segment expands

Edusehat — Sat, 30 May 2026 14:35:09 +0700

A new forecast published by IndexBox indicates that the global industrial incubators market is expected to continue growing steadily through 2035, supported primarily by biopharma and research demand, alongside continued expansion in the poultry hatchery segment.

According to the report, the market is projected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of approximately 5.8% over the 2026–2035 period. Within this market, the poultry hatchery segment accounts for around 22% of global demand, making it one of the largest application segments in the market alongside biopharmaceutical and laboratory uses.

Hatchery modernization in emerging regions

The report highlights that the poultry sector is benefiting from the modernization of hatchery operations in developing regions, particularly in Asia-Pacific, Africa and Latin America. Producers are increasingly replacing traditional systems with large-scale automated incubators designed to improve hatch rates and operational management.

Technologies shaping the poultry hatchery market

Among the main technologies driving demand in the poultry hatchery segment are:

IoT-enabled monitoring systems for real-time control of temperature, humidity, CO₂ levels and egg turning;
energy-efficient incubator designs aimed at reducing operating costs;
integration of automated in-ovo vaccination systems;
advanced biosecurity solutions, including HEPA filtration, controlled airflow management and automated disinfection systems.

The report also points to a growing adoption of remote monitoring systems and predictive maintenance services across the industrial incubators market.

Biosecurity and antibiotic-free production

According to the analysis, increasing attention toward antibiotic-free production is contributing to stronger demand for incubation systems offering more precise environmental control and reduced risks of cross-contamination.

Although the report is mainly focused on biotech and laboratory equipment markets, the poultry hatchery segment is identified as one of the most dynamic application areas in regions where poultry production capacity is expanding.

Outlook to 2035

IndexBox expects the industrial incubators market to continue expanding over the coming years, driven by automation, digitalization and tighter process control requirements.

In the poultry sector, these technologies could help improve hatch rates, chick quality and process traceability, while also supporting higher standards of energy efficiency and biosecurity in modern hatcheries.

Source: IndexBox – Industrial Incubators Market Forecast Points Higher Toward 2035, Driven by Biopharma Expansion and R&D Intensification

Your opportunity to Join in a FREE Webinar with FAO-SCA to Discuss Seafood Fraud

Edusehat — Sat, 30 May 2026 11:20:17 +0700

By: SCA

𝗔𝗾𝘂𝗮𝘁𝗶𝗰 𝗳𝗼𝗼𝗱 𝗳𝗿𝗮𝘂𝗱: 𝘄𝗵𝗮𝘁 𝗶𝘀 𝗿𝗲𝗮𝗹𝗹𝘆 𝗼𝗻 𝘁𝗵𝗲 𝗽𝗹𝗮𝘁𝗲?

Thursday 18 June 2026

Aquatic food fraud covers a wide range of deceptive practices, including mislabeling, species substitution, and false claims about origin, production method, quality, sustainability, or traceability, among many others. Beyond economic losses, it can undermine consumer trust, fair competition, public health and sustainability.

As part of the FAO #GLOBEFISH Webinar Series 2026, this upcoming online session will explore how market demand, price incentives, and supply-chain complexity create conditions for fraudulent practices, and what governments, industry, retailers, researchers and standard-setting bodies are doing to strengthen transparency, traceability and authenticity. The webinar will feature:

Expert presentations.
Live polling.
A moderated panel discussion.
Audience Q&A.

Of interest for stakeholders working across fisheries, aquaculture, seafood trade, food safety and sustainability.

Participation is open upon registration: July 17^th, 2026

𝗧𝗶𝗺𝗲: 10:00–12:00 CEST (1800hrs Melbourne)

𝗙𝗼𝗿𝗺𝗮𝘁: Online via Zoom

𝗟𝗮𝗻𝗴𝘂𝗮𝗴𝗲: English Register here https://lnkd.in/eY_un56X

If you’ve registered, please complete a short pre-webinar survey to share your perspectives on fraud affecting fisheries and aquaculture products: https://lnkd.in/e3rjMhan

Look forward to seeing you there

Canadian Cascadia Seaweed Announces the Official Opening of an Advanced Seaweed Processing Facility in Port Edward

Edusehat — Sat, 30 May 2026 11:20:12 +0700

The Canadian company Cascadia Seaweed announced a few days ago the official opening of an advanced seaweed processing facility in Port Edward, British Columbia, marking a major milestone in the Company’s development as a vertically integrated seaweed production and biomanufacturing business.

“This facility represents a significant milestone in building a fully integrated seaweed-based agricultural inputs company in Canada,” says Michael Williamson, CEO and Co-founder of Cascadia Seaweed. “We’ve built this business step by step from cultivation through to advanced processing, overcoming the challenges of scaling within this sector. With the facility now operational, our focus shifts toward expanding market adoption and growing our presence in agriculture markets, starting with North America.”

The Port Edward processing facility emerged within a broader context as a strategic opportunity to establish northern processing capacity. The facility had completed its final stages of commissioning, with secondary processing equipment installed. The grand opening celebration took place on May 14, marking an important milestone in the development of Cascadia‘s northern processing capability. Full operational capacity is expected by summer 2026.

Long Story

The relationship between Cascadia Seaweed and the Metlakatla First Nation and the Metlakatla Development Corporation (MDC) began in 2021, as early discussions emerged around the potential for a northern hub of aquaculture and processing operations. What started as exploratory conversations has evolved over several years of sustained engagement, site visits, technical collaboration, and joint evaluation of infrastructure opportunities in the Prince Rupert region.

They explain that, from the outset, discussions with MDC have focused on exploring how existing marine infrastructure and licensed tenures could be repurposed to support a more diversified and resilient coastal economy. Over time, this dialogue has included trials, funding collaborations, environmental baseline work, and ongoing evaluation of integrated aquaculture systems, including kelp cultivation and a processing capacity.

A consistent theme throughout this period has been the shared focus on long-term opportunity rather than short-term transactions. This has included parallel progress on permitting, early-stage site trials, and technical planning for processing infrastructure capable of handling rapidly perishable seaweed biomass at scale.

Strengthened Presence

The Port Edward processing facility emerged within this broader context as a strategic opportunity to establish northern processing capacity. In 2024, Cascadia strengthened its regional presence with the appointment of Dan Pedde as Project Manager, Northern Developments.

In March 2025, Cascadia signed the lease for the Port Edward facility, formally advancing the project from planning into construction and commissioning. Since then, the facility has progressed through installation, commissioning, and early system validation, including turning on the power in January 2026 and first “practice runs” of seaweed processing in March 2026.

They explain that, as with many first-of-kind infrastructure projects, the build phase has included execution challenges with contractors, including equipment delays and resulting scope adjustments. These changes led to a revised project plan and modest budget escalation, while ultimately increasing direct control over installation and commissioning activities.

By spring 2026, the facility had completed its final stages of commissioning, with secondary processing equipment installed. The grand opening celebration took place on May 14, 2026, marking an important milestone in the development of Cascadia‘s northern processing capability. Full operational capacity is expected by summer 2026.

Importantly, Cascadia and MDC continue to explore potential joint venture structures for both farming and processing operations. The relationship continues to evolve, grounded in ongoing collaboration, shared objectives, and a long-term view of regional industry development.

Cascadia Seaweed grow local species of seaweed on marine farms in partnership with coastal First Nations. They then harvest that seaweed and manufacture liquid biostimulants for farmers across North America. “Our products enhance nutrient use efficiency while achieving the same or even better yields, providing a clear return on investment for farmers.

WellFish Tech Received Approval From the Norwegian Food Safety Authority for Its Non-Lethal Salmon Blood Sampling

Edusehat — Sat, 30 May 2026 11:20:07 +0700

Two studies demonstrated that the procedure does not compromise fish survival, growth, or welfare when executed by trained personnel using their standardized protocol

WellFish Tech, a biotechnology company based in Paisley, Scotland, has obtained regulatory clearance from the Norwegian Food Safety Authority (Mattilsynet) for a non-lethal blood sampling method used on Atlantic salmon in aquaculture. According to the firm, this is the first instance in which Mattilsynet has approved such a non-lethal sampling technique, ending a restriction that had been in place for multiple years.

The company completed the required protocol revision the last May 4. The updated standard operating procedure is now the governing document for all non-lethal food sampling activity carried out under the WellFish Tech service.

“We are proud of the rigorous work that underpins this approval. This has been a collaborative effort with the scientific community and regulators, with one goal: better fish health. Having a non-lethal diagnostic method formally recognized in Norway is a meaningful step for the industry,” said Charlie Granfelt, CEO of WellFish Tech.

After the news broke, they thanked to Magnus Blø, Randi Fivelstad, Hilde R. Storhaug, “and the wider team who put in the work to get this over the line, and to Mattilsynet for a rigorous and thorough process”.

Temperatures Between 5 and 8 Degrees Celsius

The company stated that the approval followed field and laboratory trials designed to provide the animal welfare evidence required by the regulatory body. Trials conducted in Spring 2025 evaluated the method’s effect on fish in water temperatures between 5 and 8 degrees Celsius, conditions described by the company as among the most challenging for welfare and wound recovery.

A separate controlled warm-water trial carried out at AquaBioTech Group‘s facility in Malta supplied complementary data for higher temperatures. Both studies demonstrated that the procedure does not compromise fish survival, growth, or welfare when executed by trained personnel using WellFish Tech‘s standardized protocol.

Performed Under the Professional Authorized Fish Health Personnel

The development of the company becomes the first method of its kind to meet Norway’s welfare documentation requirements. The approval removes a prohibition that had been in place for several years and allows fish health personnel to collect diagnostic blood samples from live salmon and return the fish to the production environment.

WellFish Tech has created a tool that uses blood samples to deliver a range of data for salmon farmers, including mortality forecasting for the upcoming seven, fourteen, and twenty-eight days, along with other predictive insights. The non-lethal sampling method allows farmers to return the fish to the production environment, unlike current procedures that require the fish to be euthanized.

The clearance applies specifically to Atlantic salmon weighing over 500 grams. It permits a maximum sample volume of 1 milliliter per fish and mandates a minimum interval of fourteen days between repeated samples from the same individual. The company noted that the method must be performed under the professional responsibility of authorized fish health personnel.

Hidden Information

According to Wellfish Tech, their services give back to the customers time and add previously hidden information through analysis of biomarkers, just like in human blood work. By revealing the inner workings of fish not on a sporadic, but routine basis, a holistic and continued picture of the health condition of your fish emerges. “This gives your team time to plan crucial production decisions according to the condition of the fish, making sure to minimize losses and maximize resource efficiency,” they assure.

“Analysis provided by WellFish Tech is proving to be a valuable salmon health management tool by providing early warning and insights into which vital functions are affected and how fish may be supported, as well as measurements of prognosis, making a significant contribution to our fish health strategy and influencing management decisions,” commented Dave Cockerill, Director of Biology, Bakkafrost Scotland.

From Ocean Depths to Farm Ponds: How Lallemand’s Marine Microbial Treasure Is Fueling the Next Wave of Aquaculture Innovation

Edusehat — Sat, 30 May 2026 04:10:06 +0700

* By Lallemand Animal Nutrition

Evolving global aquaculture demand requires paradigm shift toward scientifically validated, preventive health solutions. Driven by a dedicated innovation ecosystem, Lallemand Animal Nutrition leverages its specialized library of over 12,500 marine microorganisms to deliver advanced solutions for gut microbiome management and mucosal immunity. This continuous cycle of cross-functional research translates deep-ocean biological assets into industrially reliable microbial products, securing long-term operational resilience and sustainable growth across intensive farming environments.

Beneath the surface of the world’s oceans lies a vast, largely untapped reservoir of microbial life, one that is increasingly shaping the future of aquaculture. At the heart of Lallemand’s field-led, marine-rooted microbial approach to aquaculture innovation is a distinctive biological asset. The Lallemand Marine Culture Collection (LMCC) is a living library of more than 12,500 marine microorganisms assembled over decades of sampling expeditions to some of the world’s most extreme and biologically rich marine environments. This collection is a key pillar of Lallemand’s aquaculture innovation strategy, complementing a broader range of non-veterinary microbial solutions derived from both marine and terrestrial sources. Notably, several strains from the LMCC are also used across other Lallemand business units beyond aquaculture, underscoring the collection’s value as a cross-functional scientific asset. Together, these capabilities position Lallemand as one of the most scientifically credible and forward-looking partners in the global aquaculture industry.

Reshaping Aquaculture Production

The urgent challenges confronting aquaculture producers today are well documented: rising production costs, tightening environmental, welfare and regulatory standards, mounting expectations for antibiotic-free production, and the persistent difficulty of maintaining animal health, water and soil quality across highly diverse production environments. Producers from Norwegian salmon fjords to Asian and Latin American shrimp and fish ponds are looking beyond conventional management approaches for biological solutions that are effective, consistent, and scalable. The question is: where will better solutions come from, and can the science behind them be trusted to deliver under real-farm conditions?

Meeting these expectations requires an approach to innovation that combines a genuine understanding of production realities with a differentiated biological knowledge base, and holds products to rigorous field- level validation before they reach the market. This is precisely the approach that defines Lallemand Animal Nutrition’s aquaculture strategy.

Innovation at Lallemand starts on the farm, where daily conversations with producers reveal the challenges that tomorrow’s solutions must solve.

The Marine-Origin Advantage

The LMCC is home to more than 12,500 strains of marine microorgan- isms — bacteria, yeasts, and molds — sourced from a wide range of habitats, including shallow coastal ecosystems, deep-sea sediments, and polar waters. Built over decades of targeted sampling expeditions, the collection represents one of the most extensive repositories of marine microbial diversity assembled for biotechnological application.

What makes marine-origin strains particularly valuable for aquaculture is precisely what shaped them: extreme and fluctuating salinity, variable temperature regimes, limited oxygen availability, and intense competition within complex aquatic microbial communities. These evolutionary pressures have equipped marine microorganisms with metabolic profiles that may offer distinct functional benefits from those of terrestrial-origin strains — properties that may confer distinct performance advantages in the aquatic environments where farmed species live.

This does not mean that all of Lallemand’s aquaculture solutions originate from the LMCC. Some well-established strains are of terrestrial origin with documented performance records. Terrestrial-origin strains remain important for some applications, while marine-origin strains broaden the functional toolbox for aquatic environments. The LMCC essentially serves as a complementary, strategically differentiated screening source that broadens the range of functional candidates available for development and opens biological avenues that terrestrial-only libraries cannot.

Field-Led Innovation: Starting Where It Matters Most

Unlike technology-push models that develop solutions in search of problems, Lallemand’s innovation cycle is largely demand-driven. A global team of aquaculture specialists — with expertise in both fish and shrimp production systems — operates across Europe, Asia, and Latin America, maintaining continuous engagement with farms, hatcheries and processing facilities. These specialists function as trained observers who translate operational pain points into precise scientific questions that directly shape R&D priorities.

This field intelligence is reinforced by Lallemand’s active participation in major international aquaculture congresses and technical forums, where the company engages with emerging scientific developments and evolving market needs. The result is an innovation roadmap continuously recalibrated to what producers actually require such as better support for gut microbiome, mucosal integrity or again animal resilience under environmental or management-related stress, reliable water and soil-quality maintenance, and microbial solutions that integrate seamlessly into existing farm management protocols. Every R&D project within Lallemand’s aquaculture portfolio traces back to a challenge identified in the field.

With over 12,500 strains collected from the world’s most demanding marine environments, the LMCC is not just a laboratory asset — it is a living atlas of microbial potential, built to anticipate the solutions that aquaculture will need tomorrow.

Scientific Rigor at Every Stage

Identifying a promising microbial strain is just the beginning. Every candidate — whether sourced from the LMCC or from terrestrial origins — is subjected to a rigorous, multistage evaluation protocol before it can advance toward product development. Functional potential criteria are defined according to the intended application: supporting gut microbiota balance, immune response, organic matter degradation, ammonia management, competitive exclusion of undesirable bacteria, or other targeted functions.

Alongside functional performance, candidates are screened for safety: absence of transmissible antibiotic resistance genes, absence of virulence factors, and demonstrated stability under the physical and chemical stresses of industrial fermentation and formulation. Industrial suitability and scalability — including the ability to survive and maintain activity during large-scale production and downstream processing — is evaluated in parallel, ensuring that only candidates with genuine commercial potential proceed.

The Oban facility in Scotland serves as the operational hub of the LMCC and a key scientific platform for this screening work. Operating at biosafety level 2 (P2 certification), the laboratory is equipped with High-Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) for the identification and quantification of microbial metabolites, and a suite of bioassays configured for high throughput functional evaluation. The collection’s long-term integrity is maintained through rigorous preservation protocols: every strain is stored in triplicate using different preservation methods and physically separate locations, ensuring full traceability and resilience against loss.

Five Lallemand Centers of Excellence contribute specialized expertise spanning fundamental microbiology to applied nutrition science, supported by a global network of academic institutions, research centers, and specialist partners. This collaborative infrastructure accelerates discovery and provides independent scientific validation, while a dedicated internal R&D team translates findings into product development pathways.

In five years, Lallemand Animal Nutrition has conducted over 30 in vivo trials across multiple countries and species, ensuring that every product reaching the market has been validated under the conditions producers actually face.

Lallemand’s innovation cycle.

From Controlled Conditions to Farm Performance

Scientific performance in controlled laboratory settings is merely a prerequisite. Lallemand’s commitment to evidence-based innovation is measured by the scope and rigor of its in vivo validation program. Two fulltime scientists are dedicated exclusively to aquaculture trial management, overseeing field and controlled experiments designed to evaluate support for gut and immune function, performance outcomes, stress resilience, and water quality management across diverse production contexts. In the field, more than 30 trials have been conducted in the past five years alone, on both fish and shrimp in multiple countries across wide- ranging production environments and factors like water temperatures, salinity regimes, biosecurity contexts, and management intensities. This geographic and biological breadth is deliberate. Having experienced the complexity of good animal health maintenance and microbial management for more than 40 years, we know that development of sustainable and efficient solutions requires a deep understanding of microbes as well as farm specificities. Only when robust results are demonstrated across varied real-world environments does a solution earn its place in Lallemand’s market-ready portfolio.

Lalsea Biorem and the LMCC in Action

Lalsea Biorem, Lallemand’s non-veterinary bioremediation solution for aquaculture pond management, offers the most concrete illustration of how the LMCC’s biological depth translates into practical, producer- level outcomes. Its development required systematic screening of thousands of LMCC strains against a demanding, specifically defined set of functional criteria.

Selected strains had to demonstrate robust microbial activity across a salinity range of 0 to 50 ppt — covering both freshwater and hypersaline production environments — and perform reliably under aerobic, anaerobic, and microaerobic conditions typical of oxygen-variable pond ecosystems. Functional screening targeted strains with broad enzymatic capacity to support degradation of the organic matter that accumulates in pond sediments, alongside demonstrated ammonium assimilation capacity to contribute to water quality management and reduce algal bloom risk. Overall microbial dynamics – including activity involving opportunistic microorganisms – were also evaluated as part of the screening framework for water quality management.

Each shortlisted candidate was validated under simulated farming conditions before the final product formulation was established. The result is a non-veterinary microbial solution with demonstrated effectiveness in both shrimp and fish ponds across multiple continents — a direct expression of both the LMCC’s unique biological diversity and the rigor of Lallemand’s end-to-end innovation and validation process.

Anticipating Tomorrow’s Challenges

What distinguishes the LMCC from a passive biological archive is the active, forward-looking scientific strategy that governs its use. Lallemand’s research agenda includes proactive screening of the collection against challenges that aquaculture is anticipated to face over the next years and decades such as the impact of non-conventional ingredients, of a warming world, of the application of One-health approach on animal and aquatic health, performance and microbial communities. Emerging production contexts — including recirculating aquaculture systems (RAS) and increasingly intensive pond management — also inform pre-emptive screening priorities. This anticipatory approach provides Lallemand with a structural advantage: when market needs crystallize around a new challenge, the company is ready. It draws on a collection that has been systematically characterized over decades, a scientific team already familiar with the most relevant candidates, and an industrial platform capable of scaling validated solutions in months rather than years. The LMCC is, therefore, not only a resource for today’s products — but also the strategic foundation of tomorrow’s innovation pipeline.

The ocean, long the source of life on Earth, is now becoming the source of solutions for aquaculture’s most pressing challenges — and Lallemand holds the key to that treasure.

An Innovation Ecosystem Built for the Long Term

From field insights to scientific design, from marine microbial libraries to proven farm-level products, Lallemand Animal Nutrition has built an innovation ecosystem that is both rigorous and responsive. The company’s aquaculture portfolio — addressing support for gut microbiome management, mucosal and immune function, stress resilience, hatchery performance, and water quality — reflects a consistent commitment to solutions that are scientifically validated, industrially reliable, and practically relevant.

The LMCC is one of several distinctive assets within this ecosystem, representing both the biological breadth needed to address today’s challenges and the scientific depth to anticipate tomorrow’s. Its value goes beyond the diversity of strains it contains to the decades of scientific expertise, cross-functional collaboration, and disciplined innovation process built around it. For aquaculture producers seeking solutions built on a transparent, rigorous scientific foundation, Lallemand’s integrated approach — from ocean collection to validated non-veterinary microbial products — represents a differentiated value proposition. One that is responsive to today’s production realities and designed to remain relevant as the industry evolve.

Discover how Lallemand’s innovation ecosystem — from the Marine Culture Collection to market-ready products — can support your aquaculture operation.
Visit: www.lallemandanimalnutrition.com

Everything You Ever Wanted to Know About Catnip

Edusehat — Sat, 30 May 2026 00:45:06 +0700

It’s a rare, strong-willed person who can resist the internet’s endless scroll of videos showing cats loopy on catnip—rolling around, yowling, drooling, purring, sniffing, frantically grooming—but what is this mysterious plant, and why does it have such a powerful effect on felines? Is it harmful or beneficial? Are any cats immune to it? And why do so many scientists keep studying it? We have the answers to these questions and more.

What Is Catnip?

Nepeta cataria, better known as catnip, is a perennial herb that’s part of the mint family. Grown throughout temperate regions of North America, Europe, Asia, and New Zealand, catnip can easily be cultivated in backyard gardens or in small pots on apartment balconies. This drought-tolerant herb can reach up to three feet tall, blooming from late spring to autumn, and it has square stems, lavender flowers, and light-green or gray-green foliage.

oysy/Bigstock

What Causes Catnip’s Effect on Cats?

The key to how catnip drives kitties crazy is an iridoid chemical compound called nepetalactone. “When cats smell catnip, nepetalactone binds to receptors in their nasal tissue and stimulates sensory neurons that trigger a response in the brain—particularly the amygdala and hypothalamus, which control emotion and behaviour,” explains Nita Vasudevan, a veterinarian at Embrace Pet Insurance who is based in Orlando, FL. “This causes rolling, rubbing, vocalizing and bursts of energy that last about 10 to 15 minutes.”

Kym MacKinnon/Shutterstock

The effects of nepetalactone go beyond TikTok-friendly feline antics. “Nepetalactone has been shown to have mosquito-repelling properties, which may even make it helpful for cats to rub in,” says Dr. Mikel Maria Delgado, a scientist and cat behaviour expert at Feline Minds, from her home in Sacramento, CA. She points out that “mosquitoes can carry heartworm, which can be deadly to cats.” From a hunting standpoint, annoying mosquitoes can also make it challenging for a cat to stay motionless and silent while tracking prey. By ecstatically rolling around in catnip, a cat gets covered in the plant’s oils, which act as a natural insect repellent.

A study published in Science Advances in January 2021 showed that cats’ rubbing behaviour with both catnip and silvervine, a catnip alternative, gives them a chemical defense against mosquito bites. Various other studies over the years have examined catnip’s efficacy at repelling not just mosquitoes but also flies, termites, cockroaches, ticks, and mites.

Are All Cats Affected by Catnip?

It may surprise some pet owners—particularly those whose felines regularly bliss out on catnip—to learn that not all kitties react to the herb. “Sensitivity to catnip is genetic, and studies show that around 30% to 50% of cats have little to no response to it,” says Josh Wiesenfeld, a pet expert in Santa Monica, CA, and the founder of Boxiecat. “This genetic trait is inherited in an autosomal dominant pattern, meaning a kitten only needs one copy of the ‘catnip gene’ to be responsive.”

“Sensitivity to catnip is genetic, and studies show that around 30% to 50% of cats have little to no response to it.”

And it’s not just house cats who experience the herbal hijinks. Staff at the Big Cat Rescue Centre in Arkansas report that the majority of their tigers, lions, mountain lions, lynx, and bobcats have a euphoric reaction to their weekly catnip treat. Visit the organization’s website (bigcatrescue.org) and look for the videos of big cats ripping apart paper bags of catnip and rolling around in obvious delight.

Kittens, on the other hand—whether big cats or house cats—tend to show no reaction to catnip. Most kittens don’t respond to catnip until they are between three and six months old—and some senior cats don’t respond either. “If a cat doesn’t respond to catnip, it’s not a cause for concern,” says Wiesenfeld. “It just means they don’t have the genetic sensitivity or they’re in a non-responsive life stage.”

Scalia Media/Shutterstock

Are Other Animals or Humans Affected by Catnip?

How catnip affects humans is unclear. Historically, catnip tea has been used to help with digestion, ease congestion, soothe anxiety, and promote sleep, but the herb’s effectiveness has not been scientifically proven. Some intrepid souls have even tried smoking catnip, but this is not recommended (and is more likely to cause drowsiness than a buzz).

Though catnip acts as a stimulant for cats, it has the opposite effect on dogs. Ingesting the herb causes a mild sedative effect in dogs, while other animals show no reaction whatsoever.

How Long Do the Effects of Catnip Last?

The euphoria from catnip doesn’t last very long. “Cats experience the effects for about 10 to 15 minutes, after which they enter a refractory period where they’re temporarily immune to its effects,” Wiesenfeld explains. “During this time—usually about 30 minutes—they won’t react even if exposed to more catnip. This natural reset mechanism helps prevent overstimulation.”

Employing catnip too often can be counterproductive. “Cats who use it too frequently may have a decreased response over time,” says Stephen Quandt, a cat behaviour specialist in New York City. “I like to think of giving catnip as a treat, once, maybe twice a day at most.”

Is Catnip Beneficial?

For cats with the “catnip gene,” the plant can elicit several different positive reactions. Some cats “may become euphoric and playful, others mellow and relaxed,” says London-based Aimee Warner, the resident veterinarian at UK pet-insurance company Waggel. But the benefits of catnip extend further than mere enjoyment. Warner recommends using catnip for enrichment. “Sprinkle it on scratching posts or toys or use it in refillable pouches to promote play and exercise.”

Sprinkle it on scratching posts or toys or use it in refillable pouches to promote play and exercise.

Olga Kazanovskaia/AdobeStock

Catnip can be a useful tool to promote desired behaviours. As if by magic, an unfamiliar scratching post, litter box or carrier becomes more appealing and less intimidating by being rubbed, sprayed or sprinkled with catnip. The herb can also help alleviate boredom, a common problem with domestic cats.

Another worthy use of catnip is in providing comfort to anxious animals. “It’s handy for convincing shy or sedentary cats to venture to parts unknown or to play with new toys,” says Warner. “In shelters, it’s commonly used to alleviate stress and promote natural activity in cats that may be anxious or depressed.”

Yeowww’s Mo Betta Fish cat toy comes stuffed with organically grown catnip to bring playtime to new heights. Crinkle fabric adds to the fun. ($8, yeowww.com)

Is Catnip Safe?

To a casual observer, the effects of catnip can look disconcertingly like a drug-induced high. However, the herb is natural, non-toxic, and safe for cats, with no known long-term side effects. “Catnip is not addictive in the clinical or behavioural sense. Their brains generally don’t become dependent on it, and they don’t experience withdrawal if it’s taken away,” Vasudevan explains. “That said, some cats may appear to crave it or seek it out frequently, especially if it’s part of their routine or enrichment. But this is more of a learned behaviour or preference, not true addiction.” She does caution that supervision is advised for the first few times catnip is offered, since it may cause some cats to become overstimulated or aggressive.

Photobret2014/Shutterstock

Joey Lusvardi is a cat behaviour consultant at Class Act Cats in Minneapolis, MN, who often deals with feline aggression issues. He points out that “just because your cat behaves aggressively or seems a little more wild doesn’t necessarily mean you can’t give them catnip. You need to be extra careful with it but depending on the underlying reason for the aggressive behaviour, it may actually help in some cases.” For example, the catnip might help to improve the mood of a cat experiencing fear or stress. He emphasizes, “It’s worth checking with your veterinarian or a qualified cat behaviour professional to get their take in these situations.”

With catnip, moderation is key. “While cats don’t technically overdose on catnip in a toxicological sense, eating large quantities—such as chewing through a sachet or licking up a large pile—can cause mild gastrointestinal upset, like vomiting or diarrhea,” Wiesenfeld says. “These effects are temporary and self-limiting, but I always recommend keeping catnip stored securely when not in use and observing your cat during and after play.” To ensure that the wiliest felines don’t help themselves to too much of the tempting herb, it’s best to keep it safely tucked away in a sturdy airtight container.

Warner mentions a particular instance in which catnip might not be a good idea: “I tend to suggest playing it safe and avoiding it in cats that have a history of seizures, or with other neurological conditions, even as a precaution.”

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine. Subscribe today!

The post Everything You Ever Wanted to Know About Catnip appeared first on Modern Cat.

Getting the most out of ionophores, the turkey industry’s enduring tool against coccidiosis

Edusehat — Sat, 30 May 2026 00:15:05 +0700

Paying attention to changes in turkey barns is key to successfully using ionophores, one of the industry’s older tools against the ubiquitous threat of coccidiosis, according to two industry experts.

Ionophores, feed additives that are classed as antibiotics and produced via fermentation, have been commercially available since the early 1970s. They remain the industry’s most common option for controlling coccidiosis.

Two facets of cocci control, two options for farmers

Ionophores work by modifying the cell walls of the Eimeria protozoans that cause the disease. This means that while water can get into cells, it can’t get out, ultimately killing the parasites. Not all of them are killed, however, and it is this “leakage” that allows birds to develop immunity naturally.

“It’s kind of a two-part control program. It’s long-term immunity, and [in the] short term, we’re controlling the oocysts. And the test is during that critical time during early grow out,” Steven Clark, DVM, Huvepharma’s veterinary technical services manager, explained during an appearance on the Iowa Turkey Federation’s Turkey Talkshow podcast.

There are only two ionophores available for commercial use in turkey flocks: monensin and lasalocid. Ionophores are fed through the whole life cycle of turkeys, but more commonly their use lasts from day 1 until the birds are between 8 and 12 weeks old.

Dose is always critical, but the drugs can have differing impacts under varying environmental conditions, influencing when they are used.

Different weather, different ionophore?

Monensin was singled out by Terry Olson, DVM, an Iowa turkey veterinarian who joined Clark on the podcast to share his experiences using ionophores with clients. He noted that although the drug can have great efficacy, in hot weather, using sulphonamides as well as monensin can be a “terrible triad” that can cause paralysis in turkeys. This becomes evident when fully alert birds are trying to pull themselves along by their wings.

“We need to be very careful about using some of these products during hot weather, because they can be toxic,” he added.

Clark pointed to producers using monensin when they have challenges keeping dry litter in the wintertime and shifting to lasalocid in the summer. He also noted the importance of paying attention to multiple factors in the field and adapting management accordingly.

“[In hot weather], we need to make sure that we have the right dose, [usually a low level], or we’re not using a sulpha drug,” he explained.

“When we’re moving birds, we need to be considerate of how long the birds are off feed and water, whether they’re going to gorge or if they’re going to have good access to water when they get moved, because all those things can combine into a situation where we might get knockdown [syndrome].”

Producers can also do their best to control the turkey house environment by ensuring water is available at the right height for birds and ensuring ventilation systems are working optimally.

A matter of rotation

Beyond making choices to avoid adverse reactions under certain conditions, rotating the two ionophores available is key to preserving their efficacy, the experts agreed.

Usually, signs of resistance will come in the form of reduced levels of control, and producers will make their own judgments about how their current program is performing, Olson noted. Although the option is there to conduct wider sensitivity trials with coccidia isolates, this is “not commonly done,” he said.

With sufficient attention to detail and timely rotations, substandard outcomes can be avoided, Clark added. However, he emphasized that in conventional turkey production, where they are used, ionophores should not be considered alone, but as part of a broader coccidiosis control program. This includes chemical anticoccidials and vaccines.

“We’re going to pick the best time when we’re going to focus on using ionophores in the correct dose and duration, then we’re going to include a chemical for rotation, and then some of us are going to include vaccination in our program. After that, we can come right back around again,” he said.

Farmer-veterinarian connection key

To ensure that programs continue working successfully, Olson highlighted the importance of communication between farmers and veterinarians.

“The feedback is critical. Anytime that turkey producers are doing their daily chores, they should note anything that’s unusual and specific to cocci control and report back to the veterinarian,” he said.

“That could be some depression, pulling off water or some loose droppings. Sometimes we see reddish-orange droppings, but anything unusual should be reported [so it] can be investigated.”

Managing birds’ vulnerabilities

Typically, coccidiosis is observed causing effects in the brooder house when birds are between 3 and 4 weeks of age, Clark said, which is a vulnerable time for birds, particularly with immunosuppressive pathogens like avian metapneumovirus appearing with greater frequency in the US.

“Now it is even more critical than ever that we must have the right program at the right time,” he added. “We’re all trying to define and fine-tune these comprehensive programs now so that we have the best immune response, the minimal reaction and the least disease in the flock during this time.”

To listen to the full episode, visit the Turkey Talkshow podcast website or scan the QR code:

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Getting the most out of ionophores, the turkey industry’s enduring tool against coccidiosis appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Dog Grooming Essentials: Must-Have Tools for Every Owner

Edusehat — Fri, 29 May 2026 16:45:06 +0700

Every new dog parent quickly learns that grooming is more than bath day. It is brushing, clipping, cleaning, wiping, drying, and everything in between. The right tools make each of these jobs easier, safer, and far less stressful for both of you. The wrong tools turn simple tasks into wrestling matches and leave skin, coat, and paws worse off.

This guide covers the must-have dog grooming tools every Indian pet parent should keep at home. You will learn what each tool does, why it matters, and how to pick quality options. By the end, you will have a complete grooming kit that covers your dog from nose to tail.

Why At-Home Grooming Tools Matter

Even if you visit a professional groomer regularly, home grooming tools are essential. They help you:

Maintain your dog between professional visits
Catch skin issues, fleas, and lumps early
Reduce stress by familiarising your dog with handling
Save money over time
Handle quick fixes like dirty paws after monsoon walks
Keep your home cleaner with less shed fur and dander

The American Kennel Club notes that regular at-home grooming supports coat, skin, dental, and overall health while strengthening the bond between dogs and their humans.

A good home grooming kit pays back in coat quality, vet bills avoided, and fewer household cleanups.

Must-Have Dog Grooming Tools for Every Owner

Think of these tools as the core toolkit. Most are affordable, last years, and cover the full range of grooming tasks.

1. Brushes Matched to Coat Type

Brushing is the foundation of home grooming. Every dog needs at least one brush suited to their coat.

Bristle brushes for short coats like Beagles, Boxers, and most Indies
Slicker brushes for medium and long coats like Golden Retrievers, Shih Tzus, and Spaniels
Undercoat rakes for double-coated breeds like Huskies, German Shepherds, and Pomeranians
Pin brushes for silky coats like Maltese and Yorkshire Terriers
De-shedding tools for heavy shedders during pre-monsoon and post-winter seasons

Most households need two brushes to cover both daily maintenance and seasonal shedding. If you have a mixed breed, pick based on coat feel rather than breed labels.

2. Dog-Specific Shampoo

Human shampoos disrupt a dog's skin pH and cause dryness. Choose dog-specific shampoos based on your dog's needs:

Gentle cleansing for everyday baths
Moisturising for dry or sensitive skin
Medicated or anti-fungal under vet guidance
Puppy shampoos that are tear-free for puppies over 8 weeks
Herbal or Ayurvedic options like neem and tulsi for natural sensitivity care

Stock one everyday shampoo and one problem-solving shampoo (such as a moisturiser or medicated option) to handle seasonal needs during Indian summers and monsoon.

3. Conditioner or Detangling Spray

Long-coated breeds benefit hugely from a dog-safe conditioner or detangling spray. These products soften coats, prevent static, and help brushes glide through fur without pulling. Spraying before brushing reduces breakage and matting, especially for Shih Tzus, Spaniels, and Lhasa Apsos.

4. Nail Clippers or Grinder

Overgrown nails change posture and stress joints. Every home grooming kit needs one of the following:

Guillotine clippers for small to medium dogs
Scissor-style clippers for larger breeds
Electric grinders for dogs who dislike clippers or have thick nails

Trim nails every 3 to 4 weeks. Keep styptic powder nearby to stop bleeding in case you accidentally cut the quick.

5. Ear Cleaner and Cotton Pads

Floppy-eared dogs like Cocker Spaniels, Basset Hounds, and Beagles need weekly ear checks. Even upright-eared breeds should be cleaned monthly. Use:

Vet-approved liquid ear cleaners
Soft cotton pads or gauze
Never cotton swabs inserted deep into the canal

The American Veterinary Medical Association notes that regular ear care prevents infections and catches problems early, which is especially important during humid Indian monsoon months.

6. Dog Toothbrush and Toothpaste

Dental disease affects most dogs by age three. At-home dental care slows the progression significantly.

Silicone finger brushes for puppies and small dogs
Angled long-handle toothbrushes for medium and large dogs
Enzymatic dog toothpaste in flavours like chicken, beef, or peanut butter

Brush at least 3 times a week. Never use human toothpaste, which contains fluoride and sometimes xylitol, both toxic to dogs.

7. Grooming Wipes

Quick-use grooming wipes are lifesavers between baths. Ideal for wiping paws after walks, cleaning tear stains, freshening coats during Indian summer heat, or handling minor dirt without a full bath. Pick unscented, alcohol-free, dog-safe options.

8. Towel and Dog-Safe Dryer

Drying thoroughly after a bath prevents fungal infections, especially during humid monsoon conditions. Microfibre towels absorb more water than regular cotton towels. A low-heat pet dryer helps speed things up without overheating the skin. Never use a regular home hair dryer on high heat.

9. Nail File and Paw Balm

A nail file smooths rough edges after trimming. Paw balm moisturises cracked paw pads, which are common during Indian summer heat, monsoon mud, or cold winter months. A small investment that prevents painful paw issues.

10. Flea Comb and Tick Remover

Even dogs on flea and tick preventives benefit from regular physical checks. A fine-toothed flea comb spots parasites early, and a proper tick remover tool ensures safe removal without leaving the head embedded.

Useful Add-Ons for Long-Term Use

These are not daily essentials, but they add real convenience over time:

Grooming mat or non-slip table: Keeps your dog stable and calmer during sessions
Detangling comb: Two sets of teeth that break up knots in long coats
Mat splitter: Gently slices through tough tangles without cutting out chunks
Quick-release lick mat: Keeps dogs calm during baths with a smear of curd or peanut butter
Dog-safe detangling spray: Saves time during daily brushing of long-coated breeds
Storage caddy or grooming bag: Keeps all tools clean, accessible, and together

How to Build Your Grooming Kit

You do not need to buy everything at once. Here is a smart buying order for new pet parents:

Week 1: Dog shampoo, one coat-appropriate brush, microfibre towel, and grooming wipes
Week 2 to 3: Nail clippers, styptic powder, ear cleaner, and cotton pads
Month 2: Dog toothbrush and toothpaste, paw balm, flea comb
Month 3: Upgrade to specific tools like a de-shedding tool, pin brush, or mat splitter based on your dog's coat
Ongoing: Replace brushes, shampoo, wipes, and balms every few months as needed

This phased approach prevents overspending and gives you time to learn what your dog actually needs.

Tips for Using Grooming Tools Effectively

Tools are only as good as the way you use them.

Introduce new tools slowly. Let your dog sniff and inspect each one.
Keep sessions short at first, under 10 minutes
Always reward calm behaviour with treats and praise
Clean tools regularly to avoid fungal or bacterial buildup
Replace brushes once teeth bend or shed easily
Store tools in a clean, dry place, especially during monsoon
Ask your vet or groomer if you are unsure about any tool technique

Final Thoughts

A good home grooming kit is one of the best investments you can make as a dog parent. Start with the basics, upgrade gradually, and match tools to your dog's breed and needs. With the right kit and a patient approach, grooming becomes a calm, bonding routine rather than a weekly battle.

Browse PetsWorld's grooming essentials collection to build a complete kit for your dog with trusted tools, shampoos, and accessories.

FAQs

What are the must-have grooming tools for a first-time dog parent?

Start with a coat-appropriate brush, dog-specific shampoo, nail clippers, ear cleaner, toothbrush with dog toothpaste, and grooming wipes. These seven basics cover most daily and weekly grooming needs for any breed.

Can I use human grooming products on my dog?

No. Human shampoos, toothpaste, and conditioners contain ingredients unsafe or unsuitable for dogs. Always use dog-specific products formulated for canine skin pH, dental health, and coat texture.

How often should I groom my dog at home?

Brushing 2 to 7 times a week depending on coat type. Baths every 3 to 4 weeks. Nail trims every 3 to 4 weeks. Teeth brushing at least 3 times a week. Ear cleaning weekly for floppy-eared breeds, monthly for others.

Are electric nail grinders better than clippers?

Grinders are great for dogs with thick nails or dogs that fear the snap of clippers. They produce a smoother finish but take longer. Clippers are faster and suit most dogs. Pick based on your dog's comfort and your confidence.

Which grooming tools are most useful during Indian monsoon?

A microfibre towel, dog-safe dryer, grooming wipes, paw balm, ear cleaner, and flea comb become especially useful during monsoon. Quick drying after walks prevents fungal issues, and regular ear and paw checks catch moisture-related problems early.

Cobb in Central Asia: Supporting Growth in Uzbekistan

Edusehat — Fri, 29 May 2026 13:35:08 +0700

Cobb Strengthens Central Asia Supply with 100,000 Chick Placement in Uzbekistan

Cobb has reached a major milestone in its Central Asia growth strategy with the successful delivery and placement of 100,000 breeder chicks to long-term partner ZM Bobur in Uzbekistan.

The shipment, completed in May, represents the largest placement of Cobb chicks into Uzbekistan to date and marks the first stocking of ZM Bobur’s newest breeder farm—a key step in the company’s ambitious expansion plans.

Strengthening Regional Supply Through Local Hatching

The chicks were produced at Cobb’s fully owned hatchery in Türkiye, using eggs sourced exclusively from Cobb-owned facilities in Europe and the United States. This integrated approach ensures full quality assurance alignment across the supply chain—from breeding to hatchery to delivery.

By hatching closer to the destination market, Cobb significantly reduces transit time compared to traditional import routes, helping improve chick condition on arrival and supporting strong early-life performance.

Delivering Measurable Performance

Cobb’s focus on quality is reflected in consistently low day-old chick mortality (DOA) and seven-day mortality rates, providing customers with confidence in both product and delivery systems.

The Türkiye hatchery plays a critical role in supporting customers across Central Asia, combining global genetics with regional proximity to optimise outcomes in challenging logistics environments.

A Decade-Long Partnership Driving Growth

ZM Bobur has worked exclusively with Cobb for over 10 years. The new breeder farm is part of a wider expansion strategy that will see the company reach 1 million hatching eggs per week by 2027, with longer-term plans targeting 3 million eggs per week.

This latest placement represents the first stage in that growth journey. Abdullah Vahab, owner of ZM Bobur, commented: “Our partnership with Cobb over the past decade has been built on consistent quality and reliable supply. This latest placement is an important milestone for our business as we expand our operations, and the ability to receive high-quality chicks from a regional hatchery in Türkiye supports both performance and future growth.”

Commitment to Central Asia

Cobb continues to invest in the Central Asia region, supporting customers with high-quality genetics, reliable supply chains, and localised production capabilities.

Erol Can, Middle East & Turkiye Commercial Director commented; “This milestone demonstrates our long-term commitment to Central Asia and our ability to deliver consistent, high-quality chicks through a fully integrated supply chain. Our partnership with ZM Bobur is a strong example of how we support customer growth at scale.”

Matthew Wilson, Sales and Technical Director for Cobb Europe, added; “We continue to see strong growth in Central Asia, driven by consistent field performance and customer confidence in Cobb products. Our genetics are delivering excellent broiler performance alongside strong breeder results, including reliable hatchability and ongoing improvements in egg production.”

5 Easy Scent Games You Can Try at Home with Your Dog

Edusehat — Fri, 29 May 2026 03:05:03 +0700

Your dog’s nose is powerful. With up to 300 million scent receptor sites (compared to around 6 million in humans), pups rely on their sense of smell to explore, experience, and understand their environment, making sniffing an excellent way to keep them engaged. That’s why scent games can be such a valuable activity to set up at home, as they can stimulate your dog’s mind, expend their extra energy, help reduce feelings of anxiety, and prevent boredom.

Adding these types of scent games into your pup’s day doesn’t require an extra lot of steps, as you can likely use much of what you have around your home. Here are five simple scent games for your dog that can put their nose to work and create an exciting, mind-stimulating activity:

1. A TREAT HUNT AROUND YOUR HOME

A great way to start with scent games is to use your dog’s favorite treat as a motivator. While in the same room, or a different one to make it more difficult, hide a couple of small treats. Try not to make them too difficult to find or out of their reach but place them where they need to rely on scent to navigate. Once you’ve hidden them, tell your dog to “find it” and let them begin their search. The best part about this game is that you can gradually make it more challenging by hiding treats under or near different objects, so it’s always going to create a novel experience for your pup.

2. MUFFIN TIN GAME

This is a classic scent game for dogs, and all you’ll need is a muffin tin, tennis balls, and small treats to make it happen. Place the treats into several cups of the muffin tin and add a tennis ball to each cup. This game is a great way for pups to problem-solve, as they use their nose and brain simultaneously to understand that they need to remove the tennis ball to get the reward. Not a tennis fan? No need to purchase tennis balls! You can use some of your pup’s toys instead, or anything that fits the cups of the muffin tin, as long as it’s large enough that they can’t be swallowed.

3. DIY SNUFFLE MAT

Snuffle mats are excellent enrichment tools and are commonly used at Dogtopia as part of a fun and engaging daycare experience. If you are introducing your dog to scent games at home, you can easily create a simple DIY version using items you already have.

Start with a laundry basket or storage bin and fill it with dog-safe items such as towels, blankets, or toys. Then sprinkle in a few pieces of kibble or small treats and encourage your dog to search through the bin using their nose. As they sniff through different textures and scents to uncover rewards, they stay mentally engaged and build confidence and problem-solving skills in the process. The positive reward helps reinforce natural sniffing behaviors, making the activity both stimulating and fun.

4. FOLLOW THE PATH

Create a trail of kibble or use pieces of a treat around furniture or down a hallway that leads to a larger reward. It may sound simple, but it can help your dog tap into their natural tracking instincts. Plus, you can vary the scent or change the path to keep it more mentally engaging. This is also a great way to keep your pup moving and physically engaged, as you can incorporate some agility obstacles into the mix once they become more comfortable following a trail.

5. KIBBLE SCATTERING OUTSIDE

The outdoors is a scent playground for your dog! If you’re spending time outside, such as in your backyard or on a walk, sprinkle some of your pup’s food in a clean, grassy area where it’s not as easily visible, but that requires them to sniff around. As natural foragers, dogs will use their search-and-find instincts, which provides amazing mental stimulation. Pair that with physical activity, and your pup will be happily tired out on their way home.

BRING YOUR DOG TO DOGTOPIA FOR AN EXCITING DAY OF DAYCARE

Doggie daycare can provide an enriching environment filled with new sights and scents that keep dogs mentally engaged. At Dogtopia, we separate pups by their size, temperament, and play style, so they’re around others that match their energy and playtime vibe. Our expert Canine Coaches are there to supervise and encourage fun, safe play throughout the day, and we love incorporating fun activities like scent games, agility exercises, bubble parties, photoshoots, and more to keep daycare new and exciting.

Reach out to your nearest Dogtopia to get a day of daycare booked for your pup!

The post 5 Easy Scent Games You Can Try at Home with Your Dog appeared first on Dogtopia.

VIV Europe 2026 show preview: marking the 25th edition as the showroom of the world for animal protein innovation

Edusehat — Thu, 28 May 2026 19:10:09 +0700

The global feed-to-food industry converges on Utrecht for three days of innovation, conversation, and discovery.

VIV Europe 2026, the World Expo from Feed to Food, opens its doors on 2–4 June at Royal Dutch Jaarbeurs in Utrecht, The Netherlands. For 25 editions, it has been the place where the industry’s most consequential decisions begin: where suppliers meet producers, science meets practice, and the future of global food production takes shape. This year’s theme, “Showroom of the World”, says it plainly: every technology, solution, and conversation that matters to the industry right now will be represented across every link in the global feed-to-food chain.

Spanning poultry, pig meat, dairy, aquaculture, eggs, feed systems, and digital farm management, VIV Europe 2026 addresses the most critical forces reshaping global food production. Four strategic pillars anchor this year’s program: the protein transition and sustainable protein sources; digitalization, AI and robotics in farm operations; animal health and welfare; and climate-smart agriculture. From 2026, the event moves to a biennial cycle, providing the sector with a consistent rhythm to engage with the world’s most advanced suppliers and thought leaders.

“Twenty-five editions only happen because of the people who show up. VIV Europe is where the industry comes to see what’s next: new technologies, new solutions, new connections. The energy and ambition this year have never been greater,” says Natalie Taylor, Project Manager, VIV Europe.

HRH Prince Carlos of Bourbon de Parme to address opening ceremony

VIV Europe 2026 will be marked by a royal milestone as HRH Prince Carlos of Bourbon de Parme attends and speaks at the Opening Ceremony on 2 June. His Royal Highness will address the future of sustainable food production, innovation, and resilience, with a particular focus on the growing role of cities in shaping tomorrow’s food systems.

The appearance marks a significant moment for the event’s 25th edition, underscoring the global relevance of the conversations taking place on the VIV Europe floor and the urgency of the challenges the industry is being asked to meet.

Over 70 conference sessions tackle the industry’s defining challenges

Alongside one of the most extensive exhibition floors in the event’s history, VIV Europe 2026 presents a richly layered conference program of more than 70 sessions across three days. Topics range from AI-driven farm management and smart feedmill automation to antimicrobial resistance, and international trade dynamics. Knowledge partners include Wageningen University & Research, Rabobank, the World Poultry Science Association (WPSA), the World Veterinary Poultry Association (WVPA), and the Netherlands African Business Council (NABC), among others.

The program also features the official launch of the Poultry Forward Kazakhstan initiative by the Dutch Poultry Centre, a significant new Dutch-Kazakh industry collaboration, and a dedicated multi-day strand, Cities Leading Food Production, positioning urban communities as active drivers of food system change.

Registration is still ongoing

Visitors are encouraged to register in advance at europe.viv.net/registration to secure their pass ahead of the show. Registered visitors can proceed directly to the Scan and Print counters on arrival at Jaarbeurs, bypassing on-site registration queues for a faster, more seamless entry experience.

Registered visitors also gain access to VISIT Discover, the event’s dedicated platform where attendees can browse the full conference program, bookmark sessions of interest, and sign up for talks ahead of the show, ensuring they make the most of every day on the floor. Access VISIT Discover at viv-europe-2026.discover.visitcloud.com/visitor. Download the Show Preview here.

Source: Viv press release

Zootecnica – Poultry Magazine: latest digital issue now online

Edusehat — Thu, 28 May 2026 19:10:09 +0700

The latest issue of Zootecnica – Poultry Magazine is now available online, with articles covering poultry production, welfare, nutrition, health, and international market developments.

This issue includes a report on the outlook for the Chinese poultry sector, an analysis of slow-growing broiler production in Europe, and the first part of a feature on the role of the G20 in global meat production and trade.

Other topics include litter moisture management, hot weather management for commercial flocks, feeding techniques, laying hen welfare and production efficiency, and a veterinary update on Newcastle disease virus evolution and control strategies.

The issue also includes industry news, market updates, upcoming events, and online resources for poultry professionals.

📖 Read the digital edition below.

📥 The complete magazine is also available for PDF download.

Top 5 Brushes for Different Dog Coat Types

Edusehat — Thu, 28 May 2026 19:05:05 +0700

The right brush can turn grooming into a pleasant daily ritual. The wrong one can leave your dog itchy, leave their coat tangled, and leave you frustrated. Most pet parents in India own only one brush and use it on every dog they ever have, which rarely works well. Coats differ, and brushes should too.

This guide covers the top five dog brushes for different coat types. You will learn which brush suits your dog's specific coat, how to use it correctly, and how to avoid the common mistakes that damage skin and shorten a coat's shine. By the end, you will know exactly which brush belongs in your grooming kit.

Why the Right Brush Matters

Brushing is more than a style choice. Done correctly, it supports coat and skin health on multiple levels:

Removes dirt, debris, and loose fur
Distributes natural oils for shine and skin protection
Reduces shedding around the house
Prevents painful matting, especially in long coats
Improves circulation through gentle skin stimulation
Helps you spot lumps, fleas, ticks, and skin issues early

The American Kennel Club notes that regular brushing with the right tool supports coat health, reduces stress, and strengthens the bond between dogs and their humans.

Using the wrong brush on the wrong coat is a quiet but common mistake. It can scratch skin, break coat strands, miss the undercoat, or create tangles instead of removing them. Matching the tool to the coat is the first step toward easier grooming sessions.

Understand Your Dog's Coat Type First

Before picking a brush, identify your dog's coat category:

Short and smooth coats: Beagles, Boxers, Dachshunds, many Indies
Medium coats: Border Collies, Golden Retrievers, Labradors
Long and silky coats: Shih Tzus, Maltese, Cocker Spaniels
Double coats: Huskies, German Shepherds, Pomeranians, Samoyeds
Curly or wavy coats: Poodles, Cockapoos, Bichon Frises
Wiry coats: Terriers, Schnauzers, Wire-Haired Dachshunds

Many dogs, especially Indian mixed breeds, have unique coat blends. Watch how your dog's coat sheds, mats, and feels to pick the best brush. If unsure, a quick chat with a professional groomer can help clarify.

Top 5 Brushes for Different Dog Coat Types

Each brush below serves a specific purpose. Some dogs need just one, while others benefit from two or three used in rotation.

1. Bristle Brush (For Short and Smooth Coats)

Bristle brushes have natural or synthetic bristles packed closely together. They gently remove loose hair, dust, and dander without scratching the skin. Ideal for short-coated breeds like Beagles, Boxers, Labradors, Dachshunds, and most Indian mixed breeds.

How to use: Brush in the direction of hair growth using short, smooth strokes. Twice a week is enough to keep short coats glossy.

Best for: Weekly finishing, distributing skin oils, minor dust removal, and calm everyday grooming sessions

Tip: Use light pressure to avoid irritating sensitive skin. Pair with a grooming glove for bonus massage effect.

2. Slicker Brush (For Medium, Long, and Curly Coats)

Slicker brushes have fine, short wires set close together on a flat or slightly curved pad. They pull out loose undercoat, dandruff, and small mats. One of the most versatile tools in any Indian dog parent's grooming kit.

How to use: Brush in sections, working from skin outward. Use gentle pressure to avoid brush burn. 3 to 4 times a week works well for most coats.

Best for: Golden Retrievers, Poodles, Cocker Spaniels, Bichon Frises, Shih Tzus, and dogs prone to tangles

Tip: Look for self-cleaning slicker brushes with a push-button base. They save time and keep the brush hygienic.

3. Undercoat Rake (For Double-Coated Breeds)

Undercoat rakes have widely spaced metal teeth designed to reach through the outer coat and pull out dead undercoat. Double-coated breeds shed heavily, especially during seasonal changes. A regular brush alone simply cannot reach the undercoat.

How to use: Glide the rake in the direction of hair growth with moderate pressure. Use twice a week normally and daily during heavy shedding seasons.

Best for: Huskies, German Shepherds, Samoyeds, Pomeranians, Labrador Retrievers, and Indian Spitz dogs

Tip: Never use an undercoat rake on short-coated breeds. It will scratch skin. Look for rounded-tip versions for gentler grooming.

4. Pin Brush (For Long and Silky Coats)

Pin brushes look similar to human hairbrushes but with rounded tips to protect the skin. They are perfect for finishing touches on long, silky coats and for daily quick grooming between deeper sessions.

How to use: Brush in smooth, long strokes from the skin outward. Ideal for daily light grooming to prevent tangles before they form.

Best for: Maltese, Shih Tzus, Afghan Hounds, Yorkshire Terriers, and Lhasa Apsos

Tip: A mist of leave-in conditioner spray before brushing reduces breakage and keeps long hair silky.

5. De-shedding Tool (For Heavy Shedders)

De-shedding tools have a fine-toothed metal blade that removes loose undercoat without cutting live hair. These tools can reduce shedding by up to 90 percent when used correctly. A must-have for Indian homes with heavy shedders, especially during pre-monsoon and post-monsoon shedding spikes.

How to use: Use once or twice a week for 5 to 10 minutes. Brush in the direction of hair growth with light pressure.

Best for: Labradors, Golden Retrievers, Huskies, German Shepherds, and Indian Spitz dogs

Tip: Never use on puppies under 6 months, on very thin coats, or daily. Over-use damages the outer coat.

Bonus Tools Worth Adding

Grooming Glove: Looks like a mitt with rubber nubs. Great for dogs that dislike traditional brushes.
Detangling Comb: A metal comb with two sets of teeth that removes knots in long coats
Flea Comb: Fine-toothed comb for spotting and removing fleas, especially during Indian monsoon
Mat Splitter: Gentle blade that breaks up tough mats without cutting off chunks of coat

Most households benefit from two main brushes plus one or two bonus tools, matched to their dog's specific needs.

How to Brush Correctly

Tool alone is not enough. Technique matters just as much.

Brush on a calm day, not right after vigorous play
Start with a bristle or pin brush, then move to slicker or rake as needed
Work in small sections from head to tail
Avoid pulling or yanking mats. Use detangling spray first.
Spend extra time on problem areas like behind ears, armpits, and the belly
Reward your dog with treats and praise during and after
Clean the brush between uses

The American Veterinary Medical Association notes that regular, gentle grooming strengthens the human-animal bond and reduces anxiety in dogs over time.

Final Thoughts

The right brush makes a real difference in your dog's coat, skin, and comfort. Start by identifying your dog's coat type, then pick one or two brushes that match. Add a bonus tool if your dog has specific needs like heavy shedding or matting. Stay consistent, stay gentle, and your dog will actually start looking forward to grooming sessions.

Browse PetsWorld's grooming tools collection to find the right brushes and combs for your dog's coat type.

FAQs

Which is the best brush for Labradors in India?

Labradors do best with a slicker brush for daily maintenance and a de-shedding tool or undercoat rake during shedding seasons. A combo of these two handles most of their grooming needs beautifully, especially during humid Indian months.

How often should I brush my long-coated dog?

Long-coated breeds like Shih Tzus and Maltese usually need daily brushing. Short 10-minute sessions prevent tangles, reduce shedding, and spread natural oils. Long gaps often lead to painful matting.

Can one brush work for all coat types?

Not really. A slicker brush comes closest to being a universal option, but it still misses specific needs of short-coated or double-coated dogs. Most households do better with two or three brushes for the best results.

What is the best brush for Indian Indie dogs?

Most Indies have short-to-medium coats. A bristle brush twice a week works for smooth-coated Indies. Slightly fluffier Indies benefit from a slicker brush plus a de-shedding tool during peak shedding seasons.

Can I use a human brush on my dog?

It is not ideal. Human brushes are not designed for dog coat textures or skin sensitivity. They can scratch, cause brush burn, or miss the undercoat. Always use a dog-specific brush suited to your dog's coat type.

China lifts HPAI-related poultry export restrictions for 17 U.S. states

Edusehat — Thu, 28 May 2026 15:35:09 +0700

USDA’s Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS) has updated its China export restrictions webpage to confirm that China lifted highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI)-related poultry export restrictions for 17 U.S. states, effective 15 May 2026.

The states listed by APHIS are Alabama, Alaska, Arizona, Kentucky, Massachusetts, Nebraska, Nevada, New Hampshire, New Mexico, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Virginia and West Virginia.

According to APHIS, only poultry products produced on or after 15 May 2026 are eligible for export to China from these states.

China had previously restricted raw poultry imports from U.S. states affected by HPAI outbreaks. Under the 2020 Regionalization Agreement between the two countries, restrictions are meant to be lifted at state level 90 days after cleaning and disinfection procedures are completed.

Industry reports stated that China had not been abiding by that provision in recent years. It has now been reported that APHIS confirmed China agreed to resume implementation of the terms of the 2020 Regionalization Agreement.

Under that framework, APHIS may submit state closeout reports 90 days after cleaning and disinfection are completed. China then has five days to review the reports and lift restrictions where applicable.

Despite the latest update, APHIS indicated that 27 U.S. states remain under poultry export restrictions related to HPAI.

Several major broiler-producing states, including Georgia, Mississippi and Missouri, have recently reached the 90-day post-cleaning and disinfection milestone. According to industry reports, APHIS closeout reports for those states could be expected soon.

The National Chicken Council described the reinstatement of the regionalization framework as a significant development for U.S. poultry exports. NCC President Harrison Kircher stated that China remains an important market for U.S. chicken products, particularly chicken paws, and said restoration of access would have a meaningful impact on export volumes of U.S. chicken.

Source: www.nationalchickencouncil.org

Zavala: Scratching the surface of emerging poultry health challenges

Edusehat — Wed, 27 May 2026 21:40:05 +0700

By Guillermo Zavala, DVM, PhD, Dipl. ACPV
Avian Health International, LLC

Over many decades, the US poultry industry has been at the forefront of productivity and disease prevention and control. Many poultry pathogens that circulate routinely in other global regions have been kept out of the continental US until recently.

Over the last 20 years, though, the US has lost some ground in productivity and in disease prevention and control. Productivity in broiler breeders has decreased substantially to the point that the cost per hatching egg and chick is now much higher than it was only 10 to 15 years ago. Additionally, hatchability in the US is extremely low compared to many other countries in the same continent.

Broiler production efficiency has also suffered since the implementation of ‘no antibiotic ever’ production, but the efforts to add value to processed broiler meat at further processing plants have helped keep the industry viable. Productivity and livability in commercial egg layers are at an all-time high, but the frequent incursions of highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) have created very significant market disruptions in the egg industry, not to mention the heavy losses in the national hen inventory.

The turkey industry has certainly also been affected by HPAI. In addition, some diseases that were absent in the past are now causing economic losses to breeder, broiler, layer and turkey operations.

Emerging poultry health challenges

HPAI has been, and remains, without a doubt, the most important health problem for the poultry industry in dozens of countries, including the US, over the last 20 to 25 years. Stamping-out strategies against HPAI are less effective than they once were. Countries that have implemented vaccination along with enhanced biosecurity and surveillance have been able to secure their food production in a more predictable manner. The US, however, remains a country that insists on stamping out without vaccination.

Additional health issues that were never a problem in the US, or that had not been a problem for decades and have reemerged, include those listed below:

Occasional incursions of virulent Newcastle disease (vNDV)
Avian metapneumovirus (aMPV) subtypes A and B (aMPV-A, aMPV-B)
Infectious coryza
Variant avian reovirus
Inclusion body hepatitis
Variant infectious bronchitis viruses
New genotypes of infectious laryngotracheitis virus
Egg drop syndrome 76
Spotty liver disease in brown layers (Campylobacter hepaticus)
Erysipelas (Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae) in free-range chickens
Focal duodenal necrosis in layers
Various myopathies in broiler chickens and other diseases

Double-edged sword

The more powerful the detection tools, the easier it becomes to find pathogens that we were not aware of. Some of the most recent molecular diagnostic tools available to research and diagnostic laboratories are extremely effective at identifying pathogens, commensal microorganisms and viruses.

The advent of these tools, though, exposes a significant disadvantage: The expertise we once had to use classical microbiological methodologies to manage pathogens such as infectious coryza or fowl cholera is almost lost. The tools are excellent, fast and effective, but we are forgetting how to isolate and characterize microorganisms that often cannot be characterized easily using molecular tools.

Future of poultry diagnostics, research

The role of research and diagnostic laboratories at academic institutions, state diagnostic and surveillance laboratories and private industry laboratories is rapidly being reshaped. For example, the vaccine industry is now pushing hard to provide diagnostic services as part of their service package, often at the expense of the clinical sample volumes that used to be directed to academic and independent laboratories.

Additionally, it is quite possible that the independent epidemiological surveillance expertise will gradually be reduced and concentrated in private businesses. Also, various integrators aim to have their own laboratories for routine serology, bacteriology and quality programs.

Perhaps only the laboratories conducting official surveillance of disease agents such as vNDV, HPAI, non-motile Salmonella, Salmonella Enteritidis, S. Typhimurium, Mycoplasma gallisepticum and M. synoviae will remain relatively intact for this specific function. It is my hope that basic and applied research of poultry pathogens and diseases will continue at academic institutions and agricultural stations.

Why the emergence?

Nobody can claim to have a real explanation for the emergence or reemergence of new pathogens and diseases. However, there are some risk factors that cannot and should not be ignored.

For example, egg-layer production complexes are typically designed for efficiency but rarely for disease prevention and control. Also, large-capacity farms are a significant risk that needs consideration before constructing future poultry facilities. Multi-age farms that can house millions of chickens can pose a real challenge and, in a way, are not conducive to effective disease prevention and control.

Production pressure in any type of poultry production should be regarded as a risk factor. Long ago, the broiler industry understood that a very short downtime and high bird density are not compatible with disease control.

Farm density is another issue in some areas where infectious diseases tend to recur. If possible, new farms should be isolated as much as possible.

Continuing education on biosecurity at all levels of any company is critical for disease control. There is certainly an opportunity at all poultry companies to optimize biosecurity awareness.

Preventing, controlling new health problems

Biosecurity, disease surveillance, rapid diagnosis and response, and coordinated collaboration among diagnostic laboratories, allied industry and the poultry industry are essential.

As vaccine and poultry industry laboratories take on a substantial share of surveillance and diagnostic work from the independent laboratories, there will be a gap in epidemiological knowledge and reporting and a partial loss of awareness. It is important that the usual lines of communication are not lost.

It is concerning that the expertise in some fields is being lost or has simply been lost. In particular, if the US breeding industry suffers renewed problems caused by tumor viruses, there will be virtually no one to assist because the expertise and the support are disappearing. There is virtually no one left to work on avian leukosis viruses, and very few scientists work on Marek’s disease or reticuloendotheliosis viruses.

When the experts in classical bacteriological and virological methods retire, all that will be left are powerful molecular tools but little knowledge or criteria on how to apply the results. A classic example is next-generation sequencing (or deep sequencing), a very promising approach in metagenomics. When this exquisite technique is applied to clinical samples, the results are difficult to interpret, explain and use, even for the laboratory that generated them.

The US needs to retain agility to respond to unexpected poultry health challenges. A good example is aMPV: Neither the expertise nor the vaccines were there when aMPV surfaced in the US. Certainly, the response was eventually productive and very positive, but it took longer than it should have. Meanwhile, many other countries had already been vaccinating effectively against aMPV-A and aMPV-B for decades, and aMPV is generally a non-issue elsewhere.

The debate about vaccination against HPAI in the US is still very much alive, while other countries have gained vast experience with vaccines and vaccination and have not had the production disruptions that the US and the EU have experienced.

What I have mentioned in this article only touches the surface of what to consider regarding the very complex subject of attempting to prevent and control future health problems in the poultry industry.

Final thoughts

The vast resources, knowledge and experience the US poultry industry has accumulated over decades have equipped us with the necessary tools to confront any challenge, no matter how large. Younger generations must make every possible attempt to understand and identify potential health problems and apply an effective holistic approach to optimize the early detection, prevention and control of poultry pathogens that can threaten the US poultry industry and the US food supply.

Moving forward, as the research, surveillance and diagnostic laboratory work are being reshaped, it will be critical to maintain active and effective lines of communication between academia, government, industry, and private and independent laboratories if we want to stay on top of epidemiological issues as an industry.

Editor’s note: The views expressed in this article are solely those of the author.

The post Zavala: Scratching the surface of emerging poultry health challenges appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Kazakhstan poultry industry growth: broiler production, egg market, government support and export potential

Edusehat — Wed, 27 May 2026 18:00:09 +0700

The Kazakhstan poultry industry is growing rapidly and becoming one of the strongest livestock sectors in Central Asia. Over the last few years, Kazakhstan poultry production has increased significantly through government investment, expansion of commercial poultry farms and modernization of the poultry sector.

Today the poultry market in Kazakhstan is attracting global attention because of its rising broiler meat production, strong egg industry and growing export opportunities. Kazakhstan is now moving steadily toward poultry self-sufficiency while also preparing to become a competitive poultry exporter in the international market.

According to recent industry reports, Kazakhstan now fulfills around 80% of its domestic broiler meat demand through local poultry production. At the same time, the country has already achieved full self-sufficiency in table egg production. This rapid growth shows the strong potential of the Kazakhstan poultry industry in the coming years.

Kazakhstan broiler meat production growing rapidly

Kazakhstan broiler meat production has increased strongly during the last five years. According to the Ministry of Agriculture, local poultry farms now supply nearly 80% of domestic chicken meat demand. In 2022 the figure was only around 67%, which shows how fast the poultry industry in Kazakhstan is expanding. The government aims to achieve full self-sufficiency in poultry meat production by 2027.

During the first ten months of 2025, Kazakhstan poultry meat production exceeded 360,000 tons. Large industrial poultry farms produced almost 350,000 tons of this volume.

Kazakhstan’s poultry population has also increased steadily. Recent reports show that the country now has nearly 49 million poultry birds.

Per capita poultry meat consumption in Kazakhstan continues to rise because consumers prefer chicken meat as an affordable and healthy animal protein source. Industry experts believe per capita broiler meat consumption will continue increasing as poultry products become more available in local markets.

Kazakhstan egg production fully meets domestic demand

Kazakhstan egg production has achieved full domestic self-sufficiency. The country currently produces around 4.5 billion eggs annually, which completely fulfills local table egg demand.

The egg industry in Kazakhstan is highly commercialized and technologically advanced. More than 80% of poultry production comes from large industrial poultry farms with better biosecurity, modern housing systems and improved management practices.

At present, Kazakhstan has around 43 commercial poultry and egg farms, 36 broiler meat enterprises and several breeder farms supporting poultry production growth.

Government support accelerating Kazakhstan poultry industry growth

Government support is one of the biggest reasons behind the rapid growth of the Kazakhstan poultry industry. The Kazakhstan government considers poultry farming a strategic sector for food security, agricultural development and import reduction.

Since 2022, Kazakhstan has brought 14 new poultry farms into commercial operation with a combined annual production capacity of about 144,000 tons of poultry meat.

The government is also encouraging modernization and expansion of existing poultry farms. According to the Union of Poultry Farmers of Kazakhstan, many poultry enterprises still have unused production capacity and can increase output by nearly 30% through modernization and better operational efficiency.

The Kazakhstan government is also investing KZT 2.3 trillion (approximately USD 4.3 billion) into 780 agricultural projects by 2027. The investment program focuses heavily on agricultural infrastructure, food processing facilities and modernization of production systems. This large-scale investment is expected to strengthen the poultry industry through improved feed production, better logistics, modern processing plants and advanced farming technologies.

To support poultry farm investment, the government is offering subsidized agricultural soft loans with only 5% interest rate. This financial support is helping poultry companies invest in new broiler farms, hatcheries, feed mills and processing facilities.

Kazakhstan has also approved a long-term livestock development strategy for 2026–2030 focusing on poultry production growth, export development and higher agricultural productivity.

Leading poultry companies in Kazakhstan

Several major poultry companies are leading the modernization and expansion of the Kazakhstan poultry sector.

Leading poultry companies include:

Aitas KZ
ALEL Agro
Ust-Kamenogorsk Poultry Farm
Alsad Kazakhstan

These poultry companies have invested heavily in modern poultry houses, hatcheries, feed production systems, slaughtering facilities and poultry processing plants. They are playing an important role in increasing domestic poultry meat production and reducing dependence on imported chicken meat.

Kazakhstan poultry export potential expanding

Kazakhstan poultry exports are also increasing as the country strengthens its production capacity and improves international trade access.

One of the biggest achievements came in 2025 when Kazakhstan officially signed a poultry meat export protocol with China. This agreement opened the Chinese market for Kazakhstan poultry meat exports.

The government is also working to expand poultry exports to other international markets including neighboring Asian countries and the European Union.

Industry analysts believe Kazakhstan has strong export potential because of its strategic geographic location between Europe and Asia and its rapidly increasing poultry production capacity.

Challenges facing the Kazakhstan poultry industry

Despite rapid progress, several challenges still affect the poultry industry in Kazakhstan.

High feed costs

Feed remains one of the largest production expenses in poultry farming. Rising grain and feed ingredient prices directly increase broiler and egg production costs.

Expensive logistics and transportation

Kazakhstan is geographically very large which increases transportation and logistics expenses for poultry feed, equipment and finished poultry products.

Limited access to modern poultry equipment

Some poultry farms still face difficulties accessing advanced poultry equipment, automation systems and modern poultry technologies. Continued modernization will be important for improving efficiency and international competitiveness.

Competition from imported poultry meat

Imported chicken meat continues to compete strongly in the domestic market. Local poultry producers must continue improving productivity and cost efficiency to remain competitive.

Future potential of the Kazakhstan poultry market

The future of the Kazakhstan poultry market looks highly promising. Government investment, industrial poultry farm expansion, increasing poultry consumption and export opportunities are creating strong momentum for long-term growth.

Kazakhstan aims to become fully self-sufficient in poultry meat production by 2027 while significantly expanding poultry exports by 2030.

The Union of Poultry Farmers of Kazakhstan believes that continued modernization and expansion will help the country become more competitive in the global poultry market.

Industry experts believe Kazakhstan has the potential to become one of the leading poultry producers in Central Asia because of its large agricultural resources, government support and growing industrial poultry sector.

Conclusion

The Kazakhstan poultry industry is entering a new phase of rapid growth and modernization. Strong government policies, investment in commercial poultry farms, soft agricultural loans and expansion of poultry production capacity are helping the country move closer to full poultry self-sufficiency.

Kazakhstan has already achieved complete domestic supply of table eggs and now fulfills nearly 80% of domestic broiler meat demand through local poultry production. The country’s long-term development plans for 2027 and 2030 clearly show its ambition to become a major poultry producer and exporter in the regional and global market.

The opening of poultry meat exports to China, establishment of new poultry farms and modernization of leading poultry companies such as Aitas KZ and ALEL Agro are creating strong positive momentum for the industry.

Although challenges such as high feed costs, logistics expenses and limited access to advanced technology still exist, the future of the Kazakhstan poultry sector remains highly promising.

For the global poultry industry, Kazakhstan’s rapid poultry production growth is positive news. Increased broiler meat and egg production can help strengthen global food security and improve the supply of affordable animal protein for consumers worldwide.

Kazakhstan is no longer only an emerging poultry producer. The country is steadily becoming a competitive and important player in the global poultry market.

References and sources

How Often Should You Bathe Your Dog? Expert Tips

Edusehat — Wed, 27 May 2026 17:55:05 +0700

Bathing your dog feels simple until you actually try to find a schedule. Some pet parents bathe weekly and worry it is not enough. Others go months between baths and wonder if that is too long. The answer depends on several factors, and most generic rules do not fit Indian conditions well.

This guide gives you straightforward, expert-backed tips on how often to bathe your dog. You will learn the right frequency by breed, coat type, lifestyle, and Indian season. By the end, you will have a bathing schedule that keeps your dog's skin healthy and their coat shining.

The Quick Answer

For most healthy adult dogs in India, bathing once every 3 to 4 weeks is a solid baseline. Some dogs need weekly baths, while others do fine with one every 8 weeks. Your dog's breed, coat, lifestyle, and current season all shift this baseline.

The guiding principle is simple: bathe often enough to keep your dog clean and odour free, but not so often that you strip their skin of its natural oils.

Why Bathing Frequency Actually Matters

Dog skin is delicate. It has fewer layers than human skin and relies on natural oils to stay protected. Over-bathing disrupts this oil layer, leading to:

Dry, flaky skin and dandruff
Increased itching and irritation
Dull, brittle coat
Weakened skin barrier that invites infections
Allergic flare-ups and sensitivity

Under-bathing causes its own problems, including trapped dirt, skin infections, strong odours, parasite hiding spots, and matted fur. The right frequency balances hygiene with skin protection.

The American Kennel Club advises that bathing frequency depends on the dog's coat, skin condition, and activity level rather than a one-size-fits-all rule.

Bathing Frequency by Breed and Coat Type

Different coats behave very differently. Use this as a general guide:

Short-coated breeds (Labradors, Beagles, Boxers, Indies): Once every 3 to 6 weeks
Medium-coated breeds (Golden Retrievers, Border Collies): Once every 3 to 4 weeks
Long-coated breeds (Shih Tzus, Lhasa Apsos, Spaniels): Once every 2 to 3 weeks
Double-coated breeds (Huskies, Malamutes, German Shepherds): Once every 6 to 8 weeks
Hairless breeds (Chinese Crested): Once a week for skin hygiene
Curly or water-resistant coats (Poodles, Portuguese Water Dogs): Once every 3 to 4 weeks with conditioner
Wiry coats (Terriers, Schnauzers): Once every 4 to 6 weeks

Dogs with oily coats, such as Basset Hounds, may need baths every 2 to 3 weeks. Dogs with extremely dry skin need baths stretched out, with more moisturising shampoos.

How Lifestyle Changes Bathing Frequency

Your dog's day-to-day life strongly affects how often they need a full bath.

Outdoor-active dogs: More frequent baths or at least paw and undercarriage rinses
Indoor-mostly dogs: Stretch out baths every 4 to 6 weeks
Dogs that swim regularly: Rinse with plain water after every swim. Full shampoo baths every 3 to 4 weeks.
Dogs with allergies: Frequent gentle baths can actually help by removing allergens from the coat
Dogs on medicated shampoos: Follow vet guidance. Usually weekly or every 10 days.
Senior dogs: Stretch baths longer unless soiled. Use gentle moisturising shampoos.
Puppies: First bath only after 8 weeks of age, then once every 4 to 6 weeks with tear-free puppy shampoo

Bathing Frequency by Indian Season

India's three main seasons each need a different approach:

Monsoon (June to September)

Humidity raises the risk of fungal infections, hot spots, and ear issues. Bathe every 2 to 3 weeks with a gentle shampoo. Dry thoroughly after every walk and after every bath. A partially dry dog in monsoon is almost guaranteed to develop skin problems. Pay special attention to paws, ears, and the groin area.

Summer (March to May)

Peak heat makes dogs sweat through paw pads and pant excessively. Bathe every 3 to 4 weeks. Cool water baths and quick paw rinses help with heat management. Never use cold water on young puppies or senior dogs.

Winter (November to February)

Cool, dry air strips natural oils faster. Stretch baths to every 4 to 6 weeks and switch to moisturising shampoos with oatmeal or aloe vera. Always bathe during warmer daylight hours and dry thoroughly before your dog goes outside.

Adjust the schedule if your dog has skin issues or is on medication. When in doubt, fewer baths with good shampoo choices beat frequent baths with harsh products.

Signs Your Dog Needs a Bath

Watch for these everyday clues:

Strong, musty odour that does not go away with brushing
Visibly dirty paws or belly
Greasy feel or dandruff on the coat
Excessive scratching or visible tiny black debris (flea dirt)
Loose fur clumping despite regular brushing
Itchy, irritated skin that may benefit from a medicated bath

On the other hand, if your dog smells neutral, looks clean, and their coat has a healthy shine, you likely do not need to bathe yet.

Signs You Are Bathing Too Often

Over-bathing is more common than under-bathing in urban Indian homes. Watch for:

Dry or flaky skin
Dull, brittle coat
Increased itching right after baths
Visible dandruff building up
Paw pad dryness or cracking
Recurring ear infections from water exposure

If you notice these signs, stretch out baths, switch to a moisturising shampoo, and consider adding omega-3 oil to your dog's diet for long-term coat support.

Expert Bathing Tips

Practical advice that actually makes a difference:

Always brush before a bath to remove tangles and loose fur
Use lukewarm water. Cold water is uncomfortable, hot water irritates skin.
Start lathering from the neck and work down
Avoid getting water directly into ears or eyes
Leave the shampoo on for 3 to 5 minutes if using medicated formulas
Rinse twice to remove every trace of shampoo
Dry thoroughly, especially between paw pads and inside ears
Offer treats and praise throughout to keep the experience positive
Always use dog-specific shampoo, never human products

The American Veterinary Medical Association advises keeping bathing sessions short, calm, and routine. Positive associations make grooming easier for life.

What to Do Between Baths

Bathing is only one part of coat care. Keep your dog fresh between baths with these practices:

Brush 2 to 7 times a week depending on coat type
Wipe down paws and belly after every outdoor walk
Use a pet-safe dry shampoo or grooming wipes for quick freshening
Rinse only the dirty parts when a full bath is not needed
Wash bedding and soft toys weekly during monsoon

Final Thoughts

How often to bathe your dog depends on breed, coat, lifestyle, and season. Aim for every 3 to 4 weeks as a baseline and adjust based on your dog's skin, smell, and activity level. Choose a gentle, dog-specific shampoo, dry thoroughly, and maintain good brushing between baths. With the right routine, your dog stays clean, healthy, and happy year-round.

Browse PetsWorld's grooming and shampoo collection for trusted options tailored to your dog's coat and skin.

FAQs

How often should I bathe my dog in Indian summers?

Most dogs do well with baths every 3 to 4 weeks during summer. Use cool, not cold water. Focus on quick paw and belly rinses between baths to manage dust and sweat. Avoid bathing during peak afternoon heat.

Can I bathe my dog every week?

Usually not. Weekly baths can strip natural oils and cause dryness or dandruff. Weekly baths are fine only if your vet has recommended medicated baths for a skin condition. Otherwise, every 3 to 4 weeks works better for most dogs.

How often should I bathe a puppy?

Puppies should not be bathed before 8 weeks of age. After that, bathe every 4 to 6 weeks using a tear-free puppy shampoo. Focus on gentle handling and positive experiences to build good bath habits.

Does coat type affect bathing frequency?

Yes. Short-coated dogs need fewer baths. Long-coated and oily-coated breeds need more. Double-coated dogs like Huskies need the fewest, typically every 6 to 8 weeks. Always match your bathing schedule to coat type.

What is the best way to dry my dog after a bath?

Towel dry thoroughly, then use a blow dryer on a low, cool setting if your dog tolerates it. Pay special attention to paws, ears, belly, and between skin folds. Damp dogs in humid weather are prone to fungal issues.

Agricontrol by Termotecnica Pericoli Launches X-TH-3T: The First Livestock Thermostat Born from a New Chapter in Agricultural Automation

Edusehat — Wed, 27 May 2026 14:35:07 +0700

Agricontrol by Termotecnica Pericoli announces the launch of X-TH-3T, a programmable thermostat with 3 intelligent contacts developed specifically for the livestock sector. XTH-3T marks a significant milestone: it is the first product to emerge from the integration of Agricontrol into Termotecnica Pericoli, completed in late 2025, and represents the direct result of combining two distinct but complementary bodies of expertise.

Where 45 Years of Greenhouse Automation Meets Decades of Livestock Knowledge

Agricontrol has spent over 45 years designing and manufacturing climate control systems and automation technologies for greenhouse and horticultural environments. Termotecnica Pericoli brings more than 60 years of experience in heating, cooling, and ventilation for livestock and agricultural facilities, with an established international distribution network across five continents.

X-TH-3T is what happens when these two knowledge bases converge: a product engineered with Agricontrol’s precision control philosophy, and shaped by Termotecnica Pericoli’s deep understanding of what livestock operations actually require from the tools they rely on every day.

One Device. Endless Configurations.

X-TH-3T is a digital thermostat featuring 3 independent, intelligent, and separately programmable contacts, each configurable to manage heating, cooling, ventilation, alarms, or any combination of these functions. One contact features a switchable NO/NC relay for maximum installation flexibility.

Unlike conventional single-stage thermostats, X-TH-3T adapts to the actual complexity of modern livestock facilities, without adding operational complexity for the people who use it.

Key features:

3 independent outputs, each programmable separately for heating, cooling, ventilation, or alarms
Switchable NO/NC relay contact for maximum wiring flexibility
PT1000 Class B temperature sensor with ±0.5°C precision (included)
IP55 protection rating: dust and water resistant, built for harsh barn environments
Physical buttons, gloves-ready interface, no touchscreen, no unnecessary complexity
Programmable by non-specialists: no technical background required
Automatic energy optimization through programmable temperature thresholds
Supply: 230 Vac, 50/60 Hz — Outputs: 3 × 2A @ 250 Vac
CE certified, Made in Italy, 1-year warranty

Typical configurations include (but are not limited to):

Heating system control with dual independent setpoints and low-temperature alarm
Combined heating, ventilation, and high/low temperature alarm management
Exhaust fan control with independent temperature thresholds and separate cooling pump activation

Built for the Real World

X-TH-3T was designed around one principle: a thermostat for livestock must work reliably in demanding conditions, be easy to configure, and flexible enough to cover a wide range of applications without requiring a different device for every setup. The result is a product that delivers professional-grade control, accessible to any farm operator, regardless of technical background.

Discover X-TH-3T at VIV Europe 2026

X-TH-3T will make its world debut at VIV Europe, the leading international trade fair for the animal protein production chain.

Stand 07C030. 2–4 June 2026. Utrecht, The Netherlands

The Agricontrol by Termotecnica Pericoli team will be on-site to present the full range of X-TH-3T configurations and discuss specific application requirements with visitors.

About Agricontrol by Termotecnica Pericoli

Agricontrol has been developing climate control systems, fertigation units, and automation technologies for enclosed agricultural environments for over 45 years. In 2025, Agricontrol became part of Termotecnica Pericoli, an Italian industrial group with nearly 60 years of experience in heating, cooling, and ventilation for agricultural, zootechnical, and industrial applications.

The integration combines Agricontrol’s precision automation expertise with Termotecnica Pericoli’s industrial infrastructure and global distribution network.

What changes: scale, reach, and the sectors served.

What doesn’t: the technical team, the approach to support, and the commitment to every installation.

For further information inbox pit@pericoli.com or pericoli.com

FAO Puts Seafood Consumers at the Centre —Why That Changes Everything

Edusehat — Wed, 27 May 2026 00:30:41 +0700

By Seafood Consumers Association

The Food and Agriculture Organization of the that could reshape the global seafood sector — if industry, regulators and consumers are paying attention. In its newly released Medium-Term Plan 2026–29 and Program of Work and Budget 2026–27, FAO identifies consumer awareness as one of four global “priority triggers” needed to transform agrifood systems. That might sound like bureaucratic language, but for seafood it represents a significant shift: consumers are no longer treated as passive end-users, but as active drivers of system-wide change.

For decades, seafood policy and market structures have been largely producer- and trader-centric. Consumers sat at the end end of the chain, expected to trust labels, menus and marketing with limited ability to verify what they were buying. FAO’s new framing challenges that model — and creates a clear mandate for reform in areas that seafood consumers have long raised: standardized naming, origin labelling, traceability and fraud prevention.

For organizations like the Seafood Consumers Association (SCA), this is not a theoretical development. It aligns squarely with the practical re- forms needed to restore trust, reward honest fishers and build a transparent, accountable seafood system. Importantly, it also presents Australia with an opportunity to lead.

Four Triggers for Transformation

FAO’s Director-General, Qu Dongyu, sets out four “priority triggers” designed to catalyze meaningful change across global agrifood systems:

Institutions and governance.
Consumer awareness.
Income and wealth distribution.
Innovative technologies and approaches.

FAO describes these as “effective starting points for transformative processes”. From a seafood consumer perspective, they also read like a checklist of the sector’s most persistent problems — and its biggest opportunities.

A quick meal of Oysters.

Consumers cannot reward well-managed fisheries or responsible aquaculture if the only information provided is “fish of the day” or a generic “battered fillet”. Environmental and health consciousness cannot be leveraged if labels and menus obscure rather than clarify.

1. Institutions and Governance: Making Transparency Non- Negotiable

FAO’s first trigger focuses on stronger, more transparent and accountable institutions. In seafood, that goes well beyond fisheries management plans and stock assessments. It cuts directly to the everyday consumer experience — and long-standing weaknesses in how seafood is governed at the point of sale.

Across retail and food service, consumers still encounter:

» Inconsistent or vague species names.

» Poor or absent country-of-origin information.

» Blurred distinctions between wild and farmed product.

» Limited visibility of production methods.

» Weak enforcement of existing naming and labelling rules.

These gaps make it easier for mislabeled, substituted or illegally sourced seafood to enter legitimate supply chains. They also place an unfair burden on consumers, who are effectively asked to “trust the system” without being given the information needed to verify claims.

From FAO’s perspective, governance is not credible unless it delivers transparency. For SCA, this reinforces a core message: standardized, enforceable seafood labelling is governance reform, not cosmetic tidying-up. When institutions require clear, consistent naming and origin disclosure, they move the system from “trust us” to “show us”.

2. Consumer Awareness: From Passive Eaters to Active Market Shapers

FAO’s second trigger — consumer awareness — speaks most directly to the seafood sector’s future. FAO explicitly recognizes that informed consumers can influence how food is produced, sourced and marketed.

In seafood, the appetite is already there. Consumers increasingly want to know:

» Is this fish legal?

» Where was it caught or farmed?

» Is it Australian or imported?

» Is it wild or farmed — and impact on shelf life?

Concern about seafood fraud, species substitution and IUU (Illegal, Unreported and Unregulated) fishing is no longer confined to specialists. It is part of mainstream consumer consciousness.

The problem is not awareness; it is information failure. Consumers cannot reward well-managed fisheries or responsible aquaculture if the only information provided is “fish of the day” or a generic “battered fillet”. Environmental and health consciousness cannot be leveraged if labels and menus obscure rather than clarify.

FAO’s message is clear: consumer awareness only works if consumers are given usable, trustworthy information. This is where SCA’s long- standing advocacy — for standard names, clear origin labelling and truth in wild-caught versus farmed claims — becomes a practical expression of FAO’s global strategy.

1. Income and Wealth Distribution: Fair Value for Honest Fishers

FAO’s third trigger addresses income and wealth distribution — an area often overlooked in seafood debates. Fraud, mislabeling and IUU fishing are sometimes framed as consumer deception issues alone. They are not.

These practices directly harm:

» Commercial fishers who comply with quotas, reporting requirements and safety rules.

» Processors and retailers who in- vest in compliance and traceability.

» Communities dependent on legitimate fisheries.

Illegally or misleadingly marketed seafood undercuts honest operators, distorts prices and creates the false impression that legally caught seafood is “too expensive”. Over time, this erodes trust and demand across the entire sector.

Transparent, standardized labelling is one of the simplest ways to rebalance value. When species, origin and production method are clear, it becomes harder for non-compliant product to hide behind generic descriptions. That supports fairer returns for those who play by the rules — a point FAO’s income distribution trigger makes explicit.

From SCA’s perspective, consumer transparency is not just about informed choice; it is about market fairness.

1. Innovative Technologies: Traceability Consumers Can Actually Use

FAO’s fourth trigger focuses on in- novation — but with an important condition: new technologies must be accessible and inclusive, not just efficient for large players.

Seafood is already rich in traceability innovation:

» Digital catch documentation.

» Electronic logbooks.

» Blockchain pilots.

» DNA testing and verification tools.

Yet much of this innovation remains invisible to consumers. Traceability systems often serve regulators, auditors and corporate buyers, while shoppers and diners still see minimal information at the point of decision.

If FAO’s trigger is taken seriously, the next step is obvious: bring trace- ability to the front of the label. That could include:

» QR codes linking to verified spe- cies, origin and production data.

» Simple, standardized icons for key attributes.

» Clear, consistent digital records accessible on request.

Crucially, these systems must work for small-scale and Indigenous fishers, not exclude them through cost or complexity. Designing traceability that is both robust and inclusive is one of the sector’s biggest challenges — and one FAO has squarely put on the table.

From FAO’s perspective, governance is not credible unless it delivers transparency. For SCA, this reinforces a core message: standardized, enforceable seafood labelling is governance reform, not cosmetic tidying-up. When institutions require clear, consistent naming and origin disclosure, they move the system from “trust us” to “show us”.

What This Means for Seafood — and for Australia

Taken together, FAO’s four triggers send a powerful message:

» Transparency is foundational, not optional.

» Consumers are legitimate drivers of change.

» Fair markets depend on eliminating fraud.

» Technology must serve accountability, not just efficiency.

For the Seafood Consumers Association, this global framing strengthens our work in three ways. It aligns consumer-focused reform with UN- endorsed priorities. It reinforces that information is a governance and fairness issue, not a marketing extra. And it opens the door to collaboration — across industry, government and the supply chain.

FAO’s plan will not, by itself, stop a single mislabeled fillet. But it changes the narrative. Consumers are no lon- ger an afterthought; they are a trigger for transformation.

The task now is to turn that recognition into practice — building seafood systems that are transparent enough to earn trust, fair enough to reward honesty, and resilient enough to serve future generations.

That is a future worth working towards.

* Seafood Consumers Association www.seafoodconsumers.global

Everybody loves ice cream

Edusehat — Tue, 26 May 2026 17:10:05 +0700

It was a bank holiday this week in the UK, and with the sun shining this week and the thermometer increasing, our thoughts turn to ice cream. This continues to be a market that shines.

A recent report from Grandview Research notes the global ice cream market size was estimated at US$121.35 billion (€104.5bn) in 2025 and is expected to reach US$169.4 billion (€145.9bn) by 2033, growing at a compound annual growth rate of 4.3 per cent through to 2033.

So it’s not just the UK. Globally, we all love ice cream. The Asia Pacific region accounted for the largest revenue share of 37.5 per cent in 2025, with the Chinese ice cream market holding a significant market share in APAC in 2025.

Ice cream bars were the universal favourite, with a revenue share of over 61.7 per cent in 2025. Dairy was top of the types with the dairy and water-based ice cream segment holding the largest revenue market share of 96 per cent in 2025.

It also turns out we all love chocolate worldwide. Based on flavour, chocolate ice cream held the largest revenue market share of 32.5 per cent in 2025. In the UK, meanwhile, we favour vanilla flavours nine times out of ten, despite the consumer desire to try new types, including lychee and mango, ube (purple yam) and the ever-present matcha. Ice cream continues to be everyone’s favourite dessert, with British consumers eating nine litres per year per person. According to the UK’s Ice Cream Alliance, there are more than 1,000 companies producing the sweet treats in the country. Plus, it’s all good for you, with most ice cream containing more milk protein weight for weight than is present in milk itself. Another reason to reach for a cone this summer, eh? Enjoy!

The post Everybody loves ice cream appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

Avian influenza: how Italy’s pilot vaccination programme for poultry farms will work

Edusehat — Tue, 26 May 2026 16:50:09 +0700

Italy’s Ministry of Health has adopted a pilot vaccination programme against highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) subtype H5 targeting selected turkey and laying hen farms located in the provinces of Verona and Mantua. The plan, which became operational on 5 May 2026, represents a practical trial ahead of a possible large-scale vaccination programme for the Italian poultry sector.

The measure comes at a time when avian influenza has become a recurring challenge in both Italy and across Europe. In recent years, outbreaks have had significant economic consequences for the poultry industry, not only because of compulsory culling measures but also due to trade restrictions applied to poultry and poultry products.

According to the Ministry’s plan, vaccination is considered one of the preventive tools to be integrated with biosecurity and flock management measures. The objective of the project is to collect data useful for evaluating the operational feasibility of a wider vaccination strategy.

Farms involved in the project

The pilot programme will involve:

three broiler turkey farms in the province of Verona;
two laying hen farms in the province of Mantua.

These areas were selected because they are considered among the Italian territories at higher risk for avian influenza.

Vaccinated birds will be managed within a closed and controlled production chain. The movement of vaccinated birds to farms not included in the project will not be permitted, except under specific derogations authorised by the competent veterinary authorities. Products originating from the participating farms may only be marketed on the domestic market.

Vaccination protocol

The protocol involves two vaccine doses.

For turkeys:

a first vaccination at the hatchery on day one using a recombinant HVT-H5 vaccine;
a booster vaccination with an inactivated vaccine between 30 and 36 days of age.

For pullets:

a first vaccination at the hatchery on day one;
a booster between 10 and 12 weeks of age.

The system adopted is compatible with the DIVA strategy (Differentiating Infected from Vaccinated Animals), which allows differentiation between vaccinated and potentially infected birds through specific serological and virological testing. This aspect is considered essential both for disease management and for future international trade relations.

Traceability and enhanced surveillance

The programme includes a particularly strict traceability system.

All vaccination procedures must be recorded within the national veterinary information systems, including:

REV (Electronic Veterinary Prescription system),
BDN,
SINVSA.

Each vaccinated batch will be identified and monitored throughout the entire production chain, from the hatchery to the farm and, in the case of turkeys, through to slaughter.

Enhanced health surveillance is also planned. Participating farms will undergo:

regular clinical inspections,
monitoring of production parameters,
virological sampling,
serological testing to assess both possible viral circulation and vaccination coverage.

Monitoring activities will be carried out at least monthly under the supervision of the official veterinary services and the National Reference Centre for Avian Influenza at the Istituto Zooprofilattico Sperimentale delle Venezie.

Staff training and biosecurity

The plan also includes detailed operational guidelines for vaccine management. Companies involved will be required to appoint dedicated vaccination teams and ensure specific training for personnel involved in the programme.

Particular attention is given to the correct storage of vaccines, hatchery procedures, and biosecurity measures during vaccine administration.

The Ministry also stresses that vaccination does not replace existing preventive measures. Biosecurity, surveillance, and movement controls remain essential elements in the containment of avian influenza.

A commercial test as well

In addition to its animal health objectives, the project will also serve to assess the possible commercial implications of vaccination and the requirements of importing countries.

The Ministry’s plan refers to the need to understand in advance the conditions that export markets may require should vaccination be implemented more broadly within the poultry sector.

The project is also expected to provide indications on the organisational and commercial impact that a wider vaccination programme could have on the Italian poultry industry.

The Benefits of Regular Grooming for Your Dog's Health

Edusehat — Tue, 26 May 2026 16:45:05 +0700

Many Indian pet parents think of grooming as a cosmetic add-on. A bath for a wedding, a trim before guests visit, or a nail clip when things look too wild. The truth is, regular grooming is one of the most underrated forms of dog healthcare. Done consistently, it prevents infections, catches early health issues, supports circulation, and strengthens the bond between you and your dog.

This guide covers the real health benefits of regular grooming, what a complete grooming routine looks like, and how to adjust your routine for Indian weather. By the end, bath day will feel less like a chore and more like a weekly check-up.

What Regular Dog Grooming Actually Means

Grooming is more than a bath. A complete grooming routine includes:

Brushing: Removes loose fur, dirt, and distributes natural skin oils
Bathing: Cleanses the coat and skin with a dog-appropriate shampoo
Nail trimming: Keeps posture and joints healthy
Ear cleaning: Prevents infections, especially in floppy-eared breeds
Teeth brushing: Supports long-term dental and overall health
Eye and face care: Keeps tear stains, crust, and debris under control
Paw pad care: Moisturises and checks for cracks, cuts, or embedded debris
Sanitary trims: Keeps long-coated breeds clean and comfortable

Doing all of these regularly, even if briefly, pays huge dividends for your dog's long-term health.

Why Regular Grooming Matters for Health

Beyond making your dog look great, grooming serves as a full-body health check-up.

Early detection of health issues: You spot lumps, rashes, parasites, cuts, and skin changes before they escalate
Prevents skin problems: Reduces risk of matting, hotspots, and fungal infections, especially during Indian monsoon
Supports coat health: Natural oils distribute across the coat, making it shinier and more protective
Lowers stress and anxiety: Regular gentle handling helps dogs feel calm and secure
Improves circulation: Brushing stimulates blood flow, which supports skin and muscle health
Reduces shedding: Regular brushing removes loose fur before it lands on your furniture and clothes
Prevents ear and dental issues: Two of the most common health concerns in Indian pet clinics

The American Kennel Club notes that dogs groomed regularly show fewer behavioural issues, better coat quality, and easier handling at the vet clinic.

Top Health Benefits of Regular Grooming

Here is exactly how consistent grooming supports your dog's body, head to paw.

1. Cleaner Skin, Stronger Skin Barrier

Regular brushing and bathing remove dirt, allergens, and loose dander. This strengthens the natural skin barrier and reduces itchiness, dryness, and infection risk, which are all common during Indian summers and monsoon.

2. Better Coat Quality and Less Shedding

Brushing distributes skin oils across the coat, giving it natural shine. It also removes dead fur before it spreads across your sofa. Double-coated breeds like Huskies and Labradors benefit most.

3. Early Detection of Lumps and Skin Issues

Regular grooming lets you feel every inch of your dog's body. You are more likely to spot new lumps, bumps, cysts, or tender areas early, which gives your vet a head start in treatment.

4. Reduced Ear and Eye Infections

Routine cleaning of ears and eyes prevents wax buildup, tear stains, and bacterial infections. Floppy-eared dogs like Cocker Spaniels and Basset Hounds especially benefit from weekly ear checks.

5. Healthy Nails, Joints, and Posture

Overgrown nails change how dogs walk, which stresses joints and muscles. Regular trims support healthy posture, prevent broken nails, and reduce the risk of arthritis in the long term.

6. Cleaner Teeth and Fresher Breath

Brushing your dog's teeth two to three times a week prevents plaque, tartar, and gum disease. Dental health also affects heart, kidney, and liver health, making it one of the most important grooming habits.

7. Parasite Prevention and Early Detection

Regular inspection during grooming helps you catch fleas, ticks, and mites early. In humid Indian conditions, this is especially important from March to October when parasite activity peaks.

8. Less Stress and Better Temperament

Dogs that are groomed often are calmer during vet visits, easier to handle, and show fewer fear-based behaviours. Gentle handling from puppyhood builds lifelong confidence.

9. Improved Circulation and Muscle Health

The physical act of brushing stimulates blood flow, which supports healthy skin, muscle tone, and immune function. Think of it as a gentle daily massage for your dog.

10. Stronger Human-Pet Bond

Grooming sessions build trust. The time, touch, and attention help your dog associate you with safety and comfort, deepening your relationship and reducing separation anxiety.

How Often Should You Groom?

Indian climate shapes grooming frequency. A practical routine:

Brushing: Daily for long-coated or double-coated breeds. Two to three times a week for short-coated dogs.
Bathing: Every 2 to 4 weeks depending on breed, coat, and activity level
Nail trimming: Every 3 to 4 weeks
Ear cleaning: Weekly for floppy-eared breeds, monthly for others
Teeth brushing: Two to three times a week, ideally daily
Professional grooming: Every 4 to 8 weeks for long-coated breeds

Over-grooming is as unhelpful as under-grooming. Frequent baths strip oils and weaken skin. Adjust frequency to match your dog's breed, coat, and season.

Home Grooming vs Professional Grooming

Both have a place in a healthy routine.

Home grooming covers brushing, basic bathing, nail checks, ear cleaning, and teeth brushing. It keeps your dog comfortable between professional visits and is far gentler on sensitive or anxious dogs.

Professional grooming handles deep coat work, breed-specific trims, thorough nail and gland care, and problem-solving for matting or difficult coats. Useful for long-coated breeds, senior dogs, and pet parents short on time.

A smart mix works best. Keep home routines consistent and visit a trusted groomer once every 1 to 2 months for long-coated breeds.

Common Grooming Mistakes to Avoid

Even well-meaning pet parents make these slip-ups:

Using human shampoo on dogs
Skipping brushing between baths
Cutting nails too short and hitting the quick
Bathing too often during cold months
Ignoring ear cleaning for floppy-eared breeds
Using harsh brushes that scratch the skin
Skipping dental hygiene because it seems hard

The American Veterinary Medical Association emphasises that grooming-related dental and ear care play a significant role in a dog's overall long-term health.

Final Thoughts

Regular grooming is not a luxury. It is preventive healthcare. Every brush, bath, and nail trim supports your dog's skin, coat, joints, teeth, and mood. Build a consistent weekly routine, adjust for Indian seasons, and add professional visits when needed. Your dog will look better, feel better, and likely live longer thanks to your care.

Browse PetsWorld's grooming essentials collection to find brushes, shampoos, ear cleaners, and tools tailored to your dog's coat type.

FAQs

How often should I groom my dog at home?

Brushing should happen 2 to 7 times a week depending on coat type. Baths are typically every 2 to 4 weeks. Nail trims every 3 to 4 weeks. Teeth brushing at least twice a week. Adjust for breed, season, and activity level.

Can regular grooming reduce shedding in dogs?

Yes. Consistent brushing removes loose fur before it falls off, reduces matting, and keeps coats healthier. Double-coated breeds like Labradors, Golden Retrievers, and Huskies especially benefit from daily brushing during shedding seasons.

Is home grooming enough, or do I need a professional groomer?

For most short-coated breeds, home grooming is enough. Long-coated breeds like Shih Tzus, Cocker Spaniels, and Maltese usually benefit from professional visits every 4 to 8 weeks. Combine both for the best results.

Which grooming mistakes can actually hurt my dog?

Using human shampoo, cutting nails too short, skipping ear cleaning, over-bathing during winter, and ignoring dental care are the most common mistakes. These can cause skin issues, joint problems, infections, and long-term dental disease.

How does grooming help during Indian monsoon?

Monsoon humidity raises the risk of fungal infections, ear issues, and skin irritations. Regular grooming, especially thorough drying after every walk, weekly ear checks, and clean bedding, helps prevent most monsoon-related health problems.

Broilernet and the future of slow-growing broilers in europe: animal welfare, sustainability, and economic challenges

Edusehat — Mon, 25 May 2026 19:20:08 +0700

The European broiler production sector stands at a crossroads. On one hand, growing demand for animal protein drives the need for efficiency; on the other, regulatory and consumer pressure for a shift toward more sustainable practices and higher animal welfare standards. Against this backdrop, slow-growing broiler breeds represent a promising alternative, provided they are applied within large-scale, sustainable models that balance economic implications with strategies to reduce environmental impact. The sector’s success will depend on integrating science, market, and communication.

Innovation and new challenges for the European poultry chain

Today the European broiler production sector stands at a crossroads. On one hand, growing demand for animal protein continues to drive the need for efficiency; on the other, regulatory and consumer pressure for a shift toward more sustainable practices and animal-friendly approaches. In Italy, as in many other European countries, conventional intensive farming systems are often associated with high resource use and greenhouse gas emissions, as well as concerns about animal welfare and meat quality. Nevertheless, it is worth noting that broiler production systems are among the least impactful within livestock production in terms of greenhouse gas emissions (de Vries & de Boer, 2010; Poore & Nemecek, 2018), although they contribute significantly to nitrogen and phosphorus emissions, which may lead to acidification and eutrophication. Within the European Union, poultry and pig production systems are estimated to account for approximately 85% of total ammonia emissions.

Against this backdrop, it is essential to identify strategies that can reduce environmental impact, improve animal welfare, and meet consumer demands. Slow-growing chicken breeds represent a promising alternative. Although they require longer production cycles, they offer significant benefits in terms of animal welfare and meat quality, while also presenting new challenges in resource management.

The European thematic network BroilerNet

The BroilerNet thematic network for innovation in broiler production (https://broilernet.eu) brings together farmers, researchers, veterinarians, and advisors from 13 European countries. Funded by the Horizon Europe research and innovation programme, the initiative aims to enhance the resilience and sustainability of the European broiler sector by creating a platform where science and practice can interact, fostering the co-creation of ready-to-use innovative best practices for broiler farms across Europe. Italian partners in the project include CRPA in Reggio Emilia (leader of the work package on environmental sustainability) and Unaitalia.

Presentation by the Friedrich Loeffler Institute at EuroTier on the use of slow-growing broilers

BroilerNet has identified and assessed the feasibility of innovative best practices and ready-to-apply research solutions addressing the most urgent innovation needs in three key areas: environmental sustainability, animal welfare, and health management. The use of slow-growing broiler breeds emerged as one of the poultry sector’s main challenges, a finding also confirmed through consultations with breeder associations in the BroilerNet partner countries. The use of such breeds is required under European organic production rules and recommended in free-range farming.

Ingrid de Jong and Jamie Kater of Wageningen Livestock Research organised a BroilerNet workshop on the topic of slow-growing breeds on November 15, 2024, in Hannover (Germany), during the international EuroTier fair. The event served as an important forum for discussion among researchers, farmers, and industry stakeholders, with the aim of identifying key innovation needs and sharing best practices to support the sustainability of production systems based on slower-growing chicken strains.

Several priority needs emerged from the workshop. These included the need to define a clear maximum growth rate, establish shared metrics to assess animal welfare benefits associated with different genetic lines, and develop common tools and indicators for comparing the sustainability of various production systems. Participants also underscored the importance of reliable auditing procedures to certify slow-growing poultry systems.

Another central issue concerned the design of environmental enrichments and outdoor spaces, such as verandas or “winter gardens”, for organic and free-range farms, as well as the optimization of ventilation and heating in low-density housing. Participants also emphasised the need for vaccination programmes tailored to slow-growing breeds, together with strengthened biosecurity measures, which must be maintained for longer periods in outdoor systems where there is a higher risk of contact with wild birds or predators.

From a nutritional standpoint, it was reiterated that slow-growing breeds require specific feeding programmes that ensure gradual yet consistent growth while safeguarding bone, muscle, and immune health. From a management and economic perspective, participants identified financial uncertainty, investment risks, and competition from imported meat as key barriers to the large-scale adoption of these production systems.

Communication with consumers also emerged as a crucial factor. Participants expressed the need to educate the public on the sustainability attributes and ethical values associated with poultry meat from slow-growing breeds, using supply chain data to enhance product value and differentiate it from conventional production.

To address the most pressing challenges, the workshop proposed several best practices, including increased investment in staff training and capacity building in animal welfare, biosecurity, and management of birds in alternative systems. Economically, the group suggested developing fairer value chain agreements to distribute margins more evenly, alongside adopting cost-reduction strategies such as using alternative feed ingredients or producing raw materials on-farm, solutions that could also improve the overall environmental footprint of poultry farms.

European Chicken Commitment: higher welfare standards

In parallel with the research and experimental activities promoted by BroilerNet, market players and civil society organisations are also driving change in the sector. The European Chicken Commitment (ECC), an initiative launched by more than 30 animal protection organisations and endorsed by over 300 retailers and food companies (source: Chicken Watch), plays a key role.

The ECC has introduced farming standards that go beyond the minimum requirements laid down in European legislation, including the use of slow-growing breeds, increased space allowances, access to natural light, environmental enrichment and more welfare-oriented slaughter methods. Slow-growing breeds reduce common health issues seen in conventional genetic lines, such as skeletal deformities and lameness, and support the expression of natural behaviours like foraging and dust bathing.

By contrast, fast-growing lines show higher post-mortem rejection rates due to “technopathies” such as ascites, discolouration, cellulitis, perihepatitis, and pectoral muscle myopathies (Barbut, 2020; Baxter et al., 2021; Rayner et al., 2020). Improving welfare can therefore also have positive effects on environmental impact by reducing mortality and carcass rejection at slaughter (Kyriazakis et al., 2024).

Pros and cons of slow-growing chickens

Slow-growing breeds offer clear advantages: enhanced animal welfare, fewer health issues, expression of natural behaviours, and superior organoleptic meat qualities. However, they require longer production cycles and greater resources to reach slaughter weight, resulting in increased feed and water consumption, as well as effluent production and nitrogen/phosphorus emissions.

From an economic perspective, higher costs translate into elevated retail prices, limiting adoption without market support or incentives. As reported by Sell-Kubiak et al. (2017), genetic selection for better feed efficiency in broilers has yielded benefits in faster growth, lower feed conversion ratio, and environmental sustainability through reduced greenhouse gas emissions.

Progress requires more than general efficiency gains; understanding genes influencing nutrient utilisation is key. For example, selecting chickens with an improved capacity to digest wheat can cut solid droppings by up to 61%, liquid by 56%, nitrates by 13%, and phosphates by 30% (De Verdal et al., 2011).

The gut microbiota plays a pivotal role by recycling nitrogen through uric acid breakdown and converting ammonia into bacterial proteins, promoting sustainable nutrient use in poultry farming. Better insights into microbiota-host interactions could enhance feed digestion, further cutting waste and associated greenhouse gas emissions.

Workshop organized at EuroTier in Hanover to discuss slow-growing broiler farming strategies

Environmental and economic impacts: ECC and WUR study results

Environmental assessments highlight the complexity of the issue. Several studies have produced variable results on the carbon footprint impact of slow-growing farming, depending on the methodological approach adopted.

A recent study commissioned by AVEC and conducted by the UK agriculture consultancy ADAS estimated that adopting ECC standards in European broiler systems would increase greenhouse gas emissions by 24.4%, rising from 6.68 to 8.31 kg CO₂e per kilogram of produced meat. This increase is largely due to the longer growth cycle of slow-growing chickens, higher feed consumption, and lower meat yield compared to conventional broilers. In other words, more time and resources are needed to produce the same amount of final product, raising emissions per kilogram of saleable product.

A more moderate estimate comes from Wageningen University & Research’s (WUR) Greenwell Project, which calculates an average emissions increase of about 6.3% compared to conventional broilers. In the Dutch model, higher-welfare systems show slightly lower feed efficiency, but the emissions rise is less pronounced than in the ECC study.

The difference between the two results largely depends on methodological differences. The ECC analysis measures impact per kilogram of saleable meat, including post-farming stages like slaughter and processing, and accounting for lower yields from slow-growing breeds. In contrast, WUR uses liveweight kilogram at slaughter as the reference, without post-slaughter losses.

From an economic standpoint, adopting ECC standards would significantly raise production costs, estimated by ADAS on behalf of AVEC (the EU umbrella association for national poultry sector representatives) at ~+37.5% per kilogram of meat versus conventional systems. Beyond this operational hike, maintaining current EU chicken production levels under ECC standards would require building about 10,000 new barns, with an estimated investment of €8.243 billion based on ~€420 per m² of production space.

Bale of straw for environmental enrichment
Source: Wageningen Livestock Research.

Studies by Wageningen University & Research (WUR) under the Greenwell project confirm cost increases but at a lower level (+19% at farm level). However, the higher market value of products from higher-welfare systems can partially offset these costs, allowing farmers to maintain profitability levels comparable to those of conventional systems.

Conclusion

The future of broiler production in Europe will increasingly be shaped by consumer choices. A portion of these consumers is sensitive to sustainability issues but also to market prices, which remain one of the main purchase factors alongside taste and food safety (Ferrari, 2024).

Slow-growing broiler farming can offer a practical solution that balances animal welfare and meat quality. Achieving sustainability at scale requires an integrated approach that also addresses economic implications and strategies to mitigate environmental impact. Only by combining science, market dynamics, and effective communication can slow-growing poultry become a benchmark model for more ethical and sustainable food production in Europe.

The Ultimate Guide to Dog Shampoos: Which One to Pick

Edusehat — Mon, 25 May 2026 19:15:05 +0700

Bath time says a lot about your dog. A good shampoo leaves them soft, itch free, and pleasantly fragrant for days. The wrong one can leave skin dry, cause flare-ups, and make your dog smell worse than before. For Indian pet parents, picking the right dog shampoo is made trickier by humidity, dust, and the sheer variety of products on the shelf.

This ultimate guide walks you through exactly how to pick the right dog shampoo. You will learn which type suits your dog's coat, which ingredients to seek and avoid, and how often to bathe based on climate and breed. By the end, bath time will be a confidence boost for both of you.

Why the Right Shampoo Really Matters

Shampoo is not just about fragrance. It maintains the natural oils and pH of your dog's skin, which are very different from human skin. A dog's skin pH sits around 6.5 to 7.5, while human skin is around 5.5. Using your own shampoo on your dog disrupts this balance and can cause dryness, dandruff, and irritation over time.

The right shampoo supports coat shine, reduces shedding, prevents fungal and bacterial issues that are common during Indian monsoon, and keeps allergies and itching under control. For many breeds, the shampoo you pick can be the difference between a happy coat and endless vet visits for skin issues.

Main Types of Dog Shampoos

Each shampoo category is built for a specific purpose. Matching the type to your dog's need is the first step toward a great grooming routine.

1. General Cleansing Shampoos

The everyday choice for most healthy dogs. Gentle cleansers that remove dirt, mild odours, and loose dander. Ideal for regular monthly baths during Indian winters and fortnightly baths during humid monsoon months.

2. Moisturising Shampoos

Designed for dry, flaky, or itchy skin. Contain ingredients like oatmeal, aloe vera, coconut oil, and glycerin. Great for Indie dogs, Beagles, and Labradors that develop seasonal dryness in peak summer or dry winters.

3. Anti-Itch and Anti-Allergy Shampoos

Soothe dogs with sensitive skin, allergies, or insect bite reactions. Usually contain colloidal oatmeal, chamomile, or aloe vera. Helpful for dogs with recurring itching during Indian pollen or dust seasons.

4. Medicated and Anti-Fungal Shampoos

Contain chlorhexidine, ketoconazole, or miconazole. Used under vet guidance for dogs with fungal infections, yeast overgrowth, or bacterial skin issues, which are common during humid monsoon months.

5. Flea and Tick Shampoos

Formulated to kill fleas, ticks, and their eggs on contact. Great as part of a broader parasite control plan. Not a long-term solution on their own. Always pair with spot-on treatments or oral preventives.

6. Whitening and Coat Enhancing Shampoos

Designed for light-coated breeds like Bichons, white Labradors, and Shih Tzus. Contain mild bluing agents that neutralise yellow tones. Use occasionally, not as a daily shampoo.

7. Puppy Shampoos

Extra gentle, tear-free formulas for puppies over 8 weeks old. Avoid adult shampoos until your puppy's skin and coat are fully developed, usually around 6 months of age.

8. Waterless or Dry Shampoos

Foam or spray versions that clean without a full bath. Useful for quick touch-ups between baths, especially for senior dogs or during Indian winters when full baths are harder.

9. Natural and Herbal Shampoos

Contain Ayurvedic ingredients like neem, tulsi, turmeric, and aloe vera. Popular in Indian pet care for their gentle, skin-friendly profile. Useful for sensitive dogs when chosen from trusted brands.

Ingredients to Look For

Quality dog shampoos prioritise these skin-friendly ingredients:

Oatmeal: Soothes itching and dryness
Aloe Vera: Cools irritated skin
Coconut Oil: Adds moisture and shine
Neem: Natural antibacterial and parasite repellent
Tea Tree Oil (in safe doses): Antibacterial, but only in dog-specific dilutions
Honey: Moisturises and reduces flakiness
Chamomile: Soothes sensitive skin
Vitamin E: Repairs skin barrier
Shea Butter: Adds shine and softness

The American Kennel Club advises choosing shampoos that prioritise gentle, skin-friendly ingredients over strong fragrances or harsh cleansers.

Ingredients to Avoid

Skip shampoos containing:

Parabens and sulfates (SLS, SLES)
Artificial dyes or colours
Synthetic fragrances
Phthalates
Formaldehyde or DMDM hydantoin
Alcohol-based preservatives
Strong essential oils at high concentrations, including tea tree oil in excess

These harsh chemicals strip natural oils, cause dryness, and can trigger long-term skin issues, especially in sensitive dogs.

How to Match Shampoo to Your Dog

Every dog has a unique combination of coat type, skin sensitivity, and lifestyle. Use this quick guide:

Short-coated dogs (Beagles, Labradors, Indies): Gentle cleansing shampoos work well for most baths. Add oatmeal options during dry winters.
Long-coated dogs (Shih Tzus, Spaniels, Collies): Moisturising shampoos with conditioners prevent tangling and mats
Double-coated breeds (Huskies, German Shepherds, Golden Retrievers): Use shampoos that support de-shedding and coat texture. Avoid heavy conditioners.
Sensitive-skin dogs: Pick fragrance-free, hypoallergenic shampoos with oatmeal or aloe
Puppies: Use only tear-free puppy shampoos
Active, outdoor dogs: Consider anti-microbial shampoos to handle dust, mud, and sweat exposure
Dogs with allergies or chronic skin issues: Medicated shampoos under vet guidance

How Often Should You Bathe Your Dog?

Indian climate changes the rules of thumb. Here is a realistic breakdown:

Monsoon months: once every 2 weeks to prevent fungal issues
Peak summer: once every 3 to 4 weeks, focus on paw and undercarriage rinses
Winter: once every 4 to 6 weeks to avoid dryness
After beach, mud, or heavy play: rinse promptly, shampoo if needed
Long-coated breeds: every 2 to 3 weeks for coat maintenance
Short-coated breeds: every 3 to 6 weeks unless soiled

Over-bathing is a common mistake. It strips natural oils and weakens the skin barrier. When in doubt, less is more.

Bath Time Tips for Best Results

Bathing is more than lather and rinse. Follow these tips:

Brush thoroughly before the bath to remove tangles and loose fur
Use lukewarm water, never hot
Dilute thick shampoos slightly to spread better
Start from the neck and work down, avoiding ears and eyes
Leave shampoo on for 3 to 5 minutes for medicated versions, if directed
Rinse twice to remove all residue
Dry thoroughly, especially between paw pads and inside ears
Offer a small treat to build positive bath associations

Final Thoughts

The right dog shampoo is the one that matches your dog's coat, skin, and lifestyle, not the prettiest bottle on the shelf. Start with a gentle cleansing shampoo, adjust based on breed and climate, and watch your dog's coat and skin for clues. Stick to dog-specific formulas, skip harsh chemicals, and bathe at the right frequency for your region.

Browse PetsWorld's grooming and shampoo collection to find trusted options for every coat type and skin need.

FAQs

Can I use human shampoo on my dog?

No. Human skin is more acidic than dog skin. Using human shampoo disrupts your dog's natural pH balance and can cause dryness, dandruff, and irritation. Always pick a dog-specific shampoo formulated for canine skin.

Which dog shampoo is best for sensitive skin in India?

Oatmeal-based, fragrance-free shampoos with aloe vera or chamomile work best for sensitive dogs. Indian-made herbal shampoos with neem and tulsi are also great natural options. Avoid shampoos with parabens, sulfates, or artificial dyes.

How often should I bathe my dog during Indian monsoon?

Aim for once every 2 weeks during peak monsoon to prevent fungal and bacterial issues. Dry your dog thoroughly after every bath, especially in humid conditions, and focus on the paws and undercarriage between full baths.

Are natural and Ayurvedic dog shampoos safe?

Many are, but not all natural ingredients are dog safe. Neem, tulsi, aloe vera, and turmeric are usually well tolerated. Tea tree oil at high concentrations can be harmful. Always buy from trusted Indian pet brands and read labels carefully.

Can I use anti-dandruff shampoo on my dog?

Only dog-specific anti-dandruff shampoos. Human anti-dandruff formulas contain active ingredients at doses that can dry or irritate canine skin. If your dog has persistent dandruff, consult your vet for a medicated option.

Aquaculture UK Gears Up for Largest Ever Exhibition in Glasgow

Edusehat — Mon, 25 May 2026 08:55:26 +0700

By: Aquaculture UK

The UK’s leading aquaculture show is gearing up for a bigger than ever exhibition this year as it prepares to launch at its new home in Glasgow.

With more than 250 exhibitors from over 20 countries already signed up, Aquaculture UK, to be held from June 16-17 at the Scottish Event Campus (SEC), is expected to attract record crowds from across the country and around the world.

The biennial show’s move from its long-term base in Aviemore to Glasgow is proving to be popular with old and new exhibitors, providing more space and easier access, said Cheri Arvonio, event director at show organizer Diversified Communications.

“With three months to go still, the stage is set for an even more dynamic experience in what has become a highlight in the aquaculture sector’s calendar.”

“Our new base in Glasgow can offer better transport links, unlimited accommodation and legendary hospitality and our exhibitors are seizing the opportunity to reach new markets.”

“The whole team at Diversified is looking forward to a new-look show with all the familiar elements that have made Aquaculture UK such a success to date.”

The only event of its kind in the UK, the exhibition and conference bring together the entire aquaculture community to see first-hand the latest developments in the industry.

Joining national pavilions from Chile, Canada, and Denmark will be Norway, providing a platform for aquaculture pioneers such as Aquabyte, Tidal, Optoscale, Hoseth Technology, Aquapredict, OK Marine, Oceanbox, Sentec, Sensor-Globe, Lumic, Aqua-Service and Salsnes Filter.

Also new is the Ireland pavilion, featuring a broad cross-section of suppliers, including Nova Q, Seaquest, Killybegs Cluster, MMG, Celtic Sea Minerals, Ker Group, Mooney Boats, SNG, Aquamonitrix, and Impact9.

Among other first-time exhibitors, Aberdeen based Subsea Commercial Services will be showcasing its environmental DNA (eDNA) Automated Sampler, an autonomous system developed for marine and freshwater environments.

Salar Pursuits will offer updates on its Smoltscreen, a permeable lining for net pens that protects salmon against lice, jellyfish and algal blooms.

Underwater technology specialists Sonardyne will provide insights into the future of autonomous marine robotics and explore the potential for its tracking, navigation, command, control and communication systems in the aquaculture sector.

And marine engine suppliers Yamaha Motor Europe and Royston & Volvo Penta will be making their show debuts, as will Aquatic Now, Greenville, Golan Pipes Scandinavia, Seneye, Duguva, Akvapartner, and CRE & Hydro Group.

In the new Innovation Zone, Edinburgh Innovations will explore the most exciting ideas and technologies emerging from the University of Edinburgh, which produced MiAlgae, the start-up that makes fish-free omega 3 out of algae by repurposing whisky by-products.

The key suppliers that are the backbone of the sector will be out in force again, covering the spectrum of the supply chain, from feed to pharmaceuticals, and from biomass cameras to boats and barges.

Among the big names will be Inverlussa Marine Services, one of Scotland’s leading shipping companies; equipment suppliers Scale AQ, Gael Force Group, and Akva Group; pharmaceutical giants MSD Animal Health and Pharmaq; feed companies BioMar and Cargill; and the institute of Aquaculture, which has recently opened one of Europe’s most flexible and technically advanced research platforms for both RAS and flow-through systems.

As well as the exhibition, Aquaculture UK will host the Innovation Theatre, a launch pad for fledgling scientific and technical concepts and sector start-ups. And in the Keynote Theatre, a full conference program, to be announced soon, will examine the themes and challenges driving the aquaculture agenda.

The Aquaculture Awards, which celebrate the achievements of those working in the sector, will be presented at a gala dinner on Tuesday, June 16, at Glasgow’s Hilton Hotel.

Reflecting on two hectic days at the 2024 show, Lisa Glenday Murdoch of Aberdeen based Brimmond said: “Aquaculture UK is very much the right audience for us – all the people we would like to have a conversation with are here.”

NOTES

Aquaculture UK, which is free to attend, will be held at the SEC in Glasgow, Scotland, from June 16-17, 2026. Show opening times are: Tuesday June 16, 9.30am – 5pm; Wednesday June 17, 9.30am – 4pm.

For more information visit https://aquacultureuk.com/

GenoMar Strengthens Animal Welfare Through Partnership With FAI

Edusehat — Mon, 25 May 2026 08:55:22 +0700

By: GenoMar

GenoMar is strengthening its approach to animal welfare across all operations through a strategic partnership with FAI — a globally recognized organization with scientific expertise in animal welfare across multiple species and production systems.

A Science-Based Approach to Animal Welfare

FAI combines scientific knowledge with practical implementation experience across terrestrial and aquatic species. That expertise is now advancing welfare practices in tilapia production — an area where GenoMar is taking a leading role.

“FAI’s training and digital tools have been highly effective in implementing animal welfare standards across all our tilapia breeding and genetics operations. This drives stronger performance and more sustainable production,” says Marina Delphino, Fish Health & Quality Solutions Manager at GenoMar Genetics Group.

Training and Implementation: From Brazil to Asia

All GenoMar units in Brazil have completed training, building internal capacity around best practices in animal welfare. The next phase is already underway, expanding training and implementation across operations in Colombia and Asia — ensuring consistent standards across regions while respecting local realities.

Digital Tools Driving Continuous Improvement

The partnership also includes a digital tool for structured, continuous assessment of welfare indicators — helping teams identify opportunities for improvement and monitor progress over time. GenoMar’s participation is recognized on FAI’s public platform:

https://fai.academy/en/company-welfare-badges

**How GenoMar Monitors Animal Welfare**

Animal welfare is embedded into every stage of production at GenoMar. Using FAI’s assessment framework and digital tool, teams evaluate welfare conditions through practical, observable indicators across key areas such as:

Fish behavior — swimming patterns, responsiveness, signs of stress.
Physical condition — appearance, injuries, deformities, body condition.
Handling practices — grading, transfer, and crowding, conducted to minimize stress.
Environmental conditions — water quality and stocking densities.
Operational processes — consistency of routine management across teams and units.

Employees carry out these assessments through a standardized app that enables real-time data collection and scoring — letting GenoMar diagnose current conditions, track progress, and support data-driven decisions across all teams.

By embedding these practices into daily operations, GenoMar treats animal welfare as a continuous, measurable, and science-based process — aligned with its broader mission of responsible aquaculture and sustainable food production.

Advocates for Open Ocean Aquaculture Bring Facts, Food to Capitol Hill in Major MARA Act Fly-In

Edusehat — Mon, 25 May 2026 08:55:18 +0700

By Stronger America Through Seafood

As global demand for protein rises, advocates highlight need for federal legislation to expand domestic seafood production, drive jobs, and strengthen economies

Open ocean aquaculture advocates came to Washington, D.C., to highlight their solution for meeting the growing demand for sustainable protein. With U.S. wild-caught fisheries having reached their sustainable limit, seafood industry leaders made the case for a complementary approach to meeting rising consumer demand. Industry leaders joined coalition Stronger America Through Seafood (SATS) for a legislative fly-in and seafood reception on Capitol Hill on May 13, educating Members of Congress and staff on the need to establish a clear legislative pathway for open ocean aquaculture in U.S. federal waters and the benefits of expanding domestic production.

“If the U.S. wants to keep up with countries like China, Indonesia, and India who are actively prioritizing and expanding their aquaculture industries, federal legislation is needed to establish a clear, coordinated framework for responsible expansion,” said Drue Banta Winters, campaign manager of SATS. “Now is the time for Congress to act on growing more American-raised seafood in a way that helps build dockside infrastructure for wild-catch fishermen and creates new opportunities for Americans across the entire seafood supply chain.”

The bipartisan Marine Aquaculture Research for America (MARA) Act of 2025 (S.2586/H.R. 5746) would advance a science-based approach to the development of commercial-scale open ocean aquaculture farms in U.S. federal waters. Introduced in July 2025 by Senators Roger Wicker (R-MS) and Brian Schatz (D-HI) and Representatives Mike Ezell (R-MS-04), Ed Case (D-HI-01), Kat Cammack (R-FL-03), and Jimmy Panetta (D-CA-19), the bill would strengthen America’s seafood industry and help increase domestic seafood production for families across the country.

The U.S. continues to fall further behind global competitors, currently ranking 20th in seafood production. The country imports most of its seafood, with roughly half sourced from overseas aquaculture. Due to overlapping environmental reviews across multiple agencies and the lack of a clear permitting framework, the U.S. does not currently have a single operating commercial-scale finfish farm in federal waters.

The MARA Act builds on years of bipartisan effort and is supported by a coalition of environmentalists, seafood industry leaders, award-winning chefs, and academics who all agree that America needs a way to responsibly expand domestic seafood production.

“We have the strongest bipartisan momentum for federal legislation to expand open ocean aquaculture in years, reflecting growing agreement that the U.S. must do more to sustainably produce more of its own seafood,” said Winters.

Participants in the SATS fly-in and seafood reception included Cargill, Innovasea, Sysco, and Zeigler Bros. The companies highlighted the significant benefits open ocean aquaculture would bring to communities nationwide. Coastal states would benefit from increased investment in port infrastructure and stronger working waterfronts, with more seafood flowing through their ports. Inland states would see growing demand for American farmers producing key fish feed ingredients such as soybeans, corn, peas, wheat, and barley. Across the country, open ocean aquaculture would create new jobs and support the seafood supply chain, from hatcheries and farms to equipment manufacturing, feed production, processing, and restaurants.

The MARA Act would:

Establish an assessment program to evaluate commercial-scale demonstration projects.
Create a dedicated Office of Aquaculture within the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration’s (NOAA) National Marine Fisheries Service to coordinate federal permitting for a U.S. aquaculture program.
Set clear timelines and establish a consolidated environmental review process during the permitting approval process.

“We know there are numerous priorities in front of Congress right now, and open ocean aquaculture should be among them. Our members came to Washington to ensure Congress recognizes and acts on the bipartisan legislation that sits before it. This needs to move forward this year, for the sake of our ecosystems, our farmers, and families who rely on sustainable protein to meet their dietary needs,” concluded Winters.

Producer Connect Workshops in Asia Strengthen Readiness for ASC Farm and Feed Standards

Edusehat — Mon, 25 May 2026 08:55:14 +0700

By: Aquaculture Stewardship Council

Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC) recently held two successful Producer Connect Workshops in Bangkok and Tokyo, with ASC experts supporting Asian producers and partners as they prepare for the transition to the new Farm Standard and Feed Standard.

Designed as practical, solutions-focused sessions, the workshops brought together producers, feed companies and supply chain partners to discuss and explore how ASC’s evolving requirements can be implemented effectively across Asia’s diverse aquaculture sector.

In Bangkok, more than 150 participants gathered for a full day of discussion, practical learning, and debate. In Tokyo, around 40 participants joined in person, with a further 100 participating online. Together, the workshops demonstrated the strong engagement and readiness of Asia’s aquaculture sector to help shape the future of ASC-certified production.

Delegates from 80 companies joined the Producer Connect Workshop in Bangkok, learning and sharing lessons about responsible seafood farming Turning standards into action ASC experts on environmental responsibility, animal welfare and feed production worked directly with producers to translate the standards’ requirements into practical next steps for farms and feed mills. Producers engaged directly with mock audit exercises, self-assessment tools, and case-based examples designed to support confident implementation on the ground.

The workshops also created an opportunity to discuss the practical challenges that producers in the region may face and to explore possible solutions with the ASC team during the transition period.

Koji Yamamoto, General Manager Japan & Producer Engagement Lead South-East Asia, said, “The energy and engagement we saw in Bangkok and Tokyo underline the critical role Asia’s producers will play in shaping the future of aquaculture. The workshops were about supporting producers and transforming standards into practical tools, and practical tools into real impact on farms and in feed mills. What stood out most was the openness to learn, to question, and to improve together. That is what meaningful progress in aquaculture looks like.

“There was a strong sense of shared direction. Producers and partners are not only adapting to new requirements—they are actively shaping how responsible aquaculture will evolve in the years ahead.”

Following excellent participant feedback, the Producer Outreach team is already planning the next Producer Connect workshop in Vietnam this September, further supporting the region’s transition toward the ASC Farm and Feed Standards.

Empowering Small-Scale Seafood Producers

During the Bangkok workshop, ASC also celebrated the successful completion of the AIP2ASC project, which helps farms progress toward responsible aquaculture and certification standards. In Indonesia, UD AGEL Kencana worked with JALA and Yayasan Sinergi Akuakultur Indonesia (YSAI), while in Thailand, Sa-nga Farm 2 partnered with Okeanos Food Company Limited and Thai Union Group. With support from the Improver Program by ASC, both farms successfully advanced to ASC certification.

Another key highlight was the signing of a memorandum of understanding (MoU) between ASC, Laylanta Seafood Co. Ltd., and Bangkok Marriott Marquis Queen’s Park to support small-scale seafood producers and promote responsible seafood production.

The partnership aims to improve barramundi cage culture in Songkhla Lake, Thailand, through the AIP2ASC framework under the Improver Program by ASC. The project began in the first quarter of 2026 and will run for three years, with the goal of achieving ASC certification and expanding responsible aquaculture practices across the wider area.

Learning Beyond the Room

The workshops extended beyond the conference setting for ASC team members through carefully selected site visits that brought the standards to life.

In Thailand, the team visited the Ranot feed mill, an ASC-certified facility operated by Thai Union, where social and environmental requirements are embedded into daily production. The team also visited Laylanta farm sites in Thailand, which are currently engaged in the Improver Program by ASC.

ASC Team Visits a Farm in Thailand

In Japan, visits to an ASC-certified coho salmon farm operated by Marukin and a certified feed mill, Nosan, in Miyagi prefecture offered a closer look at how responsible aquaculture is being implemented in diverse contexts.

ASC team members visiting Marukin Farm to engage with the producer and better understand the realities and challenges of responsible aquaculture

As ASC continues rolling out the Farm Standard and Feed Standard globally, the Producer Connect Workshops in Thailand and Japan highlighted the vital role Asia’s aquaculture sector will play in driving progress across the industry. By bringing together producers, feed companies and partners for practical learning, open discussion and shared problem-solving, ASC is helping build the knowledge, confidence and collaboration needed to support long-term improvement across the region. With further workshops and producer engagement activities planned across Asia, ASC remains committed to supporting the sector through every stage of the transition.

About the Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC)

ASC certification delivers measurable impact in aquaculture through science-based requirements—developed and revised through multi-stakeholder processes—covering biodiversity, animal welfare, greenhouse gas emissions, feed ingredient sourcing and human rights, all independently verified.

ASC is setting the standard for farmed seafood. www.asc-aqua.org

Bakkafrost Scotland Officially Opens Its Multi-Million-Pound Applecross Facility

Edusehat — Mon, 25 May 2026 08:55:10 +0700

The state-of the art development in Wester Ross is now the United Kingdom’s largest freshwater RAS

The Princess Royal of the United Kingdom (UK) has officially opened Bakkafrost Scotland’s multi-million-pound Applecross facility, marking a major step forward in sustainable Scottish salmon production. The state-of the art development in Wester Ross is the UK’s largest freshwater recirculating aquaculture system (RAS) and is central to the company’s ambition to become the most sustainable Scottish salmon producer.

The facility plays a pivotal role in Bakkafrost Scotland’s ‘one summer at sea’ production strategy, which allows salmon to spend longer growing in ideal controlled freshwater conditions before transferring to sea as larger, stronger smolt. According to the company, the approach is a gamechanger for salmon farming in Scotland, significantly reducing the time fish spend at sea and therefore reducing exposure to the natural challenges.

Ian Laister, managing director of Bakkafrost Scotland, said at the opening: “Applecross represents a significant long-term investment in the future of sustainable salmon farming in Scotland. It reflects our determination to become the most sustainable Scottish salmon producer, it demonstrates how innovation, animal welfare, engineering, renewable energy, and skilled local employment can come together in modern food production.”

Operating 24 hours a day, the Applecross site supports around 40 skilled permanent roles, including biology, veterinary, engineering, energy and technical operations. Employees worked closely with local and international specialists to design, build, and now operate the facility, developing new skills in RAS management, renewable energy integration, and advanced fish health monitoring.

Precise Control

During construction, Bakkafrost Scotland worked extensively with local and regional suppliers, contractors and haulers, supporting jobs across the Highlands and Islands and embedding local knowledge into the project. The company said collaboration with Scottish engineering, civil construction, and energy firms was critical to delivering the complex build in a remote rural location.

Using RAS technology, the Applecross facility provides precise control of water quality, temperature, and flow, enabling improved husbandry, enhanced smolt health screening, and more effective vaccination, supporting higher fish welfare standards. The site uses significantly less water than traditional hatcheries, with water continuously recirculated through filtration, oxygenation, disinfection, and natural biofilter systems.

It also includes a multi-million pounds waste to fertilizer conversion system, using UK first pyrolysis technology to transform sludge removed from the RAS process into biochar. This will be the first globally for use in aquaculture. The carbon-rich product can be used locally to improve soil quality for forestry, supporting more circular food systems and significantly reducing waste. The facility is powered directly by renewable energy, including on-site solar and hydro generation.

The Potential to Be a Real Gamechanger

As part of the Applecross development a 26 kilometers private wire was installed across the Beallach na Bà to connect the site directly to renewable hydro power. At the same time Bakkafrost Scotland invested in local road improvements, enhancing safety and accessibility with new passing places and signs, delivering lasting infrastructure benefits for the wider community.

“The ‘one summer at sea’ model has the potential to be a real gamechanger for the sector, improving survival, reducing biological challenges and making better use of natural resources. We were honored to welcome Her Royal Highness The Princess Royal and proud to showcase the people, technology, and community partnerships behind this facility,” commented Laister during the event.

The Princess Royal was welcomed to Applecross by Managing Director Laister, before meeting employees from across the business, including biology, veterinary, engineering, and marine operations teams. She also met representatives from The Applecross Trust before unveiling a plaque to mark the official opening. She also learned how advanced technology is helping improve fish welfare, reduce environmental impact and support high-skilled rural jobs.

Minnesota and Texas Host National Aquaculture Leadership Academy

Edusehat — Mon, 25 May 2026 08:55:05 +0700

The academy is expected to train at least 60 aquaculture extension professionals from Sea Grant programs, Land Grant universities, and federal agencies

Minnesota Sea Grant and Texas Sea Grant programs announced they will co-host the Aquaculture Leadership Academy in 2026 and 2027 and bring together aquaculture extension professionals from across the United States (US) for separate weeklong training sessions in each state focused on freshwater and marine aquaculture systems. Support for the academy comes from a USD 350,000 award administered by the Mississippi-Alabama Sea Grant.

Sea Grant’s Aquaculture Leadership Academy is designed to strengthen the national aquaculture workforce by helping early- and mid-career extension professionals build technical knowledge, leadership skills, and professional networks. Participants will engage directly with fish farmers, hatchery managers, seafood businesses, researchers, educators, and policy experts in both the Great Lakes and Gulf Coast regions.

“Minnesota may not be the first-place people think of when they hear the word aquaculture, but we have a growing and innovative industry that includes baitfish production, hatcheries, recirculating systems, aquaponics, and seafood businesses,” said Julia Grenn, Minnesota Sea Grant project lead and fisheries and aquaculture extension educator.

“This partnership with Texas Sea Grant allows participants to experience the diversity of aquaculture across the country while building relationships that will strengthen the industry nationwide,” she said.

Freshwater Aquaculture Systems

Programming in Minnesota will focus on freshwater aquaculture systems common in the Great Lakes region, including recirculating aquaculture systems, aquaponics, baitfish production, hatcheries, and seafood distribution. Participants will tour the Minnesota Sea Grant Aquaculture Lab at the University of Minnesota St. Paul campus, visit commercial aquaculture operations, learn about seafood processing and marketing, and take part in activities focused on extension education, communication, and leadership development.

Minnesota sessions will include tours and discussions with businesses and organizations including Minnesota Department of Natural Resources hatchery staff, commercial baitfish and aquaculture producers, seafood distributors, and University of Minnesota researchers. Participants also will receive training in media communication, graphic design, conflict resolution, aquaculture policy, and business development.

Saltwater Aquaculture

On the other hand, Texas Sea Grant will lead Gulf Coast programming focused on saltwater aquaculture, including oyster, shrimp, finfish, and seaweed production. Participants will tour hatcheries, seafood processing facilities, oyster farms, and marine research centers while learning about coastal aquaculture systems and seafood markets.

“Aquaculture’s future depends not only on what we grow in the water, but on the leaders we grow through collaboration, education, and shared experience across every region of the country,” said Texas Sea Grant Extension Director Chris Hale. “The Aquaculture Leadership Academy is building more than industry knowledge; it is building the relationships, leadership, and innovation needed to strengthen aquaculture communities across America. We are excited to welcome Extension professionals to Texas and Minnesota, yet even more so, we look forward to the impact these professionals will make after applying their knowledge and skills locally.”

Collaborative Strength

The project reflects the collaborative strength of the National Sea Grant network, which connects university-based programs across coastal and Great Lakes states to support research, education, and community engagement related to water resources and coastal economies. By combining the expertise of Great Lakes and Gulf Coast Sea Grant programs, the academy will expose participants to aquaculture systems and challenges that vary widely by region.

“This program demonstrates how Sea Grant programs work together across regions to solve problems and support emerging industries,” said Amy Schrank, Minnesota Sea Grant associate director, extension program leader and co-project lead. “Participants will leave with practical skills, new professional connections, and a broader understanding of how aquaculture supports communities and economies throughout the country.”

The academy is expected to train at least 60 aquaculture extension professionals from Sea Grant programs, Land Grant universities, and federal agencies. The long-term goal is to build a stronger national support network for aquaculture producers and coastal communities.

Minnesota Sea Grant has played a growing role in advancing aquaculture education and outreach in Minnesota and the Great Lakes region. Current efforts include leading the Great Lakes Aquaculture Collaborative, operating the Minnesota Sea Grant Aquaculture Lab in St. Paul, supporting aquaculture workforce development, conducting fish health and business training workshops, and developing resources like the FreshFishFinder.org website that connect consumers with regional seafood producers.

Epidemiology plays critical role in controlling ILT

Edusehat — Fri, 22 May 2026 22:55:06 +0700

An epidemiological study reported the spread of infectious laryngotracheitis (ILT) among poultry, underscoring the critical role that epidemiology plays in detecting and controlling disease spread.

ILT is a highly contagious respiratory disease in chickens. The ILT virus — a gallid herpesvirus — establishes latency within the host and can periodically reactivate in response to stress or immunosuppression.

ILT has two forms: a mild form, which typically shows morbidity rates of around 5% and mortality rates of 0.1% to 2.0%; and a severe form, which can exhibit morbidity rates as high as 100% and mortality rates ranging from 5% to 80%.

Although ILT is a global health concern in poultry production, Brazil’s Santa Catarina state had its first case in 2020 at a commercial layer farm in São Ludgero county. A team of Brazilian researchers conducted a two-part epidemiological study to determine the serological, molecular and pathological status of ILT in São Ludgero (Part 1, conducted in 2020) and all of Santa Catarina (Part 2, conducted in 2021). They described their findings in a recent edition of Poultry Science.

Serology results

The researchers noted that the seropositivity (94.74%) found in São Ludgero county in Part 1 was “alarmingly high” for a newly diagnosed disease. All poultry farmers reported that they exclusively acquired chickens of known origin, and the vaccination program in the region predominantly included fowl pox, Mycoplasma spp., infectious bronchitis, pneumovirus, infectious coryza and Salmonella spp.

The seropositivity rate dropped to 65.3% in the subsequent year for Part 2.

These results suggest the circulation of, and exposure to, the ILT virus within the region’s poultry flocks was consistent with what would be expected during the seroconversion period, but the exact timing of primary exposure could not be determined, the researchers noted.

Because of ILT’s status as an exotic disease in Santa Catarina, recombinant vaccines against ILT were not permitted until the first cases emerged, suggesting that the detection of anti-ILT antibodies in the São Ludgero region was associated with the circulation of virulent field strains or vaccine-derived strains from live-attenuated vaccines that underwent virulence reversion.

The researchers noted that while their study examined ILT exposure across layer flocks, it did not include a separate analysis of commercial and rearing flocks. ILT infection during the rearing phase leads to lifelong seropositivity, which compromises the ability to determine when and where the infection occurred. They pointed out that the dynamics of rearing flocks may play a crucial role in ILT’s spread.

Once infected, the chicken remains a lifelong carrier, with periodic reactivations leading to viral replication in respiratory tissues, especially after stress or immunosuppression. When clinical signs of ILT do appear, they are often nonspecific and can resemble those of other infectious respiratory diseases such as avian influenza, Newcastle disease, infectious bronchitis, infectious coryza and mycoplasmosis. The researchers pointed out that this highlights the importance of combining multiple laboratory diagnostic methods to confirm an ILT diagnosis.

Multivariate analysis confirmed that flock replacement with older chickens was a significant risk factor for ILT spread from the São Ludgero region to the rest of Santa Catarina state.

The researchers concluded that their study underscores the critical importance of implementing robust biosecurity measures in commercial layer farms. Because the introduction of 90-day-old chickens significantly increased the likelihood of ILT seropositivity, there should be particular attention paid to the type of replacement chickens introduced into flocks.

What does this mean for producers?

Epidemiological surveys play a critical role in effectively controlling ILT and other respiratory diseases.
Flock replacement with older chickens was a significant risk factor for ILT spread.
Biosecurity measures are critical in preventing ILT outbreaks in commercial layer farms.

The full paper, “Two-year surveillance of infectious laryngotracheitis in layer farms from Southern Brazil: A seroepidemiological, molecular, and pathological approach,” can be found in Poultry Science and online here.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Epidemiology plays critical role in controlling ILT appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Paraguayan poultry meat enters the Middle East and accelerates international expansion

Edusehat — Fri, 22 May 2026 19:15:09 +0700

The approval by the United Arab Emirates opens a new stage for Paraguay’s poultry sector, which aims to position itself in high-value markets and diversify its exports beyond the region.

Paraguayan poultry meat has just taken one of its most significant steps in terms of market access. The National Service for Animal Quality and Health (Senacsa) confirmed the approval of the United Arab Emirates market for domestic poultry products, a development the sector views as a strategic gateway to the Middle East and a sign of growing international recognition of Paraguay’s production.

The announcement comes just weeks after another important milestone: the opening of Taiwan’s market to Paraguayan poultry meat, consolidating a commercial push toward Asia and the Middle East. For the industry, both destinations represent far more than new buyers—they offer the opportunity to reduce regional dependence, increase added value, and position Paraguay as a reliable supplier of animal protein in highly demanding markets.

Senacsa noted that the UAE approval is the result of sustained technical and diplomatic efforts to strengthen the international presence of Paraguayan animal products. This is no minor achievement: the UAE ranks among the leading importers of poultry meat in the Middle East, with purchases reaching approximately USD 1.3 billion in 2025.

The progress also reflects a quiet transformation within Paraguay’s poultry sector. For years, beef dominated the country’s export strategy, while poultry remained largely confined to the domestic market. However, increased industrial capacity, improved sanitary standards, and the opening of new destinations have begun to shift this dynamic. Today, Paraguay’s poultry industry aims to become the “third pillar” of meat exports, alongside beef and pork.

The figures point to gradual expansion, albeit with significant challenges still ahead. By the end of the first four months of 2026, Paraguay exported 4,148 tonnes of poultry meat, offal, and by-products worth around USD 4 million, marking a 21% increase in volume compared to the same period the previous year. Iraq currently leads as the main destination, followed by the Philippines, Angola, Singapore, and Curaçao.

According to the Paraguayan Poultry Farmers Association (Avipar), expectations are that new market openings will allow exports to exceed 15,000 tonnes in the coming years. The association’s vice president, Blanca Ceuppens, had already indicated months earlier that the sector is aggressively targeting Asia and the Middle East, particularly markets such as Singapore, Malaysia, and the Philippines, where demand for poultry protein is strong and sanitary standards are high.

However, behind the optimism lie structural challenges. The sector will need to compete with global giants such as Brazil and the United States, the world’s leading poultry exporters, while maintaining strict sanitary controls in an international context marked by recurring avian influenza alerts. Additional hurdles include tariff barriers, logistical costs, and the need to expand industrial capacity to meet the demands of larger-scale markets.

Even so, the opening of the United Arab Emirates market sends a strong signal for Paraguay’s agribusiness. The country is no longer focused solely on exporting traditional commodities but is working to diversify its meat portfolio and gain ground in premium markets. In a global scenario where food safety and traceability are increasingly critical, Paraguayan poultry meat is beginning to build an opportunity that, until a few years ago, seemed distant.

Source: https://elnacional.com.py/economia/carne-aviar-paraguaya-conquista-medio-oriente-acelera-expansion-internacional-n106096

Common Myths About Dog Vitamins Busted

Edusehat — Fri, 22 May 2026 19:10:06 +0700

Dog vitamins sit at the intersection of care, curiosity, and clever marketing. Some pet parents swear by them. Others fear them. Most pick up bits of advice from neighbours, Instagram reels, and breed-group chats, and end up confused about what is true and what is just repeated often enough to sound true.

This guide busts the most common myths about dog vitamins with clear, honest answers. By the end, you will know what to trust, what to skip, and how to make calm, informed decisions about your dog's supplement routine.

Why Myths About Dog Vitamins Spread So Easily

Pet care information travels fast in India, often through informal channels. Myths thrive when:

Marketing mixes facts with exaggeration
Well-meaning neighbours share outdated advice
Influencer content prioritises engagement over accuracy
Quick fixes feel more appealing than consistent care
Pet parents hesitate to double check with their vet

Separating hype from fact is the first step toward genuinely helping your dog. Now, let us take a closer look at the most common myths, one by one.

Top Dog Vitamin Myths Busted

Myth 1: Every Dog Needs a Daily Vitamin

The Truth: Healthy adult dogs on complete commercial diets usually do not need daily vitamins. Premium kibble is formulated to meet full nutritional needs.

Supplements help specific dogs in specific situations, like puppies, seniors, or dogs on homemade diets. The American Veterinary Medical Association advises that unnecessary vitamin supplementation can cause more harm than good, including toxicity in extreme cases.

Myth 2: More Vitamins Mean a Healthier Dog

The Truth: More is not better. It is often worse.

Over-supplementation can cause vitamin A toxicity, calcium buildup, iron overload, and kidney stress. Dogs need balanced amounts, not maximum doses. Pick one quality supplement for a specific need and stick to the label dosage.

Myth 3: Human Vitamins Are Safe for Dogs

The Truth: Never assume human vitamins are dog safe.

Human multivitamins can contain iron levels that damage a dog's liver, vitamin D doses that cause calcium imbalance, or xylitol used as a sweetener, which is toxic to dogs. Always pick dog-specific supplements formulated for canine dosing and biology.

Myth 4: All Natural Supplements Are Automatically Safe

The Truth: Natural does not equal safe.

Many natural ingredients are toxic to dogs, including garlic, tea tree oil, onion powder, and certain essential oils. Some herbs in high doses can also damage the liver. Check each ingredient, buy from trusted brands, and consult your vet before adding herbal blends.

Myth 5: Supplements Work Instantly

The Truth: Supplements are not magic pills.

Most require 4 to 8 weeks of consistent daily use before visible results. Coat shine may appear within 2 to 3 weeks, joint comfort usually takes 6 to 12 weeks, and cognitive support in seniors can take up to 3 months. Stopping too early is one of the most common mistakes.

Myth 6: Puppies Do Not Need Supplements At All

The Truth: Some puppies genuinely benefit from specific supplements.

DHA supports brain and eye development. Puppy multivitamins fill small dietary gaps, especially on homemade diets. Probiotics help during weaning. Avoid adult formulas, and always follow vet guidance, especially for large breed puppies where calcium balance is critical.

Myth 7: Senior Dogs Cannot Benefit From Supplements

The Truth: Senior dogs often benefit the most.

Omega-3, joint support, antioxidants, and cognitive supplements help ease age-related decline. While supplements will not reverse aging, they often reduce discomfort, improve mobility, and slow visible decline. Earlier is better, but starting in senior years still helps.

Myth 8: Expensive Supplements Are Always Better

The Truth: Price does not guarantee quality.

Some expensive supplements rely on branding rather than better ingredients. A mid-priced Indian or regulated international brand with clean labels, third-party testing, and vet-informed formulations often beats a fancy imported bottle. Focus on active ingredient amounts, not price tags.

Myth 9: Dogs With Good Food Still Need a Vitamin Boost

The Truth: Not always.

A high-quality commercial diet is typically complete, meaning extra vitamins can tip the balance into excess. Dogs on homemade or mixed diets, senior dogs, and dogs with diagnosed needs benefit most. Healthy adults with a good coat, energy, and digestion usually do not need vitamin supplementation.

Myth 10: Supplements Replace Veterinary Care

The Truth: Supplements support health, not replace medical care.

A supplement cannot treat kidney disease, serious infections, or torn ligaments. Routine vet checkups, vaccinations, and prompt medical attention remain essential. Think of supplements as complementary, not a substitute for professional care.

Myth 11: One Supplement Works for All Breeds

The Truth: Different breeds have different needs.

Large breeds benefit from joint support earlier. Small breeds often need dental and calming support. Indian Indies may need probiotic and coat support due to heat and humidity. Sporting breeds need omega-3 and joint supplements during active years. Match the supplement to your dog's actual profile.

Myth 12: If Your Dog Looks Fine, Supplements Are Pointless

The Truth: Appearance does not always reveal inner health.

Some deficiencies, like early joint wear or low-grade inflammation, develop silently for years before showing visible signs. Preventive supplementation for at-risk breeds, seniors, and active dogs can slow age-related decline even when your dog looks perfectly fine today.

How to Spot a Vitamin Myth Quickly

A practical filter for any supplement advice you hear:

Is it supported by a vet, or just by a friend or influencer?
Does it promise overnight results?
Does it claim a product works for every breed and every life stage?
Does the marketing mention no proof or clinical testing?
Does it use fear-based messaging like toxic kibble?
Is the claim vague, like boosts wellness, without specifying how?

The more of these red flags a claim triggers, the more likely it is a myth. Quality information is specific, balanced, and sourced.

When to Always Check With Your Vet

Despite all the advice online, certain situations always need professional input:

Puppies under 4 months
Dogs on prescription medication
Pregnant or nursing dogs
Dogs with chronic conditions like kidney, liver, or heart disease
Dogs with known allergies or sensitivities

The American Kennel Club emphasises that supplements should work alongside veterinary care, not replace it. When in doubt, a short vet conversation protects you from myths and your dog from real risks.

Final Thoughts

Dog vitamin myths are everywhere, but facts cut through quickly once you know what to look for. Healthy adult dogs on balanced diets rarely need vitamins. Puppies, seniors, and special-needs dogs often do. Natural does not mean safe, more is not better, and no supplement works instantly. Stay consistent, stay informed, and lean on your vet when unsure.

Browse PetsWorld's health and supplements collection to find trusted, well-labelled options for your dog's real needs.

FAQs

Do all dogs really need vitamin supplements?

No. Healthy adult dogs on complete commercial diets usually do not need added vitamins. Supplements help specific dogs such as puppies, seniors, rescues, and dogs on homemade diets. Always match the supplement to a real need, not marketing claims.

Are natural dog vitamins safer than synthetic ones?

Not automatically. Safety depends on the ingredient, dose, and brand, not whether it is labelled natural. Some natural ingredients like garlic and tea tree oil are toxic to dogs. Trusted brands and vet guidance matter more than the natural tag.

Is it safe to give my dog vitamins every day?

Quality dog-specific vitamins are safe for daily use when dosed correctly. Over-supplementation is the main risk, especially with fat-soluble vitamins like A and D. Stick to label dosages and avoid stacking supplements without vet guidance.

Can too many dog vitamins actually harm my pet?

Yes. Excess vitamin A, D, calcium, or iron can damage bones, liver, or kidneys. Symptoms include loss of appetite, vomiting, and lethargy. Never assume more is better. Match the dose to your dog's weight and needs.

How quickly should a dog vitamin show visible results?

Most dog vitamins take 4 to 8 weeks for visible results. Coat shine may appear sooner, while joint, mobility, and cognitive changes take longer. Consistency over 2 to 3 months is more important than dose size.

How to Train a Cat to Use a Litter Box

Edusehat — Fri, 22 May 2026 01:55:06 +0700

One of the most underappreciated miracles of cat behaviour—and what makes living with cats so wonderfully easy—is their natural instinct to use a litter box. While dogs often require weeks (or months) of house training, cats usually walk right into a home and know exactly what to do. No praise, no treats, no training sessions needed.

This instinct isn’t just convenient—it’s one of the key reasons cats were able to domesticate themselves and integrate into human homes so seamlessly.

Why Cats Are So Easy to Live With

There are specific criteria that animals must meet to be considered domesticated and truly compatible with human life. One of the most important? The animal must be easy to keep. That means they can live closely with us without causing daily chaos, danger, or excessive mess. Cats fill this requirement with their built-in elimination behaviour. No accidents on the carpet (in most cases). Just give them a clean box with the right substrate, and they’ll take it from there.

If cats didn’t come equipped with this trait, they wouldn’t be living inside with us. It’s that simple. Unlike dogs, who can be trained to “go potty” in the right place, cats already have the instinct to find soft, diggable material—dig, eliminate, and cover it up. This behaviour developed in the wild to avoid leaving scent trails for predators or rivals. We humans have simply provided a tidy, indoor version of what they already know.

Fact: In nature, cats do not hide behind a bush when eliminating.

Litter Box Use: Instinct-Driven, But Still Needs Our Support

Because this behaviour is hardwired, cats don’t typically need to be specifically “trained” to use the litter box. But we can definitely sabotage their success—or support it—based on how we set up and maintain the box.

Andrey_Kuzmin/Bigstock

Best Practices for Litter Training Success

Choose the right box and litter.

Cats prefer large, open litter boxes with plenty of room to turn, dig, and see their surroundings. Covered boxes might seem like a tidy solution for humans, but they can make cats feel trapped with only one way in and out. Open boxes give them multiple exits and a clear view of their territory—just like they’d want in the wild.

When it comes to litter, go with an unscented, clumping variety. Avoid scented litter (which can be overwhelming to a cat’s sensitive nose) and aim for a depth of three to four inches. Most cats appreciate the ability to dig deeply and cover thoroughly.

Keep it clean.

Even instinct can’t overcome a dirty bathroom. Cats are fastidious animals, and many will avoid a box that isn’t scooped regularly. Scoop at least once or twice a day and wash the box with mild soap about once a month. Replace litter entirely every 30 days—even if it looks clean to you.

Offer the right number of litter boxes.

The rule of thumb is simple: one box per cat, plus one extra. In multi-level homes, place boxes on each floor. Accessibility matters—especially for senior cats or those with mobility issues.

In my book The Cat Whisperer, I explain how putting all your cats’ resources (litter boxes, food, water, toys, beds) in one room creates unnecessary competition and stress in multi-cat homes. Think of how these resources would be scattered in the wild. Space them out—north, south, east, and west.

Place boxes in calm, safe spots.

Cats don’t like surprises in the bathroom. Avoid placing litter boxes near loud appliances, busy entryways, or areas where your cat might feel cornered. Their “instinct to escape” is strong—even when they’re doing their business.

Also, avoid hiding boxes in closets or behind furniture. While it may seem like a good idea, cats prefer to see their surroundings while eliminating. It’s a matter of survival instinct—even in a cozy living room.

Never punish accidents.

Accidents aren’t disobedience or a spiteful act—they’re a red flag. Punishing a cat for missing the litter box doesn’t work and is inhumane. It only creates fear and stress, which can actually make the problem worse. Instead, focus on uncovering what’s wrong with the litter box setup or check for underlying medical issues with your veterinarian.

New Africa/Bigstock

Temporary Guided Training for Cats Who Need a Little Help: Litter Training for Kittens, Strays, Rescues, and Cats Having “Accidents”

While most cats use the litter box naturally, some—especially kittens, new rescues, or cats recovering from trauma—may need extra support. This is where guided training comes in.

This method involves temporarily confining your cat to a small, comfortable space like a bathroom or quiet bedroom. Make sure the room includes food, water, a cozy bed, toys, and two clean, uncovered litter boxes.

You’re not locking them up—you’re creating a space for success. Let’s say your cat uses the litter box around 2 p.m. You can confidently give them access to the rest of the house for several hours. After meals or naps (common times for elimination), return them to the room for another box opportunity. Follow this method for one to two weeks, depending on the severity of the issue.

Guided litter box training does a few key things:

Increases the frequency with which you cat uses the litter box, creating the habits we want.
Interrupts inappropriate elimination behaviour breaking the patterns we don’t want (or avoiding them in the first place).
Helps you monitor for possible medical issues like UTIs.

New Africa/Bigstock

A Perfect Balance of Instinct and Support

The fact that cats instinctively use a litter box is more than just convenient—it’s a marvel of natural design. It’s one of the reasons cats have lived alongside us for thousands of years without much fuss. But instinct alone isn’t enough. As cat guardians, it’s our job to meet them halfway and make their environment work with their natural behaviour—not against it.

As cat guardians, it’s our job to meet them halfway and make their environment work with their natural behaviour—not against it.

At the end of the day, litter box success isn’t about traditional training. It’s about understanding your cat’s instincts, offering the right support, and setting them up to succeed. Your cat brings the behaviour. You bring the setup. And together, you create a home that works for both of you.

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post How to Train a Cat to Use a Litter Box appeared first on Modern Cat.

How Transportation Networks Help Keep Aquaculture Businesses Running

Edusehat — Fri, 22 May 2026 01:45:08 +0700

Aquaculture has become one of the fastest-growing sectors in global food production. From fish farms and shellfish operations to aquatic plant cultivation, aquaculture businesses play a major role in supplying seafood to restaurants, grocery stores, and consumers around the world.

While farming methods and sustainability often receive the most attention, transportation networks are just as important to the success of the industry. Without reliable logistics systems, aquaculture businesses would struggle to move equipment, supplies, harvested seafood, and maintenance materials efficiently between locations.

Strong transportation infrastructure helps these businesses maintain production schedules, protect product quality, and meet increasing consumer demand in competitive markets.

Moving Fresh Seafood Quickly

Fresh seafood needs to reach markets within strict timeframes to maintain quality and safety standards. Fish, oysters, shrimp, and other products often travel through several stages before reaching consumers, making efficient logistics essential throughout the process.

Transportation providers help maintain freshness by using refrigerated vehicles, coordinated shipping schedules, and carefully planned delivery routes. Temperature-controlled logistics systems are especially important because even small disruptions during transport can affect product quality.

Reliable transportation not only reduces waste but also helps aquaculture businesses maintain customer trust and deliver consistent products to retailers and restaurants.

Supporting Remote Aquaculture Operations

Many aquaculture farms are located in coastal or rural areas where infrastructure may be more limited. These remote locations often depend heavily on transportation services to stay connected with suppliers, distributors, and processing facilities.

Regular deliveries are essential for keeping operations running smoothly. Farms need consistent access to feed, water filtration supplies, nets, cages, fuel, and maintenance equipment. Delays in receiving these materials can affect production schedules and create operational challenges. Transportation networks allow remote aquaculture businesses to remain competitive despite geographic limitations.

Transporting Specialized Equipment

Modern aquaculture operations use a wide range of specialized equipment to maintain water quality, feeding systems, harvesting operations, and environmental monitoring.

Some of this equipment can be expensive, fragile, or difficult to transport, requiring careful logistical coordination. Pumps, filtration systems, storage tanks, and harvesting machinery may all need to be moved between facilities or delivered to remote farming sites.

Commercial transportation providers help businesses manage these logistical demands efficiently. Even industries outside seafood production contribute to broader transportation capacity, with services such as Sacramento car transporters supporting commercial logistics systems across multiple sectors.

Maintaining Cold Chain Integrity

Cold chain logistics are one of the most important parts of seafood transportation. Because seafood products spoil quickly when temperatures are not properly controlled, transportation companies play a major role in maintaining quality throughout delivery routes. Proper refrigerated transport systems help businesses meet food safety standards while reducing product loss and protecting brand reputation. Consistent temperature management also extends shelf life, allowing seafood to reach wider markets without sacrificing quality.

Helping Businesses Reach Larger Markets

Reliable transportation networks allow aquaculture businesses to expand beyond local markets and supply seafood to regional, national, and international customers. Without efficient logistics systems, many farms would struggle to compete on a larger scale. Transportation infrastructure supports export operations, wholesale distribution, restaurant supply chains, and grocery deliveries, helping businesses reach more consumers while growing their operations. Access to broader markets also increases seafood availability for consumers and helps support the continued growth of the aquaculture industry.

Final Thoughts

Transportation networks are essential to the success of modern aquaculture businesses. From moving equipment and supplies to delivering fresh seafood safely and efficiently, logistics systems support nearly every part of the industry.

Reliable transportation helps aquaculture companies maintain product quality, reduce delays, expand into larger markets, and improve operational efficiency. As global seafood demand continues to grow, strong transportation infrastructure will remain one of the key factors keeping aquaculture businesses productive, competitive, and connected to consumers around the world.

The post How Transportation Networks Help Keep Aquaculture Businesses Running first appeared on WorldWide Aquaculture.

Video

Edusehat — Thu, 21 May 2026 22:10:06 +0700

INCAR² Brings the World’s Leading Marine Epigenetics Meeting to Chile

Edusehat — Thu, 21 May 2026 18:35:03 +0700

By: The INCAR² Center

The INCAR² Center will host the Fourth International Symposium on Epigenetics in Marine and Aquatic Research (EPIMAR 2027), to be held in Puerto Varas, Chile, from May 25 to 28, 2027.

Puerto Varas, in the heart of Chilean Patagonia, will serve as the meeting point for researchers from around the world at EPIMAR 2027, an event that aims to become a global platform for advancing epigenetics and epigenomics in marine and aquatic systems.

Organized by the Interdisciplinary Center for Aquaculture Research – Applied Research (CIA-INCAR²), this symposium is the fourth edition of an international initiative that began in 2020 in Montpellier, France. Previous editions were held in Woods Hole, United States (2022), and Barcelona, Spain (2025). Now, Chile takes on the challenge of hosting this important international scientific event.

EPIMAR 2027 will bring together a global community of scientists interested in the epigenetic and epigenomic mechanisms that influence the biology, adaptation, health, and evolution of marine organisms. The symposium will include oral presentations and poster sessions addressing topics such as “Epigenetic responses to pollution and climate change,” “Environmental memory, adaptation, and inheritance,” “Integrating multi-omic data in marine systems,” “Emerging tools in marine epigenomics,” and “Epigenetics applied to aquatic resource management.”

The natural setting of Puerto Varas will provide an ideal environment for exchanging ideas, building collaborations, and discussing emerging challenges in marine epigenomics, particularly in the context of climate change, environmental stressors, and the sustainable use of aquatic resources.

The organizing committee comprises INCAR² Principal Investigator Dr. Valentina Valenzuela Muñoz; INCAR² Director Dr. Cristian Gallardo Escárate; and Associate Researcher Dr. Diego Valenzuela Miranda.

The Scientific Committee for EPIMAR 2027 is composed of an outstanding group of internationally recognized experts in marine sciences, epigenetics, and related fields. Members include Céline Cosseau (University of Perpignan, France); Enrico D’Aniello (Stazione Zoologica Anton Dohrn, Italy); Noelia Díaz (ICM-CSIC, Spain); José María Eirin-López (Florida International University, USA); Cristian Gallardo (INCAR² and University of Concepción, Chile); Laia Navarro-Martín (IDAEA-CSIC, Spain); Francesc Piferrer (ICM-CSIC, Spain); Holie Putnam (University of Rhode Island, USA); Guillaume Rivière (University of Caen-Normandy, France); Steven Roberts (University of Washington, USA); Josep Rotllant (IIM-CSIC, Spain); Valentina Valenzuela (INCAR², UdeC, Chile) Diego Valenzuela (INCAR², UdeC, Chile); and Jérémie Vidal-Dupiol (IFREMER, France). Together, they bring extensive expertise and leadership to guide the scientific vision of the symposium.

The organizers invite researchers from universities, research centers, and industry who are interested in the epigenomics of marine organisms to actively participate in this symposium and contribute to the development of this rapidly expanding field.

For more information, visit the official EPIMAR 2027 website.

www.centroincar.cl/epimar2027

EuroTier 2026: World’s leading trade fair for animal husbandry professionals opens ticket shop

Edusehat — Thu, 21 May 2026 14:40:06 +0700

More than 2,100 exhibitors from over 50 countries expected – broad technical program featuring seven DLG Spotlights and nine DLG Expert Stages – numerous networking events and premieres, including “DLG VetCon”, “EuroTier Milky Way” and “the Innovation Boulevard” – guiding theme “Intelligence in animal farming” – 10–13 November 2026 in Hanover, Germany – eurotier.com

EuroTier 2026, the world’s leading trade fair for animal farming and livestock management, will take place together with EnergyDecentral, the international leading trade fair for decentralized energy supply, from 10 to 13 November 2026 in Hanover, Germany. The ticket shop is now open.

Across 220,000 square-meters of exhibition space, more than 2,100 exhibiting companies and organizations from over 50 countries will present innovations and strategies for successful livestock farming of the future. Under the guiding theme “Intelligence in animal farming”, the focus will be on smart technologies for efficient, sustainable and animal‑friendly livestock production, covering dairy and beef cattle as well as pigs, poultry, sheep, goats and horses.

The exhibition program includes the Inhouse Farming – Feed & Food Show, the new DLG (German Agricultural Society) platform for future agricultural food systems. With topics such as aquaculture and alternative proteins, the show rounds off the offering of the world’s leading trade fair.

“As a leading innovation hub, we not only offer an international top‑class technical and exhibition program. This year, our visitors can also look forward to numerous new features. With the EuroTier Milky Way, exhibitors will present innovations and solutions covering the entire value chain of milk production across three halls. Further highlights include DLG‑VetCon, the new networking and professional training event for large‑animal and herd veterinarians including a foyer exhibition, as well as the Innovation Boulevard, where selected innovations from the two award schemes Innovation Awards EuroTier and EnergyDecentral 2026 will be showcased. This will allow EuroTier to set new standards not only in terms of product and topic diversity, but also as the world’s largest international business and networking platform,”
says Ines Rathke, Show Director of EuroTier.

Ticket shop now open

The ticket shop for EuroTier 2026 is now open. A one‑day ticket costs 33 euros in the online shop and 42 euros at the gate, meaning visitors can save more than 20 percent by purchasing the tickets online. The season ticket, valid for all four days of the fair, is particularly worthwhile for visitors planning to attend for more than two days. Costing 78 euros in the online shop, the season ticket offers significant savings compared with the onsite price of 99 euros. One‑day tickets are valid for any single day from 10 to 13 November, while season tickets grant daily entry throughout the entire period. Ticket shop link: www.messe-ticket.de/DLG-SHOP/ETED2026

DLG Spotlights – live demonstrations and special exhibits

Under the guiding theme “Intelligence in animal farming”, exhibitors will demonstrate how innovative approaches and strategies can further improve efficiency, sustainability and animal welfare, both at their stands and within the DLG Spotlights:

Spotlight TopTierTreff (Hall 11):

The central meeting place for national and international breeders. Leading breeding companies and organizations present current breeding strategies with a space dedicated to dialogue, knowledge transfer and innovation in dairy and beef cattle breeding. Animals will remain at the exhibitors’ stands and be shown via video on a panoramic screen instead of being led onto a stage as previously.

Spotlight Forage Production (Hall 12):
As part of a curated special exhibition, exhibitors show what smart farming means in forage production and how feed quality can be positively influenced from cutting through to silage. The program is complemented by the new Forage Days on 12 and 13 November. As part of the DLG Spotlight “Forage Production”, the DLG Expert Stage Cattle will focus specifically on needs‑based ruminant feeding.

Spotlight Barn Robot Event (Hall 13):
This year, registered milking technology manufacturers will present the latest robotic solutions for automated milking. The focus will be on conversion solutions from conventional parlors to robots, new building concepts and milking in large herds.

Spotlight Emission Reduction in Pig and Poultry Farming (Hall 17):

How can animal husbandry and environmental protection be reconciled? Participating exhibitors will showcase innovative processes and technologies for reducing emissions from pig and poultry farming. Experts will present solutions that relieve environmental pressure, promote animal health and maintain farm profitability.

Spotlight Innovation Boulevard (Hall 21):

For the first time, exhibitors will have the opportunity to present innovations in the EuroTier and EnergyDecentral Award scheme to visitors in a central location.

Spotlight “DLG Solar Initiative + On‑farm Energy” (EnergyDecentral, Hall 25):

This spotlight demonstrates how agricultural businesses can become key pillars of regional energy supply through agrivoltaics, battery storage and biogas. The focus is on integration into existing infrastructure and identifying new business opportunities and greater energy self‑sufficiency.

Spotlight Inhouse Farming: Circular Economy (Hall 24):

A central theme is the production of alternative proteins with a focus on agricultural circularity. Through selected exhibits and targeted information, the spotlight offers compact, in‑depth insights into technologies and concepts for new protein production systems.

Expert Stages – topic‑focused hubs

EuroTier 2026 will once again feature several Expert Stages:

DLG Expert Stage Cattle (Hall 12) – breeding, feeding strategies, animal health, climate protection, sustainability, market and marketing perspectives
DLG Expert Stage Pig (Hall 17) – linking animal welfare, feeding and emission reduction with profitability and social acceptance
DLG Expert Stage Poultry (Hall 17) – production systems, animal welfare, hygiene, nutrition, emissions and market developments
DLG Expert Stage Barn Robot Event (Hall 13) – presentations and technical contributions complementing the Barn Robot Event
DLG Expert Stage “Intelligence in animal farming” (DLG stand, Hall 13) – ideas that make intelligent farming a reality
DLG Studio Stage (DLG stand, Hall 13) – compact, interactive formats on key agricultural topics and personal development
DLG Expert Stage EnergyDecentral (Hall 25) – daily discussions on biogas, photovoltaics, energy storage, wood energy, combined heat and power and carbon farming
DLG Expert Stage Inhouse Farming (Hall 24) – the future of alternative proteins, indoor production and sustainable agri‑systems

DLG Expert Stage Biosecurity / Feed Safety (Hall 21) – hygiene concepts, feed quality and new management and prevention technologies.

Networking & events

EuroTier serves as a platform for flagship events in the international livestock sector, bringing farmers, agri‑business representatives and experts together for networking and professional exchange. In cooperation with partner organizations, numerous conferences and evening events are planned, including the International Cattle & Pig Event, the International Poultry Conference, the International Poultry Event, DLG‑VetCon 2026, the Young Professionals Day and the International Farmers Day.

The program is complemented by the Science Campus, agri‑food start‑ups and the Female Agri Fellows Networking Event.

Award‑winning innovations – inspiring people

As the world’s leading trade fair for livestock professionals, EuroTier is the international platform for pioneering innovations and concepts. The DLG presents leading international awards:

Two awards: Innovation Award EuroTier and EnergyDecentrail – recognizing practical livestock technology and renewable energy innovations
Animal Welfare Award – honouring products and services that significantly improve animal welfare and health
Women in Ag Award – recognizing inspiring women from agriculture, agribusiness, education, research and development
DLG Agri Influencer Award – awarded to outstanding YouTubers, TikTokers and Facebook and Instagram creators

For more information: www.dlg.org

Compass Group India invests in cage-free egg production in partnership with Global Food Partners

Edusehat — Thu, 21 May 2026 14:30:09 +0700

Compass Group India has announced a partnership with Global Food Partners to support the expansion of cage-free egg production in India through a farmer incentive programme and training activities.

According to the companies, Compass Group India has purchased around 4,000 cage-free credits through GFP’s Impact Incentives programme. According to GFP, each credit corresponds to 1,000 eggs, for a total of approximately four million eggs. The companies stated that the funds will support three Indian egg farms in expanding cage-free production capacity and related logistics infrastructure.

The companies said the initiative aims to address current limitations in local cage-free egg supply while supporting producers transitioning away from conventional cage systems.

In parallel, Compass Group India, through the Compass Group Foundation and with GFP as technical partner, has launched a cage-free and free-range training centre near Bangalore. The centre is intended to provide practical support to local farmers moving towards cage-free and free-range systems, including training on egg production management and farm sustainability.

Global Food Partners said the programme is designed to help food companies support cage-free production even when local supply chains are not yet fully developed. The organisation currently focuses on egg production projects in Asia and also operates in Europe, North America, Latin America and the Middle East.

Compass Group India is part of Compass Group PLC, an international provider of food and support services operating in sectors including workplace catering, education and healthcare.

According to GFP, other companies using the Impact Incentives model as part of their cage-free sourcing strategies include Kellanova, Best Western Hotels, Lagardère Travel Retail and PizzaExpress.

The Ultimate Guide to Choosing the Right Dog Supplement

Edusehat — Thu, 21 May 2026 14:25:06 +0700

Walk into any pet store or scroll through any online marketplace in India, and you will be met with hundreds of dog supplements. Shiny packaging, bold claims, and trendy ingredients compete for your attention. For most pet parents, the question is not whether to buy a supplement, but which one actually deserves a place in their dog's daily routine.

This ultimate guide walks you through exactly how to choose the right dog supplement. You will learn how to identify real needs, decode labels, evaluate quality, and avoid common pitfalls. By the end, you will shop confidently and skip the wellness noise.

Step 1: Identify Your Dog's Actual Need

Start with what your dog genuinely needs, not what the ad promises. Look at:

Age and life stage: Puppy, adult, or senior
Breed and size: Large breeds often need earlier joint support. Small breeds may need dental or calming support.
Current diet: Homemade or mixed diets usually have more gaps than complete commercial kibble
Activity level: Active or working dogs need joint and omega support sooner
Visible health signs: Dull coat, stiffness, skin flare-ups, gas, low energy, or anxiety
Recent medical events: Surgery, illness, or antibiotic courses create temporary supplement needs

Once you match the need to the right supplement category, picking the actual product becomes far easier. For example, itchy skin rarely needs a calming supplement. Stiffness after long walks rarely needs a multivitamin. Align the problem with the solution first.

Step 2: Pick the Right Category

Most supplement needs fall into one of these categories:

Multivitamins: Fill small daily nutritional gaps in vitamins and minerals
Omega-3 Oils: Support skin, coat, joints, and brain health
Joint Supplements: Glucosamine, chondroitin, MSM for mobility and prevention
Probiotics: For gut health, digestion, and immunity
Calming Supplements: L-theanine, chamomile, and hemp for anxious dogs
Skin and Coat Support: Biotin, zinc, and fatty acids
Immunity Boosters: Antioxidants, turmeric, spirulina
Puppy and Senior Formulas: Life-stage-specific blends

Pick one primary category for your dog's main need, plus one supportive category if needed. Avoid stacking four or five products at once.

Step 3: Check Active Ingredients and Doses

This is where most pet parents get tricked by marketing. The front of the pack says little. The ingredient panel is where the truth lives.

Look for:

Named active ingredients, not vague terms like proprietary blend
Specific doses, measured in mg or IU per serving
Clinical-level amounts. Glucosamine at 15 to 20 mg per kg body weight. Omega-3 at 50 to 75 mg combined EPA and DHA per kg body weight.
Recognisable forms. Glucosamine HCl or sulfate, not vague glucosamine complex
Matching ingredients to your dog's weight, not adult-only or generic formulas

The American Kennel Club notes that the difference between a useful and useless supplement usually comes down to active ingredient dosing. If the label hides the dose, put the bottle back on the shelf.

Step 4: Read the Label Like a Pro

A five-minute label check saves months of wasted supplement money. Here is how:

Start with the active ingredients panel, not the marketing front
Count the ingredients. Under 10 active ingredients is ideal. Long lists often hide fillers.
Look for life-stage labelling such as puppy, adult, or senior
Check for warnings about breed size or medication interactions
Spot red flags. Artificial colours, sugars, or unclear meat sources
Verify the manufacturing and expiry dates
Check country of origin and regulatory compliance

Brands that hide information or overload their labels with vague claims usually have something to hide.

Step 5: Evaluate Brand Trustworthiness

Quality brands distinguish themselves clearly. Look for these signs:

Transparent sourcing: Where the ingredients come from and how they are tested
Third-party testing: Independent lab verification of purity and potency
Veterinary input: Brands involving vets in formulation usually deliver better results
Clear contact details: Indian customer service, reachable manufacturers, verifiable addresses
Positive reviews from Indian pet parents: Focus on real user experiences, not just brand-run promotions
Proper storage instructions: Reflects commitment to product quality across Indian climate conditions

Bulk imports from unknown online sellers are usually a poor choice. Trusted Indian-made or regulated international brands are usually safer, even if they cost slightly more.

Step 6: Choose the Right Format

Format matters because it affects whether your dog actually eats the supplement daily.

Tablets: Concentrated, affordable, and easy to dose. Great for dogs who eat pills easily.
Chewable soft treats: Ideal for picky dogs. They taste like treats, making them easy to give.
Powders: Sprinkle over food. Perfect for multi-dog homes or dogs who refuse tablets.
Liquid drops: Precise dosing, good for puppies, seniors, and small breeds
Oils: Best for omega supplements. Easy to mix into wet food.

The best format is the one your dog takes consistently without stress for either of you.

Step 7: Match the Supplement to Indian Conditions

India's climate creates specific challenges that affect supplement choice:

Monsoon humidity spoils oil-based supplements faster. Refrigerate after opening.
Summer heat can degrade liquid probiotics within weeks
Indoor-mostly city dogs may need extra vitamin D supplementation
Dogs in humid regions face more skin and ear issues, where omega-3 and biotin help
Outdoor dogs face more parasite exposure, where gut-supporting probiotics help

Pick brands that consider Indian conditions in their packaging, storage guidance, and formulation.

Step 8: Consult Your Vet Before Starting

Always loop in your vet before adding a new supplement, especially if your dog:

Is on prescribed medication
Has a chronic condition like kidney, liver, or heart disease
Is pregnant or nursing
Is a puppy under 4 months
Has a history of allergies or sensitivities

The American Veterinary Medical Association advises that supplements should complement, not compete with, prescribed care. A quick vet conversation avoids surprises.

Common Mistakes to Avoid

Avoid these pitfalls when choosing supplements:

Buying based on flashy branding or influencer pushes
Stacking multiple overlapping products without vet approval
Ignoring your dog's actual health signs
Switching brands too often before seeing results
Giving human supplements to dogs without guidance
Buying the biggest pack and letting it spoil during monsoon
Expecting overnight results. Most supplements take 4 to 8 weeks.

Final Thoughts

Choosing the right dog supplement is not about buying more. It is about buying smart. Identify the real need, pick the right category, decode the label, evaluate the brand, and match the format to your dog's preferences. Add in your vet's input, and you will build a supplement routine that actually works.

Browse PetsWorld's health and supplements collection to find trusted options across categories for your dog's specific needs.

FAQs

How do I know which supplement my dog actually needs?

Start with your dog's life stage, visible health signs, and current diet. Match the problem to the category. Dull coat points to omega-3. Stiffness points to joint care. Digestive issues point to probiotics. When in doubt, consult your vet before buying.

Are expensive dog supplements always better?

Not necessarily. Price often reflects branding, packaging, and imports rather than quality. Focus on active ingredient amounts, third-party testing, and trusted Indian-made or regulated import brands. Mid-priced clean-label options often outperform expensive flashy ones.

Can I give my dog multiple supplements at once?

Only with care. Overlapping ingredients can lead to over-supplementation. Limit combinations to two or three products maximum, avoid duplicating the same nutrients, and always confirm with your vet before stacking.

How long should I wait to see results from a dog supplement?

Most supplements need 4 to 8 weeks for visible improvements. Coat changes may appear in 2 to 3 weeks. Joint comfort and behavioural changes usually take 6 to 12 weeks. Consistency matters more than dose size.

Which dog supplement brands are safest in India?

Look for Indian-made brands with veterinary input and trusted international brands with regulatory clearance. Prefer brands that share third-party testing results, manufacturing dates, and clear sourcing. Avoid bulk imports without verifiable origin.

The Perfect Backup Kit Every Veterinary Clinic Should Have

Edusehat — Thu, 21 May 2026 03:35:08 +0700

Your evacuation system fails on a surgery-heavy morning. Your handpiece dies mid-procedure. These emergencies happen and the clinics that handle them gracefully are the ones that planned ahead.

Here’s the reality: Most veterinary clinic downtime isn’t caused by catastrophic failures. It’s caused by a single small part: an O-ring, a charcoal filter, a sampling line, that nobody had on hand. The fix takes five minutes. The wait for parts takes days.

At Dispomed, we receive calls every week from veterinary clinics in this exact situation. An evacuation system stops working. A patient is already under anesthesia. Surgery can’t wait. The stress is real and almost always avoidable.

Think of it the way you think about your surgical instruments: you’d never run a full OR schedule with no backup tools. Your evacuation system, your anesthesia monitors, your autoclave, they all deserve the same logic. Small consumables and backup components are your first line of defence.

What to keep in your backup kit

Here are the essentials we recommend every veterinary clinic stock, not as a one-time purchase, but as a standing inventory you replenish before it runs out.

Backup handpiece

Spare handpiece to keep you running when performing dental procedures: you never know when you’ll get stuck mid-procedure with a bur in the high-speed. Shop Now.

Spare prophy angle

A spare prophy angle to ensure continuity of dental cleanings: you never know when normal wear or an unexpected break will interrupt a polishing procedure. Shop Now.

Charcoal filter for evacuation

One of the most often overlooked elements. A malfunctioning scavenging system in the middle of the day can often be quickly restored to function by temporarily installing a charcoal filter, allowing you to complete your surgeries without interruption. Shop Now.

Breathing Bags

Essential for anesthesia. Keep at least one spare breathing bag in each size you use, accessible at all times. Shop Now.

Breathing circuits

A compatible spare circuit means a single component failure doesn’t shut down your entire anesthesia setup mid-surgery. Shop Now.

Spare SpO2 probe

A spare SpO2 probe to maintain vital signs monitoring: you never know when a damaged cable or a faulty sensor will compromise monitoring during anesthesia. Shop Now.

O-rings

These tiny seals on your dental unit and anesthesia machines can wear out. They’re cheap – until you don’t have one. Shop Now.

CO₂ sampling lines

Capnography is critical for monitoring anesthetized patients. Sampling lines wear out faster than you expect, always have spares. Shop Now.

Autoclave door gasket

A worn door gasket means your sterilizer can’t cycle, and no sterile instruments means no surgery. A spare on hand is a must. Shop Now.

How to think about your backup inventory

You don’t need a warehouse. You need a small, curated stock of the items most likely to fail between scheduled maintenance visits. A good rule of thumb:

If it’s a consumable replaced at every maintenance visit, keep one spare
If it’s a component that can stop your workflow entirely when it fails, keep one spare
If it’s inexpensive and small, there’s no reason not to have two or three on hand
Replenish as soon as you use one, don’t wait until you’re out again

Think of it the way you think about your anesthesia drugs, your surgical sutures, or your IV lines. You wouldn’t let those run to zero before reordering. Your equipment consumables deserve exactly the same discipline, because when a patient is on the table, there’s no time to wait for a delivery.

Need help building your backup kit?

Contact our team at Dispomed, we’ll help you identify the right components for your specific equipment.

Contact Our Team

Photoperiod lengths affect both turkey and broiler behavior

Edusehat — Thu, 21 May 2026 00:00:06 +0700

The number of hours of light turkeys and broiler chickens are reared under affects their health and behavior in numerous ways, often negatively, so optimal light management is a key factor in ensuring positive bird welfare and good market weight. A recent study indicating these findings also noted that specific research on turkeys in this area and others is sorely lacking.

Research on turkeys is lacking

Turkeys and broiler chickens are two distinct animals with their own unique characteristics. Yet, research on broilers is often applied to commercial turkeys, which may lead to unexpected effects of management practices related to turkeys.

In addressing this topic at the 2025 Poultry Science Association annual meeting, Karen Schwean-Lardner, PhD, University of Saskatchewan, noted that research on turkeys has been sorely lacking. In a recent literature search she did regarding studies on turkeys and lighting, she found 20 to 30 papers that were published in the ‘90s, approximately 10 in the early 2000s, then very few since.

She posited four reasons for the dearth of research on turkeys: expense, difficulty, equipment needs and declining consumption in some areas of the world. Regarding expense, three broiler trials can be run in the time it takes to run one turkey trial; meanwhile, turkey poults are expensive, so if a bird dies, it’s not a cheap loss.

Running trials with turkeys is also more difficult than with broilers because turkeys are so big, strong and heavy. Since it is often difficult to find funding for loaders in small research trials, people may have to hand carry the 3,000 to 4,000 birds onto a truck, which their size and strength make challenging.

The third barrier is that turkeys require different equipment depending on their age, so the equipment must be changed from small to large during one research trial, or the turkeys have to move to different houses — for example, from a brooding/early rearing barn to a rearing barn for the latter part of production.

Finally, fewer studies are done on turkeys because turkey tends to be seen as a holiday food rather than a staple readily available, like chickens, at fast-food restaurants like McDonald’s.

Commercial turkeys are similar to wild ones

Schwean-Lardner explained that there are similarities between commercial turkeys and wild turkeys which helped guide her research. She noted that “while the percentage of time of specific behaviors may change between wild and commercial turkeys, the behaviors themselves remain the same.”

Wild turkeys live in small groups with one male and a few females. They spend time foraging for food, dust bathing and preening. They are omnivorous to the point they have eaten mercury thermometers and string.

They are ground dwelling except they climb in stages to roost in trees for safety and to hatch their young. This knowledge of how they roost in stages can be applied to enrichment in commercial houses by offering them staged perches versus one high one, Schwean-Lardner said.

Young turkeys can fly at 5 weeks and are usually chased out of the nest by 12 weeks. Males form banded groups and display their feathers in courtship dances.

Effect of lighting periods studied

Schwean-Lardner and her team at the University of Saskatchewan conducted a study of the effects of photoperiod lengths on the behaviors of turkeys and broilers. The overall purpose was to provide information that could be used in the proper management of commercial turkeys rather than focusing on comparing turkeys to broilers.

For the study, both turkeys and broilers were housed in the same facility and subjected to the same lighting treatments, staff and management style. Hank Classen, PhD, originally designed this facility for a lighting research project decades previously.

The experiments exposed the birds to four different light periods — 14, 17, 20 and 23 hours of light per day — and were replicated to ensure validity. The exposures were done four times on approximately 28,000 broilers but only twice on turkeys — 480 toms and 720 hens — due to the higher costs of working with turkeys.

The broilers were housed to 49 days of age while the turkeys were 126 days old at time of shipment. Birds were managed as per Aviagen recommendations, and data were collected throughout on growth, feed intake, mortality and morbidity, and welfare assessments.

The study researchers took video of the birds 24 hours a day at two ages and noted the behavior of every bird every 10 minutes throughout those periods.

More light equals less activity

The length of the photoperiod clearly affected the activity levels of both broilers and turkeys. For both species, longer daylight hours caused them to be inactive, so that at 23 hours, they displayed a “significant increase in doing nothing but laying in the litter.”

For the broilers, this meant spending more than 85% of their time resting with 23 hours of light, which reduced to less than 70% of time resting under 17 and 14 hours of light. This lack of activity can affect numerous areas like feed intake, footpad lesions and leg health.

Correspondingly, the broilers showed their highest amount of walking at 17 light hours — 4% of the time compared to less than 1% at 23 hours.

The turkeys, who were studied at 14 and 17 weeks, also showed the least activity at 23 hours of light, when they rested up to 73% of the time (at 17 weeks), while in 14 hours of light they rested for 67% of the time. Their walking achieved a high of 5% of their time (at 17 weeks) in 14 light hours with a low of 3% at 23 hours.

Because both birds exhibited the most activity around 17 hours of light, Schwean-Lardner stated that this photoperiod “should be probably the bottom end of our lighting program for both bird strains,” and 23 hours of light should not be used in commercial houses for either strain.

The study also examined time spent at feeders. It has been assumed that giving birds longer light access would lead to them spending more time at feeders and increasing their feed intake. The study found the opposite so that longer light resulted in a decrease in the percentage of time spent at feeders by both birds.

For example, under 23 hours of light, the percent of time broilers spent at feeders decreased from 7% to 4%, resulting in lower bodyweight. Turkeys experienced a similar result as their market bodyweights were highest at 14 hours of light and lowest at 23 hours.

Other behaviors affected by light

The study also examined comfort and exploratory behaviors, such as preening, which often indicate positive welfare for the birds. The effect of photoperiod on broilers was dramatic. When reared under 23 hours of light, broilers spent only 1% of their time preening, but that percentage increased as the amount of light decreased. This “decline is much faster and much more severe with broilers” than turkeys, Schwean-Lardner noted, and so the broilers really have trouble with those long day lengths.

The turkeys also displayed behavioral changes related to light, though not as severe as those in broilers. For example, exploratory pecking — a positive indicator of welfare — was lowest when turkeys were reared under 23 hours of light and highest under 14 hours. Schwean-Lardner noted that turkeys are also prone to aggressive pecking so that “species-specific research into managing abnormal behavior” is needed.

Overall, Schwean-Lardner concluded that the study findings showed that “we should not be using broiler data to make our decisions for turkeys.” She also reemphasized the need for more research to be done specifically on turkeys.

The post Photoperiod lengths affect both turkey and broiler behavior appeared first on Modern Poultry.

The Connection Between Supplements and Dog Longevity

Edusehat — Wed, 20 May 2026 20:15:06 +0700

Every dog parent wants the same thing: more years, better years. Watching your pet age is hard, and the idea that the right food, care, and supplements could add healthy years to their life is a powerful one. But is there a real link between supplements and dog longevity, or is it just wellness marketing?

The honest answer sits in the middle. Certain supplements, used wisely, can meaningfully support longer, healthier lives by slowing common age-related decline. This guide explains the real connection between supplements and longevity in dogs, which ones actually help, and how to build a lifetime wellness plan for your Indian pet.

Dog Longevity: What Actually Affects It

The average dog lifespan in India ranges between 10 and 14 years, depending on breed, size, and care. Small breeds often live longer than giants, and mixed breeds tend to outlast purebreds. Longevity is shaped by five main factors:

Genetics: Some breeds age faster than others
Diet quality: Consistent, balanced nutrition adds healthy years
Exercise: Regular, moderate activity keeps muscles, joints, and the heart strong
Preventive healthcare: Regular vet visits catch problems early
Environment and stress: Calm, safe, stimulating homes help dogs live longer

Supplements fit into this puzzle as one tool among many. They cannot override bad genetics or poor care, but they can slow wear and tear, support resilience, and help your dog feel younger for longer.

How Supplements Support Longevity

Supplements influence longevity by targeting the biological processes that drive aging. Key ways they help include:

Reducing chronic inflammation: Low-grade inflammation is a key driver of aging. Omega-3 and antioxidants calm it down.
Supporting joint cartilage: Glucosamine and chondroitin maintain mobility for longer
Protecting brain cells: DHA and antioxidants support cognitive function and delay age-related decline
Strengthening immunity: Probiotics and vitamin C reduce infection risk
Supporting organ health: Antioxidants help liver, kidney, and heart function
Promoting skin barrier integrity: Omega fats and biotin protect against environmental stressors
Improving gut health: A balanced gut microbiome supports immunity, digestion, and even mood

The American Veterinary Medical Association notes that age-related decline is not inevitable in its severity. Proactive nutritional support, including well-chosen supplements, can slow the pace at which aging shows up in your dog.

Top Supplements That Support Longevity

These are the most research-backed supplements for supporting a longer, healthier dog life:

Omega-3 Fatty Acids: Reduce inflammation, support heart and brain, improve coat, and ease joints. One of the most universally beneficial supplements for all life stages.
Antioxidants (Vitamin E, C, Selenium): Neutralise free radicals that damage cells over time. Particularly important for senior dogs.
Glucosamine and Chondroitin: Preserve joint cartilage and mobility. Starting early makes a bigger difference than starting late.
Probiotics: Support gut microbiome, which in turn influences immunity, digestion, and even behaviour. Especially useful in Indian monsoon humidity.
Turmeric (Curcumin): A natural anti-inflammatory that supports joint, brain, and liver health. A staple in Indian kitchens, and a dog-friendly supplement in correct doses.
CoQ10: Supports heart function and energy at the cellular level. Valuable for senior dogs and breeds prone to heart issues.
Milk Thistle: Supports liver health. Especially useful for dogs on long-term medications.
SAM-e and Phosphatidylserine: Support cognitive function and delay senior dog confusion
Multivitamins: Fill small gaps in everyday nutrition across life stages
Collagen Peptides: Support joints, skin, and connective tissues in aging dogs

You do not need all of these at once. Focus on the two or three that match your dog's age and health status.

When to Start Longevity Supplementation

Timing matters more than most pet parents realise. Longevity support is more effective when started earlier.

Puppies: core multivitamin and DHA for healthy development
Young adults (2 to 5 years): omega-3 and probiotics to build long-term resilience
Adult dogs (5 to 8 years): add joint support and antioxidants
Seniors (8 plus years): add cognitive, heart, and liver support
Giant breeds: start joint and antioxidant support from age 3 to 4
Active breeds: add joint and muscle recovery supplements early

Starting late is better than never, but starting early builds stronger foundations for the senior years ahead.

Supplements Work Best With a Healthy Lifestyle

Supplements cannot undo a sedentary, overweight, or low-quality lifestyle. To actually extend healthy years:

Feed a balanced diet: High-quality commercial food or a vet-approved homemade diet
Maintain lean body weight: Obesity is one of the strongest predictors of early decline
Exercise consistently: Daily walks, low-impact play, and mental stimulation
Schedule vet checkups: Every 6 months for senior dogs, annually for adults
Support dental health: Gum disease shortens dog lives by driving chronic inflammation
Reduce stress: Anxious dogs age faster. Stable routines and calm homes matter.
Keep mental stimulation: Puzzle toys, new walks, and training keep the brain young

Think of supplements as seatbelts for longevity, not a free pass to ignore other factors. They work best in a larger wellness plan.

Mistakes That Shorten Results

Avoid these common missteps:

Stacking too many supplements without vet guidance
Using human vitamins with unsafe dosages for dogs
Expecting immediate results, then stopping after 3 weeks
Buying cheap, low-quality products with unclear labels
Ignoring early signs of age-related decline
Relying only on supplements while skipping exercise or dental care

The ASPCA warns that some human supplements contain ingredients toxic to dogs, including xylitol and excessive iron. Always use dog-specific, vet-approved products.

What to Realistically Expect

Supplements will not add years overnight, but they can meaningfully shift how your dog ages. With consistent use and a healthy lifestyle:

Expect better coat and skin within 4 to 6 weeks
Improved joint comfort within 6 to 12 weeks
Steadier energy and better digestion within 2 to 3 months
Slower visible aging over 12 to 24 months
Reduced veterinary interventions over the long term

Many pet parents describe their dogs as looking and feeling younger than their age, which is the practical definition of improved longevity. The goal is not just more years, but more good years.

Final Thoughts

Supplements are not a shortcut to longevity, but they are a quiet, steady ally for dogs living well into their senior years. Pick two or three proven options that suit your dog's age and health, stay consistent, and combine with lean weight, regular walks, dental care, and calm living. Over time, the difference shows up where it matters most: more happy years together.

Browse PetsWorld's health and supplements collection to find trusted longevity supplements for your dog.

FAQs

Can supplements actually help my dog live longer?

Used correctly, yes. Supplements cannot replace genetics or core care, but they can slow age-related decline in joints, brain, heart, and immunity. Combined with good diet, exercise, and vet care, they help dogs enjoy more healthy years.

What is the single most important longevity supplement for dogs?

Omega-3 fish oil is widely regarded as the most universally useful. It supports heart, brain, skin, joints, and immunity across all life stages with minimal side effects. Quality and consistent dosing matter most.

At what age should longevity supplements start?

Ideally in young adulthood, around 2 to 5 years of age. Starting early protects joints, brain cells, and immunity over time. Senior dogs still benefit, though earlier intervention usually delivers stronger long-term results.

Are Indian Ayurvedic supplements safe for dogs?

Some are, but not all. Turmeric, ashwagandha (in low doses), and amla are generally dog-safe with proper dosing. Always check with your vet or a qualified veterinary herbalist before adding herbal supplements to your dog's routine.

Can I give the same supplement to my dog for years?

Yes, most longevity supplements like omega-3, joint support, and probiotics are safe for long-term daily use when given at correct doses. Review with your vet every 12 months to adjust for age, weight, and health changes.

According to the White House, China would resume poultry imports from U.S. states recognised as HPAI-free

Edusehat — Wed, 20 May 2026 16:45:09 +0700

The White House stated that China would resume imports of poultry meat and poultry products from U.S. states recognised by the U.S. Department of Agriculture as free from highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI), following the recent summit between U.S. President Donald Trump and Chinese President Xi Jinping in Beijing.

The announcement was included in a White House fact sheet outlining a broader agricultural trade framework under which China would purchase agricultural products from the United States at an annualised rate of $17 billion per year for 2026, with the same level indicated for 2027 and 2028. The commitments are in addition to previous soybean purchase agreements reached in 2025.

According to the White House, China would resume imports of poultry products from U.S. states officially recognised as free from avian influenza by USDA authorities. China’s Ministry of Commerce separately stated that the Chinese side would “actively advance solutions” regarding poultry exports from certain U.S. states to China.

The discussions also addressed the recognition of avian influenza-free zones. China said the United States would actively work on Chinese concerns related to the recognition of Shandong province as a bird-flu-free area.

Trade data show that U.S. poultry meat and poultry product exports to China reached $286 million in 2025, compared with more than $1 billion in 2022. During the same period, tariffs and avian influenza-related restrictions reduced trade volumes for several agricultural products.

Alongside poultry, the two countries also discussed beef trade. China renewed expired registrations and approved new listings for hundreds of U.S. beef establishments. The U.S. Meat Export Federation stated that China’s General Administration of Customs granted five-year registration extensions to 425 U.S. beef establishments and approved 77 new registrations, while 38 establishments remain suspended.

China’s Ministry of Commerce said the two sides agreed to work on resolving non-tariff barriers and market access issues involving agricultural products. Both governments also referred to possible reciprocal tariff reductions covering selected products, although no detailed product list was released.

At the time of reporting, Beijing had not published a full confirmation of all terms announced by the White House.

Camel Hidden Pillar of the Livestock Economy

Edusehat — Tue, 19 May 2026 15:50:14 +0700

Camel breeding in Pakistan is deeply shaped by geography, closely aligned with the country’s vast arid and semi-arid landscapes. From the deserts of Sindh and southern Punjab to the expansive rangelands of Balochistan and parts of southern Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, camels thrive in environments where other livestock struggle to survive. For pastoral and agro-pastoral communities living in these regions, camels are far more than livestock they represent a way of life, a dependable source of income, and a form of security against recurring environmental shocks such as drought and resource scarcity.

In Sindh, camel rearing is deeply embedded in both desert and coastal ecosystems. Districts such as Tharparkar, Umerkot, Badin, Thatta, and Sujawal have long-standing traditions of camel husbandry. The Thari camel, in particular, is well known for its resilience, ability to endure prolonged dry spells, and relatively high milk production. In these regions, camels are also used for transportation and carting, especially in areas where mechanized transport is either unavailable or unaffordable.

During periods of drought, when other livestock often perish, camels continue to provide milk, making them a crucial lifeline for local communities.Balochistan holds the largest share of Pakistan’s camel population. In districts such as Chagai, Kharan, Nushki, Washuk, Panjgur, and Awaran, camels form the backbone of livelihoods for nomadic and semi-nomadic populations.Breeds like the Kohi and Brahvi are valued for their endurance, long-distance mobility, and suitability for meat production. In a province marked by vast distances and limited infrastructure, camels continue to perform essential economic, logistical, and cultural roles that modern alternatives have yet to fully replace.

In Punjab, camel breeding is concentrated in the Cholistan and Thal desert regions. Districts including Bahawalpur, Rahim Yar Khan, Bahawalnagar, Layyah, and Muzaffargarh serve as key centers of camel rearing. The Cholistani camel is one of the most recognized breeds in Pakistan, known for its strength, adaptability, and historical role in transport and agriculture. Today, however, these camels are increasingly raised for meat production and for sale during religious occasions, particularly Eid-ul-Azha, when demand rises sharply.

Camel markets across Pakistan largely operate outside formal regulatory systems. Trade is seasonal and often linked to religious events, especially Eid-ul-Azha. Rural livestock markets, or mandis, act as primary collection points where breeders sell their animals to middlemen.Camel meat, once considered a marginal food product, is gradually gaining acceptance in urban markets, particularly in Karachi and Quetta. It is lean, rich in protein, and lower in cholesterol compared to beef, making it an appealing option for health-conscious consumers. Despite these advantages, the growth of the camel meat sector is constrained by the lack of organized supply chains, hygienic slaughtering facilities, and branding strategies. Camel milk, despite its exceptional nutritional and medicinal properties, remains significantly underutilized. It is rich in vitamin C, iron, potassium, and contains insulin-like proteins that may support diabetes management. In desert regions such as Thar and Cholistan, camel milk is widely consumed and valued for its health benefits. However, due to the absence of cold storage systems, processing infrastructure, and commercial marketing, it has not yet penetrated mainstream dairy markets.Beyond milk and meat, camels also provide valuable by-products. Camel hair is durable and heat-resistant, commonly used in making blankets, ropes, tents, and rugs. Camel skin is thick and long-lasting, suitable for producing traditional items such as shoes, bags, belts, and handicrafts. Yet, these by-products remain underdeveloped due to the lack of modern processing and value-addition industries.

Economically, camels represent a significant asset. Prices vary depending on breed, age, and purpose, ranging from approximately Rs150,000 for younger animals to over Rs2 million for premium camels during Eid-ul-Azha. Despite this strong market value, the sector continues to face structural neglect. There are no dedicated camel breeding farms, veterinary outreach is limited, disease surveillance systems are weak, and pastoral communities have minimal access to credit, insurance, and formal markets.Pakistan’s camel sector also holds considerable export potential, particularly in Middle Eastern markets where demand for camel meat and milk is high. However, this opportunity remains largely untapped due to the absence of quarantine facilities, traceability systems, and export-grade processing infrastructure. As climate change intensifies and water scarcity becomes more severe, camels offer a highly practical and climate-resilient livestock solution. Their ability to survive and remain productive under harsh environmental conditions makes them increasingly valuable for sustainable livelihoods. Recognizing camels as a strategic asset, investing in value chains, strengthening veterinary services, and integrating pastoral communities into formal markets could unlock significant economic and social benefits.

In regions such as Tharparkar, Cholistan, and Balochistan, camels are not remnants of a fading past but vital assets for the future. Strengthening this sector can enhance food security, support rural economies, and contribute to a more resilient and sustainable livestock system in Pakistan.

VIV Europe 2026: key exhibitors heading to Utrecht

Edusehat — Tue, 19 May 2026 15:40:09 +0700

From hatchery automation and AI-based monitoring systems to feed technologies, processing equipment and animal health solutions, VIV Europe 2026 will bring together companies and professionals from across the international livestock and poultry sector at Jaarbeurs, Utrecht, the Netherlands, from 2 to 4 June.

The 25th edition of the exhibition is expected to host around 600 exhibitors from Europe, Asia and the Middle East, covering the entire feed-to-food chain, including poultry, swine, dairy and aquaculture production. The event will also run alongside VICTAM International 2026, adding a strong focus on feed production and feed processing technologies.

Alongside the exhibition, the conference programme will address topics currently influencing the industry, such as automation, digital farming, sustainability, animal welfare and production efficiency.

For visitors, the event offers the chance to see new technologies firsthand, meet suppliers and technical partners, and follow current developments across different areas of animal protein production.

Conference programme:
VIV Europe 2026 Conference Programme

Registration:
Register for VIV Europe 2026

Below is a selection of exhibitors attending VIV Europe 2026:

Agritech – Booth 08.C012

Agritech has been since 1987 a leading company in the design and manufacturing of bulk storage systems both for dry and liquid materials in the animal farming sector. Our range of highly resistant fiberglass silos & tanks covers the needs of farmers from 2 to 100 m³and we also manufacture different bulk material loading and unloading devices, such as stationary and portable screw conveyors, feed transport tanks, flex augers. Moreover, our experience in the processing of fiberglass led us to develop a wide program of shelters and modular stables for animals (dairy, swine, poultry) which are also available with proper insulation for severe environmental conditions. At VIV Europe 2026 we plan to present new portable silos Mod. CUBO X, easily transportable and displaceable by forklift in empty or full–loaded situations and special ozone generators for the sanitization of farms and agricultural ambiences in general.

📧 Email: commerce@agritech.it 🌐 Web site: www.agritech.it

Aviagen – Booth 08.C058

At Aviagen, we are committed to Breeding Success Together with our customers and industry partners. By combining innovation, expertise and a strong focus on sustainability, we continually improve bird health, welfare and productivity. Our approach supports operational excellence and a sustainable future for the poultry industry. We advance welfare through balanced breeding, drive sustainability through innovation and support customer success with expertise and efficient performance. With a diverse breed portfolio, ongoing research, talent development and a commitment to security of supply, we deliver long-term progress and value. Join us at our digital stand (Hall 8, Booth 08.C058) as we celebrate 70 years of Ross and showcase how we are Breeding Success Together.

📧 Email: mediaenquiries@aviagen.com 🌐 Web site: https://aviagen.com/

Aza International – Booth 07.C016

Breedaza and Self-Dosy for precise and safe feed management.
Aza International will be present at VIV Europe 2026 with two flagship lines dedicated to breeders.
The Breedaza line offers advanced solutions for optimised ration management, ensuring uniformity of treatment and reducing variability in production results.
The range dedicated to breeders includes the Self-Dosy system, which enables automatic and calibrated feed distribution to roosters, reducing manual intervention and minimising contamination risks.
The entire Aza International range is designed with a rigorous approach to biosecurity: our conveyors are manufactured with materials and geometries that facilitate cleaning and disinfection, minimising pathogen transmission vectors between cycles.
They also allow storage units to be positioned outside the farm, limiting the entry of transport vehicles.

Visit our stand to explore the technical features of our solutions.

🎥 Watch the company video

📧 Email: info@azainternational.it 🌐 Web site: www.azainternational.it

Biochem – Booth 12.C056

Biochem will be exhibiting at VIV Europe 2026. We do not want to miss this opportunity to promote our new range of Beta Trace organic minerals – registered and patented for all animal species – to the market.
Biochem is a family-run business based in Germany that develops and manufactures additives for the animal feed sector. Under the motto ‘Feed Safety for Food Safety®’, Biochem produces high-quality additives and solutions in the form of water-soluble powders, pastes and liquids for pigs, poultry, ruminants, fish, pets and horses, in compliance with GMP+, QS, DIN EN ISO 9001, DIN ISO 50001 and HACCP.
Our mission is to channel all our company’s strength and expertise into supporting you in your daily work. Biochem additives are characterized by efficiency, quality and sustainability. From gut health, toxin management and feed efficiency to immune stimulation – we offer solutions for every animal species, every type of production and every climate zone.
We are your trusted partner when it comes to animal nutrition and health. With over 400 employees who are experts in various fields such as biotechnology, chemistry and veterinary science, hailing from more than 40 countries worldwide, we are in close contact with you – wherever you are.
Drawing on our production and veterinary expertise, we have developed a comprehensive portfolio to support you in tackling the key challenges in your professional career.

📧 Email: info@biochem.net 🌐 Web site: biochem.net

Carfed International LTD – Booth 11.E014

Excellence in poultry transport

With over 60 years of Italian manufacturing excellence and a strong British network, Carfed International Ltd. specializes in high-quality plastic crates and baskets for live bird transportation.
Proudly Made in Italy, our customizable designs focus on animal welfare. Produced from first-grade virgin HDPE with full UV resistance, our solutions deliver ultimate durability and efficient ventilation, directly reducing Dead on Arrival (DOA) rates.
Today, Carfed reliably serves partners in over 65 countries worldwide, backed by dedicated after-sale support. Visit us at our exhibition stand to discover reliable, long-lasting, and efficient solutions tailored to your poultry operations.

LinkedIn 1 [here] and LinkedIn 2 [here]

🎥 Company video: CARFED 2025 Record Turnover – English version

📧 Email: carfed@carfed.co.uk 🌐 Web site: carfed.co.uk

Cid Lines, An Ecolab Company – Booth 12.A069

Cid Lines, An Ecolab Company, is a global provider of animal health and biosecurity solutions, delivering advanced hygiene programs for the livestock and food industries. Combining science, innovation, and field expertise, it develops cleaning and disinfection products that improve farm productivity, animal health, and food safety. With a wide portfolio of over 1,000 products and presence in more than 100 countries, we support sustainable farming and help producers control pathogens and optimize performance across the food chain.
Visit our stand 12A069 at VIV Europe to learn more about our programs and talk with our experts.

🌐 Web site: Animal Health | Ecolab

Codaf – Booth 08.B035

Codaf is an Italian company specialized in the design and production of automatic feeding systems for the poultry industry. With more than 50 years of experience in poultry equipment, the company has developed an extensive range of feeders and automated feeding solutions for broilers, breeders, pullets, turkeys, ducks and other poultry species. Continuous innovation and attention to quality and animal welfare have led to the development of the patented “Giò” feeder, designed to ensure easy access to feed from the first days of life while helping reduce feed waste. Easy to use and clean, Codaf feeding systems are designed to support efficient flock management and consistent performance in modern poultry production

🎥 Company video: here

📧 Email: info@codaf.net 🌐 Web site: https://www.codaf.net

Dacs – Booth 07.C108

MagFans and Solectrifiers enhance operational efficiency
The combination of MagFan and Solectrifier delivers a highly efficient and reliable solution, reducing electricity costs by up to 90% compared to traditional 50″ on/off fans. The Solectrifier converts energy directly from photovoltaic panels and supplies it seamlessly to the MagFans. As the system operates on the secondary side of the grid, the fans continue running independently and seamlessly, even during power outages.

Ensuring safety and uninterrupted airflow
With 90% of grid outages occurring during daylight hours, this setup ensures continuous and dependable operation. Installed on the secondary side, the Solectrifier maintains consistent airflow, strengthening operational reliability and supporting safety when it matters most.

Below is a link to a video from Colombia where the combination of MagFans and Solectrifiers has been in operation for more than four years now.

🎥 Company video: Solectrifiers in operation at Technigran, Colombia.mp4 – MediaCMS

📧 Email: Niels Dybdahl nd@dacs.dk 🌐 Web site: www.dacs.dk

Giordano – Booth 09.B030 – 12.D020

Giordano returns to VIV Europe 2026 to showcase its advanced technologies dedicated to the poultry and veterinary sector. Recognized worldwide for the quality and reliability of its products, the company has built its reputation on more than six decades of expertise, continuous innovation and close attention to the evolution of modern farming.
Giordano’s product range includes solutions for transport, farm equipment, eggs handling and vaccination devices, developed to support the industry with high technical standards and sustainable production values. Visitors are invited to discover the latest developments and meet the Giordano Global team at Booth 09.B030, while Booth 12.D020 will be entirely dedicated to vaccination solutions and animal health technologies.

🎥 Company video: here

📧 Email: info@giordanoglobal.com 🌐 Web site: https://giordanoglobal.com

Hendrix Genetics – Booth 08.C030

Hendrix Genetics is a global leader in layer breeding, supporting egg producers worldwide with well-balanced, reliable laying hen genetics. Through our portfolio of laying hen brands, including ISA, Babcock, Bovans, Dekalb, Hisex, Warren and Shaver, we work closely with our customers to match the right bird to each production system. Our focus is on robustness, feed efficiency, egg quality, and persistency, helping deliver consistent results in daily practice. What drives us is long-term partnership, with teams close to the field translating genetic progress into practical on-farm value. At VIV Europe, we look forward to meeting you and exchanging ideas on the future of layer production.

📧 Email: layinghens@hendrix-genetics.com 🌐 Web site: www.layinghens.hendrix-genetics.com/

Hubbard – Booth 08.E060

Hubbard conventional and premium

Your choice, our commitment!

Hubbard is the worldwide reference with the Hubbard Premium product range offering a large portfolio of breeds with colour differentiation, slow(er) growth and excellent robustness. This includes the Hubbard REDBRO which offers the best balance for the BCC/ECC market in terms of animal welfare, environment, and economics of any commercially available slower-growing breed.
The Hubbard Efficiency Plus female and the M77 and M99 males perfectly match the needs of the conventional broiler markets looking for the efficient production of hatching eggs and chicks, strong broiler growth, low feed conversion, good conformation and uniformity.

📧 Email: communication@hubbardbreeders.com 🌐 Web site: www.hubbardbreeders.com

Lubing System srl – Booth 07.D090

Once again this year, Lubing System srl will be present at VIV Europe on the stand of the German mother company Lubing Maschinenfabrik.
For over 70 years, the name Lubing has been known among breeders around the world as a synonym for high quality watering systems, conveyor systems for eggs and climate systems. We are a company committed to excellence, with global knowledge of the poultry market and years of experience in the development of state-of-the-art products.
Our staff will be on hand to welcome customers, visitors and colleagues to share with them all the latest news.

Visit us at VIV Europe to discover the world of Lubing, you will find us in Hall 7 at Stand D090.

🎥 Company video: Lubing – TopNipple – CombiMaster – EasyLine 2.0

📧 Email: info@lubing.it 🌐 Web site: www.lubingsystem.com

JBT Marel – Booth 11.E020

JBT Marel will launch a number of premieres at VIV Europe, all transforming the future of food processing.
The VC-i, the world’s most intelligent vent cutter, brings artificial intelligence to vent cutting, the first and most critical step in evisceration. An AI-based visual sensor checks correct cloaca removal and positioning. Mechanical upgrades, recipe-driven settings, and real-time monitoring ensure consistent quality. Together with the Nuova-i system, the VC-i delivers optimal performance, high yield, and top hygiene.
JBT Marel integrates all in-line steps from deboning to inspection, entirely mastering breast meat processing. After ATHENA has deboned the breasts, OQULA inspects and grades both sides using AI-based vision sensors and separates the A- and B-grade product streams. B-grade products are sent to trimming, while A-grade products go directly to SensorX for final bone inspection.

🎥 Company video: VC-i – ATHENA

Email: info.poultry@marel.com 🌐 Web site: jbtmarel.com/poultry

Novogen – Booth 08.C024

As a key player in the layer genetics market, Novogen stands out as a challenger with a distinctive vision—rooted in field expertise, a hands-on approach, and a strong commitment to collaboration.
Since its inception, Novogen has pursued an ambitious selection strategy focused on production systems, efficiency, robustness, and behavioral traits adapted to all types of production environments.
Our team of international experts works closely with our partners to optimize the genetic potential of our lines. We aim to serve the egg market through a strategy that combines performance, innovation, and strong customer relationships, All in One!
In Europe, this approach has enabled us to build an extensive distribution network. Together with our partners, Novogen continues to achieve tangible growth and expand its market share year after year.

VIV Europe 2026 will be a valuable opportunity to reconnect with our partners, showcase our latest innovations, and discuss our shared ambitions for growth and development across diverse markets.

📧 Email: marketing.novogen@novogen-layers.com 🌐 Web site: www.novogen-layers.com

Petersime – Booth 09.C080

Hatching the future with Petersime

Discover UniStreamer™, Petersime’s new generation of single‑stage incubators designed to deliver predictable results, full traceability and outstanding chick uniformity.
The future of hatchery performance is defined by precision – and full control over every step. With the new UniStreamer™ range, hatcheries gain exactly that level of control. By monitoring every stage – from breeder farm to grow‑out farm – UniStreamer™ gives hatcheries the clarity and control needed to deliver predictable, traceable output of uniform, high-quality chicks. Cycle after cycle.

Curious how UniStreamer™ can strengthen your operation?

https://zootecnicainternational.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Petersime_UniStreamer_EN.mp4

📧 Email: info@petersime.com 🌐 Web site: www.petersime.com

River Systems – Booth 07.D140

River Systems is excited to announce its participation in VIV Europe in Utrecht! It is the perfect opportunity to visit our stand and get hands-on with our full range of products designed for hobbyists and small farms.
Come and discover our flagship innovations, including our Wi-Fi enabled incubators, which can be fully controlled remotely through our dedicated CovApp. Explore our professional-grade range of nests, durable bell drinkers, the Caleo heating plate, and much more.
Don’t miss the chance to touch the quality of our equipment and see how our technology can simplify your daily work. Our team is waiting for you in Utrecht to show you the best of “Made in Italy” poultry equipment.

🎥 Company video: Discover our world

📧 Email: info@riversystems.it 🌐 Web site: www.riversystems.it

Sperotto – Booth 07.E016

STAR is the innovative Sperotto feeder designed to effectively feed your chicks from the first day of life.
STAR combines the best features from chicks up to broiler feeder, thanks to its low-profile tray with a hinged lid, the ability to adjust the feed level via a ring nut and telescopic lift, the feed exclusion flap, and the anti-intrusion grid. It includes the emergency end sensor to avoid any feed overflow.

The sturdy, top-quality PE-PP polyethylene makes STAR a reliable and durable product.

🎥 Company video: here

🌐 Web site: www.sperotto-spa.com 🌐 Facebook https://it-it.facebook.com/sperottospaitaly/

Tecnozoo – Booth 12.D080

Research-driven nutritional solutions for poultry production

Tecnozoo is an Italian company specialized in the manufacturing of complementary feeds for modern livestock production (cattle, swine, poultry), with a dedicated portfolio of solutions for the poultry sector.
Through research-driven formulations based on essential oils, organic acids and specialty ingredients, the company develops several products designed to support animal wellbeing and production performance.
Tecnozoo offers a wide portfolio of solutions, including products for intestinal support, feed efficiency, hydration, liver support and stress management.
Combining Made in Italy quality, technical expertise and advanced manufacturing standards, the company also provides flexible private label solutions tailored to international partners and distributors.

Come and visit us at VIV Europe.

📧 Email: tecnozoo@tecnozoo.it 🌐 Web site: tecnozoo.it

VDL Agrotech and VDL Jansen – Booth 08.E030

VDL Agrotech and VDL Jansen are part of family‑owned VDL Group from the Netherlands. Together, they develop innovative solutions for modern poultry farming. VDL Agrotech focuses on reliable feeding systems, while VDL Jansen delivers animal‑friendly, high‑efficiency housing and egg handling technologies. By combining practical experience with smart engineering, both companies create solutions that improve animal welfare, optimize performance, and support sustainable, future‑ready poultry production worldwide.

🎥 Company video: Organic Poultry Houses for Layers | FlexBelt High Flow – Egg Handling | Broiler House

Broiler Breeder Houses | Broiler Breeder Project

📧 Email: info@vdlagrotech.nl 🌐 Web site: www.vdlagrotech.com

📧 Email: info@vdljansen.com 🌐 Web site: www.vdljansen.com

Vencomatic Group – Booth 08.D050

Vencomatic Group will showcase the future of smart poultry farming during VIV Europe 2026 in Utrecht. Visitors will discover how data-driven solutions and intelligent insights help producers improve bird welfare, optimize operational performance and support sustainable egg production.
A key focus at VIV Europe 2026 will be on Meggsius and Genus Focus, showcasing how smart technology and data-driven insights are shaping the future of poultry farming. The Meggsius solutions demonstrate how real-time monitoring and advanced farm data create actionable insights for better decision-making and improved operational performance.
Genus Focus highlights the next step in sustainable hatchery innovation with its in-ovo sexing technology, enabling reliable, fast and completely contactless gender determination of embryos during incubation. Using advanced MRI imaging combined with AI-driven analysis, eggs can automatically be classified on day 12 of incubation – or earlier – as female, male or infertile.
In addition, visitors can explore innovative solutions including the Van Gent Nest and Bolegg Gallery. Meet our team and experience how technology and data are shaping the future of poultry farming.

Visit Vencomatic Group at Hall 8, Booth 08.D050.

📧 Email: marketing@vencomaticgroup.com 🌐 Web site: www.vencomaticgroup.com

The full exhibitor list is available here:
VIV Europe 2026 Exhibitor List

Do Dogs Really Need Supplements? A Complete Guide for Pet Parents

Edusehat — Tue, 19 May 2026 15:35:06 +0700

Dog supplements are everywhere now. Pet stores, online marketplaces, and social media feeds push every possible pill, oil, and chewable tablet for your pet. But the real question most Indian pet parents quietly ask themselves is simple: does my dog actually need any of this? Or is it just marketing?

This guide gives you a straight, honest answer. You will learn when supplements genuinely help, when they are unnecessary, and how to pick the right ones for your dog's age, breed, and lifestyle. By the end, you will know exactly what to buy and what to skip.

What Are Dog Supplements?

Dog supplements are products designed to add specific nutrients, herbs, or functional ingredients to your dog's diet. They are not medications. Instead, they fill small nutritional gaps and support overall wellness.

Common categories include:

Multivitamins for essential vitamins and minerals
Omega-3 oils for skin, coat, and joint support
Joint supplements like glucosamine and chondroitin
Probiotics for gut and digestive health
Calming aids for anxious dogs
Skin and coat formulas with biotin, zinc, and fatty acids
Immunity boosters and antioxidants

Supplements come in tablets, chewable treats, soft chews, powders, and liquid drops. The right supplement is the one your dog actually eats, at the right dose, for the right reason.

Do All Dogs Need Supplements?

The short answer is no. Not every dog needs a supplement.

Dogs eating a high-quality, complete commercial diet usually get all the essential nutrients they need. Premium kibble brands formulate their food to meet full nutritional standards.

However, supplements can genuinely help specific dogs. These include dogs on homemade or mixed diets, senior dogs with age-related absorption issues, puppies in growth phases, dogs recovering from illness, pregnant or nursing dogs, and dogs with diagnosed deficiencies.

The American Veterinary Medical Association notes that supplements should never replace a balanced diet or treat serious medical conditions. Deciding whether your dog needs one depends on their diet, age, breed, lifestyle, and current health, not marketing pitches.

When Supplements Genuinely Help

Supplements offer real value in these situations:

Homemade or mixed diets: Home food rarely covers every vitamin and mineral at the right ratios
Senior dogs: Aging bodies absorb fewer nutrients. Joint, omega, and cognitive support become genuinely useful.
Growing puppies: DHA, omega-3, and puppy multivitamins support brain, eye, and bone development
Active or working breeds: Higher nutrient needs and joint stress make proactive support worthwhile
Dogs with skin or coat issues: Omega-3, biotin, and zinc often produce visible coat improvements
Sensitive stomachs: Probiotics support gut balance and better digestion
Recovery from illness or surgery: Multivitamins, probiotics, and omega-3 support healing
Anxious dogs: Calming supplements with chamomile or L-theanine ease stress

For these dogs, supplements are not luxury items. They are practical tools that improve quality of life.

When Supplements Are Not Necessary

Plenty of healthy dogs do not need supplements at all. Skip them if:

Your dog eats a balanced, high-quality commercial diet
They are a healthy adult with no visible health issues
Their coat, energy, and digestion are consistently good
Your vet has confirmed no nutritional gaps
They get regular exercise and routine checkups

The American Kennel Club emphasises that healthy dogs on complete commercial diets rarely require additional supplementation. Your dog's behaviour, coat, digestion, and energy levels tell the real story.

Types of Supplements Most Commonly Needed

If your dog does need support, these are the most widely useful categories:

Multivitamins: Cover essential vitamins A, B, C, D, E, K, and minerals like zinc, calcium, and iron. Useful for home-fed dogs and seniors.
Omega-3 Oils: Fish oil, salmon oil, or algae oil support coat, skin, joint, and brain health
Joint Supplements: Glucosamine, chondroitin, and MSM help senior and active dogs maintain mobility
Probiotics: Support gut health, digestion, and immunity. Useful during monsoon months in India.
Calming Supplements: Chamomile, L-theanine, or valerian help anxious dogs cope with fireworks and storms
Skin and Coat Formulas: Biotin, zinc, and fatty acid blends target dull coats, itching, and shedding
Immunity Boosters: Turmeric, spirulina, and antioxidant blends support weakened immunity
Puppy Supplements: DHA, calcium, and puppy multivitamins support growth stages

Pick one or two supplements that match your dog's actual needs. Stacking too many is rarely useful.

How to Tell If Your Dog Needs Supplements

Some visible signs hint that a nutritional gap exists:

Dull, dry, or brittle coat
Persistent shedding outside normal seasons
Itchy skin with no flea cause
Low energy or mood dips
Stiffness when getting up or climbing stairs
Frequent loose stools or digestive issues
Slow healing from cuts or scratches
Anxious behaviour during loud events

If you notice two or more of these signs, a targeted supplement may help. Start with the most relevant category, such as omega-3 for coat issues or probiotics for gut problems. Track changes over 4 to 8 weeks.

Safe Ways to Introduce Supplements

Once you decide a supplement makes sense, introduce it carefully:

Start with half the recommended dose for the first 7 days
Give with meals to improve absorption and reduce stomach upset
Stick to a consistent daily time
Monitor for any side effects like vomiting, diarrhoea, or itching
Only add one new supplement at a time
Give at least 4 to 6 weeks before deciding if it works
Avoid stacking supplements that overlap in nutrients

Safe supplementation is slow, observed, and consistent.

Risks of Over-Supplementation

Too much of a good thing can harm dogs:

Vitamin A toxicity: Damages bones and liver
Vitamin D excess: Causes dangerous calcium buildup
Iron overload: Affects liver and kidneys
Calcium imbalance: Worse for large breed puppies
Drug interactions: Some supplements interfere with prescriptions

The ASPCA warns that vitamin overdoses are just as risky as deficiencies. Always consult your vet before combining supplements.

Final Thoughts

Supplements are not magical, but they are helpful when used correctly. Not every dog needs one, but many dogs benefit from targeted support based on age, breed, or health needs. Start with one product, match it to a real concern, stay consistent for weeks, and always consult your vet first.

Browse PetsWorld's health and supplements collection to find trusted, dog-safe options tailored to your pet's needs.

FAQs

Do healthy dogs on kibble still need supplements?

Usually not. High-quality commercial kibble is formulated to meet complete nutritional needs. Supplements are helpful for specific concerns like coat issues, joint stiffness, or digestive problems, but not for every healthy adult dog.

What is the single most useful supplement for dogs?

Omega-3 fish oil is widely considered the most broadly useful supplement. It supports skin, coat, joints, brain, heart, and immunity with very few side effects. Most dogs benefit from quality omega-3 at the right dose.

Can I give human supplements to my dog?

Usually no. Human vitamins and supplements often contain doses, flavourings, or ingredients like xylitol that are unsafe for dogs. Always choose dog-specific products for correct dosing and safety.

How long does it take for a supplement to show results?

Most supplements take 4 to 8 weeks for visible changes. Coat shine may appear in 2 to 3 weeks. Joint support and behavioural supplements often need 6 to 12 weeks. Consistency is key.

Are natural supplements safer than synthetic ones for dogs?

Not always. Safety depends on the ingredient and dose, not the source. Some natural ingredients like garlic and certain essential oils are toxic. Trusted brands and vet guidance matter far more than the natural versus synthetic label.

Pivotal Roles of Fish Nutrition and Feeding: Recent Advances and Future Outlook for Brazilian Fish Farming

Edusehat — Tue, 19 May 2026 08:55:06 +0700

By Aquaculture Magazine Editorial Team

As global aquaculture shifts toward ecological responsibility, Brazil’s nutritional strategies are evolving to reduce reliance on traditional fishmeal through the use of microalgae and plant-derived compounds. This articleexaminesrecentresearchonmacroalgaeandbioactivepeptides as pillars of a resilient production system. By prioritizing gut health and immune modulation, these advancements offer a sustainable framework for optimizing fish welfare and long-term environmental health.

Fish farming plays a central role in global aquaculture by generating employment, supporting economic growth, and enhancing food security.

As the sector expands, advances in aquafeed technology and the use of feed additives have become essential to improving fish growth, health and production efficiency.

Feed additives such as vitamins, minerals and amino acids ensure that diets meet the nutritional requirements of farmed fish, while growth promoters enhance performance and feed conversion. Functional additives including probiotics, prebiotics, phytobiotics and algae-based compounds. Strengthen the immune system, increase resistance to diseases, and improve survival rates. Some additives also reduce stress and enhance overall welfare, contributing to more stable production systems.

Enzymes play a role in improving digestion and nutrient absorption, reducing feed waste and increasing efficiency. Similarly, microalgae are promising alternatives to traditional fishmeal and fish oil, as they provide essential fatty acids, proteins, and bioactive compounds that support growth, immunity, and product quality.

Plant-derived compound, such as essential oils and herbal extracts, are increasingly used as natural alternatives to synthetic chemicals. These compounds improve growth, immune response, and disease resistance while promoting a healthier production environment.

Probiotics and prebiotics further enhance gut health and microbiota balance, leading to better nutrient utilization and increase resistance to pathogens. Their use has shown positive effects on survival, intestinal health, and immune responses in several fish species.

Overall, the development of functional and sustainable feeds is crucial for the future of aquaculture. Current research focuses on replacing conventional ingredients with natural and environmentally friendly alternatives, improving efficiency while reducing ecological impact. These innovations are particularly important in rapidly growing regions such as Brazil but are applicable to aquaculture systems worldwide.

Feed additives such as probiotics and phytobiotics are essential for modern aquaculture, strengthening the fish immune system and increasing resistance to pathogens. These functional compounds improve gut health and microbiota balance, leading to superior survival rates and more stable production environments.

Pivotal Roles of Feed in Fish Farming

Feed additives are essential components in aquaculture, used to improve feed quality, enhance fish health, and optimize production performance (Figure 1). These additives are classified according to their functions and mechanisms of action, playing a key role in sustainable and efficient fish farming.

Improved digestibility and nutrient absorption

Feed additives such as digestive enzymes significantly enhance nutrient utilization by breaking down complex compounds like proteins, lipids, and carbohydrates. Enzymes including proteases, lipases, and carbohydrates improve digestion and compensate for limited endogenous enzyme production, particularly in juvenile fish. This leads to better feed efficiency, growth performance, and reduced waste.

For example, enzyme supplementation is species such as pirarucu improved growth and nutrient digestibility, while phytase enhances the utilization of plant-based ingredients. Similarly, protein hydrolysates from poultry liver and sardines have been shown to improve nutritional efficiency and productivity in various fish species.

Overall, improving digestibility results in optimized growth, lower feed costs, and reduced environmental impact, contributing to more sustainable aquaculture systems.

Increased immunity and health

Functional feed additives play a crucial role in enhancing fish immunity and overall health. Probiotics, such as Lactobacillus and Bacillus species, improve gut microbiota balance, nutrient absorption, and disease resistance by inhibiting pathogenic microorganisms and stimulating immune responses. Prebiotics further support beneficial bacteria, creating a favorable intestinal environment.

Immunomodulators, including essential fatty acids (EPA, DHA, and ARA), nucleotides. and plant extracts, regulate immune cell activity and improve resistance to infections. Organic acids contribute to pathogen control and improved digestion, while antioxidants such as vitamins A,D, and E, along with minerals like zinc and selenium, reduce oxidative stress andstrengthen immune function.

Bioactive peptides also enhance immune responses by activating immune cells and providing antimicrobial effects. Additionally, improve digestion through enzyme supplementation indirectly supports immune health by reducing physiological stress.

In summary, feed additives are fundamental to modern aquaculture, improving both nutritional efficiency and fish health. By enhancing digestion, boosting immunity and reducing environmental impact, they support more productive, resilient, and sustainable fish farming systems (Figure 1).

Macroalgae species, including Ulva and Gracilaria, are emerging as potent biotechnological tools due to their immunostimulant and growth-promoting properties. They serve as natural sources of carotenoids and essential amino acids, enhancing fillet quality and antioxidant responses in species like Nile tilapia.

NutritionalApproachesin Brazilian Marine Fish Farming

Nutritional strategies in Brazilian marine aquaculture have evolved to improve fish growth, health, and sustainability, particularly for economically important species such as mullet, snook, and sardines. Research shows that not all dietary additives are beneficial. For instance, guar gum and citrus pectin at higher inclusion levels negatively affected growth performance, nutrient composition, and feed intake in juvenile mullet, while also altering liver metabolism without improving communities. In contrast, citral supplementation enhanced growth, digestive enzyme activity, antioxidant responses, and survival in mullet and sardines, although it was not recommended for common snook.

Probiotics such as Bacillus subtilis demonstrated immunostimulant effects in snook, though without significant growth improvements. Organic salts, particularly sodium acetate, improved growth performance and reduced bacterial loads in fat snook, highlighting their potential as functional additives. Similarly, ascorbic acid supplementation improved reproductive parameters like sperm quality, even when growth was unaffected. Exogenous enzymes also showed promise by mitigating soybean mealinduced intestinal issues and enhancing nutrient utilization.

Marine ornamental fish production presents additional challenges due to reliance on wild capture, raising sustainability concerns such as overfishing and habitat damage, and specialized dietary requirements. Experimental diets and additives play a key role in addressing these issues. Thyroid hormones have been shown to accelerate metamorphosis, improve survival, and enhance development in species like clownfish and barber goby, although excessive doses can cause deformities.

Probiotics and enriched live feeds improved growth and survival in seahorses, especially when combined with microalgae or copepods. Carotenoids such as astaxanthin significantly enhanced pigmentation and immune function, with natural sources proving more effective than synthetic ones. Exogenous enzymes like pancreatin improved digestion, intestinal development, and growth performance in both seahorses and clownfish larvae. Organic acids contributed to better intestinal morphology and nutrient absorption, although their long-term effects require further study.

Microalgae emerged as a critical nutritional component, improving survival, growth, and fatty acid composition in larvae, while also serving as a sustainable alternative to traditional feed ingredients. Additionally, micronutrients such as iodine were essential for preventing physiological disorders like goiter in certain species.

Overall, advances in nutritional strategies, including functional additives and alternative feed sources, are essential for improving aquaculture productivity and sustainability while reducing dependance on wild populations.

Recent Advances for Feeding in Brazilian Fish Farming

In recent years, macroalgae have gained attention as a functional feeding strategy in aquaculture due to their nutritional, immunostimulant, antiviral, antibacterial, and growth-promoting properties. Studies on species such as Ulva ohnoi, Sargassum filipendula, Undaria pinnatifida, Chaetomorpha clavate, and Kappaphycus alvarezii have demonstrated positive effects on the growth and immunity of Pacific white shrimp (Penaeus vannamei), suggesting similar potential benefits for fish. However, research on macroalgae use in fish diets remains limited in Brazil.

Costa and Miranda-Filho (2020) highlighted the importance of marine macroalgae as sources of carotenoids, which influence not only coloration but also growth, reproduction, and overall health in aquatic species. Experimental studies with fish show promising but nuanced results. For instance, Pontes et al. (2020) found that including 10% Ulva fasciate meal in juvenile Nile tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus) diets did not affect gastrointestinal transit, indicating it is a safe inclusion level. Similarly, Costa et al. (2013) reported improved feed conversion and carcass yield in tilapia when diets included 20 g Kg-1 of Ascophyllum nodosum.

In contrast, Mendonca et al. (2019) observed that while Gracilaria domingensis enhanced immune responses in juvenile mullet (Mugil liza) growth was negatively affected at inclusion levels above 10%. A 5% inclusion level was identified as optimal, improving immune competence without compromising growth. Fish fed macroalgae also showed increased levels of immune-related antibodies.

Macroalgae also influence physiological and biochemical parameters. Cian et al. (2019) found that Pyropia columbina improved antioxidant responses in juvenile pacu (Piaractus mesopotamicus), reducing oxidative stress markets without affecting growth. Meanwhile, Ulva fasciata supplementation in Seriola dordalis did not alter growth but improve fillet quality by increasing DHA and reducing linoleic acid content, along with changes in hematological parameters at higher inclusion levels.

Additionally, Ulva species may serve as natural sources of tryptophan phenylalanine, potentially reducing stress in fish farming systems (Calheiros et al., 2019). Overall, macroalgae show strong biotechnological potential as feed additives, enhancing fish health, immunity, and product quality, although further research is needed in Brazil.

Future outlook for nutrition and feeding in Brazilian fish farming

The future outlook for nutrition and feeding in Brazilian fish farming looks very promising. With the ongoing expansion of the Brazilian fish farming industry, there is anticipated to be a notable rise in research efforts and the introduction of new products to the market. The fish farming sector in Brazil is experiencing rapid growth, with investments being made in water resource management technologies and the development of specific diets for native species, which will help ensure the sector’s sustainability.

These prospects indicate a dynamic future with significant growth opportunities for fish farming in Brazil. Recent highlights of the Brazilian evolution in the search for sustainable alternatives for the aquafeed industry include feed additives such as citral, β-glucan-enriched complex, Ocimum basilicum essential oil, Bacillus spp and organic benzoic acid, propionic acid, Curcuma longa hydrolate and Lactobacillus plantarum, Inulin, Lippia sidoides essential oil, and Lactobacillus rhamnosus.

Despite the advancements in Brazilian research reported in this study, it is crucial to incorporate these advancements into the aquafeed industry to enhance the growth and sustainability of the sector. Quality ingredients are necessary for formulating fish diets, even though they can be costly. Proper selection of feed ingredients and additives is vital for the health and growth of fish. Nutrition for native species remains a challenge in the Brazilian aquaculture industry. Government support and targeted public policies for the fish feed sector could drive development and innovation. These challenges present obstacles, but also opportunities for innovation and expansion in the Brazilian fish feed industry.

This is a summarized version developed by the editorial team of Aquaculture Magazine based on the review article titled “PIVOTAL ROLES OF FISH NUTRITION AND FEEDING: RECENT ADVANCES AND FUTURE OUTLOOK FOR BRAZILIAN FISH FARMING” developed by:. Aline Brum, Caio Magnotti, Mônica Yumi Tsuzuki, Elen Monique de Oliveira Sousa, José Luiz Pedreira Mouriño, Maurício Laterça Martins. Rafael Garcia Lopes, Roberto Bianchini Derner and Marco Shizuo Owatari ─ Federal University of Santa Catarina. The original article was published on JANUARY, 2025, through FISHES. The full version, including tables and figures, can be accessed online through this link: https://doi.org/10.3390/fishes10020047

Nutreco Expands Its Smart Shrimp Ecosystem

Edusehat — Tue, 19 May 2026 05:20:23 +0700

• Eruvaka’s expansion now spans 12 countries while their tools ensure USD 1.25 billion in harvest value

• The platform’s technology includes AI-based sonic feeding, automatic feeders, and water quality monitoring

The international company Nutreco has announced a major expansion of its smart aquaculture ecosystem. Its subsidiary, Eruvaka, that currently operates in 12 countries, helping aquaculture producers adopt smart solutions to increase productivity and reduce risk at commercial scale, and is still growing. The impact of their technological integration originated an enormous production volume in 2025: with approximately 370,000 metric tons of shrimp, with a market value of USD 1.25 billion, were farmed using the platform.

“Shrimp farming has become an AI- and data-driven business, and there is no room for error. Technology alone does not solve volatility. The real impact comes from integrating smart feeding systems with biological expertise, grower experience, feed formulation, and robust local advisory support. That ecosystem enables farmers to make faster, more informed decisions in challenging market conditions,” said Kunal Choudhary, CEO of Eruvaka.

Since Nutreco completed the acquisition of full ownership in 2023, Eruvaka has evolved from a technology provider into a globally integrated platform. It currently supports approximately 20,000 annual harvests, with more than 45,000 hectares of shrimp ponds managed through connected systems and over 60,000 smart feeding devices in operation.

Biomass Increases of Between 40% and 60%

According to them, while persistent price volatility continues to challenge shrimp producers worldwide, the platform represents one of the largest installed bases of smart feeding systems in the industry, reflecting a shift toward precision by producers seeking consistency in an unpredictable market.

In a landscape where pressure on margins is forcing many operations to reevaluate their models, Nutreco’s integrated approach has become a safeguard for profitability. In select markets, producers using the system have achieved biomass increases of between 40% and 60%. Coupled with improved feed efficiency, these operations have seen an increase in farm profits of between 20% and 40%.

It seems that also the environmental benefits are significant. Field studies demonstrated reductions in the carbon footprint of between 10% and 30% through optimized feeding practices. By combining real-time pond data with precise delivery, the system promotes stable conditions and greater farm reliability — factors critical to shrimp survival rates.

Strategic Importance of the Integration

Unlike standalone digital tools, Eruvaka’s technology — which includes AI-based sonic feeding, automatic feeders, and water quality monitoring — is integrated within the broader nutritional framework of Skretting (a Nutreco company). This allows the group to move beyond the simple deployment of equipment toward proactive farm optimization.

“For Skretting, the integration of Eruvaka demonstrates how we are evolving as a business. By bringing together digital innovation, nutrition expertise, producer experience, and local advisory support, we empower farmers with better knowledge, create a measurable impact on performance and sustainability, and help maintain resilient aquaculture systems in the long term,” commented Maarten Bijl, CEO of Skretting.

Proactive Farm Optimization

Eruvaka was founded in 2012 by Indian entrepreneur Sreeram Raavi. The company’s products allow farmers to actively monitor pond parameters and remotely control automated equipment. This significantly reduces farming risk and increases feed efficiency, shrimp growth and farm profitability.

Nutreco first partnered with Eruvaka in 2018, and this continued expansion reinforced its long-term commitment to the ‘feed-to-farm’ value chain. “By combining AI innovation with nutritional science, Nutreco is enabling a global shift from reactive support toward proactive farm optimization, strengthening the resilience of the global shrimp supply,” they say.

Since then, Nutreco‘s aquaculture division Skretting is working directly with Eruvaka to implement the latest in precision farming technology, firstly in Latin America and then in Asia.

New Country, Growing Impact: First ASC-Certified Feed Mills in Venezuela

Edusehat — Tue, 19 May 2026 05:20:17 +0700

By Aquaculture Stewardship Council

Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC) continues to see building global momentum for its Feed Certification Program, with the first two ASC-certified feed mills in Venezuela.

Agropecuaria Nivar became the country’s first ASC-certified feed mill, quickly followed by Proparca who achieved certification soon after – both producing shrimp feed. This milestone signals growing demand for more sustainable aquafeed in the region, with Venezuelan feed mills now certified to supply ASC-conforming feed and marking further progress for Latin America, a key hub in the global shrimp supply chain.

More than 130 feed mills are now in the ASC Feed Program worldwide. With ASC-certified farms required to use ASC-conforming feed, expanding supply is critical to enabling the continued growth of responsible aquaculture.

Marcos Moya, Outreach Lead at ASC, said, “We congratulate both Agropecuaria Nivar and Proporca for achieving ASC Feed Certification. By choosing the most robust and transparent certification in aquafeed manufacturing, they demonstrate their commitment to environmental and social responsibility.”

A representative from Agropecuaria Nivar added, “For Grupo Nivar, ASC Feed Mill certification represents validation of our commitment to responsible feed production, product traceability, and aquaculture sustainability. This achievement reinforces our vision of adding value to our customers and to the development of the aquaculture sector in Venezuela.”

Agropecuaria Nivar team presented with ASC Feed Certificate at SEG 2026

Proporca’s spokesperson concluded, “Achieving certification under the ASC Feed Standard is a source of great pride and a milestone that goes beyond operational excellence. This international recognition validates our commitment to producing aquaculture feed in line with the most stringent standards of traceability, environmental responsibility and social commitment. It’s a key step in our growth strategy.”

“By aligning with world-class standards, we not only strengthen the trust of our business partners but also ensure that the shrimp industry has access to inputs that support its own certification and long-term sustainability. This achievement reaffirms our vision: to lead with quality, act with transparency, and produce responsibly for the future of food.”

Momentum is building in the region: two additional feed mills in Venezuela are already in audit for ASC Feed Certification.

About the ASC Feed Standard

The ASC Feed Standard is the first of its kind to set binding global requirements for all feed ingredients – from fishmeal and fish oil to plant-based ingredients such as soy, palm oil, and wheat. Companies must demonstrate that these are sourced from responsibly managed fisheries or sustainable agricultural sources.

About the Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC)

The ASC label on pack showcases ASC-certified farms and feed mills — impact-focused and transparent operations delivering measurable and verifiable change. They meet science-based, rigorous requirements that foster accountability and trust across the seafood value chain, from feed ingredients to farm to fork.

ASC is an independent non-profit organization setting the global standard for responsible farmed seafood. Our comprehensive environmental and social requirements drive continuous improvement in aquaculture practices.

ASC is advancing the leading certification program for responsible farmed seafood, partnering to increase demand for ASC-labelled products, and championing innovation through industry collaboration.

Find out more: www.asc-aqua.org

Aquaintech Marks 30 Years as a Global Leader in Sustainable Aquaculture Solutions

Edusehat — Tue, 19 May 2026 05:20:12 +0700

By Aquaintech

Aquaintech today celebrates 30 years of advancing sustainable aquaculture through its Bacillus– based microbial solutions designed to improve water quality and support resilient, high-performance aquatic farming systems worldwide.

Since its founding in 1996, Aquaintech has grown from a specialized water quality innovator into a global biotechnology company focused on practical, biology-driven solutions for aquaculture. Over three decades, the company has built a strong reputation for delivering field-proven microbial solutions in tablet, powder, and liquid formats that help farmers maintain stable, productive, and sustainable aquatic environments.

Today, Aquaintech is the largest supplier of aquaculture microbial solutions in Ecuador, with a growing international presence across Vietnam, Mexico, India, New Caledonia, and other markets. The company supports diverse shrimp and fish farming systems operating under a wide range of environmental conditions.

At the core of its portfolio are Bacillus-based products widely used to support microbial balance, improve water stability, and enhance system resilience across pond-based aquaculture systems, shrimp and fish farms, and hatchery environments.

Aquaintech also offers customized formulations and private-label solutions developed in close collaboration with farmers and industry partners. These solutions are tailored to specific regional conditions, species requirements, and operational challenges, reflecting the company’s customer- centric approach to real-world aquaculture needs.

“As we mark 30 years, our focus remains on delivering practical, science-based solutions that directly address farmer challenges,” said Dr. Newman, CEO and Founder of Aquaintech. “Our strength lies in combining proven Bacillus technologies with the ability to adapt formulations to local conditions and customer requirements.”

Looking ahead, Aquaintech is focused on expanding its global presence, diversifying into new aquaculture markets, and strengthening its leadership in sustainable microbial water quality solutions.

About Aquaintech

Aquaintech is a global aquaculture solutions company founded by Dr. Newman, specializing in Bacillus-based microbial technologies for water quality management. With operations across multiple international markets, the company provides field-proven, customizable solutions that support sustainable and productive aquaculture systems worldwide.

Dr. Newman is also a contributor to several leading aquaculture industry publications, reflecting his ongoing engagement with applied aquaculture science and industry knowledge sharing.

The Norwegian Cod Farming Company Ode Acquires Mowi Facility in Vanylven

Edusehat — Tue, 19 May 2026 05:20:06 +0700

• **Some weeks before, they acquired Lumarine, that currently operates the largest juvenile cod production facility in the country**

The Norwegian cod farming company Ode just announced that has entered into an agreement to acquire Mowi’s facility in Vanylven, Norway. They reported that Mowi will continue operating the facility through the summer with its current stock of ballan wrasse. After that, Ode will take over the facility and its employees and convert the operations to cod juvenile and broodstock production.

“Ode is a strong player in cod farming and will further develop the facility in a responsible and sustainable manner,” said Regional Director Asgeir Hasund of Mowi Norway.

For his part, Ode CEO Ola Kvalheim commented: “The company has a strong need for increased onshore capacity, and Sighaug fits perfectly into our portfolio with its skilled and experienced employees, proximity to several of Ode’s farming sites, and opportunities for further development and investment.”

Without Interruption

Kvalheim emphasized that Ode sees Sighaug as an important facility in the company’s value chain for farmed cod. The facility, together with several of its employees, has previously produced cod juveniles with very strong results.

“We are confident that we can build on what Mowi has developed over the past years. The facility can easily be converted back to cod and is well suited for both juvenile and broodstock production. Together with Mowi, we are immediately starting the process of applying for a change of species approval to cod. We hope for a swift process with the relevant authorities so that operations can resume without interruption in activity,” assured Kvalheim.

According to Mowi’s Regional Director Hasund, they “are pleased to have found a good solution for the facility and its employees. This will ensure continued operations in Vanylven,” he said while he also thanked the facility’s employees for their efforts over many years, and especially for their work in recent times.

Euronext NOTC-Listed Seafood Company Lumarine

Some weeks before the announcement, Kistefos-controlled Holding Akvaservice, together with shareholders representing more than 90% of the shares, entered into an agreement to sell their shares to Ode. The remaining shareholders have been offered the opportunity to sell their shares on the same terms. Lumarine currently operates Norway’s largest juvenile cod production facility at Tjeldbergodden in Aure municipality, also in Norway. The facility produced approximately 1,500 tons of juvenile cod last year.

Ode and Lumarine have worked closely together since 2022, and the acquisition represents an important step in Ode’s continued development as a leading and fully integrated producer of farmed cod, they highlighted.

The company plans to invest significantly in further modernization and scaling of production to 5,000 tons of juvenile cod by 2027. Such capacity will be necessary to support a potential annual production volume of around 100,000 tons of market-size cod within the next five years.

“We are very pleased to announce this acquisition. We know Lumarine, the organization, and the facility well after a very successful collaboration over the past five years. Bringing this fully into Ode is a natural and strategically sound step for us. It represents a key milestone in strengthening our fully integrated value chain for cod production,” said Kvalheim.

Through this acquisition, Ode is laying the foundation for future growth and a clear modernization and professionalization of juvenile cod production. Lumarine has significant potential for further development and expansion beyond the 5,000 tons planned after the acquisition. According to them, Ode looks forward to further developing the strong professional environment at Tjeldbergodden and strengthening cooperation with the local community in Aure.

“We look forward to fully integrating the organization and production into Ode. This provides greater predictability, allows us to invest in improved biological control, and strengthens our ability to deliver even better juvenile fish in the future. At the same time, we are welcoming highly skilled employees who already have extensive experience with cod juvenile production and who know Ode and our way of working through the long-standing cooperation between the companies,” finished Kvalheim.

Lumarine’s juvenile cod production uses a flow-through system in which seawater is heated through heat exchange with surplus heat from local industry. This enables a highly sustainable production model with low biological and technological risk. Experience with cod production since 2022 has been positive and provides a strong foundation for further development under Ode.

International Poultry Welfare Alliance’s Key Welfare Indicator guides: tools to drive continuous improvement in animal outcomes

Edusehat — Mon, 18 May 2026 21:50:36 +0700

As stakeholder expectations around welfare continue to evolve, the poultry value chain has increasingly adopted more meaningful approaches to demonstrate measurable progress and align welfare programs with science and outcomes. This shift requires a fundamental change in how we define, measure and communicate about animal welfare. At the center of that change are outcome-based key welfare indicators (KWIs): animal-centered, science-informed measurements that objectively assess the impact of management and the environment on poultry welfare.

Historically, animal welfare programs have relied heavily on resource-based indicators. These include system inputs such as stocking density, feeder and drinker space, lighting programs, and breed choice. Although these inputs are important, they do not always reliably predict how animals experience their environment.

In contrast, outcome-based indicators focus on the animal itself. These measures assess the actual response to, or results of, management practices, capturing the bird’s biological response to its environment. Examples include mortality rates, cull rates, lameness incidence, footpad dermatitis, injuries, and dead-on-arrival (DOA) percentages. Outcome-based indicators provide a more direct and meaningful assessment of welfare because they quantify the animal’s lived experience. They allow for benchmarking, trend analysis, and continuous improvement across diverse production systems.

Identifying the need for a common framework

One of the most significant barriers to advancing the broad adoption and use of outcome-based KWIs has been the lack of a common system and language. Different organizations have historically used varying definitions, methodologies, and reporting formats, creating fragmentation and reducing credibility with external stakeholders. Establishing a unified framework addresses this challenge by supporting consistent data collection and transparent communication and facilitating benchmarking. This language and systems gap has reinforced the need for a standardized, science-based approach that can be applied across production systems and regions.

The International Poultry Welfare Alliance (IPWA), a global, multi-stakeholder organization that serves as an independent resource on poultry welfare and brings together expertise from across the value chain, has helped address this need by bringing together stakeholders to align on how welfare outcomes are measured and communicated.

Through this effort, IPWA developed KWI Reference Guides for broilers, turkeys and layers, providing a practical framework to support consistent assessment, enable objective evaluation and drive continuous improvement in poultry welfare. The KWI reference guides were designed to complement existing standards and provide clear guidance on how to measure and monitor welfare indicators consistently across all phases of production (hatchery, farm, transport, and processing plant). The guides are available in English, Spanish, Portuguese, Thai and Arabic and are housed on the Alliance’s website.

The goal of publishing the guides was not to replace existing welfare monitoring programs but to enhance them by introducing a standardized, outcome-based framework. The guides include definitions of key indicators, options for measurement and observation, implementation instructions, the scientific rationale for each metric and citations linking each indicator to published research or technical guidance. They also identify a core set of KWIs applicable across broiler, layer, and turkey production systems.

This approach recognizes that although production systems may differ, the fundamental principles of animal welfare remain consistent. By aligning on a shared set of indicators, the value chain can create a more cohesive and credible narrative around welfare performance, enabling more consistent communication to stakeholders about progress in poultry welfare.

It is also important to note that the guides do not impose defined standards. Instead, the approach emphasizes continuous improvement. The IPWA recognizes that welfare is not a fixed endpoint, but a process that evolves with advances in science, technology, and management. By focusing on improvement over time, innovation can be encouraged and accountability maintained.

Although the guides outline how to measure indicators, effective welfare assessment depends on consistent training. Individuals need to understand both how to measure and why it matters. To support this, the IPWA and partners developed online training modules that turn the guide into practical, easy-to-use learning programs. These modules combine visuals, welfare science, and hands-on examples to improve consistency and help teams better identify emerging welfare issues.

Driving continuous improvement

The true value of KWIs lies in their ability to drive continuous improvement. By systematically measuring outcomes, producers can identify trends, detect emerging issues, and evaluate the effectiveness of management interventions. This creates a feedback loop that supports ongoing refinement and optimization. For example, tracking mortality and cull rates over time can reveal improvements in flock health or highlight areas where intervention is needed. Monitoring lameness or footpad dermatitis can inform adjustments in litter, drinker, or environmental management. Evaluating DOA rates can lead to improvements in transportation or handling practices.

These insights not only improve animal welfare but also enhance operational performance. Better welfare outcomes are often associated with improved productivity, reduced losses, and lower risk. This reinforces the concept that animal welfare is both an ethical obligation and a business imperative.

Building trust through transparency

In today’s environment, data alone is not sufficient. How the value chain communicates that data is equally important. Stakeholders expect transparency, consistency, and clarity. They want to understand not only what the metrics are but also what they mean and how they are used to drive improvement.

Standardized KWIs provide a foundation for this communication. They enable the value chain to present an aligned, evidence-based narrative that demonstrates both progress and accountability. This transparency is critical for building trust. Trust is not earned through claims but through consistent demonstration of performance over time. By openly sharing data, acknowledging challenges and highlighting progress, the poultry sector can strengthen its credibility with stakeholders.

Leading the future of welfare

The poultry value chain is well-positioned to lead the future of animal welfare by embracing a more transparent, outcome-driven approach. By aligning around KWIs, we can clearly demonstrate progress, strengthen trust and continue advancing both animal care and operational performance. This is an opportunity to move forward with confidence by building on the strong foundation already in place.

The next step is to actively adopt, implement and consistently communicate KWIs across the value chain, ensuring that continuous improvement in welfare is not only achieved, but also clearly understood by all stakeholders.

Those interested in advancing poultry welfare are encouraged to engage with the IPWA. Whether your focus is research, production, policy or the broader value chain, IPWA provides a platform to collaborate, share expertise and help shape practical, science-based solutions. Connecting with IPWA is an opportunity to contribute to meaningful progress and stay engaged with the evolving landscape of poultry welfare.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post International Poultry Welfare Alliance’s Key Welfare Indicator guides: tools to drive continuous improvement in animal outcomes appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Italy launches the first pilot vaccination project for HPAI in poultry farms

Edusehat — Mon, 18 May 2026 21:45:14 +0700

Starting in May 2026, the Italian Ministry of Health will begin a pilot vaccination program against highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI – H5 subtype). The initiative is being implemented in cooperation with the Veneto and Lombardy regions and with the full participation of the poultry industry supply chain.

The program will involve a small number of selected farms in the provinces of Verona and Mantua and will target the most vulnerable poultry categories, specifically meat turkeys and egg-laying hens. The project involves birds from the earliest stages of life, using vaccines approved at European level. It will be supported by a strengthened monitoring system and advanced traceability tools to assess on the field all operational aspects related to animal vaccination.

Vaccination for HPAI will be an additional protective measure that works alongside – and does not replace – the existing biosecurity, surveillance and control measures already in place. It will position Italy among the most advanced European countries in adopting innovative tools for the prevention and control of animal diseases with significant health and economic consequences. The aim is to strengthen the system’s ability to contain the spread of the virus, reducing the risk of outbreaks and safeguarding the continuity of production in the national poultry sector, thereby limiting the economic impact of the disease.

The vaccination for HPAI in poultry also fully aligns with the One Health approach, recognising the connection between animal health, human health, and the environment. Reducing viral circulation in farms in fact helps lower the risk of viral adaptation and potential “spillover” events to humans, thereby reinforcing prevention efforts in the field of public health as well.

Source: https://www.izsvenezie.com/italy-launches-pilot-vaccination-hpai/

When we examine consumer behaviour

Edusehat — Mon, 18 May 2026 18:30:06 +0700

This weekend, my brother and sister-in-law were staying over from the US, having stopped off in Italy to see the new grandson. We of this generation are all excited, as it is the first grandbaby to be born to our particular family set. He is fairly small but getting bigger every day. We keep sending them baby things and demanding endless photos of the child. I am turning into my mother.

My sister-in-law asked if we had probiotics, as she had run out of her capsules. I was able to direct her to the Danone Actimel we have in our refrigerator. How things change. I remember when I mentioned probiotics many moons ago, and my American friends had no idea what I was talking about. Even those of us who grew up drinking just milk (there was semi-skimmed milk?) now have such a selection of dairy products for whatever we’d like to consume. Pretty much, if you can envision it, the dairy sector has a product for it. It’s kind of a marvel how this sector has changed over the last couple of decades.

I am also off on a swimming holiday to Croatia this week, leaving the spouse at home to complete projects. This is a nervous time as sometimes I come home to strange eBay purchases, such as a beautiful, enormous mahogany bookcase, in pieces because it was so very large, all over my upstairs hallway. It was going very cheap because most houses can’t accommodate such a massive piece of furniture here. I believe a couple of the shelves are now holding books here.

Never mind. Paški sir, an award-winning, hard sheep’s milk cheese, is from Croatia, but I will be south of where it is produced. I am sure I will be able to find the cheeses somewhere on my travels around the country. When I’m not paddling around the islands.

The post When we examine consumer behaviour appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

Top Supplements for Puppies in Their Growth Stage

Edusehat — Mon, 18 May 2026 18:05:05 +0700

Puppyhood is one of the shortest yet most important chapters of a dog's life. In the first 12 months, your puppy builds the bones, muscles, immune system, and brain they will rely on for the next decade. Every meal, every treat, and every supplement plays a role in shaping their adult health.

This guide covers the top supplements for puppies during their growth stage. You will learn which supplements genuinely help, when to start them, and how to avoid over-supplementation, which is a surprisingly common mistake among well-meaning Indian pet parents.

Understanding the Puppy Growth Stage

Puppy growth happens in distinct phases, each with different nutritional needs:

0 to 2 months: Still nursing or weaning. Mostly dependent on the mother's milk.
2 to 4 months: Rapid growth of bones, joints, and muscles. Immune system building.
4 to 8 months: Teeth come in, energy spikes, and coordination develops.
8 to 12 months: Growth slows, muscle tone sets, and adult features emerge.
12 to 24 months: Large and giant breeds continue developing. Small breeds usually reach maturity.

Puppies need 2 to 3 times more calories, calcium, and protein per kilogram of body weight than adult dogs. Their nutritional demands peak between 3 and 6 months. The right supplements during this window can prevent lifelong joint, bone, and immunity issues.

Why Puppies May Need Supplements

Even the best commercial puppy food can leave small gaps. Factors that raise the need for supplementation include:

Homemade puppy diets that miss specific nutrients
Large or giant breed genetics, which require precise calcium and joint support
Rescue puppies with a poor early diet
Puppies recovering from illness, deworming, or stress
Weak immunity from vaccination gaps or environmental exposure
Dull coat, skin issues, or digestive sensitivities
Active breeds with high energy demands

The American Kennel Club notes that growth-phase puppies benefit most from targeted supplements that fill specific dietary gaps, especially when fed under vet guidance.

Top 10 Supplements for Growing Puppies

The following supplements support different aspects of healthy puppy development:

Puppy Multivitamin: Covers core vitamins A, B-complex, C, D, E, and K, plus essential minerals. Choose puppy-specific formulas with correct calcium and phosphorus ratios.
DHA and Omega-3: Critical for brain development, eye function, and coat shine. Fish oil or algae oil delivers DHA in the most bioavailable form. Aim for 50 to 60 mg of EPA plus DHA per kg of puppy weight.
Calcium and Phosphorus Blend: Essential for bone and tooth development. Use only with vet guidance, especially for large breeds. Over-supplementing calcium can cause orthopaedic problems.
Probiotics: Support gut health, improve digestion, and strengthen immunity. Especially useful for rescue puppies and dogs on antibiotics.
Colostrum Supplements: Rich in antibodies and growth factors. Useful for puppies weaned early or with weak immunity.
Vitamin D3: Supports calcium absorption and bone strength. Important for puppies kept mostly indoors.
Glucosamine and Chondroitin: Recommended for large breed puppies prone to hip or elbow dysplasia. Start under vet guidance from 6 months onwards.
Biotin and Zinc: Support healthy skin, coat, and nail development. Useful for puppies with dull fur or dandruff.
Iron and B-Complex: Support red blood cell production and energy metabolism. Useful for puppies recovering from parasites or surgery.
Herbal Immune Boosters: Natural options like turmeric, spirulina, or Ayurvedic blends support gradual immunity building. Use only under vet or qualified herbalist guidance.

Most puppies need a core multivitamin plus omega-3 as a baseline. Add targeted supplements based on breed, diet, and individual needs. Avoid stacking too many products.

When to Start Giving Puppy Supplements

Timing matters in the growth stage. A rough guide:

0 to 8 weeks: Supplementation rarely needed. Mother's milk covers nutritional needs.
8 to 12 weeks: Gentle probiotics may help during weaning or transition to solid food
3 to 6 months: Best time to add puppy multivitamin, DHA, and breed-specific joint support
6 to 12 months: Continue core supplements. Add joint support for large breeds if recommended.
Over 12 months: Transition slowly to adult-dog nutritional needs and supplements

Always consult your vet before starting any supplement, especially for puppies under 4 months. The wrong supplement or dose can affect development.

How to Choose Safe Puppy Supplements

Not every supplement marketed for puppies is safe or useful. Use this quick checklist:

Puppy-specific formulation only. Never use adult or senior formulas.
Clear dosage by weight, with puppy-sized doses labelled
Short ingredient lists, no artificial colours or synthetic preservatives
Indian-made or regulated import brands are usually safer than bulk imports
Third-party testing results shared by the brand
Easy-to-feed formats like soft chews, liquid drops, or flavoured powders
No unnecessary calcium, particularly for large breed puppies

Avoid cheap imports or bulk products without clear ingredient lists. Quality matters far more than price during these crucial months.

Mistakes to Avoid

Common supplement mistakes in puppy care:

Giving adult supplements: Calcium and vitamin levels are wrong for growing pups
Over-supplementing calcium: Can cause skeletal issues, especially in large breeds
Stacking too many products: Leads to nutrient overlap and potential toxicity
Assuming more is better: Higher doses do not mean faster growth
Using human vitamins: Many contain iron, vitamin D, or xylitol in unsafe levels

The ASPCA warns that many human supplements and some imported puppy products contain ingredients unsafe for young dogs. Always verify sources before starting a new supplement.

Final Thoughts

Puppyhood is short, but what you feed during this window shapes your dog's entire future. Choose a high-quality puppy multivitamin, add omega-3 and probiotics as needed, and skip unnecessary extras. Always match supplements to your puppy's age, breed, and diet, and consult your vet for large breeds or rescue puppies.

Browse PetsWorld's health and supplements collection to find puppy-safe options designed for growth and wellness.

FAQs

At what age should I start giving my puppy supplements?

Most puppies do not need added supplements before 8 weeks, as mother's milk provides essential nutrition. From 3 to 6 months, a puppy multivitamin and DHA are commonly recommended. Always consult your vet before starting, especially for puppies under 4 months.

Do puppies really need multivitamins if they eat commercial puppy food?

Usually not, if the commercial food is high quality and complete. However, puppies on homemade or mixed diets, rescue puppies, or those with growth issues often benefit from targeted supplements. Your vet can confirm based on your puppy's condition.

Is calcium supplementation safe for large breed puppies?

Only under vet guidance. Too much calcium can cause skeletal problems in breeds like Labradors, German Shepherds, Great Danes, and Rottweilers. Most premium puppy kibble already includes appropriate calcium levels, so extra supplementation is rarely needed.

Can I give my puppy omega-3 every day?

Yes. Omega-3 is safe and beneficial for daily puppy supplementation. Use puppy-appropriate doses, usually 50 to 60 mg of EPA plus DHA per kg of body weight. Fish oil or algae oil work best for puppies.

Which supplements are best for Indie puppies and mixed breeds in India?

Most Indian mixed breed puppies benefit from a core multivitamin, omega-3, and probiotics. Joint supplements are useful for large or athletic pups. Adjust based on your puppy's diet, activity level, and health history.

83% of Feed Samples Show Multi-Mycotoxin Contamination

Edusehat — Mon, 18 May 2026 07:50:14 +0700

By dsm-firmenich Animal Nutrition & Health

New dsm-firmenich data reveals rising co-contamination risks across global feed Supply and escalating threat to food security

dsm-firmenich Animal Nutrition & Health has released the results of the World Mycotoxin Survey from January to March 2026, highlighting a sharp rise in multi-mycotoxin contamination across feed ingredients worldwide.

Analysis of 4,465 samples from 66 countries shows that 83% of samples contain 10 or more mycotoxins, with an average of 21 mycotoxins and metabolites per sample. The findings underline a shift from single-toxin to complex co-contamination risks, increasing pressure on feed safety, animal performance, and food production systems.

4,465 samples were collected and analyzed from 66 countries around the world, resulting in 26,751 analyses.

Mycotoxins are naturally produced by the fungi that can contaminate feed raw materials in the field and during storage. When ingested by animals, mycotoxins have a wide range of negative effects such as impaired reproduction, digestive disorders, carcinogenicity, and reduced performance.

Key findings

Co-contamination is widespread: 83% of samples contained 10 or more mycotoxins.

Fusarium toxins dominate globally: 9 out of 10 samples were contaminated.
In North America, livestock and aquaculture face extreme to high risk of exposure to B-Trichos, FUM, and ZEN, with occurrence rates of 83%, 57%, and 79%, respectively.
In Central and South America, high risk is associated with FUM and ZEN, with average contamination levels of approximately 2,411 ppb and 81 ppb, respectively.
South Asia continues to face high to extreme risk of exposure to aflatoxins, B-Trichos, FUM, OTA, and ZEN, with 51–75% classified as high risk and 76–100% as extreme risk.
In the China/Taiwan region, FUM was detected in 93% of samples, while East Asia recorded a 91% occurrence rate and extreme prevalence of B-Trichos at 96%.
In Central and Southern Europe, B-Trichos shows high occurrence rates of 91% and 94%, respectively. Southern Europe is also experiencing challenges with high levels of FUM, detected in 97% of samples.

These results highlight the need for comprehensive multi-analyte testing and targeted mitigation strategies to address the growing complexity of contamination patterns.

Ursula Hofstetter, Head of Mycotoxin Risk Management at dsm-firmenich stated, “These latest findings once again highlight the widespread and persistent nature of mycotoxin contamination in feed ingredients across the globe. With risks continuing to pose a threat to animal welfare, productivity, and sustainability. Therefore, proactive risk management and regular monitoring are more important than ever to maintain the profitability of both the feed industry and animal protein production sectors.”

The survey also includes further details on:

Trends in mycotoxin occurrence over the years.
Prevalence levels for each mycotoxin in each region.
Global and local risk levels for each mycotoxin.
Risk levels posed to each species.
Comparison of prevalence levels from January-December 2024.
Insights on mycotoxin levels in grains and soy from major producing countries.
More information about Spectrum 380®, the most advanced mycotoxin analysis method used as a research tool and performed at the University of Natural Resources and Life Sciences Vienna (BOKU).
Overview on the occurrence of the most frequent mycotoxins, their masked and modified forms as well as emerging mycotoxins; based on results delivered by the most comprehensive commercially available multi-mycotoxin method, Spectrum Top®50.

About the Survey

Since 2004, dsm-firmenich Animal Nutrition & Health has analyzed thousands of global feed samples annually to understand and monitor contamination levels of the different mycotoxins in a variety of feed ingredients. This information is shared in the quarterly dsm-firmenich World Mycotoxin Survey, which accurately identifies mycotoxin risks based on animal species and location.

Effective mycotoxin risk management should include frequent testing along with a multi-strategy mitigation approach.

To download to the dsm-firmenich World Mycotoxin Survey from January to March 2026, follow the link here.

About dsm-firmenich Animal Nutrition & Health

In 2024, dsm-firmenich shared its plan to find a new owner for the Animal Nutrition & Health (ANH) business, including vitamins. ANH, a dsm-firmenich company, is a global leader in animal nutrition and health, as well as vitamins, carotenoids, and aroma ingredients. ANH is an innovation leader and increased its sales to USD 3.85 billion with a team of more than 7,800 people, driven by its strong purpose: feeding the planet without costing the earth. Together, we make it possible.

www.dsm-firmenich.com/ANH

Texas Aquaculture Association Endorses Nate Sheets for Texas Agriculture Commissioner

Edusehat — Mon, 18 May 2026 07:50:10 +0700

By The Texas Aquaculture Association

The Texas Aquaculture Association (TAA) is proud to announce its endorsement of Nate Sheets for Texas Agriculture Commissioner, citing his strong commitment to supporting Texas agriculture, rural communities, and the future of aquaculture in the state.

“As Texas agriculture continues to evolve, it is critical to have leadership that understands the importance of all sectors of our industry, including aquaculture,” said Brian Brawner, President of the Texas Aquaculture Association. “Nate Sheets recognizes the value of aquaculture to Texas’ economy, food supply and rural communities, and we believe he will be a strong advocate for producers across the state.”

The Texas aquaculture community contributes to food production, economic development and sustainable resource management throughout Texas. TAA members include producers of shrimp, oysters, redfish, catfish, tilapia, hybrid striped bass, crawfish, baitfish, sport fish and ornamental fish, as well as pond and lake managers, suppliers, researchers, students and other industry partners dedicated to advancing aquaculture and seafood production in the state.

TAA board members noted that Sheets’ focus on innovation, market development, regulatory consistency, research support, responsible resource management and rural economic growth aligns closely with the priorities of the Texas aquaculture industry. His sincere interest in ensuring the future of aquaculture has been demonstrated by his visits with TAA members, including most recently touring multiple farms in Palacios to learn more about its importance in Texas.

“We are proud to endorse Nate Sheets for Texas Agriculture Commissioner and look forward to working with him to strengthen opportunities for Texas agriculture and aquaculture,” Brawner added.

For more information about the Texas Aquaculture Association, please visit https://texasaquaculture.org.

About the Texas Aquaculture Association

The Texas Aquaculture Association is dedicated to promoting, protecting, and advancing the aquaculture industry in Texas through education, advocacy, and collaboration among producers and industry partners.

LACQUA 2026: Sustainable Aquaculture, Blue Future for Latin America and the Caribbean

Edusehat — Mon, 18 May 2026 07:50:05 +0700

By LACQUA 2026 Organizing Committee

The Latin American and Caribbean Chapter of the World Aquaculture Society (LACC-WAS), together with the Government of El Salvador, the Salvadoran Blue Economy Authority (ASEA), with the support of the Salvadoran Tourism Corporation, and strategic partners from the regional aquaculture sector, have joined efforts to organize the Latin American and Caribbean Aquaculture Congress – LACQUA 2026, which will take place from October 27–30, 2026 in San Salvador, El Salvador.

LACQUA 2026 will bring together experts on globally relevant topics for the development, sustainability, and growth of aquaculture in Latin America and the Caribbean. It will also feature one of the most important trade shows in the region, offering a wide range of supplies, technologies, and services for the sector.

This congress is established as a key platform for the exchange of knowledge, innovation, and experiences among researchers, students, producers, companies, government institutions, and international organizations.

The main thematic areas will include:

Aquatic species culture (fish, shrimp, and other species)
Production systems (RAS, biofloc, aquaponics, IPRS, cages)
Sustainable aquaculture and environment
Health, diseases, and immunology
Physiology, genetics, and biotechnology
Nutrition and feeding
Processing, economics, and climate change
Education and professional development
Women in aquaculture

Additionally, the congress will include technical meetings and networking spaces to promote regional and international collaboration.

The abstract submission system is now open, with a deadline of July 31, 2026:
https://www.was.org/Meeting/Abstract/Submit/LACQUA26

All submissions will be peer-reviewed, and accepted papers will be published in the official conference proceedings. More details regarding key dates and submission guidelines will be announced soon.

Further information on the program, registration, sponsorship, and trade exhibition will be shared in upcoming bulletins.

We look forward to your participation!

International Heritage Breeds Week, May 17-23

Edusehat — Sun, 17 May 2026 02:55:04 +0700

PITTSBORO, NORTH CAROLINA – Along with partners around the globe and thousands of conservationists, farmers, ranchers, shepherds and breeders, The Livestock Conservancy begins observation of International Heritage Breeds Week, Sunday, May 17. During the annual celebration, the organization highlights the critically important role rare breeds of livestock and poultry play in protecting agricultural biodiversity, strengthening food security and preserving genetic diversity .

Among its activities, the Pittsboro, North Carolina-based not-for-profit organization is responsible for the annual Conservation Priority List, a roster of more than 180 endangered breeds across 11 species ranks the extinction threat for America’s farm animals.

“The International Heritage Breeds Week campaign was created to increase global awareness of these lesser-known breeds and the important genetic diversity they contain,” explained Allison Kincaid, executive director of The Livestock Conservancy. “These breeds, including donkeys, cattle, goats, horses, sheep, pigs, rabbits, chickens, ducks, geese and turkeys, often have longer lifespans and productive years, a slower growth rate, and are adapted to specific environments, making them unique and fascinating. They thrive when raised by more traditional farming practices.”

Kincaid said there is tremendous value in preserving and protecting heritage breeds.

“Many of our breeds contain traits carefully developed over hundreds of years. Today, heritage breeds serve as primary reservoirs of genetic diversity in most domesticated animal species. Up to 50% of a breed’s biodiversity is found nowhere else within the species,” she said.

Biodiversity matters. Today, three-quarters of the world’s food supply draws on just 12 crops and five livestock species, according to the United Natithat rare breeds of livestock and poultry play in protecting agricultural biodiversity, strengthening food security and preserving genetic diversityons. Yet, global demand for livestock products is expected to increase 70% by 2050.

“The Livestock Conservancy works year-round with academic institutions and others to document, research and maintain the genetic diversity contained in these animals,” Kincaid added. “Each year, we provide Microgrants to heritage breed farmers and breed organizations to support their conservation work with these rare breeds. We also develop educational resources, including webinars, blogs, and podcasts, to provide practical information for producers and promotional materials that help supporters share the importance of heritage breeds at events and throughout their communities.”

Throughout the weeklong observance, The Livestock Conservancy and its sister organizations in other nations hope to spread the important message of heritage breeds. Additionally, many members of the organization, historical farms, museums and participating zoos will be holding informational booths, educational outreach efforts and special events highlighting endangered agricultural breeds.

The post International Heritage Breeds Week, May 17-23 appeared first on The Livestock Conservancy.

Aviagen Anadolu showcases the future of poultry production at 9th Technical Seminar

Edusehat — Fri, 15 May 2026 18:10:09 +0700

Aviagen^® Anadolu successful hosted its ninth technical seminar in Belek, Antalya, Türkiye, from 28–29 April, bringing together poultry professionals, industry experts and customers from across Türkiye for 1.5 days of knowledge sharing, innovation and collaboration.

The seminar featured a comprehensive program focused on broiler and breeder management, flock performance, hatchery technologies, disease prevention, nutrition and emerging industry trends. Participants benefited from presentations delivered by Aviagen specialists and international guest speakers, who shared practical insights and the latest developments shaping the poultry sector.

Discussions throughout the event emphasized improving production efficiency, bird health, meat quality and sustainability across poultry operations. The Aviagen Anadolu team also highlighted the importance of continued education and collaboration in supporting customers and advancing poultry production standards throughout the region.

The seminar also provided an opportunity for attendees to strengthen professional relationships and exchange experiences during networking sessions, panel discussions and the gala dinner.

The closing session included an interactive panel discussion, giving customers the opportunity to engage directly with presenters and ask questions related to the topics covered throughout the seminar. The event concluded with a group photo and a special Club awards presentation recognizing outstanding customer performance with Ross flocks.

During the awards ceremony, the Aviagen Anadolu team honored the top three Club award winners with certificates and awards in recognition of their exceptional production results. The Clubs celebrate customers who demonstrate outstanding dedication, management excellence and performance achievements with their Ross flocks.

“The seminar was highly valuable in terms of covering technical topics and demonstrating the development and future direction of the Ross breed. It provided an excellent opportunity for our teams to further develop their knowledge. The event was also very enjoyable socially, especially with the recognition and celebration of successful performers during the closing session.”, said İsmail Ertonga, Vice General Manager, Beypiliç.

Sharing his perspective on the seminar, Güven Atlı, General Manager, Keskinoğlu, commented: “The topics covered during the seminar and the expertise shared by the speakers were extremely valuable for our team. We sincerely appreciated the care, attention and support shown by the Aviagen Anadolu team throughout the event. Their hospitality and professionalism made the experience especially meaningful for all attendees.”

Reflecting on the success of the seminar, Yüksel Öztürk, Production Manager, Orallar, added: “The organization of the seminar was excellent from start to finish. The presentations addressed current industry challenges with practical and resultoriented information delivered by highly experienced experts. We were extremely pleased with both the content and the overall event experience.”

Rıza Elmas, Senior Technical Manager, Aviagen Anadolu, added: “We dedicated significant preparation over the past year to ensure the success of this seminar. The program was carefully designed to address key areas across the entire production chain, including hatchery operations, management practices, health, nutrition, data analysis, ventilation and processing. We also explored the future genetic potential of the Ross 308 and the opportunities it presents for our customers.

We were especially pleased to welcome more than 150 customers, including many key decision-makers from across the region. The seminar served as an important platform for industry professionals to connect, exchange ideas and discuss future opportunities for improving performance and achieving genetic potential.

I would like to sincerely thank our Technical Managers, especially Orhun Tikit, along with Ahmet Emrah Örtlek and Kifah Abutumeh, whose dedication and hard work played a major role in making this event a success. Together with the Aviagen Anadolu team and our global experts, we were proud to deliver a truly valuable and memorable seminar experience.”

Source: Aviagen press release

Do Active Dogs Really Need Joint Care Supplements?

Edusehat — Fri, 15 May 2026 14:30:05 +0700

Active dogs are the athletes of the canine world. They run, jump, chase, and train harder than most pets. You might assume that all this activity keeps their joints strong. The truth is more nuanced. Active dogs actually put more cumulative wear and tear on their joints than couch companions, which means they often need joint support earlier, not later.

This guide answers a question every active dog parent eventually asks: do active dogs really need joint care supplements? You will learn when joint supplements genuinely help, which ingredients matter, and how to protect your athletic dog for life.

What Counts as an Active Dog?

Active dogs are not just those that play in the park. They include:

Working breeds: Border Collies, Australian Shepherds, Belgian Malinois
Sporting dogs: Labradors, Golden Retrievers, Pointers, Spaniels
Herding and guard breeds: German Shepherds, Rough Collies, Rottweilers
Sled and pulling breeds: Huskies, Malamutes
Agility and sport dogs: Any breed training in agility, flyball, or dock diving
High-energy mixed breeds: Including many Indian street dogs with natural athletic ability

If your dog routinely jumps onto furniture, chases balls for 30 minutes at a stretch, or joins you for long runs, they fall into the active category. These dogs need joint care built around their lifestyle.

How Joints Wear Down in Active Dogs

Every jump, twist, and burst of speed puts mechanical stress on your dog's joints. Over time, this repeated impact causes:

Cartilage thinning: The cushion between bones slowly erodes
Joint fluid reduction: Lubricating fluid decreases under heavy use
Micro-tears in ligaments: Small tears build up during repetitive high-impact activity
Chronic inflammation: Low-level inflammation appears in heavily used joints

The American Veterinary Medical Association notes that joint degeneration in active dogs often begins silently, meaning the dog feels fine on the outside while wear and tear happens inside. By the time limping or stiffness appears, cartilage damage may already be significant. This is why proactive joint support matters far more for active dogs.

Do Active Dogs Really Need Joint Supplements?

The short answer is yes, most active dogs benefit from joint supplements, often starting much earlier than their sedentary cousins.

Here is why:

Prevention is easier than repair: Supporting cartilage before damage is far more effective than treating arthritis later
Daily wear adds up: A sporting dog covers more ground in a month than a housepet covers in a year
Commercial food rarely contains enough joint nutrients: Standard kibble does not deliver therapeutic levels for active dogs
Puppies of large breeds face double risk: High energy plus rapid growth strains developing joints
Recovery improves with supplementation: Joint support speeds recovery between training sessions

The American Kennel Club recommends proactive joint supplementation for working, sporting, and athletic dogs, particularly during active training phases.

Signs Your Active Dog Needs Joint Support

Active dogs often hide joint discomfort because their drive to move masks early signs. Watch for:

Slower warm-up before runs or play
Preferring to walk rather than sprint
Taking longer to stand up after rest
Mild limping after intense sessions
Reduced enthusiasm for favourite activities
Stiffness the morning after training
Licking or chewing specific joints
Reluctance to jump into the car or onto beds
Popping or clicking sounds from joints

These signs often appear gradually and can be dismissed as just getting older, even in dogs under 5 years of age. Act early. Starting joint support at the first sign buys you years of comfortable activity.

Key Ingredients in Active Dog Joint Supplements

Quality matters more than brand recognition. Look for these active ingredients:

Glucosamine: Supports cartilage repair. Most effective at 15 to 20 mg per kilogram of body weight daily.
Chondroitin Sulfate: Works with glucosamine to maintain joint fluid and cartilage strength
MSM (Methylsulfonylmethane): A natural anti-inflammatory that eases post-exercise stiffness
Omega-3 Fatty Acids (EPA and DHA): Reduce joint inflammation and support recovery
Hyaluronic Acid: Keeps joint fluid thick and lubricating during repetitive impact
Turmeric Extract (Curcumin): A natural anti-inflammatory that helps dogs recover faster
Green-Lipped Mussel: A natural source of omega-3, glucosamine, and chondroitin
Collagen Peptides: Support ligaments and connective tissues under athletic stress

A well-formulated active dog joint supplement combines several of these ingredients in effective doses, not token amounts.

When to Start Supplementing an Active Dog

Start earlier than you might think. Typical starting ages for active dogs:

Large breed athletic puppies: from 6 months, at puppy-appropriate doses under vet guidance
Sporting and working breeds: from 2 to 3 years of age
Agility and sport competitors: before intense training begins, usually around 18 months
High-energy Indian breeds: from 3 years, especially during humid monsoon months
After any joint injury: immediately, to support recovery

Starting early is especially useful for dogs genetically prone to hip or elbow dysplasia, including Labradors, German Shepherds, Rottweilers, and Golden Retrievers. Prevention during developmental years saves joints for a lifetime.

Supporting Active Dog Joints Beyond Supplements

Supplements work best within a full joint-protective routine.

Warm up and cool down: A 5-minute walk before and after intense exercise reduces injury risk
Proper weight management: Lean dogs stress their joints less during jumps and runs
Varied exercise: Mix running, swimming, and walking to balance joint loading
Avoid repetitive high-impact games: Long fetch sessions on hard surfaces strain joints more than most pet parents realise
Orthopaedic bedding: A firm, padded bed supports recovery overnight
Regular vet checkups: Annual mobility checks catch problems early

Common Mistakes to Avoid

Even well-meaning pet parents make these slip-ups:

Waiting for visible pain before starting supplements
Choosing cheap supplements with minimal active ingredients
Giving supplements only when injured, then stopping
Skipping warm-ups before high-impact play
Using human glucosamine without vet advice
Stopping supplementation during monsoon when joints are stiffest

Small, consistent choices protect active dogs over the long run. Reactive care almost always costs more than preventive care.

Final Thoughts

Active dogs work their joints harder than almost any other type of pet. Proactive joint supplementation is not optional for them, it is an investment in years of pain-free movement. Choose a well-formulated product, match the dose to your dog's weight, and combine it with smart exercise, healthy weight, and good bedding.

Browse PetsWorld's health and supplements collection to find joint care options built for active dogs.

FAQs

At what age should active dogs start joint supplements?

Large breed active puppies can start from 6 months under vet guidance. Most sporting and working dogs benefit from joint supplements starting at age 2 to 3. Early support prevents future cartilage damage during the years of heaviest use.

Can too much exercise damage dog joints?

Yes. Repetitive high-impact exercise, especially on hard surfaces, can stress joints. Balance runs and jumps with low-impact activities like swimming or leash walks. Avoid long fetch sessions on concrete and always include warm-up and cool-down walks.

Are joint supplements safe for young, healthy dogs?

Yes. Quality joint supplements are safe for long-term daily use in healthy dogs, including puppies and young adults. Always match the dosage to your dog's weight and consult your vet if they are on any medication.

Do active Indian breeds like Indies need joint care too?

Yes. Many Indian mixed breeds have athletic builds and high activity levels. They benefit from joint support, especially if they jump, run long distances, or show any early signs of stiffness. Monsoon months often worsen joint stiffness in active dogs.

What is better, glucosamine alone or a combination supplement?

Combination supplements with glucosamine, chondroitin, MSM, and omega-3 usually work better than glucosamine alone. The ingredients act together to reduce inflammation, rebuild cartilage, and improve joint fluid quality.

Signs You’ve Officially Become a Cat Person

Edusehat — Fri, 15 May 2026 04:10:06 +0700

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine. Subscribe today!

The post Signs You’ve Officially Become a Cat Person appeared first on Modern Cat.

USAPEEC’s “The Cackle” – A Conversation with Maureen Stickel

Edusehat — Fri, 15 May 2026 00:10:09 +0700

WPF’s Maureen Stickel was recently featured on The Cackle, a podcast from the USA Poultry & Egg Export Council (USAPEEC) that shares the stories behind U.S. poultry and egg exports straight from the people who make it happen. In this episode, Maureen talks about WPF’s mission, our approach to building self-sustaining poultry value chains, and why dual-purpose poultry is changing lives for smallholder farmers around the world. Listen below.

The Cackle Podcast

A podcast sharing the stories behind U.S. poultry and egg exports—straight from the people who make it all happen.

Your browser does not support the audio element.

with Maureen Stickel from The World Poultry Foundation

The post USAPEEC’s “The Cackle” – A Conversation with Maureen Stickel appeared first on World Poultry Foundation.

Feed efficiency in broilers: why immune function matters

Edusehat — Fri, 15 May 2026 00:05:06 +0700

By Mickie Metz, Ph.D.
Technical Innovation Research Scientist
Fortiva

Feed efficiency is one of the most important factors influencing profitability in broiler production. Production managers and nutritionists balance nutrition, genetics and housing conditions to help birds convert feed into growth as efficiently as possible. There’s one other variable often overlooked: the bird’s immune system.

Although it may not always be visible during day-to-day broiler management, immune function can impact how efficiently broilers utilize feed. Birds are protected from disease and can focus energy on efficient growth when immune function is properly balanced.

Understanding immune function in broilers

The immune system comprises signaling molecules called cytokines that help coordinate responses to pathogens. These molecules are essential for protecting birds from disease, but they can also trigger inflammation. Birds may experience unnecessary inflammation that requires more energy if too many pro-inflammatory cytokines are produced.

Instead of trying to suppress immune responses entirely, the goal is to help the immune system respond when needed without becoming overactive. Birds require ample immune activity to protect against pathogens, but not so much that valuable energy is wasted.

How immune function affects performance

When birds face immune challenges, their bodies must divert nutrients and energy toward fighting disease. This shift can affect growth, feed conversion and overall flock performance.

Energy that could be used to support muscle development is instead used to activate immune responses, such as producing immune cells, creating disease-fighting agents and managing inflammation. Birds experiencing immune stress may grow more slowly and require more feed to reach market weight and condition as a result.

Conversely, a strong immune response can affect mortality and carcass quality during periods of high disease pressure. A functional immune system helps birds survive disease challenges, potentially leading to fewer deaths. In addition to reduced mortality, an active immune system can help birds clear infections quickly, reducing morbidity and medication costs.

Hidden cost of immune challenges

Immune-related performance losses are often overlooked. When walking through a broiler house, it can be easy to identify a bird that appears sick. However, many immune challenges occur at the subclinical level.

Even mild immune responses can increase the bird’s energy needs. When the immune system is activated, the bird must use more dietary energy just to maintain basic functions rather than using that energy for growth in systems where every day counts.

Because these changes are subtle, flocks may appear healthy while still experiencing reduced feed efficiency – a response often described as a “silent killer” of feed conversion. Supporting the immune system in a way that minimizes unnecessary inflammation can help birds remain productive, even amid environmental challenges.

Environmental pathogens and disease pressure remain constant challenges in poultry production. Although management and biosecurity practices play a key role in protecting flocks, nutritional tools that support immune balance can provide additional value.

Supporting immune balance

Fortiva has developed a phytogenic feed additive, Remify that supports immune balance and improves feed efficiency in broilers. The product uses whole plant parts instead of isolated extracts or essential oils to provide a broad range of naturally occurring bioactive compounds.

These compounds incorporate polyphenols and other plant metabolites that help regulate inflammation and support gut health. By helping to reduce the impact of pro-inflammatory cytokines, this phytogenic solution can help manage excessive inflammation that would divert energy away from growth.

This product also helps support the integrity of tight junctions in the gut. Strong, tight junctions help maintain the gut barrier, preventing leakage and allowing birds to absorb nutrients more efficiently, thereby supporting better feed utilization and growth.

Research trials show these benefits can translate into measurable performance improvements. In 3 controlled broiler cage trials, feed conversion improved by 4 points at day 28 (p<0.01)¹ and 3 points at day 42 (p=0.026)²with birds fed Remify.^1,2,3 By day 42, birds fed this product experienced a 5.9% greater gain when challenged with coccidiosis.³

Production managers can reduce the hidden energy costs of broiler inflammation and immune stress by helping birds maintain an efficient immune response. This allows birds to focus more energy on growth, which can improve feed efficiency and support more consistent broiler performance.

For more information on how Fortivacan support your nutrition program, click here.

References

1 Broiler Feed Pen Trial 22-F1
2 Schwartz, M., P. Mishra, and S. Crowder. 2024. Effect of a next generation phytogenic blend on broiler growth performance under challenged conditions. Proc. Int. Poult. Sci. For. (Abstr. T174)
3 Metz, M., Davis, E., Mishra, P., & Crowder, S. 2025. Effect of feeding a novel phytogenic feed additive on growth performance and clinical outcomes of broilers administered a mixed Eimeria spp. challenge [Poster presentation]. Poultry Science Association Annual Meeting. (abstr. 504P)

Editor’s note: Fortiva assumes full responsibility for this article’s accuracy and compliance.

The post Feed efficiency in broilers: why immune function matters appeared first on Modern Poultry.

AAT and SBA announce market launch of Cheggy in-ovo sexing technology in Australia

Edusehat — Thu, 14 May 2026 20:25:10 +0700

First installation in Asia-Pacific goes live at SBA’s Victoria hatchery – orders for sexed chicks now open; official launch event to take place at PIX Food with Purpose Show in the Gold Coast during May 2026.

Victoria Australia – May 2026 – Agri Advanced Technologies (AAT) and Specialised Breeders Australia (SBA) today announced the official launch of the Cheggy in-ovo sex determination system in the Australian market. With the first Cheggy machine now fully installed and operational at SBA’s hatchery in Victoria, Australian Egg Producers can, for the first time, order chicks whose sex has been identified before hatching. The companies will jointly present the technology to the wider industry at the PIX Food with Purpose Show in the Gold Coast, QLD, during May 2026.

Cheggy is the world’s leading non-invasive in-ovo sexing solution for brown layer breeds. Using advanced hyperspectral analysis, the system determines the sex of a developing chick at an early stage during development without opening the egg or compromising embryo health. This breakthrough enables hatcheries to plan production more efficiently while supporting emerging welfare, sustainability, and transparency standards across the poultry supply chain.

“We are excited to bring Cheggy to Australia and to support a growing industry focus on animal welfare and resource efficiency,” said Jörg Hurlin, Managing Director of Agri Advanced Technologies. “Cheggy combines high accuracy, speed, and operational reliability, making it an ideal solution for the Australian market as producers look for scalable and economically sustainable approaches to early-stage chick management.”

With the system now running in Victoria, SBA becomes the first hatchery in Australia to offer commercially available in-ovo sexed chicks. In addition, the new in-ovo sexing technology in the SBA hatchery was certified by a well-known independent nonprofit organization Humane Farm Animal Care to ensure animal welfare in a traceable and documented manner.

Successful staff training at the fully operational CHEGGY machine at the SBA hatchery in the state of Victoria, Australia

A technology designed for modern egg production

Cheggy delivers high-speed, high-volume processing while integrating easily into existing hatchery workflows. As a fully non-invasive procedure, the technology mitigates contamination risks and ensures the safety of the embryo throughout the measurement and sorting process.

Additional advantages include:

High throughput of 20,000 eggs per hour – capable of processing large volumes suitable for commercial hatcheries.
Cost-efficient operation – no consumables, no single-use waste, and minimal maintenance requirements.
Compact footprint – a small spatial requirement for easy integration into hatcheries of varying sizes.
Improved sustainability – enabling early selection helps the industry address long-standing challenges related to male chicks in layer production.

Ready-to-use Cheggy system for high-throughput non-invasive in-ovo sex determination at SBA´s hatchery

The adoption of in-ovo sexing technologies is expanding globally as markets transition toward higher welfare standards and greater transparency. With installations already operating across Europe, North America, and South America, the Australian launch marks another step in AAT’s international growth strategy.

AAT and SBA will be present at the PIX Food with Purpose Show in the Gold Coast, QLD, in May 2026 to share information about CHEGGY, provide technical insights and respond to questions the attendees might have.

Source: Agri Advanced Technologies (AAT) press release

Bio-coating significantly extends chilled poultry shelf life

Edusehat — Thu, 14 May 2026 20:25:10 +0700

A new bio-coating technology enriched with natural antimicrobial agents has shown the potential to substantially extend the shelf life of chilled poultry, offering major benefits for food safety, sustainability, and the poultry industry. Studies demonstrate that edible coatings based on pectin, citrus bioflavonoids, and chitosan can significantly slow microbial growth and preserve sensory quality. MDPI

Introduction

Poultry is one of the most consumed proteins worldwide, but its short shelf life under refrigeration poses challenges for producers, retailers, and consumers. Traditional methods like modified atmosphere packaging (MAP) help, but recent research highlights the promise of bio-coatings—natural, edible films enriched with antimicrobial compounds—as a potential solution.

What is a bio-xoating?

Definition: A thin, edible layer applied to poultry cuts, often made from biopolymers like pectin or chitosan.
Function: Acts as a barrier to oxygen and moisture, while delivering antimicrobial agents directly to the surface.
Examples of agents used: Citrus bioflavonoids, glucono-δ-lactone, and chitosan. MDPI

Research findings

Shelf-life extension

Control samples (no coating): 6–7 days at 5 °C.
Glucono-δ-lactone coating: Extended shelf life by ~2 days.
Citrus bioflavonoid coating: Extended shelf life to 13 days, compared to 6–7 days in untreated samples.
Chitosan coating: Preserved microbiological quality and sensory attributes, delaying spoilage significantly. MDPI

Mechanism of action

Antimicrobial activity: Inhibits spoilage bacteria such as Pseudomonas spp. and Brochothrix thermosphacta.
pH regulation: Some coatings lower surface pH, creating unfavorable conditions for microbial growth.
Barrier properties: Reduce oxygen exposure, slowing oxidative changes and discoloration.

Benefits for the poultry industry

Food safety: Reduced microbial load lowers risk of foodborne illness.
Economic impact: Longer shelf life reduces waste and improves profitability.
Sustainability: Less spoilage means fewer discarded products, aligning with global food security goals.
Consumer confidence: Fresher appearance and better sensory quality increase market acceptance.

Risks and challenges

Regulatory approval: Bio-coatings must comply with food safety regulations before widespread adoption.
Cost considerations: Scaling production of natural antimicrobial agents may increase costs initially.
Consumer perception: Acceptance of edible coatings depends on clear communication about safety and benefits. Springer

Conclusion

The development of bio-coatings for chilled poultry represents a promising development for meat preservation. By combining natural antimicrobial agents with edible films, researchers have demonstrated significant shelf life extensions compared to untreated poultry. This advancement not only enhances food safety but also supports sustainability by reducing waste in the poultry supply chain.

Sources can be provided upon request

The Next Generation in Conservation

Edusehat — Thu, 14 May 2026 17:15:05 +0700

by D. Phillip Sponenberg, D.V.M., Ph.D. and Allison Kincaid

Celebrating the Next Generation in Heritage Breed Conservation

This month marks International Heritage Breeds Month, and the “Celebrating 250” blog is taking a break from exploring the history of breeds on the Conservation Priority List to focus on the vital role that young people play in agriculture and in conserving heritage breeds. From America’s earliest homesteads to innovative programs we see today, young people have always been central to farming. They bring fresh ideas, enthusiasm and a tireless spirit that helps keep agricultural traditions alive.

Why Youth Matter

Throughout history, young people’s involvement in farming has been crucial for passing down knowledge, culture and genetics from one generation to the next. In the days when farming was more widespread, youth often learned by doing – feeding animals, herding livestock, collecting eggs, milking, shearing, building fences and nurturing the land. These tasks weren’t merely “chores”; they provided valuable lessons in breeding, animal care, responsibility and stewardship.

Today, farm life is less common. As we concentrate on the intentional conservation of rare heritage breeds in today’s culture, it is essential that we pass on the knowledge of farming traditions and adaptations to the next generation. Only knowledgeable and dedicated caretakers can ensure the survival of heritage breeds, and this is where the youth come in – they will select, raise and cherish these breeds to ensure they thrive in our modern world. But we must provide them with the opportunities to learn about them.

Engaging Young Leaders

International Heritage Breeds Week offers an excellent opportunity to engage young people in our mission. Programs like 4-H, founded in the early 1900s, and the National FFA Organization (formerly Future Farmers of America), founded in 1928, provide great frameworks for youth involvement by emphasizing skill-building, record-keeping and leadership. Initially, youth in these programs worked with a wide variety of livestock breeds, but after World War II, the focus increasingly narrowed to commercial breeds, leading to a decline in knowledge about heritage breeds.

Over the last half-century, concern about genetic loss and conservation has grown, sparking renewed interest among youth in heritage breeds and fostering the development and strengthening of heritage-breed organizations. Today, young people play an expanding role in conserving heritage breeds. Through these organizations and individually, owners and breeders of heritage breeds can find creative ways to empower these future stewards of genetic diversity.

Effective breed conservation is chain that goes from generation to generation of stewards. Any break in the chain can threaten the survival of a heritage breed Our youth are a valuable and essential “next link” in the chain that will keep these breeds vital and viable for a sustainable future. Sometimes these youth connections aren’t necessarily family-based. They might appear as a passionate youth at a local fair, an interested student in an FFA chapter at the local high school or a young neighbor whose opportunity to interact with heritage livestock or poultry is through your animals. We each can play a role in mentoring and encouraging the next generation of heritage-breed stewards if we look for and use these opportunities.

Looking to the Past for Inspiration

History shows that youth and young adults rise to the occasion when their involvement is needed. During World War II, young volunteers stepped up to fill labor shortages and support food production. Today’s challenge for heritage breeds is equally significant. With the decline in biodiversity and a widening gap in agricultural experience, we need to inspire and mentor younger generations to carry on this important work.

Building the Future Together

As we celebrate this International Heritage Breeds Week, let’s consider how we can support the next generation. Breeders can encourage young leaders within organizations, create youth-friendly membership options and fund scholarships. Educators and mentors can develop engaging programs that equip young people with the knowledge and skills necessary to become the next generation of heritage-breed owners and advocates.

Youth and young adults already communicate in ways that resonate with their peers – through social media posts and videos, and by participating in virtual events. By engaging them as leaders, we can ensure that the narrative of heritage breeds evolves with our culture, showcasing their importance in modern agriculture and local food systems.

Join Us in Celebrating the Next Generation

As we launch International Heritage Breeds Week, we hope you’ll join us in bringing youth to the forefront of heritage breed conservation this week and throughout the coming year. We invite you to share ideas, experiences and activities this week on our social media pages to help us showcase the incredible contributions of young people working with heritage breeds in your organizations and communities.

Thank you for being a part of our mission. Together, we can equip the next generation not only to farm, but also to safeguard irreplaceable genetic resources, build a vibrant future for heritage breeds and become agricultural leaders!

Happy International Heritage Breeds Week!

Phil Sponenberg is professor emeritus of pathology and genetics at the Virginia-Maryland College of Veterinary Medicine, Virginia Tech and serves as techinal adviser to The Livestock Conservancy. Allison Kincaid is executive director of The Livestock Conservancy.

The post The Next Generation in Conservation appeared first on The Livestock Conservancy.